Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 538

Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 634
<![CDATA[Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/browse/page/10?output=rss2 Sat, 12 Jul 2025 22:18:22 +0800 webadmin@lib.hku.hk (Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online) Zend_Feed http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss <![CDATA[CHARTERED BANK (CHANGE OF NAME) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3417

Title

CHARTERED BANK (CHANGE OF NAME) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

CHARTERED BANK (CHANGE OF NAME)

ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 376

(Incorporated into section 5B of the Bank Notes Issue Ordinance, Chapter 65)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3417

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

376

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:54 +0800
<![CDATA[ROAD TRAFFIC (DRIVING-OFFENCE POINTS) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3416

Title

ROAD TRAFFIC (DRIVING-OFFENCE POINTS) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

ROAD TRAFFIC (DRIVING-OFFENCE POINTS)

ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 375





CHAPTER 375

ROAD TRAFFIC (DRIVING-OFFENCE POINTS) ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS
Section
Page

1. Short title ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
2. Interpretation ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
3. Register of points ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
4. Recording of points ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
5. Appeal against conviction ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
6. Cancellation of points ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
7. Notice of points ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
8. Disqualification ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
9. Evidence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
10. Deposit of driving licence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

11. Notice of order ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

12. Offence and penalty ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

13. Correction of record ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

14. Service ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

15. Delegation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

16. Procedure ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

17. Application to persons in public service of the Crown ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8





CHAPTER 375

ROAD TRAFFIC (DRIVING-OFFENCE POINTS)

To provide for the recording of points in relation to various road traffic
offences connected with road safety, for the disqualification from driving of
persons in respect of whom a certain number of points have been
recorded andfor connected purposes.

[25 August 1984.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Road Traffic (Drivingoffence
Points) Ordinance.

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'Commissioner' means the Commissioner for Transport;

'drive' means, in relation to a motor vehicle, to be in charge of or assist in
controlling a motor vehicle;

'driving licence' means a driving licence issued under the Road Traffic
Ordinance;

'fixed penalty' means a fixed penalty incurred under the Fixed Penalty
(Criminal Proceedings) Ordinance;
'motor vehicle' has the meaning assigned to it by the Road Traffic Ordinance;

'points' means driving-offence points incurred under this Ordinance;

'register of points' means the register of points mentioned in section 3;

'Scheduled offence' means an offence mentioned in the Schedule.

(2) For the purposes of this Ordinance, a person becomes
liable to a fixed penalty
when he pays the fixed penalty in accordance with a
notice served on him under section 3(3) of the Fixed Penalty (Criminal
Psolceedings) Ordinance or when he is ordered to pay a fixed penalty under
section 3A of that Ordinance.

(3) The provision of the enactment mentioned in the second column of
the Schedule shall be deemed to include any other provision of that enactment
which makes the conduct or omission concerned an offence.





3. (1) The Commissioner shall maintain a register of points in which
he shall record

(a)the name, and such further particulars as he thinks fit, of a
person who has incurred points;

(b) the number of points incurred by him;

(c)the offence in respect of which the points have been incurred;

(d)the date when the points were incurred under section 4(1) or
5;

(e)the date of the commission of the offence in respect of which
the points were incurred; and

such other information as he thinks fit.

(2) A document issued under section 75 of the Road Traffic
Ordinance may contain an extract from the register of points and that
section shall apply to that extract as if that extract was a record of a
conviction compiled and maintained by the Commissioner of Police
under that section.

(3) The Commissioner may cancel any entry in the register of
points in respect of points incurred more than 5 years before,

4. (1) Subject to section 6(2), where a person-

(a) is convicted of a scheduled offence; or

(b)becomes liable to a fixed penalty in respect of a scheduled
offence,

he shall incur the appropriate number of points in respect of that
offence.

(2) The appropriate number of points in respect of each .scheduled
offence is that set out opposite that offence in the Schedule.

(3) The Legislative Council may, by resolution, amend the
Schedule.

5. (1) Where an appeal against a conviction for manslaughter is
allowed to the extent of substituting a conviction for a scheduled
offence, the Commissioner shall record the appropriate number of points
in respect of that scheduled offence in the register ,of points; and the
appellant shall incur that number of points on the !date the appeal is so
allowed.

(2) Where a person appeals against a conviction for a scheduled
offence, the points incurred in respect of that offence shall be of no
effect until the appeal is determined and then shall have effect subject
to subsections (3) and (4).

(3) Where an appeal against a conviction for a scheduled offence
is allowed, the points incurred in respect of that conviction





shall have no effect and the Commissioner shall cancel the entry in the
register of points in respect of that conviction.

(4) Where an appeal against a conviction for a scheduled offence is
allowed to the extent of substituting a conviction for another scheduled
offence, the Commissioner shall amend the entry. in the register of
points to record a conviction in respect of that other scheduled offence
and the appropriate number of points; and the appellant shall incur that
number of points on the date the appeal is so allowed.

6. (1) Where a person is disqualified from holding or obtaining a
driving licence under section 8, the Commissioner shall cancel those
entries in respect of that person in the register of points which relate to
the offences mentioned in subsection (1) of that section and the points
incurred in respect of those offences shall have no effect.

(2) Where a person, on being convicted of a scheduled offence, is
disqualified under the Road Traffic Ordinance from holding or obtaining
a driving licence

(a)no points shall be incurred in respect of that offence or any
other offence of which he is convicted on the same occasion;
and

(b)the Commissioner shall cancel any entries in respect of that
person in the register of points which relate to offences
committed before the commission of the offence in respect of
which that person is disqualified and the points incurred in
respect of those offences shall have no effect.

7. (1) Subject to sections 5 and 6, where 8 or more, but less

than 15, points have beenby a person, the Commissioner
shall serve on that person a notice informing him- (Amended,
44 of 1986, s. 2)

(a) of the number of points incurred by him; and

(b)that if 15 or more points are incurred by him in respect of
offences which are committed within a period of 2 years of
each other, he will be disqualified from holding or obtaining a
driving licence. (Amended, 63 of 1983, s. 2)

(2) The operation of section 8 shall not be affected by a failu re to
comply with subsection (1).

8. (1) Subject to sections, 5 and 6, where 15 or more points have
been incurred by a person in respect of offences which were committed
within a period of 2 years of each other, he shall be liable to be
disqualified from holding or obtaining a driving licence in accordance
with this section.

(2) Where the circumstances mentioned in subsection (1) arise in
relation to any person, the Commissioner shall- apply to a magistrate by
way of complaint for the issue of a summons and a summons may be
issued specifying the date of the commission of,





and the number of points incurred in respect of, each offence
mentioned in subsection (1).

(3) Upon the hearing of the summons and upon being satisfied
that the circumstances set out in subsection (1) apply to the person on
whom the summons was served, the magistrate shall order him to be
disqualified from holding or obtaining a driving licence

(a)for a period of 3 months from the date of the order if no
previous disqualification has been imposed on him under this
Ordinance; and

(b)for a period of 6 months from the date of the order if any
previous disqualification has been imposed on him under this
Ordinance,

unless the magistrate is satisfied, having regard to all the circumstances
not excluded by subsection (4), that there are grounds to order a
shorter period of disqualification or not to order him to be disqualified.

(4) No account shall be taken under subsection (3) of-

(a)any circumstances that are alleged to make the offence not a
serious one;

(b) hardship, other than exceptional hardship; or

(e)any circumstances which, within 2 years immediately
preceding the issue of the summons under subsection (2),
have been taken into account under subsection (3) in ordering
a shorter period of disqualification or not ordering a
disqualification. (Amended, 63 of 1983, s. 3)
(5) Where 2 or more of the offences mentioned in subsection
(1) are constituted by the same, or substantially the same, act, the
magistrate shall for for the purposes of calculating whether 15 or more
points have bee

(a)take into account only that offence attracting the highest number
of points; or

(b) where those offences each attract the same number of points, take
into account only one of those offences.

(6) Any disqualification imposed under subsection (3) shall apply
to the driving of all classes of motor vehicles shown on the driving
licence.

(7) Where a person is disqualified under this section, his

driving licenc shall be of no effect so long as the disqualification
continues in force.

(8) A driving licence obtained by a person who is disqualified

under this section shall be of no effect.

(1) A certificate stating-

(a)that the person named in it was convicted of, or became liable
to fixed penalties in respect of, the scheduled offences
specified;





(b)the dates upon which the person was convicted or became liable to
the fixed penalties;

(e)the dates of the commission of the offences in respect of which the
person was convicted or became liable to the fixed penalties; and

(d)the number of points incurred in respect of each of the offences,

and purporting to be signed by or on behalf of the Commissioner shall be
admitted in any proceedings under section 8 on its production without further
proof, and

(i)until the contrary is proved, the magistrate shall presume that the
certificate is so signed;

(ii)until the contrary is proved, the magistrate shall presume that the
person named in the certificate is the person named in the
proceedings; and

(iii)the certificate shall be prima facie evidence of the facts stated
therein.

(2) Where a person on whom a summons is served under section 8 alleges
that a certificate mentioned in this section is incorrect, the magistrate shall give
him an opportunity to apply to the Commissioner under section 13 and may
adjourn the hearing for this purpose.

(3) A certificate stating that-

(a)the person named in it was disqualified from holding or obtaining a
driving licence under section 8 of this Ordinance;

(b)the date upon which such disqualification was imposed; and

(e) the period of such disqualification, and purporting to be signed by or
on behalf of the Commissioner shall be admitted in any proceedings before any
court without further proof, and

(1)until the contrary is proved, the court shall presume that the
certificate is so signed;

(ii)until the contrary is proved, the court shall presume that the person
named in the certificate is the person named in the proceedings; and

(iii)the certificate shall be prima facie evidence of the facts stated
therein.

10. Where a magistrate makes an order under section 8 that a person shall
be disqualified from holding or obtaining a driving licence and at the date of
such order the person holds a driving licence, he shall deposit the licence with
the magistrate within 72 hours of the making of the order or such longer period
as the magistrate may determine.





11. Where a magistrate orders under section 8 that a person shall
be disqualified from holding or obtaining a driving licence, the
magistrate shall forthwith cause notice of the order to be sent to the
Commissioner and the Commissioner of Police and if such person at the
date of the order held a driving licence, shall cause such driving licence
to be forwarded to the Commissioner as soon as it is produced to the
magistrate in accordance with section 10.



12. (1) Any person against whom an order under section 8 is made
who fails, without reasonable excuse, to comply with section 10
commits an ofrence and is liable to a fine of $3,000 and to imprisonment
for 1 month.

(2) If a person disqualified under this Ordinance from holding or
obtaining a driving licence

(a)applies for or obtains a driving licence while he is so
disqualified; or

(b) while he is so disqualified drives a motor vehicle,

he commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 12 months.

13. (1) Where the Commissioner is of the opinion that an entry in
the register of points in respect of any person is incorrect, he shall, after
consultation with the Commissioner of Police, rectify the register and
shall in writing notify that person of the rectification.

(2) Any person, who considers that an entry in the register of
points in respect of him is incorrect, may apply, with such information
as the Commissioner may require, for rectification of the register.

(3) Upon receipt of any application under subsection (2), the
Commissioner shall examine the register of points and if he is satisfied

(a) that the register is correct, refuse to rectify it; or

(b) that the register is incorrect, rectify it,

and shall in writing notify the applicant of his decision.

14. Any notice required under this Ordinance to be given to any
person may be served on him in person or by forwarding it by
registered post or recorded mail to him at his address shown in the
record of driving licences kept by the Commissioner under the Road
Traffic Ordinance.

15. The Commissioner may delegate any of his functions under
this Ordinance to any public officer.

16. (1) Where a summons has been served on a person under
section 8 a reasonable time before the hearing and that person fails





to appear at the hearing, the magistrate may proceed to deal with the
matter in the absence of that person.

(2) Subject to subsection (1), the Magistrates Ordinance shall
apply, with any necessary adaptations and as far as it is consistent
with this Ordinance, to proceedings under this Ordinance as it applies
to proceedings in respect of a summary offence.

17. This Ordinance shall apply to persons in the public service of
the Crown.

Originally 28 of 1983. 63 of 1983. 44 0f 1986. L.N. 295/84. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 374.) (Cap. 240.) Schedule. (Cap. 240.) Schedule. Register of points. (Cap. 374) Recording of points. Schedule. Appeal against conviction. Cancellation of points. (Cap. 374.) Notices of points. Disqualification. Evidence. Deposit of driving licence. Notice of order. Offence and penalty. Correction of record. Service. (Cap. 374.) Delegation. Procedure. (Cap. 227.) Application to persons in public service of the Crown. (Cap. 374.) (Cap. 374, sub. leg.)

Abstract

Originally 28 of 1983. 63 of 1983. 44 0f 1986. L.N. 295/84. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 374.) (Cap. 240.) Schedule. (Cap. 240.) Schedule. Register of points. (Cap. 374) Recording of points. Schedule. Appeal against conviction. Cancellation of points. (Cap. 374.) Notices of points. Disqualification. Evidence. Deposit of driving licence. Notice of order. Offence and penalty. Correction of record. Service. (Cap. 374.) Delegation. Procedure. (Cap. 227.) Application to persons in public service of the Crown. (Cap. 374.) (Cap. 374, sub. leg.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3416

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

375

Number of Pages

9
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:54 +0800
<![CDATA[SPECIFICATION OF TRAFFIC SIGNS AND ROAD MARKINGS FOR PRIVATE ROADS NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3415

Title

SPECIFICATION OF TRAFFIC SIGNS AND ROAD MARKINGS FOR PRIVATE ROADS NOTICE

Description






SPECIFICATION OF TRAFFIC SIGNS AND ROAD MARKINGS
FOR PRIVATE ROADS NOTICE

(Road Traffic (Traffic Control) Regulations,
regulations 3A and 8A)

[1 July 1989]

L.N. 264 of 1989 -

1. Citation

This notice may be cited as the Specification of Traffic Signs and Road
Markings for Private Roads Notice.

2.Traffic signs which may he erected or placed
on private road by or with the permission of
the owner of that road

(1) The traffic signs specified in any of the Figure Nos. 102, 106, 107, 108,
109, 112, 121 to 127 inclusive, 137, 138, 139, 148, 150 to 153 inclusive, 205, 207,
208, 210, 217, 218, 219, 221, 222, 224, 225, 235, 236, 263, 302, 304, 310, 311,
313, 402, 412, 413, 418, 423, 424 or 425 in Schedule 1 to the regulations are
declared to be traffic signs that may be erected or placed on or near any private
road, by or with the permission in writing of the owner of that road, subject to
the condition that the erection or placement of any such traffic sign on or near
any such road shall, as far as is reasonably practicable, be in accordance with
any directions relating thereto specified in any code of practice prescribed under
section 109(4A) of the Ordinance.
(2) Traffic signs which are light signals are declared to be traffic signs that
may be erected or placed on or near any private road, by or with the permission
in writing of the owner of that road, subject to the conditions that-
(a)the size, colour and type of the light signals shall be in accordance
with paragraph 2 of Schedule 3 to the regulations;
(b)the light signals shall not be so erected or placed except for
alternate one way working; and
(c)the erection or placement of any light signals on or near any such
road shall, as far as is reasonably practicable, be in accordance
with any directions relating thereto specified in any code of
practice prescribed under section 109(4A) of the Ordinance.





3.Road markings which may be placed on private road
by or with the permission of the owner of that road

The road markings specified in any of the Figure Nos. 506, 508, 509, 517,
601 to 609 inclusive, 615, 617 or 618 in Schedule 2 to the regulations are
declared to be road markings that may be placed on or near any private road,
by or with the permission in writing of the owner of that road, subject to the
conditions that-
(a)the road marking specified in Figure No. 617 of that Schedule
shall not be placed on or near any such road unless, in
conjunction with that road marking, there is also-
(i) placed on or near that road the road marking specified in
Figure No. 618 of that Schedule; and
(ii) erected or placed on or near that road the traffic sign
specified in Figure No. 263 in Schedule 1 to the regulations;
and
(b)the placement of any such road marking on or near any such
road shall, as far as is reasonably practicable, be in accordance
with any directions relating thereto specified in any code of
practice prescribed under section 109(4A) of the Ordinance.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3415

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:53 +0800
<![CDATA[ROAD TRAFFIC (PARKING ON PRIVATE ROADS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3414

Title

ROAD TRAFFIC (PARKING ON PRIVATE ROADS) REGULATIONS

Description






ROAD TRAFFIC (PARKING ON PRIVATE ROADS)
REGULATIONS

RANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page
PART I

PRELIMINARY

1.......................................Citation R2
2.......................................Interpretation R2
3.......................................Application R3

PART II

DELEGATIONS AND AUTHORIZED OFFICERS

4.......................................Delegation by owner of private road R 3
5.......................................Appointment of authorized officers R 3
6.......................................Particulars to be contained in identity card R 4

PART III

RESTRICTED PARKING AREAS

7.......................................Designation of private roads for purposes of these regulations R 4
8.......................................Designation of restricted parking areas R 4
9.......................................Logo R 4

PART IV

IMPOUNDING, REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF VEHICLES
PARKED ON RESTRICTED PARKING AREAS

10.......................................Exemptions R4
11.......................................Impounding and removal of vehicles R 5
12.......................................Disposal of detained vehicle R 6

PART V

MISCELLANEOUS


13. Prohibition of unauthorized signs or road markings R 7
14. Offences in relation to signs, road markings and immobilization devices R 7
15. Obstruction .........................R 8
16. Presumption as to signs or road markings R 8
Schedule 1. Signs and road markings .....R 9
Schedule 2. Impounding, removal and storage charges R 16





ROAD TRAFFIC (PARKING ON PRIVATE ROADS)
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 374, section 121)

[1July19891 L.N.216of1989

L.N. 20 of 1989 - L.N. 50 of 1989

PART 1

PRE~ARY

1. Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Road Traffic (Parking on Private
Roads) Regulations.

2. Interpretation

(1) In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-
approved immobilization device' means an immobilization device approved
by the Commissioner, by notice in the Gazette, for the purposes of these
regulations;
,,authorized officer', in relation to a private road, means any person appointed
under regulation 5(1) by the owner of that road to be an authorized officer
in respect of that road;
'parking' means the standing of a vehicle, whether occupied or not, except
when standing temporarily for the purpose of and while actually engaged
in loading or unloading or picking up or setting down passengers;
'restricted parking area' means a place on a private road designated under
regulation 8 by the owner of that road as a place where vehicles. or a class
of vehicles-
(a) shall not be parked; or
(b) shall not be parked during specified times,
in accordance with the sign or road marking which so designates that
place;
'time' includes a date;
,'vehicle' includes any load carried by a vehicle.
(2) In these regulations a reference to a figure of a sign or road marking is
a reference to the figure of a sign or road marking specified in Schedule 1.





(3) The meaning of each sign and road marking erected or placed under
these regulations shall be in accordance with the signs and road markings and
the notes relating thereto specified in Schedule 1.

3. Application

(1) These regulations shall apply to vehicles and persons in the public
service of the Crown and for the purpose of proceedings for an offence in
connection with any such vehicle against any person other than the driver of the
vehicle the person nominated in that behalf by the department in whose service
the vehicle is used shall be deemed to be the person actually responsible unless it
is shown to the satisfaction of the court or magistrate that only the driver was
responsible.
(2) These regulations shall not apply to any private road which is a
restricted road within the meaning of the Housing Ordinance (Cap. 283).

PART 11

DELEGATIONS AND AuTHoRizED OmcERs

4. Delegation by owner of private road

The owner of a private road may, with or without restrictions or
conditions as he thinks fit, delegate in writing any of his powers under these
regulations to any person.

5. Appointment of authorized officers

(1) The owner of a private road may appoint a person to be an authorized
officer in respect of that road.
(2) The owner of a private road shall issued to each person he has
appointed under subregulation (1) to be an authorized officer in respect of that
road an identity card-
(a) as evidence of such appointment; and
(b)which contains any particulars required by a notice under
regulation 6 to be contained in such card.
(3) An authorized officer shall, if so required by any person when-
(a)exercising or attempting to exercise any power conferred on him;
or
(b) discharging or attempting to discharge any duty imposed on him,
under these regulations, produce the identity card issued to him under sub-
regulation (2).





6. Particulars to be contained in identity card

The Commissioner may, by notice in the Gazette, specify the particulars to
be contained in any identity card issued under regulation 5(2).

PART 111

REsTRicTED PARKING AREAS

7. Designation of private roads for
purposes of these regulations

The owner of a private road may erect or place, at every point at which a
vehicle may lawfully enter that road from a road within the meaning of section
2 of the Ordinance, a sign in accordance with Figure No. 1.

8. Designation of restricted parking areas

Where the owner of a private road has erected or placed, at every point at
which a vehicle may lawfully enter that road from a road within the meaning of
section 2 of the Ordinance, a sign in accordance with Figure No. 1, he may
designate any place on that private road as a restricted parking area by-
(a) erecting or placing, on, in or near that place, a sign in accordance
wtith Figure No. 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or
(b) placing, on that place, a road marking in accordance with Figure
No. 8,
and may, for the purposes of regulation 10(d), also erect or place, on, in or near
that place, a sign in accordance with Figure No. 7.

9. Logo

(1) Subject to subregulation (2), the owner of a private road may display
on or at any sign erected or placed by him under these regulations a logo.
(2) A logo displayed on a sign in pursuance of subregulation (1) shall
not be so displayed so as to obscure the warning, information, requirement,
restriction, prohibition or direction conveyed by the sign.

PART IV

ImpouNi)iNG, REmOVAL ANI) DISPOSAL OF VEMCLES
PARKED ON REsTRicTED PARKING AREAS

10. Exemptions
This Part shall not apply to any vehicle which is parked on a restricted
parking area in contravention of any sign or road marking if the vehicle-





(a)is prevented from proceeding by breakdown or other
circumstances beyond the driver's control, and all reasonable
steps are taken to minimize any obstruction and effect the
removal of the vehicle as soon as possible;
(b)cannot be conveniently parked elsewhere and is being used in
connection with-
(i) any building operation, demolition, or excavation; or
(ii)the maintenance, improvement or reconstruction of any
private road; or
(iii)the erection, placement, alteration, removal or repair in or
near to any private road of any sign, traffic sign, road
marking (including a road marking within the meaning of
section 2 of the Ordinance), sewer or any main, pipe or
apparatus for the supply of gas, water or electricity, or of
any telephone or rediffusion wires, cables, parts or supports;
(c)is a fire service vehicle, ambulance, police vehicle, customs and
excise vehicle, vehicle used for the conveyance of public mail, or
vehicle used by the armed forces of the Crown, when any such
vehicle is being used in the discharge of its duties; or
(d) is so parked with the permission of-
(i) the owner of the private road concerned; or
(ii) an authorized officer in respect of that road.

11. Iftnpounding and removal of vehicles

(1) Subject to subregulation (2), the owner of a private road, or an
authorized officer in respect of that road, may impound or remove any vehicle
which is parked on a restricted parking area on that road in contravention of
any sign or road marking.
(2) The power of impounding or removing a vehicle under subregula-
tion (1) shall be exercised only when-
(a) the vehicle is unattended and the driver cannot be located; or
(b)the driver is unable to remove the vehicle, or refuses or fails to
remove the vehicle, on being requested to do so by the owner of
the private road concerned or an authorized officer in respect of
thatroad.
(3) Where the power of impounding or removing a vehicle under
subregulation (1) may be exercised by the owner of a private road or an
authorized officer, such owner or authorized officer may fix an approved
immobilization device to the vehicle at-
(a) the restricted parking area where the vehicle is parked; or
(b)any place to which the vehicle is removed from such restricted
parking area.





(4) Subject to regulation 12, any vehicle impounded or removed under
this regulation may be detained by the owner of the private road concerned
until there is paid to him such impounding or removal charge and storage
charge as is specified in Schedule 2 incurred in respect of that vehicle.

12. Disposal of detained vehicle

(1) Where a vehicle detained under regulation 11 is not claimed within 3
days after its detention, the owner of the private road concemed or an
authorized officer in respect of that road shall-
(a) serve by post on the registered owner of the vehicle a notice
informing him-
(i) of the detention of the vehicle and the place of detention;
and
(ii) that unless the vehicle is removed from the place of
detention, on payment of any charges payable under
regulation 11(4), within 25 days after the service of the
notice on him, the vehicle-
(A)shall become the property of the Crown free from the
rights of any person; and
(B)may be disposed of by the Commissioner of Police by
sale or otherwise as he thinks fit,
and at the same time serve by post on the Commissioner of Police
a copy of the notice; and
(b) where the vehicle is not removed in accordance with the notice
within 7 days after the service of the notice, publish, or cause to
be published, not later than 14 days after such service, that notice
once each in an English language newspaper and a Chinese
language newspaper published daily and circulating generally in
Hong Kong.
(2) Where a vehicle is not removed in accordance with a notice served and
published under subregulation (1)-
(a) the owner of the private road concerned or an authorized officer
in respect of that road shall-
(i) forthwith inform the Commissioner of Police that a vehicle
detained under regulation 11 has not been removed in
accordance with a notice served and published under this
regulation;
(ii) provide the Commissioner of Police with particulars of the
service and publication of the notice together with such
other particulars in respect of the vehicle and the
circumstances of its detention as the Commissioner of Police
requires; and





(iii) deliver the vehicle into the custody of the Commissioner of
Police on such day and at such time and place as the
Commissioner of Police thinks fit; and
(b) the vehicle, upon its delivery into the custody of the
Commissioner of Police under paragraph (a)(iii)-
(i)shall become the property of the Crown free from the rights
of any person; and
(ii) may be disposed of by the Commissioner of Police by sale or
otherwise as he thinks fit.

PART V

MISCELLANEOUS

13. Prohibition of unauthorized signs or road markings

(1) No person shall erect or place, or cause to be erected or placed, on, in
or near a private road, any sign or road marking specified in Schedule 1 or any
sign or road marking which is of such similarity to such a specified sign or road
marking that any person approaching it might reasonably mistake it for such a
specified sign or road marking, except-
(a) with the approval in writing of the owner of that road; or
(b) under and in accordance with any Ordinance.
(2) The owner of a private road may by notice in writing served by
registered post on any person who has erected or placed, or caused to be erected
or placed, any sign or road marking in contravention of subregulation (1)
require such person to remove it and, if such person fails to comply with such
notice, the owner may cause the sign to be removed, or the road marking to be
obliterated or removed, as the case may be, and thereupon the sign and any
part thereof and every attachment thereto shall be forfeited to the owner and
the owner may recover from such person as a civil debt the cost of the removal
of the sign or the cost of the obliteration or removal of the road marking and
also the cost of any reinstatement of that road necessitated by such removal of
the sign or such obliteration or removal of the road marking.
(3) Any person who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

14. Offences in relation to signs, road markings
and immobilization devices

(1) No person shall-
(a)move, damage, or interfere in any way with, any sign erected or
placed under these regulations on a private road; or





(b)obscure, deface, alter or obliterate any road marking placed
under these regulations on a private road,
except-
(i) with the approval in writing of the owner of that road; or
(ii) under and in accordance with any Ordinance.
(2) No person without the consent of the owner of the private road
concerned or an authorized officer in respect of that road shall remove, damage,
or interfere in any way with any approved immobilization device fitted to a
vehicle under these regulations.
(3) No person shall for the purposes of these regulations fix an im-
mobilization device to a vehicle except an approved immobilization device.
(4) Any person who contravenes subregulation (1), (2). or (3) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

15. Obstruction

Any person who without lawful authority or reasonable excuse obstructs
the owner of a private road or an authorized officer in the exercise of any power
conferred, or the discharge of any duty imposed, under these regulations
commits an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine of $2,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

16. Presumption as to signs or road markings

A sign erected or placed on, in or near, or a road marking placed on, a
private road which is similar to a sign or road marking specified in Schedule 1
shall be deemed to be such a specified sign or road marking and to have been
lawfully so erected or placed unless the contrary is proved, and the fact that a
sign or road marking differs slightly in size, colour or type from such a specified
sign or road marking shall not prevent such a sign or road marking from being
such a specified sign or road marking so long as the general appearance of the
sign or road marking is not thereby materially impaired.
(L.N. 50 of 1989)





SCHEDULE 1 [rek

SiGNs AND RoAD MARKiNw

F(GURE No. 1

-WIIII 111RlIER, 1111111 A111 111A11111111

Privat Road

BLUE
eACKERGUN0

(350) 1525~ 700 (875) [1050) (14M)

PRIVATE ROAD

THIS SIGN INCICArES THE ENTRY TO A PRIVATE RGAO OR SERIES
OF PRIVAT- ROACS WHERE rhE RCAD TRAFFIC ( PARKING ON PRIVATE
FCAr
,S) RE5ULATIONS APPLY AN 0 WHERE VEHICLES MAY BE
IMPCUNCEJ OR TO1WE3 AWAY ANC IMPOUNCE~ IF P~RYED IN
CCNT.RA~ENTION CF THOSE RE---.ULATICNS.





FIGURE No. 2

RED BORDER & DIAGONAL

/I'-- BLUE SAMRCUM
T
NO PARKING

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT ON THE SIDE OF THE PRIVATE RIAD WMERE IT 6
1111111E1 . Pl'11141 11 P1111111TEl- IT MA' BE U 52 0 WITH THE SIGNS IN FIGURE
N_ D 'M ',
5 AH 6 TO0 ATE THE 0 EC ON IN WHICH THE RESTRICTION APPLIES
wlT d E 'C'~ IN 'G'RE H, ~ ro INCICATE THE PERIOD FOR WHICH IT
A,' LI E S. A110 W 11H THE SIGN IN FiCURE N,7 TO INGICATE THAt A VEHIC19 WH[CH
DISPLAYS APERMIT MAY BE PARKE~.





FIGURE No. 3

R

ELLOW
U
/--ELLACK
Y

VARIABLE

TEMPORARY NO PARKING SIGN

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT ON THE SIDE OF THE PRIVATE ROAD WHERE IT
15 DISPLAYED, PARKING 15 TE~POnARILY PROHIBITED. THE SIGN MAY BE
USED WITHOUT THE ARROWS CR WITH AN ARROW POINTING IN ONLY ONE
DIRECTION. THE SIGN MAY ALSO DISPLAY THE PERIOD OR PERIODS WHEN PARKING
15 TEMPORARILY PROHIBITED AND MAY BE USED WITH THE SIGN IN FIGURE Na7 10
INDICATE THAT A VEHICLE WHICH DISPLAYS A PERMIT MAY BE PARKED.





FIGURE No. 4

Mon-5 at 9 arn-6 pm

Af- T

TiME PLATE

THIS PLATE INDICATES THE PERIOD OF TIME OR DAYS FOR WHICH
PARKING 15 PROHIBITED.

IT MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH FIGURE M... 2 AND 3 To
INDICATE TH E PERIOD OF TIME OR DAYS CURING WHICH THE RESTRICTION ON
RLRKING APPLIES.

THE WORDING MAY BE ~ED TO SPECIFY AW PERIOD OF TIME OR ANY
DAY OR DAYS.





FIGURE No. 5

BLACK BORDER & SYMBOL

~-VMITE BACKGROUND

ARROW PLATE

THIS PLATE MAY SE USED WITH THE SIGN IN FIGURE No. 2 TO
INDICATE THE DIRECTION IN WHICH THE RESTR:CTION ON PARKING APPLIES
THE ARROW MAY BE REVERSED TO INDICATE A RESTRICTION IN

THE OTHER DIRECTION.





FiGURE No. 6

,,/~-EILACX,,a0RCER & SYMBOL
/-WE r E BACKGROUND

ARROW PLATE

THIS PLATE 1AAY k3E USED WITH THE SIGN IN FIGURE N..2 TO

11401CATE 7.49 RESTRICTION ON PARX~ APPLIES INBOTH DIRECTIONS,





FIGURE No. 7

F BACKGROUND B LACK BOROER.LETTERS
NO CHARACTERS

Except
with permit
x ~ -RT i-E
T\ V1 if

(350)(~50)(575~ 775

PARKING WITH PERMIT

THIS PLA-E MAY BE USE0 WITH rHE 5;GN M FIGURE N~. 2 ANP

F,CeRS N.3 -~ ~CICJ.- -,,A7 A WHIci A KRMIT 'Y

BE PARKEED.





FIGURE NO. 8

'\YELLOW

NO PARKIN

THIS ROAD MARKING 15 U520 TO INDICATE A SECTION OF PRIVATE ROAD.
WMETHE R OR NOT IT Is USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH FIG U RE N..2. WHERE
THE PARKING 0 F V EH )c 1 a S IS PROHIBITED.

SCHEDULE 2 [reg. 11 (4)]

IMPOUNDING, REMOVAL AND STORAGE C~GES

1....................................For impounding a vehicle $140
2....................................For removing a vehicle $200
3....................................For storing a vehicle $ 50 for every
....................................day after the first
....................................day during which
....................................the vehicle is
....................................detained

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3414

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

16
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:52 +0800
<![CDATA[ROAD TRAFFIC (VILLAGE VEHICLES) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3413

Title

ROAD TRAFFIC (VILLAGE VEHICLES) REGULATIONS

Description






ROAD TRAIWIC (VILLAGE VEHICLES) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page
1. Citation ...........................Q 2
2. Interpretation .....................Q 2
3. Application ........................Q 2
4. Application for and issue of permit Q 2
5. Form and particulars of permit ........................................................... Q 3
6. Duplicate permit ....................Q 3
7. Fees for permit .....................Q 4
8. Limit on number of permits ........................ Q 4
9. Permit subject to conditions ........ Q 4
10. Validity of permit ................. Q 5
11. Renewal of permit ..................Q 5
12. Cancellation of permit ............. Q 5
13. Notification of change of ownership Q 6
14. Permit to be produced .............. Q 6
15. Display of permit number ........... Q 6
16. Equipment to be fitted on vehicles . Q 7
17. Alterations to vehicle .................................................................. Q 7
18. Restrictions on vehicle use ........ Q 7
19. Vehicle examiners ..................Q 8
20. Examination of vehicles ................................................................. Q 8
21. Powers of a vehicle examiner .......- Q 9
22. Examination of vehicle on a road and removal to police station Q 9
23. Copies of permit to be received in evidence Q10
24. Exemptions ..........................Q 10
25. Forms ...............................Q10
26. (Spent) .............................Q10
Schedule 1. Particulars to be Contained in a Permit Q 10
Schedule2. Permit Fees ..................Q10





ROAD TRAFFIC (VILLAGE VEHICLES) REGULATIONS
(Cap. 374, section 12A)
[2 February 19871

L.N. 161 of 1986-R. Ed. 1986; L.N. 24 of 1989.4~v.~011.?0

1. Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Road Traffic (Village Vehicles)
Regulations.

2. Interpretation

In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-
'permit' means a permit issued under regulation 4 in respect of a village
vehicle;
vehicle examiner' means a person appointed as a vehicle examiner under
regulation 19.

3. Application

(1) Except as provided in subregulation (2) these regulations shall not
apply to Government village vehicles.
(2) Regulations 16 and 18 (except regulation 18 (1) and (2) ) shall apply to
and in relation to Government village vehicles and for the purpose of
proceedings for an offence in connection with any such vehicle against any
person other than the driver of the vehicle the person nominated in that behalf
by the Government department in whose service the vehicle is used shall be
deemed to be the person actually responsible unless it is shown to the
satisfaction of the court or magistrate that only the driver was responsible.

4. Application for and issue of permit

(1) Subject to this regulation and to regulation 8 the Commissioner may
issue a permit to the owner of a village vehicle authorizing the driving or use of
the vehicle on roads.
(2) An application for a permit shall be made by the owner of the vehicle
to the Commissioner in the specified form.
(3) An application for a permit shall include a certification by the owner
of the vehicle that-





(a) the overall length of the vehicle does not exceed 3.2 in;
(b) the overall width of the vehicle does not exceed 1.2 m;
(c) the vehicle is equipped with-
(i) an adequate braking system capable of being applied when
the vehicle is in motion for the purpose of stopping it, and of
holding the vehicle immobile;
(ii) a warning instrument capable of audibly signalling the
approach and presence of the vehicle; and
(iii) a silencer, expansion chamber or other device suitable and
sufficient for reducing, as far as may be reasonable, the noise
caused by the escape of exhaust gases from the engine;
(L.N. 24 of 1989)
(d) the vehicle is so constructed as to render it safe to carry any load
that it may reasonably be required to carry; and (L.N. 24 of
1989)
(e) in the case of a golf cart, it is so constructed as to render it safe to
carry any passengers that it may reasonably be required to carry.
(L.N. 24 of 1989)
(4) An application for a permit shall be accompanied by a policy of
insurance in respect of the vehicle in the name of the owner which is valid on
the day on which the permit is to become operative.
(5) For the purposes of subregulation (4) 'policy of insurance' means a
policy of insurance, or a security, in respect of third party risks as required by
the Motor Vehicles Insurance (Third Party Risks) Ordinance (Cap. 272).
(6) Without prejudice to the generality of the Commissioner's discretion
under the Ordinance or these regulations, the Commissioner shall refuse to
issue a permit in respect of a village vehicle if-
(a) subregulations (2), (3) and (4) are not complied with in respect of
the application;
(b) the vehicle is found on examination not to be equipped or
constructed in the manner specified by regulation 16(1).
(7) Where the Commissioner refuses to issue a permit he shall give the
owner of the vehicle notice in writing, either personally or by registered post, of
his refusal and inform him of the reasons therefor.

5. Form and particulars of permit

A permit shall be in a form specified by the Commissioner and shall
contain the particulars prescribed in Schedule 1.

6. Duplicate permit

The Commissioner may, where a permit is lost, defaced or destroyed, issue





a duplicate permit in place thereof, and the duplicate permit so issued shall have
the same effect as the original permit.

7. Fees for permit

The fees prescribed in Schedule 2 shall be payable upon the issue of a
permit and a duplicate permit.

8. Limit on number of permits

(1) The Commissioner may limit the number of permits which will at any
time be issued by him either generally or by reference to one or both of the
following-
(a) the type of village vehicle; or
(b) any area of Hong Kong.
(2) Notice of a limit imposed under subregulation (1) shall be published in
the Gazette.
(3) A limit imposed under subregulation (1) shall not affect any permit in
force when the limit takes effect.

9. Permit subject to conditions

(1) Every permit issued in respect of a village vehicle shall be subject to a
condition that the owner and the driver of the vehicle shall at all times comply
with the Ordinance and these regulations.
(2) A permit issued in respect of a village vehicle may be issued subject to
such other conditions as the Commissioner thinks fit and as are specified by
him in the permit including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
conditions as to-
(a)the size, weight and shape of any load which may be carried on
the vehicle;
(b)the safety precautions to be taken in securing a load on the
vehicle;
(c) the roads on which the vehicle may or may not be driven or used;
(d)the times and days during which the vehicle may or may not be
driven or used;
(e)the place where the vehicle will be kept when not being driven or
used;
(f) the construction of the vehicle and its equipment;
(g)in the case of a golf cart, the maximum number of passengers
which may be carried on the vehicle. (L.N. 24 of 1989)
(3) The Commissioner may at any time add to, vary or revoke any
conditions specified by him under subregulation (2) and shall specify any new
or varied conditions on the permit.





10. Validity of permit

A permit issued in respect of a village vehicle ceases to be valid-
(a)upon the expiry of one year less one day after the date of its
issue or last renewal, as the case may be, unless renewed under
regulation 11;
(b)if the owner of the vehicle transfers or otherwise parts with or
disposes of the vehicle to any other person;
(c) if the vehicle is abandoned or destroyed; or
(d) if the permit is cancelled under regulation 12.

11. Renewal of permit

(1) Subject to subregulations (2) and (3) the Commissioner may, upon
application to him by the owner in the specified form, renew a valid permit in
respect of a village vehicle.
(2) Regulation 4(3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) shall apply to an application
to renew a permit as they apply to an application for a permit under that
regulation.
(3) Without prejudice to subregulation (2), the Cornmissioner may refuse
to renew a permit if the owner or driver of the village vehicle has, since the
permit was issued or was last renewed, as the case may be-
(a)been convicted of an offence under the Ordinance or these
regulations in respect of. the vehicle; or
(b)contravened any condition of the permit, whether or not any
person has been prosecuted for the contravention.
(4) The fees prescribed in Schedule 2 shall be payable on the renewal of a
permit.

12. Cancellation of permit

(1) The Commissioner may cancel a permit issued in respect of a village
vehicle if-
(a) the owner or driver of the vehicle-
(i) is convicted of an ofrence under the Ordinance or these
regulations in respect of the vehicle; or
(ii) contravenes a condition of the permit, whether or not any
person is prosecuted for the contravention; or
(b)the vehicle is found on examination not to be equipped or
constructed in the manner specified by regulation 16(1).
(2) Notice in writing of the cancellation of a permit shall be served, either
personally or by registered post, on the owner of the vehicle, and the notice
shall require the return of the permit forthwith to the Commissioner.





(3) An owner who, without reasonable excuse, fails to comply with a
notice served on him under subregulation (2) commits an ofrence and is liable to
a fine of $1,000.

13. Notification of change of ownership

(1) The owner of a village vehicle in respect of which a permit has been
issued shall, if-
(a)he transfers or otherwise parts with or disposes of the vehicle to
any other person; or
(b) the vehicle is abandoned or destroyed,
within 7 days thereafter inform the Commissioner, giving such details as the
Commissioner may specify, and shall at the same time return the permit to the
Commissioner.
(2) An owner who, without reasonable excuse, contravenes subregula-
tion (1) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $ 1,000.

14. Permit to he produced

(1) The driver of a village vehicle being used or driven on a road shall-
(a) carry with him the permit issued in respect of the vehicle; and
(b)produce the permit forthwith for inspection when so requested by
the Commissioner or a police officer.
(2) Without prejudice to subregulation (1), the owner of a village vehicle
in respect of which a permit is issued shall produce the permit for inspection,
when so requested by the Commissioner or a police officer, as soon as it is
reasonably practicable to do so.
(3) A driver or owner who, without reasonable excuse, contravenes
subregulation (1) or (2), commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $1,000.

15. Display of permit number

(1) Subject to subregulation (2), the number of the permit issued in
respect of a village vehicle shall be painted in a conspicuous position on the
body of the vehicle in such a manner as to be, and to remain at all times, clearly
legible.
(2) Where a permit ceases to be valid under regulation 10 the number of
the permit shall forthwith be removed from the body of the vehicle.
(3) Where subregulation (1) or (2) is contravened in respect of a village
vehicle, the owner of the vehicle commits an offence and is liable to a fine of
$1,000.





16. Equipment to he fitted on vehicles

(1) A village vehicle shall at all times when being used or driven on a
road-
(a) be equipped with-
(i) an adequate braking system capable of being applied when
the vehicle is in motion for the purpose of stopping it, and of
holding the vehicle immobile;
(ii) a warning instrument capable of audibly signalling the
approach and presence of the vehicle; and
(iii)a silencer, expansion chamber or other device suitable and
sufficient for reducing, as far as may be reasonable, the noise
caused by the escape of exhaust gases from the engine;
(L.N. 24 of 1989)
(b) be so constructed as to render it safe to carry any load that it may
be reasonably required to carry; and (L.N. 24 of 1989)
(c) in the case of a golf cart, be so constructed as to render it safe to
carry any passengers that it may reasonably be required to carry.
(L.N. 24 of 1989)
(2) Where subregulation (1) is contravened the owner and the driver of
the vehicle each commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000 and to
imprisonment for 3 months.

17. Alterations to vehicle
(1) No material alteration in-
(a) the design or construction; or
(b) the equipment specified in regulation 16(1),
of a village vehicle in respect of which a permit is issued shall be made without
the written permission of the Commissioner.
(2) Where subregulation (1) is contravened the owner of the vehicle
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000 and to imprisonment for 3
months.

18. Restrictions on vehicle use
(1) No person shall drive or use a village vehicle on a road unless there is
a valid permit issued in respect of the vehicle.
(2) No person shall drive or use a village vehicle on a road in
contravention of any condition of the permit issued in respect of the vehicle.
(3) No person shall without the written permission of the Commissioner
drive or use a village vehicle on a road if the load carried by the vehicle-
(a) overhangs the front, rear or sides of the vehicle; or
(b) exceeds in height the length or width of the vehicle, whichever is
the less.





(4) No person shall drive or use a village vehicle on a road while the
vehicle is carrying-
(a) in the case of a driver operated village vehicle, any passenger; or
(b) in the case of a pedestrian controlled village vehicle, any person.
(5) No person shall drive or use a village vehicle on a road during the
hours of darkness unless there are showing lighted lamps at the front and rear
of the vehicle.
(6) For the purposes of subregulation (5) 'hours of darkness' means the
time between a quarter of an hour after sunset and a quarter of an hour before
sunrise.
(7) No person shall drive or use a village vehicle on a road if he is under
the age of 18 years.
(7A) No person shall drive or use a village vehicle which is a golf cart on a
restricted road unless he is-
(a) the holder of a driving licence; or
(b)a person who may drive in Hong Kong by virtue of regulation 37
of the Road Traffic (Driving Licences) Regulations (Cap. 374
sub. leg.). (L.N. 24 of 1989)
(713) For the purposes of subregulation (7A), 'restricted road' means any
road specified by the Commissioner, by notice in the Gazette, as a restricted
road for the purposes of this regulation. (L.N. 24 of 1989)
(7Q A notice under subregulation (713) may specify the road to which it
relates by-
(a) naming such road;
(b) describing the area within which such road is situated; or
(c) reference to a plan,
or any combination thereof. (L.N. 24 of 1989)
(8) Any person who-
(a) contravenes any provision of this regulation; or
(b)being the owner of a village vehicle, suffers or permits any such
contravention in respect of the vehicle,
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000 and to imprisonment for 3
months.

19. Vehicle examiners

The Commissioner shall appoint persons to be vehicle examiners for the
purposes of these regulations.

20. Examination of vehicles

(1) The Commissioner may at any time require the production for
examination by a vehicle examiner of all village vehicles, or some or any of





them, in such place and at such time as he may specify by notice in writing
served personally or by registered post on the owner or each of the owners, as
the case may be.
(2) Without prejudice to subregulation (1), a vehicle examiner or a police
officer may at any time require the owner or driver of a village vehicle to
produce the vehicle for examination by a vehicle examiner at such time and
place as he may specify.
(3) The purpose of an examination referred to in subregulations (1) and
(2) shall be to ascertain whether a village vehicle complies with these regulations
and any conditions of the permit issued in respect of the vehicle.
(4) A vehicle produced at any place pursuant to a requirement under this
regulation may be detained for a period not exceeding-
(a) 24 hours in the case of a requirement under subregulation (1); or
(b) 6 hours in the case of a requirement under subregulation (2),
while the vehicle is examined.

21. Powers of a vehicle examiner

In carrying out an examination of a village vehicle for the purposes of
these regulations, a vehicle examiner may-
(a)carry out or cause to be carried out such inspection, examination
or test of the vehicle, any part of the vehicle, any accessory fixed
to the vehicle or any equipment or part of the equipment of the
vehicle as he thinks fit;
(b) weigh the vehicle or any load on the vehicle; and
(c) photograph the vehicle.

22. Examination of vehicle on a road
and removal to police station

(1) Without prejudice to regulation 20, a police officer may examine a
village vehicle which is being used on a road for the purpose of ascertaining
whether the vehicle is safe for such use.
(2) Where as the result of an examination under subregulation (1) the
police officer has reason to believe that the village vehicle is unsafe for use on a
road, he may-
(a)direct the driver of the vehicle to drive it to such police station or
other place as he may specify; and
(b)cause the vehicle to be detained at that police station or place for
not more than 48 hours while the vehicle is examined by a vehicle
examiner.
(3) A person who fails to comply with the directions of a police officer
under subregulation (2) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000 and
to imprisonment for 3 months.





23. Copies of permit to he received in evidence
For the purpose of any proceedings under the Ordinance or these
regulations, a document purporting to be a copy of a permit and of any
conditions specified in the permit certified by or on behalf of the Commissioner
to be a true copy shall be received in evidence in those proceedings upon its
production without further proof and, until the contrary is proved, it shall be
presumed that-
(a) the document-
(i) is a true copy of the permit and of any conditions specified in
the permit; and
(ii) was certified by or on behalf of the Commissioner; and
(b)the permit was issued to the person stated therein and is subject
to the specified conditions.

24. Exemptions
The Commissioner may, in writing, exempt any person or class of persons,
or any village vehicle or type of village vehicle from the application of all or any
of these regulations.

25. Forms
The Commissioner may specify any form required for the purposes of these
regulations.

26. (Spent)

SCHEDULE 1 [reg- 51

PARTICULARS TO BE CONTAINED IN A PERMIT

Name of vehicle owner
Address of vehicle owner
Type of vehicle
Permit number
Date of expiry
Permit conditions

SCHEDULE 2 [regs. 7 & 111

PERMIT FEES

1. Upon the issue or renewal of a permit for driver operated village vehicle ~)~7 $50-
2. Upon the issue or renewal of a permit for a pedestrian controlled village vehicle 11J~ '
po
2A. Upon the issue or renewal of a permit for a golf cart (L.N. 24 of 1989) $so-
3. For a duplicate permit 30$1.Q

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3413

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

10
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:51 +0800
<![CDATA[VARIATION OF SPEED LIMITS NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3412

Title

VARIATION OF SPEED LIMITS NOTICE

Description






VARIATION OF SPEED LIMITS NOTICE

(Cap. 374, section 40(2))

[27 August 1984.]

1. This notice shall be cited as the Variation of Speed Limits
Notice.

2. The speed limit for the roads or parts thereof specified in
this paragraph shall be 30 kilometres an hour-

Koit,loon

(1) On Wan Road, for the whole section of this road forming
1 the podium level at Hung Hom Railway Terminus.

(2)Railway A pproach, from a point about 76 metres south of
Hong Chong Road to the podium level of Hung Hom
Railway Terminus.

(3)Cheong Wan Road, for the whole section of the
road forming the podium level at Hung Hom Railway
Terminus.

Lantau Island

(1)South Lantao Road, from the junction of South Lantao
Road with Mui Wo Roundabout to a point 560 metres
further west.

(2)South Lantao Road, from a point about 180 metres west of
the junction of South Lantao Road with Chi Ma Wan
Road to a point about 820 metres east of the junction of
South Lantao Road with Chi Ma Wan Road.

(3)South Lantao Road, from a point about 80 metres west of
thejunction of South Lantao Road with Ma Po Ping Road
to a point about 690 metres east of the junction of South
Lantao Road with Ma Po Ping Road.

(4)South Lantao Road, from a point about 200 metres west of
the centre of Bridge No. 149, in Shui Hau Village, to a
point about 440 metres east of the centre of Bridge No. 149
in Shui Hau Village.

(5)Tai 0 Road, from the eastern boundary of the junction of
the turn round area and Tai 0 Road to a point about 615
metres east of the junction of the eastern boundary of the
turn round area and Tai 0 Road.

(6)Tung Chung Road, from the junction of Tung Chung
Road with South Lantao Road to Tung Chung Ferry Pier.
(7)Chi Ma Wan Road, from the junction of Chi Ma Wan
Road with South Lantao Road to the junction of Chi Ma
Wan Road with the access road leading to the Department
of Correctional Services Institutions, Chi Ma Wan.





3. The speed limit for the roads or parts thereof specified in
this paragraph shall be 70 ' kilometres an hour-

Hong Kong Island

(1)Pok Fu Lam Road, from the junction of Pok Fu Lam
Road with Pok Fu Lam Garden Interchange near
Claymore Avenue to the junction of Pok Fu Lam Road
with Shek Pai Wan Road.

(2)Shek Pai Wan Road, from the junction of Shek Pai Wan
Road with Pok Fu Lam Road to the junction of Shek Pai
Wan Road with Aberdeen Praya Road.

(3)Nam Fung Road, from the junction of Nam Fung Road
with Deep Water Bay Road to a point 150 metres from
Wong Chuk Hang Road.

(4)Gloucester Road, for both eastbound and westbound
carriageways but excluding the service road and the slip
roads or ramps adjoining Canal Road Flyover, from a
point about opposite Arsenal Street to the junction of
Gloucester Road with Victoria Park Road.

(5)Victoria Park Road, from the junction of Victoria Park
Road with Gloucester Road to a point about 150 metres
west of Hing Fat Street.

(6)Causeway Flyover, from the junction of the flyover with
Victoria Park Road to the junction of the flyover with
Gloucester Road.

(7)Island Eastern Corridor, from the junction of Island
Eastern Corridor with Victoria Park Road to the junc-
tion of Island Eastern Corridor with Tai Koo Shing
Interchange.

Koit~loopi

(1)New Clear Water Bay Road, from a point about 50 metres
north-west of the junction of New Clear Water Bay Road
with Lee On Road to the eastern junction of New Clear
Water Bay Road with Clear Water Bay Road.

(2)Kwun Tong Road, westbound, from the junction of Kwun
Tong Road with the western end of the flyover joining Wai
Yip Street Extension to the junction of Kwun Tong Road
with Prince Edward Road East.

(3)Prince Edward Road East, westbound, from the junction
of Prince Edward Road East with Kwun Tong Road to a
point., for the southernmost three lanes, about 16 metres
east of lamp post No. E4354 at San Po Kong Interchange,
and to a point, for the other lanes, about 4 metres east of
lamp post No. E4333 at San Po Kong Interchange.

(4)Prince Edward Road East, eastbound, from a point about
6 metres east of lamp post No. E4326 at San Po Kong





Interchange to, for both the northernmost three lanes, and
the other lanes, the junction of Prince Edward Road East
with Kwun Tong Road.

(5)Kwun Tong Road, eastbound, from the junction of Kwun
Tong Road with Prince Edward Road East, to, for the
northernmost three lanes, a point about 12 metres west of
lamp post No. K5686, and for the other lanes, to the
junction of Kwun Tong Road with the western end of the
flyover leading to Wai Yip Street Extension.

(6)Ching Cheung Road, from the junction of Ching Cheung
Road with Kwai Chung Road to the junction of Ching
Cheung Road with Tai Po Road.

(7)Lung Cheung Road, from the junction of Lung Cheung
Road with Tai Po Road to a point about 25 metres west of
lamp post No. K 1049.

(8)Tai Po Road, from thejunction of Tai Po Road with Ching
Cheung Road to the junction of Tai Po Road with Lung
Cheung Road.

(9)Tai Po Road, from the junction of Tai Po Road with Lung
Cheung Road to a point about 240 metres north of the
junction of Tai Po Road with Caldecott Road.

(10) Hong Chong Road, from the northern boundary of the
Cross Harbour Tunnel Area to the junction of Hong
Chong Road with Princess Margaret Road.

(11) Princess Margaret Road, from the junction of Princess
Margaret Road with Hong Chong Road to the junction of
Princess Margaret Road with Sheung Hing Street and Pui
Ching Road.

New Territories

(1)Clear Water Bay Road, from the eastern junction of Clear
Water Bay Road with New Clear Water Bay Road to a
point about 150 metres south-east of the junction of Clear
Water Bay Road and Hirarn's Highway.

(2)Clear Water Bay Road, from a point about 800 metres
south of the junction of Clear Water Bay Road with
Hirarn's Highway to a point about 30 metres south of the
junction of Clear Water Bay Road with Hang Hau Road.

(3)Hirarn's Highway, from the junction of Hiram's Highway
with Clear Water Bay Road to a point about 1.2 kilo-
metres north of the junction of Hiram's Highway with
Clear Water Bay Road.

(4)Tai Mong Tsai Road, from a point about 2.4 kilometres
east of the junction of Tai Mong Tsai Road with Sai Sha
Road to the junction of Tai Mong Tsai Road with Sai
Kong Sai Wan Road.





(5)Pak Tam Road, from the junction of Pak Tam Road with
Tai Mong Tsai Road to Wong Shek Pier.

(6)Hoi Ha Road, from the junction of Hoi Ha Road with Pak
Tam Road to Hoi Ha.

(7)Sai Sha Road, from the junction-of Sai Sha Road with Tai
Mong Tsai Road to Nai Chung.

(8)Lion Rock Tunnel Road, from the north boundary of the
Lion Rock Tunnel Area to the junction of Lion Rock
Tunnel Road with Tai Po Road.

(9)Road TI, Sha Tin, from thejunction of Road T1 with Sha
Tin Wai Road to the junction of Road TI with Tai Po
Road.

(10) Tai Po Road, from the junction of Tai Po Road with Lion
Rock Tunnel Road to the 41 mile milestone at Wong Yi
Au.

(11) Tai Po Road, from a point about 250 metres north of the
junction of Kwong Fuk Road with Ting Kok Road to Wo
Hop Shek access road.

(12) Ting Kok Road, from the junction of Ting Kok Road with
Tung Tsz Road to the junction of Ting Kok Road with
Bride's Pool Road.

(13) Bride's Pool Road, from the junction of Bride's Pool Road
with Ting Kok Road to the junction of Bride's Pool Road
with Luk Kei:g Road.

(14) Castle Peak Road, from a point about 330 metres east of
the junction of Castle Peak Road with Tan Kwai Tsuen
Road to a point about 230 metres west of the junction of
Castle Peak Road with Ping Ha Road.

(15) Castle Peak Road. from a point about 180 metres west of
the junction of Castle Peak Road with Yuen Long East
Roundabout to the junction of Castle Peak Road with Au
Tau Roundabout.

(16) Castle Peak Road, from the junction of Castle Peak Road
with Au Tau Roundabout to a point about 90 metres south
of the 30 mile milestone on Castle Peak Road.

(17) Castle Peak Road. from a point about 390 metres cast of
the junction of Castle Peak Road with Cassino Camp
access road in San Tin to a point about 600 metres west of
the 33 mile milestone in Chau Tau.

(18) Castle Peak Road, from a point about 300 metres west of
the 34 mile milestone in Kwu Tung to a point about 5
metres south of the junction of Castle Peak Road with Fan
Kam Road.

(19) Kam Sheung Road, the whole length, both ends joining
Kam Tin Road.





(20) Fan Kam Road, from the junction of Fan Kam Road with
Kam Tin Road to a point about 720 metres north of the 2
mile milestone in Ta Shek Wu.

(21) Fan Kam Road, from a, point about 190 metres south of
the junction of Fan Kam Road with Lin Tong Mei access
road to a point about 50 metres south of the junction of
Fan Kam Road with Castle Peak Road.

(22) Man Kam To Road, from the junction of Man Kam To
Road with Jockey Club Road to a point about 60 metres
south of the southern abutment of Man Karn To Bridge.

(23) Sha Tau Kok Road, from a point about 75 metres east of
the junction of Sha Tau Kok Road with Luen Shing Street
to a point about 480 metres west of thejunction of Sha Tau
Kok Road with Lin Ma Hang Road.

(24) Luk Keng Road, from a point about 20 metres east of the
eastern abutment of the vehicular bridge near Luk Keng
Wong Uk Village to the junction of Luk Keng Road with
Bride's Pool Road.

(25) Tai Po Road. from a point about 100 metres south-east of
the junction of Tai Po Road with Sha Tau Kok Road and
a point about 450 metres south-east of the i unction of Tai
Po Road with Wo Hop Shek access road.

(26) Kam Tin Road, from a point about 20 metres west of the
junction of Kam Tin Road with Fan Kam Road to a point
about 210 metres west of the junction of Karn Tin Road
with Kam Sheung Road.

(27) Kam Tin Road, from a point about 100 metres east of the
junction of Kam Tin Road with Au Tau Roundabout to a
point about 10 metres west of the junction of Kam Tin
Road with Ko Po Tsuen access road.

(28) Tuen Mun Road, from the junction of Tuen Mun Road
with Castle Peak Road in Tsuen Wan to the northern
abutment of the flyover across Castle Peak Road at Sam
Shing Hui.

(29) Road Pl, Tuen Mun, from the junction of Road Pl, Tuen
Mun with Tuen Mun Road to the junction of Road Pl,
Tuen Mun with Pui To Road.

(30) Castle Peak Road, from a point about 330 metres south-
west of the 13 mile milestone on Castle Peak Road to a
pointabout200 metres north-west of thejunction ofCastle
Peak Road with Tai Lam Chung Road.

(31) Castle Peak Road, from a point about 590 metres east of
the 17 mile milestone on Castle Peak Road to a point
about 520 metres south-east of the 79 mile milestone on
Castle Peak Road.





(32) Castle Peak Road, from a point about 160 metres north of
the northern side of Tuen Mun Road at Sam Shing Hui to
a point about 25 metres north-west of the 20 mile milestone
on Castle Peak Road.

(33) Castle Peak Road. for the northbound carriageway, from a
point about 830 metres south of the junction of Castle
Peak Road with Road D9 to a point about 65 metres
south-west of the junction of Castle Peak Road with Road
LD4; for the southbound carriageway, from a point about
690 metres south of the junction of Castle Peak Road with
Road D9 to a point about 45 metres south-west of the
junction of Castle Peak Road with Road LD4.

(34) Castle Peak Road, from the 10 mile milestone of Castle
Peak Road to Tin Kau at Beach House 41.

(35) Castle Peak Road from a point about 150 metres west of
Riviera Valley at Castle Peak Road to a point about 350
metres south of Sham Tsz Street.

(36) Kwai Chung Road, from the Lai Chi Kok Bridge to the
junction of Kwai Chung Road with Tsuen Wan Road.

(37) Tsuen Wan Road, from the junction of Tsuen Wan Road
with Kwai Chung Road to.the junction of Tsuen Wan
Road with Texaco Road.
L.N. 293/84. Citation. Speed limit of 30 kilometres an hour. Speed limit of 70 kilometres an hour.

Abstract

L.N. 293/84. Citation. Speed limit of 30 kilometres an hour. Speed limit of 70 kilometres an hour.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3412

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:51 +0800
<![CDATA[HIRE CAR PERMITS (LIMITATION ON NUMBER) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3411

Title

HIRE CAR PERMITS (LIMITATION ON NUMBER) NOTICE

Description






HIRE CAR PERMITS (LIMITATION ON NUMBERS)
NOTICE

*(Road Traffic (Public Service Vehicles) Regulations, reg. 19(1))

[10 April 1981.1

1. Th~is notice may be cited as the Hire Car Permits (Limita-
tion on Numbers) Notice.

2. The total number of hire car permits which may be issued
shall be-
(a) for private hire car service, 1 500;
(b) for hotel hire car service, 300;
(c) for airport hire car service, 60;
(d) for school hire car service, 1 500;
(e) for tour hire car service, 200.

J

* This notice shall have effect as if made under the said regulation.
L..N.128/81. L.N. 106/82. L.N. 291/86. Citation. Limitation. L.N. 106/82. L.N. 291/86.

Abstract

L..N.128/81. L.N. 106/82. L.N. 291/86. Citation. Limitation. L.N. 106/82. L.N. 291/86.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3411

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:50 +0800
<![CDATA[PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES (LIMITATION ON NUMBER) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3410

Title

PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES (LIMITATION ON NUMBER) NOTICE

Description






PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES (LIMITATION ON NUMBER) NOTICE
(Cap. 374, section 23)
[20 June 19861

L.N. 146 of 1986 - L.N. 155 of 1987, R. Ed. 1987, L.N. 152 of 1989

1. Citation

This notice may be cited as the Public Light Buses (Limitation on Number)
Notice.

2. Limitation on number of public light buses

The total number of vehicles which may be registered as public light buses
shall be 4 350.

3. Duration of limitation

The limitation in paragraph 2 shall remain in force until 20 June 1991.
(Extended L.N. 155 of 1987; L.N. 152 of 1989)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3410

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:49 +0800
<![CDATA[TAXIS (LIMITATION ON NUMBER) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3409

Title

TAXIS (LIMITATION ON NUMBER) NOTICE

Description







TAXIS (LIMITATION ON NUMBER) NOTICE

(Cap. 374 section 23)

[17 June 1988]

L.N. 165 of 1988 - R. Ed. 1988, L.N. 195 of 1989

1. Citation
This notice may be cited as the Taxis (Limitation on Number) Notice.

2. Limitation on number of taxis
The total number of motor vehicles which may be registered as taxis shall
be
(a) 14 800, in the case of taxis intended to be licensed to be available
for hire or to carry passengers within Hong Kong island,
Kowloon and the New Territories, other than taxis referred to in
subparagraphs (b) and (c);
(b) 2 838, in the case of taxis intended to be licensed to be available
for hire or to carry passengers within the New Territories only,
other than taxis referred to in subparagraph (c); and
(c) 40, in the case of taxis intended to be licensed to be available for
hire or to carry passengers within Lantau only.

3. Duration of limitation
The limitation in paragraph 2 shall remain in force until 7 July 1990.
(Extended L.N. 195 of 1989)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3409

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:48 +0800
<![CDATA[SPECIFICATION OF NUMBER OF MONTHLY PASSES IN CAR PARKS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3408

Title

SPECIFICATION OF NUMBER OF MONTHLY PASSES IN CAR PARKS

Description






SPECIFICATION OF NUMBER OF MONTHLY
PASSES IN CAR PARKS

*(Road Traffic (Parking) Regulations, reg. 22(5))

[1 October 1978.1

The Commissioner for Transport has specified the number of
monthly passes which may be issued under regulation 22(5) in
respect of car parks.

SCHEDULE

Number of'Moiithl.t. Passes
Nanle of Car Parkwhich . mai. be issued

Murray Barracks Car Park 150
Tai Kok Tsui Open Air Car Park 50
Good Shepherd Street Lorry Park25
Harbour Road Car Park 120
Harbour Road Lorry Park 100
Fuk Tong Road Car Park 50

0

z

*This notice is deemed to have been made under the said regulation.
L.N. 224/78. G.N. 2574/79. G.N. 3310/79. G.N. 1578/80. G.N. 3675/80. G.N. 3676/80. G.N. 3677/80. G.N. 1504/84. G.N. 3518/81. G.N. 3392/82. G.N. 1504/84. G..N. 3676/80. L.N. 224/78. G.N. 1504/81. G.N. 3392/82. G.N. 3518/81.

Abstract

L.N. 224/78. G.N. 2574/79. G.N. 3310/79. G.N. 1578/80. G.N. 3675/80. G.N. 3676/80. G.N. 3677/80. G.N. 1504/84. G.N. 3518/81. G.N. 3392/82. G.N. 1504/84. G..N. 3676/80. L.N. 224/78. G.N. 1504/81. G.N. 3392/82. G.N. 3518/81.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3408

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:47 +0800
<![CDATA[TRAFFIC WARDENS (DISCIPLINE0 REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3407

Title

TRAFFIC WARDENS (DISCIPLINE0 REGULATIONS

Description






TRAFFIC WARDENS (DISCIPLINE) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation PART I Page

PRELIMINARY

1. Citation ... ... ... ... ... ... .. - . ... ... ... ... ... .... ... K 2
2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... K 2
3. Disciplinary offences ... ... ... ... ... ... .... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 2

PART 11

INVESTIGATION INTO DISCIPLINARY OFFENCES,
PUNISHMENT AND APPEALS

4. Preliminary procedure ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 3
5. Objection to officer hearing the case ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 4
6. Access to records and documents ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 4
7. Plea of defaulter ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 4
8. Procedure ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 4
9. Adding or amending charges ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... K 5
10. Proceedings after hearing ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 5
11. Review ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 6
12. Punishment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 6
13. Appeals ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 7
14. Powers of superintendents on appeal ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 7

PART 111

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

15. Power to suspend punishment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 9
16. Payment for loss or damage to property ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 9
17. Awards ... ... ... ... ... ... .1 . ... ... ... .... ... ... ... ... K 10
18. Effect of award ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 10

Schedule ...................................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 11





TRAFFIC WARDENS (DISCIPLINE) REGULATIONS

*(Cap. 374, section 11)

[1 September 1978.1

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. These regulations may be cited as the Traffic Wardens
(Discipline) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-

'Commissioner' means the Commissioner of Police;

'defaulter' means a traffic warden or senior traffic.warden charged
with a disciplinary offence;

'disciplinary offence' means an offence against discipline specified
in regulation 3(2);

'inspector' means an inspector of police, senior inspector of police
or chief inspector of police;

'senior police officer' means a chief superintendent, assistant com-
missioner or senior assistant commissioner;

'sub-divisional inspector' means an inspector who is appointed by
or on behalf of the Commissioner to be the police officer in
charge of a police sub-division;

'superintendent' includes senior superintendent of police;

'tribunal' means-
(a)an inspector, other than a chief inspector, authorized by
the Commissioner to conduct proceedings under these
regulations;

(b) a sub-divisional inspector;
(c) a chief inspector;

(d) a superintendent; or

(e) a senior police officer.

3. (1) Any traffic warden who commits any disciplinary
offence, and-
(a) pleads guilty before a tribunal; or
(b) is found guilty by a tribunal,

These regulations were made under the repealed Road Traffic Ordinance (Cap. 220)
and, by virtue of section 36(1) ofthe Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance
(Cap. 1) continue in force and have the like effect as if they had been made under
the present Road Traffic Ordinance (Cap. 374).





may be punished by such tribunal in accordance with these regula-
tions.

(2) The offences against discipline are-

(a) absence from duty without leave or good cause;

(b) sleeping on duty;

(c) conduct to the prejudice of good order and discipline;

(d)contravention of any orders or directions of the Commis-
sioner, whether written or verbal;

(e) insubordination;
(f) being unfit for duty through intoxication;

(g) neglect of duty or orders;

(h)making a statement which is false in a material particular
in the course of his duty;

(i)unlawful or unnecessary exercise of authority resulting in
loss or injury to any other person or to the Government;

(j)wilful destruction or negligent loss of or injury to Govern-
ment property;

(k) conduct calculated to bring the public service into disrepute.

PART 11

INVESTIGATION INTO DISCIPLINARY OFFENCES,
PUNISHMENT AND APPEALS

4. (1) Where-

(a)in the case of a traffic warden, other than a senior traffic
warden, it appears to-
(i) any police officer of or above the rank of sergeant; or
(ii) any senior traffic warden; or

(b)in the case of a senior traffic warden, it appears to a police
officer above the rank of sergeant,

that there is a primafacie case of a disciplinary offence on the part of
such traffic warden or senior traffic warden, as the case may be, an
appropriate charge or charges in respect thereof may be entered in a
document entitled Defaulter Report which shall be the record of the
case against such traffic warden or senior traffic warden and he shall
be informed of the charge or charges as soon as possible.

(2) The defaulter shall be notified of the date, place and time
of the hearing of the charge or charges, and of the name of the officer
constituting the tribunal.

(3) No person who originates a complaint leading to a charge
or assists in the investigation of such complaint shall act as the
tribunal in respect of that charge.





5. If the defaulter, prior to the hearing, objects to the tribunal
on the grounds of partiality or bias, he shall set out his grounds in
full in writing and deliver them to such tribunal which shall not
commence the hearing of the case but shall forward the document to
a senior police officer who may appoint. another tribunal to hear the
case.

6. A defaulter charged under these regulations shall be given
copies of or reasonable access to such police records and other
documents as he requires which are necessary to enable him to
prepare his defence but not including those records for which the
Crown claims privilege.

7. The defaulter shall appear before the tribunal and the
charge or charges shall be read over to him and he shall be required
to plead unequivocally guilty or not guilty and to each charge
separately if there is more than one, and such plea shall be recorded.

8. (1) Where a defaulter pleads guilty to an offence, he shall
be asked if he wishes to make a statement on matters*which he desires
to be taken into consideration and such statement shall be recorded.

(2) Where a defaulter has pleaded not guilty and evidence for
the prosecution is called, witnesses shall be called in support of the
charge or charges and, at the conclusion of the evidence of each such
witness. the defaulter may cross-examine such witness Who may then
be re-examined.

(3) When the examination of all witnesses in support of the
charge or charges has been completed the defaulter shall be asked
whether he wishes to-

(a) give evidence;

(b) call witnesses.

(4) Where a defaulter gives evidence he maybe cross-examined
and such witnesses as he desires to call may, after giving evidence, be
cross-examined and then be re-examined by the defaulter.

(5) At the close of the defence case witnesses may be called
with the consent of the tribunal hearing the case to give evidence in
rebuttal and may be examined, cross-examined, and re-examined,
and at the conclusion of all the evidence the defaulter may address
the tribunal and thereafter the prosecutor may address the tribunal
in reply.

(6) Such exhibits as are produced by witnesses shall be avail-
able for inspection by the defaulter.

(7) Notwithstanding this regulation, the tribunal may-

(a) call any witness;

(b) ask such questions of any witness,

as it considers will assist it in determining the case.





(8) The tribunal may adjourn the case from time to time and
where an application is made for an adjournment it shall be shown
to the satisfaction of the tribunal by the applicant that such a course
would serve the ends of justice and any adjournment granted shall
be for a reasonable period only.

(9) The tribunal shall keep a record of the evidence heard
which shall be signed and dated by it and the interpreter, if any, on
each adjournment and on the termination of the hearing.

(10) Evidence shall not be taken on oath or affirmation.

(11) No barrister or solicitor shall appear on behalf of the
defaulter.

9. A charge may be amended or a further charge added at any
time prior to a finding being communicated to a defaulter charged
under these regulations and any amended or new charge shall be
read and explained to such defaulter who shall-

(a) be called upon to plead thereto; and

(b)be entitled to a reasonable adjournment to prepare his
further defence,

and in such case a defaulter may-
(i) recall any witnesses; and
(ii) call such further witnesses as he thinks fit,

and any witness giving evidence under this regulation may be cross-
examined and re-examined.

10. (1) The tribunal shall at the conclusion of the hearing
announce its finding on the charges or shall reserve its finding.

(2) The finding shall be entered on the Defaulter Report and if
the finding has been reserved the tribunal shall call the defaulter
before it to announce its finding.

(3) If the defaulter has pleaded guilty or is found guilty he
shall be asked if he wishes to make a statement on relevant matters
which he desires to be taken into consideration, and any statement
so made shall be recorded by the tribunal.

(4) If the defaulter has pleaded guilty or is found guilty, the
tribunal shall then announce its award or shall reserve its award and
the award shall be endorsed on the Defaulter Report and if the
award has been reserved the tribunal shall call the defaulter before it
to announce its award.

(5) If the defaulter has pleaded guilty or is found guilty and the
tribunal considers that no punishment shall be awarded it shall-

(a) endorse the Defaulter Report to that effect; and

(b) personally advise the defaulter of the endorsement.





(6) Where the tribunal is an inspector and a defaulter pleads
guilty or is found guilty, and the tribunal considers that the
punishment which it can award is insufficient having regard to all
relevant circumstances, the tribunal shall not make an award but
shall-

(a) endorse the Defaulter Report to this effect;

(b) send the Defaulter Report to a superintendent; and

(c) inform the defaulter of this action,

and subject to these regulations, the superintendent may make an
award which he shall communicate personally to the defaulter.

(7) Where-

(a)the tribunal is a superintendent and a defaulter pleads
guilty or is found guilty, or where a tribunal refers a case to
a superintendent under paragraph (6); and

(b)the superintendent considers that the punishment which he
can award is insufficient having regard to all relevant
circumstances,

he shall not make an award but shall-
(i) endorse the Defaulter Report to this effect;
(ii) send the Defaulter Report to a senior police officer;
and
(iii) inform the defaulter of this action,

and subject to these regulations, the senior police officer may make
an award which he shall communicate personally to the defaulter.

11. (1) The tribunal hearing a case under these regulations
may, at any time within 7 days after having announced its finding or
award to the defaulter, review the case and arrive at a different
finding or award which shall subject to paragraph (2) stand in place
of the original finding or award and be binding on the defaulter.

(2) When the tribunal reveiws a case, it shall call the defaulter
before it to announce its finding or award on the review, but shall not
award a greater punishment unless the defaulter is given an opportu-
nity of making oral representations to it as to why the punishment
should not be increased.

(3) Any review under this regulation shall be at the sole
'discretion of the tribunal hearing the case and may be made-

(a) on the tribunal's own motion; or

(b) on application by the defaulter in writing.

12. (1) Any traffic warden who is found guilty by a tribunal of
a disciplinary offence may, subject to regulation 17, be awarded the
following punishments by such tribunal-

(a) caution;





(b) reprimand;

(c) severe reprimand; or

(d)forfeiture of not more than one month's pay except in the
case of absence without good cause when forfeiture of pay
shall extend to cover the period of absence in addition to
any other punishment awarded.

(2) Where the tribunal does not award any punishment and
refers its findings to a superintendent or a senior police officer to
make an award, the superintendent or senior police officer 'may
exercise all the powers of punishment conferred upon him by
regulation 17.

(3) Notwithstanding this regulation, a traffic warden found
guilty of any disciplinary offence and-

(a)dismissed by the Commissioner or a senior police officer,
shall, where appropriate, be reduced in rank before dismis-
sal; or

(b)ordered by the Commissioner or a senior police officer to
resign shall, if he fails to do so, he dismissed under
paragraph (2).

13. (1) Any traffic warden may within 14 days of the an-
nouncement to him by, or the receipt of a communication from, as
the case may be, tribunal of any finding or punishment-

(a)where the finding or punishment was made by an inspector
sitting as the tribunal, appeal in writing to a senior police
officer who shall direct that the appeal be determined by a
superintendent;

(b)where the finding or punishment was made by a super-
intendent sitting as the tribunal or where he is aggrieved by a
finding or punishment made on appeal by a superintendent
under sub-paragraph (a), appeal in writing to a senior
police officer;

(c)where the decision was made by a senior police officer
sitting as the tribunal or where he is aggrieved by a decision
of a senior police officer on an appeal under sub-paragraph
(b), appeal in writing to the Commissioner by petition
which shall contain such representations as may be rele-
vant to the appeal.

(2) In every case where an appeal has been lodged any
punishment awarded shall be suspended pending the determination
of the appeal.

14. (1) A superintendent may, of his own motion within 14
days from the date of any finding or punishment awarded by an
inspector sitting as the tribunal, or upon any appeal under regula-
tion 13(1)(a~-





(a)confirm any finding or vary any finding from guilty to not
guilty; and

(b)confirm, remit or, subject to, regulation 17, vary any
punishment awarded, but no greater punishment shall be
awarded by him unless the defaulter is given an opportu-
nity of making oral representations to him as to why the
punishment should not be increased.

(2) A superintendent shall not act of his own motion if he
originated or assisted in the investigation of the complaint leading to
the proceedings.

(3) A senior police officer may, of his own motion within 14
days from the date of any finding or punishment awarded by a
superintendent sitting as the tribunal or upon any appeal under
regulation 13(1)(b)--

(a)confirm or vary any finding of the tribunal and substitute
any finding which the tribunal could have made on the
evidence adduced; or

(b) order a rehearing of the case by another tribunal.

(4) The Commissioner may, of his own motion within 14 days
from the date of any finding or punishment awarded by a senior
police officer sitting as the tribunal, or upon any appeal under
regulaton 13(1)(c)-

(a)confirm or vary any finding of the tribunal and substitute
any finding which the tribunal could have made on the
evidence adduced; or

(b) order a rehearing of the case by another tribunal.

(5) Notwithstanding paragraphs (3) and (4)-

(a)a senior police officer may confirm or remit any punish-
ment awarded by a tribunal consisting of an officer of the
rank of superintendent or below, or may, subject to
regulation 17, substitute any other punishment;

(b)the Commissioner may confirm or remit any punishment
awarded by a tribunal consisting of an officer of the rank
of senior police officer or 'below, or may, subject to
regulation 17, substitute any other punishment.

(6) The Commissioner or a senior police officer shall not-

(a)substitute for any punishment awarded by a tribunal or by
such other tribunal, as the case may be, any greater
punishment without first calling on the defaulter to show
cause why such punishment should not be increased; or

(b) substitute for a finding of not guilty a finding of guilty; or

(c)order a rehearing of the case where the finding was one of
not guilty.





(7) Upon any appeal under regulation 13(1) or where he acts
of his own motion under this regulation, a superintendent, senior
police officer or the Commissioner-

(a)may permit the defaulter to appear before him in person to
support his appeal;

(b) subject to these regulations, may hear such additional
evidence as the superintendent considers relevant; and

(c)subject to these regulations, shall announce personally or
communicate in writing to the defaulter the outcome of the
appeal or the action taken under this regulation.

PART Ill

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

15. (1) Subject to this regulation, any punishment awarded by
a tribunal may be suspended by that tribunal or by any police officer
of higher rank than the officer or officers constituting the tribunal for
a period of not less than 6 months nor more than 1 year.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3), where any punishment has been
suspended under this regulation the tribunal or any police officer of
higher rank shall at the expiration of the period of suspension review
the case or may, at any time during the period of suspension, review
the case, taking into consideration such reports on the conduct of
the defaulter during the period of suspension as may be available.

(3) The tribunal or officer of higher rank may remit or reduce
the punishment and in such an event shall cause any entry relating to
the offence which has been made in the records of the defaulter to be
expunged or altered, as the case may be, or order the punishment to
be executed forthwith, except that if, during the period of suspen-
sion, the defaulter is convicted of a further disciplinary offence the
suspended punishment shall be executed forthwith and any punish-
ment on such further offence shall not be suspended.

(4) This regulation shall not affect the lodging and hearing of
an appeal.

16. (1) Where a tribunal has found a traffic warden guilty of a
disciplinary offence, the tribunal may, in addition to or in lieu of any
punishment he is by these regulations empowered to award, order
the defaulter to pay in full or in part-

(a)the cost of repairing or replacing any article of clothing,
equipment or property whatsoever entrusted or supplied to
the defaulter in his capacity as a traffic warden which has
been lost or damaged;

(b)the cost of repairing or replacing any Government prop-
erty lost or damaged by him; or





(c)the compensation paid, ex gratia or otherwise, by the
Government to any person in respect of the loss or damage
of that person's property by the defaulter,

in each case only if the loss or damage has resulted from the
defaulter's neglect or fault and the amount ordered to be paid does
not exceed his salary for one month.

(2) A police officer of or above the rank of superintendent may
require a traffic warden to pay to the Government in full or in part-

(a)the cost of repairing or replacing any article of clothing,
equipment or property whatsoever entrusted to the traffic
warden in his capacity as a traffic warden and lost or
damaged by him;

(b)the cost of repairing or replacing any Government prop-
erty lost or damaged by him; or

(c)the compensation paid, ex gratia or otherwise, by the
Government to any person in respect of the loss or damage
of that person's property by the traffic warden,

in each case only if the loss or damage has resulted from the traffic
warden's neglect or fault and the arnount ordered to be paid does
not exceed his salary for one month.

(3) For the purpose of enabling due inquiry to be made as to
whether any traffic warden should be required to pay any amount
under paragraph (2), affording him due opportunity to make repre-
sentations and enabling any requirement under that paragraph to be
appealed against and reviewed, Part II shall apply to and in respect
of such a requirement as it applies to and in respect of a finding of
guilty of a disciplinary offence and an award of punishment.

17. The powers of punishment of a tribunal and the Commis-
sioner shall be those which are set out in the Schedule.

18. Subject to regulation 15, an award of punishment made
under these regulations shall take effect from the date of announce-
ment or communication to the defaulter of the award.





SCHEDULE [reg. 17.1

POWERS OF PUNISHMENT

Punishment that nia). he imposed upon
Tribunal Tra c Warden Senior Trqffic Warden
Ifi
(2) (3)

Inspector 1 . (a) Caution; 1. (a) Caution;
(b) Reprimand; or (b) Reprimand; or
(c.) In the case of absence without good cause. forfeiture of (c) In the case of
absence without, good cause, forfeiture of
pay for the period of absence in addition to any other pay for the period of absence in addition to any other
punishment awarded. punishment awarded.

2. Order for payment under regulation 16. 2. Order for payment under regulation 16.

3. Suspend punishment under regulation 15. 3.Suspend punishment under regulation 15.

Superintendent 1. (a) Caution; 1 . (a) Caution;
(b) Reprimand: (b) Reprimand;
(
(d) Forfeiture of not more than 7 days* pay except in the case (d) Forfeiture of not
more than 7 days' pay except in the case
of absence without good cause when forfeiture of pay shall of absence without good cause when forfeiture of
pay shall
extend to the period of absence in addition to any other extend to the period of absence in addition to any
other
punishment awarded. punishment awarded.

2. Order for payment under regulation 16. 2. Order for payment under regulation 16.

3. Suspend punishment under regulation 15. 3.Suspend punishment under regulation 15.





Punishment that nutY he intposed upon

Tribunal
Traffic Warden Senior Traffic Warden
(2) (3)

Senior Police Officer 1 (a) Caution; 1 (a) Caution;

(b) Reprimand; (b) Reprimand;

(c) Severe reprimand; or (c) Severe reprimand;

(d) Forfeiture of not more than 1 month's pay except in the case (d) Forfeiture of not
more than 1 month's pay except in the case
of absence without good cause when forfeiture of pay shall of absence without good cause when forfeiture of
pay shall
extend to the period of absence in addition to any other extend to the period of absence in addition to any
other
punishment awarded. punishment awarded; or

2. Order for payment under regulation 16. (e) Reduction in kank.

2. In place of, or in addition to any punishment set out in paragraph
3. Suspend punishment under regulation 15. 1 above,-

4. In place of, or in addition to any punishment awarded under (a) dismissal and reduction in rank before dismissal; or

paragraph 1 above,- (b) order to resign forthwith, without salary in lieu of notice.
(a) dismissal; or

(b) order to resign forthwith, without salary in lieu of notice. 3. Order for payment under regulation 16.

4. Suspend punishment under regulation 15.





Punishment that rna.v be imposed upon
Tribunal
Traffic Warden Senior Trqffic Warden
(2) (3)

Commissioner of Police 1. (a) Caution; 1. (a) Caution;
(b) Reprimand; (b) Reprimand;
(r) Severe reprimand; or (c) Severe reprimand;
(d) Forfeiture of not more than 1 month's pay except in the (d) Reduction in rank; or
case of absence without good cause when forfeiture of pay
shall extend to the period of absence in addition to any (e) Forfeiture of not more than 1 month's pay except in
the case
other punishment awarded. of absence without good cause when forfeiture of pay shall
extend to the period of absence in addition to any other
2. In place of, or in addition to any punishment awarded under punishment
awarded.
paragraph 1 above,- 2.In place of, or in addition to any punishment awarded under
(a) dismissal; or paragraph 1 above,-

(b) order to resign forthwith, without salary in lieu of notice. (a) dismissal and reduction in rank before
dismissal; or

3. Order for payment under regulation 16. (b) order to resign forthwith, without salary in lieu of
notice.

4. Suspend punishment under regulation 15. 3. Order for payment under regulation 16.

4. Suspend punishment under regulation 15.
L.N. 184/78. L.N. 208/78. Citation. Interpretation. Disciplinary offences. Preliminary procedure. Objection to officer hearing the case. Access to records and documents. Plea of defaulter. Procedure. Adding or amending charges. Proceedings after hearing. Review. Punishment. Appeals. Powers of superintendents on appeal. Power to suspend punishment. Payment for loss or damage to property. Awards. Schedule. Effect of award.

Abstract

L.N. 184/78. L.N. 208/78. Citation. Interpretation. Disciplinary offences. Preliminary procedure. Objection to officer hearing the case. Access to records and documents. Plea of defaulter. Procedure. Adding or amending charges. Proceedings after hearing. Review. Punishment. Appeals. Powers of superintendents on appeal. Power to suspend punishment. Payment for loss or damage to property. Awards. Schedule. Effect of award.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3407

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

13
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:47 +0800
<![CDATA[SPECIFICATION OF SAFETY COLOUR SCHEME NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3406

Title

SPECIFICATION OF SAFETY COLOUR SCHEME NOTICE

Description






SPECIFICATION OF COLOUR SCHEME NOTICE

Road Traffic (Construction and Maintenance
of Vehicles) Regulations, regulation 47)

[11 April 1986.]

1 otice may be cited as the Specification of Colour
Scheme Notice.

2. The Commissioner for Transport has specified that-

(a)the colour scheme for public light buses providing non-
scheduled services authorized under a passenger service
licence shall be as follows-
the body of the vehicle shall be yellow (British Standard
Colour 10C33 BS 4 800) with a horizontal red band
(British Standard Colour 538 BS 38 1 C) not more than
0.3 m and not less than 0.22 m wide around the middle
part and on all sides of the vehicle continuously or
without the red band between the front wheel and the
rear wheel on the near side and the off side of the
vehicle, or as may be specified in conditions subject
to which a particular motor vehicle licence has been
issued in respect of the vehicle;
(b)the colour scheme for public light buses providing sched-
uled services authorized under a passenger service licence
shall be as follows-
the body of the vehicle shall be yellow (British Standard
Colour 10C33 BS 4 800) with a horizontal green band
(British Standard Colour 14E53 BS 4 800) not more
than 0.3 m and not less than 0.22 m wide around the
middle part and on all sides of the vehicle contin-
uously or without the green band between the front
wheel and the rear wheel on the near side and the off
side of the vehicle, or as may be specified in conditions
subject to which a particular motor vehicle licence has
been issued in respect of the vehicle;
(c)the colour scheme with which the outside of all taxis
licensed to be available for hire or to carry passengers
within Hong Kong, Kowloon and the New Territories
(other than taxis referred to in sub-paragraphs (d) and (e))
shall be painted shall be as follows-
(i) roof panel including all support pillars in silver; and
~)N
c
t
T c
~e e

(ii) lower portion of the body work including bonnet and
boot panels in red (British Standard Colour 538 BS 38 1 Q;
(d)the colour scheme with which the outside of all taxis licensed
to be available for hire or to carry passengers within the
New Territories only (other than taxis referred to in sub-
paragraph (e)) shall be painted shall be as follows-





(i) roof panel including all support pillars in white; and
(ii) lower portion of the body work including bonnet
and boot panels in green (British Standard Colour 14E53
BS 4 800);

(e)the colour scheme with which the outside of all taxis
licensed to be available for hire or to carry passengers
within Lantau only shall be painted shall be as follows-
(i) roof panel including all support pillars in white; and
(ii). lower portion of the body work including bonnet
and boot panels in light blue (British Standard Colour
18E51 BS 4 800).
L.N. 95/86. Citation. Specification of colour schemes.

Abstract

L.N. 95/86. Citation. Specification of colour schemes.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3406

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:46 +0800
<![CDATA[SPECIFICATION OF SAFETY GLASS NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3405

Title

SPECIFICATION OF SAFETY GLASS NOTICE

Description






SPECIFICATION OF SAFETY GLASS NOTICE

(Road Traffic (Construction and Maintenance of Vehicles)
Regulations, regulation 28)


[15 January 1988]

L.N. 6188 -

Citation

1. This notice cited as the Specification of Safety Glass Notice.

Interpretation

1. In this notice-

'hard safety plastic' means inflexible safety plastic of not less than 6 mm in
thickness,

safety plastic' means flexible or hard safety glazing material predominantly
synthetic organic in character, including laminated products and single
sheets, so constructed, treated or combined with other materials as to
reduce, in comparison with ordinary sheet glass or plate glass, the likeli-
hood of injury to persons by objects from exterior sources or by the safety
glazing material when it may be cracked or broken;

wired safety glass' means a single sheet of glass with a layer of meshed wire
completely imbedded in the glass but not necessarily in the centre of the
sheet.

Approval of glass or transparent materials

3. The types of glass and transparent material specified in paragraph 4
are approved for the purposes of regulation 28(1)(a).

Specification of safety glass

4. (1) Subject to sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) the glass or transparent
material used in all windscreens, windows and partitions of a motor vehicle
shall be safety glass or safety glazing that-

(a)complies with British Standard Specification BS 857 with amendments
up to AMD 3 548 dated 15 February 1981;

(b) complies with British Standard Specification BS 5282;

(c) complies with British Standard Specification BS AU 178;

(d)complies with Economic Commission of Europe Regulation ECE 43;
or

(e) is hard safety plastic.





(2) The glass or transparent material used in the rear cabin window of
a motor vehicle used to carry dangerous goods within the meaning of the
Dangerous Goods Ordinance (Cap. 295) shall be wired safety glass.

(3) The glass or transparent material used in the rear wind ' ow in any
removable canopy to the driver or passenger accommodation of a motor vehicle
may be safety plastic.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3405

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:45 +0800
<![CDATA[ROAD TRAFFIC (TRAFFIC CONTROL) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3404

Title

ROAD TRAFFIC (TRAFFIC CONTROL) REGULATIONS

Description






ROAD TRAFFIC (TRAFFIC CONTROL) REGULATIONS


ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page

PART I

CITATION AND INTERPRETATION

1. Citation ............................................................... G 5
2. Interpretation ..................... G 5

PART II

TRAFFIC SIGNS AND ROAD MARKINGS

3. Power to erect traffic signs ............................... G8
3A. Special provisions for certain traffic signs on private roads G 9
4......................................Variation to and illumination of traffic signs G 9
5......................................Power to place temporary traffic signs G 9
6......................................Cones and cylinders C10
7......................................Beacons G10
8......................................Power to place road markings G10
8A. Special provisions for certain road markings on private roads G 11
9.......................................Size of traffic signs and road markings G 11
10......................................Box junctions G 11
11......................................Double white lines G 12
12......................................Buslane G 13
13......................................Studs G 14
14......................................Designation of prohibited and restricted zones G 15
15......................................Occasional traffic signs G 16

PART IIA

OwNERs oF PRivATE RoADs MAY BE REQUIRED TO PLACE OR
REmovE TRAFFIC SIGNS AND ROAD MARKINGS

1 SA....................................Interpretation G 16
15B.....................................Commissioner may require owner of private road to place or remove traffic
sign or road marking .................................... G 17
15C.....................................Onusof`proof G 19





Regulation Page

PART III
LIGHT SIGNALS

16......................................Traffic lights G 20
17......................................Significance of light signals G 20
18......................................Failure to comply with traffic signals G 22

PARTIV

LIGHTING, SIGNING AND GUARDING OF ROAD
WORKS, OBSTRUCTIONS AND ExCAVATIONS

19......................................Interpretation G 22
20......................................Provision of lights and signs at road works G 22
21......................................Portable light signals or traffic signs for obstructions and excavations G 23
22...............Dangerous excavations .......................................................................... G 23
23......................................Additional lights and signs G 24
24......................................Rectification of deficiencies G 24
25......................................Removal of obstructions G 24
26...............Saving ...................G25

PART V
ROAD CLOSURES
27......................................Closure of roads G 25
28......................................Diversion and temporary closure G 26

PART VI

PEDESTRIANS AND PEDESTRIAN CROSSINGS

29......................................Interpretation G 26
30.............................Establishment of zebra crossings .......................... G 27
31......................................Precedence for pedestrians G 27
32......................................Prohibition against overtaking at zebra crossings G27
32A. Additional rule for North-west Railway vehicles and trams ... G 28
33......................................Light signal crossing G 28
34......................................Authorization of a school crossing patrol G 29
35......................................Prohibition against unauthorized use of school crossing patrol sign G 29
36......................................Illumination of school crossing patrol sign G 30
37......................................Warning lights for a school crossing patrol G30
38......................................Functions of a school crossing patrol G 30
39. Duties of pedestrians..............................................................................................
G 30





Regulation Page

40......................................Pedestrian priority zones G 31
41. Prohibition against driving of motor cycles on pedestrian roads and on
unleased Crown land ..............G 31

PART VII

DRiviNG RuLEs

42......................................General driving rules G 32
43......................................Audible warning device G33
44......................................Vacating a motor vehicle; and opening of door of a vehicle G33
45......................................Stopping G33
46......................................Giving way to animals, police vehicles, ambulances, etc . G 34
47......................................Lighting on motor vehicles G 34
48......................................Operation of brakes when towing G35
49................................Towing ................ G35
50......................................Application to other vehicles G36
51......................................Additional rules for bicycles, tricycles and rickshaws G36
51A. Obstruction by North-west Railway vehicles and trams G37
52......................................Collection of information G37

PART VIII

LoADiNG OF VEMCLES

53................Carriage of passengers .............................. G 37
54......................................Vehicles exceeding the permitted gross vehicle weight G38
55......................................Dimensions of loads G 39
56......................................Overhanging loads G 40
57.............Security of loads .......--- ....................................................................... G 40
58......................................Prohibition against dangerous vehicles or trailers G 40

PART IX

OFFENCES, PENALTIES AND APPLicATioN

59......................................Failure to comply with traffic signs and road markings G 41
60......................................Persons to whom traffic signs and road markings shall not apply G 42
61......................................Offences and penalties G 42
61A. Application to North-west Railway vehicles and trams G 43
62......................................Application to the Crown G43





Regulation Page

PART X
MISCELLANEOUS

63. Revocation ..........................G 43
64. Transitional provisions .............G43
Schedule 1. Traffic signs ...............G 44
Schedule 2. Road markings ...............G 123
Schedule 3. Light signals ...............G 143
Schedule 4. Zebra crossing and light signal crossings ........... G 148
Schedule 5. Lighting, signing and guarding of road works G 152
Schedule 6...............................Transitional provisions G 153





ROAD TRAFFIC (TRAFFIC CONTROL) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 374, section 11)
[25 August 19841L.N. 303 of 1984

L.N. 292 of 1983 - L.N. 218 of 1984, L.N. 263 of 1984, L.N. 241 of 1985, L.N. 127 of 1986, L.N.
221 of 1986, L.N. 242 of 1987, R. Ed. 1987, L.N. 22 of 1989, L.N. 23 of 1989, L.N. 51 of 1989,
L.N. 305 of 1989# LN -1i-ictO 0 'IY.71?,~

PART 1

CITATION AND INTERPRETATION

1. Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Road Traffic (Traffic Control)
Regulations.

2. Interpretation

(1) In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-
'box junction' means an area of carriageway at a road junction which is
indicated by a road marking in accordance with Figure No. 514 or 522 in
Schedule 2; (L.N. 242 of 1987)
'bus lane' means a traffic lane of the type bounded by a road marking of the
type shown in Figure No. 504 or 518 in Schedule 2 and marked at its
commencement by a road marking of the type shown in Figure No. 5 10 in
Schedule 2;
'bus stop' has the meaning assigned to it by regulation 2 of the Public Bus
Services Regulations (Cap. 230 sub. leg.); (L.N. 23 of 1989)
'carriageway' means a way constituting or comprised in a road, being a way
over which the public have a right of way for the passage of motor
vehicles;
'central reservation' means any provision, not consisting of a pedestrian
refuge, made under these regulations on a road for separating one part of
the road from another part of that road for the safety or guidance of
vehicular traffic using that road;
'controlled' in relation to any crossing (including a zebra crossing) means a
crossing at which traffic is for the time being controlled by a police officer
in uniform or traffic warden in uniform and 'uncontrolled' shall be
construed accordingly;





'crossing' means a crossing made under these regulations available on a road
for the use of pedestrians;
'Director' means the Director of Highways; (L.N. 127 of 1986)
'dual-carriageway road' means a road in which under these regulations there
are 2 separated carriageways for the passage of vehicles travelling in
opposite directions;
'excavation' means any opening, hole or trench executed in any road;
'footway' means a pavement comprised in a road with a right of way on foot
only;
'Tranchised bus' means a bus in respect of which a franchise is in force under
the Public Bus Services Ordinance (Cap. 230);
'hours of darkness' means the time between a quarter of an hour after sunset
and a quarter of an hour before sunrise;
'kerb' means a border of stone, concrete or other rigid material formed at the
edge of a carriageway;
'lay by' means an area by the side of a road intended as a stopping place for
any vehicle, unless otherwise indicated by a traffic sign or a road marking,
and separated from the main carriageway by a road marking shown in
Figure No. 606 in Schedule 2;
-light signal' means an illuminated signal to control vehicular traffic or
pedestrians;
'light signal crossing' means a crossing delineated in accordance with Figure
No. 803 in Schedule 4 at which light signals in accordance with Figure No.
701 in Schedule 3 operate;
'major road' means a road or roundabout at a road junction into which
vehicular traffic emerges from a minor road;
'minor road' means a road immediately before a road junction between that
road and another road or roundabout, on which the sign shown in Figure
No. 101 or 102 in Schedule 1 is erected under these regulations or the
marking shown in Figure No. 508 in Schedule 2 is placed;
',obstruction' means any material, machinery, tools, rubbish, vehicle or other
thing placed upon any road in such a manner as to obstruct or endanger
the passage of any person or of any vehicle on the road;
~tone way streeC means any road in which the driving of vehicles otherwise
than in one direction is prohibited under these regulations;
61passing place' means a local widening of a road to enable vehicles to pass or
overtake each other;
'pedestrian-controlled vehicle' has the meaning assigned to it by regulation 2
of the Road Traffic (Construction and Maintenance of Vehicles) Reg-
ulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.);
'pedestrian priority zone' means an area designated under regulation 40;
'pedestrian refuge' means an area made available under these regulations on a
road for the use of pedestrians only at a crossing;





'person in the public service of the Crown' means a person who is-
(a) a public officer;
(b) a member of Her Majesty's armed forces; or
(c) a member of-
(i) the Royal Hong Kong Regiment;
(ii) the Royal Hong Kong Auxiliary Air Force;
(iii) the Royal Hong Kong Auxiliary Police Force;
(iv) the Essential Services Corps;
(v) the Civil Aid Services;
(vi) the Auxiliary Medical Services; or
(vii) the Auxiliary Fire Services;
'poor visibility conditions' means, in relation to a vehicle used or driven on a
road other than in the hours of darkness, such conditions adversely
affecting visibility (whether consisting of, or including, fog, smoke, heavy
rain or spray, dense cloud, or any similar condition) as seriously reduce the
ability of the driver (after the appropriate use by him of any windscreen
wiper, demister, or washer) to see other vehicles or persons on the road, or
the ability of other users of the road to see his vehicle;
'prescribed road marking' means a road marking of the size, colour and type
prescribed in Schedule 2 or 4;
'prescribed traffic sign' means a traffic sign of the size, colour and type
prescribed in Schedule 1, 3 or 4;
'prohibited zone' means an area designated as a prohibited zone under
regulation 14(1)(a);
'rail stop' means a designated rail stop under the Kowloon-Canton Railway
Corporation Regulations (Cap. 372 sub. leg.); (L.N. 242 of 1987)
'restricted zone' means an area designated as a restricted zone under regulation
14(1)(b);
'road works' means any excavation, structural or maintenance work or
any other work executed on or near the road together with the area
for-
(a) the storage of any material;
(b) the storage and operation of any constructional plant; and
(c)the construction of any temporary structure in connection with
road works;
'roundabout' means a road junction designed for the movement of traffic in
one direction round a central island;
',school crossing patrol' means any person authorized under regulation 34 to
act as a school crossing patrol while so acting;
'school crossing patrol sign' means a traffic sign of the size, colour and type
shown in Figure No. 804 in Schedule 4;
',stud' means a mark or device on a carriageway, whether or not projecting
above the surface of the carriageway;
L





'traffic lane' means, in relation to a road, a part of the carriageway having as a
boundary which separates it from another such part a road marking of the
type shown in Figure No. 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, 510, 511, 512, 513, 518,
523, 525, 601, 602, 603, 605, 606 or 607 in Schedule 2; (L.N. 242 of 1987)
'tram stop' means a place designated as a tram stop under regulation 3 of the
Tramway Regulations (Cap. 107 sub. leg.); (L.N. 221 of 1986)
'zebra controlled area' means the area of carriageway in the vicinity of a zebra
crossing, and lying on both sides of the crossing or only on one side of the
crossing, being an area the presence and limits of which are indicated in
accordance with Figure No. 802 in Schedule 4;
'zebra crossing' means a crossing for pedestrians established on any road in
accordance with regulation 30, the presence and limits of which are
indicated in accordance with Figure No. 801 in Schedule 4.
(2) For the purposes of settling the times of hours of darkness as defined
in subregulation (1) the times of sunrise and sunset shall be-
(a) deemed to be the same such times throughout Hong Kong; and
(b)determined by or on behalf of the Director of the Royal
Observatory.
(3) In these regulations the expression 'left' and 'right' shall be
construed to be in relation to the direction in which the person or vehicle in
respect of which the expression is used is travelling.
(4) Regulations 3, 5, 8, 11, 15, 16, 17, 18, 30, 43, 46(b) and 59 shall apply
in relation to any part of the carriageway of the North-west Railway that is not
a road, and to vehicles of the North-west Railway on such carriageway, in the
same way as those regulations apply in relation to roads and to vehicles on
roads:
Provided that no signs or road markings shall be erected or placed on, or
extend over, any part of the carriageway of the North-west Railway that is not
a road without the consent of the Kowloon-Canton Railway Corporation.
(L.N. 242 of 1987)

PART II

TRAFiFic SIGNS AND RoAD MARKINGS

3. Power to erect traffic Signs

(1) The Commissioner may cause or, by permit in writing (which permit
shall be subject to such conditions as the Commissioner thinks fit and are
specified therein), permit to be erected or placed on or near any road a traffic
sign, and in the case of a prescribed traffic sign the meaning of that sign shall be
in accordance with its content and the note relating to the Figure of that sign in
Schedule 1, 3 or 4.(L.N. 22 of 1989)





(2) The Commissioner may by the erection or placing of an appropriate
sign revoke, amend or temporarily suspend the operation of any traffic sign
erected or placed under subregulation (1).
(3) The Commissioner of Police may by the erection or placing of an
appropriate sign amend or suspend the operation of any traffic sign erected or
placed under subregulation (1) for a period not exceeding 72 hours.

3A. Special provisions for certain
traffic signs on private roads

(1) The Commissioner may, by notice in the Gazette, declare that such
traffic signs as are specified in that notice may be erected or placed on or near
any private road, by or with the permission in writing of the owner of that
road, subject to such conditions as are specified in that noitce.
(2) Where a traffic sign specified in a notice under subregulation (1) is
erected or placed on or near a private road in accordance with that notice then,
for all purposes, such traffic sign shall be deemed to have been so erected or
placed in accordance with a permit issued under regulation 3(1).
(3) Without limiting the generality of conditions which may be specified
in a notice under subregulation (1), such conditions may incorporate, or make
reference to, any code of practice, or part thereof, prescribed under section
109(4A) of the Ordinance.
(L.N. 22 of 1989)

4. Variation to and illumination of traffic signs

(1) The Commissioner or the Commissioner of Police may vary any
figures or the direction of any arrow on any traffic sign erected or placed under
regulation 3 to adapt the sign to the particular circumstances of a place.
(2) A traffic sign may, subject to subregulation (3), be of such material as
will cause it to reflect light or be illuminated.
(3) No reflecting material shall be applied to any black part of a traffic
sign.

5. Power to place temporary traffic signs

(1) The Commissioner of Police may cause to be erected or placed on or
near any road a temporary traffic sign for a period not exceeding 72 hours.
(2)Temporary traffic signs erected or placed under subregulation (1)-
(a) for indicating to traffic-
(i) information on diversions from, or alternative, traffic routes;





(ii) information on routes which may conveniently be followed
on the occasion of a sports meeting, exhibition or other
public gathering; or
(iii) warning of an obstruction or of a hazard;
(b)for indicating to vehicular traffic any prohibition, restriction or
requirement of a temporary nature; or
(c)pending the erection of any permanent traffic sign, for indicating
to traffic the purpose which such a permanent sign will indicate,
may be of such size, colour and type as the Commissioner of Police considers
appropriate.

6. Cones and cylinders

(1) A device constructed of rubber or flexible plastic material being of a
conical shape and constructed to the dimensions shown in Figure No. 146 in
Schedule 1 may be placed under these regulations temporarily on a road for
indicating to drivers of vehicles the requirement that they shall follow a certain
route or shall avoid a part of the carriageway.
(2) A device constructed of rubber or flexible plastic material being of a
cylindrical shape and constructed to the dimensions shown in Figure No. 147 in
Schedule 1 may be placed under these regulations on a road to indicate to
drivers of vehicles a temporary division of the carriageway, made so as to
separate traffic moving in one direction from traffic moving in the opposite
direction, or for indicating a part of a dual-carriageway road where vehicles are
prohibited from proceeding from one carriageway to another.

7. Beacons

(1) A beacon showing an intermittent amber light on or near a road for
conveying the warning that drivers of vehicles, vehicles of the North-west
Railway, and trams should take special care may be used under these
regulations either separately or in combination with any other traffic sign.
(L.N. 242 of 1987)
(2) A beacon showing an intermittent blue light may be used on or
near a road either separately or in combination with any other traffic sign
by the Commissioner of Police for conveying the same warning as in sub-
regulation (1).

8. Power to place road markings

(1) The Commissioner may cause or, by permit in writing (which permit
shall be subject to such conditions as the Commissioner thinks fit and are
specified therein), permit to be placed on or near any road a road marking, and





in the case of a prescribed road marking the meaning of any such road marking
shall be in accordance with its content and the note relating to the Figure for
that marking in Schedule 2. (L.N. 22 of 1989)
(2) A prescribed road marking shall be coloured white or such other
colour as may be described in Schedule 2 and may be painted on a road or, if
made of any suitable material, embedded in a road or fixed to the surface of a
road.
(3) The Commissioner may vary any lines or the direction of any arrow of
a prescribed road marking placed under this regulation to adapt the marking to
the particular circumstances of a place.
(4) A road marking may be illuminated by the incorporation of a
material capable in the hours of darkness of reflecting light.

8A. Special provisions for certain road
markings on private roads

(1) The Commissioner may, by notice in the Gazette, declare that such
road markings as are specified in that notice may be placed on or near any
private road, by or with the permission in writing of the owner of that road,
subject to such conditions as are specified in that notice.
(2) Where a road marking specified in a notice under subregulation (1) is
placed on or near a private road in accordance with that notice then, for all
purposes, such road marking shall he deemed to have been so placed in
accordance with a permit issued under regulation 8(1).
(3) Without limiting the generality of conditions which may be specified
in a notice under subregulation (1), such conditions may incorporate, or make
reference to, any code of practice, or part thereof, prescribed under section
109(4A) of the Ordinance.
(L.N. 22 of 1989)

9. Size of traffic signs and road markings

Traffic signs erected or placed under regulation 3 and road markings
placed under regulation 8, other than prescribed traffic signs or prescribed road
markings, may be of such size, colour and type as the Commissioner considers
appropriate.

10. Box junctions

(1) Subject to subregulation (2), no person shall drive a vehicle into a box
junction unless he will be immediately able to drive the vehicle wholly out of the
box junction.





(2) Subregulation (1) shall not apply-
(a)to a vehicle which is being driven for any fire services, ambulance,
police or customs and excise service purpose if compliance with
subregulation (1) is likely to hinder the use of that vehicle for that
purpose;
(b)where a vehicle is driven into a box junction on the direction of,
or with the permission of, a police officer in uniform or traffic
warden in uniform; or
(c)to a vehicle driven into a box junction marked in accordance with
Figure No. 514 in Schedule 2 from a traffic lane marked with a
right turn directional arrow of the type shown in Figure No. 509
in Schedule 2 to a position where the vehicle can conveniently
wait to make a right turn and which is prevented from being
driven out of the box junction by other stationary vehicles in or
near the box junction waiting to complete a right turn, or by
vehicles moving in the opposite direction. (L.N. 242 of 1987)

11. Double white lines

(1) Subject to subregulations (2), (3) and (5), where a road marking
comprising-
(a)continuous double white lines of the type shown in Figure No.
501 or 503 in Schedule 2 (hereinafter in this regulation called
continuous double white lines); or
(b)a continuous white line with a broken white line of the type
shown in Figure No. 502 in Schedule 2 (hereinafter in this
regulation called a continuous white line with a broken white
line),
is placed on a carriageway the driver of a vehicle shall ensure that the vehicle or
any part of it is not on or over or does not cross continuous double white lines
or any part thereof or a continuous white line with a broken white line or any
part thereof. (L.N. 218 of 1984)
(2) Where a continuous white line with a broken white line is placed on a
carriageway-
(a)to separate traffic proceeding in opposite directions and the
broken line is nearer to the vehicle a driver may drive that vehicle
on, over or across the continuous white line with a broken white
line if-
(i) no danger is thereby caused to his vehicle, any other vehicle
or any person;
(ii)he can return to the left side of the continuous white line
with a broken white line before the commencement of
continuous double white lines; and





(iii) he does not remain on, over or across the continuous white
line with a broken white line for a greater distance or a
longer time than is reasonably necessary; and
(b)to separate traffic proceeding in the same direction and the
broken line is nearer to the vehicle a driver may drive that vehicle
across the continuous white line with a broken white line if no
danger is thereby caused to his vehicle, any other vehicle or any
person.
(3) Where continuous double white lines or a continuous white line with a
broken white line is placed on a carriageway the driver of a vehicle may permit
his vehicle to be on or over or across the continuous double white lines or
continuous white line with a broken white line if it is necessary to do so in
order-
(a) to conform with a direction given-
(i) by a traffic sign or road marking; or
(ii) by a police officer in uniform or traffic warden in uniform;
(b)to avoid colliding with any vehicle, object, obstruction, animal or
person; or
(c)subject to subregulation (4), to make a right turn into or out of
any road, premises or place adjacent to the carriageway.
(4) Subregulation (3)(c) shall not authorize a driver to drive his vehicle
on, over or across the continuous double white lines or the continuous white
line with a broken white line (if the continuous white line is nearer to the
vehicle) where the road marking is separating vehicles proceeding in the same
direction. (L.N. 221 of 1986)
(5) This regulation shall not apply to a vehicle which is being driven for
any fire services, ambulance, police or customs and excise service purpose if
compliance with this regulation is likely to hinder the use of that vehicle for that
purpose.

12. Bus lane

(1) Subject to subregulations (2) and (3), during the prescribed time the
driver of a motor vehicle, other than a permitted user, shall ensure that no part
of his vehicle enters the bus lane bounded by a continuous white line of the type
shown in Figure No. 504 in Schedule 2 unless it is necessary to enter the bus
lane in order-
(a) to conform with a direction given-
(i) by a traffic sign or road marking; or
(ii) by a police officer in uniform or traffic warden in uniform;
(b)to avoid colliding with any vehicle, object, obstruction, animal or
person; or





(c)to make an exit from or entry to a part of the carriageway other
than the bus lane:
Provided that the bus lane shall be crossed as near as
practicable at an angle of 90 degrees from the edge of the
carriageway.
(2) Where a bus lane is bounded by a broken line of the type shown in
Figure No. 518 in Schedule 2 (hereinafter in this regulation called the broken
line) the driver of a motor vehicle may cross the broken line to make a turn into
or out of any road, premises or place adjacent to the carriageway.
(3) Without prejudice to regulation 60, this regulation shall not apply to a
vehicle in respect of which a bus lane permit for the bus lane is issued and is
valid in accordance with the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of
Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.).
(4) In this regulation-
'permitted user' means that class of motor vehicle indicated on a sign, of
the type shown in Figure No. 118 or 119 in Schedule 1 erected at the
commencement of a bus lane, as being permitted to enter that bus lane;
'prescribed time' means that period of time indicated on a sign of the type
shown in Figure No. 406 in Schedule 1.

13. Studs

(1) Depressible or non-depressible studs may be used under these
regulations to delineate the edges of a carriageway or the division of a
carriageway into traffic lanes.
(2) Studs may be illuminated by their own source of illumination or by
material capable in the hours of darkness of reflecting light, and the colour in
either case shall be white except that-
(a) it may be red where the left edge of a carriageway is indicated;
(b)it may be amber where the right edge of a carriageway adjacent
to a central reservation is indicated;
(c)it may be green where used to indicate the edge of any part of the
carriageway at a road junction, lay by or passing place.
(3) Non-depressible studs shall be in the shape of a circle having a
diameter of not more than 210 mm or a rectangle having a length of not more
than 210 mm and a width of not more than 170 nun, and shall in either case not
project above the surface of the carriageway more than 6 mm at their edges nor
more than 18 nun at their highest point.
(4) Depressible studs shall be in the shape of a circle having a diameter of
not more than 2 10 mm or a rectangle having a length of not more than 2 10 nun
and a width of not more than 170 mm and shall in either case not project above
the surface of the carriageway more than 6 mm at their edges nor more than 25
mm at their highest point.





(5) For the purposes of this regulation 'depressible stud' means a stud so
embedded in or fixed to the surface of a carriageway that the height by which it
projects above the surface of the carriageway in the immediate vicinity is apt to
be reduced when pressure is applied to it from above; and 'non-depressible
stud' shall be construed accordingly.

14. Designation of prohibited and restricted zones

(1) The Commissioner may, by notice in the Gazette, designate any area
as-
(a) a prohibited zone; or
(b) a restricted zone.
(2) A designation under subregulation (1)(a) may, absolutely or on
specified days or during specified hours in any day, prohibit the driving of any
motor vehicle or any specified class or description of motor vehicle on any road
within the prohibited zone.
(3) A designation under subregulation (1)(b) may, absolutely or on
specified days or during specified hours in any day, prohibit the driver of any
motor vehicle or any specified class or description of motor vehicle from-
(a) picking up or setting down passengers; or
(b) loading or unloading goods,
on any road within the restricted zone.
(4) The Commissioner may cause to be erected and maintained at or near
the points of entry to or departure from prohibited or restricted zones
prescribed traffic signs to indicate the beginning or the end of such zones.
(L.N. 218 of 1984)
(5) Subject to subregulation (8), no person shall drive any motor vehicle
or any motor vehicle of the type or class specified in a designation under
subregulation (1)(a)--
(a)in the prohibited zone if the driving of such a motor vehicle in the
prohibited zone is absolutely prohibited; or
(b)in the prohibited zone at a time when the driving of such a motor
vehicle in the prohibited zone is prohibited.
(6) Subject to subregulation (8), no driver of any motor vehicle or any
motor vehicle of the type or class specified in a designation under subregulation
(1)(b) shall pick up or set down a passenger-
(a)in the restricted zone if the driver of such a motor vehicle is
prohibited absolutely from picking up or setting down passengers
in the restricted zone; or
(b)in the restricted zone at a time when the driver of such a motor
vehicle is prohibited from picking up or setting down passengers
in the restricted zone.





(7) Subject to subregulation (8), no driver of any motor vehicle or any
motor vehicle of the type or class specified in a designation under subregulation
(1)(b) shall load or unload goods-
(a)in the restricted zone if the driver of such a motor vehicle is
prohibited absolutely from loading or unloading goods in the
restricted zone; or
(b)in the restricted zone at a time when the driver of such a motor
vehicle is prohibited from loading or unloading goods in the
restricted zone.
(8) Subregulations (5), (6) and (7) shall not apply to-
(a)a vehicle which is being driven for any fire services, ambulance,
police or customs and excise service purpose if compliance with
any of those subregulations is likely to hinder the use of that
vehicle for that purpose; or
(b)a vehicle in respect of which a prohibited zone permit or
restricted zone permit for the prohibited zone or restricted zone,
as the case may be, is issued and is valid in accordance with
the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles)
Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.).

15. Occasional traflic signs

Where a traffic sign is placed under these regulations on or near a road for
the purpose of conveying a warning or information from time to time to
vehicular traffic or in connection with a prohibition, restriction or requirement
which relates to such traffic but does not apply at all times, the sign shall be
illuminated by means of internal or external lighting during such times only as,
for the purpose of conveying that warning or information or in connection with
that prohibition, restriction or requirement, it is necessary that the sign shall be
visible from a reasonable distance to drivers of approaching vehicles.

PART IIA

OWNERS OF PRIVATE ROADS MAY BE REQUIRED TO PLACE OR
REMOVE TRAFFIC SIGNS AND ROAD MARKINGS

15A. Interpretation

For purposes of this Part-
tlplace', in relation to a traffic sign, includes erect;
'remove', in relation to a road marking, includes obliterate;
'road markinJ, in relation to a notice under-





(a) regulation 15B(I)(a), means any road marking-
(i) in respect of which a permit could be issued under regulation
8; or
(ii) specified in a notice under regulation 8A; and
(b)regulation 15B(1)(b), means any road marking placed on or near
a private road, irrespective of whether such road marking was so
placed before, on or after the commencement of the Road Traffic
(Amendment) (No. 2) Ordinance 1988 (80 of 1988), but does not
include any such road marking so placed-
(i) on or after that commencement; and
(ii) in contravention of section 5 1 (1) of the Ordinance,
where the owner of that road did not so place, cause or permit to
be so placed, that road marking;
'traffic sign', in relation to a notice under-
(a) regulation 15B(1)(a), means any traffic sign-
(i) in respect of which a permit could be issued under regulation
3; or
(ii) specified in a notice under regulation 3A; and
(b)regulation 15B(I)(b), means any traffic sign placed on or near a
private road, irrespective of whether such traffic sign was so
placed before, on or after the commencement of the Road Traffic
(Amendment) (No. 2) Ordinance 1988 (80 of 1988), but does not
include any such traffic sign so placed-
(i) on or after that commencement; and
(ii) in contravention of section 51(1) of the Ordinance,
where the owner of that road did not so place, cause or permit to
be so placed, that traffic sign.
(L.N. 22 of 1989)

to place or remove traffic sign or road marking

(1) The Commissioner may, by notice in the English and Chinese
languages given in accordance with subregulation (3) or (4) to the owner of a
private road, require the owner to-
(a)place or cause to be placed on or near that road a traffic sign or
road marking specified in that notice; or
(b)remove or cause to be removed from a place on or near that road
a traffic sign or road marking specified in that notice,
subject to such conditions as are specified in that notice, not later than one
month, or such longer period as is specified in that notice, after such notice is so
given.





(2) Without limiting the generality of conditions which may be specified
in a notice under subregulation (1), such conditions may incorporate, or make
reference to, any code of practice, or part thereof, prescribed under section
109(4A) of the Ordinance.
(3) A notice under subregulation (1) to the owner of a private road shall
be deemed to be effected if the Commissioner causes the notice to be sent to that
owner by post.
(4) A notice under subregulation (1) to the owner of a private road shall
be deemed to be effected if the Commissioner causes the notice to be published
in the Gazette and-
(a) where the notice requires a traffic sign or road marking-
(i) to be placed on or near that road, causes the notice to be
affixed to some conspicuous part of, the surface of, or any
building immediately adjacent to, that road; and
(ii) to be removed from a place on or near that road, causes the
notice to be affixed to some conspicuous part of, or adjacent
to, that traffic sign or road marking, as the case may be; and
(b)makes a copy of the notice and, where appropriate in the opinion
of the Commissioner, a plan of that road specifying---
(i) where the notice requires a traffic sign or road marking to be
placed on or near that road, the place on or near that road
where the traffic sign or road marking, as the case may be, is
so required to be placed; and
(ii) where the notice requires a traffic sign or road marking to be
removed from a place on or near that road, the location of
the traffic sign or road marking, as the case may be, is so
required to be removed,
available for inspection by the public free of charge at such offices
of the Government, during the hours when those offices are
normally open to the public, as the Commissioner thinks fit.
(5) A notice under subregulation (1) given to the owner of a private road
under subregulation (3) may, where appropriate in the opinion of the
Commissioner, have attached to it-
(a)where the notice requires a traffic sign or road marking to be
placed on that road, a plan referred to in subregulation (4)(b)(i);
or
(b)where the notice requires a traffic sign or road marking to be
removed from a place on or near that road, a plan referred to in
subregulation (4)(b)(ii).
(6) A notice under subregulation (1) given to the owner of a private road
under subregulation (4) shall state-
(a)the date on which the affixing of that notice required by subregula-
tion (4)(a)(i) or (ii), as the case may be, was carried out; and





(b)where and at what times a copy of that notice and any plan
referred to in subregulation (4)(b)(i) or (ii) which relates to that
notice may be inspected in pursuance of subregulation (4)(b).
(7) Where the owner of a private road fails to comply with a notice given
to him under this regulation, the Commissioner may-
(a)where the notice requires a traffic sign or road marking to be
placed on or near that road, cause that traffic sign or road
marking to be so placed in accordance with that notice; and
(b)where the notice requires a traffic sign or road marking to be
removed from a place on or near that road, cause that traffic sign
or road marking to be so removed in accordance with that notice,
and may recover from the owner as a civil debt the cost of-
(i) so placing or removing, as the case may be, the traffic sign or
road marking; and
(ii) in the case of the removal of a traffic sign or road marking,
any reinstatement of that road necessitated by such removal.
(8) Any traffic sign or road marking removed from a private road under
subregulation (7), and any part thereof and every attachment thereto, shall be
forfeited to the Crown.
(9) A notice under subregulation (1) shall set out the provisions of
subregulations (7) and (8).
(10) Where any traffic sign or road marking is placed on or near a private
road in accordance with this regulation then, for all purposes-
(a)such traffic sign shall be deemed to have been so placed in
accordance with a permit issued under regulation 3(1); and
(b)such road marking shall be deemed to have been so placed in
accordance with a permit issued under regulation 8(1).
(L.N. 22 of 1989)

15C. Onus of proof

Where in any proceedings under the Ordinance against the owner of a
private road it is alleged that a traffic sign or road marking placed on that road
is-
(a)in the case of that traffic sign, a traffic sign within the meaning of
paragraph (b) of the definition of 'traffic sign' in regulation 15A;
and
(b)in the case of that toad marking, a road marking within the
meaning of paragraph (b) of the definition of 'road marking' in
regulation 15A,
the fact so alleged shall in the absence of evidence to the contrary be presumed.
(L.N. 51 of 1989)





PART 111

LIGHT SIGNALS

16. Traftic lights

Light signals, including portable light Signals, may be used under these
regulations for the control of vehicular traffic and shall be of the size, colour
and type prescribed in Schedule 3.

17. Significance of light signals

(1) The significance of light signals prescribed by regulation 16 shall be as
follows-
(a)subject to paragraph (d), the red light signal shall indicate the
prohibition that vehicular traffic shall not proceed beyond the
stop line on the carriageway provided in conjunction with the
light signals or, if the stop line is not for the time being visible or
there is no stop line, beyond the light signals;
(b)subject to paragraph (d), where an amber with red light signal is
provided, the amber with red light signal shall indicate an
imminent change in the indication given by the light signals from
red to green or from red to a green arrow but shall not alter the
prohibition conveyed by the red light signal;
(c)the green light signal (where a green light signal is provided) shall
indicate that, subject to regulation 10, vehicular traffic may pass
the light signals and proceed straight on or to the left or to the
right;
(d)a green arrow during such time as it is illuminated shall indicate
that vehicular traffic may pass the light signals and may, subject
to complying with any prescribed traffic sign or prescribed road
marking, proceed only in the direction indicated by the arrow
notwithstanding any other indication given by the light signals;
(e)where an amber light signal is provided it shall, when shown
alone, indicate the prohibition that vehicular traffic shall not
proceed beyond the stop line or, if the stop line is not for the
time being visible or there is no stop line, beyond the light
signals, except in the case of any vehicle which when the light
signal first appears is so close 1.0 the stop line or light signals that
it cannot safely be stopped before passing the stop line or light
signals;





(f) intermittent red light signals shall indicate the prohibition that
vehicular traffic shall not proceed beyond the stop line on the
carriageway provided in conjunction with the light signals or, if
the stop line is not for the time being visible or there is no stop
line, beyond the light signals, except in the case of any vehicle
which, when the lights first begin to flash, is so close to the stop
line or light signals that it cannot safely be stopped before passing
the stop line or light signals;
(g)a light with an amber 'T' characteristic shall indicate, during
such time as it is illuminated, that trams are likely to pass the
light signals and proceed notwithstanding any other indication
given by the light signals; (L.N. 242 of 1987)
(h)a light with a red 'V characteristic shall indicate, during such
time as it is illuminated, that vehicles of the North-west Railway
or trams shall not proceed beyond the stop line on the
carriageway or on the carriageway of the North-west Railway
provided in conjunction with the light signals or, if the stop line is
not for the time being visible or there is no stop line, beyond the
light signals notwithstanding any other indications given by the
light signals; (L.N. 242 of 1987)
(i)a white symbol of the type shown in Figure No. 703 in Schedule
3 shall indicate, during such time as it is illuminated with a
steady or intermittent light, that vehicles of the North-west
Railway or trams may pass the light signals and may, subject to
complying with any prescribed traffic sign or prescribed road
marking, proceed only in the direction in which the apex of the
white symbol points notwithstanding any other indication given
by the light signals, and if 2 or more white symbols are
illuminated at the same time indicating the directions that
vehicles of the North-west Railway or trams may proceed then
such vehicles may proceed in any one of the directions in
compliance with any one of the white symbols so illuminated;
(L.N. 242 of 1987)
(j)a white symbol of the type shown in Figure No. 703 in Schedule 3
shall indicate, during such time as it is flashing, that the period
during which the vehicle of the North-west Railway may proceed
is about to end. (L.N. 242 of 1987)
(2) A driver of a vehicle on a road passing any light signals in accordance
with subregulation (1) shall proceed with due regard to the safety of other
drivers and users of the road and in accordance with any direction of any police
officer in uniform or traffic warden in uniform.
(3) For the purpose of subregulation (1) 'stop line' means the prescribed
road marking shown in Figure No. 506 in Schedule 2.





18. Failure to comply with traffic signals

Subject to the Ordinance, to regulation 60 and to the direction of any
police officer in uniform or traffic warden in uniform no driver of a vehicle on
a road shall fail to comply with the indication given by a red or amber light
or intermittent red lights, when shown by light signals in accordance with
regulation 16 or 17.

PART IV

LIGHTING, SIGNING AND GUARDING OF ROAD WORKS,
OBSTRUCTIONS AND EXCAVATIONS

19. Interpretation

In this Part 'person responsible' in relation to any road works,
obstruction or excavation means the person under whose supervision the road
works are carried out or the obstruction or excavation is caused or made.

20. Provision of lights and signs at road works

(1) For the purpose of lighting, signing and guarding road works the
person responsible shall-
(a) erect and maintain at the road works during the hours of
darkness lanterns of the type prescribed in Schedule 5 and such
prescribed traffic signs and prescribed road markings as the
Director may require; and
(b)place at the road works such lanterns, traffic signs and road
markings in the manner prescribed in Schedule 5.
(2) All traffic signs erected under subregulation (1)-
(a)shall, subject to subregulations (3) and (4), be illuminated by the
incorporation of a material approved by the Director capable of
reflecting light; and
(b) may be illuminated by any means of lighting approved by him.
(3) Subregulation (2)(a) shall not apply to traffic signs erected in
accordance with Schedule 5 where the signs are illuminated to the satisfaction
of the Director by internal lighting.
(4) No reflecting material shall be applied to any black part of a traffic
sign erected under subregulation (1).
(5) All signs erected under subregulation (1) shall have marked on them
in English and Chinese, in a manner approved by the Director, the name of the
person responsible.





21. Portable light signals or traffic signs
for obstructions and excavations

(1) In any case where, by reason of an obstruction or an excavation, the
part of a road, other than a road restricted to the passage of vehicles in one
direction only, available for the passage of vehicles is less than 5.5 m in width-
(a) for a distance exceeding 30 m; or
(b)in such circumstances that the view of an oncoming vehicle, by
the driver of a vehicle approaching the obstruction or excavation
on the same side of the road as the obstruction or excavation, is
obscured by a bend in the road, by the obstruction or excavation
or by any other means,
the person responsible shall provide portable light signals of the type prescribed
in Schedule 3 and shall cause the signals to be operated at all times to direct
traffic in such a manner as to enable vehicles to pass the obstruction or
excavation in either direction without risk of accident and without unnecessary
delay.
(2) Notwithstanding that a road, available for the passage of vehicles,
other than a road restricted to the passage of motor vehicles in one direction
only, is less than 5.5 m in width for a distance of 30 m or less, portable light
signals may be provided and operated where the person responsible considers
that the light signals are necessary in order to provide for the control of vehicles
passing the obstruction or excavation.
(3) Notwithstanding subregulations (1) and (2), where a police officer of
the rank of sergeant or above considers that portable signals are necessary to
provide such control he may give notice either orally or in writing to the person
responsible requiring him to provide and operate at all times the portable
signals and the person responsible shall as soon as practicable provide and
thereafter operate at all times the portable signals.
(4) The person responsible shall forthwith notify the Director in writing
of the location of any light signals provided in accordance with subregulation
(1), (2) or (3).
(5) Manually operated temporary signs corresponding to Figure Nos. 103
and 104 in Schedule 1 may be used by or on behalf of the person responsible to
direct vehicles past an obstruction or excavation referred to in this regulation in
either direction without risk of accident and without unnecessary delay other
than-
(a) in the circumstances described in subregulation (1), (2) or (3);
(b) in the hours of darkness.

22. Dangerous excavations

(1) If any excavation on or near a road is of such a nature or is in such a
position that there is a danger that a pedestrian or vehicle may fall into it or be





otherwise endangered, the person responsible shall provide sufficient fencing
around the excavation as will be adequate and effective to prevent any
pedestrian or vehicle from falling into the excavation or being otherwise
endangered.
(2) The obligation to fence under subregulation (1) shall not apply where
fencing around the excavation would obstruct the passage of trams but in that
case instead of providing a fence the person responsible shall display
conspicuously not less than 1 m above the ground, close to the excavation, such
signs, approved by the Director, as are sufficient to give to any person adequate
warning of the danger.

23. Additional fights and signs

(1) The Director or a police officer of the rank of sergeant or above may
give notice in writing to the person responsible for road works or any
obstruction or excavation on or near a road requiring him to erect as soon as
practicable and operate lights or traffic signs at or near the road works,
obstruction or excavation in addition to those required by regulations 20(1) and
21 and the person responsible shall as soon as practicable after such direction
erect and thereafter operate such lights or traffic signs.
(2) The person responsible shall forthwith notify the Director in writing
of the location of any lights or traffic signs erected in accordance with a notice
given by a police officer under subregulation (1).

24. Rectification of deficiencies

(1) The Director or any police officer of the rank of sergeant or above
may give notice either orally or in writing to the person responsible for road
works or any obstruction or excavation on or near a road requiring him to
rectify as soon as practicable any deficiency in the lanterns, signs or fencing
required by regulation 20, 21, 22 or 23 and the person responsible shall as soon
as practicable after such notice rectify any such deficiency.
(2) In the event of a failure to comply with a notice given under
subregulation (1) the Director may rectify the deficiencies and the person
responsible shall pay to the Director the cost of the rectification.
(3) Any costs incurred by the Director under subregulation (2) shall be
recoverable as a civil debt.

25. Removal of obstructions

(1) The Director or a police officer of the rank of sergeant or above may
give notice either orally or in writing to the person responsible for any
obstruction on or near a road which hinders or endangers any person to remove





forthwith the obstruction and the person responsible shall as soon as
practicable after such notice remove such obstruction.
(2) In the event of a failure to comply with a notice under subregulation
(1) the Director may arrange for a removal of the obstruction and the person
responsible shall pay to the Director the cost of the removal.
(3) Any costs incurred by the Director under subregulation (2) shall be
recoverable as a civil debt.

26. Saving

Nothing in this Part shall relieve any person of any obligation imposed
upon him to obtain any permit or consent which may be necessary before
carrying out any road works or causing an obstruction or excavation or of any
obligation to fence or otherwise render safe any road works.

PART V

ROAD CLOSURES

27. Closure of roads

(1) Where in the opinion of the Commissioner it is necessary to close a
road or any part of it to all or any particular kind of traffic, he may close that
road or part of it to such traffic for such period as he may think necessary.
(2) A closure under subregulation (1) shall be indicated by a sign of the
type shown in Figure No. 149 in Schedule 1 and a notice of such closure shall be
published by the Commissioner as soon as reasonably practicable in the
Gazette or in one issue of at least one English newspaper and one Chinese
newspaper circulating in Hong Kong. (L.N. 263 of 1984)
(3) The closure of a road under subregulation (1) shall not apply to-
(a)a vehicle which is being driven for any fire services, ambulance,
police or customs and excise service purpose if compliance with
the closure is likely to hinder the use of that vehicle for that
purpose; or
(b)a vehicle in respect of which a closed road permit for the road is
issued and is valid in accordance with the Road Traffic
(Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374
sub. leg.).
(4) Subject to subregulation (3), no person shall drive a vehicle on any
road closed under subregulation (1).
(5) For the purposes of this regulation, 'road' does not include a private
road. (L.N. 22 of 1989)





28. Diversion and temporary closure

(1) The Commissioner or the Commissioner of Police may-
(a)cause all traffic or any particular kind of traffic on a road to be
diverted at any time; and
(b)without publication of a notice under regulation 27(2), close any
road or part of it to all traffic or any particular kind of traffic for
any period not exceeding 72 hours.
(2) Subregulation (1)(a) shall not apply to a vehicle which is being driven
for any fire services, ambulance, police or customs and excise service purpose if
diverting it is likely to hinder the use of that vehicle for that purpose.
(3) Subject to subregulation (2), no person shall drive a vehicle on any
road in contravention of subregulation (1).

PART VI

PEDESTRIANS AND PEDESTRIAN CROSSINGS

29. Interpretation

In this Part-
'pedestrian road' means a road, or any portion of a road, on unleased Crown
land which-
(a) is not a surfaced road;
(b) is a surfaced road of less than 2 m in width at any point; or
(e) is declared under regulation 41(5)(a) to be a pedestrian road;
'surfaced road' means a road constructed with a surface suitable for the
regular passage of motor vehicles;
'unleased Crown land' means land which is not-
(a) held under a Crown lease or a tenancy granted by the Crown or
any agreement for such a lease or tenancy;
(b) vested in a person by an Ordinance; or
(c) occupied under-
(i) a licence issued under section 5 of the Crown Land
Ordinance (Cap. 28);
(ii) a licence or permit granted or issued under any other
Ordinance; or
(iii) a deed or memorandum of appropriation made by the
Governor of Hong Kong.





30. Establishment of zebra crossings

(1) The Commissioner may establish zebra crossings on any road and
shall cause every zebra crossing so established to be delineated in accordance
with Schedule 4.
(2) Any variation in a dimension specified in Schedule 4 shall be treated
as permitted by these regulations if the variation-
(a)in the case of a dimension of 300 mm or more, does not exceed
20% of that dimension; or
(b)in the case of a dimension of less than 300 mm, where the actual
dimension exceeds the dimension so specified, does not exceed
30% of the dimension so specified, and where the actual
dimension is less than the dimension so specified, does not exceed
10% of the dimension so specified.

31. Precedence for pedestrians

Every pedestrian on a zebra crossing shall have precedence while on it over
any vehicle and, if a pedestrian is on the zebra crossing before the vehicle or any
part of it has come on to or over the zebra crossing, the driver of the vehicle
shall accord precedence to such pedestrian:
Provided that in the case of a zebra crossing on which there is a pedestrian
refuge or central reservation the parts of the zebra crossing which are situated
on each side of the pedestrian refuge or central reservation shall each be treated
as a separate zebra crossing.

32. Prohibition against overtaking at zebra crossings

(1) The driver of a vehicle (hereinafter in this regulation referred to as the
'approaching vehicle') while it or any part of it is in a zebra controlled area
and is proceeding towards the zebra crossing shall not cause the approaching
vehicle, or any part of it-
(a)to pass ahead of the foremost part of another moving vehicle,
being a vehicle proceeding in the same direction wholly or partly
within that area; or
(b)to pass ahead of the foremost part of a stationary vehicle in the
same part of the zebra controlled area as the approaching
vehicle, which stationary vehicle is stopped wholly or partly
within that area for the purpose of complying with regulation 3 1,
unless he so passes to conform with a direction given by a police officer in
uniform or traffic warden in uniform.
(2) For the purposes of this regulation-
(a)the reference to another moving vehicle is, in a case where only
one other vehicle is proceeding in the same direction in a zebra





controlled area, a reference to that vehicle, and, in a case where
more than one other vehicle is so proceeding, a reference to such
one of those vehicles as is nearest to the zebra crossing;
(b)the reference to a stationary vehicle is, in a case where only one
other vehicle is stopped for the purpose of complying with
regulation 31, a reference to that vehicle and, in a case where
more than one other vehicle is stopped for the purpose of
complying with that regulation, a reference to such one of those
vehicles as is nearest to the zebra crossing.
(3) For the purposes of this regulation, in the case of a zebra crossing
which is on a one way street, and on which there is a pedestrian refuge or
central reservation, the parts of the zebra crossing which are situated on each
side of the pedestrian refuge or central reservation shall each be treated as a
separate zebra crossing.

vehicles and trams

The driver of a vehicle of the North-west Railway or tram shall not cause
the vehicle or tram or any part thereof to stop within the lin-lits of zebra
crossing except-
(a)where the vehicle or tram is prevented from proceeding by
mechanical breakdown or other circumstances beyond the
driver's control;
(b) where it is necessary to stop in order to avoid an accident; or
(c)with the express permission or by the direction of a police officer
in uniform or a traffic warden in uniform.
(L.N. 221 of 1986,- L.N. 242 of 1987)

33. Light signal crossing

(1) Light signals may be used for the purpose of indicating to pedestrians
the period during which they may or may not cross a carriageway.
(2) For the purpose of subregulation (1) such light signals shall be of the
size, colour and type specified in Schedule 3 and shall be used in conjunction
with the light signals prescribed by regulation 16.
(3) A light signal prescribed by this regulation shall be so designed that-
(a)the red figure in Figure No. 701 in Schedule 3 (referred to in this
regulation as 'the red signal') is internally illuminated by a
steady light; and
(b)the green figure in Figure No. 701 in Schedule 3 (referred to in
this regulation as 'the green signal') is internally illuminated at
times by a steady light and at times by an intermittent light.





(4) The significance of a light signal prescribed by this regulation shall be
as follows-
(a)the red signal when illuminated by a steady light shall indicate to
a pedestrian that he shall not cross or start to cross the
carriageway at the crossing;
(b)the green signal when illuminated by a steady light shall indicate
to a pedestrian that he may cross the carriageway at the crossing;
and
(c)the green signal when illuminated by an intermittent light shall
indicate-
(i) to a pedestrian who is already on the crossing that he shall
proceed to pass over the crossing with reasonable speed; and
(ii) to a pedestrian who is not already on the crossing that he
shall not start to cross the carriageway at the crossing.
(5) For the purpose of this regulation the parts of a road on each side of a
pedestrian refuge or central reservation shall each be treated as a separate
carriageway.
(6) Subject to a direction given by a police officer in uniform or traffic
warden in uniform every pedestrian at a light signal crossing shall comply with
any indication referred to in subregulation (4)(a) and (c).

34. Authorization of a school crossing patrol

(1) The Commissioner of Police, by permit in writing, may authorize any
person to act as a school crossing patrol and to authorize in writing any other
person to act as a school crossing patrol in his place at such times and places
and under such conditions as shall be specified in the permit:
Provided that the Commissioner of Police shall not be liable for any
damage or injury caused to a school crossing patrol or to any other person or to
any thing arising from the actions of a school crossing patrol.
(2) The Commissioner of Police at any time may revoke a permit issued
by him under this regulation and on such revocation the person to whom the
permit was issued shall return the permit to the Commissioner of Police.
(3) No fee shall be payable to the Commissioner of Police for a permit
issued under this regulation.

35. Prohibition against unauthorized use
of school crossing patrol sign

No person shall display a school crossing patrol sign on any road unless he
is authorized to act as a school crossing patrol on that road under regulation
34.





36. Illumination of school crossing patrol sign
No school crossing patrol shall display a school crossing patrol sign on a
road during the hours of darkness unless its surface is made of such material as
will adequately reflect the lights of approaching vehicles in such a manner as to
make such sign readily visible.

37. Warning lights for a school crossing patrol
Intermittent amber lights of the type shown in Figure No. 258 in Schedule
1 may be used under these regulations in conjunction with the sign shown in
Figure No. 225 in Schedule 1 for conveying a warning to vehicular traffic that it
is approaching a school crossing patrol.

38. Functions of a school crossing patrol
(1) A school crossing patrol may stop vehicular traffic by displaying a
school crossing patrol sign.
(2) Where a person has been required under subregulation (1) to stop a
vehicle-
(a) he shall stop the vehicle before the school crossing patrol sign;
and
(b) he shall not proceed while the school crossing patrol sign
continues to be exhibited.
(3) A school crossing patrol may direct any pedestrian when to cross the
road.
(4) For the purposes of this regulation and of regulation 39(a)(iv), where
it is proved that a school crossing patrol sign is'displayed it shall be presumed
that such a sign is displayed by a school crossing patrol.

39. Duties of pedestrians

No pedestrian shall-
(a) cross a road-
(i) within a zebra controlled area, otherwise than on a zebra
crossing;
(ii) within 15 m of a light signal crossing otherwise than at the
crossing where such lights operate;
(iii) within 15 m of a footbridge or pedestrian subway or any
part of it, otherwise than by means of the footbridge or
pedestrian subway; or
(iv) in contravention of any direction given by a police officer in
uniform, traffic warden in uniform or a school crossing
patrol;





(b)remain on a crossing longer than is necessary to pass over the
crossing;
(e)climb over or through any kerbside fence or central reservation
on to a carriageway; or
(d)fail to comply with the requirement indicated by a traffic sign
of the type shown in Figure No. 124, 125, 126, 137 or 159 in
Schedule 1.(L.N. 242 of 1987)

40. Pedestrian priority zones

(1) The Commissioner may, by notice in the Gazette and by the erection
of a traffic sign of the type prescribed in Figure No. 111 in Schedule 1, designate
any road or part of a road as a pedestrian priority zone for the period indicated
in the notice and by the sign.
(2) Subject to a direction given by a police officer in uniform or a traffic
warden in uniform, the driver of a vehicle shall give way to a pedestrian who is
within a pedestrian priority zone.

41. Prohibition against driving of motor cycles on
pedestrian roads and on unleased Crown land

(1) Subject to this regulation, no person shall drive a motor cycle on-
(a) a pedestrian road; or
(b) any unleased Crown land which is not a road,
without a permit issued under subregulation (4) or otherwise than in
accordance with the conditions of such permit.
(2) Subregulation (1) shall not apply to-
(a)any person in the public service of the Crown while he is driving a
motor cycle in the course of his duties;
(b)any person engaged in the prevention of fire or giving help
required as a result of an accident or emergency; or
(c)any pedestrian road, or any portion of it which the
Commissioner by notice in the Gazette declares under
subregulation (5)(b) to be a pedestrian road to which
subregulation (1) does not apply.
(3) Nothing in subregulation (1) shall prohibit a person from driving a
motor cycle for the purposes of agriculture, forestry, construction work or
similar activity on a pedestrian road or on any unleased Crown land which is
not a road.
(4) The Commissioner, and any public officer authorized by the
Commissioner for the purposes of this paragraph, may issue to any person a
permit in writing to drive a motor cycle on-





(a) a pedestrian road; or
(b) any unleased Crown land which is not a road,
specified in the permit subject to any conditions specified in the permit.
(5) The Commissioner may by notice in the Gazette declare-
(a)any road, or any portion of it, on unleased Crown land to be a
pedestrian road; or
(b)any pedestrian road, or any portion of it, to be a pedestrian road
to which subregulation (1) does not apply.

PART VII

DRIVING RULES

42. General driving rules

A driver shall not-
(a)when driving a motor vehicle on a road permit any person not
being a driving instructor to grasp or interfere with the steering,
gearing or braking mechanism of the vehicle;
(b)cause or allow the engine of a motor vehicle on a road to run
while the cover of the fuel tank is removed;
(c)drive a motor vehicle on a road so that the vehicle (other than
plani engaged on road construction or repair) travels backwards,
unless it can be done in safety and is not done for a greater
distance or time than may be necessary for the safety or
reasonable convenience of any occupant of that vehicle or of
other users of the road;
(d)cause or allow a motor vehicle to make a turn on a road in order
to proceed on that road or part of that road in the reverse
direction to that in which the vehicle was proceeding prior to the
turn in such a manner as to be likely to cause obstruction to other
users of the road;
(e)when driving a motor cycle on a road, wear any radio or cassette
earphones:
Provided that this paragraph shall not apply to a driver of a
motor cycle-
(i) which is being driven for any police purpose;
(ii) which is being driven for any other purpose in respect of
which the Commissioner has in writing permitted the use of
such earphones.





43. Audible warning device

No person shall use any audible warning device on a vehicle on a road
except to warn any person on or near a road of danger.

44. Vacating a motor vehicle; and
opening of door of a vehicle

(1) No person in charge of a motor vehicle on a road shall vacate the
vehicle-
(a) without having stopped the engine; and
(b)where the vehicle is fitted with a brake capable of being set,
without having set the brake so as effectually to prevent 2 at
least, or in the case of a vehicle with only 3 wheels, 1 at least of
the wheels from revolving:
Provided that paragraph (a) shall not apply-
(i) to prevent the working of the engine of a fire services vehicle for
fire fighting or pumping purposes; or
(ii) where the vehicle is designed so that the engine is used for
purposes other than the propulsion of the vehicle and the driver
is in attendance.
(2) No person shall open or cause or permit to be opened any door of a
motor vehicle or trailer on a road so as to cause injury or danger to any person.

45. Stopping

Subject to regulation 14 and to any direction given by a police officer in
uniform or traffic warden in uniform, a driver of a vehicle on a road shall not
stop within an area designated as a-
(a)bus stop unless the vehicle is a franchised bus, or where the bus
stop is also designated as a public light bus stopping place or
public light bus stand under the Road Traffic (Public Service
Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.), a public light bus;
(b)public light bus stopping place or public light bus stand under the
Road Traffic (Public Service Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374
sub. leg.), unless the vehicle is a public light bus or, where the
stopping place or stand is also designated as a bus stop, a
franchised bus;
(c)taxi stand under the Road Traffic (Public Service Vehicles)
Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.), unless the vehicle is a taxi; or
(d) rail stop.
(L.N. 242 of 1987)





46. Giving way to animals, police
vehicles, ambulances, etc.

The driver of a vehicle on a road shall-
(a)on request by or signal from any person having charge of an
animal, other than a domestic animal, on a road cause the vehicle
to stop and to remain stationary for so long as may be
reasonably necessary for the safety of the person, such animal or
any other person using the road; and
(b)give way and take all possible action to make way for the passage
of any police vehicle, fire services vehicle or appliance, ambulance
or customs and excise service vehicle which is sounding a bell,
siren or gong or displaying a flashing beacon.

47. Lighting on motor vehicles

(1) No person shall drive a motor vehicle on a road during the hours of
darkness or in poor visibility conditions-
(a)unless he is showing lightedIamps at the front and rear of the
vehicle of the type required to be carried by the vehicle under the
Road Traffic (Construction and Maintenance of Vehicles)
Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.) but the lamps lighted at the front
of the vehicle shall be dipped where a system of street lights is in
operation or in the face of approaching traffic;
(b)showing a lighted lamp to the rear other than a red or amber
lamp except while engaged in reversing; or
(c)unless he is showing the appropriate lighted front corner marker
lamps and side marker lamps of the type required to be carried
under the Road Traffic (Construction and Maintenance of
Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.) while driving the
motor vehicle and a trailer or trailers of a total overall length,
while the tow is in operation, of more than 11 m.
(2) No person shall drive a motor vehicle on a road-
(a)showing a lighted reversing lamp of the type prescribed in the
Road Traffic (Construction and Maintenance of Vehicles)
Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.) except while engaged in
reversing;
(b)showing to the rear any illuminated miniature representation of a
light signal or other illuminated device which would tend to
distract the attention of the driver of a following vehicle; or
(c)showing any distinctive lighted lamps except in accordance with
Part VII of the Road Traffic (Construction and Maintenance of
Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.).





(3) No person shall show a hazard warning light, of the type prescribed in
the Road Traffic (Construction and Maintenance of Vehicles) Regulations
(Cap. 374 sub. leg.), on a vehicle on a road unless such vehicle is stationary and
likely to be a hazard to other persons using the road.
(4) In this regulation 'dipped' means emitting from a lamp a beam of
light which is deflected downwards or both downwards and to the left to such
an extent that it is at all times incapable of dazzling any person who is on the
same horizontal plane as the motor vehicle at a greater distance than 8 m from
the lamp and whose eye-level is not less than 1 m above that plane.

48. Operation of brakes when towing

Where a trailer is being towed on a road by a motor vehicle the driver of
the motor vehicle shall be in a position readily to operate the brakes fitted to the
trailer unless a person other than the driver is in a position to apply the brakes
of the trailer:
Provided that this regulation shall not apply in the case of trailers which
are fitted with brakes which operate automatically.

49. Towing

(1) No person shall drive on a road a motor vehicle which tows-
(a)any other vehicle unless the tow rope or chain is adjusted so that
the distance separating the nearest points of the 2 vehicles shall
not exceed 4.5 m, and the tow rope or chain has been made
clearly visible to other persons using the road;
(b)any other motor vehicle all the wheels of which are in contact
with the ground unless-
(i)the vehicle which is being towed is in the charge of a person
holding a driving licence appropriate to the vehicle which is
being towed; and
(ii) the brakes and steering gear of the towed motor vehicle are
such that the person in charge of such vehicle can exercise
control over the speed and direction of it:
Provided that where a vehicle which is being towed is
attached to the towing vehicle by a rigid tow bar it shall not
be necessary for the brakes of the vehicle which is being towed
to be in working order if the brakes of the towing vehicle
are sufficiently efficient to enable the person driving the towing
vehicle to exercise control over the speed of both vehicles;
(c)any other vehicle unless the vehicle being towed carries a notice
affixed to the rear thereof containing the words 'ON TOW' and





the characters, each of the letters and characters being at
least 150 mm high in white on a dark surface;
(d)a trailer while the overall length of the combination of both
vehicles, while the tow is in operation, is in excess of 16 m.
(e) more than 1 trailer; or
a trailer while it is used for the conveyance of passengers other
than a trailer forming part of an articulated vehicle which is
registered as a bus.
(2) No person shall drive on a road a motor cycle or invalid carriage
which tows a trailer.

50. Application to other vehicles

(1) A person in charge of a cart, pedestrian-controlled vehicle or rickshaw
on a road shall comply with the requirement indicated by a traffic sign of the
type shown in Figure No. 125 or 159 in Schedule 1.
(2) A person riding a bicycle or tricycle on a road shall comply with the
requirement indicated by a traffic sign of the type shown in any of the Figure
Nos. 126, 127, 137, 138, 154 or 159 in Schedule 1.
(L.N. 242 of 1987)

51. Additional rules for bicycles, tricycles and rickshaws

(1) Subject to subregulation (7), a person riding a bicycle or tricycle or in
charge of a rickshaw on a road shall proceed in single file except when
overtaking. (L.N. 305 of 1989)
(2) No person riding a bicycle or tricycle or in charge of a rickshaw on a
road shall-
(a) grasp, or allow the vehicle to be towed by, any other vehicle; or
(b) tow any other vehicle.
(3) No person riding a bicycle or tricycle on a road shall carry-
(a) any other person; or
(b)any animal or article which obstructs his view or which prevents
him from exercising complete control over his vehicle.
(4) A person riding a bicycle or tricycle on a road shall do so with at least
one hand on the handle bars.
(5) Where a portion of a road is set aside for bicycles or tricycles no
person shall ride a bicycle or a tricycle on any other portion of the road.
(6) No person shall ride a bicycle or tricycle, or be in charge of a
rickshaw, on a road during the hours of darkness or in poor visibility
conditions unless he shows a white light at the front and a red light at the rear.
(7) Subregulation (1) shall not apply to a person riding a bicycle or
tricycle on a road or portion of a road on which a traffic sign of the type fflown





in Figure No. 137 or 138 in Schedule 1 has been erected or placed. (L.N. 305
of 1989)

vehicles and trams

(1) Subject to subregulation (2), the driver of a vehicle of the North-west
Railway or tram shall not cause or permit the vehicle or tram to stand on a
road in such a position or in such condition or in such circumstances as to be
likely to cause any unnecessary obstruction of the road or any danger to other
persons using the road.
(2) Subregulation (1) shall not apply-
(a)where the vehicle or tram is prevented from proceeding by
mechanical breakdown or other circumstances beyond the
driver's control, and all reasonable steps are taken to minimize
the obstruction and effect the removal of the vehicle or tram as
soon as possible; or
(b)to anything done with the express permission or by the direction
of a police officer in uniform or a traffic warden in uniform.
(L.N. 221 of 1986; L.N. 242 of 1987)

52. Collection of information
The Commissioner may erect and operate on or near a road such
equipment as he considers necessary for the collection of information on vehicle
and pedestrian movements.

PART VIII

11-OADING OF VEMCLES

53. Carriage of passengers
(1) For the purpose of establishing the number of persons that may be
carried in a vehicle-
(a) a child under the age of 3 years shall not be counted;
(b)3 children aged 3 years or above but each not exceeding 1.3 m in
height shall be counted as 2 persons.
(2) Subject to subregulation (7), no driver of a vehicle on a road shall
permit a passenger to travel in any vehicle unless seated in a properly
constructed seat secured to the bodywork of the vehicle except where the vehicle
is a public service vehicle licensed to carry standing passengers. (L.N. 263 of
1984)





(3) Subject to subregulation (8), the driver of a vehicle on a road shall not
carry in the vehicle passengers in excess of the number specified in the
registration document of that vehicle or permitted by an excess passengers
permit issued under the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles)
Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.). (L.N. 241 of 1985)
(4) The driver of a motor cycle on a road shall not carry on his motor
cycle more than one passenger and when a side car is fitted to the motor cycle
shall not carry any more passengers in the side car than the number of securely
fixed seats in the side car.
(5) When a passenger is carried on a road on a motor cycle other than in
a side car the driver shall ensure that such passenger sits astride the motor cycle
and on a proper seat securely fixed to the motor cycle behind the seat of the
driver.
(6) The driver of a motor cycle on a road shall not carry as a passenger on
the motor cycle a child under the age of 8 years unless the child is carried on a
securely fixed seat provided in a side car.
(7) In the case of any goods vehicle, subregulation (2) shall apply with
effect from 1 September 1989 to a driver of such vehicle in relation to a
passenger permitted to travel in the vehicle, other than in the driving cab
thereof. (L.N. 263 of 1984)
(8) The provision of subregulation (3) prohibiting the carriage of
passengers in excess of the number specified in the registration document of the
vehicle shall apply to the driver of a light goods vehicle, medium goods vehicle
or heavy goods vehicle with effect from 1 September 1989, and before this date
the driver-
(a)of a light goods vehicle shall not carry in the vehicle more than
one passenger in addition to the number specified in the
registration document of that vehicle, subject to a maximum of 5
passengers;
(b)of a medium goods vehicle or heavy goods vehicle shall not carry
in the vehicle more than 5 passengers,
except where he is permitted to do so under an excess passengers permit referred
to in that subregulation. (L.N. 241 of 1985)

54. Vehicles exceeding the permitted gross vehicle weight

(1) Subject to subregulations (2) and (3), no person shall drive or use, or
cause or permit to be driven or used, on a road a goods vehicle or special
purpose vehicle that is so loaded that its gross vehicle weight exceeds the
permitted gross vehicle weight assigned or deemed to have been assigned to
the vehicle under the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles)
Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.).





(2) In the case of a goods vehicle or special purpose vehicle which has at
any time been assigned a maximum laden weight under the revoked regulations,
and until the vehicle is licensed under the Road Traffic (Registration and
Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.), subregulation (1) shall
apply to the vehicle as if such assigned maximum laden weight which is entered
in the registration book and the licence issued in respect of the vehicle under the
revoked regulations is the permitted gross vehicle weight of the vehicle assigned
to the vehicle under the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles)
Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.).
(3) Subregulation (1) shall not apply where-
(a)the Commissioner has, under regulation 7(8) of the Road Traffic
(Construction and Maintenance of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap.
374 sub. leg.), by permit authorized the use of the vehicle
exceeding its maximum gross vehicle weight or maximum gross
combined weight, as the case may be, specified in relation to that
class or type of vehicle in Part 11, 111 or IV of the Second
Schedule to those regulations; and
(b)the vehicle is driven or used, or caused or permitted to be driven
or used, on a road in accordance with the terms and conditions, if
any, of the perrilit.
(4) For the purposes of subregulation (2)-
(a)the revoked regulations are the Road Traffic (Registration and
Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) revoked
by regulation 61 of the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing
of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.); and
(b)where the maximum laden weight assigned to a vehicle is
expressed in hundredweight, such weight shall be converted to
tonnes on the basis that 1 cwt. is equivalent to 0.0508 tonne.
(L.N. 241 of 1985)

55. Dimensions of loads
(1) Subject to subregulation (2), no driver shall drive on a road a vehicle
that is so loaded that the load-
(a)in the case of a vehicle other than a trailer, extends forwards
more than 1.5 m from the foremost part of the vehicle;
(b)extends backwards more than 1.4 m behind the rearmost part of
the vehicle;
(c)extends sideways so that the total width of the load is in excess of
2.5 m; or
(d)rises to such a height in excess of 4.6 m or to such lesser height as
may cause damage to any object or wires lawfully erected above
the road.





(2) A vehicle may be driven loaded within the limits prescribed in a long
load permit or a wide load permit issued under the Road Traffic (Registration
and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.).

56. Overhanging loads
0 )A driver of a vehicle on a road carrying an overhanging load shall ensure
that such a vehicle carries-
(a) other than in the hours of darkness or in poor visibility
conditions, a red flag of an area not less than 1 m' at the rear
extremity of the load;
(b) during the hours of darkness or in poor visibility conditions
(i) a white light showing ahead at each side of, the front
extremity of the load; and
(ii) a red light showing to the rear at the rear extremity of the
&load.

57. Security of loads
The driver of a motor vehicle on a road shall ensure that-
(a)any load is properly secured to and, subject to regulations 55 and
56, contained on or inside the vehicle;
(b) no load is carried only on the tailgate of the vehicle; and
(c)the vehicle is so loaded that no portion of the load touches the
road.

58. Prohibition against dangerous vehicles or trailers
(1) Notwithstanding any other provision in these regulations, the driver
of a motor vehicle on a road shall ensure that the motor vehicle, and any trailer
drawn by it and all parts and accessories of the motor vehicle and any such
trailer, the weight, distribution packing and adjustment of the load of the motor
vehicle and any such trailer and the number of passengers carried shall at all
times be such that no danger is caused or is likely to be caused to any person on
the motor vehicle or trailer or on or near the road or no damage is caused or is
likely to be caused to a road or to public or private property:
Provided that in the case of a bus it shall not be a contravention of this
subregulation if the number of passengers carried does not exceed that specified
in the registration document of that bus.
(2) The driver of a motor vehicle on a road shall ensure that the motor
vehicle and any trailer drawn by it shall not be used for any purpose for which
it is so unsuitable as to cause or be likely to cause danger to any person on the
motor vehicle or trailer or on or near the road or to cause damage to the road
or to public or private property.





PART IX

OFFENCES, PENALTIES AND APPLICATION

59. Failure to comply with traffic signs and road markings

(1) Subject to regulation 60, no driver -of a vehicle on a road shall fail to
comply with the requirement indicated by
(a) a traffic sign of the type shown in any of the Figure Nos. 101 to
117, 120 to 123, 128 to 153 inclusive, and 159 in Schedule 1 or
Figure No. 804 in Schedule 4; (L.N. 305 of 1989)
(b) a road marking of the type shown in any of the Figure Nos. 505,
507 to 513, 515 to 519 and 523 to 525 inclusive in Schedule 2 or
Figure Nos. 801, 802 and 803 in Schedule 4;
(c) a traffic sign referred to in regulation 5(2)(b) or (c); or
(d) a portable light signal prescribed under regulation 21(1), (2) or
(3).
(2) Notwithstanding regulation 63 and subject to regulation 60, no driver
of a vehicle on a road shall fail to comply with the requirement indicated by-
(a) a traffic sign of the type shown in any of the Diagrams Nos. 23 to
34 inclusive, 36, 38, 41, 47 to 50 inclusive and 52 in the First
Schedule to the Road Traffic (Roads and Signs) Regulations
(Cap. 220 sub. leg.); or
(b) a traffic sign of the type shown in Figure No. 10 or 45 in the
Second Schedule to those regulations. (L.N. 263 of 1984)
(3) Traffic signs referred to in subregulation (2) shall be deemed to be
prescribed traffic signs for the purposes of these regulations. (L.N. 263 of
1984)
(4) Subject to regulation 60, no driver of a vehicle of the North-west
Railway or tram on a road shall fail to comply with the requirement indicated
by-
(a) a traffic sign of the type shown in any of the Figure Nos. 101,
102, 103, 104, 105, 110, Ill, 128, 136, 148 and 160 in Schedule 1
or Figure No. 804 in Schedule 4;
(b) a road marking of the type shown in any of the Figure Nos. 506,
507 and 508 in Schedule 2 or Figure Nos. 801 and 802 in
Schedule 4; or
(c) a portable light signal prescribed under regulation 21(1), (2) or
(3). (L.N. 221 of 1986)
'(5) Notwithstanding regulation 63 and subject to regulation 60, no driver
of a vehicle of the North-west Railway or tram on a road shall fail to comply
with the requirement indicated by-





(a)a traffic sign of the type shown in any of the Diagram Nos. 23, 24
and 41 in the First Schedule to the Road Traffic (Roads and.
Signs) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.); or
(b) a traffic sign of the type shown in Figure No. 10 in the Second
Schedule to those regulations. (L.N. 221 of 1986)
(L.N. 242 of 1987)

60. Persons to whom traffic signs and
road markings shall not apply

The traffic signs or road markings referred to in regulation 12, 18 or 59
shall not apply to a person engaged in-
(a)the driving of any vehicle on a road for any fire services,
ambulance, police or customs and excise service purpose if
compliance with such regulation is likely to hinder the use of that
vehicle for that purpose;
(b)the maintenance, repair, cleaning, clearance, survey, inspection,
alteration or improvement of a road;
(c)the erection, laying, placing, maintenance, testing, alteration,
repair or removal of any structure, works or apparatus in, or,
under or over any part of a road;
(d)the avoidance or prevention of an accident or obtaining or giving
help required as a result of an accident or emergency;
(e)the removal of any vehicle from any part of a road;
(f)providing necessary assistance as a result of a vehicle stopping on
a road by reason of a breakdown or other defect or any
circumstances outside the control of the driver;
(g)carrying out any work authorized by the Commissioner or the
Director for the improvement of traffic movement;
(h)activity authorized by a permit issued by the Commissioner or
the Director; or
(i)compliance with a direction given by a police officer in uniform
or a traffic warden in uniform.

61. Offences and penalties

(1) Any person who without reasonable excuse contravenes any of the
provisions of, or any requirement under, regulation 11(1), 17(2), 18, 20(1) or
(2), 21(1) or (3), 22, 23(1), 24(1), 25(1), 27(4), 28(3), 31, 32(1), 35, 38(2), 40(2),
41(1), 47, 48, 49, 53(2), (3), (4), (5), (6) or (8), 54, 55(1), 56, 57, 58 or 59 commits
an offence and is liable on first conviction to a fine of $5,000 and imprisonment
for 3 months and on second or subsequent conviction to a fine of $10,000 and
imprisonment for 6 months.(L.N. 241 of 1985)





(2) Any person who without reasonable excuse co 2wf,,,.v- es any of the
provisions of, or any requirement under, regulal ~3~4-4Tirij, 14(5), (6) or
(7), 20(4) or (5), 21(4), 23(2), 33(6), 34(2), 36, 39, 42, 45, 46, 50 or 51
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.
(3) A driver of a vehicle of the North-west Railway or tram who
contravenes the provisions of regulation 32A or 51A(I) commits an ofrence and
is liable to afine of $1,000. (L.N. 221 of 1986; L.N. 242of 1987)

vehicles and trams

In add*t* tny gulations which expressly so provide, the provisions of
regulation 17, 18, 31, 32, 38, 40(2), 43, 46 and 58 apply to and in
relation to of the North-west Railway and trams.
(L.N. 221 of 1986; L.N. 242 of 1987)

62. Application to the Crown

Except where otherwise expressly provided these regulations shall apply to
vehicles and persons in the public service of the Crown.

PART X

MISCELLANEOUS

63. Revocation

The Road Traffic (Lighting and Guarding of Road Works) Regulations
(Cap. 220 sub. leg.), the Road Traffic (Road Crossing) Regulations (Cap. 220
sub. leg.), the Road Traffic (Roads and Signs) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.)
and the Road Traffic (General) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) are revoked.

64. Transitional provisions

Without prejudice to any other enactment, Schedule 6 shall have efrect for
the purposes of transition to these regulations from the Road Traffic (Lighting
and Guarding of Road Works) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.), the Road
Traffic (Road Crossing) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) and the Road Traffic
(Roads and Signs) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) revoked by regulation 63 of
these regulations and shall be in addition to and shall not derogate from section
23 of the Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance (Cap. 1).





REGULATORY REGULATORY

FIGURE No. 102 FIGURE No.101

RED BACKGROUND

WHITE BORDER,
LETTERS &
CHARACTER
GIVE
BORDER STO

\\\-.LAC. 1.1.1
A CHARACTER

\-WHI1E BACKGROUND

GIVE WAY
T 15 SIGN MAY BE PLACED ON MINOR ROADS AT THEIR JUNCTIONS WITH STO
MAJOR ROADS, APART FROM THOSE COVERED BY *STOP SIGNS OR OTHER SIGNA
AND SHALLDINOICATE THAT NO IEHICLE SHALL 1 EED FI. THE TRANSVERSE THIS SIGN MAY BE PLACED ON MINOR ROADS AT THEIR
JUNCTION VATH
~S 1. FI N.' we IN SCHEDULE 2 USED IN CONJUNCTIO14 MTH THE 'GIVE WAY' MAJOR ROADS AND SHA L INDICATE THAT EVERY VEHICLE SHALL
BEFORE ENTERING
SIGN OR E TER 0 TO THE MAJOR ROAD IF THERE ARE NO TRANSVERSE SIGNS OR STOP L NS%
THEY ARE, NOT FOR THE TIME BEING VISIBLE EMOSUCH A MANNER OR AT SUCH A THE MAJOR ROAD AT THE TRA, SVERSE LINES AS SHOYM IN
FIG. No. 507 IN
AS S SCHEDULE2 SITED IN CONJUNCTION MTH THE 'STOW SIGN. IF THERE ARE NO
TIMELI ELY TO CAUSE DANGER TO TH IV Rl Eft OF ANY VEHICLE ON THETRANSVERSE LINES OR THEY ARE NOT FOR THE TIME BEING VISIBL , THE
VEHICLE
MAJOR ROAD OR AS TO NECESSITATE THE OR ER OF SUCH VEHICLE TO CH GE RO E OQ
ITS SPEE SHALL STOP AT THE OR ROAD, NO VEHICLE SHALL P CEED PAST THE
D OR COURSE IN ORDER TO AVOID AN ACCIDENT WITH ANOTHER VEHICLE,TRANSVERSE LINES ON1JT0 THE MAJOR ROAD IF THE TRANSVERSE LINES ARE
NOT ~0
THIS SIGN MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION MTH THE SUPPLEMENTARYVISIBLE IN SUCH A MANNER OR AT SUCH A TIME AS IS LIKE V TO CAUSE DANGER
PLATE IN FIGURE No. 40. TO THE DRIVER OF A VEHICLE ON THE MAJOR ROAD OR AS 'TO NECESSITATE 'HE
DRIVER OF A VEHICLE TO CHANGE COURSE OR HIS SPEED IN ORDER TO AVOID M
ACCIDENT WITH ANOTHER VEHICLE.
THIS SIGN MAY 13E USE. IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY
PLATE IN FIGU RE NO 4M





REGULATORY REGULATORY
FIGURE No.104 FIGURE No.103

GREEN BACKGROUND RED BACKGROUND
WHITE BORDER. WHITE BORDER.
ETTERS A LETTERS &
CHARACTER CHARACTER
G T P
MANUALLY OPERATED TEMPORARY SIGN MANUALLY OPERATED TEMPORARY SIGN
irmls SIGN 15 USED TO INDICATE TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC THAT THIS MON 15 USED TO INDICATE TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC THAT
:1 MAY OC
PROCEED INTO THE LENGTH OF ROAD WHERE ONE WAY WORKING110 ShiAll. 1101 JR EED I. THE L 1. .1 R WHERE ONE WAY
5 NECESSARY. W RKI 0 '. HE E5 R Y.





REGULATORY
FIGURE No.106

WHITE BORDER
FIGURE No. 105
BLUE DACROROUND

RED BORDER
WHITE SYMBOL

KGROUND
SYMBOL
RS a
Z CTERS
ST
WHITE 8Al

K
LE TTE
CHARA

POLICE

STOP POLICE
AHEAD ONLY

.T M 15 SION IIII.11ATE1 THAT 1ENICLE1 MUST 1.0 9) IN THE
1 1,T ji .DICATED BY THE ARROW. THIS SIGN 45 FOR USE BY THE POLICE TO STOP VEHICLES

THIS SIGN NAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH LIGHT
SIGNALS OR BOLLARDS AND MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE

SUPPLIENIENTARY PLATES IN FIGURE M-402.403.





REGULATORY REGULATORY
FIGURE No. 108 FIGURE No. 107
WHITE lboltoEsi WHITE BORDER
BLUE BACKOROUND @Lut 8ACKGROUND
WHITE SYMBOL
witty& ITICILOL
TURN LEFT
KEEP LEFT THE DIRECTION OF THE ARROW MAY DE REVERSED TO DIVE;-
THE DIRECTION OF THE ARROW MAY BE REVERSED TO GIVE -- TURN RIGHT
KEEP RIGHT THIS %~ INDICATES THA VEHICLES MUST PROCEED in THE

THE SION INDICATES THAI PASSAGE MUST SE 10 THE LEFT 1091 DIRECTION SHOWN By THE ARROW. 1
TO THE RIONTI OF SOME PERMANENT OR TEMPORARY OBSTRUCTION. THIS SIGN MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH
LIGHT SIGNALS
THIS SION MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH BOLLARDS. 00 BOLLARDS AND MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE
BU PPLEMENTANY PLATES IN FIGURE MO$. 402. 403. 409.
TH SIGN MA BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY
PLATE, IN FIGURE )105~





REGULATORY REOMATORY
FIGURE No. 110 FIGURE No.109
a #W90~ HATE BARCIER.LIETTERS
CZ.

*wig
SL6W

'AM

POLICE

BACKGROUND
~ 0
TURN LEFT AHE

THE DIRECTION OF THE ARROW WAY K REVERSED TO *ME
TURN RIGHT AHEAD
SLOW
JAMS `ROW IMYCATES THAT VEHICLES MUST TURN IN THE DIRECTION
SHOWN &V THE = AT THE JUNCTIO* AMEAD.
THIS WON $5 FOR USE BY THE POLICE AN AN EMERGENCY THIS SIGN MAY BE USED &M 'ONAJMCTIOM WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES

104 FIGURE MM 402.403.409 AND WITH LIGHT516~5 M *M^.





R~TORY REGMAMRY
FIGURE No. 112 FIGURE No.111
WHITE RECII BORDER

TE
/,REO SYMBOL

NO ENTRY PEDESTRIAN PRIORITY ZONE

THIS SM INGIUTES MY ENTRY OF ALL VE~M TRAFFIC 5
PROHIBITED.
INS S~ WAY BE USED 19 COKUCTION WITH BOLLARDS, THIS WON DENOTES THE COMMENCEMENT OF A PEDESTRIAN
AM mwE~ mW PRIORITY ZONE in WN' VEHICLES ARE 70 DIVE WAY TO PEDESTRIANS,
THIS SIGN MAY e
PLATES in FIGURE m. All.





REGULATORY REGULATORY
FIGURE No. 114 FIGURE No.113

RED BORDER
01 RED BORDER

WHITE BACK~--
1ADDINJALKOROUND

BLACK SYMBOL

ALL VEHICLES PROHIBITED BOTH DIRECTIONS

ALL MOTOR VEHICLES PROHIBITED THIS SIGN PROHIBIT ENTRY TO ALL VEHICLES IN BOTH DIRECTIONS.
IT 1% HOWEVER NOT USED eV ITSELF. ALWAYS BEING GUALIFIED BY THE

SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES ;M FIGURE NOS, 403. 404.405. 405.

THIS SIGN PROHIBITS ENTRY TO ALL MOTOR VEHICLES.
THI SIGN MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTRY
PLATES IN FIGURE M... 403. 404. COS. 404 OR ON DIRECTION SIGHS.





REGULATORY REGULATORY
FIGURE No. 116 FIGURE No. 115
m B~ a DIAGONAL m ~ a lxAr^
WHITE BACKlimum HIVE am
BLACK SYMOL AM SYMBOL

PUBUC LIGHT BUSES PROHIBITED BUSES PROHIBITED
THIS sub ~MITS [%m TO ~K LIG1IT gusts ims S~ PROHIBITS ENT' 10 gusts.
THIS 516 MY BE USED IN CONJUNCTAON WITH THE SUPPUPCNIARY PLATES THIS SIGH WAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WM Tit SUPPUBMAW
PLATES
IN F16Mt INN, 405. 405. IN FIGURE NeL 40). 40, 4%.





REGULATORY REGULATORY
FIGURE No. 118 FIGURE No. 117
WHITE BORDER. ARROWS A SYMBOL RED BORDER A DIAGONAL,
WHITE BACKGROU
BLUE SLACIC SYMBOL

250 91 WO)

ALL MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT
FRANCHISED BUSES PROHIBITED
FROM USING NEARSIDE LANE
FOR PART TIME OPERATIO OF THE BUS LANE ?HIE SUPPLEMENTARY
TIME PLATE FOO. NO. 406 WILL BENADDED . GOODS VEHICLES PROHIBITED
THE NUMBER AND DIRECTION OF ARROWS MAY &E ALTERED TO
SUIT THE NUMBER OF LANE$ AVAILABLE. THIS SON PROHIBITS ENTRY TO ALL GOODS VEHICLES
IN ADDITI THIS S:GM MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITS THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES

IN FIGURE ~ 401. 404. W5. 406.





REGULATORY REGULATORY
FIGURE No.120 FIGURE No. 119
,,-SLACK BORDER. W141T1 TIGER. ARROWS. SYMBOL.
CHAR TERSS /~IW'ITE &
AC ///,,~BACKOROUW CHARACTERS A LETTERS
AND LETTER
BLUE BACKGROUND

End of bus Lane
ti

1 250 t 1600 1

END OF BUS LANE CONTRA-FLOW BUS LANE

II USED 70 INDICATE THE END OF THE BUS
I'S &on WAY BE
LAME AMD MAY BL' REPEATED AT THE OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE ROAD. TO INDICATE IN A ONE WITY STREET A TRAFFIC LANE RESERVED FOR
FRATICM1 SED BUSES PROCEEDING IN THE OPPOSITE OIRECTIO .
THE NUMBER OF FORWARD ARROWS MAY BE ALTERED ACCOTIOtWIT TO
THE NUMBER OF FORWARD LANES AVAILABLE 10 NORMAL TRAFFIC.
WHERE THE TRAFFIC LANE WAY ALSO BE USED BY OTHER BU 5
THE SYM @OL IN THE A80YE SIGN SHALL M REPLACED BY *BUS C * !E





REGULATORY
FIGURE No. 122 REGULATORY
FIGURE No. 121
---RED~ a DI~

RED BORDER 9 DIAGONAL
WHITE BACKGROUND
SYMBOL

BLACK LETTER AND
C MARACTER

NO LEFT TURN

THE SYMBOL AND THE RED DIAGONAL LIME SHALL BE REVERSED TO GIVE -
NO RIGHT TURN LEARNER DRIVERS PROHIBITE

THIS SIGH INDICATES THAT LEFT ( OR RIGHT ) TURNING MOVEMENTS OF
TRAFFIC ARE PROHIBITED OMVE~THIS S' PROHIBITS THE ENTRY OF ~09 VEHICLES DRIVEN BY LE~
THE SIGH MAY BE USED IN CONIUNCTION WITH TRAFFIC LIGHT SIGNALS AW
BOLLARDS AND MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES IN THIS SIGN MAV BE USED IN ~UNCTION -TH THE
SUPPLENNEWARY PLATE
FIGURE Nj~ ~03. 106 1. FIGURE m 1% INDICATING THIE PERIOD DURING ~ICK THE PROHMTWN 15 IN FORCE.
(L.N. 263 of 1984)





REGULATORY REGULATORY
FIGURE No. 124 FIGURE No. 123
RED BORDER A DIAGONAL FED BORDER & DIAGONAL
WHITE BACKGROILMIND WHITE BACKGROUND
BLACK SYMBOL BLACK SYMBOL

NO PEDESTRIANS NO - U - TURNS
Z$ 'OR INDICATES THAT THE MXING OF U-TURNS TO RETURN IN TOE
THIS SIGH SHALL INDICATE THAT PEDESTRIANS AND PEDESTRIAN OPERATED DIRECTION FORM WN CH M CAME 15 PROHIBITED
OR CONTROLLED VEHICLES ARE PROHIBITED FROM PASSING BEYOND THE SIGN. tmis SIGH MAY BE USED 19 CONJUNCTION WITH TRAFFIC
SIGNALS AND THE
FIGURE MATHIS7SIGN WAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE IN SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE$ 19 FIGURE On 417. 420 TO
INDICATE THE LEMON OVER
41 WHICH TIME PROHIBITION APPIAES.





REGULATORY
REGULATORY
FIGURE No. 126 FIGURE No. 125

RED a^
MO BORDER & 01^

WHITE BAG~ WHITE BACKGROUND
BLACK SYMBOLS BLACK SYMBOL

NO PEDESTRIANS NO CYCLISTS RICKSHAWS AND PEDESTRIAN-
CONTROLLED VEHICLES PROHIBITED

THIS SM SJOIALL.I. INDICATE THAT BICYCLES. TRICYCLES. IMIDESTRIANS AND
MODESTOOLAN OPERATED OR CONTROLLED VEHICLES AM PROMMITED POK PAS~ K~ THIS SIGN SHALL INDICATE THAT PEDESTRIAN ORRATED OR CONTROLLED
VEHICLES. RICA~ AND N~ARTS ARE PROHIBITED FROM PASSING BEYOND THE
'MI SI'* SIGH.
THIS SIGN MAY ISE USED M CDIUUNCTM WITH THEPLATE 19 RM TH5 SIGN MAY M USED M MMNCTM WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES I W
lw 417. FIGURE Nk. bil.





REGULATORY REGULATORY
FIGURE No. 128 FIGURE No. 127

RED ~ A M^
RED ODIM & D~
WHITE eACw~ @LACK $~a
BLACK SYMBOL WHITE BACKGROm

NO CYCLISTS

SILENT ZONE

vms slaN MAY BE USED ON A ROAD TO INDICATE THAT THE USE OF M THT5 SIGH SHALL INDICATE THAT BICYCLES MO TRICYCLES ARE
PROHIBITED
AUDIBLE WARNING SYSTEM 15 PROMM~ WITHIN TIE AREA CWM BY THE FROM PASSIM 11M100 THE SIGH.
RESTRICTION. THIS 5 'ON MAY BE USED IN CM~TlDW WITH THE SUPPUNIENTARY PLATE
THIS SIGN MAY BE USED IN COMPUNCTION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY IN FIGURE M.' 4 TT.
PLATES m Ft~ M. 4114.411 bit.





REGULATORY REGULATORY
FIGURE No.130 FIGURE No. 129

//,-WHITE GIRDER CHARACTERS
AND LETTERS

/-BLUE RAC GROUND RED BOIKIER A DIAGONAL

ITE BACKGROUND

KEEP LEFT SYMBOL
UNLESS OVERTAKING

t
KEEP LEFT
THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLES MUST KEEP TO THE
NEARSIDE LANE EXC EPT WHEN OVERTAKING, NO OVERTAKING

TH S SIGH PROHIBITS THE OVERTAKING OF MOTOR VEHICLES,
1 His SIGH MAY 51 USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY
PLATES 1 N FIGURE M.. 417 . 424.





REGULATORY REGULATORY
FIGURE No. 132 FIGURE No. 131
WO BORDER RED 8~
WINITE RAC~ WHITE BACK~
-BLACK SYMBOL BLACK SY~.
LETTER A NUMBERS LETTER & NUMBERS

lo m*
1 Affi

pal at

rn

PROHIBITION OF ALL VEHICLES
OF CERTAIN LENGTHS WIDTH LIMIT

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT ALL VEHICLES OR COMBINATIONS OF VENT. THAT VEHICLES EXCEEDING THE WIDTH INDICATED
CLES EXCEEDING THE LENGTH INDICATED ARE PROHIBITED THIS SIGN INDICATES
THE NUMERALS ON THE SIGN MAY BE ALTERED TO SUIT DIFFERENT ARE ~EMYED FROM ENTER G
LENGTH REST ICTIONS, HE CNUMERALS ON 7 HE SIGN I_y BE ALTERED TO SUIT DIFFERENT

PLATES WIDTH.......RESTRI TIONS MAY 51 U11. 11 1 IUIITI. THE SUPPLEMENT. PLATES
TMSM MAY BE USED 10 CON~~ WrM ME SUPPLEMEMIARV M
INFIGURE NOS. 403 . A0t . 405. TZ 1 '1
IN FIGURE NO 1.4.405.





REGULATORY REGULATORY
FIGURE No. 134 FIGURE No.133

RED BORDER
/~ RED R

WHITE BACKGROUND ~PE BACKGROUND BLACK SYMBOL,
BLACK LETTERS & NUMBERS & LETTER

CHARACTERS
1 0 lit
f n 4.5

WEIGHT LIMIT HEIGHT LIMIT

1 HIS SON INDICATES THAT VEHICLES WITH AN OVER-ALL HEIGHT
THI SIGH INDICATES THAT VEHICLES WITH A GROSS VEHICLE Exce SS OF THE WEIGHT INDICATED ARE PROHIBITED FROM ENTER
WEIOMI IN EXCESS OF THE WEIGHT IHOICATED ARE PROHIBITED FROM
PAS 5 ING THE SOOM ING. THE NUMERALS ON D1-
THE M~ MERALS ON THE SIGN MAY BE ALTERED TO SUIT THE SIGN MAY BE ALTERED TO SUIT
FFr
DIFFERENT WEIONT R STICCTIOMS. ;IREM, HEIGHT RES RICTIONS.
THS SION MAY BE USED IN CONAINICTION WITH DE SUPPLEMIENTARY TH 15 5 ION MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE
SUPPLEMENTARY
PLATES IN FIGURE MOS.403. 404. 405. 406. PLATES IN FIGURE M 403 . 404. 405.





REGULATORY REGULATORY
FIGURE No. 136 FIGURE No. 135
RED 0~ RED BOROER
*111E WHITE e'XGRD^
LAC JILACIc 5~
..7r,=uNO LETTERS
30A
knn/h

SPEED LIMIT AXLE WEIGHT LIMIT

THIS SIGN ROCATES THAT A SPEED L~ OF 50 km PER HOUR 15
INPOSED ON THE SECTION OF THE ROAD IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING THE SIGH THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLES
WITH AN AXLE WEIGHT IN EXCESS

THE SIGN ~ BE ERECTED ON BOTH SIDES OF THE ROLD AND/OR OF THE WE~ INDICATED ARE PROMEXTED FROM PASSING THE SIGH,
tCA
00 A CENTRAL RESERVATION IN THE CASE OF A DUAL CARRUGEWAY AI THE START THE NUMERALS ON THE SON MAY BE ALTERED TO SLOT
DIFFERENT
OF A RESTRICTION FACING ONC~ TRAFFIC. WEIGHT RESTRICTIONS. '
THE 3 mm SIZED SIGN MAY ALSO BE ERECTED AT INTERMLS AL- THIS SIGN HAT eE USED IN C~04 WITH THE gj'
.H. THE ROAD TO REMIND MOTORISTS OF THE SPEED LIMIT M FORCE. IN POLIRE NOS. AW,&'.05.406.
THE MILINERALS M THE SIGN MAY CE ALTERED TO SUR THE SPEED
LIMIT REQUITED.





REGULATORY REGULAT
FIGURE No. 138 FIGURE No. 13 7
WHITE BORDER & SYMBOL WHITE BOROM
BACKGROUND WHITE SYMBOLS
CLUE BACKGROURD

CYCLES ONLY FOOTWAY & CYCLEWAY

SIGN TO INDICATE M ADJOINING CYCL11WAY AND FOOTWAY AND THAT THE
THIS SIGH INDICATES THAT THE ROUTE IS TO OF USED BY PEDAL CYCLISTS MLEWM C5 M M USED 91 PEDAL CYCLISTS ONLY AND THE F~ BY
PEDESTRIANS
ONLY. W RIE SUCH A ROUTE 15 PROVIDED ALONG SIDE A ROUTE FOR OTHER VEHICULAR ONLY.
TRAFF tC THE CYCLES MUST USE THE FORMER, THE SYMBOLS MAY BE REVERSED TO SHOW THE FOOTWAY AND CYCLIEWAY 00
THIS SIGN MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY OPPOSITE SIDIES.
PLATES IN FIGURE N- 417, 428, wMICHE THE CYCLIEWAY 15 PROVIXED ALONGSIDE ROUTE FOR OTHER VEHICULAR
TRAFFIC DE CYCLIST MUST USE THE FORMER.
(L.N. 305 of 1989) T IS SIGN MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY
PLATES IN FIGURE N- 417. 428.

(L.N. 305 of 1989)





REGULATORY REGUL
FIGURE No. 140 FIGURE No. 139
BLUE ILACK~ BLUE BACK~
SO''

ONE WAY TRAFFIC
NO STOPPING

TH'S SIGN INDICATES THAT THE STOPPING OF MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT FOR THIS SIGN INFORMS MOTORISTS OF THE DIRECTION OF
PERMITTED TRAFFIC
FRANCHISED BIMS AT DESIGNATED BUS STOPS 15 PROHIBITED UNLESS THE VEHICLE IS FLOW ON A ONE HMY STREET. IT MAY BE PLACED AI THE
E9T9Y TO THE ONE WAY
PatVCWTEO FROM PROCEEDING DUE TO TRAFFIC CONW1ONS. STREET AND AT CowEN:EWT LOCATIONS ALONG THAT STREET WHERE OTHER STREETS
M 50 KCr BE USED 01 CONJUNCTION WED, THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES IN FIGURE JOIN IT
HU LOA L '. ''. ''. '' '' H'. E. A' A REPIATIER SIGH 1. FIGURE

..~ Ill, THE 300.. SIZE HAY .1 USED





REGULATORY

FIGURE No. 142 FIGURE No. 141

ILACK BO
[1TIGER F BLUE BLACK LETTERS YELLM BLACK BORDER LIMIRS
[RED 1 CHARACTERS [__E CHAMAUC165

r-WHYTE
7 41
TIT
Enj 1 LE 1 1 k7aa m~- lp
ñ~Feoi~xT~Fte
--l
i - ITH.

'NO STOPPING' ZONE END 'NO STOPPINW ZONE
INS SIGN ~ BE ERECTED FACING ONCOMING TRAFFIC 10 INIX- THIS SIGN SHALL BE ERECTED FACING ONCM4WO VEHICLES 1 INDI-
CATE THE END OF THE WO STOPPING ZONE, C4Te THE START OF A MO $TOPPING ZONE WHERE RESTRICTIONS ON STOPPING
FOR ALL VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES AT DESIGNATED BUS $TOPS
APPLY. THE TOES ~V BE VARIED TO SPECIFY ANY PERNM.
SKI M FIGURE NOS. 140. 4%. 400 HAT BE USED AT IMERY4L5
ALONG THE ROUTE AS REMU1DERS OF THE RESTRICTIONS 00 FORCE.





FIGURE No. 144 FIGURE No. 143

RED BLACK SYMBOL
K IL -DER
RED BLACK SYMBOL WHITE YELLOW
BLUE BORDER 1-17
YELLOW

BLACK
am-7 pm--~ HITE

E n d--~

P.L.S. 'SO STOPPiNTZONE

THS SIGN INDICATES THE START OF A ZONE WHERE THE STOPPING OF
PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES IS PROHIBITED UNLESS THE VEHICLE IS PREVENTED FRON1
PROCEEDING M TO TRAFFIC COMITIONS
THE TIMES MAY BE WIRIED TO SUIT ANY PERWO OR PERIODS
5 L BE E ECTED FACING ONCI3MING TRAFFIC WHEN
END OF P.L.B. 'NO SMIPPING' ZONE INDICATtNIG'HTHESONSTAIR'TLOF THE R RESTRICTION.
THE SMALLER SIZED SIGN MAY BE USED AT INTERVALS ALONG
THE ROUTE AS A REMINDER OF THE RESTRICTIONS IN FORCE WHEN

THIS SIGH INDICATES THE END OF A P1 8 -NO STOPPING' ZONE AND IT SHALL BE ERECTED PARALLEL TO THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
OF
SHALL BE ERECTED FACING ONCOMING VEHICLES, VEHICLES





FIGURE' No. 146
REGULATORY

BLUE BACKGROUND
WHITE BORDER.LETTERS
B RED IL CHARACTERS

HARD SHOULDER
FOR EMERGENCY ONL
lain
Frc 41 _t l& 1* a$ M
TTER

RED

HARD SHOULDER

TRAFFIC CONE

FIGURE No.145

T 15 SIGN SHALL BE ERECTED TO INDICATE THAT TSE PART OF THE VERGE
A0.1ACIENT TO THE CARRIAGEWAY, AND DEAR RCATED BY THE ROAD VIARKING
SHOWN 1 FIGURE N.. SCS IN SCHEDULE 1. IS FO. USE .1 VEHIC:L S IN
IN E NL 0
A TRAFFIC COME TO DELINEATE THE EDGE OF A ROUTE FOR VEHICULAR IMER.E.Cl 5 0 Y, ~NO NOT FOR THE PARKING F VEHICLES ON FOR
USE AS
TRO 010 A PART OF Tit CARRIAGEWAY. PART OF THE CARRIAGEWAY FOR THROUGH VEHICLES.
TKE WHITE .0 RED COLOURS MY BE ACHIEVED BY MEANS Of A
REFLECTIVE MATERIAL.





REGULATORY
REGULATORY
FIGURE No. 148 FIGURE No. 147

REP BACNGROUMD W01F a~ft, LE, ER$
& CHARACTIERS

RIO
WHE ED
LIGHT SHOWS
RED

WHEN ED
E
T W
T S
L ~lG ~HH
WS
0 SI
S 0
WAIT HERE

5

STOPlING PLACE INDICATOR TRAFFIC CONE

Tmi SIGH IS 10 DAID'11E 10 VIEMICULIR TRAFM 'ME PLACE DE-
VOW MICHS IRAFFIC SMALL NO PROCEED wHEN A TEMPORARY RED L~ CYLINDRICAL TRAFFIC CONE, TO INDIC.A.TE THE TEMPORARY DIVISION OF
SIBMAL IS DISPLAYED AMD NO Slop UNE )s PLACED ON THE CARRIAGEWAY TRAFFIC FLOWS IN OPPOSING DIRECTI ON 08 E CARRIAGEWAY, On 10
MARK A
BOUNDARY BETWEEN TWO CARRtAGEWAYS OF A DUAL CARRIAGEWAY WHICH MAY
NOT BE CROSSED EXCEPT FOR FIRE SER`MCE, MASULANCL POLICE OR CUSTOMS
AND EXCISE PURPOSES. OR TO DELINEA E THE EDGE OF A TEMPORARY DIVERSION
of A ROUTE FOR VEHICULAR TR'Ftc,
THE WHITE COLOURS SHALL BE ACHIEVED BY MEANS OF A REFLECTIVE
MATERIAL THE RED COLOURS MAY BE ACHIEVED BY MEANS OF A REFLECTIVE
MATERIAL





REGULATORY

FIGURE No. 150

FIGURE No.149
WHITE BORDER, LETTERS
-OLM BACKGROUND ~~. C.1RACI.RS

WHITE BORDEFk LETTERS RIO BICKG
R

f~OAD CLOSED

1 ROAD CLOSED

ENTRY POINT
THIS 5109 MAY BE PLACED ON OR NEAR A ROAD TO INDICATE
THIS SIGN 15 USED TO REGLLATE TRAFFIC MOVEMENTS AT CAR PARKS, THAT TH E ROAD HAS BEEN CLOSED.
FILLING STATIONSOR OTHER PREMISES WITH MORE THAN ONE ACCESS TO THE THIS SIGN MAY BE USED WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE IN
FIGURE

ROAD IT 15 USE 1) W C014,1LINCTION WITH THE SIGNS AT FIGURE NOS~ 151.152.153 0S.





REGULATORY REGULATORY
FIGURE No. 152 FIGURE No. 151

-BLUE RACKS~ 'TIE LETTERS -ISLUE BACKC~ TE BORDER. LETTERS
CHARACTERS
N~ Ou~
EXIT
EXIT RESTRICTION EXIT POINT

THIS SON IS USED TO REGULATE TRAFFIC ~NEWS AT CAR PARKS, THS SIGN 5 USED TO REMUL TE I AFFIC HMMEKT5 AT CAR PARKS.

FILLING STATIONS 00 OTHER PRENSES WITH MORE THAN ONE ACCESS TO THE FILLING SIA IONS OR OTHER PREMISES .17. ONE THAN ONE ACCESS TO
ROW IT IS USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SIGHS AT FIGURE NOS 150. 51. 153. THE 10A0 IT 'S USED W CONJUNCTION WITH THE SIGNS AT
FIGURE NOS,
150. 152. 151.





REGULATORY REGULATORY
FIGURE No.154 FIGURE No. 153
BLUE 9ACKGROUND- WHITE BORDER, LETTERS

BLUE BACKGROUND
WHITE BORDER
LETTERS A
IMAII4C11R1

Cychst dismount
Use pedestrian crossincr N~
E NTRY
CC
p

CYCLISTS DISMOUNT

THIS SIGN INDICATES TO CYCLISTS THAT THEY MUST DISMOUNT AND ACCESS RESTRICTION
USE THE PEDESTRIAN CROSSiNG WHEN CROSSING THE ROAD,

THIS SIGN IS USED TO REGULATE TRAFFIC MOVEMENTS AT CAR PAWS.
FILLING STATIONS OR OTHER PREMISES WITH MORE THAM ONE ACCESS TO THE
ROAD. IT IS USED IN CONJUNCTION WPM THE SIGNS AT FIGURE MOS, 150. 151.
152,





REGULATORY REGULATORY

FIGURE No. 160

BLACK BORDER FIGURE No. 15 9
YELLOW BACKGROUND AO 'Ol

anon
BLACK NUMERALS

(2Z5) (3IS)450 1550) (675) 1966)

VEHICLES OF THE NORTH-WEST RAILWAY AND TRAMS ON

VEHICLES OF THE NORTH-WEST THIS SIGN PROHIBITS THE ENTRY OF ALL VEHICLES EXCEPT VEHICLES
RAILWAY SPEED LIMIT OF THE NORTH-WEST RAILWAY AND TRAMS AND SUCH VEHICLES AS
ARE AUTHORIZED TO ENTER BY THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY
IN(S SIRM INDICATES, THAT A SPECO LIMIT OF 14 K. PER HOM tS Jposto Cp, ALL VEHICLES CORPORATION AND THE HONG KONG TRAMWAYS LTD. AS
THE CASE
OF THE M011TH-WESt RAILWAY ON THE SECTION OF ROAD IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING THE SIGN, MAY BE, AND PROHIBITS THE ENTRY OF ALL PERSONS
EXCEPT THOSE
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER SPEED LIMIT THAT MAY U IMPOSED ON ALL OTHER VEHICLES. PERSONS AUTHORIZED TO ENTER BY THE KOWLOON-CANTON
RAILWAY
THIS SIGN MAY BE ERECTED ON BOTH SIDES OF THE ROAD AT THE STRAY OF THE CORPORATION OR THE HONG KONG TRAMWAYS LTD. AS THE CASE

RESTRICTION FACING ONCOMING VEHICLES OF THI NORT-WEST RAILWAY. MAY BE.

TOE NUMERALS ON THE SIGN MAY M ALTERED TO SUIT THE SPEED LIMIT REQUIRED.

(L.N. 242 of 1987) (L.N. 242 of 1987)





WARNING
FIGURE No. 202

RED BORDER
ITE BACKGROUND WARNING
BLACK SYMBOL FIGURE No. 201

-RED BORDER

---WHIT1 BACKGROUND

TRAFFIC MERGES FROM LEFT

THE SYMBOL MAY U REVERSED TO GIVE

TRAFFIC MERGES FROM RIGHT STOP OR GIVE WAY SIGN AHEAD

THIS ION INDICATES TO MOTORISTS THAT ALTHOUGH THEY ARE PROCC&DING
4LO8G A MAJOR ROAD 'KEY ARE APPROACHING A POINT WHERE TRAFFIC WU BE THIS SIGN WARNS OF THE APPROACH TO A
'STOP' OR 'GIVE WAY' SIGH. 17
HEDGING FROM RIGHT OR LEFT1 ON TO THEIR ROAD. SHALL BE USED M CONsuNCTION WTH EITHER OF THE SUPPLEMENTARY
PLATES 9~
IT MY U USED IN CONAINCTION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTLARY PLATE IN FIGURE IN FIGURE NOS 421 422 INOICATINIS WHETHER THE APPROACH
15 TO ~ OR 'GIVE W
NO, 419, AM THE DISTANCE M THE CONTROL,





WARNING WARNING
FIGURE Na 204 FIGURE No. 203

RED BORDER

iRED BORDER WHITE BACKGROUND
WHITE BACKGROUND BLACK SYMBOL
rE 11All SYMBOL

MERGINGINTO TRAFFIC ON RIGHT
DUAL- CARRIAGEWAY ROAD ENDS THE SYMBOL MAY BE REVERSED m am
THIS SIGN MY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WIT. THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES MERGING INTO TRAFFIC ON LEFT
IN FIGURE Nos 41a. 415, THIS SIGN INDICATES TO MOTORISTS TNAT THEY AK APPROACHING A ~OR
ROAD AND W$ 1 BE EXPECTED TO MERGE WITH MWMIS TRAFFIC ON THE MAjOR ROAD.
THIS SIGN MAY BE USED IN CObJUNCION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE IN
FIGURE NO, 410





WARNING WARNING
FIGURE No. 206 FIGURE Not 205

RED BORDER //71Rll BOR111
WHITE BACKGROUND WHITE BACKGROUND
BLACK SYMBOLS BLACK SYMBOLS
~~IL'A'I'K lYM

TWO WAY TRAFFIC ACROSS A OW-WAY CARR~ TWO WAY TRAFFIC
THISSIGN INFORMS ROAD USERS OF THE START OF A SECTION OF THE ROAD
WHICH 15 CARRY1 G TWO WAY TRAFFIC ON THE ~E CARRIAGEWAY WHEN ON THE
785 SIGN INFORMS ROAD USERS ON A ONE WAY CARRIAGIEIdAY THAT THEY PREVIOUS SECTION TRAFFIC WAS CARRIED ON A ROAO COMPRISING
ONE WAY TRAF
ARE APPROACHING A ROAD WHIGH JOINS OR CROSSES IT. AMD HAS TWO-WRY TRAFFIC, FK CARRUbGIEWAYS,





WAMING
FIGURE NaL 208 FIGURE No. 207

RED BORDER

WHITE BACKGROUND
BLACK SYMBOL
RED

YELLOW
~i~, BACK'

BEND TO LEFT AHEAD TRAFFIC SIGNALS AHEAD
THIS SYMBI). MAY BE REVERSED 70 POINT TO THE RIGHT TO GIVE
BEND TO RIGHT AHEAD MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE
THIS 5 ON
IN FIGURE NO 410. IT MY 81 USED TO NARN OF PERMANENT OR TEMPORARY CONTROL

5 MAY BE USED M CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUPPILEMIENTARY PLATES OF TRAFFIC AHEAD BY TRAFFIC SIGNALS
`Mr
IN FIGURE Nos M m&





WARNING

WARNING
FIGURE NoL 210 FIGME Na 209

RED BORDER

BLACK SYMBOL

BLACK
Nm,

(12,01 2

SHARP DEVIATION

TH'S SIGN M BE USED YMERE THERE 6 A SHARP DEVIATION * THE DOUBLE BEND FIRST TO RKiHT AKE
nW 10 THE LIFT OR MAY M REVERSED TO INDICATE A SHARP DEVIATION TO THE
RIGHT. IT G M K PLACED ON THE BEND OR DEVIATION FACING THE APPROACHING THIS SYMBOL MAY BE REVERSED TO
GIVE
~K IT HINT BE USED SINGLY OR ON LONG UNDS MULTIPLE DEVIATION SIONS MAY
K USED DOUBLE BEND FRST TO LEFT AHEA
liNE SIGN MAN ALSO M USED ON ~DABOUTS.
THIS SKIN MBY K USED IN CONAMTION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES

FIGURE NO& 4101 116,





WARNING WARNING
FIGURE No. 212 FIGURE Na 211

//7-
_11110 BORDER MO BORDER
WHITE M
10 BLACK S~ BLACK SYMBOL

ROAD NARROWS ON RIGHT AHEA ROAD NARROWS ON BOTH SIDES AHEAD

THE SYMBOL Ma BE *[VERSED TO ONE
THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT THE ROAD AHEAD BECOMES MARROWER ON BOTH
ROAD NARROWS ON LEFT AHEA SIDES De Sim MUT BE LW 0 CD~ON WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY Plues 10#
THIS SIGN INDICATES A ROAD HARROWING AHEAD ON ONE SIP[. FEW KIDS 410, 411. 410, 419, 420 TO WARN OF A
TEMPORARY NARROWING CAUSED BY

INS SIGN M~ Ot USED M COKLUX11010 WITH IN[ R~~y PLATES IN ROAD WOWS OR OBSTRUCTIONS.
FaRE NOS 410. 411. 418. 41R 420 M WARN OF A TEMPORARY HARROWING CAUSED
BY ROAD WORKS OR OOSTRUCTIMS.





WARNING WARNING

FIGURE No. 214 FIGURE No. 213

RED BORDER

,,,-RED BORDER BACKG~
~E BACKGROUM /-BLACK SYMBOL
/-BLACK SYMBEL. 6
D

T-JUNICTION AHEAD CROSS ROADS AHEAD

THIS SIGN INDICATES THE MOTORIST IS APPROACHING A T-AMICTION AHEAD. THIS SIGN INDICATES THE AP~ TO CROSS ROADS
m SEW m BE WED a COMAINCTEN WRN TIE Rok~ PLATE IN F IGME THIS SUM M BE USED IN OW~ WITIN THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE IN FIGM
6. THE SYMBOL m of R~D. N..4 10.





WARNING WARNING

FIGURE No. 216 FIGURE No. 215

RED BORDER
RED BORDER WITE BACKGROUND
WHITE BACKGROUND BLACK SYMBOL

BLACK S'..

STAGGERED JUNCTION LEFT TURN FIRST AHEAD SIDE ROAD TO RIGHT AHEAD
THIS SYMBOL MY BE REVERSED TO DIVE:-THE S~ MAY BE REVERSED TO GIVE -
STAGGERED JUNCTION RIGHT TURN FIRST AHEAD SIDE ROAD TO LEFT AHEA
THIS SIGH MAY 01 USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SuPPLEMENTARY PLATE W FISLIRE THIS 5109 INDICATES THE APPROACH TO A SIM ROAD
AINCTION.
415 THi$ SIGN W BE LW IN C01~0k WM THE ^EME~ R-CE IN F~% 4111





WARNIN
WARNING
FIGURE No. 218 FIGURE No. 217

RED BORDER

WHITE BACKGROUND

//flIA1K NUMBERS 1 RED CMOER
SYMBOLS
-WHITE BACKG~
,~,e1ACK Sy~

19

STEEP HILL DOWNWARDS AHEAD
ROUNDABOUT AHEAD
THIS SIGN INDICATING A STEEP HILL. DOWNWARDS. MAY BE USED
AT OR NEAR THE TOP OF A HILL WHEN THE GRADIENT OF THE HILL IS 1:10
OR STEEPER. THE SIGN MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE
SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES IN FIGURE Nos~416,419.42D.423,424,425 THE
NUMERALS ON THE SIGN MAY BE CHANGED TO INDICATE DIFFERENT HILL THIS SIGH MAY BE USED IN CONARICTION WITH THE SLWLEMNTARY PLATES IN
GRADIENTS. FIGME N~. 110, 418.





WARNING WARNING

FIGURE No. 220 FIGURE No. 219

-RED BORDER

//~W'IIE BACHG11OUNI)

_flACH NUMBERS A
SYMBOLS

em'

WHITE ILA~

SYNOD,

STEEP HILL UPWARDS AHEA

UNEVEN ROAD SURFACE THIS 1100 INDICATING 11 Sl~Ell HILL IJIW WAI BE USED .1 CHO
.EAR THE FOOT OF A HO LL WHEN THE GRADIENT OF A MILL IS 1:10 OR STEEPER.
T1415 SOON MAY al' USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES
AHEAD IN FIGURE M ~ 4:0,419.420.123.424.425. THE NUMERALS ON THE SIGN MY

THIS SIGN MAY BE USED TO INDICATE ANY UNEVEN ROAD SURFACE BE CHANGED T NDICATE DIFFERENT HILL GRADIENTS.
WHETHER OF A PERMANENT OR TEMPORARY NATURE.
TH'S SIGH MAY Ot USED W COMAJOICTION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE
IN FIGURE M~ 418





WARNING WARNING
FIGURE No. 222 FIGURE No. 221

REO BORDER
WHITE BACI(G~ ---RED BORDER
.,A~ NUMBERS. SYMBOL
1111ER1 ACK NILINIBERS,

HEADR- AT HAZARD

AVAILABLE WIDTH OF STATED HEADROOM AT HAZARD

HEIGHT RESTRICTION HEIGHT RESTRICTED AHEAD

THIS $ION WARMS OF A HEIGHT RESTRICTON AHEAD:
THIS SIGN MAY BE ERECT 0 AT THE LOCATION WHERE THE HEIGHT 15 THIS SIGN MAY 9L USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY
RESTRICTED TO INDICATE OVER WHICH WIDTH I.E HEADROOM W INDICATED IS PLATES W FIGLIRE NOS ~l 0 ' &19
AVAILABLE. THE NUMERALS IN THE ABOVE SIGN MAY EN ALTEREO TO
CATERFOR DIFFERENT HEIGHT RESTRICTIONS.





WARNING WARNING

FIGURE No. 224 FIGURE No. 223

RIO BORDER

WR'N'TTMEBACKGROUND
WHITE BACKGROM

/-BLA(K SYMBOL BLACK SYMBOL

DISABLED PERSONS AHEAD PEDESTRIAN CROSSING AHEAD-

THIS SIGN INDICATES TO MOTORISTS INAT THEY ARE LIKELY TO ENCOUN1FER DISABLED THIS SIGN MAY M USEO IN COMAMICTION MT1,1 THE
SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE IN
PORSOMS CROSSING TIC ROAD AHEAD. FIGURE M' 410~
THIS SIGN M BE USED IN (ONA~ WITH THE SWPL~ ~ M FKM NO. 418.





WARNING WARNING

FIGURE No. 226 FIGURE No. 225

RED BORDER RED BORDER

WHITE 8ACKO~
-BILACK SYMBOL

/-BLACK SYMBOL

HORSES CHILDREN

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT MOTORISTS ARE APPROACHING A LENGTH OF THIS SIGN GIVES WARNING OF THE APPROACH TO M AREA WHERE
CHILDREN ARE
ROAD ON WHICH THEY ARE LIKELY TO ENCOUNTER HORSES. LIKELY TO at PLAYING NEAR OR CROSSING THE ROAD. IT MAY BE USED TO
INVICATE THE
THIS SIGN MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY APPROACH TO A SCHOOL OR PLAYGR~ EXIT.
PLATE IN FIGURE N.. 420,
THIS 50 M Ot USED IN CONAR4t1COM WITH THE ~M~ PLATES h FEM km.
LIT, 413





WARNING WARNING

FIGURE No. 228 FIGURE No. 227

RED 8ORIDER
',-ITED

-WHITE BACKG~

~~BLACK SYMM

LEVEL CROSSING WITH BARRIER AHEAD CATTLE

THI SIGH MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUPI'LEMENTARY KATIE IN THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT MOTORISTS ARE APPROACHING
A LENGTH OF ROAD
F15URZ N~ 418. ON WHICH THEY ARE LIKELY TO ENCOUNTER CATTLE OR WATER BUFFALO.
M SIGH M BE M h OCI~ WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE IN FIGURE N.
420~





WARNING

FIGURE No. 230 WARNING
FIGURE No.229

RED BORDER
WHM
BLACK SYMBOL

RED BORDER
WHITE BACKGROUND
a BLACK SYMBOL
LOW FLYING AIRCRAFT
OR OVERHEAD CABLE
SUDDEN AIRCRAFT NOiS

THIS SIGN WARMS MOTORISTS THAT THEY ARE PASSI MI NIA WARMS OF THE APPROACH 10 IN OVER 1) C
AM AIR11 ELD AND THAT THEY COULD BE STARTLED 5V TH. SUDDEN IT WILL BE$ED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES
APPEARANCE OR NOISE OF A LOW FLYING AIR1RAFT. IN FIGURE HDS. tie. tie.





WARNMI WARNING

FIGURE No. 232 FIGURE No.231
TE SYMBOL
BLUE BACKOROUND
BLACK ~R
wm, /-REO BORDER

/-WHITE BACKGROUND

ADVANCE WARNING OF BUS LANE
THIS SIGN MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY
PLATE 1 M FIGURE M. 41 & TO INDICATE THE DISTANCE TO THE START OF
THE BUS LANE. QUAYSIDE OR RIVERBANK AHEAD
FOR PART TOME OPERATION OF THE BUS LANE A SUPPLEMENTARY
TINE PLATE AS IN FIOURE No. 404 SHALL BE ADDED.
WHERE OTHER BUSES ARE PERMITTED TO USE THE NEARSIDE LANE THIS SIGN ADViSES THAT THE ROAD 15 ABOUT TO LEAD ON TO
IN ADDITION TO FRANCHISED 8USES.THE SYMBOL IN THE ABOVE SIGN SHALL A OUAYS IDE OR RI VERBANK
BE REPLACED By * Bus F- THB SM KW BE UMO WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE IN FIGURE

N..416





WARNING
FIGURE No. 234

WHITE BORDER. LE TERS FIGURE No. 233
F BLUE 'C ROUND BLACK BORDER.A~ .

SYMBOL. CHARACTERS A LETTERS

f-WHITE BACKGROUND
6US LANE

LOOK LEFT
*n t
2E

WARNING OF BUS LANE AOVANCE DIRECTION SIGN
FOR SIDE ROADS
FOR PART TIME OPERATION OF THE BUS LANE THE SUPPLEMENTARY
THIS SIGN 15 PLACED ON THE EDGE OF THE CARRIAGE~ FACING INTO FLATS IN FIGURE M. &OS SHALL a USED.
THE CARRIAGE AT PEDESTRIAN CROSSING POWYS TO WARN OF THE POSS9Mb THI. ARROWS OR SYMBOLS ON THIS SIGN
MAY BE REVERSED on THE
TY OF FAST MOVING BUSES IN THE BUS LANE. POSITION OF THE ARROWS AND SYMBOL ALTERED 70 SUIT THE PARTICULAR
a W$ L NORMALLY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH 'LOOK LEFT' OR REQUIREMENTS.
JOG .
*LOOK HT CARRIAGEWAY MARKINGS WHERE OTHER BUSES ARE PERMITTED TO USE THE NEARSIDE LANE
THIS SIGN MAY BE USED WITHOUT THE WORDS 'BU~ LANE- AND CHA- IM ADDITION TO FRANCHISED BUSES. THE SYMBOL IN THE ABOVE SIGN
RACTERS - C * *'.-LOOK LEFT- MAY BE CHANGED 10 'LOOK RIGHT' SHALL BE REPLACED BY ' BUS C * *





WARNING WARNING

FIGURE No. 236 FIGURE No. 235

BACKGROUND ~RITE BACKGROUND
,/~OIACK DORDER. LETTERS BLACK BORDER, LETTERS AND
AND CHARACTERS A C H-1-5

STEEP ~OAD
CYCLIiTS CYCLIST& ADVISED TO WALK
KEEP TO THE LEFT

OWL 09 T

KEEP TO THE LEFT STEEP ROAD

THIS SIGN WAY BE USED TO ADVISE CYCLISTS TO KEEP TO THE LEFT, THIS SIGH MAY SE USED TO ADVISE CYCLISTS NOT 70 RIDE THEIR
AND MAY 89 USED ON ROADS WHERE MOTOR VEHICLES ARE NOT PERMITTED CYCLES DOWN STEEP HILLS, PARTICULARLY IN AREAS WHERE MOTOR VEHICLES
OR ARE RESTRICTED IN USE. ARE NOT PERMITTED OR RESTRICTED . IN USE.





WARNING WARNING

FIGURE No. 238 FIGURE No.237

RED BORDER

WHITE BACKGROUND /RED OOFIOER
/WHITE BACKGROUND
BLACK SYMBOL SLACK SYMBOL
~~RED O'R
BDE'
WHITE CK

BLACK SYM.

LOOSE CHIPPINGS AHEAD
FALLING OR FALLEN ROC

THIS SIGN WAY BE USED TEMPORARILY IN ADVANCE OF A
RECENTLY SURFACE DRESSED ROAD OR OTHER ROAD WHERE THERE
15 A POSSIBILITY OF LOOSE CHIPPIROS OR STONES ON THE ROAD THIS SIGN WARNS OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ROCK ON OR NEAR THE
SURFACE TO INDICATE THAT THERE 15 A DANGER OF FLYING $TOMES CARRIAGEWAY AND ALSO THE DANGER OF FURTHER FALLS TAKING PLACE.
FROM VEHICLES' WHEELS. IT MAY ALSO BE USED AS A TEMPORARY SIGN.
THIS SIGN ~ BE USED IN CONAINCTION WITH OTHER &IIIN& on THIR INS SIGN M M USM ~ THE 9^EMD~ PIN[ M FOX M.4X DE
SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE IN FIGURE M 420 SYM mor BE L~.





WARNING WARNING
FIGURE No. 240 FIGURE No. 239

/-NEO 'ORDER

CLACK
WHITE mo~

iWHITE
BACKWOUSC, @LACK $v^
'UN'
c

OTHER DANGER AHEA
SLIPPERY ROAD

THIS SIGH WARMS OF MIENTIAL WM4ER ~AZ............R. IN'S SION HAY IME .11E. 11 A IEE.PC RY TOI WARM OF ik
THE $ION WILL ALWAYS BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE COWJUNC 0 CONDITION ON THE ROAD SURFACE AHEAD. 17 HAY 52 USED IN
SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES IN FIGIARE NOS. 414.011





WARNING WARNING
FIGURE No. 242 FIGURE No. 241

RED BORDER

TIE BACKGROUND

BLACK Symm RED

RED BAR BLACK SY~

BLACK SYMEOL.

RIGHT LANE CLOSED AHEAD
ALTERNATIVELY THE RED BAR IN THE ABOVE DULGRAM MAY BE PLACED
ACROSS THE LEFT LANE M GIVE > __j__
LEFT LANE CLOSED AHEAD
OR THE RED BAR MAY BE PLACED ACROSS BOTH THE LEFT MO RIGHT
LANE TO GIVE:. ROAD WORKS AHEAD
LEFT AND RIGHT LANES CLOSED AHEAD
THIS SIGN INOMICATIES THAT ROAD WORKS ARE BEING CARRIED
OR THE RED BAR MY BE PLACED ACROSS THE CENTRE L~ m GIVE:. OUT ON THE ROAD AHEAD.
TICS SIGN MAY BE USED 94 CONJUNCTION WITH THE
CENTRE LANE CLOSED MEAD PLATES IN FIGURE NOS. 415. 417. 415. 419. 420.

THESE SIGNS AW USED ON ONE WAY 3-LANE ROADS OR ON ONE CARRUIGIEWAY
OF A DUAL CARRIAGEWAY ROAD CONSISTWO OF 3 LANES 10 INDICATE . TEMPORARY LANE
CLOSURE. THE RED BAR INDICATING M-CH LAKE 15 CLOSED.
THEY HAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WIT. THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES IN

FIGURE 005. 457, 418.419 AND 2Q.





WARMING WARNING
FIGURE No.244 FIGURE No. 243

RED BORDER

i-~REI) BORDER WHITE
BACKGROUND

f-WHITE BACKGROUND

/-GLACX SYMBOL BLACK SYMBOL

ED BAR

SYMBOL RED BARS
SLACK

OUTSIDE 2 - LANES CLOSED AHEAD
RED BARS MAY BE PLACED ACROSS THE LEFT AND CENTRE LANES TO
CENTRE LANE CLOSED AHEAD OM:.

INSIDE 2 - LANES CLOSED AHEAD

THA, 1,4 THIS SIGN 15 USED ON A ll-LAME 2-WAY ROAD tO ROCATE THESE 51~ AM USED ON ONE MY 3- LAW ROADS OR ON ONE
E CENTRE LANE bs TEMPORARILY CLOUD.
j CARRIAGE~ OF A DUAL CARRHAGE~ RMD CONSISTIM11) OF 3 LANES TO
SIGN ~ BE USED *CONA*O' WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARYIMMOATE THE TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF TWO LANES. DE RED BARS ~TING

PLATES IN FIGURE No 417.418.419 A 420. WHICH ~E$ ARE CLOSED.

THEY MAY BE USED IN COMUNCTION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES
1,4 F~ NOs. 417. Ale ' 419 AND





WARNING WARNING
FIGURE No. 246 FIGURE No. 245

- RED BORDER
.TE CACKGROUND
SYMBOL

BACKGROUND
K SYMBOL

RED BAR

~-BLACK SYMBOL

DIVERSION TO ANOTHER j_
CARRIAGEWAY TO RIGHT AHEAD

THE SYMBOL MAY BE REVERSED TO DIVE:-
DIVERSION TO ANOTHER
RED 'ROE

CARRIAGEWAY TO LEFT AHEAD RIGHT LANE CLOSED AHEAD
THE SYMBOLS MAY BE REVERSED TO GIVE-
TH 15 SIGHWILL BE USED TO DIVERT TRAFFIC PROM ONE
CARRIA0EWAY OF A DUAL CARRIAGEWAY ROAD TO THE OTHER CARRIAGEWAY LEFT LANE CLOSED AHEAD
TH'S SIGH M# BE USED IN ~UNCTION WITH THE SUPPLEMENTARY

PLATES In FOO. M 414 ' 419. THESE SIGNS MAY BE USED 09 ONE WAY I- LANE R~ OR ON ONE
..... CARINAGEYMY OF A 0~ C~iAGEWAY ROAD CONSISTING OF 2 LANES ID INDICATE
..... A TEMPORARY LANE CLOSURE AHEAD OF THE RIGHT 1 LEFT LANE.
..... THEY MAY 13E USED IN COMMM~ WITH De S~WNTARY PLATES
..... IN FIGURE Nos. it?. Ale. 419. 420.





WARMING WARNING

FIGURE No. 248 FIGURE No. 247

RED *1111E

RED WHITE

MI

TEMPORARY SHARP DEVIATION
BARRICADE
HER 154TERPORARY SIGN MO MAY BE PLACED IN CONJUNCTION
THIS
WITH OT TTEMI MY SIGNS TO INDICATE A SHARP DEVIATION TO THE
THIS BARRICADE 15 FOR TEMPORARY USE TO INDICATE THE LEFT TO AVOID ROAD WORKS OR OTHER TEMPORARY OBSTRUCTIONS IN THE
k
EXTENT OF 08 STRUCTIONS OR EXCAVATIONS ANDJOR THAT A LANE OR CARRIAGEWAY . THE SIGN MAY BE REVERSED TO INDICATE A SHARP
DEVIATION
CARRIAGEWAY IS CLOSED. IT MAY BE EXTENDED TO ANY LENGTH BY THE TO THE RIGHT.
ADDITION OF ALTERNATE WHOLE RED AND WHITE RECTANGLES,





WARNING WARNING
FIGURE No. 250 FIGURE No. 249

*ME BORDER. LETTERS RED BACKGROUNDRwa -1191TIERS

a CHARACTERS
RED S4CR

RAM~
RAMP~HkAD

-1

-------- J1

RAMP AHEAD RAMP

VHS 15 A TEMPORARY SIGN TO INDICATE TO.MOTORISITS A SUDDEN
CHANG
THIS 5 A TEMPORARY SIGN TO ~M OF A SUDDEN CHANGE OF A OF L EY Et IN THE ROAD SURFAC E,
LEVEL IN THE ROAD SURFACE AHEAD.





WARNING WARNING
FIGURE No. 252 FIGURE No. 251
RED BACK~ L WHITE BORDER -WHITE LETTERS - RED BACKGADUND
A CHARACTERS W.- - ILIETTE
& CHARACTERS

ROAD AH EAD S ~dw
CLOSED
WET TAR
ROAD AHEAD CLOSED
THIS SIGN WARNS THE MOTORIST THAT THE ROAD AHEAD 15 CLOSED SLOW WET TAR
THIS 5 A TEMPORARY SIGN 10 ~RN OF ROAD SURFACING WORKS,





WARNING WARN
FIGURE No. 254 FIGURE No. 253
RED BACKGROUND 7TE BORDER. LETTERSWHITE BORDER LETTERS RED BAC~
Fr & CHARACTERS r
/CROS9ING FIC CON TROL
NOT IN USE AHEAD

TRAFFIC CONTROL AHEAD
CROSSING NOT IN US
TH S SIGN 15 USED TO INDICATE THAT THERE 15 MANUALCOK

TRAFFIC AHEAD eV THE USE OF STOP/GO SIGHS.

T15 15 A TEMPORARY SIGN TO INDICATE TO PEDESTRIANS THAT
H 5

A PEDESTRIAN CROSSING IS NOT IN USEAS SUCH A CROSSING.





WARNING WARNIN
FIGURE No.256 FIGURE No. 255
ED MO UI~~ /f WHITE 111011M
LETTERS A CHARACTERS
~EDE~T'RIANS
HAZARD MARKER c 4k

ALTERNATIVE MARKERS THAT MAY BE USED TO INDICATE THE EDGE OF A
CARRIAG EWAY OR AN OBSTRUCTION NEAR THAT EDGE. THE PORTION OF THE SIGN
COLOURED RED MAY BE COLOURED WHITE OR AMBER. THE SIGNS SHALL BE
ERECTED 50 THAT THE Top OF THE SIGN IS NOT LESS THAN 650 MM NOR MORE
THAN 1 M ABOVE THE SURFACE OF THE CARRIAGEWAY IN THE IMMEDIATE VICINITY.
WHERE THE SIGNS ARE MOUNTEO ON A POST SPEICIALLY PROVIDED FOR THE PEDESTRIANS
6

PURPOSE THAT PART Of THE POST WHICH EXTENDS ABOVE GROUND LEVEL SHALL
BE COLOURED BLACK AND WHITE IN ALTERNATE HORIZONTAL BANDS EACH BAND
BEING N 0 T LESS THAN 225 MM NOR MORE THAN 350 NAM IN DEPTIl.*THE SIGNS
SHALL BE RECTED 50 AS TO DISPLAY THE COLOUR RED ON THE LEFT HANO EOGE
OF THE ~AERIRIAGEWAY VIEWED lly THE DRIVERS OF APPROACHING VEHICLES AND
THE COLOUR WHITE ON THE RIGHT HAND EDGE OF THAT CARRIAGEWAY SO VIEWED
BY THE DRIVERS OF APPROACHING VEH ICLES. ON THE RIGHT HAND EDGE OF THE
CENTRAL RESERVATION OF A OVAL CARRIAGEWAY THE SIGNS MAY BE ERECTED 50
AS TO DISPLAY THE COLOUR AMBER INSTEAD OF THE COLLAR ~ATE.

THIS 11OM A.115E1 P1E.'J1111ANII OF 'me IX OF A
'AE.'ANAAAAAA, 0 - THE AO~ MAY M REVERSED on A DOUBLE
HEADED AR11= de usu.





WARNING

WARMING FIGURE No.257
FIGURE No. 258
WHITE BORDER
LETTERS &
//-0,U, 'A'N ROUND CHARACTERS

SLOW
AMBER

PEDESTRI NS
A
._n& AMBER
AMBER LIGHTS
PEDESTRIANS AHEA
INTERMITTENT AMBER LIGHTS WHICH MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION
WITH THE SIGN SHOWN IN FIGURE Ab. 225 IN SCHEDULE 1.
EACH LAMP SHALL SHOW AN INTERMITTENT LIGHT AT A RATE OF
FLASHING OF NOT LESS THAN 60 NOR MORE THAN 90 FLASHES PER MINUTE AND IN
SUCH A MANNER THAT THE LIGHT OF ONE LAMP IS ALWAYS SHOWN AT A TOME THIS SIGN WARNS MO ORIST 01 THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF
PEDESTRIANS
WHIN LIGHT OF THE OTHER LAMP IS NOT SHOWN.ON OR ADJACENT TO THE ROAD AHEAD,





U~

FIGURE No. 263 FIGURE No. 2 6 2

RED BORDER

BACKEROUND
wm

BLACK
SYMBOL

ROAD HUMP OR HUMPS AHEAD
1 15 SION WICUES A ROAD SUPP 8 ACCORDANCE WITH N5UK N#, 6b7 VEHICLES OF THE NORTH-WEST RAILWAY
OR 4 SIR[$ OF SLKH KUSPS US BIN PLACED ACROSS TSE ROAD AIKEAD. OR TRAMS AHEAD
(L.N. 22 of 1989)

THIS SIGN MAY BE USED TO WARN VEHICULAR OR PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
OF THE NOMWEST RAILWAY OR TRAM TRACK IN OR CROSSING THE ROAD AHEAD
WHERE VEHICLES OF THE NORM-WEST FWIWAY OR TRANES NEAT SE OPERATING.

(L.N. 242 of 1987)





D~TQRV INFO
FIGURE No 302 FIGURE No. 301

WHITE

BLUE 5ACIIAROUND

WHITE BORDER LETTERS
AND C MARACTEis

ic~CIDENT

2
2.4.
POLICE

EITHER SME

THIS SION ~M NUMM THAT VEHICLES MAY P~ EITHER SIDE
OF A M~ M PE~ D~IM 0 TIME CARM~.tms son
HAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH BOLLARDS.

THIS MON 15 FOR USE BY THE POLICE AT ACCIDENT SITES.





INFORMATORY INFORMATORY

FIGURE No. 304 FIGURE No. 303

GLUE BACKGROUND WHITE BORDER. LETTERS
1~ CHARACTERS TTERS. CHARACTERS
singLetralk AND ~PER
road with Af WHITE
passing pLaces 1
Duat arriageway
ahead

SINGLE TRACK ROAD WITH PASSING PLACES

GLUE

150 11 1150

AO ISORY SIGN AT The COMMeNCEMENT OF A ROAD WITH ONLY
SUFFICIENT WIDTH FOR ONE VEHICLE EXCEPT AT PASSING PLACES.

AD'ORY SIGN GIVING ADVANCE NOTIFICATION OF THE %TART
OF A DUAL CARRIAGEWAY ROAD.





INFORMATORY INFORMATORY
FIGURE No. 306 FIGURE No. 305
[OLLE BACXGROUND E 9~, LETTERS WHITE BORDER A SYMBOLS
EWS
BLUE BACKGROUND

'GET (N
LAN E
lee

GET IN LANE

DISTANCE INDICATORS

THESE 596NS INDICATE DISTANCE IN HUNDREDS OF METRES TO
THIS SON INFORMS OF A DIVERGENCE OF MITES AMEND WITHTHE NEXT POINT AT W141CH VEHICLES MAY LEAVE A ROAD.
SEPARATE LANES FOR IXFFERENT DESTINATIONS IT WILL BE PLAUD M THE SLOPE OF THE DMS SHALL BE REVERSED WHEN ERECTED
CON~TION WITH OTHER SIGHS OR ROAD MARKNOS, ON THE RIGHT HAND 5109 OF A CARRIAGEWAY.
THE THREE HUNDRED METRE SIGN MAY BE OMITTED PROM THE
SEOUEMCC OF SIGHS .





INFORMATORY INFORMATORY

, FIGURE No. 308 FIGURE No. 307

WHITE BORDER. LETTERS& OLLRACTERS

LUE BACKC~ BLUE e~RO~ /\W TTE BORDER, L T RS
a MARACIERS
STOP AT CENSU~ POINT
NSUS POINT
L[7ENS1
~E ~IS Wim
=M X iffi A

i - 1 CENSUS POIN
STOP AT CENSUS POINT

VHS MN W~ THE NOTORST OF THE LOCATION OF
THIS SION ADVISES MOTORISTS 10 STOP. IF so REW~. AI M CENSUS POTRY.
POINT Foe INTERVIEW IN CONNECTION WITH A TRAFFIC $~Y.





INFORMATORY INFORMATORY
FIGURE No.310 FIGURE No. 309

WHITE BORDER

BLUE BACKGROUND WHITE BORDER, LETTERS
RED RECTANGLE C-ACTIE-

SLOW

WHITE B~R
A RECTANGLE
SURROU 0
CENSUS POINT
3Z 1.9p 1 AM

NO THROUGH ROAD SLOW AT -CENW5 POINT

THIS SIGH INFORMS MOTORISTS THAT THERE 15 NO ~m R~ THIS SIGN ADVISES MOTORISTS TO DRIVE, SLOWLY C PAsTC IRE CE $US
AHEAD FOR MOTOR VEHICLE$. POINT WHERE THEY MAY OE STOPPED FOR NIERVEW 11 ONNE TON WITH A
TRAFFIC SURVEY.





INFORMATORY INFORMATORY
FIGURE No. 312 FIGURE No. 311

WHITE BORDER
BLUE 'CXUOUND
090 RECIAMOLIE
RED BAR /-WHITIL SURROUNDING
BLACK BORDER. ARROWS
AND SYMBOL
WHITE
WHITE BACKGROUND SYMBOL

1100 f1550) 12 00)

525 15251

tNFORMS MOTORISTS OF THE DIRECTION THEY MAY
PROCEED. IN THE RESPECTIVE LAMES. AND THAT THE LEFT RAND LANE NO THR(M01-1 ROAD ON SIDE ROAD TO LEFT
ts FOR TRAFFIC YURNIbig LEFT ONLY.
THE CENTRE LANE MAY BE OMITTED AND THE SYMBOLS WITH THE SYMBOL REVERSED THE $ION WILL GIVE F-
OTHERWISE VARIED TO ACCORD WITH THE CIRCUMSTANCES. THE WORDS
'EXCEPT BUSES- 1 C *IN MAY BE ADDED ABOVE THE RED DAR.
NO THROUGH ROAD ON SIDE ROAD TO RIGH1
10ES5 SIONS *IVB ADVANCl OF .. 1
ON ROAD TO LEFT ' OR RIGHT ' .





INFORMATORY
FIGURE No. 313
FIGURE No. 314

WHITE GORDER LETTERS BLUE IIACKGROUND

WHITE
LETTERS AND
CHARACYM
'14 /-BLUE
POLICk assing
pLace
ROADBLOCK
PASSING PLACE
THIS SIGN 'S FOR USE ON ROADS, TO DENOTE PLACES WHERE $L~
EI VEHICLES MAY PULL OFF THE ROAD TO ALLOW FOLLOWT0,16 ~ICLES TO
FOR USE BY THE POLICE AT ROAD OLOCKS PASS, OR M C~CT ION WITH FIG.304 (S1INGLE TRACIK ROAM 10 ALLOW

OPPOSING VEHICLES TO PASS EACH OTHER.





SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPLEMENTARY
FIGURE NO. 402 PLATE FIGURE NO. 401 PLATE

WHITE WI(GROUND DEN
,EfFERS a C
BucK ~2. '*`RGRO'`O RS

LEIT.kRS A CHARACTERS

One ay Over 12 t~nnes
44.
+
f ME MC

THIS PLATE NAY BE USED WITH TIE SKM IN P~ NalIff AND
INMATES THAT ~ VEHICLES WITHA GROSS VEHICLE WE~ OM T~
7M'S P' ATE MAY BE USED WITH THE SIGNS IN FIGURESPECIFIED ARE PROINNIFITED -
NOS. 106. 107. 109 . THE MINERALS ON THE SIGH MU BE ALIFERIED TO SUIT DIFFERENT

VEHICLE ~ -





SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPLEMENTARY
FIGURE No. 404 PLATE FIGURE NO. 403 PLATE
/-11TE CX6ROU'D BLACK BORDER, LETTE-
WHITE BACKGROUND CHARACTERS

OL ACK BORIVER.LETTERS
CHARACTERS

Except franchised
Exceptfor
buses
access
M ES :E 911.3P~

Pa THIS PLATEWill BE USED ATTACHED TO SIGNS TO INDICATE 'HE EXI PI.G N 1
OF TU.~C~ED RUSE TION' IN F, ~JRE NOS 106 10Z M log
5 '. 'HE P` 'CU'AR REStRie r
TI3 T4 115.122,132 1 - '1' 1 1
1. $,s) 11---)IHI INCRIlS 1FRAN HISED BUSES ~ BE VARIED TO ACCORD WITH THE

'PE,'FIED vpE OR CLASS COF VEHICLE EXCEPTED

THIS PLATE MAY BE USED WITH THE SIGNS IN FIGURE

NOS. 113. 114. 117.131.132.133.134.135.





SUPPLEMENTARY SUPIPLEMENTARY
PLATE PLATE

FIGURE No. 406 FIGURE No. 405
-WHITE BACKGROUND BLACK BORDER.LETTERS
*H T

BLACK BORDER. LETTERS
CHARACTERS

7 am-9pm t 01#
with permit
TIME PLATE 57 2
7E
wit~

THIS PLATE MAY BE LIE. WITH THE SIGNS IN
FIGURE N_ 11 .140.232.233 TO INDICATE
'l' 0 V.1 it
T~.E PERIOD OF T' ME.OURING WHICH THE PR HIBITIONS OR RESIRICII.NS
INDICATED BY THE. SIGNS APPLY, THE WORDING MAY BE VARIED TO SPECIFY
ANY PERIODS OF TIME,

THE PLATE MAY BE USED WITH THE SIGNS IN FIGURE NOS. 113.
16 '117'131 .132,133.134.135,149,
THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT 15 AUTHORISED TO ISSUE
X PERMIT





SUPP~AW SUPPLEMENTARY
FIGURE No. 408 PUTE FIGURE NO. 407 PLAT E

BLACK BORDER a SYMBOL

r-WHITE BACKGROUND
r~f7E

X

f460 k 25

THE ARROW MAY BE REVERSED TO INDICATE OPERATION IN OTHER

THIS PLATE MAY BE USED W1TH THE SION m 9~ M. 140 to DIRECTION.
INDICATE ................ATE MAY M USED WITH THE $ION IM Ft.URE M TO CATE
TRAT THE RESTRICTION OR PROMMINTION APPLIES M OM DIRECTIONS 1. DIRECTIHO'N' lphL WHICH THE PROHIBITIONS APPLY.





SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPLEMENTARY
PLATE PLATE

FIGURE No. 410 FIGURE No.409
WHITE 1BACXGROUND 11-KACK BGROCP.LETIF-
CHARACTERS A COA-ICTERS
A BORDER RED BACKGROUND
//[''E E ... PS

~EDU C/E
SPEED NOW carriageway
t
r
r;~ps y
THIS PLATE MAY ONLY BE USED WITH THE SIGNS IN FIGURE DUAL CARRIAGEWAY
204 . 2011 1 209 .211. 212. 217.
THIS PLATE MAY SE USED Wt1M THE SIGNS IN FIGURE
N-101. 102.107.106, 109.





SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPLEMENTARY
FIGURE No. 412PLATE FIGURE No.411 PLATE

WHITE BACKGROUND
WHITE BACKGROUND

BLACK BORDER.

tETTE1
CHARACTERS
'S
Single file
raf f ic
SCh', L fT

BLACK LETTERS. CHARACTERS & BORDE

(300j(l~ni-lis lis

THIS.........PLATE AI BE USED W11. 1.1 ~l S .. FIGURE 211.
... .... CAT'N. A C MANGE IN ROAD WIDTH AND A CONVERGENCE OF
TRAFFIC TO SINGLE FILE.
THE LEGEND MAY BE VARIED TO READ SINGLE TRACK ROAD
15)

H95 PLATE MAY BE USED WITH THE StON INFIGURE NO,225.





SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPLEMENTARY
FIGURE No. 414 PLATE FIGURE No. 413 PLATE
WHITE El,CKI5ROuND A BLACK BORDER, LETTERS
BLACK LETTER s. & CHARACTERS
C HARACTERS AND BORDER
Ptaygro~nd

X
im 4A
71n A.0

WHITE BACXGROUN

PIL TE......HAT.L11. WI'M THE M AT 1.91 1IN 11.
NATURE OF THE DANGER. PLAYGROUN
THE LEGEN G MAY BE VARIED TO SUIT PARTICULAR DANGERS.
THE PERMIT T ED VARIA.TI ARE GUST 'I.A.D 1 A A. ) . SMOKE
C.1 A : . BILASTIN:0C4 B 1 .) LANDSLIDE tT& it It Mi )~ F OOD THIS PLATE MAY BE USED WITH THE SIGN IN FIGURE NO. 225
IKIDAIll . SURVEY1 g *1 .1 . FALLEN REE 9 lb,#~ M' ' .





SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPLEMENTARY
FIGURE No. 416 PLATE FIGURE No. 415 PLATE

*HITE BLACK BORDER, LETTERS

TE 9 C OR MO.
A K 'M

B..E.1E.10.Ul.TTEll.
RS

Safe s~eed
Lin
painting
RED
3
e~

. ~e
km/h - :dz~ LINE PAINTING ETC.
THIS PL 7 WAY BE USED WITH THE 51 N IN FIGURE NO. 241
SAFE SPEED 1 ROAD WORKS AA2AD, ). 50 AS TO INDICATE THE M ATURE OF THE ROAD
WORKS.
THIS PLATE MAY BE USED WITH SIGNS IN FIGURE W5. 204,209 TO PERMIT 'ED VARIANTS OF THE LEGEND ARE TREE CUTTINetUlkift*i
INDICATE THE SAFE SPEED ON A BEND OR SERIES OF BENDS.SIGN CLEA149M5l.*WLWWI.GRASS CUTTING (lt 4t Ir * I.GULLY EMPTYM:tll&UL).
THE NUMERALS IN THE SIGN MY BE ALTERED TO SUIT THE 5~BLASTING0451SURFACING (C4&. MLSURVEYING.(it 11 MIL
LIMIT REQUIRED.





S~MEMTARY SUPPLEMERTARY
FIGURE No. 418 PLATE FIGURE No. 417 PLATE

WHITE BACK~LACK BORDER.

BLACK LETTERS. CHARACTERS BORDER HARACTERS A
1-WM,WKG~ LET TERS
460 rn E n/d

TH PLATE MAY BE USED WITH THE SIGN~ IN FIGURE NOS, 202. 203 ZOA,

207, 211~ 212. 211 Z14 ' 215, 216. 2t7. 218. 219. 22k 221. 221 724. 225. 229. 231 232.
ZW. 211. 242, 241 244, 24S. 2' TO INDICATE THE DISTANCE TO A HAZARD.
THE NUMERALS MAY BE VARIED.
THIS PLATE WHEN USED IN CONJUNCT]0141.~. THE SIGH
ill 124. 125. 128. 121. 12& 129, 137 , 140AM. 240. 241. 24Z 2GAZ 244. 245
.13a
TO INDICATE THE END OF THE PROHIBITIONS OR RESTRICTIONS.

(L.N. 305 of 1989)





^MENTARY SUIPPLEMENTAW
PLATE PLATE
FIGURE No. 420 FIGURE No. 419
BLACK LETTERS CHAILACTERS A BORDER
CURD
-BLACK LETTERS. ACTE. IL
ITL-HT, BACKGROUND ~-.W'', BACK,
gor km km
/l
:4 A
0

THIS FLAT MAY 811 USED WITH THE SIGNS IN F16URE NOS, 211. 212. 218.
219. 221. 241, 242. 241 2', 245 . 246 TO INDICATE THE OISTANCE TO A HAZARD,
THE NUMERALS MAY BE VARIED

- -- MAY BE USED WITH THE SIGHS IN FIGURE NDS, 123, 129, 12% 144
211. 212. lit. 219, 22&. 227` 237' 23k 23t 241. 242. 243, 244. 245 TO INDICATE THE
LENGTH OVIER WHICH THE PROHIBITION OR THE HAZARD EXISM
THE NUMERALS MAY W W1U11110.





SUPPLEMENTAW 5LMEMENTARY
PLATE PLATE

FIGURE. No. 422 FIGURE No 421

ACK 0CRIDER, LITTER A CHARACTERS BLACK LETTERS. CHARACTERS A BORDER
/-~TIE BACK WHITE MCW~

IVEWAY tTOP
100 m
50 m
[G 1 BIBB
j
+* piu

to.) (1 111)

THIS PLATE MA' CE USEDWRI1 THE 'STOP OR GIVE WAY SIGH AHEAD. SIGH
ai FIGARCE Ma 201 70 INDICATE THE INSTANCE TO A AINCTION COKYROLLEO BY A 'STOP'
THIS PLATE HAT SE USED WITH THE STOP OR GIVE WAY SIGH AHEAD. SIGH sm.
IN FIGME W.' 201 TO INDICATE IRE DISTANCE TO A APICTION CONTROLLED BY 'GIVE THE MLINE&ALS MAY BE
MARIED,

WAY 1 SUM
THE NUMERAILS MAY M VARIED,





SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPLEMENTARY
PLATE PLATE

FIGURE No. 424 FIGURE No. 423

LACK BORDER, LETTERS a C
BLACK BORDER LETTERS & CHMIACTERS

/-WifiTC BACK GR OU NO

Lo~v /gear LIi6w gear
for 1h km
now

ARKYERS

THIS PLATE MAY BE ~ WITH THE STEEP WILL SIGMS 19 f~f M,

218.219.

THIS PLATE MAY BE USED WITH THE STEEP WILL SIGH IN FIGURE Not, 218.219.
THE NUMIERALS MAY BE VARIED,





SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPLEMENTARY
PLATE FIGURE No. 425 PLATE
FIGURE No. 426
BLACK ISORDER, LETT RS
BACKGROUND & CHARACTERS
[WHITE

BLACK ~. LETTE a CRAIRACTERS
///, /---- -- Kee in
a~e h/eight Low gear
5 m

4-T
[K c
[a t LOI%

THS PLATE MAY BE us
NOS. 2 111. 219.

THI' PLATE MAY BE USED WITH OVERHEAD CABLE SIGH IN FIGURE 229

TO SHOW THE PERMISSIBLE HEIGHT OF THE VEHICLE TO AVON0 DANGER.
TRE NLKRALS MAY BE VARIED.





SUPPLEMENTARY
PLATE

SUPPLEMENTARY
FIGURE No. 428 FIGURE No. 427PLATE

LE ERS & C~nRS

Unaccompanied B~ BORDER, LETTERS,
children [WHITE 11-K-- ~. C.ARA.IEFS

1Goods v~hicLes
permitted
Mi A7 m

350 ~525) 1700)
THIS PLATE 15 FOR USE IN CONJUNCTION WTH THE SIGN IN FIG. NI. M
TO INDICATE TRAY THE PROHIBITION INDICATED BY THE SIGN 15 LIMITED TO THE
MOTOR VEHICLE OR THE CLASS OF MOTOR VEHICLE OR THE DESCRIPTION OF
MOTOR VEHICLE SPECIFIED IN THE PLATE THE WORDING MAY BE VARIED TO SPECIFY
THIS PLATE MAY BE USED WITH THE SIGNS IN FIGURE NOS. ANY MOTOR VEHICLE OR ANY SPECIFIED CLASS OR DESCRIPTION OF MOTOR
137, 138 TO INDICATE THAT CHILDREN UNDER 11 YEARS OF AGE VEHICLE.
ARE PERMITTED TO RIDE BICYCLES OR TRICYCLES UNACCOMPANIED
BY ADULTS. (L.N. 263 of 1984)

(L.N. 305 of 1989)





REGULATORY REGULATORY

FIGURE NO. 502 FIGURE NO. 501

ROAD MARKING ROAD MARKING
LONGITUDINAL MARKING-DOUBLE LINES LONGITUDINAL MARKING-DOUBLE LINES
;Z;-R
DOUBLE LINES TO INDICATE THAT A VEHICLE MUST NOT BE OVER OR 0~ LINES TO INDICATE THAT A VEHICLE MUST NOT BE OVER OR
CROSS THE LINES CONTRARY TO REGULATION 11 CROSS EITHER CONTINUOUS LINE CONTRARY TO REGULATION 11





REGULATORY REGULATORY
FIGURE NO. 504 FIGURE NO. 503

I OLE

) W

MI
THAN 3000
TH
'N

gig
ROAD MARKIN ROAD MARKING
LONGITUDINAL MARKING-BUS LANE LONGITUDINALMARKINGS - CONTINUOUS
LONGITUDINAL LINE TO INDICATE TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC DOUBLE LINES WITH HATCHING
UNDER REGULATION 12 THE BOUNDARY OF A TRAFFIC LANE RESERVED
FOR FRAN C HISED BUSES AND, WHERE INDICATED ON SIGNS, OTHER CONTINUOUS DOUBLE LINES AND HATCHED MARKINGS TO INDICATE THAT
VEHICLES. A VEHICLE MUST NOT BE ON. OVER OR CROSS EITHER CONTINUOUS LINE CONTRARY
TO REGULATION 11.





REGULATORY
FIGURE NO. 506 FIGURE NO. 505

ROAD MARKING
TRANSYMSE ~KING- STOP LINE

TRANSVERSE LONE TO OIDICATE THE POSITION BEYOND WHICH VE~

TRAFFIC MUST NOT PlICIDEED WHEN nEWWO TO STOP BY TRAFFIC LIGHT SIGNALS
on THE POLICE.

ROAD MARKIN
LONGITUDINAL ~i0NG - HAM

LONGITUDINAL LONE TO INDIC.~lE 10 VEHICULAR TRAFFIC THE EDGE
OF THAT PART OF 199 ChOtA4EWAY AVAILABLE FOR THROUGH TRAFFIC. OVER
WHICH VEHICLES L4ALL NOT CROSS EXCEPT W EMERGENCY.





REGULATORY REGULATORY

FIGURE NO. 508 FIGURE NO. 507

ROAD MARKING
TRANSVERSE MARKING - GIVE WAY LINE
ROAD MARKIN
TRAN VERSE LINES TO INDICATE TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC THAT NO VEHICLE
SHALL PROCEESD PAST THE UNE WHICH 15 NEAREST TO THE MAJOR ROAD INTO TRANSVERSE MARKING - STOP LINES
THAT RO 0 IN SUCH A MANNER OR AT SUCH A TIME AS IS LIKELY TO CAUSE
DANGER TO THE RIVER OF ANY OTHER VEHICLE ON THE MAJOR ROAD OR AS TO
NECESSI E T E DRIV R OF ANY SUCH OTHER VEHICLE TO CHANGE ITS SPEED OR
C 0 E ~VERSE LINES TO INDICATE POSITION BEYOND WHICH VEHICULAR
OURSE IN RD R TO AVOID AN ACCIDENT WITH THE FIRST VEHICLE. THE LINES TRAFFIC MUST NOT PROCEED WHEN REQUIRED TO STOP BY THE SIGN
SHOWN IN
MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SIGN IN FIGURE No. 102 IN SCHEDULE 1. FIGURE No. 101 IN SCHEDULE 1.





REGULATORY REGULATORY
FIGURE No, 510 FIGURE NO. 509
BUS --
1INE
-JJ- -J-L--i-L-

ROAD MARKING
DIRECTIONAL ARROWS

TO INDICATE TO VERICU AR TRAFFIC A~WE TRAFFIC LANES. AND
WHEW USED ON THE APPRWII TO A JUNCTION MY1 G TRANSVERSE LINES
AS IN FIGURE NOS. 506, So1I. OR 506 THE DIRECTION IN 'CH VEHICLES IN

TRAP ES A M TRANSVERSE
PEC LINE MUST
RES TIV FIC LAN I I P~
j ~_

ArMFETER MVING E PASSED OVER THE LINESE

ROAD MARKING
BUS LANE

TO INDICATE TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC A TRAFFIC LANE RESERVED

FOR FnANCHISEO BUSES AMINHERE INDICATED ON SIGNS, OTHER VEHICLES.





REGULATORY REGULATORY
FIGURE NO. 512 FIGURE No. 511

OF TRAWL
TRAM
LINE

ROAD MARKING
CHEVRON MARKING ROAD MARKING

TO IND1'ATE THAT` PART OF THE VERGE OR HARD ~OCR. ON A TRAM LAW
ROAD BETWEEN MAIR
OF A L;HE A' ACADRIViEAWUWMWCF.CF0R7~CONV~EROGENAACVE OMFRCOARRStAGWEHMICHY
SLIP ' OR
1EMICILAR TRAFFIC '' MOT ENTER EXCEPT IN EMERGENCY. THEMARXING TO INDICATE TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC A TRAFFIC LANE RESERVED
KO ALSO FICIRM AN EXTENSION TO THE MARI(ING, IN FIGURE NO. 501 IN FOR TRAMS.
WHICH USE THE penj METER LINES WILL NOT MEET AT TIE APEX.





FIGURE NO, 514 FIGURE NO. 513

KATCHING too-' v,oe wtoe
g~ LIKE 100~

&TER
OM

WAD MARKING
W-XlUSHOL0 DMARKING
c)...CAIM WA1
,W, PAWFIED VA JUNCTION t%TQ WHICH A AFFIC IS~L~
,c 5,14PE HALCH~
10

V04 A 0^ CA~y OF TW CM~y
OF loOtFIF ':%%jEOW TO POCAVE VENICLA. ~F' THAT PART. a~.
% ow A TWO
aE ow 0 .1 etOER
ANO Recriom ' TRAFFIC F~ on TRAFTFOIC ~AR
ROAD, OR 10 exol OF 10-1,0: W~
AM 0~ 10 ACC~TE A
UNCR, OF lge me AMCIED





RE45~71M REGULATOR
FIGURE No. 516
'-mygiLow STOP LIKE FIGURE NO. 515

1RAMS10p
z

ROAD MARKING
TRAM STO

TO INDICATE INt LINIIIS CF A TRAM STOP AND PMIIM BEYOND
WHICH VEN10'`All TRAFFIC MUST NOT PROCEED WHEN PASSENGERS ARE
BOARDING OR ALIGHT FROM A TRAK ROAD MARKING

NO STOPPING

TO INDICATE TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC THAT THE STOPPING OF MOTOR
VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES AT DESIGNATED STOPPING PLACES. IS
PROHIBITED AT ALL TIMES. UNLESS THE VEHICLE IS PREVENTED FROM PROCEEDING
DUE TO TRAFFIC CONDITIONS THE MARKING MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION IFITH
THE SIGN SHOWN IN FIGURE Ne, 140114 SCHEDULE 1 OR MAY BE USED ALOPIL





REGULATORY
REGULATORY
FIGURE NO. 518 FIGURE No. 517

K

BUS
slo

J..L
ERB

ROAD MARKING
LONGITUDINAL MARKING -CHANNEL -0-

LONGITUDINAL LIME UNDER REGULATION 12 10 WARN OF THE COMMENCEMENT ROAD 4ARKING
OR F UR,Me R cowTimuATION OF A TRAFFIC LANE RESERVED FOR WSgS AND, WHERE
INDICA Ten ON SIGNS, OTHER VEHICLES. Bus 5

TO INDICATE TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC THE LIMITS OF A BUS STOP.

*BUS Stop* AND ,y &E RepE&IED ACCORDING TO THE LENGTH
OF A BUS STOP





REGULATORY REGULATORY
FIGURE No. 519
FIGURE No. 5 2 2

YELLOW

TRAM AND NORTH-WEST RAILWA
Y
CROSSING BOX MARKING ROAD MARKING
wiped PAINTED In YELLOW LINES AT A LOCATION WHERE ing TRALKS OR NO STOCE1K6
THE WORTH-10EST RAILWAV JOINS A ROAD AND BECOMES PART OF A ROAD MEANS

AKA OF THE CARRIAGEWAY ONTO WHICH A VEHICLE OR A VEHICLE OF THE TO INDICATE TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC THAT THE STOPPING OF MOTOR
NORTH-WES1 RAILWAY OR A TRAM MUST NOT ENTER IN A MANNER WHICH TWM VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES AT DESIGNATED STOPPING
PLACES, IS
CAUSES ANY PART OF THAT VEHICLE OR TRAM TO REMAIN AT REST WITHIN PROHIBITED DURING THE PERIOD OR PERIODS INDICATED ON THE SUPPL
MENTARY
PLATE TO FIGURE M 406 IN SCHEDULE 1. USED IN CONJUNCTION WTH THE SIGN
THE MAR9ED AREA. SHOWN IN FIGURE N 140 IN SCHEDULE 1,

(L.N. 242 of 1987)





REGULATORY REGULATORY

FIGURE No. 524

FIGURE No. 5 2 3

RAIL RAIL
STOP ONLY
*a a
Mai 9F.A.
th ly 4q

RAIL ONLY

TO INDICATE TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC AN AREA OR TRAFFIC LANE RESERVED
FOR VEHICLES OF THE NORTH-INST AMLWAY. THE WORDS AND CHARACTERS MAY
RAIL STOP WRITTEN AS 'RAIL ONLY ON THE SAME UNE AND 1~ ON THE SAME UNE ANODE
THE WHOLE MARKING MAY BE WRITTEN AS 'RAJL ONLY 9~ ALL ON THE SANIE
LINE
_ IT MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ROAD MARKING B2S IN
SCHEDULE 2.

10 '01~'ATE TO VEM
$TOP*AND'Mdan'MAV Of REPEATED ACCOPIX95 TO THE LENSIN W A RAIL STOP. (L.N. 242 of 1987)

(L.N. 242 of 1987)





INFORMATORY REGULATORY

FIGURE NO. 601

FIGURE No. 5 2 5

RAIL OMY AREA
ROAD MARKING
LONGITUDINAL MARKING - LANE LINES
WHERE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH FIGURE M.. 523 IN SCHEDULE 2
WO CATES THE BOUNDARY OR 80 NDARtES OF AN AREA OR TRAFFIC LANE

XTERMATIVE METHODS OF MARKING A LONGITUDINAL LINE TO INDICATE RESERVED FOR THE USE OF VEHICLES OF THE NORTH-WEST F1AILWAY. AND
OTHER
TO VENtCULAR TRAFFIC MOY4N6 IN THE SAME DIRECTION THE DIVISION OF THE VEHICLES SHALL NOT BE ON OR OVER OR CROSS THIS UNE.
CARRIAGEWAY INTO TRAFFIC LANES.
(L.N. 242 of 1987)





INFORMATORY

INFORMATORY
FI GURE NO. 603 FIGURE NO. 602

ROAD MARKIN ROAD MARKING
LONGITUDINAL MARKING - WARNING LINE MWAMINAL MARI~ - CARRIAGEW Q~ LINE

A TERNATIV METHODS OF MARKING A LONGITUDINAL LINE TO WARN LONGITUDINAL LINE TO INDICATE TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC THE
DIVISION
VEHICULAR TRAFFC WHEN APPlIOACHIM OR NEGOTIATING A HAZARD HOI TO BETWEEN OPPOSING FLOWS 00 A CARRIAGEWAY
BE OVER OR CROSS THE LIME UNLESS IT 15 SEEN by THE DRIVER TO BE SAFE TO
DO 50. of MY BE USED BOTH TO INDICATE THE DIVISION OF THE CARITULGEWAY
11410 LANES AND THE DIVISION OF THE CARRIAGEWAY BETWEEN 0~~ ft~&





INFORMATORY INFORMATORY

FIGURE NO. 605 FIGURE No. 604

ELOOK RIGHT

LOOK LIEFTi

JIL
ROAD MARKING
INSTRUCTIONS

ROAD MARKINTO INDICATE TO PECIESTRIANS THE DIRECTION OF APPROACHING
LONGITUDINAL MARKM-EDGE LINE VeMICUtAll TRAFFIC.

~ TuCgNAL LINE to INDKA1E TO YEM~ TRAFFIC TM
IT

EM OF THE CARRIAGEWAY AT A ROAD JUNCTION.





INFORMATORY INFORMATORY
FIGURE NO. 607 FIGURE NO. 606

ROAD MARKING ROAD MARKIN
LONGRUDINAL MARKNG-EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY LINE LONGITUDINAL MARKING-EDGE LINE
ALTERNATIVE METHODS OF MARKING A LONGITUDINAL LIME TO LONGITUDINAL LINE TO INDICATE TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC THE
INDICATE TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC THE EDGE OF THE CARRIAGEWAY EDGE OF THE CARR~ AT A ROAD JUNCTION, LAY BY . PASSING
07 6R THA AT A ROAD JUNCTION, LAY BY, PASSING PLACE, PLACE. OR BUS STOP.
OR BUS STOP.





INFORMATORY INFORMATORY

FIGURE NO. 609 FIGURE NO. 608

ROAD MARKING ROAD MARKING
MIRNING ARRO JUNCTION GIVE WAY WARNING

THE ARROW MAY BE REVERSED AND IS USED TO INDICATE MARKING TO INDICATE TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC THE APPROACH TO
A ROAD

WHICH SIDE VEMICUL AR T RAFFIC SHOULD TRAVEL PAST A ~KING OF JUNCTION AT OR NEAR WHICH 15, PILACE0 THE MARKING SHOWN IN FIGURE
No. W8,

SHOWN IN FIGURE NOS. 501. 502. 504 OR A TEMPORARY OR BOTH THE MARKING SHOWN M FIGURE N 508,
AND THE SIGN SHOWN IN
IOHBESTRUTCYTPIEON ON THE CARRIAGEWAY, FIGURE N 102 IN SCHEDULE 1.





INFOR~OW INFORMATORY
FIGURE NO. 611 FIGURE No. 610

ENDOF
BUS

ROAD MARKING

0 ~TE 0 VE~ TRAFFIC IN &COO~ WIN REGULAWN IT ROAD MARKING
MA THEY MAY ENTER THE TRAFFIC LANE RESERVED FOR BUSES BUT MY FOR
THE' PURPOSE OF VURNING LEFT AI THE ^TON AHEAD. END OF BUS LANE
TO INDICATE 10 VEHICULAR TRAFFIC THE END OF A EUS LANE AND
THAT THEY MAY ENTER THE NEARSIDE LANC.THE MANKIND MAY BE USED
WITH OR WITHOUT THE LETTERS AND CHARACTERS.





INFORMATORY INFORMATORY

FIGURE NO. 613 FIGURE NO. 612

Ciless HATCHING, ago- WIDE 1WHITE1
LaM Wo~ WIDE
'WHI

WM
WA

ROAD MARKING ROAD MARKING
MARKING FOR PEDESTRIAN ~ING AREA DECELER ION ARROWS
TO ~E TO VENIC1AAR VR~C THE ENTRANCE 10 A DECELERATION
OM WHITO IMCKE 10 VE~ W~C THE AREA OF THE C^OEWAY LAHE ATANOTHER PLACE WHERE A TRAMC
cm PED~ AM PERPoTIED 10 CROSS THE R~. A RMO JUNCI1ON OR
LANE OIVEWAS. THE MARICING MAY BE REVERSED.





~MATORY tw~TMY

FIGURE No. 615 FIGURE No. 614

ham
ROAD MARKING
INSTRUCTIONS
ROAD MARKING
TO INDICATE TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC THE APPROACH TO A ROAD
INSTRUCTIONS JUNCTION AT on NEAR WMICH IS PLACED THE SIGN SMOWN IN FIGURE N 101 IN
SCHEDULE1.

TO INDICATE TO VEHICULAR MUF$C POTENTIAL DANGER OJEAD AND
THE Her
'D TO ~0 WITH CAUTION.





INFORMATORY INFORMATORY
FIGURE No. 616
FIGURE No. 617

DIRECTION DP TRAFFIE LUE

SEGMENT 0' cIRCc

NO' G'''T Z
THAN 1.11
ARRIAGE.0 *0
SonfIcE

3 700

ROAD HUMP
FOR USE 08 A ROAD WHERE THE SPEED LIMIT IMPOSED DOES NOT EXCEE0 ROAD MARKING
50 K. 1
(L.N. 22 of 1989) INSTRUCTIONS

10 INDICATE TO VEM111CULAR IRAfFAC 10 ISET INTO INK
APPROn, ATE LANE AS INDICATEO eV TRAFFIC slows on OTHER ROAD
MARKINOS.





INFORMATORY

FIGURE No. 6 18

VIEWED IN THE DIRECTION
OF TRAVEL

ROAD HUMP MARKING

TO INDICATE TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC A ROAD HUMP IN ACCORDANCE WITH
FIGURE N. 6 17.

(L.N. 22 of 1989)

SCHEDULE 3 [regs. 2, 3, 16, 21 & 33]

LiGirr SIGNAIS

1 . Light signals prescribed by regulation 16 shall be of the size, colour and type prescribed by
paragraph 2, 39 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8. (L.N. 242 of 1987)
2. Light signals prescribed by this paragraph shall be of the following size, colour and type-
(a)3 lights facing the approaching vehicular traffic, one red, one amber and one green
shall be used;
(b)the lights shall be arranged either vertically or horizontally and where they are
arranged vertically the lamp showing a red light shall be uppermost and that showing
a green light shall be lowermost and where they are arranged horizontally the lamp
showing a red light shall be nearest to the right hand side of the carriageway viewed
by the drivers of approaching vehicles and the lamp showing a green light shall be
nearest to the left hand side of the carriageway as viewed by the drivers of such
vehicles;
(c) the sequence of the light signals shall be as follows-
(i) red;
(ii) amber and red together;
(iii) green;
(iv) amber,
but the fights described in sub-subparagraph (ii) may be omitted from the sequence;





(d)each lamp shall be separately illuminated and the effective diameter of the lens of the
lamp shall he either-
(i) not less than 190 mm nor more than 220 mm; or
(ii) not less than 275 nun nor more than 310 ram;
(e)the height of the centre of the green lens from the surface of the carriageway in its
immediate vicinity shall be, where light signals are placed at the side of the
carriageway, not less than 2.1 m nor more than 3.5 m and where light signals are
placed over the carriageway not less than 5.3 m nor more than 9 m;
(f) the centre of adjacent lenses shall, when the effective diameter of each lens is not less
than 190 nun nor more than 220 nun be not more than 360 mm apart and, when the
effective diameter of each lens is not less than 275 nun nor more than 3 10 nun, be not
more than 440 mm apart;
(g)the head of the signals enclosing the lamps shall be coloured black and any post
supporting the head shall be coloured grey;
(h)where a backing board is used in conjunction with the light signals it shall be
coloured black with a white border.
3. Light signals prescribed by this paragraph shall be used for the control of vehicular traffic at
level crossings, at approaches to swing bridges, at ferry boat landings, at fire stations and
ambulance stations and shall be of the following size, colour and type-
(a) 2 lights each showing an intermittent red light shall be used;
(b)the lamps shall be arranged horizontally so that there is a distance of not less than
500 mm nor more than 700 mm between the centres of the lenses of the lamps;
(C)each lamp shall be separately illuminated and the effective diameter of the lamp shall
be either-
(i) not less than 190 nun nor more than 220 mm; or
(ii) not less than 275 mm nor more than 310 mm,
but the 2 lamps on the same signal head shall both have the effective diameter of not
less than 190 nun nor more than 220 nun or both have such diameter of not less than
275 mm nor more than 3 10 mm;
(d)when the signal is operated each lamp shall show its intermittent red light at a rate of
flashing of not less than 60 nor more than 90 flashes per minute and in such a manner
that the light of one lamp is always shown when the light of the other lamp is not
shown;
(e)the height of the centre of each lens from the surface of the carriageway in its
immediate vicinity shall be in the case of signals placed at the side of the carriageway
not less than 2.1 m nor more than 3.5 m and in the case of signals placed over the
carriageway not less than 5.3 m nor more than 9 m;
(f) where a backing board is used in conjunction with the light signals it shall be
coloured black with a white border;
(g) no lettering or characters shall be used on the lenses.
4. (1) Subject to the following subparagraphs, a lens which when illuminated shows a green
arrow or an amber 'T' characteristic-
(a)may be substituted for the lens showing the green light in the light signals referred to
in paragraph 2 of this Schedule; or
(b) may be affixed to the light signal referred to in paragraph 2 of this Schedule.
(2) The direction of any green arrow may be varied to suit the particular circumstances
providing-
(a) that no arrow points below the horizontal position;
(b) that no adjacent arrows point within 45 degrees of one another.
(3) The effective diameter of a lens showing either a green arrow or an amber 'T'
characteristic shall be either-
(a) not less than 190 nun nor more than 220 mm; or
(b) not less than 275 mm nor more than 31Omm.
5. (1) Portable light signals prescribed by regulation 21 shall comply with paragraphs 2 and 4 of
this Schedule subject to the following-
(a)the height of the centre of the green lens shall be not less than 1.5 m nor more than
2.5 m from the surface of the carriageway,





(b)the signal head may be mounted on a post or a tripod but in either case the colour of
the post or tripod shall be yellow.
(2) The type of portable light signals, including any control equipment and lens used in
conjunction with them shall, in addition to complying with these regulations, be approved in
writing by or on behalf of the Commissioner before being used on or near any carriageway.

6. (1) Light signals prescribed by regulation 33 shall, subject to sub-subparagraphs (a), (b), (c)
and (d) of this subparagraph, be of the following type-
(a)2 lights, one red and one green, both as shown in Figure No. 701 in this Schedule,
shall be provided facing the direction from which pedestrians are crossing;
(b)the red light and the green light shall be arranged vertically, the red light being upper
and the sequence of lights shall be-
(i) red;
(ii) green;
(iii) intermittent green;
(c)each light shall be separately illuminated and the effective diameter of the lens shall
be either-
(i) not less than 190 mm nor more than 220 mm; or
(ii) not less than 275 mm nor more than 310 nun,
but the diameters of the lenses of the red and green lights shall both have the
measurements prescribed either in sub-sub-subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;
(d) the centre of adjacent lenses shall not be more than-
(i) 360 mm apart when the effective diameter of each lens is not less than 190 nun
nor more than 220 nim; or
(ii) 440 mm apart when the effective diameter of each lens is not less than 275 nun
nor more than 3 10 mm apart.
(2) The height of the centre of the green lens from the surface of the carriageway in its
immediate vicinity shall not be less than 2.1 m nor more than 2.5 m.
(3) The head enclosing the lamps shall be coloured black, and any post supporting the head
shall be coloured grey.
(4) A sign of the type shown in Figure No. 702 in this Schedule may be erected for the
purpose of conveying to pedestrians instructions for operating the light signals.

7. (1) Light signals prescribed by this paragraph shall be of the following size, colour and type-
(a)2 lights which face approaching vehicles of the North-west Railway or trams and of
which, when illuminated, one shows a red 'T' characteristic and one a white symbol
in accordance with Figure No. 703 in this Schedule;
(b)the red light and the white light referred to in sub-subparagraph (a) shall be arranged
vertically, the lamp showing a red light being upper and the sequence of light signals
shall be as follows-
(i) red;
(ii) white;
(iii) intermittent white.
(2) A lens which when illuminated shows a white symbol of the type shown in Figure No. 703
in this Schedule but with the apex of the symbol pointing to the left or to the right, as the case may
be-
(a)may be substituted for the white light referred to in subparagraph (1)(b) of this
paragraph; or
(b) may be affixed to the light signal referred to in this paragraph.
(3) The effective diameter of a lens showing either a red 'T' characteristic or the white
symbol referred to in this paragraph shall be either---
(a) not less than 190 nun nor more than 220 nun; or
(b) not less than 275 nun normore than 310 ram.
(4) The head of the signals enclosing the lamps shall be coloured black, and any posts
supporting the head shall be coloured grey.
(5) When the white symbol of the type shown in Figure No. 703 is illuminated by an
intermittent light, the intermittent light so illuminated shall flash at a rate of not less than 60 and
not more than 90 flashes per minute.
(L.N. 242 of 1987)





8. A lens which when illuminated shows a red 'T' characteristic-
(a)may be substituted for the tens showing the red light in the light signals referred to in
paragraph 2 of this Schedule; or
(b) may be affixed to the light signals referred to in paragraph 2 of this Schedule.
(L.N. 242 of 1987)

REGULATORY

FIGURE No. 701

RED

BLACK BACKGROUND

THE RED SIGNAL

GREEN

SLACK BACKGROUND

THE. GREEN SIGNAL

LIGHT SIGNAL CROSSING

THE SIGNALS SHALL BE ARRANGED VERTICALLY, THE RED
SIGNAL EKING ABOVE THE GREEN SIGNAL.





RIMULATORY INFORMATORY

FIGURE No. 702
FIGURE Na 7 0 3

PUSH BUTTON AND BLACK
WAIT FOR SIGNAL/Y

CMA~
WAIT 011-
THE SIGNAL

TRAM AND VEWLE OF THE NDIUM - WEST RAILWAY SEM

(L.N. 242 of 1987) RED

LIGHT SIGNAL CROSSING





SCHEDULE 4 [regs. 2, 3, 30 & 59]

ZEBRA CROSSING AND LIGHT SIGNAL CROSSINGS

1. (1) Every zebra crossing shall be indicated, in accordance with Figure No. 801, by alternate
black and white stripes not less than 500 tran nor more than 700 mm in width and parallel to the
side of the carriageway except that the width of the first stripe at each end of the crossing may be
increased to not more than 1300 nun:
Provided that-
(a)these provisions shall be regarded as having been complied with in the case of any
zebra crossing which for the most part complies with these provisions notwith-
standing that there may be some variation in the exact width of such stripes so long
as the general indication of the stripes is not thereby impaired; and
(b)where the colour of the surface of the carriageway provides a reasonable contrast
with the colour white that surface may itself be utilized for providing stripes which
would otherwise be required to be black.
(2) The limits of a zebra crossing shall be indicated by studs placed along each edge, which
studs shall be not less than 250 mm nor more than 700 mm apart and the first stud shall be not
more than 1250 mm from the edge of the carriageway.
(3) A zebra crossing shall be not less than 2.5 m in width.
2. A zebra crossing or its limits shall not be deemed to have ceased to be indicated in accordance
with the provisions of this Schedule by reason only of the imperfection, displacement or
discolouration of any one or more of its stripes or studs, so long as the general indication of the
zebra crossing and its limits is not thereby materially impaired.
3. (1) The road markings which are to be placed on a road in the vicinity of a zebra crossing for
the purpose of constituting a zebra controlled area lying on both sides of the limits of the zebra
crossing or on only one side of such limits and indicating the presence and the limits of such an
area, shall consist of a pattern of lines of the size and type shown in Figure No. 802 and so placed as
hereinafter provided.
(2) A pattern of lines shall, subject as hereinafter provided, consist of-
(a)a transverse white broken line (hereinafter referred to as a -give-way line') placed on
the carriageway 1 m from and parallel to the nearer fine of studs indicating the limits
of the zebra crossing and shall extend across the carriageway in the manner indicated
in Figure No. 802; and
(b)2 or more longitudinal white broken lines (hereinafter referred to as 'zig-zag lines')
placed on the carriageway or, where the road is a dual carriageway road, on each part
of the carriageway, each zig-zag line containing not less than 8 nor more than 18
marks and extending away from the zebra crossing at a point 150 mM from the
nearest part of the give-way line on the same side of the zebra crossing to a point 150
mm from the nearest part of a terminal fine of the size and type shown in the said
Figure (hereinafter referred to as a 'terminal line').
(3) Where the Commissioner is satisfied in relation to a particular area of carriageway in the
vicinity of a zebra crossing that by reason of the layout of, or character of, the roads in the vicinity
of the zebra crossing it would be impracticable to lay the pattern of lines as shown in Figure No.
802 and in accordance with subparagraph (2), any of the following variations as respects the pattern
shall be permitted-
(a)the minimum number of marks contained in each zig-zag line may be reduced from 8
to not less than 2;
(b)a mark contained in a zig-zag line may be varied in length so as to extend for a
distance not less than 1 m and not more than 2 m, but where such a variation is made
as respects a mark each other mark in each zig-zag line shall be of the same or
substantially the same length as that mark, so however that the number of marks in
each zig-zag line shall not be more than 8 nor less than 2.
(4) The angle of the give-way line (if any) in relation to, and its distance from, the nearer line
of studs indicating the limits of a zebra crossing may be varied, if the Director is satisfied that such
variation is necessary having regard to the angle of the zebra crossing in relation to the edge of the
carriageway at the place where the zebra crossing is situated.





(5) Where an area of carriageway in the vicinity of a zebra crossing is not constituted a zebra
controlled area by the placing of a pattern of lines, a give-way line shall nevertheless be placed on
the carriageway unless the Commissioner is satisfied that by reason of the position of that zebra
crossing it is impracticable so to place the line. (L.N. 263 of 1984)
(6) Each mark contained in a give-way line or in a zig-zag line and each terminal line may be
illuminated by the use of reflecting material.
(7) A zebra controlled area or its limits shall not be deemed to have ceased to be indicated in
accordance with the provisions of this Schedule by reason only of the imperfection, discolouration
or partial displacement of either a terminal line or one or more of the marks comprised in a
give-way line or a zig-zag line, so long as the general indication of any such line is not thereby
materially impaired.
4. (1) A zebra crossing shall be marked with a yellow globe not less than 280 rmn nor more than
500 mm in diameter mounted on a post or bracket at or near each end of the zebra crossing so that
the height of the lowest part of the globe is not less than 2 m nor more than 3 m above the surface
of the ground in the immediate vicinity.
(2) Where a globe is mounted or attached to a post specially provided for that purpose, the
post shall be coloured with alternate black and white bands, each band being not less than 280 mm
nor more than 330 nun in depth, except that the lowest band shall he coloured black and be not less
than 280 mm nor more than 1000 rmn in depth.
(3) A globe may be illuminated by a flashing light or by a constant light.
(4) Where, on a zebra crossing, there is a pedestrian refuge or central reservation, the zebra
crossing may be additionally marked by a globe mounted on a post, conforming with
subparagraphs (1) and (2) and erected on the pedestrian refuge or central reservation.
5. (1) The limits of a light signal crossing prescribed by regulation 33 shall be indicated in
accordance with Figure No. 803, by studs placed along each edge, which studs shall be not less than
250 mm nor more than 700 mm apart and the first stud shall be not more than 1250 mm from the
edge of the carriageway.
(2) A light signal crossing or its limits shall not be deemed to have ceased to be indicated in
accordance with this Schedule by reason only of the temporary removal, displacement or
discolouration of one or more of its studs, so long as the general indication of the crossing is not
thereby materially impaired.
6. Studs used to indicate the limits of a zebra crossing on a light signal crossing shall not be fitted
with reflecting lenses and shall be-
(a) white, silver or light grey in colour;
(b)square or circular in plan, the sides of a square stud not being less than 95 mm nor
more than 110 mm in length and the diameter of a circular stud not being less than 95
nun nor more than 110 mm; and
(c)so fixed that they do not project more than 16 nun above the carriageway at their
highest points nor more than 7 mm at their edges.





REGULATORY
FIGURE No. 802 RE04
FIGURE No. 801

500 TO 1300 500TO 1100

BOG TO TOO

-AO L

Z

V1 A.
le as THAN 1st NOR MORE
THAN 700.

SPACE BETWEEN EDGE OF
CARRIAGEWA A D F RST
ST LID TO BE NOT 94ORE

INDICATION OF ZEBRA CONTROLLED AREA THAN 12%.

PATTERN OF LINES ON CHE OR BOTH SIDES OF A CROSSING INDICATION OF ZEBRA
INOICA1,140 ZEBRA CONTROLLED AREA.
EACH Z10-ZA0 UK NEED NOT COK1AIN THE SAME ~R OF ~KI. PEDESTRIAN CROSSING

p





REGULATORY REGULATORY
FIGURE No. 804 FIGURE No.803

BLACK BORDER. TORCH SYMBOL, OTHER LETTERS A CHARACTERS

RED FLAME SY:8OL & THE LETTERS 'STOP /NOT MORE THAN 1

~97 BACKGROUND7 EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAYCARRIAGEWAY

11.17MAN REFUGE

ST CARRIAGEWAY EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY
0 SPACE IRETWEEN STUDS OF CROSSING INDICATED
TO M NOT LESS THAN Gy LINE OF STUDS
2SO .. 14OR MORE THAN
CHILDREN 7OG MM
CROSSING PEDESTRIAN CROSSING
:f ORDER OFTHE

INDICATION OF A LIGHT SIGNAL CROSSING UNDER REGULATION 33.
A PEDESTRIAN REFUGE OR CENTRAL RESERVATION MAY he
PR VIDEO A ROXIMAT LY AS SHOWN ~
SCHOOL CROSSING PATROL SIGN THE CROSSING ON EACH SIDE OF A PEDESTRIAN p REFUGE IF
PROV:.DED SMALL BE TREATED AI A CROSSING ON A 51 ABATE

C..RR GEWAY,





SCHEDULE 5 [reg. 20]

LIGHTING, SIGNING AND GuARDING OF ROAD WoRKs

1. The location of signs, road markings, barriers and road hazard warning lanterns at road works
shall be in accordance with that set down in the Code of Practice.

2. A lantern showing either a steady or an intermittent light may be used to indicate to traffic the
limits of a temporary obstruction of a road and, without prejudice to paragraph 4, shall be of the
size, colour and type prescribed by paragraph 3.

3. (1) The colour of the light shown by a lantern referred to in paragraph 2 whether steady or
intermittent, shall be amber and the external surfaces of the body of the lantern shall be coloured
yellow.
(2) Lanterns may be so constructed that light is emitted from 1, 2 or 3 sides or from every
horizontal direction but each lens or light enclosure of the lantern shall be-
(a)if the light so shown is emitted from the lantern in only 1, 2 or 3 horizontal
directions, of such shape and size that the perimeter of its horizontally projected area
on to any vertical plane shall be capable of lying wholly inside a circle having a
diameter of 190 mm and wholly outside a circle having a diameter of 100 mm; and
(bif the light so shown is emitted from the lamp in every horizontal direction, of such
shape and size that the perimeter of its horizontally projected area on to any vertical
plane shall be capable of lying wholly within a square having sides of 125 nim and
wholly outside a square having sides of 40 mm in length.
(3) Each lantern shall be illuminated separately and by a single source of light.
(4) Each lantern shall have a light transmitting cover or lens protecting the source of the light.
(5) The height of the centre of any lens or light transmitting cover of a lantern from the
surface ofthe road in its immediate vicinity shall not exceed 1 .2 m.
(6) Each lantern shall have in association with the lens or light transmitting cover a device
having an area of not less than 50 CM2 fitted with amber reflectors or amber reflecting material and
positioned on the lantern so that the device faces oncoming vehicles.
(7) Where a lantern is used which shows a steady light, then the luminous intensity ofthe light
shall not be less than 1 candela measured within 5 degrees above and below and 10 degrees left and
right of the principal axis if the light so shown is emitted from the lantern in only 1, 2 or 3
directions, and measured within 5 degrees above and below the horizontal plane around the vertical
axis of symmetry if the said light is emitted in every direction.
(8) Where a lantern which shows an intermittent light is used then that lantern shall be of
such size and type that the rate of flashing shall be not less than 90 flashes per minute and not more
than 150 flashes per minute and the peak luminous intensity measured in accordance with
subparagraph (7) shall be not less than 1.5 candelas.
(9) Lanterns used for the purposes indicated in this Schedule shall be of robust design and
shall he capable of complying with the performance standards set down in the Code of Practice.
(10) All electrically operated lanterns and any associated connections, parts or means of
operation shall comply with the standards set down in the Code of Practice.
(11) Any cable supplying power to the lanterns shall not carry a voltage greater than 50 volts
in the vicinity where the general public reasonably have access.
(12) Radio interference from any current interrupting device shall be suppressed in
accordance with the specifications referred to in the Code of Practice.
(13) All kerosene burning lanterns shall be of such type and shape as to comply with the
standards of construction set down in the Code of Practice.

4. In this Schedule 'Code of Practice' means the Code of Practice for the Lighting, Signing and
Guarding of Road Works prescribed by the Director under the Ordinance.





SCHEDULE 6 [reg. 641

TRANSMONAL PROVISIONS

1. Any traffic sign or road marking erected or placed under regulation 3 of the revoked Road
Traffic (Roads and Signs) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) shall be deemed to be a traffic sign or
road marking erected or placed in accordance with regulation 3 or 8 of these regulations, as the case
may be.

2. Any traffic signals used in accordance with regulation 11 of the revoked Road Traffic (Roads
and Signs) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) shall be deemed to be light signals erected or placed in
accordance with regulation 16 of these regulations.

3. Any signs and lamps erected or placed in accordance with regulation 3 of the revoked Road
Traffic (Lighting and Guarding of Road Works) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) shall be deemed
to be traffic signs and lanterns erected or placed in accordance with regulation 20 of these
regulations.

4. Any zebra crossings established in accordance with regulation 3 of the revoked Road Traffic
(Road Crossing) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) shall be deemed to be zebra crossings established
in accordance with regulation 30 of these regulations.

5. During the period of 12 months after the commencement of Part IV of these regulations a
lantern used to indicate to traffic the limits of any road works on a road shall be treated as if
prescribed by paragraph 3 of Schedule 5 notwithstanding that it is not in every respect of the size,
colour and type prescribed by that paragraph, if that lantern emits, a steady red light achieved by
means of an electric lamp or, a paraffin lamp with lenses having diameters not less than 57 mm, or a
red intermittent light.

6. Without prejudice to any other provision of this Schedule, in so far as any notice given, permit
issued or any other thing done or deemed to be done under the revoked,Road Traffic (Lighting and
Guarding of Road Works) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.), the Road Traffic (Road Crossing)
Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) or the Road Traffic (Roads and Signs) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub.
leg.) could have been given, issued or done under a corresponding provision of these regulations if
they had been in force it shall not be invalidated by the revocation effected by regulation 63 of these
regulations, but shall have effect as if given, issued or done under that corresponding provision.
(regs. 2, 8, 10, 11, 12, 17, 59 & 60)

Abstract

(regs. 2, 8, 10, 11, 12, 17, 59 & 60)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3404

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

153
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:44 +0800
<![CDATA[ROAD TRAFFIC (SAFETY EQUIPMENT) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3403

Title

ROAD TRAFFIC (SAFETY EQUIPMENT) REGULATIONS

Description






ROAD TRAFFIC SAFETY EQUIPMENT) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation .................................... Page

PART I
CITATION AND INTERPRETATION

1. Citation and application .............F2
2. Interpretation .......................F2

PART II

PROTECTIVE HELMETS

3. Drivers and passengers of motor cycles required to wear protective helmets F 3
4. Offence of selling or hiring out protective helmets other than approved
protective helmets .................F 4
5. Seizure, removal and forfeiture of protective helmets other than approved
protective helmets .................F 4

PART III

SEAT BELTS

6. Seat belts and anchorage points ......-- .................................................. F4
7. Drivers and passengers of private cars required to wear seat belts F 5
7A. Drivers and passengers of taxis, light buses and goods vehicles required to
wear seat belts .......................... * * * F 6
8. Circumstances in which regulations 7 and 7A do not apply F 7

PARTIV

FIRE ExTINGUISHERS

9. Fire Extinguishers ...................................................... F 8

PART V

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS AND OFFENCES


10. Power of Commissioner to exempt persons from regulations 3, 7 and 7A F 8
11. Amendment of Schedules ..............F 8
12. Offences .......................F 9
Schedule 1. Approved protective helmets ................................................................... F 9
Schedule 2. Approved seat belts and approved anchorage points ............. F 9





ROAD TRAFFIC (SAFETY EQUIPMENT) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 374, section 10)
[25Augustl984]L.N.302of1984

L.N. 291 of 1983 - R. Ed. 1983; L.N. 37 of 1989

PART 1

CITATION AND INTERPRETATION

1. Citation and application

(1) These regulations may be cited as the Road Traffic (Safety
Equipment) Regulations.
(2) The amendments* made to these regulations by the Road Traffic
(Safety Equipment) (Amendment) Regulations 1989 (L.N. 37 of 1989) do not
apply to goods vehicles until 1 January 1990.

2. Interpretation

In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-
'anchorage points', except in relation to seats with integral seat belt
anchorages, means the parts of the vehicle structure to which scat belt
attachments are to be secured;
'approved'-
(a)in relation to anchorage points for a vehicle other than a goods
vehicle means anchorage points of a type conforming with one or
more of the specifications and standards set out in Part 11 of
Schedule 2; (L.N. 37 of 1989)
(b)in relation to a protective helmet means a protective helmet of a
type conforming with one or more of the specifications and
standards set out in Schedule 1; and
(e)in relation to a restraining device for a young person means a
seat belt conforming with the specification and standard for a
restraining device for a young person set out in paragraph (b) of
Part 1 of Schedule 2;
(d)in relation to a seat belt means a seat belt of a type conforming
with one or more of the specifications and standards set out in
Part I of Schedule 2; and

The amen&nents referred to are incorporated in the text. For details see L.N. 37 of 1989.





(e)in relation to anchorage points for a goods vehicle means
anchorage points of a type conforming with one or more of the
specifications and standards set out in Part IV of Schedule 2;
(L.N. 37 of 1989)
'body restraining seat belC means a seat belt designed to provide restraint for
both the upper and lower parts of the trunk of the wearer in the event of an
accident to the vehicle;
'protective helmeC means any form of helmet which is designed, or intended,
to be worn by a person driving, riding in or on, or using, any class of
motor vehicle for the purpose of protecting the wearer against injury;
'seat belC means a seat belt intended to be worn by a person in a vehicle and
designed to prevent or lessen injury to its wearer in the event of an accident
to the vehicle and includes, in the case of a restraining device for a young
person, any special chair to which the belt is attached;
'seat with integral seat belt anchorages' means a seat which is fitted with all the
anchorage points required for use in connection with the seat belt provided
for that seat and which confornis with one or more of the specifications
and standards set out in Part 111 of Schedule 2;
'specified passenger's seaC means-
(a)in the case of a vehicle which has one forward-facing front seat
alongside the driver's seat, that seat;
(b)in the case of a vehicle which has more than one forward-facing
front seat alongside the driver's seat, the one furthest from the
driver's seat; or
(e)in the case of a light bus, other than one to which paragraph (a)
or (b) applies, the forward-facing front seat that is-
(i) forward of the door or opening provided for the entry of
passengers;
(ii) on the side which is further from the driver's seat; and
(iii) closest to the front of the light bus. (L.N. 37 of 1989)

PART 11

PROTECTivE HELMETS

3.Drivers and passengers of motor cycles
required to wear protective helmets

(1) Subject to regulation 10, no person shall drive a motor cycle, or ride
as a passenger on a motor cycle (other than as a passenger seated in a side car
attached thereto), unless he is wearing an approved protective helmet which is
securely fastened to his head.





(2) No person shall drive a motor cycle when there is a passenger (other
than a passenger seated in a side car attached thereto) riding on it who is not
wearing an approved protective helmet securely fastened to his head, unless
such passenger has been exempted from compliance with subregulation (1)
under regulation 10.

4. Ofrence of selling or hiring out protective helmets
other than approved protective helmets

No person shall-
(a) sell or expose for sale;
(b) hire out or expose for hiring out; or
(c) have in his possession for the purpose of selling or hiring out,
any protective helmet other than an approved protective helmet.

5. Seizure, removal and forfeiture of protective helmets
other than approved protective helmets

(1) A police officer of or above the rank of inspector may, if he has
reasonable grounds for believing that any person has in his possession at any
premises or place any protective helmet which is not an approved protective
helmet for the purpose of selling it or hiring it out, enter such premises or place
without a warrant and may seize and remove any such protective helmet:
Provided that no police officer shall enter any domestic premises or
dwelling place for this purpose unless he has first obtained a warrant signed by
a magistrate to enter the domestic premises or dwelling place.
(2) If any person is convicted of an offence for the contravention of
regulation 4 the court may order that any protective helmet (other than an
approved protective helmet) which he has been found to have in his possession
for the purpose of selling it or hiring it out shall be forfeited to the Crown and
shall be disposed of in such manner as the court thinks fit.

PART 111

SEAT BELTS

6. Seat belts and anchorage points

(1) Every vehicle to which this regulation applies shall be provided with
approved anchorage points designed to hold body restraining seat belts securely
in position on the vehicle for-
(a) the driver's seat; and
(b) the specified passenger's scat:





Provided that this subregulation shall not apply so as to require anchorage
points to be provided for any seat which is a seat with integral seat belt anchorages.
(2) Every vehicle to which this regulation applies shall be provided with
an approved seat belt, which shall be a body restraining seat belt, for-
(a) the driver's seat; and
(b) the specified passenger's seat.
(3) Every seat belt provided in pursuance of this regulation shall, if the
seat for which it is provided is a seat with integral seat belt anchorages, be
properly secured to the integral seat belt anchorage points forming part thereof,
or if the seat for which it is provided is not such a seat, be properly secured to*
the structure of the vehicle by the anchorage points provided for it and to any
other anchorage points provided on the seat for it.
(4) Subject to subregulation (5), this regulation shall apply-
(a) to every private car registered on or after 1 August 1976;
(b) to every taxi registered on or after 1 January 1984;
(c)with effect from 1 January 1986, to every taxi registered on or
after 1 January 1981 and before 1 January 1984;
(d) to every light bus; and
(e)to every goods vehicle registered on or after 1 January 1990.
(L.N. 37 of 1989)
.In this subregulation, 'registered' means registered or deemed to be registered
under the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations
(Cap. 374 sub. leg.).
(5)This regulation shall not apply to-
(a) a private car manufactured before 30 June 1964;
(b) a taxi manufactured before 1 January 198 1,
(c) a light bus manufactured before 1 January 1984;
(ca) a goods vehicle manufactured before 1 January 1989; (L.N. 37
of 1989)
(d)a private car, taxi, goods vehicle or light bus while it is being used
under a trade licence issued or deemed to be issued under the
Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations
(Cap. 374 sub. leg.); or
(e)a private car, taxi, goods vehicle or light bus fitted with an
alternative passive restraint system, designed to prevent or lessen
injury to the driver and front seat passenger of the vehicle,
approved in writing by the Commissioner. (L.N. 37 of 1989)

7. Drivers and passengers of private
cars required to wear seat belts

(1) Subject to regulations 8 and 10, no person shall-
(a) drive; or





(b) ride as a passenger in the specified passenger's seat of,
a private car to which regulation 6 applies on any road unless he is securely
fastened to his seat by means of an approved seat belt.
(2) Subject to regulations 8 and 10, no person shall ride as a passenger in
a private car to which regulation 6 applies on any road, in a forwarid-facing
front seat alongside the driver's seat which is not the specified passenger's seat
when the specified passenger's seat is not occupied by another person, unless he
is securely fastened to his seat by means of a seat belt which is properly secured
to anchorage points other than on the seat.
(3) Subject to regulation 8, no person shall drive a private car to which
regulation 6 applies on any road-
(a)when there is in a forward-facing front seat of the car alongside
the driver's seat-
(i) a passenger of 2 years of age or less who is not securely
fastened to his seat by means of an approved restraining
device for a young person; or
(ii) a passenger over 2 years of age but under the age of 15 years
who is not securely fastened to his seat by means of a seat
belt which is properly secured to anchorage points other
than on the scat;
(b)when there is in the specified passenger's seat of the car a
passenger who is not securely fastened to his seat by means of an
approved scat belt; or
(c)when there is any passenger in a forward-facing front seat of
the car alongside the driver's seat which is not the specified
passenger's seat and the specified passenger's seat is not occupied
by another person, unless he is securely fastened to his seat by
means of a seat belt which is properly secured to anchorage
points other than on the seat,
unless such passenger has been exempted from compliance with subregulation
(1) or (2) under regulation 10.
(4) Each seat belt in a private car may be used by only one person at a
time and where more than one person is using the same seat belt at the same
time each such person shall be deemed to be not securely fastened to his seat by
means of that seat belt.
(L.N. 37 of 1989)

goods vehicles required to wear seat belts

(1) Subject to regulations 8 and 10, no person shall-
(a) drive; or
(b) ride as a passenger in the specified passenger's seat of,





a taxi, light bus or goods vehicle to which regulation 6 applies, on any road
unless he is securely fastened to his seat by means of an approved scat belt.
(2) Subject to regulations 8 and 10, no person shall ride as a passenger in
a taxi, light bus or goods vehicle to which regulation 6 applies, on any road, in a
forward-facing front scat alongside the driver's seat which is not the specified
passenger's seat when the specified passenger's scat is not occupied by another
person, unless he is securely fastened to his scat by means of a seat belt which is
properly secured to anchorage points other than on the seat.
(3) Subject to regulation 8, no person shall drive a taxi, fight bus or goods
vehicle to which regulation 6 applies, on any road-
(a)when there is in a forward-facing front seat of that taxi, light bus
or goods vehicle alongside the driver's seat-
(i)a passenger of 2 years of age or less who is not securely
fastened to his seat by means of an approved restraining
device for a young person; or
(ii)a passenger over 2 years of age but under the age of 15 years
who is not securely fastened to his seat by means of a seat
belt which is properly secured to anchorage points other
than on the seat;
(b)when there is in the specified passenger's seat of that taxi, fight bus
or goods vehicle a passenger under the age of 15 years who is not
securely fastened to his seat by means of an approved scat belt; or
(c)when there is any passenger under the age of 15 years in a forward-
facing front seat of that taxi, fight bus or goods vehicle alongside
the driver's seat which is not the specified passenger's seat and the
specified passenger's scat is not occupied by another person, unless
he is securely fastened to his scat by means of a seat belt which is
properly secured to anchorage points other than on the seat,
unless such passenger has been exempted under regulation 10 from compliance
with subregulation (1) or (2).
(4) Each seat belt in a taxi, light bus or goods vehicle may be used by only
one person at a time and where more than one person is using the same seat belt
at the same time each such person shall, for the purposes of these regulations,
be deemed to be not securely fastened to his seat by means of that seat belt.
(L.N. 37 of 1989)

8. Circumstances in which regulations 7
and 7A do not apply

Regulations 7 and 7A shall not apply-
(a)to the driver of a private car, taxi, light bus or goods vehicle, as
the case may be, while he is performing a manoeuvre which
includes reversing; and





(b)to a person driving or riding as a passenger in a private car, taxi,
light bus or goods vehicle, as the case may be, to which regulation
6 does not apply by virtue of subregulation (4) or (5) of that
regulation.
(L.N. 37 of 1989)

PART IV

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

9. Fire Extinguishers

(1) There shall be carried inside every-
(a) bus and light bus;
(b) heavy goods vehicle; and
(c) vehicle whose vehicle licence contains such a requirement,
a suitable apparatus for extinguishing fire.
(2) Such apparatus shall be-
(a) of a type approved by the Director of Fire Services;
(b)carried in such a position as to be readily accessible and available
for use; and
(c) maintained at all times in good and efficient working order.
(3) The Director of Fire Services shall by notice in the Gazette specify the
type of apparatus approved by him for the purposes of subregulation (2)(a).

PART V

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS AND OFFENCES

10.Power of Commissioner to exempt persons
from regulations 3, 7 and 7A

The Commissioner may, on application made to him in such form as he
may determine, exempt any person or any class of persons from compliance
with regulation 3, 7(1) or (2) or 7A(I) or (2) for such period and subject to such
conditions as he may specify in any particular case.
(L.N. 37 of 1989)

11. Amendment of Schedules

The Governor may, by order published in the Gazette, amend Schedules 1
and 2.





12. Offences
(1) Any person who contravenes regulation 3, 4, 7(1) or (2) or 7A(I)
or (2) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment
for 3 months. (L.N. 37 of 1989)
(2) Any person who uses or causes or permits to be used on a road a vehicle
which does not comply with any of the requirements of regulation 6 or 9 commits
an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 3 months.
(3) Any driver of-
(a) a private car, who contravenes regulation 7(3); or
(b)a taxi, light bus or goods vehicle, who contravenes regulation
7A(3),
without reasonable excuse, commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.
(L.N. 37 of 1989)

SCHEDULE 1 [regs. 2 & 111

APPROVED PRoTEcTrvE HELIETS

1. Protective helmets bearing a marking applied by the manufacturer indicating compliance with
the specifications contained in-
(a) British Standard 2495;
(b) Japanese Industrial Standard JIS T 8133-1970;
(c) Australian Standard E 33-1968;
(d) American National Standards Institute Z90.1-1966, Z90.1-1970 and Z90.1-1971;
(e) Institute Belge De Normalization BENOR NBN 626;
(f) Deutsche Normen DIN 4848;
(g) French National Standard A17NOR NFS 72-301;
(h) Dutch National Institute for Road Vehicles TNO;
(i) Snell Memorial Foundation. Standard for Protective Headgear 1970;
(j) Safety Helmet Council of America (SHCA) Certification;
(k) British Standard 5361.
2. Protective helmets of a type approved by the Commissioner, bearing a marking determined by
him indicating that the type of helmet has been accepted as capable of affording to persons riding
motor cycles a degree of protection from injury equal to or greater than that provided by protective
helmets ofthe types specified in paragraph 1.

SCHEDULE 2 [regs. 2 & 111

APPROVED SEAT BELTS AND APPROVED ANCHORAGE POINIS

PART 1

Approved Seat Belts

Scat belts in respect of which either the seat belt assembly or the vehicle is permanently marked
by the manufacturer of the belt or vehicle with the specification number, mark or symbol indicating
compliance with any of the following-
(a)British Standard for Seat Belt Assemblies for Motor Vehicles, namely either B.S.
3254:1960 or B. S. AU 160a;
(b) British Standard for a restraining device for a young person B. S. AU 1 57a;
(c)E.C.E. Regulation No. 16, including Revision 1, made by the Economic Commission
for Europe dated 7 May 1973 and published by the United Nations;





(d) Australian Standards for Seat Belt Assemblies E35:1965, E35:1970 and E35 PT II
(including retractors), 1970, including modifications authorized by Australian Design
Rules No. 4, 4A, 4B and 4Q
(e) New Zealand Specification for Seat Belt Assemblies for Motor Vehicles-NZS
1662:1969;
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (USA) No. 209;
(g) Japanese Industrial Standard RS D4604:1969 (3 Point belts only).

PART 1I

Approved Anchorage Points for Vehicles other than Goods Vehicles
(L.N. 37 of 1989)

Anchorage points in respect of which either the anchorage or the vehicle is permanently
marked by the manufacturer of the anchorage or the vehicle with the specification number, mark or
symbol indicating compliance with any of the following-
(a) British Standard for Scat Belt Anchorage Points-B.S. AU48:1965;
(b) British Standard for Seat Belt Anchorage Points B.S. AU48al.
(c) Japanese Standard JASO-6602;
(d) Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (USA) No. 210;
(e)E.C.E. Regulation No. 14, including Revision 1, made by the Economic Commission
for Europe dated 30 January 1970 and published by the United Nations;
(f) Australian Design Rule 5A or 5B;
(g)Directive 76/115/EEC, as amended by 82/318/EEC, issued by the European
Economic Community. (L.N. 37 of 1989)

PART III

Seats with Integral Seat Belt Anchorages

Seats with integral seat belt anchorages in respect of which the seat or the vehicle is
permanently marked by the manufacturer with the specification number, mark or symbol indicating
compliance with-
(a) British Standard for seats with Integral Seat Belt Anchorages B.S. AU 140:1967;
(b) British Standard for seats with Integral Seat Belt Anchorages B. S. AU 140a;
(c)E.C.E. Regulation No. 14, including Revision 1, made by the Economic Commission
for Europe dated 30 January 1970 and published by the United Nations;
(d) Australian Design Rule 5A or 5B.

PARTIV

Approved Anchorage Points for Goods Vehicles

Anchorage points in respect of which either the anchorage or the goods vehicle is permanently
marked by the manufacturer of the anchorage or the goods vehicle with the specification number,
mark or symbol indicating compliance with any of the following-
(a)E.C.E. Regulation No. 14, including Revision 1, made by the Economic Commission
for Europe dated 30 January 1970 and published by the United Nations;
(b) Australian Design Rule 32A;
(c)Directive 76/115/ EEC of the European Economic Community, including amendment
82/318/EEC by the same authority.
(L.N. 37 of 1989)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3403

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

10
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:43 +0800
<![CDATA[ROAD TRAFFIC (REGISTRATION AND LICENSING OF VEHICLES) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3402

Title

ROAD TRAFFIC (REGISTRATION AND LICENSING OF VEHICLES) REGULATIONS

Description






ROAD TRAFFIC (REGISTRATION A ND LICENSING
VEHICLES) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation ..................................... Page
PART I

PRELIMINARY

1.......Citation .................................................................................................................
........................................E4
2. Interpretation ......................E4
3. Application .........................E6

PART II

REGISTRATION OF MOTOR VERICLES

4. Register of vehicles ................E6
5. Application for registration ................................................................ E6
6. Registration ........................E7
7. Registration document ...............E 8
8. Display of registration marks and plates E 8
9. Allocation and sale of special registration marks E 9
10. Sale by auction of special registration marks E 9
It. Marks reserved for Government vehicles and Urban Council vehicles E 9
12. Transfer of special registration marks E 10
13. Sale of registration marks on request E10
14. Sale of registration marks in Commissioner's discretion E 11
15. Cancellation of registration for non-licensing E 11
16. Transfer of registration marks ......E 11
17. Transfer of motor vehicle ownership .E 12
18. Alterations to a motor vehicle ......E 14
19. Changes of personal particulars of registered owner E 14
20. Motor vehicles broken up, destroyed or exported E 14

PART III

MOTOR VEHICLE LICENCES

21. Licensing of motor vehicles .........E 15
22. Vehicle licence to remain property ofthe Government E 17
23. Licensing of motor vehicles for use in Lantau only E 17
23A. Licensing of motor vehicles for use on private roads in Lantau only E 18
23B. (Spent) ............................................ E 19
24. Refund offee on surrender of vehicle licence E 19
25......................................Display of vehicle licences E 19





Regulation Page
PART IV

LICENSING OF TAxis

26......................................Licensing of taxis E 20
27......................................Tenders for licensing of taxis E 20
28......................................Forfeiture of right to license taxis E 21
29......................................Area limitations for New Territories and Lantau taxis E 21

PART V

INTERNATIONAL CIRCULATION PERMITS

30..........................Motor vehicles leaving Hong Kong ..................................... E 22
31......................................Application for and issue of international circulation permits E 22
32......................................Application of other provisions to international circulation permits E 23
33......................................Surrender of international circulation permits E 24
34......................................Registration marks on imported vehicles E 24
35......................................Registration cards E 25
36......................................Vehicles remaining in Hong Kong E 25

...............PART VI
...............TRAILERS
37................Registration, etc. oftrailers ................................... --- E 26
38..........................Application for licences ..................................... E 26
39..........................Issue of licences ..................................... E 27

PART VII

RICKSHAWS

40......................................Licensing of rickshaws E 27
41......................................Display of vehicle licence and licence number E 28

PART VIII

MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES AND PERmns

42......................................Application for trade licence E 28
43....................................Issue of trade licence - E 28
44....................................Trade licences and trade plates --- E 29
45....................................Display of trade plates and licence
...................................................... E 29
46......................................Trade licence not transferable E 29
47.....................Limitations of use of trade licence ................................................... - E 30
48.................................Register ofjourneys under trade licence ............... E 30





Regulation Page
49....................................Closed road permits ::::: E 31
50....................................Bus lane permits, prohibited zone permits and restricted zone permits E 31
51......................................Goods permits E 32
52......................................Excess passengers permits E 32
53......................................Movement permits E 32
54......................................Long load permits and wide load permits E33
55......................................Advertisement permits E33
56......................................Form and particulars of permits E 34
57......................................Cancellation of trade licences and permits E 34

PART IX

MISCELLANEOUS

58......................................Waiving or refund of fees E 34
59......................................Issue of duplicate registration documents, licences and permits E35
60......................................Offences E36
61......................................Revocation E 37
62......................................Transitional provisions E37

Schedule 1...............................Particulars to be entered in the register E37
Schedule 2...............................Fees E38
Schedule 3...............................Particulars to be entered in a registration document E 40
Schedule 4...............................Provisions as to display of registration marks and plates E 40
Schedule 5...............................List of special registration marks E 43
Schedule 6.......................Percentage of annual licence fee which may be refunded - E43
Schedule 7...............................Permitted areas for New Territories and Lantau taxis E 44
Schedule 8.....Forms .......................... ..............................................................................
E45
Schedule 9...............................Particulars to be entered on permits issued under Part VIII E 48
Schedule 10..............................Transitional provisions E 49
Schedule 11. Figure indicating 'End of permitted area for New Territories taxis ......... E 52





ROAD TRAFFIC (REGISTRATION AND LICENSING
OF VEHICLES) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 374, sections 5 and 6)

[25 August 19841 L.N. 301 of 1984

L.N. 290 of 1983 - L.N. 391 of 1983, L.N. 123 of 1984, L.N. 218 of 1984, L.N. 227 of 1984, L.N.
262 of 1984, L.N. 374 of 1984, L.N. 392 of 1984, L.N. 393 of 1984, L.N. 96 of 1985,22 of 1985,
L.N. 240 of 1985, L.N. 271 of 1985, R. Ed. 1985, 20 of 1986, 26 of 1987, L.N. 147 of 1987,
L.N. 219 of 1987,27 of 1988, L.N. 21 qf 1989, Lfl. 76 of 1989, L.N. 110 of 1989,18 of 1989,
L.N. 158 of 1989, L.N. 172 of 1989. LMI7qlqo, LM~tef? a

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Road Traffic (Registration and
Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations.

2. Interpretation

In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-
'advertisement permit' means an advertisement permit issued under regula-
tion 55;
,,articulated vehicle' has the meaning assigned to it by regulation 2 of the Road
Traffic (Construction and Maintenance of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374
sub. leg.);
'closed road permit' means a closed road permit issued under regulation 49;
'1926 Convention' means the International Convention relative to the
international circulation of cars concluded at Paris on 24 April 1926;
9931 Convention' means the International Convention regarding the taxation
of foreign motor vehicles concluded at Geneva on 30 March 193 1;
'1949 Convention' means the International Convention relative to the
international circulation of motor traffic concluded at Geneva on 19
September 1949;
'excess passengers permit' means an excess passengers permit issued under
regulation 52;
'goods permit' means a goods permit issued under regulation 5 1;
'Government vehicle' has the meaning assigned to it by regulation 2 of the
Road Traffic (Driving Licences) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.);





'identity documenC means-
(a)an identity card issued under the Registration of Persons
Ordinance (Cap. 177);
(b)a passport furnished with a photograph of the holder, or some
other travel document establishing to the satisfaction of an
immigration officer or immigration assistant the identity and
nationality of the holder for the purposes of the Immigration
Ordinance (Cap. 115);
(c)in the case of a police officer, a warrant card issued to him under
the Police Force Ordinance (Cap. 232);
(d)in the case of a body corporate, a certificate of incorporation
relating to it; or
(e)any other document of identity acceptable to the Commissioner
for the purposes of these regulations;
'international circulation permiC means an international circulation permit
issued under regulation 31;
1ong load permiC means a long load permit issued under regulation 54;
'movement permit' means a movement permit issued under regulation 53;
'nationality sign' means a sign complying with the provisions of Annex 4 to
the 1949 Convention or of Annex C to the 1926 Convention and bearing
the distinctive letters specified in or under the Convention for the country
under the law of which the vehicle is registered;
'policy of insurance' means a policy of insurance, or a security, in respect of
third party risks as required by the Motor Vehicles Insurance (Third Party
Risks) Ordinance (Cap. 272);
'special registration mark' means a registration mark referred to in regulation 9;
'trade licence' means a trade licence issued under regulation 43;
'trade plate' means a trade plate issued under regulation 43;
,'vehicle licence' means a vehicle licence issued under regulation 21(8), 23 or
39(1);
'visitor' means any person who arrives in Hong Kong other than to take up
residence for a period exceeding 12 months;
'visitor's registration documenC means-
(a)in the case of a vehicle registered in a country outside Hong Kong
which is a party to the 1949 Convention, a registration certificate
issued under the law of that country and containing the serial
number or registration number, the name or the trade name of the
maker of the vehicle, the maker's identification or serial number,
the date of its registration and the full name and permanent place
of residence of the applicant for the said certificate; or
(b)a certificate in accordance with Form 2 of Schedule 8 issued
under the law of a country outside Hong Kong which is a party
to the 1926 Convention;





'wide load permiC means a wide load permit issued under regulation 54.
(L.N. 262 of 1984)

3. Application

These regulations apply to all vehicles used or capable of being used on a
road except-
(a) Government vehicles;
(b) vehicles used by Her Majesty's forces; and
(c)any other vehicle or class of vehicle exempted from these
regulations by the Commissioner by notice in the Gazette.

PART 11

REGiSTRATION OF MOTOR VEMCLES

4. Register of vehicles

(1) The Commissioner shall maintain a register of vehicles containing the
particulars specified in Schedule 1.
(2) The Commissioner shall, on payment of the fee prescribed in
Schedule 2, supply to any person making application for any particulars in the
register in respect of a vehicle a certificate stating such particulars.
(3) The Commissioner may waive the fee payable in respect of any
application under subregulation (2) where he is satisfied-
(a)that the applicant has good reason for requiring the particulars;
and
(b) it is in the public interest that the particulars be disclosed.

5. Application for registration

(1) Any person who wishes to have registered within any class specified
in Schedule 1 to the Ordinance a motor vehicle of which he is the owner,
shall deliver to the Commissioner an application for registration in a form
specified by the Commissioner together with such documents as may be
specified in the application form relating to the owner and the vehicle required
for the purposes of regulation 4 and the Motor Vehicles (First Registration
Tax) Ordinance (Cap. 330), and shall pay to the Commissioner the registration
fee prescribed in Schedule 2.
(2) The Commissioner may refuse to accept an application under
subregulation (1) from an owner who is not a body corporate or is a natural
person under the age of 18 years, and may, where a motor vehicle is registered





other than in the name of a body corporate or a natural person of the age of 18
years or above, require the registration of the vehicle to be in the name of a
body corporate or a natural person of the age of 18 years or above.
(3) An application under subregulation (1) shall be signed by the owner of
the motor vehicle or by some person duly authorized by him in writing, and
where the owner is a body corporate the application shall be signed by a person
nominated by the body corporate.
(4) For the purposes of an application under subregulation (1), the
Commissioner may permit in writing alterations to a motor vehicle whereby it
complies with the requirements relating to a class of motor vehicle other than
the one within which it is registered.

6. Registration

(1) On registering a motor vehicle, the Commissioner shall- (L.N. 240
of 1985)
(a)assign to the vehicle a registration mark which shall consist of a
number or one or more letters and a number, or the registration
mark allocated under regulation 9(1), 13 or 14;
(b)register the person by whom or on whose behalf the application
for registration is made as owner of the vehicle; and
(c)issue to that person a registration document in respect of the
vehicle, marked with the registration mark assigned to the vehicle.
(2) On registering a goods vehicle (other than a trailer) or special purpose
vehicle, the Commissioner shall assign to the vehicle a permitted gross vehicle
weight which shall be such weight as he shall determine after considering-
(a)the particulars contained in the application for registration
submitted in respect of the vehicle;
(b)any information available from the manufacturer of the vehicle;
and
(c) any regulations made under the Ordinance. (L.N. 240 of 1985)
(3) The assignment by the Commissioner of a permitted gross vehicle
weight to any goods vehicle (other than a trailer) or special purpose vehicle
on registration of the vehicle on or after 25 August 1984, and prior to the
commencement of the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles)
(Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 1985 (L.N. 240 of 1985), is hereby declared
to be valid and shall be deemed to have been validly assigned under
subregulation (2). (L.N. 240 of 1985)
(4) The Commissioner shall assign a permitted gross vehicle weight to a
goods vehicle (other than a trailer) or special purpose vehicle registered prior to
25 August 1984 on the licensing of such vehicle after the commencement of the
Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) (Amendment) (No. 2)
Regulations 1985 (L.N. 240 of 1985), and such permitted gross vehicle weight





shall be a conversion of the maximum laden weight which was assigned to such
vehicle on registration under the revoked regulations. (L.N. 240 of 1985)
(5) For the purposes of subregulation (4)--
(a)'the revoked regulations' means the Road Traffic (Registration
and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.)
revoked by regulation 61 of these regulations; and
(b)where the maximum laden weight assigned to a vehicle is ex-
pressed in hundredweight, such weight shall be converted to
tonnes on the basis that 1 cwt. is equivalent to 0.0508 tonne.
(L.N. 240 of 1985)

7. Registration document

(1) A registration document shall be in such form as the Commissioner
may determine and shall contain the particulars specified in Schedule 3.
(2) A registration document issued to a registered owner under regulation
6 shall remain the property of the Government and the Commissioner may
require a registration document to be returned to him at any time.
(3) A registered owner shall produce the registration document issued to
him for inspection upon the request of a police officer or the Commissioner
within 72 hours of such request and at the place specified at the time of such
request.

8. Display of registration marks and plates

(1) The registered owner of every motor vehicle shall display on the
vehicle the registration mark assigned to the vehicle in accordance with
Schedule 4 and the registration mark shall conform with Schedule 4 as to form,
colours, construction, fitting and illumination.
(2) No person shall drive or use or suffer or permit to be driven or used
any motor vehicle on which the registration mark assigned to such vehicle is not
displayed in accordance with Schedule 4 or does not conform with Schedule 4
as to form, colours, construction, fitting and illumination.
(3) No person shall drive, use or keep, or suffer or permit to be driven,
used or kept, any motor vehicle on which the registration mark displayed under
this regulation is in any way obscured or not easily distinguishable.
(4) Subject to subregulation (5) and paragraph 7 of Schedule 10, this
regulation shall apply-
(a)to every motor vehicle which is first registered on or after 1 June
1983; and
(b)with effect from 1 June 1985, to every motor vehicle which is first
registered before 1 June 1983.





(5) The registered owner of any motor vehicle which is first registered
before 1 June 1983 may before 1 June 1985 display on the vehicle the registration
mark assigned to the vehicle in compliance with subregulation (1), in which event
subregulations (2) and (3) shall apply to any person who drives, uses or keeps
such vehicle or suffers or permits such vehicle to be driven, used or kept.

9. Allocation and sale of special registration marks

(1) A special registration mark, which shall consist of-
(a) any number alone; or
(b)one or more letters and a number listed under items 1 to 14
of Schedule 5, other than a registration mark reserved under
regulation 11,
shall, before being assigned under regulation 6, be allocated upon sale by auction.
(2) A person to whom a special registration mark has been allocated
under subregulation (1) shall, within 12 months of its allocation, apply to the
Commissioner-
(a)under regulation 5 for the registration of a motor vehicle of
which he is the owner. or
(b)to assign the special registration mark to a registered motor
vehicle of which he is the owner.
(3) On receipt of an application under subregulation (2)(b) and the
registration fee prescribed in Schedule 2, the Commissioner may cancel the
registration of the motor vehicle and register it as if the application had been
made under regulation 5 and shall comply with regulation 6.
(4) If, for whatever cause, a special registration mark allocated under
subregulation (1) is not assigned to a motor vehicle within 12 months after its
allocation, the Commissioner may, without notice to the person to whom it was
allocated, cancel the allocation of the special registration mark to that person
and reallocate it under subregulation (1).

10. Sale by auction of special registration marks

(1) Sales by auction under regulation 9(1) of a special registration mark
shall be conducted under the direction of the Commissioner.
(2) The Commissioner shall pay the proceeds of such sales, after
deduction of expenses incurred in the conduct thereof, into the Lotteries Fund
as defined in the Government Lotteries Ordinance (Cap. 334).

11. Marks reserved for Government vehicles
and Urban Council vehicles

(1) All registration marks consisting of the letters AM and a number are
reserved for assignment to Government vehicles.





(2) All registration marks consisting of the letters UC and a number are
reserved for assignment to vehicles owned or operated by the Urban Council.
(3) All registration marks consisting of the letters RC and a number are
reserved for assignment to vehicles owned or operated by the Regional Council.
(L.N. 172 of 1989)

12. Transfer of special registration marks

(1) Subject to subregulation (2), where the ownership in a motor vehicle
to which there is assigned a special registration mark is transferred, the
Commissioner shall cancel the allocation of the special registration mark and
reallocate it under regulation 9(1).
(2) Without prejudice to regulation 16, a special registration mark may be
transferred from one motor vehicle to another if, and only if, the vehicles are at
the time of the transfer, or were immediately prior to that time, in the same
ownership.

13. Sale of registration marks on request
(1) Any person who wishes to obtain a registration mark, other than a
registration mark reserved under regulation 11, bearing a particular number,
not being a number listed under items 1 to 14 of Schedule 5 and not being a
number consisting of more than 4 digits, may apply to the Commissioner to
make such a registration mark available for allocation upon sale by auction.
(2) On receipt of an application under subregulation (1) and on payment to
the Commissioner by the applicant of a deposit of $1,000 (to be held by the
Commissioner and in due course disposed of in accordance with subregulation (4)
or (5), as the case may be), the Commissioner shall offer for sale by auction an
unassigned registration mark consisting of one or more letters, chosen by the
Commissioner, and the particular number requested; and regulation 10 shall apply
to sales by auction of such registration marks and to the proceeds of such sales.
(3) The sale by auction under this regulation of a registration mark shall
be subject to a reserve price of $1,000, and the persons attending the sale shall
be notified accordingly.
(4) If a registration mark is allocated upon sale by auction under this
regulation to a person other than the applicant who applied to the Com-
missioner to make such registration mark available, the deposit paid under
subregulation (2) by the applicant shall be refunded to him.
(5) If a registration mark to which this regulation applies remains unsold
at the auction, it shall be allocated, at a special fee of $1,000, to the applicant
who applied to the Commissioner to make it available, and the deposit paid by
the applicant under subregulation (2) shall be taken as payment of the special
fee, and shall be paid by the Commissioner into the Lotteries Fund as defined in
the Government Lotteries Ordinance (Cap. 334).





(6) Regulation 9(2) and (3) shall apply in respect of registration marks
allocated under this regulation (whether allocated upon sale by auction or at
the special fee of $1,000) in like manner as they apply in respect of special
registration marks allocated under regulation 9(1).
(7) If, for whatever cause, a registration mark allocated under this
regulation is not assigned to a motor vehicle within 12 months after its allocation,
the Commissioner may, without notice to the person to whom it was allocated,
cancel the allocation of the registration mark to that person and reallocate it.

14. Sale of registration marks in
Commissioner's discretion

(1) The Commissioner may, in his discretion, offer for sale by auction any
registration mark, not being a special registration mark or a registration mark
reserved under regulation 11, which he considers suitable for sale by auction;
and regulation 10 shall apply to sales by auction of such registration marks and
to the proceeds of such sales.
(2) Regulation 9(2) and (3) shall apply in respect of registration marks
allocated under this regulation in like manner as they apply in respect of special
registration marks allocated under regulation 9(1).
(3) If, for whatever cause, a registration mark allocated under this
regulation is not assigned to a motor vehicle within 12 months after its allocation,
the Commissioner may, without notice to the person to whom it was allocated,
cancel the allocation of the registration mark to that person and reallocate it.

15. Cancellation of registration for non-ficensing

(1) If no vehicle licence has been in force in respect of a motor vehicle for
a period of 2 years, the Commissioner may send to the registered owner of the
vehicle, by ordinary post and addressed to his address appearing on the register
a notice informing him that, if the vehicle is not licensed within 15 days after the
date of such notice, the registration of the vehicle may be cancelled.
(2) If the vehicle is not licensed within 15 days after the date of the notice
referred to in subregulation (1), the Commissioner may cancel the registration
of the vehicle and, subject to regulations 9, 12, 13 and 14, assign to any other
motor vehicle the registration mark that was assigned to such vehicle.

16. Transfer of registration marks

(1) If the registered owner of a motor vehicle wishes to have the registra-
tion mark thereof transferred to any other motor vehicle or held in abeyance for
a period, not exceeding 12 months, until such time as he has acquired such
other vehicle, he shall deliver to the Commissioner the registration document





relating to that vehicle together with an application for transfer of the
registration mark in a form specified by the Commissioner and shall pay to the
Commissioner the transfer of registration mark fee prescribed in Schedule 2.
(2) The registration mark of a motor vehicle may be transferred only to a
motor vehicle owned by the person who owns or previously owned the vehicle
from which the registration mark is to be transferred.
(3) An application under subregulation (1) shall be signed by the
registered owner or by some person duly authorized by him in writing, and
where the registered owner is a body corporate the application shall be signed
by a person nominated by the body corporate.
(4) On receipt of an application under subregulation (1), the Commis-
sioner, if he is satisfied with the particulars contained in the application, shall-
(a)assign a new registration mark to the motor vehicle the former
registration mark of which is transferred under this regulation;
and
(b)either assign the registration mark, formerly assigned to the
motor vehicle referred to in paragraph (a), to such other motor
vehicle as the registered owner may wish or hold the registration
mark in abeyance for such period, not exceeding 12 months, until
the registered owner applies for the registration mark to be
assigned to another motor vehicle.
(5) If a registration mark is held in abeyance for a period of 12 months
and no application is made to the Commissioner to have the registration mark
assigned to a motor vehicle, the Commissioner may, without notice to the
person for whom the registration mark is held, cancel the allocation of the
registration mark and, subject to regulations 9, 12, 13 and 14, reallocate it to
any other motor vehicle.
(6) The Financial Secretary may waive the payment of the transfer of
registration mark fee payable under this regulation or any part thereof.

17. Transfer of motor vehicle ownership

(1) On a transfer of ownership of a registered motor vehicle the registered
owner shall forthwith deliver to the new owner of the vehicle-
(a) the registration document relating to the vehicle; and
(b)a notice of transfer of ownership in a form specified by the
Commissioner which shall-
(i) specify the name and address of the new owner;
(ii) contain such relevant particulars and information as may be
required by the Commissioner; and
(iii) be signed by the registered owner,
and the new owner shall sign the notice of transfer, verifying the accuracy of the
information and particulars contained in the notice.





(2) Within 72 hours after the transfer of the ownership of a registered
motor vehicle-
(a)the registered owner shall deliver to the Commissioner a duly
completed and signed form of notice of transfer of ownership in a
form specified by the Commissioner;
(b) the new owner of the vehicle shall deliver to the Commissioner---
(i) the registration document relating to the vehicle and the
duly completed and signed form of notice of transfer of
ownership referred to in subregulation (1)(b);
(ii) a valid policy of insurance in respect of the vehicle in the
name of the new owner;
(iii) his identity document; and
(iv)such other relevant documents as may be required by the
Commissioner,
and shall pay to the Commissioner the transfer of ownership fee
prescribed in Schedule 2:
Provided that the Commissioner may waive the requirement in para-
graph (b)(ii) in the case of a motor vehicle which is not licensed. (L.N.172of]989)
(3) Subject to regulations 9 and 12, where the new owner of a motor
vehicle complies with subregulation (2)(b) the Commissioner shall-
(a)enter in the register the name, address and particulars of the
identity document of the new owner; or
(b)cancel the registration of the motor vehicle, re-register the
vehicle, assign to it a new registration mark, and enter in
the register the name, address and particulars of the identity
document of the new owner,
and in either case shall issue a new registration document in respect of the
vehicle to the new registered owner or his authorized agent.
(4) If the registered owner fails to comply with subregulation (1) and the
Commissioner is satisfied that the ownership of the motor vehicle has been
transferred to the new owner, the Commissioner may on payment to him of the
transfer of ownership fee prescribed in Schedule 2 cause the new owner to be
registered as the owner of the vehicle.
(5) If in any case the new owner of a motor vehicle fails to comply with
subregulation (2)(b) and if-
(a)the Commissioner has received from the registered owner a notice of
transfer of ownership delivered to him under subregulation (2)(a);
(b)the registered owner pays the Commissioner the transfer of
ownership fee prescribed in Schedule 2; and
(c)the Commissioner is satisfied that the registered owner of the
vehicle is no longer the owner thereof,
the Commissioner may cause the new owner to be registered as the owner of the
vehicle.





(6) No person shall drive or use or suffer or permit to be driven or used
any registered motor vehicle the ownership of which has been transferred, after
the expiration of 72 hours from such transfer, unless-
(a) the new owner is registered as the owner thereof; and
(b)the registration document, a valid insurance policy, identity
document and other relevant documents have been delivered to
the Commissioner in accordance with subregulation (2)(b).

18. Alterations to a niotor vehicle

(1) Without prejudice to regulation 19, the registered owner of a motor
vehicle shall forthwith notify the Commissioner in a form specified by the
Commissioner of any circumstance or event which affects the accuracy of any
entry in the registration document and vehicle licence relating to the vehicle.
(2) The registered owner of a motor vehicle shall whenever required by
the Commissioner so to do-
(a)forthwith furnish to the Commissioner all such information as he
may require for the purpose of verifying the entries relating to the
vehicle in the register;
(b)forthwith deliver to the Commissioner the registration document
and vehicle licence relating to the vehicle; and
(c)produce the vehicle for examination on such date and at such
time and place as the Commissioner may specify.

19. Changes of personal particulars of registered owner

(1) Within 72 hours after any change of name, address or identity
document of a registered owner entered in a registration document, the
registered owner shall forward to the Commissioner a notice of such change in
a form specified by the Commissioner together with the registration document.
(2) On receipt of such notice and the registration document, the
Commissioner shall enter such change in the register and issue a new
registration document to the registered owner or return to the registered owner
the registration document forwarded by him with such change entered therein.

20. Motor vehicles broken up, destroyed or exported

(1) When a motor vehicle is broken up, destroyed, or despatched
permanently out of Hong Kong, the registered owner of the vehicle shall, within
15 days after the vehicle is broken up, destroyed or despatched, notify the
Commissioner in writing of the breaking up, destruction or despatch and shall
at the same time deliver to him the registration document and vehicle licence (if
not destroyed) relating to the vehicle.





(2) On receipt of a notification under subregulation (1), the Commis-
sioner shall cancel the registration of the motor vehicle and at any time
thereafter, may, subject to regulations 9, 12, 13 and 14, assign to any other
motor vehicle the registration mark that was assigned to such vehicle.
(3) On receipt of a notification under subregulation (1), the Commis-
sioner may require the registered owner to produce-
(a) a certificate signed by the person by whom the vehicle was broken
up or destroyed;
(b) shipping documents relating to the despatch of the vehicle; or
(c) such other proof as will satisfy the Commissioner that the vehicle
has been broken up, destroyed or despatched permanently out of
Hong Kong.
(4) Notwithstanding that he may not have received a notification under
subregulation (1), where the Commissioner is satisfied that a motor vehicle has
been broken up, destroyed or despatched permanently out of Hong Kong, he
shall cancel the registration of the vehicle and may, subject to regulations 9, 12,
13 and 14, assign to any other motor vehicle the registration mark that was
assigned to such vehicle.

PART 111

MOTOR VEMCLE LICENCES

21. Licensing of motor vehicles

(1) Any person who wishes to have licensed a motor vehicle which is
registered within any class specified in Schedule 1 to the Ordinance and of
which he is the registered owner shall-
(a) deliver to the Commissioner an application for such licence in a
form specified by the Commissioner which shall be accompanied
by-
(i) the registration document relating to the vehicle;
(ii) a policy of insurance in respect of the vehicle in the name of
the registered owner which is valid on the date when the
licence is to become operative; and
(iii) his identity document; and
(b) subject to subregulations (3), (7) and (9) and regulation 23, pay to
the Commissioner the following licence fee-
(i) for a licence for 12 months, the appropriate licence fee
prescribed in Schedule 2; or
(ii) for a licence for 4 months, an amount equal to 35% of the
appropriate licence fee prescribed in Schedule 2 and an
additional fee of $30.(L.N. 96 of 1985)





(2) An application under subregulation (1) shall be signed by the
registered owner of the motor vehicle or by some person duly authorized by
him in writing, and where the registered owner is a body corporate the
application shall be signed by a person nominated by the body corporate.
(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in subregulation (1), if a valid
vehicle licence issued in respect of a motor vehicle in any particular class is
surrendered to the Commissioner and at the same time an application under
subregulation (1)(a) is made for the licensing of that vehicle in a different class,
the Commissioner may license the vehicle as stated in the application for a period
not exceeding the unexpired period of the surrendered vehicle licence, upon
payment of a licence fee calculated by the Commissioner by multiplying 1/365 of
the appropriate licence fee prescribed in Schedule 2 by the number of days in the
unexpired period of the surrendered vehicle licence. (L.N. 172 of 1989)
(4) A motor vehicle shall, subject to subregulations (3), (5) and (6), be
licensed for the period stated in the application under subregulation (1),
calculated from the date of issue of the licence. (L.N. 172 of 1989)
(5) On receipt of an application under subregulation (1)(a) in respect of a
motor vehicle which is licensed and the licence fee under subregulation (1)(b),
the Commissioner may, at any time during the period of 4 months immediately
preceding the date of expiry of the vehicle licence, license the vehicle for the
further period stated in the application and such licence shall take effect from
the date of expiry of the existing vehicle licence.
(6) Where, after the expiry of a vehicle licence, the Commissioner receives
an application under subregulation (1) to license the motor vehicle, he may
license the vehicle for the further period stated in the application and such
licence shall take effect from the date of issue thereof. (L.N. 172 of 1989)
(7) Where the Commissioner licenses a motor vehicle pursuant to
subregulation (6), the licence fee payable to the Commissioner for the licence
shall be the licence fee under subregulation (1)(b) and an additional fee of
0.33% of the appropriate annual licence fee for each day of the unlicensed
period since the previous licence expired:
Provided that the additional fee shall not be payable if the Commissioner is
satisfied that the motor vehicle has not been used on a road during the period
when it was not licensed, and in such a case the licence shall take effect from the
date of issue thereof. (L.N. 172 of 1989)
(8) On the licensing of a motor vehicle the Commissioner shall issue to the
registered owner, for display on the vehicle in accordance with regulation 25,
a vehicle licence in a form and containing the particulars specified by the
Commissioner.
(9) In the case of a disabled person who wishes to have licensed a private
car of which he is the registered owner and in respect of which, under regulation
9 of the Road Traffic (Driving Licences) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.), he
has proved his fitness to drive~-





(a)no licence fee shall be payable where the cylinder capacity of the
engine of the private car does not exceed 1 500 cubic centimetres;
and
(b)where the cylinder capacity of the engine of the private car
exceeds 1500 cubic centimetres-
(i)the annual licence fee for the purposes of this regulation
shall be calculated by the deduction from the appropriate
annual licence fee prescribed in Schedule 2 of the annual
licence fee payable in respect of a private car of which the
cylinder capacity of the engine does not exceed 1500 cubic
centimetres; and
(ii) the fee for a licence for 4 months shall be 35% of the annual
licence fee calculated in accordance with subparagraph (i)
plus an additional fee of $15.
(10) The Commissioner may license a motor vehicle subject to such
conditions as he thinks fit.
(11) Where due to circumstances beyond his control the Commissioner is
unable for the time being to issue a vehicle licence under subregulation (8), the
receipt issued by him for the payment of the appropriate licence fee under this
regulation shall be deemed for the purposes of these regulations to be a valid
vehicle licence in place of the vehicle licence to be issued under subregulation
(8), until such vehicle licence is issued or the expiry of a period of 30 days after
the issue of the receipt, whichever is the earlier.
(12) For the purposes of this regulation, 'disabled person' means a person
who produces to the Commissioner a certificate, which shall be valid for 3 years
from the date of issue, signed by or on behalf of the Director of Health or
the Director of Hospital Services stating that such person is suffering from
a permanent disease or physical disability which causes him considerable
difficulty in walking. (L.N. 76 of 1989)

22. Vehicle licence to remain property of the Government

(1) A vehicle licence issued to a registered owner shall remain the
property of the Government and the Commissioner may require a vehicle
licence to be returned to him at any time.
(2) Any police officer or other officer authorized by the Commissioner
shall have power to seize a vehicle licence that is cancelled, and for that purpose
to detach it from a motor vehicle.

23. Licensing of motor vehicles for use in Lantau only

(1) A motor vehicle may be used on a road in Lantau only, if the vehicle
is licensed under this regulation.





(2) Any person who wishes to have licensed for use only in Lantau a
motor vehicle of which he is the registered owner may deliver to the Commis-
sioner an application for such licence in a form specified by the Commissioner
and shall pay to the Commissioner one quarter of the appropriate licence fee
prescribed in Schedule 2:
Provided that regulation 21(9) shall apply to an applicant who is a disabled
person for the purposes of that regulation and the licence fee payable under this
paragraph shall be-
(a)for a licence for 12 months, one quarter of the licence fee payable
under regulation 21(9)(b)(i); and
(b)for a licence for 4 months, 35% of the licence fee payable
under paragraph (a) plus an additional fee of $15.
(3) The Commissioner may license a motor vehicle for use in Lantau
only, and where he does so, he shall cause the vehicle licence to be endorsed
with the words 'PERMITTED TO BE USED ONLY ON LANTW' and the
characters in such manner as he shall think fit and shall
cause such endorsement to be made on the registration document relating to the
vehicle if he thinks fit.
(4) Subject to this regulation, regulation 21 shall apply in respect of the
documents which are required to be submitted with an application for a licence
and the licensing of motor vehicles for use in Lantau.
(5) For the purposes of this regulation, 'road' does not include a private
road. (L.N. 21 of 1989)

on private roads in Lantau only

(1) A motor vehicle may be used on a private road in Lantau only, if the
vehicle is licensed under regulation 23 or this regulation.
(2) Any person who wishes to have licensed for use only on private roads
in Lantau a motor vehicle of which he is the registered owner may deliver to the
Commissioner an application for such licence in a form specified by the
Commissioner and shall pay to the Commissioner one-tenth of the appropriate
licence fee prescribed in Schedule 2:
Provided that regulation 21(9) shall apply to an applicant who is a disabled
person for the purpose of that regulation and the licence fee payable under this
subregulation shall be~--
(a)for a licence for 12 months, one-tenth of the licence fee payable
under regulation 21(9)(b)(i); and
(b)for a licence for 4 months, 35% of the licence fee payable under
paragraph (a) plus an additional fee of $15.
(3) The Commissioner may license a motor vehicle for use on private
roads in Lantau only, and where he does so, he shall cause the vehicle licence to

P





be endorsed with the words 'PERMITTED TO BE USED ONLY ON PRIVATE
ROADS ON LANTAU' and the characters in
such manner as he shall think fit and shall cause such endorsement to be made
on the registration document relating to the vehicle if he thinks fit.
(4) Subject to this regulation, regulation 21 shall apply in respect of the
documents which are required to be submitted with an application for a licence
and the licensing of motor vehicles for use on private roads in Lantau.
(L.N. 2,1 of 1989)

23B. (Spent)

24. Refund of fee on surrender of vehicle licence

(1) The Commissioner, on the surrender to him of a valid vehicle licence,
may make a refund of a portion of the licence fee paid for the licensing of the
motor vehicle relating to the unexpired period of the surrendered vehicle licence
in accordance with the table in Schedule 6.
(2) Where-
(a)any motor vehicle is broken up, stolen, destroyed or despatched
permanently out of Hong Kong and the vehicle licence, issued in
respect of the vehicle is thereby lost or destroyed; and (L.N.
172 of 1989)
(b)the registered owner of the motor vehicle has, within 15 days
after the vehicle is broken up, stolen, destroyed or despatched out
of Hong Kong- (L.N. 172 of 1989)
(i) notified the Commissioner thereof; and
(ii) delivered to the Commissioner the registration document
relating to the vehicle,
the Commissioner may make a refund of a portion of the licence fee paid for
the licensing of the vehicle relating to the unexpired period of the vehicle licence
in accordance with the table in Schedule 6.
(3) (Repealed L.N. 172 of1989)

25. Display of vehicle licences

(1) Except as otherwise provided by the Ordinance, no motor vehicle
shall he upon or used on any road unless a valid vehicle licence in respect of the
vehicle is displayed- (L.N. 219 of 1987)
(a)in the case of a vehicle provided with a fixed windscreen, on the
left-hand side of the vehicle's windscreen in such a manner that it
is clearly visible from the front of the vehicle;
(b)in the case of a vehicle without a fixed windscreen, in a
conspicuous place on the left-hand side of the vehicle in such a
manner that it is clearly visible from the front of the vehicle;





(c)in the case of a motor cycle, in a conspicuous place on the
left-hand side of the vehicle in such a manner that it is clearly
visible from that side of the vehicle.
(2) Where pursuant to regulation 21(11) or regulation 59(6) a receipt
issued by the Commissioner is deemed to be a valid vehicle licence, the receipt
shall be displayed-
(a)in the appropriate place and manner specified in subregulation
(1); and
(b)in such form and manner as the Commissioner may specify on
the receipt.
(L.N. 123 of 1984)

PART IV

LICENSING OF TAXIS

26. Licensing of taxis
(1) The Commissioner may license taxis-
(a)on application, whether or not following a determination by lot
pursuant to section 23(5) of the Ordinance;
(b)if he considers it expedient, by calling for tenders on the payment
of a premium; or
(c) in such other manner as the Governor in Council thinks fit.
(2) On the licensing of a motor vehicle as a taxi the Commissioner shall
specify on the vehicle licence issued to registered owner under regulation 21(8),
in English and in Chinese characters, the area within which the taxi is licensed
to be available for hire or to carry passengers.

27. Tenders for licensing of taxis

(1) Subject to subregulation (2), where the Commissioner calls for tenders
under regulation 26(1)(b), the Commissioner may license the number of taxis
allocated pursuant to such tender only to a person whose tender the
Commissioner has accepted.
(2) (a)Any person whose tender has been accepted and who fails to pay
the premium within 14 days after receipt of notification of
acceptance of his tender shall forfeit the right to license the
number of taxis allocated to him and to any deposit paid by him.
(b)Any person who fails to license the number of taxis allocated to
him within 6 months after the notification of acceptance of his
tender shall forfeit the right to license the number of taxis not
then licensed and the deposit paid by him in respect of any taxi
for which the right to license is forfeited.





(c)Any person who transfers or purports to transfer his right to
license any number of taxis allocated to him shall forfeit the right
to license the number of taxis so allocated and the deposit paid
by him in respect of any taxi for which the right to license is
forfeited.
(d)Any premium payable under regulation 26(1)(b) shall be in
addition to the registration and licence fees prescribed in Schedule
2 and shall not be refundable in any circumstances.

28. Forfeiture of right to license taxis

(1) Any person who fails to license the number of taxis allocated to him
within the time specified in the notification of the allocation to him of the taxis
following a determination by lot pursuant to section 23(5) of the Ordinance
shall forfeit the right to license the number of taxis not then licensed.
(2) Any person who transfers or purports to transfer his right to license
any number of taxis allocated to him shall forfeit the right to license the number
of taxis so allocated.

29. Area limitations for New Territories
and Lantau taxis

(1) No person as registered owner or as driver shall cause or permit a taxi
that is licensed to be available for hire or to carry passengers within the New
Territories or Lantau to stand or to ply for hire or to be available for hire or to
carry passengers in any area or place other than the permitted area.
(2) No person as registered owner or as driver shall use or cause or permit
to be used a taxi that is licensed to be available for hire or to carry passengers
within the New Territories or Lantau for the carriage of any passenger from
any place outside the permitted area to any other place whether in that area or
in another area.
(3) Nothing in this regulation shall prevent a taxi that is licensed to be
available for hire or to carry passengers within the New Territories or Lantau
from travelling to or from any place outside the permitted area if it is for the
sole purpose of attending a vehicle examination centre for an examination
arranged by prior appointment.
(4) Where a taxi that is licensed to be available for hire or to carry
passengers within the New Territories or Lantau is travelling to or from a
vehicle examination centre pursuant to subregulation (3), no passengers may be
carried for hire or reward.
(4A) The Commissioner may cause or, by permit in writing, permit to be
erected or placed on or near any road leading from inside the permitted area for
New Territories taxis to any place outside that permitted area a traffic sign of





the type shown in Figure No. 1 in Schedule 11 and the meaning of that sign
shall be in accordance with its content and the note relating to the Figure of
that sign in the Schedule. (L.N. 262 of 1984)
(5) In this regulation 'permitted area' means the area specified in
Schedule 7.

PART V

INTERNATIONAL CIRCULATION PERMTS

30. Motor vehicles leaving Hong Kong

(1) A person who desires to obtain an international fiscal permit under
the 1931 Convention or an international certificate under the 1926 Convention
in respect of a motor vehicle registered under these regulations, may deliver
to the Commissioner an application therefor in a form specified by the
Commissioner, signed by the applicant. (L.N. 262 of 1984)
(2) On receipt of an application under subregulation (1) and on payment
of the fee prescribed in Schedule 2, the Commissioner on being satisfied that the
motor vehicle is so registered and is suitable for use on the highway in a place
outside Hong Kong and that, in respect of an international certificate, the
motor vehicle fulfils the conditions specified in Article 3 of the 1926
Convention, may issue an international fiscal permit in Form 1 of Schedule 8,
or an international certificate in Form 2 of Schedule 8, as the case may be.
(L.N. 262 of 1984)
(3) On application and on payment of the fee prescribed in Schedule 2,
the Commissioner may issue for use outside Hong Kong with any such motor
vehicle or any trailer a certificate, in a form specified by the Commissioner,
certifying-
(a)the weight of the maximum load which the motor vehicle or
trailer is permitted to carry; and
(b)the permissible maximum weight, that is to say, the weight of the
vehicle when ready for the road and carrying the maximum load
so specified.

31. Application for and issue of international
circulation permits

(1) Any visitor who brings a motor vehicle into Hong Kong from a place
outside Hong Kong and who desires to obtain an international circulation
permit in respect of the vehicle, may deliver to the Commissioner an application
therefor in a form specified by the Commissioner, signed by the applicant.





(2) If an applicant for an international circulation permit-
(a)satisfies the Commissioner that he is resident outside Hong Kong
and that the motor vehicle is only temporarily in Hong Kong;
(b)produces to the Commissioner a policy of insurance in respect of
the motor vehicle, valid at the time of production; and
(c)satisfies the Commissioner that it is not intended during the
currency of the international circulation permit to use the motor
vehicle in Hong Kong for the carriage of passengers or goods for
hire or reward or, in the case of a goods vehicle, in connection
with a trade or business,
the Commissioner may issue to the applicant free of charge an international
circulation permit in Form 4 of Schedule 8.
(3) Section 52(1) of the Ordinance shall not apply to a vehicle in respect
of which an international circulation permit is in force.
(4) The following particulars shall be supplied in an application under
subregulation (1)-
(a)the full name and home address of the person to whom the
international circulation permit is to be granted;
(b)the date and place of entry into Hong Kong of the motor vehicle
in question;
(c)the make and chassis number of the motor vehicle and such other
particulars describing the vehicle as the Commissioner may direct;
(d)the letters and numbers on the registration plates, if any, of the
motor vehicle and, if different, of any trailer drawn thereby,
together with the country of registration;
(e)in any case where the motor vehicle is drawing a trailer, the
name and manufacture of the trailer and its serial or other
identification number; and
the address in Hong Kong of the person to whom the
international circulation permit is to be granted or, if none, the
name and address in Hong Kong of some other person through
whom he may be contacted while in Hong Kong.
(5) An international circulation permit shall not be granted for any period
exceeding 12 months from the date on which the motor vehicle was last brought
into Hong Kong.

32. Application of other provisions to
international circulation permits

Regulations 25 and 59 shall apply to an international circulation permit as
if the references therein to a registered owner and to a vehicle licence were
references to a holder of an international circulation permit and to an
international circulation permit respectively.





33. Surrender of international circulation permits

(1) When a motor vehicle in respect of which an international circulation
permit is in force-
(a) is sold or transferred;
(b) is removed from Hong Kong; or
(e) is destroyed,
the holder of the international circulation permit shall surrender it to the Com-
missioner, informing the Commissioner, in a case where the vehicle has been sold or
transferred, of the name of the new owner and of his address, if any, in Hong Kong.
(2) The holder of an international circulation permit shall surrender it to
the Commissioner if-
(a) it has expired; or
(b)the holder is applying for the registration of the vehicle under
these regulations.
(3) The holder of an international circulation permit may, before the
expiration of the permit, surrender it to the Commissioner and thereupon the
permit shall cease to be valid.
(4) The holder of an international circulation permit shall, if he leaves
Hong Kong before the expiration of the permit or before the exportation of his
vehicle, surrender the permit to the Commissioner and thereupon the permit
shall cease to be valid.

34. Registration marks on imported vehicles

(1) The Commissioner shall assign to a motor vehicle in respect of which he
has issued an international circulation permit a registration mark which shall be-
(a)in the case of a vehicle in respect of which a visitor's registration
document is produced, the registration mark recorded in that
document; and
(b)in the case of any other vehicle a registration mark consisting of 2
letters and a number of not more than 4 digits.
(2) During the currency of an international circulation permit, regulation
8 shall apply to the motor vehicle to which the permit relates as if the reference
therein to the registered owner was a reference to the holder of an international
circulation permit and references to the registration mark were references to the
registration mark assigned to the motor vehicle under subregulation (I):
Provided that-
(a)regulation 8 shall not apply to a registration mark assigned under
subregulation (1)(a) if the corresponding requirements of the law
under which, or authority by whom, the registration mark is
issued are complied with, and if any letters in the registration
mark are in Roman characters and any numbers therein are in
ordinary European numerals; and





(b)a registration mark assigned under subregulation (1)(a) need not
be displayed on the front of the vehicle if that is not required by
the law under which or the authority by whom the registration
mark is issued.
(3) The holder of an international circulation permit shall, during the
currency of the permit issued in respect of a motor vehicle to which a
registration mark is assigned under subregulation (1)(a), display at the back of
the vehicle so as to be clearly distinguishable a nationality sign indicating the
country in which the vehicle is registered.
(4) During the currency of an international circulation permit issued in
respect of a motor vehicle in respect of which a visitor's registration document
was produced and to which a registration mark is assigned under subregulation
(1)(a), regulation 7(3) shall apply in respect of a visitor's registration document
as it applies to a registration document.
(5) This regulation shall apply to a trailer drawn by a motor vehicle
to which an international circulation permit relates, during the currency of
the permit, as if references to the registration mark were references to the
registration mark assigned to the motor vehicle under this regulation.

35. Registration cards

(1) Where the Commissioner assigns a registration mark to a motor
vehicle under regulation 34(1)(b), the Commissioner shall issue with the
international circulation permit a registration card free of charge in such form
and containing such particulars as the Commissioner thinks fit.
(2) Regulations 7(3) and 59 shall apply to a registration card as if
the references therein to a registered owner and to the registration document
were references to a holder of a registration card and the registration card
respectively.

36. Vehicles remaining in Hong Kong

(1) Where any vehicle in respect of which an international circulation
permit is issued-
(a) remains in Hong Kong after the permit has expired; or
(b) is transferred to another owner in Hong Kong,
the vehicle shall be registered and licensed under these regulations with effect
from the date the vehicle was first brought into Hong Kong.
(2) No person shall drive or use or suffer or permit to be driven or used
any vehicle to which subregulation (1) applies unless the vehicle is registered
and licensed in accordance with that subregulation.





PART VI

Tp-uLERs

37. Registration, etc. of trailers

(1) Subject to subregulations (2), (M), (213) and (3), the provisions of
Part 11 shall apply to a trailer as if references therein to a motor vehicle and
registered owner were references to a trailer and registered owner of a trailer
respectively. (L.N. 262 of 1984; L.N. 240 of 1985)
(2) The registration mark assigned to a trailer pursuant to regulation 6(a)
shall have the suffix 'T'.
(M) On registering a trailer, the Commissioner shall assign to the trailer a
permitted gross vehicle weight which shall be such weight as he shall determine
after considering-
(a)the particulars contained in the application for registration
submitted in respect of the trailer;
(b)any information available from the manufacturer of the trailer;
and
(e) any regulations made under the Ordinance. (L.N. 240 of 1985)
(213) The assignment by the Commissioner of a permitted gross vehicle
weight to any trailer on registration of the trailer on or after 25 August 1984,
and prior to the commencement of the Road Traffic (Registration and
Licensing of Vehicles) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 1985 (L.N. 240 of
1985), is hereby declared to be valid and shall be deemed to have been validly
assigned under subregulation (M). (L.N. 240 of 1985)
(3) Regulation 17(2)(b)(ii) shall not apply in the case of the transfer of
ownership of a trailer. (L.N. 262 of 1984)

38. Application for licences

(1) Any person who wishes to have licensed a trailer of which he is the
registered owner shall deliver to the Commissioner an application therefor in a
form specified by the Commissioner and shall, subject to subregulation (2), pay
to the Commissioner the following licence fee-
(a)for a licence for 12 months, the appropriate licence fee prescribed
in Schedule 2; or
(b)for a licence for 4 months, an amount equal to 35% of the
appropriate licence fee prescribed in Schedule 2.
(2) Where a trailer is to be licensed for use only in Lantau, the applicant
shall pay one quarter of the appropriate licence fee prescribed in Schedule 2.





39. Issue of licences

(1) On receipt of an application and the licence fee under regulation 38,
the Commissioner may, at any time during the period of 4 months immediately
preceding the date of expiry of the vehicle licence, license the trailer for such
period, not exceeding 12 months, as is stated in the application and such licence
shall take effect from the date of expiry of the existing vehicle licence. (L.N.
172 of 1989)
(2) Subject to subregulations (1) and (3) and regulation 38, the provisions
of Part 111 shall apply to a vehicle licence issued in respect of a trailer. (L.N.
262 of 1984)
(3) Regulation 2 1 (1)(a)(ii) shall not apply in the case ofthe licensing of a
trailer. (L.N. 262 of 1984)

PART VII

RiCKSHAWS

40. Licensing of rickshaws

(1) Any owner of a rickshaw who wishes to have the rickshaw licensed
shall-
(a) deliver to the Commissioner an application therefor in a form
specified by the Commissioner which shall be accompanied by his
identity document; and
(b) pay to the Commissioner the following licence fee-
(i) for a licence for 12 months, the appropriate licence fee
prescribed in Schedule 2; or
(ii) for a licence for 4 months, an amount equal to 35% of the
appropriate licence fee prescribed in Schedule 2.
(2) An application under subregulation (1) shall be signed by the owner of
the rickshaw or by some person duly authorized by him in writing.
(3) Before a rickshaw is licensed, the Commissioner may require the
owner thereof to produce the rickshaw for examination at any place specified in
such requirement.
(4) On receipt of an application and the licence fee under subregulation (1)
at any time during the period of 4 months immediately preceding the date of
expiry of the vehicle licence, the Commissioner may license the rickshaw for such
period, not exceeding 12 months, as is stated in the application and such licence
shall take effect from the date of expiry of the existing vehicle licence. (L.N. 172
of 1989)
(5) On the licensing of a rickshaw the Commissioner shall issue to the
owner of the rickshaw, for display on the rickshaw in accordance with regula-





tion 41(1), a vehicle licence in a form and containing such particulars specified
by the Commissioner and a number consisting of not more than 3 digits.

41. Display of vehicle licence and licence number

(1) The owner of a licensed rickshaw to whom a vehicle licence is issued
under regulation 40(5) shall display---
(a)the vehicle licence in a conspicuous place on the front of the
rickshaw in respect of which the licence is issued, in such a
manner that it is clearly visible from in front of the rickshaw; and
(b)the vehicle licence number in a conspicuous place on the back
of the rickshaw in such a manner that it is clearly visible from
behind the rickshaw.
(2) No person shall drive or use or suffer or permit to be driven or used
any rickshaw on which a vehicle licence and vehicle licence number is not
displayed in accordance with subregulation (1).

PART VIII

MISCELLANEous LiCENCES AND PERMITS

42. Application for trade licence

(1) If any person being a manufacturer or repairer of or dealer in vehicles
wishes to obtain a trade licence in respect of any vehicle used by him he shall
deliver to the Commissioner an application for a trade licence in a form
specified by the Commissioner and shall deposit with the Commissioner the
sum of $1,000 and, if the trade licence is for a period of one year, pay to the
Commissioner the trade licence fee prescribed in Schedule 2.
(2) Where a trade licence is for a period less than one year, the applicant
shall pay to the Commissioner the licence fee calculated by the Commissioner
by multiplying one-tenth of the trade licence fee prescribed in Schedule 2 by the
number of months for which the licence is applied for, any part of a month
counting as a month.

43. Issue of trade licence

(1) The Commissioner, on being satisfied that the applicant-
(a) is a bona fide manufacturer or repairer of or dealer in vehicles; and
(b) has an adequate policy of insurance in respect of such vehicles,
shall issue to the applicant a trade licence in accordance with the application
together with a set of 2 trade plates with a weather-proof holder for the trade
licence attached to one trade plate.





(2) Regulation 24 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to trade licences to the
same extent as that regulation applies to vehicle licences.

44. Trade licences and trade plates

(1) Each trade licence shall contain-
(a)the name and address of the person to whom the trade licence is
issued;
(b)the number of the trade plate issued in respect of such trade
licence;
(e)the date of expiry of the trade licence which shall be not more
than one year from the date of granting of the licence; and
(d) the serial number of the trade licence.
(2) Each trade plate shall display the letter 'T' together with the number,
or letters and number, allocated in respect thereof in red on a white background
in a form specified by the Commissioner.
(3) Trade plates issued in respect of a trade licence shall remain the
property of the Commissioner and shall not be altered in any way after issue,
except by the Commissioner.
(4) When a trade licence is cancelled or is not renewed, the person to
whorn the set of trade plates relating to the licence were issued shall return the
set forthwith to the Commissioner.
(5) Upon return of the set of trade plates to him under subregulation (4),
the Commissioner shall repay the deposit made in respect thereof less such
amount as the Commissioner shall consider necessary to make good any
damage to such trade plates.

45. Display of trade plates and licence

When a vehicle is in use under a trade licence, the holder of the trade
licence shall display a trade plate issued to him with the trade licence attached
thereto on the front of the vehicle, and the other trade plate issued to him shall
be displayed on the back of the vehicle, in the manner prescribed in regulation 8
with respect to the display of registration marks.

46. Trade licence not transferable

A trade licence shall not be used by any person other than the holder of the
trade licence and the holder of a trade licence shall not allow or suffer the trade
licence or the trade plates issued to him to be used by any other person but this
regulation shall not be contravened if the holder of a trade licence or a person
bona fide in his employ and acting under his authority is present and in charge
of the vehicle or if such vehicle is constructed for use by one person only and is
being used by a prospective purchaser for the purpose of test or trial.





47. Limitations of use of trade licence

(1) A trade licence shall not be used in respect of any vehicle other
than a vehicle which is in the possession of the holder of such trade
licence in the course of his business as a manufacturer or repairer of or dealer in
vehicles.
(2) A trade licence shall not at any time be used in respect of a vehicle
which is being used for the conveyance of passengers for hire or reward or in
respect of a vehicle which is being used for the conveyance of goods in the
course of trade or for the delivery or removal of goods.
(3) Unless used pursuant to a movement permit issued under regulation
53, a vehicle shall not be used under a trade licence if an application for
registration and licensing of the vehicle under these regulations would be
unsuccessful by virtue of failure to comply with the Road Traffic (Construction
and Maintenance of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.) or for any other
reason.
(4) Subject to subregulations (1) and (2) and regulation 46, a trade licence
may be used only for driving-
(a)an unregistered vehicle in the course of delivery to a motor dealer
or exhibitor;
(b)a vehicle for the purpose of presale demonstration to a potential
customer; or
(c) a vehicle under mechanical test.
(5) No vehicle shall be used under a trade licence for any purpose other
than a purpose for which such vehicle is authorized by these regulations to be
used under such licence.
(6) When a vehicle is being used under a trade licence, the number of
passengers carried in or on the vehicle shall not exceed 2, except where the
Commissioner has given permission in writing for the carrying of more than 2
passengers in which case the number of passengers shall not exceed the number
specified in such permit.

48. Register of journeys under trade licence

(1) Every holder of a trade licence shall maintain a register of all journeys
made by vehicles in use under the trade licence.
(2) A register maintained under subregulation (1) shall show the date,
time and place of each journey and the registration mark (if any) and all other
relevant particulars of the vehicle.
(3) A holder of a trade licence shall forthwith produce the register
maintained under subregulation (1) for inspection on request by any police
officer or the Commissioner.





49. Closed road permits

(1) Any person who wishes to drive a motor vehicle, or wishes a motor
vehicle to be driven, on a road closed in accordance with the Road Traffic
(Traffic Control) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.) (hereinafter in this regulation
referred to as 'a closed road') may apply to the Commissioner for a closed
road permit and the Commissioner may issue such a permit subject to such
conditions and in respect of such period as the Commissioner may think fit.
(2) No closed road permit shall be valid for more than 12 months from
the date on which it was issued.
(3) No fee shall be charged for the issue of a closed road permit except
where a person applies to the Commissioner for a closed road permit under
subregulation (1)--
(a) in respect of a closed road in Lantau; or
(b)if that person wishes to proceed out of Hong Kong on a closed
road. (L.N. 96 of 1985)
(4) Where a fee is, under subregulation (3), chargeable for a closed road
permit it shall be-
(a)in the case of an application for a closed road permit valid for 12
months, the ApprOpTiatC closed road permit fee prescribed in
Schedule 2. or
(b)in the case of an application for a closed road permit valid for
less than 12 months, a fee equal to one-twelfth of the fee referred
to in paragraph (a) multiplied by the number of months for
which the permit is sought, any part of a month counting as one
month. (L.N. 96 of 1985)
(5) Every person to whom a closed road permit is issued, and every
person who drives a motor vehicle to which such permit relates on a closed
road, shall comply with the conditions, if any, of the permit.

50. Bus lane permits, probibited zone permits
and restricted zone permits

(1) Any person who-
(a)wishes to drive a motor vehicle, or wishes a motor vehicle to be
driven, in a bus lane or prohibited zone within the meaning of the
Road Traffic (Traffic Control) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.); or
(b)wishes to drive or use a motor vehicle, or wishes a motor vehicle to
be driven or used, in a restricted zone within the meaning of the
Road Traffic (Traffic Control) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.),
may apply to the Commissioner for a permit for that purpose (hereinafter
referred to as a 'bus lane permiC, 'prohibited zone permiC or 'restricted zone
permiC, as the case may be) and the Commissioner may issue such a permit free





of charge subject to such conditions and in respect of such period as the
Commissioner may think fit.
(2) No bus lane permit, prohibited zone permit or restricted zone permit
shall be valid for more than 12 months from the date on which it was issued.
(3) Every person to whom a bus lane permit, prohibited zone permit or
restricted zone permit is issued, and every person who drives or uses a motor
vehicle to which such permit relates in a bus lane, prohibited zone or restricted
zone, as the case may be, shall comply with the conditions, if any, of the permit.

51. Goods permits
(1) The Commissioner may issue a goods permit for the carriage, for hire
or reward, of goods other than personal effects in a vehicle registered as a-
(a) public bus;
(b) private bus;
(c) public light bus; or
(d) private light bus.
(2) An application for a goods permit shall be in a form specified by the
Commissioner and shall be accompanied by the goods permit fee prescribed in
Schedule 2.
(3) On receipt of an application under subregulation (2) and the
prescribed fee, the Commissioner may issue a goods permit for a period not
exceeding 12 months and subject to such conditions as he may impose.

52. Excess passengers permits
(1) The Commissioner, on receipt of an application in a form specified by
him and the excess passengers permit fee prescribed in Schedule 2, may issue an
excess passengers permit subject to such terms and conditions as appear to him
necessary authorizing the carriage of passengers in or on a goods vehicle
in excess of the maximum passenger seating capacity of the class of vehicles
as specified in the Third Schedule to the Road Traffic (Construction and
Maintenance of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.). (L.N. 172 of 1989)
(2) Before issuing an excess passengers permit under subregulation (1) the
Commissioner may cause the goods vehicle to be examined.
(3) An excess passengers permit issued under subregulation (1) may be
issued for a period not exceeding 12 months but shall in any event expire on the
date of expiry of the vehicle licence relating to the vehicle.

53. Movement permits
(1) On the application of the owner of a vehicle which is not licensed and
which-
(a)is not normally used on a road and is driven on a road only for
the purpose of proceeding from one site to another; or





(b)is used or intended to be used only within the boundaries of the
Hong Kong International Airport,
the Commissioner, on payment to him of the movement permit fee prescribed
in Schedule 2, may issue to the owner a movement permit authorizing the
vehicle to be used for the relevant purpose specified in paragraph (a) or (b).
(2) In any movement permit, the Commissioner may exempt the vehicle
to which the permit relates from compliance with such provisions of the Road
Traffic (Construction and Maintenance of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub.
leg.) as he may consider necessary.
(3) Every movement permit shall be subject to the conditions that-
(a)when the vehicle to which the permit relates is being moved on a
road, other than a road within the boundaries of the Hong Kong
International Airport, no load is carried on the vehicle other than
such equipment, spares or fuel as are normally carried on such
vehicle; and
(b)the vehicle to which the permit relates is driven on the road only
by a person holding a valid driving licence authorizing him to
drive a vehicle of that class,
and to such other conditions in regard to the time when the vehicle may be
moved, the road on which it may be moved and otherwise as the
Commissioner, in consultation with the Commissioner of Police and any other
authority, may consider necessary.
(4) A movement permit issued under subregulation (1) shall be valid for a
period not exceeding 12 months.
(5) For the purposes of this regulation, the boundaries of the Hong Kong
International Airport shall be the boundaries delineated on a plan approved
by the Governor under section 3 of the Hong Kong Airport (Regulations)
Ordinance (Cap. 292).

54. Long load permits and wide load permits

The Commissioner, on receipt of the long load permit fee or wide load permit
fee prescribed in Schedule 2, may issue a long load permit or wide load permit
subject to such terms and conditions, and valid for such period, as he thinks fit
authorizing a goods vehicle to be driven with a load projecting to the front or the
rear, or to either side beyond the body of the vehicle, as the case may be.

55. Advertisement permits

The Commissioner, on receipt of the advertisement permit fee prescribed in
Schedule 2, may issue an advertisement permit subject to such terms and
conditions, and valid for such period, as he thinks fit authorizing the use of a
vehicle on any road for the purpose of advertisement.





56. Form and particulars of permits

(1) Every permit issued under this Part shall be in a form specified by the
Cornmissioner and shall contain the relevant particulars prescribed in Schedule 9.
(2) A permit issued under this Part shall be effective only while the permit
is displayed on the front of the vehicle as near as possible to the vehicle licence
displayed in accordance with regulation 25.

57. Cancellation of trade licences and permits

(1) Where any condition of a trade licence or permit issued under this
Part is contravened, the Commissioner may, by giving notice in writing to the
person named in the licence or permit at the address specified in the licence or
permit (or in the case of a goods permit, excess passengers permit, long load
permit or wide load permit by giving notice in writing to the person to whom it
was issued), cancel the trade licence or permit, whether or not any person is or
will be prosecuted for an offence under regulation 60(1). (L.N. 262 of 1984)
(2) In the event of-
(a)a cancellation under subregulation (1) of a trade licence or
permit, the person to whom a notice under that subregulation is
given; or
(b)expiry of a trade licence or permit, the person to whom it was
issued,
shall return the trade licence or permit to the Commissioner.
(3) Any police officer or other officer authorized by the Commissioner
shall have power to seize an expired or cancelled trade licence and trade plates
relating thereto or permit issued under this Part, and for that purpose to detach
the licence and plates or permit from a vehicle.

PART IX

MISCELLANEOUS

58. Waiving or refund of fees

The Commissioner in his absolute discretion may waive the payment of
any fee payable, or refund any fee paid, under these regulations in respect of a
motor vehicle, the property of a foreign government, temporarily brought into
Hong Kong for a period not exceeding 4 weeks for the use of an accredited
representative of such government while it is so used.





59. Issue of duplicate registration documents,
licences and permits

if-
(a) a registration document is lost, destroyed or defaced; or
(b)a vehicle licence is lost, destroyed or defaced, or the figures or the
particulars thereof become illegible,
the registered owner of the vehicle may apply to the Commissioner in a form
specified by the Commissioner for a duplicate registration document or vehicle
licence, and the Commissioner upon being satisfied as to such loss, destruction,
defacement or illegibility and upon receipt of any registration document or
vehicle licence which has been defaced or is illegible, shall issue a duplicate
registration document or vehicle licence, marked as such, on payment of the
appropriate fee prescribed in Schedule 2 (or without payment of a fee where in
the case of a vehicle licence the Commissioner is satisfied that the figures or
particulars on it have become illegible through no fault of the registered owner)
and the duplicate registration document or vehicle licence so issued shall have
the same effect as the original registration document or vehicle licence.
(2) If a trade licence or any permit issued under Part VIII is lost,
destroyed or defaced, the person to whom the trade licence or permit was issued
may apply to the Commissioner in a form specified by the Commissioner for a
duplicate trade licence or permit, and the Commissioner upon being satisfied as
to such loss, destruction or defacement and upon receipt of any trade licence or
permit which has been defaced, shall issue a duplicate trade licence or permit,
marked as such, on payment of the appropriate fee prescribed in Schedule 2 and
the duplicate trade licence or permit so issued shall have the same effect as the
original trade licence or permit.
(3) No person shall apply for a duplicate of a registration document,
vehicle licence, trade licence or permit on the ground that the original
registration document, licence or permit is lost or destroyed knowing that
such original registration document, licence or permit has not been lost or
destroyed.
(4) On the issue of a duplicate registration document, vehicle licence,
trade licence or permit under this regulation, the original registration
document, licence or permit shall cease to be valid.
(5) If at any time after the issue of a duplicate registration document,
vehicle licence, trade licence or permit under this regulation and during the
currency of such duplicate registration document, licence or permit the original
registration document, licence or permit is found, the registered owner or the
person to whom the licence or permit was issued, as the case may be, shall
forthwith report the finding thereof to the Commissioner and shall take all
reasonable steps to obtain possession of it and return it as soon as possible to
the Commissioner for cancellation.





(6) Where due to circumstances beyond his control the Commissioner is
unable for the time being to issue a duplicate registration document, vehicle
licence, trade licence or permit under this regulation, the receipt issued by him
for the payment of the fee for a duplicate registration document, licence or
permit shall be deemed for the purposes of these regulations to be a valid
registration document, licence or permit in place of the original registration
document, licence or permit, until a duplicate registration document, licence or
permit is issued or the expiry of a period of 30 days after the issue of the receipt,
whichever is the earlier.

60. 01Tences

(1) Any person who without reasonable excuse contravenes any of the
provisions of, or any requirement under, regulation 7(2) or (3), 8, 17(1), (2) or
(6), 18, 19(1), 20(1) or (3), 22(1), 36(2), 41, 44(3) or (4), 48, 49(5), 50(3), 57(2) or
59(3) or (5) or any condition imposed under regulation 40(4), 51(3), 52(1), 53(3),
54 or 55 commits an ofrence and is liable to a fine of $2,000. (L.N. 262 of 1984)
(2) Any person who obstructs any police officer or other officer
authorized by the Commissioner in the exercise of any power conferred by
regulation 22(2) or 57(3) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000 and
to imprisonment for 3 months.
(3) Subject to subregulation (7), if any vehicle is upon or used on any road
in contravention of regulation 23(1), 25 or 29(1), (2) or (4), or is upon or used on
any private road in contravention of section 23A(I), the registered owner and the
driver of the vehicle at the time of such contravention each commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $2,000 and to imprisonment for 3 months and in the case
of a second or subsequent conviction under regulation 29(1), (2) or (4) to a fine
of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months. (L.N. 21 of 1989)
(4) A holder of an international circulation permit who without
reasonable excuse contravenes regulation 33(1), (2), or (4) or 34(3) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.
(5) If any vehicle is upon or used on any road in contravention of
regulation 45, 46 or 47 the holder of the trade licence and the driver of the
vehicle at the time of such contravention each commits an offence and is liable
to a fine of $2,000.
(6) Any person who without lawful authority alters, defaces or mutilates
or adds anything to any registration document or card, vehicle licence or any
licence or permit issued under these regulations or displays on any vehicle any
such vehicle licence, licence or permit which has been so altered, defaced,
mutilated or added to or has in his possession, without reasonable excuse, any
such registration document or card, vehicle licence, licence or permit which has
been so altered, defaced, mutilated or added to commits an offence and is liable
to a fine of $3,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.





(7) It shall be a defence to a charge alleging a contravention of regulation
25 for the defendant to show that the vehicle to which the charge relates was, at
the time of that contravention, parked on a private road. (L.N. 21 of 1989)

61. Revocation

The Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations
(Cap. 220 sub. leg.) and the Road Traffic (International Circulation) Reg-
ulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) are revoked.

62. Transitional provisions

(1) Schedule 10 shall have effect for the purposes of transition to the
provisions of these regulations from the provisions of the Road Traffic
(Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) and
the Road Traffic (International Circulation) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.)
revoked by regulation 61 of these regulations and shall be in addition to and
shall not derogate from section 23 of the Interpretation and General Clauses
Ordinance (Cap. 1).
(2) The Governor may by order amend Schedule 10.

SCHEDULE 1 [reg. 41

Particulars to be entered in the register-
(i) Registration mark.
(ii) Classification of vehicle.
(iii) Date of first registration.
(iv) Full name of registered owner.
(v)Full residential address of the registered owner (or of the registered office of a corporate
body).
(vi) Identity document.
(vii) Make.
(viii) Year of manufacture.
(ix) Engine number.
(x) Chassis number.
(xi) Cylinder capacity.
(xii) Permitted gross vehicle weight (goods vehicles and special purpose vehicles only).
(xiii) Type of body.
(xiv) Colour.
(xv) Seating capacity and standing passenger capacity.
(xvi) Any other particulars required by the Commissioner.
(xvii) Country of origin.
(xviii) Licence fee.
1989 ED CAP 374 E38 1989 ED CAP 374 E39




SCHEDULE 3 [reg. 71
PARTICULARS TO BE ENTERED IN A REGISTRATION DOCUMENT
1. Details of Registered Owner
(i) Full name of registered owner.
(ii) Identity document number.
2. Details of Vehicle
(i) Registration mark.
(ii) Classification of vehicle.
(iii) Date of first registration.
(iv) Make.
(y) Year of manufacture.
(vi) Engine number.
(vii) Chassis number.
(viii) Cylinder capacity.
(ix) Permitted gross vehicle weight (goods vehicles and special purpose vehicles only)
(x) Type of body.
(xi) Colour.
(xii) Seating Capacity and standing passenger capacity.
(xiii) Any other particulars required by the Commissioner.
3. Conditions of Licence

SCHEDULE 4 [reg. 81
PROVISIONS AS TO DISPLAY OF REGISTRATION MARKS AND PLATES
1. Form of Registration Marks
(i) The registration mark shall be in conformity with the arrangement of the letters and
numerals shown in Diagram 1 or 2.

DIAGRAM NO. 1

1 A 0 P= (tp=

DIAGRAM NO. 2
(ii) The letters and numerals of a registration mark shall comply with the proportions and
form shown in Diagram 3 and with subparagraph (iii).





MPC[MRFG
m ~j [~ L la
HOP(2RSU
U lu ~A8 Zn/7 Y=
~ 2345(~ 7
o~)(0

DIAGRAM NO. 3

(iii) All letters and numerals in accordance with Diagram 1, 2 or 3 shall be not less than 8 em
and not more than 11 em high, except that-
(a)in the case of invalid carriages and motor cycles, the letters and numerals shall be not
less than 5 em and not more than 11 em high;
(b)where written approval is given by the Commissioner for the letters or numerals to be
less than 8 em high, the letters or numerals shall be not less than the height so
approved.
2. Colours, Construction, Fitting, Display and Illumination of Registration Marks
(i)Except as prescribed in subparagraph (v), the registration mark shall be displayed on the
front and on the back of a motor vehicle in a vertical position, so that every letter and
numeral of the registration mark is vertical, and is easily distinguishable, in the case of the
registration mark displayed on the front of the vehicle, from in front of the vehicle, and in
the case of the registration mark displayed on the back of the vehicle, from behind the
vehicle.





(ii) Subject to subparagraph (iia), the registration mark shall be displayed on a
reflex-reflecting number plate, being a plate which complies with the requirements laid
down by the British Standard Specification for Reflex-reflecting Number Plates published
on 11 September 1972 under the number B.S. AU 145a and is of a type in respect of which
there has been issued by the Commissioner a certificate that a plate of that type complies
with those requirements, and- (L.N. 391 of 1983)
(a)the registration mark, where it is displayed on the front of a motor vehicle, shall be
formed of black letters and numerals upon a white background and where it is
displayed on the back of the vehicle shall be formed of black letters and numerals
upon a yellow background;
(b)that part of the plate which comprises the said background shall be constructed of
reflex-reflecting material which shall at all times be maintained in a clean and efficient
condition;
(C)no reflex-reflecting material shall be applied to any part of the said letters or
numerals; and
(d )there shall be legibly and permanently marked on the plate the specification number
B.S. AU 145a to indicate that it complies with the British Standard mentioned above,
and the name, trade mark or other means of identification of the manufacturer of the
plate.
(iia) Without prejudice to subparagaph (ii) in the case of a double-decked bus that is designed
to have a registration mark display on the back of the bus incorporated in the structure,
with internal illumination, the registration mark displayed on the back of the bus may be
formed of black letters and numerals indelibly inscribed upon a yellow surface and no
letters, numerals or markings other than the registration mark shall be inscribed on such
surface. (L.N. 391 of 1983)
(iii) The reflex-reflecting number plate shall be firmly fixed on to the motor vehicle.
(iv) No letter or numeral of a registration mark shall be capable of being detached provided
that it shall not be a contravention of this requirement if the letters or numerals are made
separately and are either welded or firmly riveted to the surface of the number plate. If the
letters and numerals are displayed on a flat plate, the plate may be constructed having
raised letters and numerals.
(v) The registration mark shall not be displayed on the front of a motor cycle or trailer. In the
case of an invalid carriage, the registration mark need not be displayed on the front of the
invalid carriage where the Commissioner has exempted such invalid carriage, either in a
particular case or by reference to a type of invalid carriage, from such requirement under
subparagraph (i). (L.N. 262 of 1984)
(vi) No letters, numerals or markings shall be displayed on a reflex-reflecting number plate
other than those required to be displayed or marked under these regulations.
(vii) When a vehicle of any kind is attached to a mechanically propelled motor vehicle either in
front or behind, the registration mark required to be displayed on the front or on the back
of the mechanically propelled vehicle or a duplicate of such registration mark shall be
displayed on the front or on the back of the vehicle attached, as the case may be, in the
same manner as the registration mark is required to be displayed upon the motor vehicle
drawing or propelling the same.
(viii) Whenever a motor vehicle is in motion upon a road during the hours of darkness or in
poor visibility conditions (as defined in regulation 2 of the Road Traffic (Traffic Control)
Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.)) a lamp shall be kept illuminated upon the motor vehicle
so contrived as to illuminate by means of reflection or otherwise and to render easily
distinguishable from any point not more than 15.25 m behind the motor vehicle every
letter and numeral of the registration mark displayed on the back of the motor vehicle or
on the vehicle attached to the back of the motor vehicle, as the case may be.
(ix) In this paragraph, 'reflex-reflecting number plate' means a flat rectangular plate
displaying the registration mark of a motor vehicle in which the background to the
registration mark consists of reflex-reflecting material, integrally attached to a suitable
backing material.





SCHEDULE 5 [regs. 9 & 131

LIST OF SPECIAL REGISTRATION MARKS

Item
1 . 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9.
2. 11, 22, 33, 44, 55, 66, 77, 88 and 99.
3. 111, 222, 333, 444, 555, 666, 777, 888 and 999.
4. 1111, 2222, 3333, 4444, 5555, 6666, 7777, 8888 and 9999.
5. 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80 and 90.
6. 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800 and 900.
7. 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000 and 9000.
8. 123, 234, 345, 456, 567, 678 and 789.
9. 1234, 2345, 3456, 4567, 5678 and 6789.
10. 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 31, 32, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 4 1,
42, 43, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, 57, 58, 59, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 67, 68, 69, 71, 72,
73, 74, 75, 76, 78, 79, 81, 82, 83, 94, 85, 86, 87, 89, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 and 98.
11. 1100,1122,1133,1144,1155,1166,1177,1188,1199,2200,2211,2233,2244,2255,2266,
2277,2288,2299,3300,3311,3322,3344,3355,3366,3377,3388,339954400,4411,4422,
4433,4455,4466,4477,4488,4499,5500,5511,5522,5533,5544,5566,5577,5588,5599,
6600,6611,6622,6633,6644,6655,6677,6688,6699,7700,7711,7722,7733,7744,7755,
7766,7789,779958800,8911,9822,8833,9844,8855,8866,8877,8899,99(0,9911,9922,
9933,9944,9955,9966,9977,9988.
12. 1001,1221,1331,1441,1551,1661,1771,1881,1991,2002,2112,2332,2442,2552,2662,
2772,2882,2992,3003,3113,3223,3443,3553,3663,3773,3883,3993,4004,4114,4224'
4334,4554,4664,4774,4884,4994,5005,5115,5225,5335,5445,5665,5775,5885,5995,
6006,6116,6226,6336,6446,6556,6776,6886,6996,7007,7117,7227,7337,7447,7557,
7667,7887,7997,8008,8118,8228,8338,8448,8558,8668,8778,8998,9009,9119,9229,
9339,9449,9559,9669,9779,9889.
13. 101, 121, 131, 141, 151, 161, 171, 181, 191, 202, 212, 232, 242, 252, 262, 272, 282, 292,
303, 313, 323, 343, 353, 363, 373, 383, 393, 404, 414, 424, 434, 454, 464, 474, 484, 494,
505, 515, 525, 535, 545, 565, 575, 585, 595, 606, 616, 626, 636, 646, 656, 676, 686, 696,
707, 717, 727, 737, 747, 757, 767, 787, 797, 808, 818, 828, 8385 848, 858, 868, 878, 898,
909,919,929,939,949,959,969,979,989.
14. 1010,1212,1313,1414,1515,1616,1717,1818, 1919,2020,2121,2323,2424,2525,2626,
2727,2828,2929,3030,3131,3232,3434,3535,3636,3737,3838,3939,4040,4141,4242,
4343,4545,4646,4747,4848,4949,5050,5151,5252,5353,5454,5656,5757,5858,5959,
6060,6161,6262,6363,6464,6565,6767,6868,6969,7070,7171,7272,737357474,7575,
7676,7878,7979,8080,8181,8282,8383,8484,8585,8686,8787,8989,9090,9191,9292,
9393,9494,9595,9696,9797,9898.

SCHEDULE 6 [reg. 241

PERCENTAGE OF ANNUAL LICENCE FEE WMCII MAY BE REFUNDED

Percentage of annual fee which may be
Number of days in the unexpired refunded for each day of the
period of valid licence unexpired period of valid licence
Not exceeding 60 days Nil
60 days or over 0.24%
(L.N. 172 of 1989)





SCHEDULE 7 [reg- 291
PERMITTED AREAS FOR NEw TERRITORIES AND LANTAu TAxis
1. Permitted area for taxis licensed to be available for hire or to carry passengers within the New
Territories-
(a) The following roads in the Kwun Tong District as delineated in Part 1 of the Schedule to
the Declaration of Districts Order (Cap. 366 sub. leg.)-
(i)New Clear Water Bay Road from the boundary of the Kwun Tong District to its
junction with Shun Ching Street;
(ii) Shun Lee Tsuen Road from its junction with Shun Ching Street to its junction with
Shun King Street;
(iii) Shun King Street;
(iv)Lee On Road from its junction with Shun King Street to its junction with New Clear
Water Bay Road.
(b) The following roads in the New Territories Districts as delineated in Part 11 of the
Schedule to the Declaration of Districts Order (Cap. 366 sub. leg.)--
North All roads.
Sai Kung All roads, but excluding-
(i) Fei Ngo Shan Road;
(ii) Clear Water Bay Road west of its junction with New Clear Water Bay
Road;
(iii) Anderson Road and all roads leading from Anderson Road south of
its junction with Clear Water Bay Road;
(iv) the road leading from Clear Water Bay Road to Clear Water Bay Film
Studios beyond a point 170 metres from its junction with Clear Water
Bay Road; and
(v) all new roads leading from Hang Hau Road into Junk Bay New Town.
(L.N. ]47of 1987)
Sha Tin (i) Tai Po Road and local access roads leading therefrom north of its
junction with Sha Tin Road but excluding Kau To Shan Road;
(ii) Tolo Highway and access roads leading therefrom nor-th of its junction
with Tai Po Road near Sha Tin Race Course;
(iii) the access road linking Tai Po Road with Sha Tin Race Course;
(iv) the 2 slip roads joining Tai Po Road and Yuen Wo Road;
(v) the section of Yuen Wo Road between Fo Tan Road and the
south-bound slip road mentioned in (iv) above;
(vi) the 2 slip roads joining Sha Tin Wai Road and Sha Tin Road to the
north of Sha Tin Wai Road;
(vii) Sha Tin Road north of its junction with the slip roads mentioned in
(vi) above;
(viii) the section of Sha Tin Wai Road between its junction with its
north-bound slip road to Sha Tin Road and Ngan Shing Street;
(ix) the section of Ngan Shing Street between Sha Tin Wai Road and Chap
Wai Kon Street;
(x) Chap Wai Kon Street west of its junction with Ngan Shing Street;
(xi) the section of Fo Tan Road between Yuen Wo Road and Tai Chung
Kiu Road;
(xii) the 2 slip roads joining Sha Tin Road and Tai Chung Kiu Road;
(xiii) the section of Tai Chung Kiu Road between Fo Tan Road and Ma On
Shan Road;
(xiv) Ma On Shan Road; and
(xv) allroadsin Ma On Shan. (L.N.I]Oof]989)
Tai Po All roads.
Tsuen Wan (i) Castle Peak Road between Tuen Mun and the Lido Car Park near
11-1/4 milestone at Ting Kau and local access roads leading from that
section of Castle Peak Road;
(ii) Castle Peak Road from its junction with Tuen Mun Road in Chai Wan
Kok to its junction with Tai Ho Road;





Tsuen Wan (iii) Tuen Mun Road;
(iv) Route Twisk and Tai Mo Shan Road;
(v) Sai Lau Kok Road;
(vi) Wai Tsuen Road;
(vii) Miu Kong Street; and
(viii) the section of Shing Mun Road between Miu Kong Street and Sai Lau
Kok Road. (L.N. 158 of 1989)
Tuen Mun All roads.
Yuen Long All roads.
(L.N. 262 of 1984)
2. Permitted area for taxis licensed to be available for hire or to carry passengers within Lantau-
The island of Lantau.

SCHEDULE 8[regs. 2, 30 & 3 11
FORM 1
FISCAL PERMIT UNDER 1931 CONVENTION
Page 1
HONG KONGt
INTERNATIONAL FISCAL PERMIT
NO .
INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION SIGNED AT GENEVA ON MARCH 30TH, 193 1.
The present permit is issued with a view to the exemption from taxes or charges on the
circulation or possession of motor vehicles granted for one or more periods of stay representing a
total period of not more than 90 days spent in each of the countries to which the said Convention
applies. The permit is only valid for one year from the date of issue.
The present fiscal permit is issued to
.............................. 1 1
living at ..........................................................................................................................
........
.............................. 1
for the motor vehicle with the following description:
Type of vehicle .........................(1)
Make of chassis .........................(2)
Number of chassis .......................(3)
Number of engine ........................(4)
Registration number on the plate of the country issuing the permit (5)
Place and date of issue .................(6)
..................... 1 ..............................................................
..................................... ..............................................................
Stamp of
authority 1

Surname and other names of the owner or possessor.
Town, street, number.
Signature of authority or of the organization designated for the purpose.
Visa of authority.
In a permit issued by some other country the name of that country will appear instead and the permit will be drawn up in the
language of that country.

~K. These words should also appear on the cover.





Page 2

The present permit is valid in all the countries mentioned below for one year from the date of
its issue. Before the expiration of this period, no new certificate or duplicate copy can be issued for
the same vehicle.
Here insert list of countries who are parties to the Convention.
Here follow pages for recording changes of ownership of the vehicle and of its registration
number and entries and exit visas. At the foot of the first page for recording entry and exit visas
there shall be entered the following note-
Note~---In calculating the period of exemption, each day shall be reckoned from midnight to
midnight, every fraction of a day counting as a whole day. The day of exit shall, however, not be
counted when the day of entry and the day of exit are separated by a period of more than one day.

FORm 2

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATE FOR MOTOR
VEHICLES UNDER 1926 CONVENTION

Page 1
HONG KONG*
INTERNATIONAL MOTOR TRAFFic
INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATE FOR MOTOR VEHICLES
INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION OF APRIL 24TH, 1926.

ISSUE OF CERTIFICATE

Place ..............................................................................................................................
....................
Date ...................................................................................................

Signature of issuing authority

In a permit issued by some other country the name of that country will appear instead and the permit will be d~ up in the
language of that country.

Page 2
This certificate is valid, in the territory of all the undermentioned Contracting States, for the
period of one year from the date of issue.
Here insert list of Contracting States.

Page 3
Owner.......................................Surname 1
or Other names ............................2
Holder......................................{Home address 3
Class of Vehicle ..................................................................................................................
...............4
Name of maker of chassis ....................5
Type of chassis .............................6
Serial number of type or maker's number of chassis 7





Number of cylinders ....................8
Engine number ..........................9
Engine......................................Stroke 10
Bore ..................................11
Horse-power ............................12
Shape ..................................13
Body........................................Colour 14
Number of seats ..........................\ 15
Weight of car unladen (in kg) ............ 16
Weight of car fully laden (in kg) if exceeding 3 500 kg ....... ................... 17
.................
Identification mark on the plates ..------------ .... 18
Additional pages should repeat the particulars on page 3 translated into as many languages as may
be necessary to enable the certificate to be used in all the Contracting States mentioned on page 2
and these should be followed by pages for entrance and exit visas.

FoRm 3

(Repealed L.N. 262 of 1984)

FORm 4
INTERNATIONAL CIRCULATION PERMIT

NATIONAL
LETTERS
CAR NO. oil RN
VALID UNTIL
F~ =m DAY
MON
ui 19 :;0
DATE
STAMP
OF
OFFICE.
OF
ISSUE





SCHEDULE 9

PARTICULAPS TO BE ENTERED ON PERMITS ISSUED UNDER PART VIII
1. Closed Road Permit
Name of permit holder
Address of permit holder
Vehicle registration mark
Roads on which the vehicle is allowed
Permitted hours of operation
Date of expiry
Additional conditions imposed2. Bus Lane Permit
Name of permit holder
Address of permit holder
Vehicle registration mark
Bus lane on which the vehicle is allowed
Permitted hours of operation
Date of expiry
Additional conditions imposed3. Prohibited Zone Permit
Name of permit holder
Address of permit holder
Vehicle registration mark
Prohibited zone in which the vehicle is allowed
Permitted hours of operation
Date of expiry
Additional conditions imposed4. Restricted Zone Permit
Name of permit holder
Address of permit holder
Vehicle registration mark
Restricted zone in which the vehicle is allowed
Permitted hours of operation
Date of expiry
Additional conditions imposed5. Goods Permit
Vehicle registration mark
Permitted weight of goods to be carried
Date of expiry
Additional conditions imposed6. Excess Passengers Permit
Vehicle registration mark
Total number of persons that may be carried (including the driver)
Time of operation allowed
Routes allowed
Date of expiry
Additional conditions imposed7. Movement Permit
Name of owner
Address of owner
Type of body or model
Engine number
Chassis number
Maximum speed of vehicle
Time of operation allowed





Routes allowed
Date of expiry
Additional conditions imposed
8. Long Load Permit or Wide Load Permit
Vehicle registration mark
Limit of load
Date of expiry
Time of operation allowed
Routes allowed
Additional conditions imposed9. Advertisement Permit
Name of permit holder
Address of permit holder
Vehicle registration mark
Date of expiry
Additional conditions imposed

SCHEDULE 10 [regs. 8 & 621

TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS

1. Where a vehicle is registered under the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles)
Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) revoked by regulation 61 of these regulations (hereinafter in this
Schedule referred to as the 'revoked regulations') in a class specified in column 1 below and the
registration is in force at the commencement of these regulations, the vehicle shall he deemed to be
registered under these regulations within the class specified opposite thereto in column 2 below and
these regulations shall apply to the vehicle as if it were registered under these regulations.

1 . 2.
Class of vehicle Class of vehicle
Private car Private car
Public light bus Public light bus
Private light bus Private light bus
Motor cycle Motor cycle
Motor tricycle Motor tricycle
Invalid carriage Invalid carriage
Goods vehicle whether or not exceeding 45 Light goods vehicle
cwt. weight unladen, if the vehicle has an
assigned maximum laden weight not exceeding
108.3 cwt. (permitted gross vehicle weight not
exceeding 5.5 tonnes)
Goods vehicle whether or not exceeding 45 Medium goods vehicle
cwt. weight unladen, if the vehicle has an
assigned maximum laden weight exceeding
108.3 cwt. but not exceeding 471.4 cwt.
(permitted gross vehicle weight exceeding 5.5
tonnes but not exceeding 24 tonnes)





1. 2.
Class of vehicle Class of vehicle

Goods vehicle exceeding 45 cwt. weight Heavy goods vehicle
unladen, if the vehicle has an assigned
maximum laden weight exceeding 471.4 cwt.
but not exceeding 746.4 cwt. (permitted gross
vehicle weight exceeding 24 tonnes but not
exceeding 38 tonnes)

Public omnibus Public bus
Private omnibus Private bus
Trailer Trailer

Hong Kong and Kowloon taxi, New Taxi
Territories taxi or Lantau taxi
(L.N. 262 of 1984; L.N. 240 of 1985)

2. A goods vehicle of the class specified in column 1 in paragraph 1 which is deemed to he a goods
vehicle of the class specified opposite thereto in column 2 in that paragraph may be reclassified in
the appropriate class by the Commissioner after the vehicle is inspected and weighed by him.

3, Every goods vehicle specified in column 1 in paragraph 1 shall be deemed to be a special
purpose vehicle for the purposes of these regulations but will continue to be classified as a goods
vehicle of the class specified opposite thereto in column 2 in that paragraph until the vehicle has
been inspected by the Commissioner and reclassified if necessary.

4~ (1) The registered owner of a motor vehicle under the revoked regulations shall, if he is the
registered owner of the motor vehicle at the commencement of these regulations, be deemed to be
the registered owner of the motor vehicle under these regulations.
(2) The person who is licensed as the owner of a trailer that is licensed under the revoked
regulations shall, if he is the licensed owner of the trailer at the commencement of these regulations,
be deemed to be the registered owner of the trailer under these regulations.

5, The registration book or a duplicate thereof issued in respect of a motor vehicle under the
revoked regulations shall, if it is valid at the commencement of these regulations, be deemed to be a
registration document issued in respect of the motor vehicle under these regulations.

6, The registration mark assigned or allocated under the revoked regulations shall, if the
assignment or allocation of the registration mark is in force at the commencement of these
regulations, be deemed to be a registration mark assigned or allocated under these regulations.

T A registration mark displayed on a motor vehicle at the commencement of these regulations-
(a)in the case of a motor vehicle first registered before 1 June 1983, in accordance with
regulations 9 and 10 of the revoked regulations may be continued to he so displayed on
such motor vehicle up till 31 May 1985 inclusive, in which event it shall not he necessary
to comply with regulation 8 of these regulations; and
(b)in the case of a motor vehicle first registered before, on or after 1 June 1983, in accordance
with regulation lOA of the revoked regulations shall be deemed to be displayed in
accordance with regulation 8 of these regulations.

8. The register of vehicles maintained by the Commissioner under the revoked regulations at the
commencement of these regulations shall be deemed to be a register of vehicles maintained by the
Commissioner under these regulations, and any certificate issued of particulars in such register
maintained under the revoked regulations shall be deemed to be a certificate issued of particulars in
the register maintained under these regulations.

9. A motor vehicle or trailer licensed under the revoked regulations shall, if the licence is in force
at the commencement of these regulations, be deemed to be licensed under these regulations.





10. The vehicle licence or a duplicate thereof issued in respect of a motor vehicle or trailer under
the revoked regulations shall, if the vehicle licence is valid at the commencement of these
regulations, be deemed to be a vehicle licence issued under these regulations, and if such vehicle
licence is displayed in accordance with the revoked regulations it shall be deemed to be displayed in
accordance with these regulations.
11. A trade licence and trade plates issued under the revoked regulations shall, if the licence is valid
at the commencement of these regulations, be deemed to be a trade licence and trade plates issued
under these regulations, and a register of journeys maintained by the holder of a trade licence under
the revoked regulations shall be deemed to be a register of journeys maintained under these
regulations.
12. A movement permit issued under regulation 5 of the revoked regulations shall, if the permit is
valid at the commencement of these regulations, be deemed to be a movement permit issued under
regulation 53 of these regulations.
13. A closed road permit issued under regulation 15 of the Road Traffic (Roads and Signs)
Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) revoked by the Road Traffic (Traffic Control) Regulations (Cap.
374 sub. leg.) shall, if the permit is valid at the commencement of these regulations, be deemed to be
a closed road permit issued under regulation 49 of these regulations.
14. An excess passengers permit issued under regulation 96 of the Road Traffic (Construction and
Use) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) revoked by the Road Traffic (Construction and Maintenance
of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.) shall, if the permit is valid at the commencement of
these regulations, be deemed to be an excess passengers permit issued under regulation 52 of these
regulations.
15. A long load permit or wide load permit issued under regulation 160 of the Road Traffic
(Construction and Use) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) revoked by the Road Traffic (Construction
and Maintenance of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.) shall, if the permit is valid at the
commencement of these regulations, be decried to be a long load permit or wide load permit issued
under regulation 54 of these regulations.
16. Any permit or certificate issued under the Road Traffic (International Circulation) Regulations
(Cap. 220 sub. leg.) revoked by regulation 61 of these regulations shall, if the permit or certificate is
valid at the commencement of these regulations, be deemed to be a permit or certificate issued
under Part V of these regulations.
17. Any registration mark assigned to a motor vehicle, and a registration card issued, under the
Road Traffic (International Circ ' utation) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) revoked by regulation 61
of these regulations shall, if the registration mark or registration card is current at the
commencement of these regulations, be deemed to be a registration mark assigned or registration
card issued under Part V of these regulations.
18. Without prejudice to any other provision of this Schedule, in so far as any application,
determination or decision made or having effect as if made, direction or notice issued, given or
delivered or having effect as if issued, given or delivered, condition imposed or having effect as if
imposed, fee paid, exemption made, or other thing done or having effect as if done, under the
revoked Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) or
Road Traffic (International Circulation) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) could have been made,
issued, given, delivered, imposed, paid or done under a corresponding provision of these regulations
it shall not be invalidated by the revocation effected by regulation 61 of these regulations, but shall
have effect as if made, issued, given, delivered, imposed, paid or done under that corresponding
provision.
(L.N. 218 of 1984)
19. Where any enactment or document refers, whether specifically or by means of a general
description, to the regulations revoked by regulation 61 of these regulations or is to be construed as
so referring, the reference shall, except where the context otherwise requires, be construed as, or as
including, a reference to the corresponding provision of these regulations.
20. Without prejudice to paragraph 8, any record kept under the regulations revoked by regulation
61 of these regulations shall be deemed to form part of the record kept under the corresponding
provisions of these regulations.





SCHEDULE 11 [reg. 291

FIGURE No. 1

GREEN

lice

-14.4 c K

350 15501

END OF PERMUTED AREA FOR
NEW TERRITORIES TAXIS

THIS SIGN MAY BE USED 10 IMOICAll THE AREA LIMITATIONS BEYOND
W09CH A TAXI THAT IS ONLY tICIEWS
10 CARRY PASStMGERS WITHIN THE NEW TERRITORIES WALL NOT OKIIATE

(L.N. 262 of 1984)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3402

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

52
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:42 +0800
<![CDATA[ROAD TRAFFIC (PUBLIC SERVICE VEHICLES) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3401

Title

ROAD TRAFFIC (PUBLIC SERVICE VEHICLES) REGULATIONS

Description






ROAD TRAFFIC (PUBLIC SERVICE VEHICLES) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page
PART I

PRELIMINARY

1......................................Citation D4
2..............................Interpretation ........... D4
3......................................Application D5

PART II

PASSENGER SERVICE LICENCES

4.....................Application for passenger service licence - ......... ......................... D 5
5......................................Form and contents of-application D 5
6......................................Period of passenger service licence D 5
7......................................Contents of passenger service licence D 5
8......................................Amendment of passenger service licence D 6
9......................................Exemption of licensee from regulations D 6
10..............................Fees for passenger service licence ..... D 6
11......................................Licence to be delivered on cancellation, etc . D 6
IIA, Issue of duplicate passenger service licence D 7
12......................................Passenger service licence certificates and plates D 7

PART III

HIRE CAR PERMITS

13...........................Interpretation D8
14......................................Issue or refusal of hire car permits D 8
15......................................Restrictions on issue of hire cat permits and considerations for issue D 9
16......................................Renewal of permit DII
17...........................Replacement of permit for a different vehicle ................................... DII
18......................................Validity of permits D 12
19......................................Power to limit number of permits D 12
20..................Permit fees .................................................... ............... D 13
21......................................Offences and penalties for breach of permit conditions D 13
22......................................Cancellation of permits D 13
23......................................Right of review D 14
24-25. (Repealed) ......................- --- D 14
26. Return of permits to Commissioner ..D 14
27......................................Production of permit or records on request D 15





Regulation Page
PART IV

STANDS AND STOPPING PLACES

28......................................Public light bus stopping places DIS
29.................Public light bus stands .................................................................... D 16
30......................................Taxi stands D 16
31......................................Designation of temporary stands and stopping places D 17
32......................................Temporary suspension of stands and stopping places D 17
33......................................Picking up and setting down passengers D 17
34......................................Use of stands and stopping places by public service vehicles D18
35......................................Conduct at public light bus stands D 19
36......................................Conduct at taxi stands D 19

PART V

OBLIGATIONS OF DRwERs, LICENSEES AND PASSENGERS

37......................................Obligations of taxi driver D 20
37A. Driver may refuse hire or to drive if passenger fails to wear seat belt D 20
38......................................Hiring of public service vehicle as a whole D 20
39......................................Insurance and driving licence D 21
40......................................Soliciting D 21
41......................................Carriage of goods D 22
42......................................Carriage of animals, birds, etc . D 22
43................Public service vehicle badges .................................................................... D 22
44......................................Cleanliness D22
45......................................General conduct of driver D 23
45A. Conduct of passengers in relation to scat belts D 24
46......................................General conduct of passengers D 24

PART VI

FARES AND TAmmETERs

47......................................Taxi fares D 26
48................Offences in relation to fares .................................................................... D 27
49......................................Use of taximeter, etc . D 27





Regulation Page
PART VII

NoTicEs

50......................................Destination indicators and fares to be displayed on public light bu ses D 28
51......................................Notices and numbers to be displayed on certain public service vehicles D 29
52......................................Information on services operated under a passenger service licence D 29

PART VIII

LOST PROPERTY

53......................................Lost property found by passengers D 30
54......................................Search for lost property D 30
55......................................Disposal of lost property D30
PART VIIIA
REviEw BY A TRANSPORT TRIBUNAL
55A.....................................Review D 30
55B. Practice and procedure on review ..D 31

PART IX
MISCELLANEOUS
56.Powers of drivers of certain public service vehicles to refuse entry and demand
removal .............................D 31
57......................................Offences D32
58......................................Powers of arrest D32
59......................................Forms D32
60......................................Revocation D 32
61......................................Transitional provisions D33
62......................................Transitional. Conversion of taximeters D 33

Schedule 1. Fees ........................D33
Schedule 2. Passenger service licence certificate and plate D 34
Schedule 3. Conditions for the user of a private vehicle in respect of which a permit is
issued under Part 111 ...................D35
Schedule 4. Stands and stopping places ..D 36
Schedule 5. Taxi fares ..................D 41
Schedule 6. Colours of destination indicators on public light buses D 42
Schedule 7. Transitional provisions .....D43
Schedule 8. Requirements of a notice under regulation 51(3) D 44





ROAD TRAFFIC (PUBLIC SERVICE VEMCLES) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 374, sections 7 and 14)
[25 August 1984]L.N. 300 of 1984

L.N. 289 of 1983 - L.N. 33 of 1984, L.N 261 of 1984, L.N. 52 of 1986, L.N. 51 of 1987, L.N. 248 of
1987, L.N. 385 of 1987, R.Ed. 1987, L.N. 185 of 1988, L.N. 353 of 1988, L.N. 38 of 1989, L.N.
71 of 198 L.N. 76 of 1989 L N 206 of 1989 L.N 207 of 1989

PART I
PRELIMINARY

1.Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Road Traffic (Public Service
Vehicles) Regulations.

2. Interpretation

(1) In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-
,,authorized person' means any employee of a licensee on duty on or in
connection with a vehicle;
'hirer' includes a person intending to seek hire;
'licensee' means a person who is the holder of a valid passenger service licence;
'parking', subject to subregulation (2), means the standing of a vehicle,
whether occupied or not, except when standing temporarily for the
purpose of and while actually engaged in loading or unloading or picking
up or setting down passengers;
'public light bus stand' means an area of road designated as a public light bus
stand under regulation 29 or 3 1;
'public light bus stopping place' means an area of road designated as a public
fight bus stopping place under regulation 28 or 3 1;
',scheduled service' means a service of one or more vehicles authorized under a
passenger service licence and limited by the conditions of such licence to
specified routes;
'taxi stand' means an area of road designated as a taxi stand under regulation
30 or 31.
(2) Notwithstanding the definition of 'parking' in subregulation (1), a
vehicle shall be deemed not to be parked for the purposes of these regulations
where it is prevented from proceeding by breakdown or other circumstances
beyond the driver's control, and all reasonable steps are taken to minimize any
obstruction and effect the removal of the vehicle as soon as possible.





3. Application

These regulations shall not apply to a public bus operated under a
franchise granted under the Public Bus Services Ordinance (Cap. 230).

PART II

PASSENGER SERVICE LICENCES

4. Application for passenger service licence

(1) A person proposing to operate a public bus service, a private bus
service or a public light bus service within the meaning of section 27 of the
Ordinance may at any time deliver to the Commissioner an application for a
passenger service licence in accordance with these regulations.
(2) Where the Commissioner considers it desirable to introduce a service
referred to in subregulation (1) he may by notice in the Gazette or in such other
manner as he thinks fit, invite applications for a passenger service licence under
subregulation (1).

5. Form and contents of application

An application under regulation 4 shall be in a form specified by the
Commissioner and shall set out-
(a) the type of service proposed;
(b) the route or area to be served;
(c) the number and type of vehicles to be operated on the service;
(d) the maintenance facilities proposed;
(e) the stalf to be employed;
the frequency at and the period on each day during which the
service shall be operated;
(g) proposed fares (if any); and
(h) such other particulars as the Commissioner may require.

6. Period of passenger service licence

A passenger service licence may be issued for a period not exceeding 5
years and may be extended by the Commissioner for a further period or periods
each of not more than 5 years.

7. Contents of passenger service licence

A passenger service licence shall be in a form specified by the
Commissioner and shall set out-





(a) its date of commencement and expiry;
(b) the passenger service licence number;
(c) the name of the licensee;
(d)the service or services in respect of which the passenger service
licence is issued;
(e)the registration marks of the vehicles to be operated under the
passenger service licence;
(f) any conditions specified under section 29 of the Ordinance;
(g) any exemptions specified under regulation 9;
(h)the fee payable under regulation 10 and the date upon which such
fee is payable; and
(i) such other particulars as the Commissioner deems necessary.

8. Amendment of passenger service licence

(1) The Commissioner may, after consultation with the licensee, by giving
3 months' notice in writing to the licensee, either personally or by registered
post, amend the terms or conditions of a passenger service licence at any time
during its validity, whether by way of expansion, variation or curtailment of the
service or services provided for, or otherwise. (L.N. 185 of 1988)
(2) Any person aggrieved by a decision of the Commissioner under
subregulation (1) may, within 14 days after the notification under subregulation
(1), apply in writing to the Commissioner for a review of the decision by a
Transport Tribunal, and that decision shall not take effect pending the outcome
of the review. (L.N. 185 of 1988)
(3) Regulations 55A and 55B shall apply to an application made under
subregulation (2). (L.N. 185 of 1988)

9. Exemption of licensee from regulations

The Commissioner may, in his discretion, exempt a licensee from the
requirements of any provision of these regulations specified in the passenger
service licence, subject to the conditions (if any) specified in such licence.

10. Fees for passenger service licence

The fees for a passenger service licence shall be as specified in Part A of
Schedule 1 and shall be payable on the date specified in such licence.

11. Licence to he delivered on cancellation, etc.

(1) Where a passenger service licence is cancelled, suspended or varied
under section 31 or 35 of the Ordinance, or amended under regulation 8, the





licensee shall, within 72 hours after such cancellation, suspension, variation
or amendment comes into effect, deliver the passenger service licence to the
Commissioner. (L.N. 185 of 1988)
(2) Where a passenger service licence is delivered under subregulation (1)
the Commissioner shall-
(a) record the cancellation of;
(b) withhold; or
(c) amend,
the passenger service licence as the circumstances require.

11A. Issue of duplicate passenger service licence
Where a passenger service licence issued to a licensee is lost, defaced or
destroyed, the Commissioner may, on payment of the appropriate fee specified
in Part A of Schedule 1, issue a duplicate licence, which shall have the same
force and effect as the original licence.
(L.N. 185 of 1988)

12. Passenger service licence certificates and plates
(1) The Commissioner shall, on application by a licensee and on payment
of the appropriate fee specified in Part B of Schedule 1, issue in respect of each
vehicle operated under a passenger service licence a certificate in a form
specified by the Commissioner. (L.N. 185 of 1988)
(2) A certificate issued under subregulation (1) shall be valid for a period
of 12 months from the date of issue thereof or until the expiry of the passenger
service licence to which the certificate relates, whichever is the sooner, and shall
not be transferable to another vehicle.
(3) Every vehicle operated under a passenger service licence shall
display-
(a)the certificate issued under subregulation (1) on the left hand half
of the vehicle's windscreen in a manner as to be visible from the
front of the vehicle; and (L.N. 185 of 1988)
(b)at the rear of the vehicle, a plate showing the passenger service
licence number in accordance with Figure No. 2 of Schedule 2.
(4) No person shall drive or use a vehicle operated under a passenger
service licence or suffer or permit such a vehicle to be driven or used, if such
vehicle-
(a)does not display the certificate and the plate referred to in
subregulation (3);
(b)displays any such certificate or plate other than in the manner
prescribed by subregulation (3);
(c)displays any certificate or plate, purporting to be a certificate or
plate referred to in subregulation (3), that-





(i) is damaged, altered or defaced;
(ii) does not relate to a passenger service licence currently in
force in respect of the vehicle; or
(iii) does not relate to the vehicle; or
(d)displays a certificate referred to in subregulation (3) that is
invalid.
(5) Where a certificate issued under subregulation (1) is lost, defaced or
destroyed, the Commissioner may, on payment of the appropriate fee specified
in Part B of Schedule 1, issue a duplicate certificate, and such certificate when
issued shall be deemed to be a certificate issued under subregulation (1) and
shall have the same force and effect as the original certificate.
(6) No fee payable under this regulation shall be refunded.

PART 111

HIRE CAR PERMITS

13. Interpretation

In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires-
'applicant' means an applicant for a hire car permit;
'hire car permit' means a hire car permit referred to in regulation 14(1);
'hire car permit holder' means a person who is the holder of a valid hire car
permit;
'hire car service' means any type of hire car service specified in regulation
14(1);
'hotel' has the meaning assigned to it by section 2 of the Hotel Proprietors
Ordinance (Cap. 158);
'tourist agent' means any person carrying on a business in Hong Kong
consisting wholly or in part of organizing and conducting tours for, or
supplying guides to, visitors to Hong Kong.

14. Issue or refusal of hire car permits

(1) Subject to this regulation and to regulations 15 and 19, the
Commissioner may for the purpose of authorizing the use of a private car for
the carriage of passengers for hire or reward, issue in respect of the private car a
hire car permit for any of the following types of services-
(a) an hotel hire car service;
(b) a tour hire car service;
(c) an airport hire car service;
(d) a school hire car service;
(e) a private hire car service.





(2) An application for a hire car permit in respect of a private car shall be
made to the Commissioner in the specified form by the registered owner of the
private car.
(3) On receipt of an application under subregulation (2) and on payment
of a fee calculated in accordance with regulation 20, the Commissioner may
issue to the applicant a hire car permit if the Commissioner-
(a) is satisfied-
(i) as to the particulars furnished in the application;
(ii) that there is in force in relation to the user of the private car
for the carriage of passengers for hire or reward such policy
of insurance or such a security in respect of third party risks
as complies with the Motor Vehicles Insurance (Third Party
Risks) Ordinance (Cap. 272);
(iii) that such policy or security will remain in force during the
period of validity of the hire car permit applied for; and
(iv)that there is in force a vehicle licence in respect of the private
car to which the application relates; and
(b) is of the opinion that the type of hire car service specified in the
application is reasonably required.
(4) Subject to regulation 18, a hire car permit shall be valid until the
vehicle licence of the private car in respect of which the hire car permit is issued
next expires; and the Commissioner shall specify the date of expiry of the hire
car permit in the permit.
(5) A hire car permit shall be subject to such of the conditions set out in
Schedule 3 as are specified in the hire car permit and to such other conditions as
the Commissioner may from time to time specify in the hire car permit.
(6) The Commissioner may refuse to issue a hire car permit, and if he
does so, shall give the applicant notice in writing, either personally or by
registered post, of his refusal and inform him of the reasons therefor; and any
fee paid by the applicant under subregulation (3) shall be refunded to him.
(7) Where a hire car permit issued under subregulation (1) is lost, defaced
or destroyed, the Commissioner may, on payment of a fee of $60, issue a
duplicate permit, and such permit when issued shall be deemed to be a permit
issued under subregulation (1) and shall have the same force and effect as the
original permit. (L.N. 185 of 1988)

15. Restrictions on issue of hire car permits
and considerations for issue

(1) A hire car permit for an hotel hire car service may only be issued-
(a) where an hotel proprietor is the.registered owner of the private
car, to the hotel; or





(b)in any other case, to the registered owner of the private car
who produces, to the satisfaction of the Commissioner, written
approval from the proprietor or manager of the hotel concerned
for the provision of an hotel hire car service exclusively for that
hotel,
and in determining whether to issue such a hire car permit, the Commissioner
may have regard to, amongst other matters, whether the number of bedrooms
and general standard of service provided by the hotel to which the application
for the hire car permit relates, and its location, are such that an hotel hire car
service is reasonably required for such an hotel.
(2) A hire car permit for a tour hire car service may only be issued-
(a)where a tourist agent is the registered owner of the private car, to
the tourist agent; or
(b)in any other case, to the registered owner of the private car
who produces, to the satisfaction of the Commissioner, written
approval from a tourist agent for the provision by such owner of
a tour hire car service exclusively for that tourist agent,
and in determining whether to issue such a hire car permit, the Commissioner
may have regard to, amongst other matters-
(i) the nature and availability of existing facilities for visitors to tour
Hong Kong; and
(ii) whether the applicant has the means and experience to enable
him to provide visitors to Hong Kong with a suitable standard of
tour hire car service.
(3) (a)A hire car permit for an airport hire car service may only be
issued to the registered owner of the private car who produces, to
the satisfaction of the Commissioner, written approval from the
Director of Civil Aviation for the provision of an airport hire car
service and, in determining whether to issue such a hire car
permit, the Commissioner may have regard to, amongst other
matters, the nature and availability of existing facilities-
(i) for persons arriving in Hong Kong by air to reach their
destination within Hong Kong; and
(ii) for persons intending to depart from Hong Kong by air to
reach Kai Tak Airport.
(b)No other type of hire car permit shall be issued in addition to a
hire car permit for an airport hire car service in respect of the
same private car without the further approval in writing of the
Director of Civil Aviation.
(4) A hire car permit for a school hire car service may only be issued to
the registered owner of the private car and, in determining whether to issue
such a hire car permit. the Commissioner may have regard to, amongst other
matters-





(a)whether the applicant's private car is licensed to carry 7
passengers; and
(b)whether the applicant is able to provide satisfactory evidence that
the proposed school hire car service to the school or schools
specified in his application is required by the production of
written approval from the principal or head of each school
concerned.
(5) A hire car permit for a private hire car service may only be issued to
the registered owner of the private car and, in determining whether to issue such
a hire car permit, the Commissioner may have regard to, amongst other
matters-
(a)the extent to which the area from which the applicant proposes to
operate the private hire car service is served by public transport;
(b)whether the applicant is able reasonably to demonstrate that a
private hire car service is required in the area from which he
proposes to operate; and
(c)whether the applicant has, in the area from which he proposes to
operate the private hire car service, a place which, in the opinion
of the Commissioner, is a suitable place to park the private car
when it is available for hire.

16. Renewal of permit

(1) A hire car permit holder may apply to the Commissioner in the
specified form for the renewal of his hire car permit for the same type of hire car
service in respect of the same private car at any time during the period of 4
months immediately preceding the date of expiry of his existing hire car permit.
(2) On receipt of an application under subregulation (1) the Com-
missioner may, subject to regulations 15 and 19, issue to the applicant a new
hire car permit for the same type of hire car service in respect of the same
private car; and a hire car permit issued under this regulation shall take efrect
from the date of expiry of the existing hire car permit.
(3) Regulation 14(3), (4), (5) and (6) and regulation 15 shall apply in
relation to an application under subregulation (1) as if it were an application
for the issue of a hire car permit under regulation 14(2).

17. Replacement of permit for a diferent vehicle

(1) A hire car permit holder may apply to the Commissioner in the
specified form for the cancellation of his hire car permit and for a new hire car
permit to be issued to him in replacement thereof for the same type of hire car
service in respect of another private car of which the applicant is the registered
owner.





(2) On receipt of an application under subregulation (1) and on the
surrender to the Commissioner of the existing hire car permit he may cancel
that hire car permit and, subject to regulations 15 and 19, issue to the applicant
a new hire car permit for the same type of hire car service in respect of the other
private car specified in the application.
(3) Regulation 14(3), (4), (5) and (6) and regulation 15 shall apply in
relation to an application under subregulation (1) as if it were an application
for the issue of a hire car permit under regulation 14(2).

18. Validity of permits

Without prejudice to regulation 14(4), a hire car permit shall cease to be
valid on the happening of any of the following events-
(a)the withdrawal of approval referred to in regulation 15(1)(b), (2)(b)
or (3)(a) or (b) for provision of the hire car service concemed;
(b)the hire car permit holder ceases to be the registered owner of the
private car to which the hire car permit relates;
(c)the hire car permit holder transfers or otherwise parts with the
user of or disposes of the private car to which the hire car permit
relates to any other person;
(d) the hire car permit is cancelled under regulation 17(2) or 22.

19. Power to Unlit number of permits

(1) The Commissioner may by notice in the Gazette limit the number of
hire car permits which may at any time be issued for any type of hire car permit
specified in regulation 14(1) and may by notice in the Gazette vary any limit so
set.
(2) Any limit notified under subregulation (1) shall not affect any hire car
permit which is in force when the notice comes into operation.
(3) Where a limit is imposed under subregulation (1)-
(a)the Commissioner may by notice in the Gazette specify the
manner in which, and the date by which, applications under
regulation 14(2) may be made; and
(b)the Commissioner shall not be obliged to issue permits up to the
limit so imposed.
(4) If the Commissioner-
(a)receives applications for hire car pe rmits of a type specified in
regulation 14(1) which is the subject of a notice under sub-
regulation (1); and
(b)would, but for the limit under subregulation (1) on the number of
the hire car permits that may be issued for that type, grant
applications,
the Commissioner may cause the applications to be determined by lot.





20. Permit fees

(1) Subject to subregulation (2), the fees payable for hire car permits are
as follows-
(a) for a school hire car service permit $500 per annum;
(b) for any other hire car permit $1,000 per annum.
(2) Where by reason of regulation 14(4) a hire car permit will cease to be
valid-
(a)within 4 months of the date of the proposed issue thereof, the fee
payable under this regulation shall be an amount equal to 35 per
cent of the relevant annual fee specified in subregulation (1); or
(b)within 12 months of, but more than 4 months after, the date of
the proposed issue thereof, the fee payable under this regulation
shall be an amount equal to the relevant annual fee specified in
subregulation (1).
(3) If under regulation 14(4) or for any reason under regulation 18 a hire
car permit ceases to be valid, no part of the fee paid under this regulation- shall
be refunded.

21. 011ences and penalties for breach
of permit conditions

(1) Any person who drives or uses any private car in respect of which a
hire car permit is issued in contravention of any condition to which the hire car
permit is subject under regulation 14(5) commits an offence and is liable to a
fine of $ 1,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.
(2) If an offence under subregulation (1) is committed by any person
other than the hire car permit holder, the hire car permit holder also commits
an offence and is liable to a fine of $1,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.
(3) In any proceedings against a hire car permit holder for an offence
under subregulation (2) the onus shall be upon the hire car permit holder to
satisfy the court or magistrate that he was not aware and had no reasonable
grounds for believing that the private car was driven or used in contravention
of the condition of the hire car permit.

22. Cancellation of permits

(1) The Commissioner may cancel a hire car permit if-
(a)any condition to which it is subject under regulation 14(5) is
contravened; or
(b)the registered owner or a driver of the private car is convicted of
an offence under section 52(3), (5), (6), (7) or (8) of the Ordinance
or regulation 21.





(2) The Commissioner shall cancel a permit if-
(a)the vehicle licence of the private car in respect of which the
hire car permit is issued is suspended under section 93 of the
Ordinance; or
(b)there is not in force in relation to the user of the private car for
the carriage of passengers for hire or reward such policy of
insurance or such a security in respect of third party risks as
complies with the Motor Vehicles Insurance (Third Party Risks)
Ordinance (Cap. 272); or
(c)registration of the private car is transferred under regulation
16 of the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles)
Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.); or
(d)the vehicle licence of the private car is surrendered to the Com-
missioner under regulation 24 of the Road Traffic (Registration
and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.).
(3) Notification of the cancellation of a permit under subregulation (1) or
(2) shall be served forthwith in writing, either personally or by registered post,
on the holder of the hire car permit.

23. Right of review

(1) Any person aggrieved by-
(a)any condition specified by the Commissioner in a hire car permit
under regulation 14(5); or
(b)any decision of the Commissioner under regulation 14(6) or
22(1),
may within 14 days after-
(i) the issue of the permit; or
(ii) the notification under regulation 14(6) or 22(3),
as the case may be, apply to the Commissioner in the appropriate specified form
for a review by a Transport Tribunal of the condition or decision.
(2) Regulations 55A and 55B shall apply to an application made under
subregulation (1). (L.N. 185 of 1988)

24-25. (Repealed L.N. 185 of 1988)

26. Return of permits to Commissioner

(1) The holder of a hire car permit shall return the permit to the
Commissioner within 30 days of the happening of any of the following events~
(a)where the hire car permit ceases to be valid under regulation
14(4) or 18; and





(b) without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (a)---
(i) on receipt of a notification under regulation 22(3), unless the
hire car permit holder applies for a review under regulation
23(1);
(ii) where an application for a review is deemed to have been
withdrawn under regulation 55A(3), on receipt of a noti-
fication under regulation 55A(4); or
(iii) in the event of such a review, where the Commissioner's
decision is confirmed under regulation 55B(2), on receipt of
a notification under regulation 55B(3). (L.N. 185 of 1988)
(2) Any person who, without reasonable excuse, contravenes sub-
regulation (1) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $ 1,000.

27. Production of permit or records on request

(1) A police officer or the Commissioner may require the production for
examination-
(a) of a hire car permit by any person in charge of a vehicle which he
reasonably suspects is being or has been used in the operation of
a hire car service; or
(b) of a record referred to in condition 1(b) of Schedule 3 by the
operator of a hire car service at the address or addresses specified
in his hire car permit.
(2) The operator of a hire car service who, without reasonable excuse,
fails to produce-
(a) his hire car permit immediately when asked for it under
subregulation (1)(a); or
(b) the record mentioned in subregulation (1)(b) immediately when
asked for it under that subregulation,
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $ 1,000.

PART IV

STANDS AND STOPPING PLACES

28. Public light bus stopping places

(1) The Commissioner may designate an area of road as an area within
which a public light bus may stop for the purpose of picking up or setting down
passengers.
(2) A public light bus stopping place may be designated under sub-
r , egulation (1) in respect of more than one public light bus service, and
notwithstanding that it is also designated as a bus stop under the Public Bus
Services Ordinance (Cap. 230).





(3) The Commissioner shall cause every public light bus stopping place-
(a) where the stopping place is not also a bus stop under the Public
Bus Services Ordinance (Cap. 230), to be delineated on the road
by means of road markings of the type set out in Figure No. 1 of
Schedule 4; and
(b) to be indicated by means of a traffic sign-
(i) where the stopping place is designated in respect of public
light buses on a scheduled service only, of the type set out in
Figure No. 2 of Schedule 4; or
(ii) where the stopping place is designated in respect of public
light buses on a service other than a scheduled service, of the
type set out in Figure No. 3 of Schedule 4.

29. Public Ught bus stands

(1) The Commissioner may designate an area of road as an area within
which a public light bus may stand for the purpose of picking up or setting
down passengers.
(2) The Commissioner shall cause every public light bus stand-
(a) to be delineated on the road by means of road markings of the
type set out in Figure No. 4 of Schedule 4; and
(b) to be indicated by means of a traffic sign-
(i) where the stand is designated in respect of public light buses
on a scheduled service only, of the type set out in Figure No.
5 of Schedule 4; or
(ii) where the stand is designated in respect of public light buses
on a service other than a scheduled service, of the type set
out in Figure No. 6 of Schedule 4.

30. Taxi stands

(1) The Commissioner may designate an area of road as an area within
which a taxi may stand or ply for hire.
(2) The Commissioner shall cause every taxi stand-
(a) to be delineated on the road by means of road markings of the
type set out in Figure No. 4 of Schedule 4; and
(b) to be indicated by means of a traffic sign of the type set out in
Figure No. 7 of Schedule 4.
(3) Where a taxi stand delineated and indicated in accordance with
subregulation (2)-
(a) is designated in respect of taxis that are licensed to be available
for hire or to carry passengers within the New Territories only,
the Commissioner shall cause the taxi stand to be indicated by





means of a traffic sign of the type set out in Figure No. 10 of
Schedule 4;
(b)is designated in respect of taxis other than taxis that are licensed
to be available for hire or to carry passengers within the New
Territories only, the Commissioner shall cause the taxi stand to
be indicated by means of a traffic sign of the type set out in
Figure No. 11 of Schedule 4;
(c)is designated in respect of taxis generally, the Commissioner shall
not cause the taxi stand to be indicated by means of a traffic sign
of the type set out in Figure No. 10 or 11 of Schedule 4. (L.N.
261 of 1984)

31. Designation of temporary stands and stopping places

The Commissioner of Police may designate an area of road as-
(a) a public light bus stopping place;
(b) a public light bus stand; or
(c) a taxi stand,
for any period not exceeding 72 hours and may indicate such designation by
traffic signs of such type and description as he considers appropriate.

32. Temporary suspension of stands and stopping places

The Commissioner of Police may suspend-
(a) a public light bus stopping place;
(b) a public light bus stand; or
(c) a taxi stand,
for any period not exceeding 72 hours by-
(i) covering or removing any traffic signs; or
(ii) the placing of signs of such type and description as he considers
appropriate.

33. Picking up and setting down passengers

(1) The driver of a public light bus on a scheduled service shall not stop to
pick up or set down passengers except as specified in the passenger service
licence in respect of such service.
(2) The driver of a public light bus on a service other than a scheduled
service, shall not stop to pick up or set down passengers except-
(a) at a public light bus stand or public light bus stopping place; or
(b)when requested by a passenger or hailed by an intending
passenger.





(3) The driver of a public bus on any public bus service shall not stop to
pick up or set down passengers except as specified in the passenger service
licence in respect of such service.
(4) The driver of a public bus or public light bus on hire within the
meaning of regulation 38 shall not stop to pick up or set down passengers
except at a place specified in a pre-arranged contract of hire.
(5) The driver of a taxi shall not stop to pick up or set down passengers
except-
(a)at a taxi stand designated in respect of the taxi under regulation
30; or (L.N. 261 of 1984)
(b)when requested by a passenger or hailed by an intending
passenger.
(6) Nothing in this regulation shall be construed as-
(a)permitting the driver of a public bus, public light bus or taxi to
stop for the purpose of picking up or setting down passengers at
any place or in any manner prohibited by these regulations, the
Road Traffic (Traffic Control) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.) or
any other enactment; or
(b)preventing the driver of a public bus, public light bus or taxi
from stopping for the purpose of enabling any person to remove
himself from the vehicle when ordered to do so under regula-
tion 56.

34. Use of stands and stopping places
by public service vehicles

(1) The Commissioner may, by the use of the time plate in Figure No. 8
or 9 of Schedule 4, placed in conjunction with the traffic sign in Figure No. 5, 6
or 7 of that Schedule, as appropriate, specify when a public light bus stand or
taxi stand may be used as such and when it may be used for parking by any
class of vehicle specified on the sign.
(2) Subject to subregulations (3) and (4), the driver of a public light bus
or taxi shall not park his vehicle at a public light bus stand or taxi stand,
as the case may be, except where a traffic sign and time plate referred to in
subregulation (1) so permit: (L.N. 261 of 1984)
Provided that a vehicle shall be deemed not to be parked for the purposes
of this subregulation where-
(a) if a taxi, it is standing for hire at a taxi stand; or
(b)if a public light bus, it is standing for the purpose of picking up or
setting down passengers at a public light bus stand.
(3) The driver of a public light bus on a service other than a scheduled
service shall not stop or park his vehicle at any public light bus stopping place





or public light bus stand which, under regulation 28 or 29, is designated in
respect of public light buses on a scheduled service only.
(4) The driver of a taxi shall not stop or park his taxi at any taxi stand
other than at a taxi stand designated in respect of the taxi under regulation 30.
(L.N. 261 of 1984)

35. Conduct at public light bus stands
(1) The driver of each of the first 2 public light buses standing at a public
light bus stand-
(a) shall not, without reasonable excuse, leave his vehicle; and
(b) shall be ready and willing at all times to drive his vehicle from the
stand.
(2) The driver of a public light bus standing at a public light bus stand
shall-
(a) move up his vehicle as vacancies occur;
(b) if he is requested to do so by the driver of another public light
bus, move his vehicle in order to permit the other public light bus
to be driven from the stand; and
(c) move his vehicle, in accordance with any direction given to him
by a police officer or traffic warden in uniform, from the stand or
to any position within the stand.
(3) No person shall without lawful authority obstruct-
(a) a driver of a public light bus from-
(i) moving his vehicle into a public light bus stand, which has a
vacant space therein;
(ii) moving his vehicle forward in turn to any space in front of
his vehicle that becomes vacant within the public light bus
stand;
(iii) picking up passengers when his vehicle is stopped or
standing within a public light bus stand; or
(iv) moving his vehicle away from a public light bus stand; or
(b) any other person from boarding a public light bus that is stopped
or standing within a public light bus stand.
(4) Nothing in this regulation shall be construed as preventing the driver
of a public light bus from parking his vehicle at a public light bus stand where a
traffic sign and time plate referred to in regulation 34(1) so permit.

36. Conduct at taxi stands
(1) The driver of each of the first 2 taxis at a taxi stand shall sit in or stand
beside his taxi and shall be ready to be hired at once by any person.
(2) The driver of every taxi at a taxi stand shall move up his taxi as
vacancies occur.





(3) If a person wishes to engage a taxi-
(a)the driver of the first taxi at the taxi stand shall accept the hire;
and
(b)the driver of a taxi other than the first taxi at the stand shall not
accept the hire, unless the drivers of all taxis ahead of his taxi at
the stand have either accepted a hire or are not in or near their
taxis.
(4) Nothing in this regulation shall be construed as preventing the driver
of a taxi from parking his vehicle at a taxi stand where a traffic sign and time
plate referred to in regulation 34(1) so permit.

PART V

OBLIGATIONS OF DRIVERS, LicENsEEs AND PASSENGERS

37. Obligations of taxi driver

The driver of a taxi shall not without reasonable excuse-
(a)wilfully refuse or neglect to accept a hire from a hirer whether the
intention of such hirer is indicated expressly or by implication;
(b)refuse or neglect to drive the taxi to any place indicated by a
hirer;
(c)refuse or neglect to carry such number of passengers, not
exceeding the number specified in the vehicle licence in respect of
the taxi, as he may be required to carry by the hirer;
(d)when hired to drive to a specified destination, drive to such
destination other than by the most direct practicable route;
(e)when his taxi is hired, permit any person other than the hirer to
enter the taxi without the consent of the hirer.
37A.Driver may refuse hire or to drive if
passenger fails to wear seat belt

The driver of a taxi or public light bus when acting as such may refuse a
hire or to drive the vehicle if a passenger in the vehicle who is required by
regulation 7A of the Road Traffic (Safety Equipment) Regulations (Cap. 374
sub. leg.) to wear a seat belt refuses or fails to do so.
(L.N. 38 of 1989)

38. Hiring of public service vehicle as a whole

(1) The registered owner of a public bus or public light bus, if permitted
to do so under the terms of a passenger service licence which is in force in





respect of the vehicle, and the registered owner of a taxi, may hire the vehicle to
any person at a rate of hire based on the time during which the vehicle is hired
with or without additional charge in respect of the mileage travelled by the
vehicle while it is so hired, or on such other terms as may be agreed with the
hirer.
(2) A condition of the hiring of a vehicle under subregulation (1) may be
that it shall be driven only by a person in the employ of the registered owner of
the vehicle or that such a person is provided to drive the vehicle.
(3) Before a vehicle is hired under subregulation (1), the registered owner
and hirer shall complete and sign 2 copies of a document which shall contain
the following particulars-
(a) the rate or scale of charges applicable to the hiring;
(b)details of the third party risks insurance held in respect of the
vehicle; and
(c)the names and addresses of the persons who are permitted to
drive the vehicle while it is the subject of the hiring and the
numbers of their driving licences.
(4) The registered owner shall retain one copy of the document and shall
produce it on demand by a police officer made within 3 months after the
commencement of the hiring.
(5) The hirer shall retain one copy of the document and shall produce it
on demand by a police officer made during the continuance of the hiring.

39. Insurance and driving licence
Notwithstanding anything. in regulation 38, the registered owner of a
public bus, public light bus or taxi shall not hire the vehicle to any person unless
he is satisfied, in respect of each person whose name appears on the document
referred to in regulation 38(3) as a person permitted to drive the vehicle, that-
(a)during the continuance of the hiring there shall be in force in
relation to the user of the vehicle by each such person, such
policy of insurance or such a security in respect of third party
risks as complies with the Motor Vehicles Insurance (Third Party
Risks) Ordinance (Cap. 272); and
(b)each such person is the holder of a valid driving licence issued
under the Road Traffic (Driving Licences) Regulations (Cap. 374
sub. leg.) which entitles him to drive the public bus, public light
bus or taxi, as the case may be.

40. Soliciting
No driver or person acting or purporting to act on behalf of the driver of a
public bus, public light bus or taxi, shall in any manner attract or endeavour to
attract any person in order to induce such person to make use of the vehicle.





41. Carriage of goods

(1) No goods other than personal hand baggage shall be carried on a
public bus, public light bus or taxi, except, in the case of a public bus or public
light bus, goods carried for hire or reward in accordance with a goods permit
issued under the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Reg-
ulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.).
(2) No personal hand baggage which is permitted under subregulation (1)
shall include any goods which-
(a) are of a dangerous or offensive nature; or
(b) are not securely wrapped.
(3) Without prejudice to the generality of subregulation (1), in this
regulation-
'personal hand baggage' includes wheelchairs, crutches or any other thing used
as an aid to or means of mobility, carried by any passenger. (L.N. 353 of
1988)

42. Carriage of animals, birds, etc.

(1) The carriage of animals and birds on a public bus or public light bus
or in a taxi and the terms and conditions under which any animal or bird is
carried shall be at the sole discretion of the licensee in respect of the vehicle or,
in the case of a taxi, the driver of the vehicle.
(2) Any person who is permitted to take any animal or bird on a vehicle
under subregulation (1) shall be responsible for and shall pay for any damage
caused to the vehicle by the animal or bird.

43. Public service vehicle badges

(1) The Commissioner may issue to any person employed as the driver of
a public bus, public light bus or taxi a badge showing an identifying number.
(2) The driver of a public bus, public light bus or taxi who is issued with a
badge under subregulation (1) shall, at all times when he is on duty, wear his
badge in a conspicuous position.
(3) No person shall wear a badge issued under subregulation (1) that-
(a) has not been issued to him; or
(b) is altered or defaced.
(4) No person shall wear anything purporting to be a badge issued under
subregulation (1) that is not such a badge.

44. Cleanliness

The licensee in respect of a public bus or public light bus and the driver of
a taxi shall ensure that the vehicle is kept in a clean and tidy condition.





45. General conduct of driver

(1) The driver of a public bus, public light bus or taxi, when acting as
such-
(a) shall behave in a civil and orderly manner;
(b) shall be clean and tidy in his person and adequately clothed;
(c)shall not smoke in or on the vehicle when it has passengers on
board;
(d)shall take all reasonable precautions to ensure the safety of
passengers in or on or entering or alighting from the vehicle;
(e)shall ensure that all exits of the vehicle, including emergency
exits, are free from obstruction and, when passengers are on
board, are not locked;
(f)shall, if requested by any police officer or traffic warden in
uniform or any person authorized by the Commissioner, give
particulars of his name and address and the name and address of
the licensee or owner by whom he is employed;
(g)shall not, at any reasonable time, obstruct, or neglect to give all
reasonable information and assistance to, any person having
authority to examine the vehicle;
(h)shall not cause the vehicle to remain stationary on a road longer
than is necessary to pick up or set down passengers except at a
stand or place where such vehicles are permitted to stop for a
longer time than is necessary for that purpose;
(i) shall not unreasonably delay the journey; and
(j)shall not congregate or assemble with other drivers to the
annoyance of members of the public.
(2) A driver, when in charge of a taxi, shall-
(a)not deceive or refuse to inform a passenger or intending
passenger as to the proper fare and route to any place;
(b)at all times when the taxi is available for hire or is hired, carry,
for the purpose of giving change, not less than-
(i) $90 in notes of a denomination of $10 or in coins of a
denomination of $2 or more; and
(ii) $10 in coins of a denomination of $1 or less;
(c)while the taxi is available for hire, not loiter or stop elsewhere
than at a taxi stand except through accident or unavoidable
cause;
(d)while conveying passengers to or picking up passengers from any
place of public amusement or assembly, draw up in order of
arrival as near to the door or entrance thereto as is reasonably
practicable and, subject to any direction by a police officer or
traffic warden in uniform, drive the taxi away immediately after





the passengers have alighted from or boarded the taxi in such
manner as to cause the minimum of obstruction and congestion.

45A. Conduct of passengers in relation to seat belts
A passenger in a taxi or public light bus who is required by regulation 7A
of the Road Traffic (Safety Equipment) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.) to
wear a seat belt but who refuses or fails to do so shall-
(a)leave the vehicle if so required by the driver, an authorized person
or a police officer; and
(b) (i) in the case of a taxi, pay the legal fare then recorded on the
taximeter; and
(ii) in the case of a public light bus, pay, if he has not already
done so, the fare indicated at the time he boarded the vehicle
on the card displayed in accordance with regulation 50(3).
(L.N. 38 of 1989)

46. General conduct of passengers

(1) A passenger or intending passenger on a public bus, public light bus
or taxi shall not-
(a)use obscene or offensive language or conduct himself in a
disorderly manner;
(b)wilfully obstruct, impede or distract the driver of the vehicle or an
authorized person;
(c)wilfully do or cause to be done with respect to any part of the
vehicle or its equipment, or any accessory thereto, anything
which is calculated-
(i) to obstruct or interfere with the working of the vehicle or to
cause damage; or
(ii)to cause injury, discomfort, annoyance or inconvenience to
any other person;
(d)spit or wilfully damage, soil, deface or defile any part of the
vehicle or any equipment thereon, or any accessory thereto;
(e)wilfully remove, displace, deface or alter any number plate, fare
table, route indicator or destination board or any printed or
other notice or advertisement in or on the vehicle;
(f)drive the vehicle, or interfere with its doors or any other
mechanism, device or control which forms part of the vehicle or
which is connected with the vehicle;
(g) enter or alight from the vehicle while it is in motion;
(h) when entering or attempting to enter the vehicle-
(i)impede any passenger seeking to enter or alight from the
vehicle; or





(ii) behave in any other manner which is likely to delay the
vehicle;
(i)enter, remain or travel in or on the vehicle while in possession
of-
(i) any firearm, unless he is a police officer, or member of the
Royal Hong Kong Auxiliary Police Force under the Royal
Hong Kong Auxiliary Police Force Ordinance (Cap. 233)
or of the Customs and Excise Service under the Customs
and Excise Service Ordinance (Cap. 342), and is on duty; or
(ii) any other dangerous or offensive article;
(j)enter or remain in or on the vehicle when requested not to do so
by the driver or an authorized person on the grounds that-
(i) the petrol or oil tank of the vehicle is to be filled;
(ii) the vehicle is carrying its full complement of passengers; or
(iii)the driver or licensee is debarred, by reason of any
enactment or by reason of any condition attached to the
vehicle licence or passenger service licence issued in respect
of the vehicle, from permitting any passenger to enter or
remain in the vehicle at the place in question;
(k)enter or alight from the vehicle when requested not to do so by
the driver or an authorized person on the grounds that, by reason
of any enactment or by reason of any condition attached to the
vehicle licence or passenger service licence issued in respect of the
vehicle, the place in question is a place where-
(i) the vehicle is not permitted to stop; or
(ii)the passengers are prohibited from entering or alighting
from the vehicle;
(1)if his condition is such as to be offensive to passengers on the
vehicle, or the condition of his dress or clothing is such that it
may be reasonably expected to soil or injure any lining, cushion,
seat or other part of the vehicle or the clothing of any passenger
on the vehicle, enter or remain in or on the vehicle after the driver
of the vehicle, or an authorized person or police officer, has
requested him-
(i) not to enter the vehicle; or
(ii) to leave the vehicle,
by reason of his condition or of the condition of his dress or
clothing;
(m)bring any article into or onto the vehicle without the permission
of the driver or an authorized person, or place such article in
any place in which such driver or authorized person may have
requested him not to place such article;
(n) when in or on the vehicle-





(i) use or operate to the annoyance of any other person any
noisy or musical instrument or any gramophone, radio or
tape player;
(ii) make or combine with any other person to make excessive
noise by singing or shouting;
(iii)throw within the vehicle or on to any road or footway any
article or thing;
(iv) attach to or trail from the vehicle any streamer, balloon, flag
or other article or set or put any thing out of the vehicle in
such manner as to overhang the road; or
(v) lean out or put any limb out of the vehicle in such manner as
to overhang the road.
(2) A passenger or intending passenger on a public bus or public light bus
shall not-
(a) enter the vehicle otherwise than by the door or opening provided
for the entry of passengers, or alight from a vehicle other than
from the door or opening provided for the exit of passengers; or
(b) while in or on the vehicle-
(i) beg;
(ii) sell or offer for sale any article except with the permission of
the driver or licensee; or
(iii) distribute printed, written or similar matter of any
description or distribute any article for the purpose of
advertising.

PART VI

FARES AND TAximiTERs

47. Taxi fares

(1) The scale of fares for the hiring of taxis shall be as specified in
Schedule 5.
(2) No registered owner or driver of a taxi shall charge for the hiring of
the taxi a fare exceeding the appropriate scale of fares specified in Schedule 5.
(3) Light personal hand baggage, that is to say, light suitcases, hat boxes,
attache cases and similar articles may be carried inside the passenger com-
partment of the taxi and if so shall be carried free of charge.
(4) Wheelchairs and crutches of a disabled person who is a passenger in
a taxi shall not be regarded as baggage for the purposes of additional fares
specified in Schedule 5. (L.N. 353 of 1988)
(5) In this regulation-





'disabled person' means a person who is the holder of a certificate signed by or
on behalf of the Director of Health or the Director of Hospital Services
stating that such person is suffering from a permanent disease or physical
disability that causes him considerable difficulty in walking. (L.N. 353 of
1988; L.N. 76 of 1989)

48. Offences in relation to fares

(1) No person shall-
(a)hire a taxi, knowing or having reason to believe that he cannot
pay the legal fare chargeable under regulation 47 and with intent
to avoid payment of the legal fare;
(b)dishonestly endeavour to avoid payment of a legal fare lawfully
due from him; or
(c)having failed or refused to pay the fare demanded by the driver of
a taxi, either refuse to give to the driver of the taxi his name and
an address at which he can be found or give, with intent to
deceive, a false name or address.
(2) No person shall-
(a)board a public bus or a public light bus, knowing or having
reason to believe that he cannot pay the fare and with intent to
avoid payment of the fare; or
(b) dishonestly avoid payment of a fare due from him.
(3) In subregulation (2) 'fare', in relation to a public light bus, means the
fare indicated on the card displayed on the vehicle under regulation 50(3).

49. Use of taximeter, etc.

(1) The driver of a taxi available for hire shall-
(a) display the taximeter indicator; and
(b)during the hours of darkness keep the roof 'TAXI' sign
illuminated.
(2) The driver of a taxi as soon as the taxi has been hired shall move the
taximeter indicator to the recording position and as soon as the hiring has
terminated shall return the taximeter indicator to the non-recording position.
(3) For the purposes of subregulation (2) the hiring of the taxi shall
commence from the time at which the journey begins or the time at which the
taxi is first made immediately available to the hirer at the time and place
appointed by the hirer, whichever first occurs.
(4) If for the distance covered the taximeter records a fare clearly higher
than the legal fare chargeable under regulation 47, the hirer of the taxi shall not
be obliged to pay to the driver more than the legal fare.





(5) In this regulation 'taximeter indicator' means the taximeter indicator
referred to in regulation 42(1) of the Road Traffic (Construction and Main-
tenance of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.). (L.N. 261 of 1984)

PART VII

NOTICES

50. Destination indicators and fares to
he displayed on public light buses

(1) A driver of a public light bus when acting as such shall ensure that, at
all times when it is used for the carriage of passengers for hire or reward-
(a)there is displayed at the front of the vehicle a destination
indicator which complies with subregulation (2); and
(b)such destination indicator is adequately illuminated at all times
when, by the provisions of any other enactment, the lights of the
vehicle are required to be illuminated.
(2) A destination indicator displayed on a vehicle in accordance with
subregulation (1) shall-
(a) be of a design and construction approved by the Commissioner;
(b)clearly indicate the destination of the vehicle in English and in
Chinese characters by reference to a road junction or a similarly
precise location; and
(c)be coloured in accordance with paragraph 1, 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule
6, as the case may be.
(3) A driver of a public light bus when acting as such shall ensure that, at
all times when it is used for the carriage of passengers for hire or reward, there
is displayed at the front of the vehicle in a prominent position a card which
complies with subregulation (4) showing the fare chargeable for carriage to the
destination indicated on the destination indicator.
(4) A card displayed on a vehicle in accordance with subregulation (3)
shall-
(a) be of a design and construction approved by the Commissioner;
(b)indicate the fare in English and Chinese in red letters and
characters on a white background.
(5) A licensee in respect of a public light bus, and a driver of a public light
bus when acting as such, shall not-
(a)change or remove a destination indicator while passengers are
being carried thereon with intent to induce any passenger to-
(i) alight from the vehicle before reaching the destination
indicated on the indicator at the time the passenger boarded
the vehicle; or





(ii) pay a fare additional to the fare indicated on the card
displayed on the vehicle under subregulation (3) at the time
the passenger boarded the vehicle;
(b)without reasonable excuse, require any passenger to alight from
the vehicle before reaching the destination indicated on the
destination indicator at the time the passenger boarded the
vehicle; or
(c)cause or permit to be displayed at the front of the vehicle more
than one destination indicator at any one time.

51. Notices and numbers to he displayed
on certain public service vehicles

(1) When a taxi is standing or plying for hire the driver shal~display so as
to be clearly visible to any passenger travelling in the taxi and legihfe to him-
(a)a table showing in English and in Chinese characters the scale of
fares chargeable in respect of the use of the taxi; and
(b) the registration mark of the vehicle.
(2) The licensee in respect of a public light bus shall ensure that there is
displayed on a plate inside the vehicle the registration mark of the vehicle.
(3) The owner of a taxi or a public light bus shall ensure that there is
displayed on the taxi or the public light bus, so as to be clearly visible at all
times of the day and night to any passenger who is required by regulation 7A of
the Road Traffic (Safety Equipment) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.) to wear a
seat belt, a notice which shall meet the requirements of Schedule 8. (L.N. 38
of 1989)
(4) No person shall drive a taxi or a public light bus when it is being used
for the carriage of passengers for hire or reward unless there is displayed on the
taxi or the public light bus a notice required to be displayed in accordance with
subregulation (3). (L.N. 38 of 1989)

52. Information on services operated under
a passenger service licence

(1) Subject to subregulation (2), a licensee may display signs indicating
the services provided by the licensee.
(2) A sign referred to in subregulation (1) shall not be displayed unless it
is-
(a) of a type; and
(b) at a place,
approved by the Commissioner.





PART VIII

LOST PRopERTY

53. Lost property found by passengers
Any person who finds any property accidentally left in a public bus, public
light bus or taxi shall immediately hand it in the state in which he finds it to the
driver or an authorized person, who shall deal with it in accordance with these
regulations.

54. Search for lost property
Immediately after the termination of every journey or hiring of a public
bus, public light bus or taxi, the driver or an authorized person shall carefully
search the vehicle to ascertain whether any property has been accidentally left
therein and if the vehicle is not searched by the driver or an authorized person
at the termination of the journey or hiring it shall be done as soon as is
practicable thereafter.

55. Disposal of lost property
(1) Any driver or authorized person who finds any property left in a
public bus, public light bus or taxi or any person to whom any such property is
handed shall, within 6 hours, deposit such property at a police station in the
state in which it was found by or handed to him and shall truly state the
particulars of such finding:
Provided that if such property is sooner claimed by the owner thereof and
satisfactory proof of ownership is given, it shall be restored to the owner
forthwith instead of being deposited at a police station.
(2) Any property deposited in a police station in accordance with the
provisions of subregulation (1) shall be disposed of in accordance with sections
40, 41 and 43 of the Police Force Ordinance (Cap. 232).

PART VIIIA

REVMW BY A TRANSPORT TRIBUNAL

55A. Review
(1) On receipt of an application for a review of the Commissioner's
decision by a Transport Tribunal, the Commissioner shall fix a time and place
for the review and give not less than 14 days' notice in writing thereof, either
personally or by registered post, to the applicant, and shall inform him that
if neither he nor his authorized representative appears at the hearing and
no written representations are received, the application shall be treated as
withdrawn.





(2) A Transport Tribunal may postpone a review if it thinks fit and where
a review is postponed the Commissioner shall cause a notice in writing to be
served, either personally or by registered post, on the applicant specifying
the date to which the review has been postponed, and shall inform him that
if neither he nor his authorized representative appears at the hearing and
no written representations are received, the application shall be treated as
withdrawn.
(3) If-
(a)an applicant or his authorized representative does not appear
before the Transport Tribunal on the date of the review notified
to him in a notice under subregulation (1) or (2); and
(b) an application makes no written representations,
his application for a review shall be deemed to have been withdrawn.
(4) Where an applicant for a review is deemed to have been withdrawn
under subregulation (3), the Commissioner shall give notice thereof in writing,
either personally or by registered post, to the applicant.

55B. Practice and procedure on review
(1) On a review a Transport Tribunal shall consider-
(a)any evidence received by it, whether tendered on behalf of the
applicant or otherwise, which it considers relevant to the review;
(b)any representations made by or on behalf of the applicant,
whether orally or in writing;
(c)any representations made by or on behalf of the Commissioner,
whether orally or in writing.
(2) The Transport Tribunal may confirm, vary or reverse the condition or
decision specified or made by the Commissioner.
(3) The Commissioner shall give notice in writing, either personally or by
registered post, to an applicant of the Transport Tribunal's decision under
subregulation (2).
(4) The decision of the Transport Tribunal under subregulation (2) shall
be final.
(L.N. 185 of 1988)

PART IX

MISCELLANEOUS

56. Powers of drivers of certain public service vehicles
to refuse entry and demand removal
(1) Without prejudice to any other provision of these regulations, the
driver of a public bus, public light bus or taxi may refuse entry to his vehicle
or may order any person to remove himself from the vehicle where he has





reasonable grounds to believe that such person has committed or is about to
commit an offence against these regulations.
(2) No person shall-
(a)having been refused entry under subregulation. (1), enter the
vehicle; or
(b)having been ordered to remove himself from the vehicle under
subregulation (1), fail to comply with such order.

57. Offences
(1) Any person who without reasonable excuse contravenes any of the,
provisions of, or any requirement under, regulation 12(4), 34, 35, 36, 38, 39,
45(1), 45A, 46, 48 or 49(1) commits an offence and is liable on conviction to a
fine of $3,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months. (L.N. 38 of 1989)
(2) Any person who without reasonable excuse contravenes any of the
provisions of, or any requirement under, regulation 11(1), 33, 41, 43(2). (3) or
(4), 44, 50, 51(1), (2), (3) or (4), 52(2), 53, 54, 55(1) or 56(2) commits an offence
and is liable on conviction to a fine of $2,000. (L.N. 38 of 1989)
(3) Any person who without reasonable excuse contravenes any of 1 the
provisions of, or any requirement under, regulation 37, 40, 45(2), 47(2) or 49(2)
commits an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months. (L.N. 207 of 1989)

58. Powers of arrest
Any-
(a)driver of a public bus, public light bus or taxi while on duty and
while wearing his badge issued under regulation 43; and
(b) authorized person on duty,
may apprehend any person whom he believes on reasonable grounds to have
committed an offence against regulation 45A, 46, 48 or 56 and may detain such
person until he can be handed over to a police officer. (L.N. 38 of 1989)

59. Forms
The Commissioner may specify any form required for the purposes of these
regulations.

60. Revocation

The Road Traffic (Public Omnibus, Public Light Bus and Public Car)
Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.)* and the Road Traffic (Public Service Vehicles)
Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.)* are revoked.

* See Extractions 1984 Revision, Vol. 3.





61. Transitional provisions
(1) Without prejudice to the provisions of any other enactment, Schedule
7 shall have effect for the purposes of transition to the provisions of these
regulations from the provisions of-
(a)the Road Traffic (Public Omnibus, Public Light Bus and Public
Car) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.)* and the Road Traffic
(Public Service Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub.- leg.)*
revoked by regulation 60 of these regulations; and
(b)the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Reg-
ulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.)* revoked by regulation 61 of the
Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Regula-
tions (Cap. 374 sub. leg.),
and shall be in addition to and shall not derogate from section 23 of the
Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance (Cap. 1).
(2) The Governor may by order amend. Schedule 7.

62. Transitional. Conversion of Taximeters
(1) Until the taximeter of a taxi licensed to operate within Lantau has
been -

(a) converted to record the scale of fares in force pursuant to
regulation 2 of the Road Traffic (Public Service Vehicles)
(Amendment)(No.2) Regulation 1989 (L.N. 206 of 1989)('the
amending regulations'); and
(b) tested and stamped and sealed by the Commissioner,
there shall be displayed in a prominent position inside such taxi a notice in a
form specified by the Commissioner setting out a table for converting the
reading on such taximeter to the appropriate fare under regulation 2 of the
amending regulations.
(2) If a notice in the form specified by the Commissioner under
subregulation (1) is not displayed in a taxi referred to in subregulation (1), the
fare for hiring such taxi shall, notwithstanding regulatin 47, be the fare shown
in the taximeter.
(L.N. 206 OF 1989)

SCHEDULE 1 [regs. 10, 11A & 12]
(L.N. 185 of 1988)

PART A

PASSENGER SERVICE LICENCE FEES

1. Public bus service $150 per annum
2. Public light bus service $150 per annum

--------------------------------------------
* See Extractions 1984 Revision, Vol. 3.





3...................................Private bus service $150 per annum
4...................................Any duplicate licence (L.N. 185 of 1988) $W

PART B

PASSENGER SERvicE LICENCE CERTIFICATE FEES

1...............................Public bus $T3 vehicle per annum
2...............................Public light bus s~rr vehicle per annum
3...............................Private bus vehicle per annum
Any duplicate certificate .....vehicle

SCHEDULE2 [reg. 121

DIMENSIONS OF THE FIGURES IN THIS SCHEDULE ARE
IN MILLIMETRES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED

FIGURE NO. 1

(Repealed L.N. 185 of 1988)

FIGURE NO'. 2

PSI LICENCE
NUMBER VANABLE)

RED

t iflor

PASSENGER SERVICE LICENCE PLATE

PLATE TO BE DISPLAYED AT THE BACK OF A VEHICLE.

FOR VEHICLE USED ON A SCHEDULED SERVICE - GREEN IN
PLA CE OF RED.





SCHEDULE3 [regs. 14(5) & 271

CONDMONS FOR THE USER OF A PRIVATE VEHICLE IN RESPECT
OF WHICH A P~ IS ISSUED UNDER PART III

1 (a) The hire car service shall be operated only from an address-
(i) specified in the hire car permit issued therefor; and
(ii) registered with the Commissioner.
(b)No hire car service hiring shall commence unless there is first recorded in the specified
form of record at the address mentioned in paragraph (a) or at such other address (if
any) specified in the hire car permit- .
(i) the name of the person hiring the private car; and
(ii) a brief description of the journey for which the private car is hired.
2.The hire car permit shall be displayed inside the private car in respect of which it is issued in
such manner as is approved by the Commissioner in writing.
3.A hire car permit holder shall not place or cause to be placed on or in the private car any
marking, words, sign or device visible on or from the outside of the car except such as may be
approved or required by law or by the Commissioner in writing.
4.The private car shall not be fitted with any equipment permitting the driver to transmit and
receive messages by radio, unless the hire car permit is for an hotel hire car service or an airport
hire car service.
5.A private car in respect of which a hire car permit is issued for an hotel hire car service shall
not be hired other than for the conveyance of guests of an hotel which is specified in the hire
car permit and of persons bona fide accompanying such guests.
6.A private car in respect of which a hire car permit is issued for a tour hire car service shall not
be hired other than for the conveyance of visitors to Hong Kong and of persons bona fide
accompanying such visitors on ajourney which commences and terminates at the same point.
7.A private car in respect of which a hire car permit is issued for an airport hire car service shall
not be hired other than for the conveyance of persons who board or alight from the vehicle at
Kai Tak Airport.

8.A private car in respect of which a hire car permit is issued for a school hire car service shall
not be hired other than for the conveyance of the students, teachers and employees of any
schools.





SCHEDULE4 [regs. 28, 29, 30 & 341

DIMENSIONS OF THE FIGURES IN THIS SCHEDULE ARE
IN MILLIMETRES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED

FIGURE NO. 1

CHANNEL----, KERB LINE-,

U

W H 17 E
AS REQUIRED

STOPPING PLACE

THIS ROAD MARKING WHEN PLACED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE
SIGN IN:-

FIGURE NO. 2 DEMARCATES THE LIMITS OFA STOPPING PLACE THAT
MAY REUSED BY VEHICLES ON SCHEDULED SERVICES.

(b)FIGURE NO. 3 DEMARCATES THE LIMITS OFA STOPPING PLACE THAT
MAY BE USED BY PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES.

FIGURE NO. 2

WHITE

GREEN

- 1

SCHEDULED SERVICE STOPPING PLACE

THIS SIGN WHEN PLACED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ROAD
MARKING IN FIGURE NO. 1 INDICATES A STOPPING PLACE THAT
MAY BE USED BY VEHICLES ON SCHEDULED SERVICES.





FIGURE NO. 3

3 0

PUBLIC LIGHT BUS STOPPING PLACE

THIS SIGN WHEN PLACED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ROAD
MARKING IN FIGURE NO. 1 INDICATES A STOPPING PLACE THAT
MAYBEU SED BY PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES.

FIGURE NO. 4

CHANNEL ERB LI E

WHI1E
AS REQUIRED

SCHEDULED SERV[CE STAND
PUBLIC LIGHT BUS STAND
TAXI STAND

THIS ROAD MARKING WHEN PLACED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE
SIGN IN -

(a)FIGURE NO. 5 DEMARCATES THE LIMITS OFA PART OF THE CARRIAGE-
WAY UPON WHICH VEHICLES ON SCHEDULED SERVICES ARE PERMITTED
TO STAND;

(b)FIGURE NO. 6 DEMARCATES THE LIMITS OFA PART OF THE CARRIAGE-
WAY UPON WHICH PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES ARE PERMITTED TO STAND;

(c)FIGURE NO. 7 DEMARCATES THE LIMITS OF A PART OFTHE CARRIAGE-
WAY UPON WHICH TAXIS ARE PERMITTED TO STAND.

WHEREA SIGN IN FIGURE NO. 5, 6 OR 7 IS PLACED IN CONJUNCTION
WITH ATIME PLATE IN FIGURE NO. 8 OR 9AS APPROPRIATE. A STAND
DESIGNATED BY THIS ROAD MARKING MAY ALSO BE AVAILABLE AT
CERTAIN TIMES FOR PARKING AS PERMITTED BY THE TIME PLATE.





FIGURE NO. 5

REEN
GREEN

,,WHITE

SCHEDULED SERVICE STAND

THIS SIGN WHEN PLACED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ROAD
MARKING SHOWN IN FIGURE NO. 4 DEMARCATES THE LIMITS OFA
PART OF THE CARRIAGE WAY UPON WHICH VEHICLES ON
SCHEDULED SERVICES ARE PERMITTED TO STAND. IT MAY ALSO
BE PLACED IN CONJUNCTION WITH TH E TIME PLATE IN FIGURE NO. 8.

FIGURE NO. 6

RED RED

WHITE

PUBLIC LiGHT BUS STAND

THIS SIGN WHEN PLACED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ROAD
MARKING SHOWN IN FIGURE NO. 4 DEMARCATES THE LIMITS OFA
PART OF THE CARRIAGEWAY UPON WHICH PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES
ARE PERMITTED TO STAND. IT MAY ALSO BE PLACED IN CONJUNCTION
WITH THE TIME PLATE IN FIGURE NO. &





FIGURE NO. 7

~lR~IN WHITE BORDER,I_ TTERS
men.... M*,0

TAXI S~AND

coo

TAXI STAND

THIS SIGN WHEN PLACED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ROAD
MARKING SHOWN IN FIGURE NO. 4 DEMARCATES THE LIMITS OF A
PART OFTHE CARRIAGEWAY UPON WHICH TAXIS ARE PERMITTED TO
STAND. IT MAY ALSO BE PLACED IN CONJUNCTION WITH TH E TIME
PLATE IN FIG U RENO. 9 AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE IN FIGURE
NO. 10 OR 11.

FIGURE NO. 8

Mon-Fri
BLACK 'DW-,
LETTERS. 7 am-9 pm
NUMERALS AND
CHARACTERS
-b ri -IF T
WHI SYMBOL At other times
BACK -p
7
BLU

BLACK SYMBOIL

MSC'I TIME PLATE
6~U-

K ly.-

T 15 SIGN MAY BE USED IN CONIUNCTIGN WITH THE SIGHS 1.

I.,F GURE NO 5 TO INDICATE WHEN THE SPACE MAY BE USED AS A
5 HEDULED SERVICE 57AND AND T HAT AT OTHER TIMES IT MAY BC
USED FOR THE PARKING OF VEHICLES ON SCHEEKLED SERVICES.

IblFIGURE No 6 TO INDICATE WHEN THE SPACE MAY BE USED A5 A
PUBLIC LIGHT BUS STAND AND THAT AT OTHER TIMES IT MAY BE
USED FOR THE PARKING OF PUBLI LIGHT BUSES.
THE W RDING ON THE SIGN MAY BE VARIED TO SPECIFY ANY
PERIOD OF T 1 ME OR ANY DAY OR DAYS OR TO DELETE THE REFERENCE TO
PARK ING THE WMENSIONS OF THE SIGN MAY BE VARIED TO SUIT ANY
VARIATION 1 N THE WORDING.





FIGURE NO. 9

Mon-Fri
BLACK BORDER-
LETTERS, 7am-9pm
NUMERALS AND
CHARACTERS TL
WHITE SYMEOL. - At other-firnes
BACKGROUND W
B UE p
BLACK
LETTERS AND 10
CHARACTERS

TIME PLATE

THI 51 M MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SIGN IN

FIGURE NO 7 TO INDICATE WHEN THE SPACE MAY BE USED AS A TAXI
STAND AND THAT AT OTHER TIMES IT MAY BE USED FOR THE PARKING OF
TAXIS.

THE W ING ON THE SIGN MAY BE VARIED TO SPECIFYANY
PERIOD OF TIME OR MY DM DAYS OR TO DELETE REFERENCE TO
PARKING, THE DIMENS ONS OF 1 HE SIGN MAY BE VARIED TO SWIT MY
VARIATION $MTHE WORDING,

FIGURE NO. 10
325 1,6751 -1

N T taxis

.MITE BACKGROUND J\'~-htA(X LETTERS. 1HARIC11R1
OGROER

SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE

THIS SIGN WHEN PLACED IN CONJUNCTION WITH FIGURE NO. 7
INDICATES THATTHE TAXI STAND MAY 13E USED BYTAXIS LICENSED
TO BE AVAILABLE FOR HIRE OR TO CARRY PASSENGERS WITHIN THE NEW
TERRITORIES ONLY, i. e. WITHIN THE PERMITTED AREA FOR NEWTERRITORIES
TAXIS S PECIFIEO IN SCHEDULE 7 TO THE ROADTRAFFIC (REGISTRATION
AND LICEN SING OFVEHICLES) REGULATIONS UNDER CAP. 374.

(L.N. 261 of 1984)





FIGURE NO. 11
410 tti-t - - - 1

Except N T taxis

&ORO

SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE

THIS SIGN WHEN PLACED IN CONJUNCTION WITH FIGURE NO. 7
INDICATES THATTHE TAXI STAND SHALL NOT BE USED BY TAXIS
LICENSED TO BEAVAILABLE FOR HIRE OR TO CARRY PASSENGERS WITHIN
THENEW TERRITORIES ONLY, i. c. WITHIN THE PERMITTED AREA FOR NEW
TER RITORIES TAXIS SPECiFIED IN SCHEDULE 7 TO THE ROAD TRAFFIC
(REGISTRATION AND LICENSING OF VEHICLES) REGULATIONS
UNDER CAP. 374.

(L.N. 261 of 1984)

SCHEDULE 5 [reg. 471

TAxi F~

1.................................Taxis licensed to opera te in Hong Kong and Kowloon
(L.N. 353 of 1988) ..............$1 for the first 2
.................................kilometres oWrgjart
.................................thereof and ts for
.................................every 250 metres or part
.................................thereof thereafter.
2. Taxis licensed to operate within Lantau (L.N. 206 of 1989) $a-l~or the first 2
............kilometres or a part
............thereof and 70 VAts for
............every 250 metres or part
............thereof thereafter.
2a. Taxis licensed to operate in the New Territories (L.N. 353 of
1988) ...........................$A for the first 2
.................................kilometres or apy part
.................................thereof and 7@W~ts for
.................................every 250 metres or part
.................................thereof thereafter.
1989 ED CAP 374 D42




2.Any route which terminates in Kowloon and New Kowloon (other than a cross-harbour
route)---
White letters and characters on a green background.

3. Any route which terminates in the New Territories (other than a cross-harbour route)-
White letters and characters on a yellow background.

4. Any route which operates through the Cross-Harbour Tunnel-
White letters and characters on a red background.

SCHEDULE 7 [reg. 6,0M

TRANSMONAL PROVISIONS

1,An area of road designated as a taxi stand under regulation 13(1) of the revoked Road Traffic
(Public Service Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.)* shall be deemed to have been
designated as a taxi stand under regulation 30(1) of these regulations.

2.An area of road designated as a public light bus stand under regulation 39A(I) of the revoked
Road Traffic (Public Service Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.)* shall be deemed to
have been designated as a public light bus stand under regulation 29(1) of these regulations.

3. Any road marking delineated or sign erected in accordance with regulation 13(3) or
39A(3) of
the revoked Road Traffic (Public Service Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.)*, in respect
of a taxi stand or public light bus stand, shall be deemed to be a road marking delineated or
traffic sign erected in accordance with regulation 30(2) or 29(2) of these regulations, as the case
may be.

4.A contract of hire entered into in accordance with regulation 35 of the revoked Road Traffic
(Public Service Vehicles) Regulations shall be deemed to be a contract of hire entered into in
accordance with regulation 38 of these regulations.

5.A hire car permit issued or renewed under Part IIA of the revoked Road Traffic (Registration
and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.)* shall, if the permit is valid at the
commencement of these regulations, be deemed to be a hire car permit issued under Part III of
these regulations.

6.A bus stop designated under regulation 22 of the revoked Road Traffic (Public Omnibus,
Public Light Bus and Public Car) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.)* shall continue to have
effect as if that regulation had not been revoked.

7.Without prejudice to any other provision of this Schedule, in so far as any application,
determination or decision made or having effect as if made, direction or notice issued, given or
delivered or having effect as if issued, given or delivered, condition imposed or havig effect as if
imposed, fee paid, exemption made, or other thing done or having effect as if done, under the
revoked Road Traffic (Public Omnibus, Public Light Bus and Public Car) Regulations or Road
Traffic (Public Service Vehicles) Regulations could have been made, issued, given, imposed,
paid or done under a corresponding provision of these regulations it shall not be invalidated by
the revocation effected by regulation 60 of these regulations, but shall have effect as if made,
issued, given, delivered, imposed, paid or done under that corresponding provision.

* See Extractions 1984 Revision, Vol. 3.





8. For the purposes of this Schedule 'revoked' means-
(a)in the case of the Road Traffic (Public Omnibus, Public Light Bus and Public Car)
Regulations and the Road Traffic (Public Service Vehicles) Regulations, revoked by
regulation 60 of these regulations;
(b)in the case of the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations,
revoked by regulation 61 of the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles)
Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.)

SCHEDULE 8 [reg. 51(3)]

REQuiREmENTs OF A NOTICE UNDER REGULATION 51(3)

A notice referred to in regulation 51(3) shall-
(a)clearly indicate to the passenger referred to in that regulation, that if he does not wear a
seat belt-
(i) he commits an offence;
(ii) the driver of the vehicle may refuse the hire or to drive; and
(iii) he may be required to pay the fare and leave the vehicle;
(b) bein English and Chinese; and (L.N.7]of]989)
(c)be of a size and a background colour and consist of such letters and characters of a size
and colour so as to be easily legible and visible to a passenger referred to in regulation
51(3), and be constructed of a durable and water resistant material.
(L.N. 38 of1989)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3401

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

44
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:40 +0800
<![CDATA[ROAD TRAFFIC (PARKING) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3400

Title

ROAD TRAFFIC (PARKING) REGULATIONS

Description






ROAD TRAFFIC (PARKING) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page

PART I

INTRODUCTION

1. Citation ..................................... C 3
2. Interpretation .....................C 3
3. Application to Crown ...............C4

PART II

GENERAL RESTRICTIONS ON PARKING

4. Parking prohibitions ...............C 4
5. Designation of parking places .......C 5
6. Temporary parking arrangements by Commissioner of Police C 6
7. Parking of trailers .................C 6
8. Maximum period of parking ...........C 6
9. Leaving vehicle in dangerous position C 6
10. Exemptions from restrictions .......C 7

PART III

PARKING METERS

11. Erection of parking meters .........C 7
12. Parking of vehicle other than motor vehicle C 8
13. Interfering with parking meters ....C 8

PART IV

CAR PARKS

14. Designation of car parks ...........C 8
15. Temporary closure of car parks .....C 9
16. Signs at car parks .................-- C 9
17. Management of car parks ............ C 9
18. Attendants ...................................................................................................... C10
19. Powers of attendants ............... C10
20. Car park.........................fees ..................................................................................
.........................................C11





Regulation Page
21. Tickets ............................C11
22. Monthly passes .....................C11
23. Removal of vehicle on payment of fees C 12
24. Cleaning of vehicles in a car park .C 12
25. Offences in relation to car parks ..C 12
26. Mutilated, defaced or altered tickets C 13

PART V

MISCELLANEOUS

27. Repair of vehicles on roads ........C 14
28. Limitation of liability ............C 14
29. Revocation and savings .............C 14

Schedule 1. Figures ....................................................
.................................................................... C 16
Schedule 2. Fees for use of metered parking spaces ....................... C24
Schedule 3. Fees for use of car parks ... C 24
Schedule 4. Conditions for issue of monthly passes C 25





ROAD TRAFFIC (PARKING) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 374, section 12)

[25 August 19841 L.N. 299 of 1984

L.N. 288 of 1983 - R. Ed. 1983, L.N. 260 of 1984, L.N. 27 of 1985, L.N. 296 of 1986, L.N. 23 of
1987, L.N. 220 of 1988, L.N. 122 of 1989, L.N. 304 of 1989,

PART 1

INTRODUCTION

1. Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Road Traffic (Parking) Regulations.

2. Interpretation

(1) In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-
,,attendant' means a person appointed to be an attendant at a car park by the
person in whom the management of the car park is vested;
'car parV means a place designated by the Commissioner as a car park in
accordance with regulation 14;
'cleaner's permiC means a permit to clean vehicles in a car park, issued in
accordance with regulation 24;
'displayed' with respect to a monthly pass means displayed in the manner
described in paragraph 5 of Schedule 4;
'monthly pass' means a pass for the use of a car park issued in accordance with
regulation 22;
'parking', subject to subregulation (2), means the standing of a vehicle,
whether occupied or not, except when standing temporarily for the
purpose of and while actually engaged in loading or unloading or picking
up or setting down passengers;
'parking meter' means an apparatus constructed and designed to receive and
indicate payment for the use of a space in a parking place;
'parking place' means a place designated by the Commissioner in accordance
with regulation 5 as a place where vehicles may be parked;
'parking space' means a space in a parking place indicated by lines or other
marks for the accommodation of one vehicle;
'ticket' means a car park ticket issued in accordance with regulation 21;
'warning instrument' means any instrument fitted to or carried on or in a
vehicle for audibly signalling its approach or presence.





(2) Notwithstanding the definition of 'parking' in subregulation (1), a
vehicle shall not be deemed to be parked for the purpose of these regulations
where it is prevented from proceeding by breakdown or other circumstances
beyond the driver's control, and all reasonable steps are taken to minimize any
obstruction and effect the removal of the vehicle as soon as possible.
(3) The meaning of every traffic sign and road marking erected or placed
under these regulations shall be in accordance with the traffic signs and road
markings and the notes relating thereto specified in Schedule 1.

3. Application to Crown

(1) These regulations shall apply to vehicles and persons in the public
service of the Crown and for the purpose of proceedings for an offence in
connection with any such vehicle against any person other than the driver of the
vehicle the person nominated in that behalf by the department in whose service
the vehicle is used shall be deemed to be the person actually responsible unless it
is shown to the satisfaction of the court or magistrate that only the driver was
responsible.
(2) No fee shall be payable for the use of a car park by a vehicle owned by
and in the public service of the Crown.

PART 11

GENERAL RESTRICTIONS ON PARKING

4. Parking prohibitions

(1) Subject to subregulation (6), no person shall park a vehicle on any
road on which there is a system of street lighting furnished by means of lamps
not more than 200 m apart other than in a parking place:
Provided that if in any proceedings for a contravention of this
subregulation it is proved to the satisfaction of the court or magistrate that
there is a system of street lighting on a road, the system of street lighting shall
be presumed to be furnished by means of lamps not more than 200 m apart
unless the contrary is proved.
(2) The Commissioner may restrict the use of any road for parking by the
erection or placing of traffic signs or the placing of road markings in accordance
with Figure Nos. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 in Schedule 1.
(3) Subject to subregulation (6), no person shall park a vehicle-
(a)on any road in contravention of any traffic sign or road marking
erected or placed in accordance with subregulation (2); or
(b) so as to cause an obstruction.





(4) Subject to subregulation (6), no person shall park a vehicle-
(a)on a pavement, pedestrian way, central reservation, verge, hard
shoulder or traffic island;
(b)so as to obstruct vehicular access to or from premises adjacent to
the carriageway; or
(e) so as to obstruct access to a fire hydrant from the carriageway.
(5) Any person who contravenes subregulation (1), (3) or (4) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000:
Provided that it shall be a defence to a prosecution in respect of a
contravention of subregulation (4)(a) to prove that the vehicle was so parked
that no danger and no actual obstruction was caused or was likely to be caused
by it.
(6) Subregulations (1), (3) and (4) shall not apply to a motor vehicle.

5. ]Designation of parking places

(1) The Commissioner may designate any place on a road or any place to
which vehicles have access as a parking place by means of road markings in
accordance with Figure Nos. 13, 14 and 15 in Schedule 1.
(2) The Commissioner may by the use of the appropriate traffic signs in
accordance with the Figures shown in Schedule 1 indicate that a parking space
within a parking place may be used-
(a) for vehicles of a particular class or type;
(b) at particular times; or
(c) on particular days.
(3) The Commissioner may amend, suspend or cancel any designation
under subregulation (1)-
(a) by covering any traffic sign;
(b)in the case of a metered parking space, by covering the parking
meter with a bag showing the Figure set out as Figure No. 6 in
Schedule 1;
(c)by the erection or placing of the traffic sign shown in Figure
No. 7 in Schedule 1; or
(d) by the removal of any traffic sign.
(4) Subject to subregulation (7), no person shall park a vehicle in a
parking place contrary to any traffic sign or road marking, shown in Schedule
1, erected or placed in or near such parking place.
(5) Subject to subregulation (7), no person shall park a vehicle in any
parking place the designation of which is suspended or cancelled under
subregulation (3).
(6) Any person who contravenes subregulation (4) or (5) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.
(7) Subregulations (4) and (5) shall not apply to a motor vehicle.





6. Temporary parking arrangements
by Commissioner of Police

(1) The Commissioner of Police may in respect of a period not exceeding
72 hours, by means of traffic signs of such type and description as he considers
appropriate, designate any place on any road as a temporary parking place and
may appropriate the use of such temporary parking place to any particular class
or type of vehicle.
(2) The Commissioner of Police may in respect of any period not exceed-
ing 72 hours, amend or suspend any designation made under regulation 5-
(a) by covering any traffic sign;
(b)in the case of a metered parking space, by covering the parking
meter with a bag showing the Figure set out as Figure No. 6 in
Schedule 1;
(c)by the erection or placing of the traffic sign shown in Figure
No. 7 in Schedule 1; or
(d) by the removal of any traffic sign.
(3) Subject to subregulation (6), no person shall park a vehicle in a
temporary parking place designated by the Commissioner of Police contrary to
any traffic sign lawfully erected or placed in or near such temporary parking
place.
(4) Subject to subregulation (6), no person shall park a vehicle in any
parking place the designation of which is suspended under subregulation (2).
(L.N. 260 of 1984)
(5) Any person who contravenes subregulation (3) or (4) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.
(6) Subregulations (3) and (4) shall not apply to a motor vehicle.

7. Parking of trailers

Any person who parks a trailer on any road, other than in a parking place
designated for that purpose, unless the trailer is accompanied by and attached
to a motor vehicle capable of drawing the trailer, commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $2,000.

8. Maximum period of parking

Any person who parks a vehicle in a parking place for a continuous period
of more than 24 hours commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

9. Leaving vehicle in dangerous position

Any person who causes or permits a vehicle to remain at rest on a road in
such a position or in such condition or in such circumstances as to be likely





to cause danger to other persons using the road commits an offence and is liable
to a fine of $2,000.

10. Exemptions from restrictions

Nothing in regulation 4 or 5 or 6 shall apply-
(a) so as to restrict the use of any vehicle in connection with-
(i) the removal of any obstruction to traffic;
(ii) the maintenance, improvement or reconstruction of any
road as authorized by the Director of Highways; or
(iii)the erection, alteration or repair in or near any road of any
sewer or any main, pipe or apparatus for the supply of gas,
water or electricity or of any telephone wires, cable posts or
supports,
if compliance with those regulations would cause unreasonable
inconvenience in the use of the vehicle for such purpose;
(b) to vehicles used for fire service, ambulance or police purposes;
(c)to vehicles used for the conveyance of public mail, or vehicles
used by the armed forces of the Crown when any such vehicles
are being used as a matter of urgent necessity; or
(d) to anything done with the permission of a police officer:
Provided that no vehicle shall remain parked under paragraphs (a), (b)
and (c) for any longer period than may be necessary for such purpose.

PART 111

PARKING METERS

1. Erection of parking meters

(1) The Commissioner may cause parking meters to be erected on any
Crown land or at any parking place for the purpose of charging for the parking
of motor vehicles, and may cause traffic signs in accordance with Figure No. 17
in Schedule 1 to be erected or placed at any place where parking meters have
been erected.
(2) Every parking meter shall bear a plate or other device showing, in
English and in Chinese-
(a)the period during which a charge is made for the use of the
parking space in respect of which the parking meter is erected;
and





(b)the appropriate fee set forth in Schedule 2 which must be paid for
the use of the parking space, the period of time to which such fee
relates and the denomination of coin or other means to be used
for the payment of such fee.
(3) All money collected from parking meters shall be paid into the general
revenue.

12. Parking of vehicle other than motor vehicle

Any person who parks any vehicle other than a motor vehicle in a parking
space in respect of which there is a parking meter commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $2,000.

13. Interfering with parking meters

(1) Any person who without lawful authority-
(a) interferes with any parking meter;
(b) impedes or prevents the operation of any parking meter;
(c)operates or attempts to operate a parking meter by the insertion
of any object other than the appropriate coin or other approved
means of payment;
(d) removes any money from a parking meter; or
(e)is in. possession of any object designed or adapted for interfering
with a parking meter,
commits an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000 and to
imprisonment for 3 months.
(2) The driver of a vehicle which is parked in a metered parking space the
parking meter in respect of which has been operated for that period by an
object other than the appropriate coin shall be presumed to have inserted such
object unless the contrary is proved.

PART IV

CAR PARKS

14. Designation of car parks

(1) The Commissioner may by notice published in the Gazette designate
any place as a car park and in such notice may limit the use of such car park or
any part thereof to any particular class or type of motor vehicle, and by notice
published in the Gazette may revoke or amend any such designation.
(2) The Commissioner may by notice published in the Gazette limit the
hours during which motor vehicles or any particular class or type of motor
vehicle may enter or use a car park.





15. Temporary closure of car parks

(1) The Commissioner may by notice published in the Gazette
temporarily close any car park or any part of a car park and in such notice may
in his discretion designate the use to which the car park may be put during such
temporary closure.
(2) Where a car park has been closed under subregulation (1) for any
period exceeding 48 hours the holder of a monthly pass that is valid for that car
park only for the month in which such closure occurs may apply for and be
granted by the Commissioner a proportionate refund of the monthly pass fee.
(3) Any refund of a monthly pass fee which has not been applied for
within 6 months after the expiry of the monthly pass shall be irrecoverable.

16. Signs at car parks

(1) The Commissioner shall cause to be erected or placed at, in and
outside every car park such traffic signs as he deems necessary for the regulation
of parking therein and in particular traffic signs indicating the place where
motor vehicles may enter the car park and the class or type of motor vehicle
which may be parked in the car park.
(2) The Commissioner shall cause every car park to be divided up in such
manner as he considers necessary into spaces for the accommodation of vehicles
and may reserve any such spaces for any particular class or type of motor
vehicle or category of user.

17. Management of car parks

(1) On the designation of a car park under regulation 14 the Governor
may direct that the management of the car park shall be-
(a)vested in the Commissioner who shall be responsible for the
collection of all fees payable for the use of the car park;
(b)put up for public tender and vested in such person as the
Commissioner shall decide in accordance with subregulation (3);
or
(c) vested in such other person as the Governor may direct.
(2) All fees collected for the use of car parks vested in the Commissioner
shall be paid into the general revenue.
(3) If in accordance with subregulation (1)(b) the Governor directs that
the management of a car park shall be put up for public tender the
Commissioner may vest the management of the car park in any person
tendering for such upon such terms and conditions as the Commissioner shall
consider appropriate.
(4) The Commissioner may make rules providing for the management
and control of any car park, and such rules may include matters relating to-





(a) the employment of attendants;
(b) the duties of attendants and other employees;
(c) uniforms;
(d) identification and discipline of stalT,
(e) registers to be maintained;
(f) records to be kept;
(g) maintenance and use of equipment;
(h) issue of cleaner's permits.

18. Attendants

(1) In the case of a car park managed by the Commissioner every
attendant shall-
(a) be appointed by the Commissioner;
(b)wear such uniform and display such badge as may be specified by
the Commissioner; and
(c)carry such evidence of his appointment as shall be specified by
the Commissioner.
(2) In the case of a car park where the management is vested in accord-
ance with regulation 17(1)(b) or (c) every attendant shall-
(a) be appointed by the person in whom management is vested;
(b)wear such uniform as may be approved by the Commissioner;
and
(c)carry such evidence of his appointment as shall be specified by
the Commissioner.

19. Powers of attendants

An attendant may do any of the following things, namely---
(a)give directions to the driver of any vehicle in a car park for the
purpose of regulating parking and the flow of traffic therein;
(b)prohibit a vehicle from being driven into a car park if the driv-
ing of the vehicle into the car park would contravene these
regulations or any traffic sign lawfully erected or placed at, in or
outside the car park;
(c) prohibit a vehicle from being driven out of a car park if-
(i)the vehicle is not displaying or the driver does not produce a
valid monthly pass; and
(ii)the driver does not pay the prescribed fee and surrender any
ticket;
(d) require any person in a car park to give his name and address;
(e) order any unauthorized person to leave a car park.





20. Car park fees

The fees for the use of a car park shall be the fees specified in Schedule 3.

21. Tickets

(1) On entry into a car park the driver of a vehicle may, unless he
produces or the vehicle is displaying a valid monthly pass, be issued with such
ticket as the Commissioner may specify.
(2) The driver of every vehicle using a car park shall pay for the use of
the car park the appropriate fee specified in Schedule 3 and, subject to
subregulation (3), surrender any ticket issued in respect of that use before the
vehicle is removed from the car park, unless he produces or displays a valid
monthly pass.
(3) Where any ticket issued in respect of the use of a car park has been
lost, destroyed or accidentally defaced or cannot for any reason be surrendered
in accordance with subregulation (2), the person who intends to remove the
vehicle from the car park may remove the vehicle if he satisfies an attendant
that such a ticket was issued to him or that he is authorized to remove such
vehicle by the person to whom such ticket was issued, and pays the appropriate
fee for a replacement ticket as prescribed in paragraph 9 of Schedule 3 before
the vehicle is removed from the car park.

22. Monthly passes

(1) A monthly pass for a motor vehicle for the use of a car park may
be issued on payment of the fee prescribed in Schedule 3 and subject to the
conditions set out in Schedule 4. (L.N. 260 of 1984)
(2) The driver of every vehicle using a car park by virtue of a monthly
pass shall produce or display such monthly pass when the vehicle enters or is
removed from the car park.
(3) Where a motor vehicle is permitted to enter a car park during the
currency of a monthly pass and the pass expires,before the removal of the
vehicle then, unless a new monthly pass is issued, the person who intends to
remove the vehicle from the car park shall pay the appropriate hourly fee for
the period since the expiry of the monthly pass before the vehicle is removed
from the car park.
(4) Where a monthly pass has been lost, destroyed or accidentally defaced
or cannot for any reason be displayed or produced in accordance with these
regulations, a duplicate pass, which shall have the same effect as the original
monthly pass, may be issued to the person to whom the original monthly
pass was issued, upon payment of the fee prescribed by paragraph 7 of
Schedule 3.





(5) The Commissioner may by notice published in the Gazette do either
or both of the following-
(a)specify the number of monthly passes which may be issued in
respect of any car park or category of car parks;
(b)prohibit the issue of a monthly pass in respect of any car park or
category of car parks or for any particular class or type of motor
vehicle.

23. Removal of vehicle on payment of fees

(1) Where a parking fee in respect of the use of a car park by a motor
vehicle is paid under regulation 21 or 22(3) the motor vehicle shall be removed
from the car park as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter and in any case
within 15 minutes after any time of departure marked on the ticket relating
thereto.
(2) If the vehicle is not removed in accordance with subregulation (1) an
additional fee at the appropriate rate plus $2 per hour or part thereof in excess
of such period of 15 minutes shall be paid. (L.N. 260 of 1984)

24. Cleaning of vehicles in a car park

(1) Subject to any rules made under regulation 17(4), the person in whom
the management of a car park is vested under regulation 17 may subject to such
conditions as he may see fit to impose, issue to an applicant a cleaner's permit in
a form approved by the Commissioner, authorizing the holder to clean vehicles
in a car park. 2.0
(2) The fee for the issue of a cleaner's permit shall be $1-5.
(3) Subject to subregulation (4), a cleaner's permit shall be valid for a
period of 1 year from the date of issue.
(4) A cleaner's permit may be revoked for any breach of its conditions or
upon the conviction of the holder for an offence under regulation 25(2).

25. 011ences in relation to car parks

(1) No driver in a car park shall-
(a) fail to obey any lawful direction given by an attendant;
(b)drive a vehicle into or out of a car park in contravention of a
prohibition lawfully imposed by an attendant;
(c)drive or park a motor vehicle in contravention of any traffic sign
or road marking erected or placed at, in or outside any car park
for the direction or regulation of motor vehicles;





(d)park a motor vehicle in such manner that the motor vehicle
unnecessarily projects over any line or other mark which
delineates a parking space;
(e)remove the vehicle from the car park without paying the
appropriate fee in respect of the vehicle or displaying or
producing a valid monthly pass for the vehicle;
leave a vehicle in the car park for a continuous period of more
than 7 days;
(g)allow a vehicle to remain in the car park by virtue of a monthly
pass unless the monthly pass in respect of the vehicle is displayed;
(h)leave in the car park a vehicle in respect of which a displayed
monthly pass has expired;
(i)park a vehicle in the car park in contravention of any limitation
imposed in a designation made under regulation 14(1) or in
contravention of any limitation imposed under regulation 14(2);
(j)park a vehicle in any car park or part thereof that has been closed
under regulation 15; or
(k)bring a vehicle carrying dangerous goods, to which the
Dangerous Goods Ordinance (Cap. 295) applies, into the car
park.
(2) No person in a car park shall-
(a) smoke;
(b)fail to leave the car park as soon as reasonably practicable after
the car in which he has been travelling has been parked;
(c)remain in the car park after he has been lawfully ordered to leave
by an attendant;
(d)fail to give his name and address to an attendant when requested
to do so;
(e)when required to give his name and address by an attendant give
a false name or address or omit a material particular therein;
(f) without reasonable excuse sound any warning instrument; or
(g)clean a motor vehicle, unless he is the owner or driver of the
vehicle or is in possession of a valid cleaner's permit.
(3) Any person who contravenes any of the provisions of this regulation
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

26. Mutilated, defaced or altered tickets

Any person who without lawful authority or excuse-
(a) mutilates, defaces or alters any ticket; or
(b)is in possession of any ticket which is mutilated, defaced or
altered,
comm-its an offence and is liable to a fine of $500.





PART V

MISCELLANEOUS

27. Repair of vehicles on roads

(1) No person shall carry out or cause or permit to be carried out on a
vehicle on a road any maintenance, repair or other works or leave or cause or
permit any vehicle to be left on a road for the purpose of carrying out any such
maintenance, repair or other works:
Provided that it shall be a good defence in any proceedings for a
contravention of this regulation to prove that such maintenance, repair or other
works were necessary to enable the vehicle to be removed without undue delay.
(2) In any proceedings for a contravention of subregulation (1) the owner
of the vehicle and any employer of any person alleged to have carried out the
maintenance, repair or other works shall be presumed to have caused or
permitted the works to be carried out unless he proves that the maintenance,
repair or other works were carried out without his authority, consent or
knowledge and that the contravention did not arise from want of due care and
attention on his part.
(3) Any person who contravenes subregulation (1) commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

28. Limitation of liability

The exercise by the Commissioner of his functions under regulations 5 and
14 or the exercise by the Commissioner of Police of his functions under
regulation 6 shall not render either of them subject to any liability in respect of
the loss of or damage to any vehicle in a parking place or car park or the
contents of any such vehicle.

29. Revocation and savings

(1) The following regulations are revoked-
(a)the Road Traffic (Parking and Waiting) Regulations (Cap. 220
sub. leg.);
(b)the Road Traffic (Temporary Car Parks) Regulations (Cap. 220
sub. leg.).
(2) Without limiting any provision of the Interpretation and General
Clauses Ordinance (Cap. I)-
(a)insofar as any designation, appointment, vesting, limitation or
other thing made, notified, approved, prescribed or done under
the Road Traffic (Parking and Waiting) Regulations (Cap. 220





sub. leg.) could have been made, notified, approved, prescribed
or done under a corresponding provision of these regulations it
shall not be invalidated by the revocation effected by subregula-
tion (1) but shall, insofar as it is subsisting or in force at the
commencement of these regulations, have effect as if made,
notified, approved, prescribed or done under that corresponding
provisions;
(b)any temporary car park designated under the Road Traffic
(Temporary Car Parks) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) and
subsisting as such at the commencement of these regulations shall
be deemed as from the commencement of these regulations to
have been designated as a car park under regulation 14 of these
regulations;
(e)insofar as any limitation, vesting, appointment, or other thing
notified, made, approved, prescribed or done in respect of any
temporary car park under the Road Traffic (Temporary Car
Parks) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub. leg.) could have been notified,
made, approved, prescribed or done in respect of a car park
under a corresponding provision of these regulations it shall be
deemed, so far as it is subsisting or in force at the commencement
of these regulations, to have been notified, made, approved,
prescribed or done in respect of the car park under that
corresponding provision;
(d)every sign, symbol or signal (other than a No Waiting sign,
symbol or signal), parking meter, plate on a parking meter, road
marking, monthly pass, ticket, replacement ticket, cleaner's
permit or register erected, placed, affixed, made, issued or kept
under the revoked regulations and subsisting or in force
immediately before the commencement of these regulations shall
be deemed to be a traffic sign, parking meter. plate on a parking
meter, road marking, monthly pass, ticket, replacement ticket,
cleaner's permit or register erected, placed, affixed, made, issued
or kept under these regulations; (L.N. 260 of 1984)
(e)a sign in accordance with diagram 1 in the First Schedule to the
Road Traffic (Parking and Waiting) Regulations (Cap. 220 sub.
leg.) shall be deemed to be a traffic sign in Figure No. 1 in
Schedule 1 to these regulations and where that sign is qualified by
a notice attached to the post on which the sign is mounted, the
parking place or parking space is to be used only in accordance
with that notice.(L.N. 260 of 1984)





SCHEDULE 1 [regs. 2,4,5,6& 11]
FIGURES

(All measurements shown in the Figures are given in millimetres)
FIGURE NO. 1
---REWM LETTP

PARKING FOR VEHICLES OTHER THAN MEDIUM AND HEAVY GOODS VEHICLES,
BUSES, MOTOR CYCLES AND PEDAL CYCLES

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT WHEN USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ROAD MARKING IN FIGURE NO. 14 OR 15
OR BOTH, THE PARKING PLACE OR PARKING SPACE IS FOR VEHICLES OTHER THAN MEDIUM AND HEAVY GOODS
VEHICLES, BUSES, MOTOR CYCLES AND PEDAL CYCLES.

FIGURE NO. 2
.n -R

PARKING FOR GOODS VEHICLES

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT WHEN USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ROAD MARKING IN FIGURE NO. 14 OR 15
OR BOTH, THE PARKING PLACE OR PARKING SPACE IS FOR GOODS VEHICLES ONLY.





FIGURE NO. 3
WHIR BORDER &
LETTER

BLUE BAMROUND

BLACK ~MBOL

1250 500 1750)

PARKING FOR BUSES

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT WHEN USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ROAD MARKING IN FIGURE NO. 14 OR 15
OR BOTH, THE PARKING PLACE OR PARKING SPACE IS FOR BUSES ONLY.

FIGURE NO. 4

,,-WHITE

BLUE

''rWilITE

LBLACK

11101 1.

PARKING PLACE FOR MOTOR CYCLES

THIS S GN INDICATES THAT WHEN USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ROAD MARKING IN FIGURE NO. 13 THE
1 r
PARKI[NG PLACE IS FOR MOTOR CYCLES ONLY.





FIGURE NO. 5

WH I TE

.,,-BLUE

WHITE

BLACK

PARKING PLACE FOR PEDAL CYCLES

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT WHEN USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ROAD MARKING IN FIGURE NO. 14 OR 15
OR BOTH, THE PARKING PLACE OR PARKING SPACE IS FOR PEDAL CYCLES ONLY.

FIGURE NO. 6

RED BORDER & DIAGONAL

KGROUNO

NO PARKING

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT ON THE SIDE OF THE ROAD WHERE IT IS DISPLAYED, PARKING IS PROHIBITED. IT
MAY BE USED WITH THE SIGNS IN FIGURE NOS. 9 AND 10 TO INDICATE THE DIRECTION IN WHICH THE RESTRICTION
APPLIES AND WITH THE SIGN IN FIGURE NO. 8 TO INDICATE THE PERIOD FOR WHICH ITAPPLIES.





FIGURE NO. 7

RED
BLUE
/7 /,-BLACK,ELLOW

TEMPORARY NO PARKING SIGN

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT ON THE SIDE OF THE ROAD WHERE IT IS DISPLAYED, PARKING IS TEMPORARILY
PROHIBITED. THE SIGN MAY BE USED WITHOUT THE ARROWS OR WITH AN ARROW POINTING IN ONLY ONE
DIRECTION.

FIGURE NO. 8

Mon-Satgam-6pm

7'X

525

TIME PLATE

THIS PLATE INDICATESTHE PERIOD OFTIME OR DAYS FOR WHICH PARKING IS PROHIBITED OR PERMITTED.
IT MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH FIGURE NOS. 6 AND 7 TO INDICATE THE PERIOD OF TIME OR DAYS
DU R ING WHICH THE RESTRICTION ON PARKING APPLIES OR USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH FIGURE NOS. 1, 2,3,4
OR 5TO INDICATE THE PERIOD OFTIME OR DAYS WHEN PARKING 15 PERMITTED.
THEWORDING MAY BEVARIED TO SPECIFYANY PERIOD OFTIMEOR ANY DAY OR DAYS.





FIGURE NO. 9

BLACK BORDER & SYMBOL

/-WHITE BACKGROUND

300 (400)

ARROW PLATE

THIS PLATE 15 FOR USE WITH THE SIGN IN FIGURE NO. 6 TO INDICATE THE DIRECTION IN WHICH THE
RESTRICTION ON PARKING APPLIES.
THE ARROW MAYBE REVERSED TO INDICATE A RESTRICTION INTHEOTHER DIRECTION.

FIGURE NO. 10

BLACK BORDER & SYMBOL

/,,-WHITE BACKGROUND

ARROW PLATE

THIS PLATE IS FOR USE WITH THE SIGN IN FIGURE NO. 6 TO INDICATE THE RESTRICTION ON PARKING APPLIES
IN BOTH DIRECTIONS.





FIGURE NO. 11

l~YELLOW

NO PARKING

THIS ROAD MARKING IS USED TO INDICATE A SECTION OF ROAD, WHETHER OR NOT IT IS USED IN
CONJUACTION WITH FIGURE NO. 6, WHERE THE PARKING OF VEHICLES IS PROHIBITED.

FIGURE NO. 12

ELLON HATCHED MARKING
rCHANNEL i-KERB LINE

~WHITE
A
@
1~

NO PARKING

THIS ROAD MARKING IS USED TO INDICATE THAT THE PARKING OF VEHICLES IS PROHIBITED ON THE AREA
SHOWN BYTHE YELLOW HATCHED MARKINGS.





FIGURE NO. 13

//7KERE, LINE
CHANNEL

Ri-

MOTOR CYCLE PARKING PLACES

THIS ROAD MARKING IS USED TO INDICATE PARKING PLACES FOR MOTOR CYCLES ONLY SUBJECT TO SUCH
CONDITIONS, IFANY, AS MAY BE IN FORCE AS INDICATED BY RELEVANT SIGNS IN THE VICINITY.

FIGURE NO. 14

PARKING SPACES-PARALLEL
KERB LINE-\

ICHANNEL-/
loc
~ h VARIABLE ~-WHITE

PARKING SPACES-ANGULAR
~BLE A~ KERB LINE

CHAN ~EL
~V

WHITE

ROAD MARKINGS FOR PARKING PLACES

THIS ROAD MARKING IS USED TO INDICATE PARKING PLACES FOR VEHICLES SUBJECTTO SUCH CONDITIONS,
IF ANY, AS MAY BE IN FORCE.





FIGURE NO. 15

PARKING SPACES - PARALLEL
KER13 LINE-\

1
CHANNELj i

---ABLESTUDS

PARKING SPACES-ANGULAR
KERB LINE
RIAR E MOLE

CHAN'NELJ,~/'

ROAD MARKINGS FOR PARKING PLACES

THIS ROAD MARKING IS USED TO INDICATE PARKING PLACES FOR VEHICLES, SUBJECT TO SUCH CONDITIONS,
IF ANY, AS MAYBE IN FORCE AS INDICATED BY RELEVANT SIGNS IN THE VICINITY.

FIGURE NO. 16

550

Urban Services Dept
refuse coLLection
vehicLes onLy

PARKING FOR SPECIAL VEHICLES

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT WHEN USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ROAD MARKING IN FIGURE NOS. 14 OR
ISTHE PARKING PLACE OR PARKING SPACE MAY BE USED ONLY BY THEVEHICLES INDICATED ON THE SIGN.
THE WORDING MAY BE VARIED TO SPECIFY ANY PARTICULAR TYPE OR CLASS OF VEHICLE.





FIGURE NO. 17

2-HOUR METERS
0p---ting f- B.M-Midnight
dai(y except genera( hoiidays
In case of meter defects Tet. 5-723246
The meter number marked on the post must be given

+
99 W W #A 5-723246

625

TIME PLATE

TH S PLATE MAY BE USED TO ADVISE THAT A FEE MUST BE INSERTED IN THE PARKING METER ERECTED
1'
ADJACENTTOTHE PARKING SPACES DURINGTHETIMES INDICATED.

ATHEWORDING MAY BECHANGEDTO SPECIFYANY PERIOD OF TIME AND ANY SYSTEM OF CHARGING THAT 15
IN EFFECTATTHESE PARKING SPACES,ORTO SPECIFY ANEW OR ADDITIONAL TELEPHONE NUMBER.

SCHEDULE 2 [reg. 11]

FEES FOR USE OF METERED PARKING SPACES

Denomination
Item Fee Period of Time of Coin
1 One dollar 1 Hour Meter: each 30 minutes One $1.00 coin
2 50 cents 1 Hour Meter: each 30 minutes One 50 cent coin
3 50 cents 2 Hour Meter: each 30 minutes One 50 cent coin
4 One dollar 2 Hour Meter: each 30 minutes One $1.00 coin
5 Two dollars ~ Hour Meter: each 30 minutes One $2.00 coin
6 One dollar 1 Hour Meter: each 30 minutes One $1.00 coin
7 Two dollars 2 Hour Meter: each 30 minutes One $2.00 coin
(L.N. 23 of1987)

SCHEDULE 3 [regs. 20, 21 & 22]

FEES FOR USE OF CAR PARKS

1-5. (Repealed L.N. 304 of1989)

5A. (Repealed L.N. 220 of1988)

6. (1) Where a vehicle is in a car park during a specified period and is not removed therefrom
until after the commencement of the specified period following thereon, the fee for any one hour or
part thereof which is partly within the earlier specified period and partly within the later specified
period shall, if the fees set forth in the Table for the two specified periods differ, be the higher of
such fees.





(2) In subparagraph (1), 'specified period' means any period of use of a car park specified in
the Table appropriate to that car park. (L.N. 220 of 1988)

7. A duplicate monthly pass for any car park may be issued for a fee of $ 10.

8. The minimum fee for use of any car park for any one occasion shall be the appropriate fee for
1 hour.

9. (1) Where a ticket has been lost, destroyed or accidentally defaced or cannot for any reason
be surrendered the person who intends to remove the motor vehicle from a car park shall pay a fee
for a replacement ticket calculated at the appropriate hourly rate for the period during which the
vehicle has remained in the car park.
(2) For the purpose of calculating the fee referred to in subparagraph (1)-
(a) it shall be deemed that the vehicle has remained in the car park since the time it
entered the car park, as shown on the ticket stub retained in the car park; or
(b) where registers are kept at the car park-
(i) if the registration mark of such vehicle does not appear in the register at the
commencement of such period, it shall be deemed that such vehicle has remained
in the car park since the commencement of such period:
(ii) if the registration mark of such vehicle does appear in the register at the
commencement of such period, but not in the register at the commencement of
the period immediately preceding such period, it shall be deemed that such
vehicle has remained in the car park since the commencement of the earlier
period; or
(iii) if the registration mark of such vehicle does appear in the register at the
commencement of such period and of one or more periods immediately
preceding such period, it shall be deemed that such vehicle has remained in the
car park since the commencement of the period before the first of such preceding
periods.

SCHEDULE 4 [regs. 2(1) & 22(1)]

CONDITIONS FOR ISSUE OF MONTHLY PASSES

1 . Subject to any specification or prohibition under regulation 22(5), the person in whom the
management of a car park is vested may issue to an applicant a monthly pass in such form as shall
be approved in writing by the Commissioner.

2. Subject to regulation 25(1)(J), a monthly pass shall entitle the driver of such motor vehicle as is
described in the monthly pass to park that motor vehicle, at any time during the currency of the
monthly pass, in such car parks as are set forth in the monthly pass or in respect of which the pass is
valid if space is available in any such car park for the due parking of the motor vehicle.

3. The issue of a monthly pass shall not provide any guarantee that parking space for the motor
vehicle shall be available in any of the car parks set forth in the monthly pass, or in respect of which
the pass is valid, or in any particular car park.

4. A monthly pass shall be valid for a period not exceeding 1 calendar month, expiring on the last
day of a month.





5. The driver of a motor vehicle shall cause the monthly pass in respect thereof to be displayed on
the vehicle's windscreen in such a manner that it does not obstruct his field of vision but is clearly
visible from the front of the vehicle at all times when the motor vehicle is in a car park by virtue of
such monthly pass:
Provided that in the case of a motor cycle, a motor tricycle, an invalid carriage and of any
other vehicle not provided with a fixed windscreen, the monthly pass may be displayed in a
conspicuous position on the right-hand side of the vehicle in front of the driving scat and not less
than 1 m nor more than 2 m from ground level so as to be clearly visible from the front.

6. On the application of a person, to whom a monthly pass has been issued, made while such
monthly pass is still in force, together with payment of a fee of $10, the person in whom the
management of the car park is vested in accordance with the provisions of regulation 17, may
amend the monthly pass to enable it to be used in respect of the motor vehicle mentioned in the
application instead of the motor vehicle in respect of which the monthly pass had been issued.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3400

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

26
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:39 +0800
<![CDATA[ROAD TRAFFIC (DRIVING LICENCES) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3399

Title

ROAD TRAFFIC (DRIVING LICENCES) REGULATIONS

Description






ROAD TRAFFIC (DRIVING LICENCES) REGULATIONS


ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation................................... Page
PART I

PRELPIMNARY

1. Citation ................. ..: - - - - '' - - '' - B3
2. Interpretation ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B3
3. Exemptions ............................... ... ... ... ... ... ... B4
4. Application to the Crown .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 4

PART II

DRIVING LICENCES

5. Classification of motor vehicles for issue of driving licences ... ... ... ... B 5
6. Restrictions on issue of driving licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 5
7. Age limits .....: ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 5
8. Previous experience and driving record ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 6
9. Physical fitness ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 6
10. Applications for full driving licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 8
11. Issue of full driving licences ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 9
12............................Application for and issue of learners' driving licences ... ... ... ... ... B 10
13.............................Application for and issue of temporary driving licences ... ... ... ... B 11
14. Application for and issue of driving licences for Government vehicles ... B 12
is. Renewal of full driving licence .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12
16. Renewal of driving licences for Government vehicles ... ... ... ... ... B 13
17. Conditions of driving licences ........... ... ... ... ... . ... ... B 14
18. Notification of change of particulars in driving licences ... ... ... ... B 14
19. Entitlement to drive other classes of vehicle ... ... ... - ... - B 14
20. Cancellation of driving licences ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 15

PART III

DRIVING INSTRUCTORS, INSTRUCTION AND TESTS

21. Application for driving instructors* licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 15
22.Issue of driving instructors' licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... BIS
23. Renewal of driving instructors' licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 16
24. Driving instructors' tests .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 16
25. Test of continued ability and fitness to give driving instruction ... ... ... B 17
26. Competence to continue as driving instructor B 17
27. Conduct of driving instructions, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 17
28. Cancellation of driving instructors' licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 18
29. Authorized examiners ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 18
30. Driving under instruction ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8 18
31. Application to take a driving test ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 19
32. Conduct of driving test ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 20
33. Passing of driving test ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... B 21
34. Re-testing of driving licence holders . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 21





Regulation Page

PARTIV

PROCEDURE ON DISQUALIFICATION

35. Procedure on disqualification ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 21

PART V

INTERNATIONAL DRIVING PERMITS

36. Application for and issue of international driving permits ... ... ... ... B 22
37. Visiting drivers from abroad ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 22
38. Application of other provisions to visiting drivers ... ... ... ... ... ... B 22

PART VI

MISCELLANEOUS

39. Record of driving licences and permits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 23
40. Fee for record ofconvictions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 23
41. Withholding of licences and permits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 23
42. Issue of duplicate licences and permits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 23
43. Form of driving licences and permits and photographs ... ... ... ... ... B 24
44. Miscellaneous provisions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 24
45. Appeals ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 24
46. 01Tences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 24
47. Revocation ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. . . ... ... ... B 25
48. Transitional provisions .. . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 25

First Schedule. Excepted diseases and physical disabilities ... ... ... ... ... ... B 25
Second Schedule. Fees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . 1 . ... ... ... ... ... ... B 25
Third Schedule. Plate to be displayed by learner drivers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 26
Fourth Schedule. List of countries for purposes of regulation 11 (3) ... ... ... ... ... B 26
Fifth Schedule. Conditions of issue of a driving instructor's licence ... ... ... ... B 27
Sixth Schedule. Driving Instructor's test ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 27
Seventh Schedule. Particulars of record ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 28
Eighth Schedule. Requirements for a driving test ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 28
Ninth Schedule. Forms of international driving permits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 29
Tenth Schedule. Transitional provisions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 33

Eleventh Schedule. Requirements fora motorcycle driving test B 34





ROAD TRAFFIC (DRIVING LICENCES) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 374, sections 5 and 8)

[25 August 1984.1

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. These regulations may be cited as the Road Traffic
(Driving Licences) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise
requires-

'applicant' means a person who has applied for a driving licence,
driving test driving instructor's licence or permit under these
regulations,Aas the case may be, or for renewal of a driving
licence or driving instructor's licence;

'articulated vehicle' has the meaning assigned to it by regulation 2
.of the Road Traffic (Construction and Maintenance of
Vehicles) Regulations;

'authorized examiner' means a person appointed under regulation
29(1) to be an authorized examiner for the purpose of conduct-
ing driving tests;

'class', when used in relation to a motor vehicle in connexion with
any matter relating to a driving licence, driving test. driving
instructor's licence or permit, means a class of motor vehicle
specified in regulation 5;

'1926 Convention' and '1949 Convention' have the meanings
assigned to them by regulation 2 of the Road Traffic (Registra-
tion and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations;

'disabled person' means a person who has, under regulation 9,
proved his fitness to drive a private car and who produces to the
Commissioner a certificate, which shall be valid for 3 years
from the date of issue, signed by or on behalf of the Director of
Medical and Health Services stating that such person is suffering
from a permanent disease or physical disability that cause
him considerable difficulty in walking;

'driving instructor' means a person who is the holder of a valid
driving instructor's licence;

'driving instructor's licence' means a driving instructor's licence
issued under regulation 22;

'driving instructor's tesC means a test referred to in regulation 24;

'driving tesC means a test of competence to drive a motor vehicle
, conducted in accordance with regulations 32 and 33;





'full driving licence' means a driving licence other than a learner's
driving licence, temporary driving licence or a driving licence to
drive Government vehicles;

'Government vehicle ' means a vehicle owned by the Government;

'identity document' has the meaning assigned to it by regulation 2
of the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles)
Regulations;

'international driving permiC means an international driving
permit in Form 1 or 2 of the Ninth Schedule issued under the
authority of a country which is a party to the 1926 Convention,
or the 1949 Convention, or an international driving permit
issued under regulation 36;

learner driver' means a person who is the holder of a valid learner's
driving licence;

learner's driving licence' means a learner's driving licence issued
under regulation 12;

licence holder' means a person to whom a driving licence or
driving instructor's licence has been issued under these regula-
tions so long as such licence remains in force;

'permit' means an international driving permit;

'photograph' means a photograph in accordance with regulation
43(2);

'rigid vehicle' has the meaning assigned to it by regulation 2 of
the Road Traffic (Construction and Maintenance of Vehicles)
Regulations;

'temporary driving licence' means a temporary driving licence
issued under regulation 13;

'visitor' has the meaning assigned to it by regulation 2 of the Road
Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations.

3. The Chief Secretary in his discretion may waive any of
these regulations in respect of the driver of a motor vehicle which is
the property of a foreign government temporarily brought into
Hong Kong for the use of an accredited representative of such
government.

4. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), these regulations shall apply
to persons in the public service of the Crown in the same manner as
Parts V, VII, VIII and XII of the Ordinance are applied under
section 3(1) of the Ordinance to persons in the public service of the
Crown.

(2) These regulations shall not apply to-

(a) any member of Her Majesty's forces;

(b)any member of a civilian component of Her Majesty's
forces;





(e) any person who is employed by Her Majesty's forces; or
(d) any person who is attached to Her Majesty 1 s forces.
when he is driving a vehicle belonging to the Crown in the course of
his duties.

PART 11

DRIVING- LICENCES

5. For the purpose of the issue of driving licences, motor
vehicles shall be divided into the following classes-
(a) private cars;
(b) taxis;
(e) public light buses and private light buses.
(d) public buses and private buses;
(e) light goods vehicles;
(f) medium goods vehicles;
(g) heavy goods vehicles;
(ga) articulated vehicles;
(h) special purpose vehicles;
(i) motor cycles and tricycles,
(j) invalid carriages;
(k) Government vehicles.

6. Without prejudice to the Ordinance or any other provision
of these regulations, the Commissioner shall not issue or renew a
driving licence to a person-
(a)who is the holder of another driving licence issued in Hong
Kong, other than a temporary driving licence, whether
such other driving licence is suspended or not;
(b) who is disqualified.

7. (1) A driving licence entitling the holder thereof to
drive-
(a) a private car;
(b) a light goods vehicle;
(c) a motor cycle and motor tricycle; or
(d) an invalid carriage,
shall not be issued to a person under the age of 18 years.





(2) A driving licence entitling the holder thereof to drive a
motor vehicle of a class other than any class specified in para-
graph (1) shall not be issued to a person under the age of 21 years.

8. (1) Subject to paragraph (4), a person shall not be eligible
for a full driving licence to drive-
(a) a taxi;
(b)a public light bus or private light bus;
(c) a public bus or private bus;
(d) a medium goods vehicle;
(e) a heavy goods vehicle; or
(f) a special purpose vehicle,
unless, at the date of his application for such licence-
(i)he is the holder of a valid full driving licence to drive a
private car or light goods vehicle and, unless exempted by
the Commissioner in writina, has held such a licence for at
c
least 3 years immediately preceding his application; and
(5) he has passed the appropriate driving test.

(2) Subject to paragraph (4), a person shall not be eligible for a
full driving licence to drive an articulated vehicle unless-

(a)he is the holder of a valid full driving licence to drive a
medium goods vehicle or heavy goods vehicle; and

(b) he has passed the appropriate driving test.

(3) A person shall not be eligible for a full driving licence to
drive a motor vehicle referred to in paragraph (1) or (2) if he has
been convicted of an offence under section 36 or 39 of the Ordinance
during the 5 years immediately preceding his application.

(4) The Commissioner may in his discretion take into con-
sideration driving experience gained other than under a driving
licence issued in Hong Kong.

9. (1) On application fora driving licence or renewal thereof,
the applicant shall make a declaration in the application form as to
whether or not he is suffering from any disease or physical disability
specified in the First Schedule, or any other disease or physical
disability which would be liable to cause the driving by him of a
motor vehicle of such class as he would be authorized to drive by the
licence for which he is applying to be a source of danger to the
public.

(2) If. from the declaration in the application form, it appears
to the Commissioner that the applicant is suffering from any disease
or physical disability referred to in paragraph (1), the Commissioner
shall refuse to issue or renew the driving licence:

Provided that-





(a)a driving licence limited to driving an invalid carriage may
be granted or renewed if the Commissioner is satisfied that
the a plicant is fit to drive an invalid carriage:
p L-

(b)the applicant may. except in the case of any disease or
physical disability specified in the First Schedule. claim to
be subjected to a test specified by the Commissioner as to
his fitness or ability to drive a motor vehicle of any such
class as he would be authorized by the driving licence to
drive. and if the applicant passes the test the driving licence
shall not be refused by reason only of the declared disease
or physical disability but may, if the test proves the
applicant's fitness to drive only a motor vehicle of a
particular construction or design. be limited to the driving
of a vehicle of such construction or desien.

(3) If it appears to the Commissioner that there is reason to
believe that any person who holds a driving licence is suffering from
a disease or physical disability liable to cause the driving by him of
a motor vehicle, being a motor vehicle of any; such class as he is
authorized by the driving licence to drive. to be a source of danger to
the public, and after making such inquiry as he considers necessary
the Commissioner is satisfied that the licence holder so suffering
from such disease or physical disability has previously passed a test
under this regulation. the Commissioner, after giving to the licence
holder notice of his intention to cancel the driving licence. may
cancel the driving licence:

Provided that a licence holder. except in the case of any disease
or physical disability specified in the First Schedule, may claim to be
subjected to a test as to his fitness or ability to-

(a)drive a motor vehicle of a particular construction or
design; or

(b) _ drive a motor vehicle of any class he is authorized by the
licence to drive provided he wears suitable spectacles or
other corrective lenses, a hearing aid or other apparatus,

and if he passes the test specified by the Commissioner the driving
licence shall not be cancelled or, if it has already been cancelled, it
shall be returned to the licence holder and the cancellation thereof
shall be rescinded.

(4) The Commissioner may impose on a driving licence the
holder of which has been subjected to a testunder paragraph (3) a
condition that the licence holder shall wear suitable spectacles or
other corrective lenses, a hearing aid or other apparatus while
driving, or may limit the driving licence to the driving of a motor
vehicle of a particular construction or design.

(5) A licence holder whose driving licence is endorsed with a
condition that he shall wear suitable spectacles or other corrective
lenses, a hearing aid or other apparatus when driving shall not drive
without wearing such spectacles or other corrective lenses, hearing
aid or other apparatus.





(6) The Commissioner shall refuse to issue or renew a driving
licence in the case of an applicant, who is 70 years of age or more,
who-

(a)is not medically fit to drive and control a motor vehicle in
the class to which his application relates; or

(b)is not able to read a registration mark at a distance of 23
metres in good daylight (with the aid of spectacles or other
corrective lenses, if worn).

(7) A licence holder who has been given a notice in accordance
with paragraph (3) shall, within 72 hours after receipt of such notice,
surrender his driving licence to the Commissioner for cancellation.

10. (1) A person who wishes to obtain a full driving licence in
respect of any class of motor vehicle shall deliver to the Commis-
sioner an application therefor in a form specified by the Commis-
sioner, signed by the applicant, together with

(a) 2 photographs of himself, and

(b) his identity document.

(2) In addition to making a declaration required by regula-
tion 9(1), the applicant shall state in his application un~er para-
graph (1)-

(a)whether he has held a driving licence issued in Hong Kong
or a driving certificate or driving licence issued in any other
country; and if the applicant has held any such licence or
certificate, he shall also state the class of motor vehicle
which he was permitted to drive under such licence or
certificate;

(b)whether any such licence or certificate held previously has
been endorsed., suspended or cancelled;

(e)whether under regulation 9(2), the Commissioner has at
any time refused to issue him a driving licence or renew his
driving licence., and

(d)whether he is or has at any time been disqualified from
holding or obtaining the driving licence for which he is
applying.

(3) In the case of an applicant for a full driving licence to drive
any class of motor vehicle, where the applicant is 70 years of age or
more, his application under paragraph (1) shall be accompanied by a
certificate by a registered medical practitioner who is acceptable to
the Commissioner that the applicant is medically fit to drive and
control any vehicle in that class and the Commissioner shall satisfy
himself that the applicant is able to read a registration mark at a
distance of 23 metres in good daylight (with the aid of spectacles or
other corrective lenses, if worn).





11. (1) Subject to paragraphs (2), (3)~ (A) and (4) and re-
gulations 6, 7, 8 and 9, the Commissioner shall issue a full driving
licence to an applicant if he has passed, within 3 years prior to the
date of his application, a driving test in respect of the class of motor
vehicle to which his application relates.

(2) The Commissioner shall issue a full driving licence to an
applicant to drive a motor vehicle of the class to which his applica-
tion relates if the applicant holds a valid full driving licence for a
class of motor vehicle which the Commissioner accepts as evidence
of his competence to drive a motor vehicle of the class to which his
application relates.

(3) Subject to paragraph (4), the Commissioner may issue a
full driving licence to an applicant if the Commissioner is satisfied
that-

(a)some time within 3 years before the date on which the
applicant makes the application he had held a driver's
certificate or licence issued by a competent authority in any
country listed in the Fourth Schedule authorizing him to
drive motor vehicles of the class which he would be
authorized to drive by the licence for Which he has applied;
and

(b)the certificate or licence was originally issued to the
applicant after successful completion of a test of com-
petence to drive motor vdhicles of the class or description
concerned conducted by or on behalf of. the competent
authority which issued the certificate or licence: and

(e) (i) the certificate or licence was originally issued to the
applicant during a period of residence of not less than 6
months in the country of issue;
(ii) the certificate or licence was originally issued to the
applicant not less than 5 years immediately prior to the
application; or
(iii) the applicant is the holder of a passport or other
equivalent travel document issued in the country in which
the certificate or licence was issued.

(3A) Subject to paragraph (4), the Commissioner may issue a
full driving licence to an applicant who is a consular officer or
consular employee (as defined in the First Schedule to the Consular
Relations Ordinance) if the Commissioner is satisfied-

(a)that some time within 3 years before the date on which the
applicant makes the application he had held a driver's
certificate or licence issued by a competent authority in
the country of which he is a consular officer or consular
employee authorizing him to drive motor vehicles of the
class which he would be authorized to drive by the licence
for which he has applied; and

(b) as regards the requirements of paragraph (3)(b) and (c)(iii).





(4) No driving licence shall be issued under paragraph (3)
authorizing any person to drive-

(a) a public bus or private bus;

(b) a medium goods vehicle;
(c) a heavy goods vehicle;

(ca) an articulated vehicle. or

(d) a special purpose vehicle.
(5) The Governor may by order published in the GaZette
amend the Fourth Schedule.

(6) A full driving licence may be issued on payment of the fee
prescribed in the Second Schedule, and shall be valid for a period of
one year or 3 years from the date of issue thereof..

Provided that no fee shall be payable in respect of a full driving
licence issued to a disabled person.

(7) The Commissioner shall specify in a full driving licence the
class of motor vehicle, or the type within any class, that the licence
holder is authorized to drive.

12. (1) A person who wishes to obtain a learner's driving
licence in respect of any class of motor vehicl shall deliver to the
Commissioner an application therefor in a form specified by the
Commissioner, signed by the applicant, together with.

(a) 2 photographs of himself; and

(b) his indentity document

(2) Paragraphs (2) and (3) of regulation 10 shall apply to an
applicant for a learner's driving licence to the same extent as those
paragraphs apply to an applicant under paragraph (1) of that
regulation.

(3) On receipt of an application under paragraph (1) and of
the fee prescribed in the Second Schedule, the Commissioner shall,
subject to paragraph (4) and regulation 6, 7 and 9, issue to the
applicant a learner's driving licence in respect of the class of motor
vehicle to which his application relates, valid for 12 months from the
date of issue thereof;

Provided that no fee shall be payable in respect of a learner's
driving licence to drive a private car issued to a disabled person.

(4) The Commissioner may refuse to issue a learner's driving
licence in respect of a motor cycle if the applicant has, during the 12
months immediately proceding his application, been a holder of such
a learner's driving licence and during that period -

(a) has not applied under regulatin 31 for a driving test; or

(b) having so applied for a driving test, has without reasonable
excuse failed to attend for a driving test, or any part
thereof the date and at the time and place notified under
regulation 31.






13. (1) Any person, other than a consular officer or consular
employee to whom regulation 11(3A) applies, arriving in Hong
Kong to take up residence who-

(a)is the holder of a valid driver's certificate or licence issued
outside Hong Kong by a competent authority in any
country not listed in the Fourth Schedule; and
(b)within 3 months after the date of his arrival in Hong Kong,
makes an application under regulation 31 for a driving
test,

may apply to the Commissioner for a temporary driving licence.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3), the Commissioner may issue a
temporary driving licence to an applicant under paragraph (1) if
the Commissioner is satisfied that-

(a)the driver's certificate or licence held by the applicant was
originally issued to him during a period of residence of not
less than 6 months in the country of issue;
(b)the driver's certificate or licence held by the applicant was
originally issued to him not less than 5 years immediately
prior to the application; or

(c)the applicant is the holder of a passport or other equivalent
travel document issued in the country in which the driver's
certificate or licence held by him was issued.

(3) No temporary driving licence shall be issued under this
regulation authorizing any person to drive-

(a) a public bus or private bus;

(b) a medium goods vehicle;
(c) a heavy goods vehicle;

(ca) an articulated vehicle; or

(d) a special purpose vehicle.

(4) An applicant under paragraph (1) shall deliver to the
Commissioner an application in a form specified by the Commis-
sioner', signed by the applicant, together with-
(a) 2 photographs of himself,
(b) his identity document; and
(c) his driver's certificate or licence referred to in paragraph

(5) On receipt of an application under paragraph (4) and of
the fee prescribed in the Second Schedule, the Commissioner may,
subject to paragraphs (2) and (3) and regulations 6, 7 and. 9, issue to
the applicant a temporary driving licence in respect of a vehicle of a
class - which the applicant is authorized by his driver's certificate or
licence to drive, valid until the expiry of his driver's certificate dr
licence or the expiry of 12 months from the date of his arrival in
Hong Kong, whichever occurs first.





(6) The Commissioner may in his discretion extend the validity
of a temporary driving licence for one further period not exceeding
6 months subject to such conditions as he thinks fit.

(7) The Commissioner shall specify in a temporary driving
licence the class of motor vehicle, or the type within any class, that
the licence holder is authorized to drive.

(8) If during the validity of a temporary driving licence the
licence holder fails to pass a driving test, the Commissioner shall
cancel his temporary driving licence from the time which the licence
holder is informed that he has so failed.

(9) On cancellation of a temporary driving licence, the Com-
missioner shall give to the licence holder notice of such cancellation,
and the licence holder shall, within 72 hours after receipt of such
notice, surrender his temporary driving licence to the Commissioner.

14. (1) A person who wishes to obtain a driving licence to
drive Government vehicles shall deliver to the Commissioner an
application therefor in a form specified by the Commissioner, signed
by the applicant, together with-

(a) 2 photographs of himself,

(b) his identity document; and

(c)a valid Government driving permit, or other evidence to
the satisfaction of the Commissioner, specifying the class
of Government vehicle that he is competent to drive.

(2) On receipt of an application under paragraph (1), the
Commissioner shall, subject to regulations 6 and 9, issue a driving
licence to the applicant authorizing him to drive Government
vehicles of the class specified in the licence.

(3) Where an applicant for a driving licence to drive Govern-
ment vehicles is the holder of a valid full driving licence in respect of
any class of vehicle other than Government vehicles, he shall lodge
that licence with the Commissioner at the time of his application
under paragraph (1); and where the Commissioner subsequently
issues to the applicant a driving licence to drive Government
vehicles, he shall endorse it with an endorsement authorizing the
licence holder to drive, in addition to Government vehicles, the class
if vehicle which the full driving licence authorized the licence holder
to drive.

(4) A driving licence issued under paragraph (2) shall be valid
for one year or 3 years from the date of issue.

(5) No fee shall be payable for the issue of a driving licence
under this regulation.

15. (1) Subject to paragraph (3) and regulations 6 and 9, the
Commissioner shall renew a full driving licence on receipt of an
application therefor in a form specified by the Commissioner, signed
by the applicant, together with-



(a) 2 photographs of himself;

(b) his identity document;

(c) the full driving licence held by him; and

(d) the fee prescribed in the Second Schedule:

Provided that no fee shall be payable in respect of the renewal
of a full driving licence held by a disabled person.

(2) A full driving licence may be renewed at any time-

(a)during the period of 4 months before its expiry, such
renewal to be effective from the date of expiry;

(b)within 15 days after the date of its expiry, such renewal to
be effective from the date of expiry;

(c)during the period exceeding 15 days but not exceeding 3
years after its expiry, such renewal to be effective from the
date of renewal.

(3) Before a full driving licence is renewed, where the applicant
is 70 years or more he shall produce to the Commissioner a
certificate referred to in regulation 10(3) and the Commissioner shall
satisfy himself that the applicant is able to read a registration mark
at a distance of 23 metres in good daylight (with the aid of spectacles
or other corrective tenses, if worn).

(4) Where due to circumstances beyond his control the Com-
missioner is unable for the time being to renew a driving licence, the
receipt issued by him for the payment of the renewal fee shall be
deemed for the purposes of these regulations to be a valid driving
licence in place of the driving licence to be renewed, until the driving
licence is renewed or the expiry of a period of 30 days after the issue
of the receipt, whichever is the earlier.

16. (1) Subject to regulations 6 and 9, the Commissioner shall
renew a driving licence to drive Government vehicles on receipt of
an application therefor in a form specified by the Commissioner,
signed.by the applicant, together with-

(a) 2 photographs of himself,

(b) his identity document;

(c)the driving licence to drive Government vehicles held by
him; and

(d)a valid Government driving permit, or other evidence to
the satisfaction of the Commissioner, specifying the class
of Government vehicle that he is competent to drive.

(2) A driving licence to drive Government vehicles may be
renewed free of charge for one year or 3 years from the date of
renewal and any endorsement made by the Commissioner under
regulation 14(3) shall be made on the renewed driving licence.





17. (1) The Commissioner may in his discretion impose con-
ditions on any driving licence whereby the licence is restricted-

(a) to a particular type of vehicle in a class;

(b) to vehicles with automatic transmission; or

(c) as to any other matter which the Commissioner thinks fit.

(2) The Commissioner may vary or cancel any condition
imposed under paragraph (1).

(3) Any condition imposed under paragraph (1) and any
variation thereof shall be endorsed on the driving licence or specified
in writing by the Commissioner at the time when a driving licence is
issued to the applicant.

(4) Except when undergoing a driving test, a licence holder
shall not drive a motor vehicle in contravention of any condition
imposed under paragraph (1).

18. (1) A licence holder shall notify the Commissioner in
writing of any change in the name, address or identity document
specified in the driving licence held by him within 72 hours after such
change.

(2) On receipt of a notice under paragraph (1), the Commis-
sioner shall alter the relevant particulars in the record maintained
under regulation 39.

19. (1) A person who is the holder of a valid driving licence
which entitles him to drive a private car or light goods vehicle shall
by virtue thereof also be entitled to drive a taxi or light bus:

Provided that-

(a)- there is displayed on the front of the vehicle a red plate
showing in white, block letters and characters not less than
75 millimetres high, the words 'OUT OF SERVICE and
the Chinese characters;

(b)other than the driver, the maximum number of persons
carried in the vehicle is one; and

(c)in the case of a taxi, the taximeter indicator is covered in
such manner as not to be visible from outside the taxi.

(2) A person who is the holder of a valid dri ving licence which
entitles him to drive a medium goods vehicle or heavy goods vehicle
shall by virtue thereof also be entitled to drive a taxi, light bus or
bus:

Provided that-

(a)there is displayed on the front of the vehicle a red plate
showing in white, block letters and characters not less than
75 millimetres high, the words 'OUT OF SERVICE' and
the Chinese characters;





(b)other than the driver, the maximum number of persons
carried in the vehicle is-
(i) in the case of a public bus, 4; and
(ii) in any other case, one; and

(e)in the case of a taxi, the taximeter indicator is covered in
such a manner as not to be visible from outside the taxi.

(3) Nothing in this regulation authorizes the use of a motor
vehicle for the carriage of passengers or goods for hire or reward.

. (4) In this regulation '1aximeter indicator' means the taxi-
meter indicator referred to in regulation 42(1) of the Road Traffic
(Construction and Maintenance of Vehicles) Regulations.

20. (1) The Commissioner shall cancel a driving licence if the
licence holder-

(a)does not fulfil the conditions and requirements necessary
for the issue of the driving licence;

(b)is suffering from any disease or physical disability specified
in the First Schedule.

(2) - The Commissioner may cancel a driving licence if the
licence holder contravenes any condition of the licence.

(3) On cancellation of a driving licence the Commissioner
shall give to the person to whom the licence was issued notice of such
cancellation, and such person shall, within,72 hours after receipt of
the notice, surrender his driving licence to the Commissioner.

PART 111

DRIVING INSTRUCTORS, INSTRUCTION AND TESTS

21. A person who wishes to obtain a driving instructor's
licence in respect of any class of motor vehicle shall deliver to the
Commissioner an application therefor in a form specified by the
Commissioner, signed by the applicant, together with-

(a) 2 photographs of himself,

(b) his identity document; and

(c) a full driving licence held by him.

22. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the Commissioner shall,
on receipt of an application under regulation 21 and of the fee
prescribed in the Second Schedule, issue to the applicant a driving
instructor's licence subject to the conditions set out in the Fifth
Schedule and to any further conditions which the Commissioner
may impose.

~ (2) No person shall be issued a driving instructor's licence-





(a)unless he is the holder of a full driving licence to drive the
class of motor vehicle in respect of which his application
for a driving instructor's licence is made and has held such
a driving licence for a period of at least 3 years immediately
preceding his application;

(b) unless he has passed the driving instructor's test;

(c)if he has been convicted of an offence under section 36
or 39 of the Ordinance during the 5 years immediately
preceding his application.

(3) A driving instructor's licence shall be valid for one year.

23. (1) Subject to paragraph (3), the Commissioner shall
renew a driving instructor's licence on receipt of an application
therefor in a form specified by the Commissioner, signed by the
applicant, together with-

(a) 2 photographs of himself;
(b) his identity document;

(c) the driving instructor's licence held by him;

(d) a full driving licence held by him; and

(e) the fee prescribed in the Second Schedule.

(2) A driving instructor's licence may be renewed at any
time-

(a)during the period of 4 months before its expiry, such
renewal to be effective from the date of expiry;

.(b)within 15 days after the date of its expiry, such renewal to
be effective from the date of expiry;

(c)during the period exceeding 15 days but not exceeding 3
years after its expiry. such renewal to be effective from the
date of renewal.

(3) No driving instructor's licence shall be renewed-

(a)unless the applicant is the holder of a full driving licence to
drive the class of motor vehicle in respect of which his
application for the renewal of the driving instructor's
licence is made;

(b)if the applicant has been convicted of an offence under
section 36 or 39 of the Ordinance since the driving in-
structor's licence was issued to him.

24. (1) A person shall pass a driving instructor's test if he
satisfies the authorized examiner conducting the test of his ability
and fitness to give driving instruction assessed in accordance with
Part I of the Sixth Schedule.

(2) The Commissioner may appoint in writing any authorized
examiner to conduct driving instructor's tests.





(3) The fee prescribed in the Second Schedule shall be payable
for a driving instructor's test.

25. (1) If the Commissioner considers that a driving instructor
should take a test of his continued ability and fitness to give driving
instruction, he shall serve the driving instructor a notice in writing
requiring him to submit himself for such test on a date and at a time
and place specified in the notice. such date to be not less than 14 days
from the date on which the notice is given.

(2) The Commissioner may appoint in writing any authorized
examiner to conduct tests of continued ability and fitness to give
driving instruction.

(3) No fee shall be payable for a test under this regulation.

(4) A driving instructor shall pass a test under this regulation
if he satisfies the authorized examiner conductinc the test of his
ability and fitness to give driving instruction assessed in accordance
with Part II of the Sixth Schedule.

(5) Where a test is to be conducted under this regulation. the
driving instructor shall provide at his own expense for the test a
motor vehicle of the class in respect of which he holds the driving
instructor's licence, and an authorized examiner mas. refuse to
conduct a test where he has reason to suspect that th~ vehicle so
provided is not suitable for the purpose or is not in a good
mechanical condition.

26(1) If an authorized examiner appointed under regulation
25(2) so requires, a driving instructor and a driver shall permit one
or more such authorized examiners to travel in a motor vehicle,
whilst the vehicle is being used by the driving instructor to give
driving instruction to the driver, for the purpose of enabling the
authorized examiner to assess the standard and method of the
driving instruction, and if the authorized examiner concludes that
the driving instructor does not possess the qualities or ability to
continue to be a driving instructor he shall report the matter to the
Commissioner.

27(1) No person shall give driving instruction to any other
person unless -

(a) the person giving the driving instruction is the holder of a
valid driving instructor's licence; and

(b) the person being instructed is the holder of a valid learner's
driving licence.

(2) No driving instructor shall contravene any condition con-
tained in the driving instructor's licence issued to him or give driving
instruction while the person whom he is instructing is acting in
contravention of regulation 30.





(3) A holder of a driving instructor's licence shall maintain a
record, in a form specified by the Commissioner, of all learner
drivers to whom he gives driving instruction, and such record shall
be made available by him for inspection by the Commissioner at any
reasonable time.

28. (1) The Commissioner shall cancel a driving instructor's
licence if the holder thereof-

(a)no longer holds a valid full driving licence to drive the class
of vehicle in respect of which the driving instructor's
licence is issued;

(b)is convicted of an offence under section 36 or 39 of the
Ordinance;

(c)without reasonable excuse fails to submit himself for a test
required under regulation 25 or, having submitted to the
test, does not pass the test; or

(d) contravenes regulation 27:

Provided that in a case of a failure to submit for a test required
under regulation 25 or a contravention of regulation 27, the Com-
missioner may, instead of cancelling a driving instructor's licence,
suspend it for such period as he thinks fit.

(2) On cancellation or suspension of a driving instructor's
licence, the Commissioner shall give to the person whose licence is
cancelled or suspended notice in writing of such cancellation or
suspension, and such person shall. within 72 hours after receipt of
such notice, surrender his driving instructor's licence to the Com-
missioner.

(3) On expiry ofthe period of suspension, a driving instructor's
licence that has been surrendered to the Commissioner under
paragraph (2) shall be returned by the Commissioner to the licence
holder.

29. (1) The Commissioner may appoint in writing any person
to be an authorized examiner for the purpose of conducting driving
tests.

(2) Every driving test shall be conducted by an authorized
examiner.

30. (1) Subject to paragraph (5) and except when undergoing
a driving test, a learner driver shall not drive a motor vehicle unless
he is accompanied by a driving instructor who is the holder of a valid
driving instructor's licence in respect of the class of vehicle specified
in the learner's driving licence.

(2) Subject to paragraph (5), a learner driver when driving a
motor vehicle shall not, unle ' ss otherwise authorized in writing by the
Commissioner, carry any person in or on the vehicle other than a
driving instructor, one other learner driver for the purpose of
receiving driving instruction and one or more authorized examiners.





(3) Subject to paragraph (5), a learner driver shall not drive a
motor vehicle unless the vehicle has-

(a)a handbrake readily accessible to the driving instructor;
and

(b) a plate displayed in accordance with the Third Schedule.

(4) A learner driver shall not drive a motor vehicle except at
such times and in accordance with such conditions as may be
specified in writing by the Commissioner at the time the learner's
driving licence is issued to him.

(5) Paragraphs (1), (2) and (3)(a) shall not apply to a learner
driver when driving a motor cycle, an invalid carriage, or a motor
vehicle designed to carry only a driver.

31. (1) A person who wishes to submit himself for a driving
test shall deliver to the Commissioner an application therefor in a
form specified by the Commissioner, signed by the applicant, and
shall state in the application the class of motor vehicle in respect of
which the driving test is required and the particulars of the learner's
driving licence or temporary driving licence, if any, held by him.

1 (2) Subject to paragraphs (3) and (9), on receipt of an applica-
tion under paragraph (1) and of the fee prescribed in the Second
.Schedule, the Commissioner shall issue to the applicant a driving
test form in a form specified by the Commissioner stating the class of
motor vehicle in respect of which the driving test is to be undergone
and, as soon as is practicable thereafter, shall notify the applicant of
the date, time and place of the driving test.

(3) If an applicant does not hold a learner's driving licence for
the class of motor vehicle in respect of which the driving test is
required, then, unless he holds a temporary driving licence for such
class of motor vehicle, the Commissioner may refuse to issue to him
a driving test form until he holds a learner's driving licence for that
class, and the Commissioner shall notify the applicant of such
refusal and shall state in the notification the reason for such refusal.

(4) No person shall be eligible to take a driving test unless he
holds a valid driving test form.

(5) Notwithstanding any other provision of these regulations,
a valid driving test form shall authorize the holder thereof to drive a
motor vehicle of the class ~pecified in the driving test form issued
under paragraph (2) for the purposes of a driving test.

(6) A driving test form issued under paragraph (2) shall cease
to be valid-

(a)if the holder thereof fails to attend for a driving test on the
date and at the time and place notified under paragraph (2)
unless-
(i) the holder has given not less than 7 days' notice to
the Commissioner of his inability to attend for such test; or





(ii) the Commissioner is satisfied that the holder was
through circumstances beyond his control unable to attend
for such test; or

(b)on the expiration of 18 months after the date on which it
was issued.

(7) If a driving test form continues to be valid by virtue of
paragraph (6)(a)(i) or (ii), the Commissioner shall give reasonable
notice to the holder thereof of the date, time and place of a further
driving test and, if the holder thereof fails to attend for such further
test, paragraph (6) shall apply as if the date, time and place of the
test had been notified under paragraph (2).

(8) The Commissioner may refund the fee paid to him under
paragraph (2) and cancel the driving test form issued by him under
that paragraph if he is satisfied that-

(a)it would not be in the public interest to issue to the holder
thereof a driving licence in respect of the class of vehicle
applied for;

(b)the holder thereof is either ineligible to obtain, or is
disqualified from obtaining or holding, a driving licence; or

(e)the holder thereof has been unable to attend for the test
due to-
(i) the test having been cancelled at short notice by the
Commissioner; or
(ii) other circumstances beyond the control of the
holder thereof.

(9) The Commissioner may waive payment of the fee payable
under paragraph (2) in the case of-

(a) an applicant who is a disabled person; and

(b)an applicant who at the commencement of these regula-
tions holds a valid driving licence that is restricted to the
driving of all goods vehicles and ' to whom paragraph
2(c)(ii) of the Tenth Schedule applies, when he first applies
under this regulation for a driving test in respect of an
articulated vehicle.

32. (1) A driving test may be divided into parts, and, subject
to paragraph (2), no part of a driving test shall be taken until the
applicant for the driving test has passed any preceding part.

(2) The Commissioner may exempt an applicant from any
part of a driving test where he considers the applicant's previous
experience is adequate in that part.

(3) If a learner driver or the holder of a temporary driving
licence has been tested by an authorized examiner and has failed the
driving test, the Commissioner may refuse to permit him to undergo
a further driving test until a day to be fixed by the Commissioner
which shall not be less than 30 days from the day of the previous test.





(4) A person who wishes to undergo a driving test shall
provide at his own expense for the driving test a motor vehicle of the
class specified in the driving test form, and an authorized examiner
may refuse to conduct a test where he has reason to suspect that the
vehicle so provided is not suitable for the purpose or is not in a good
mechanical condition.

(5) While a driving test is being conducted the motor vehicle
used for the purpose of the test shall have a 'Driver on Test' plate
specified by the Commissioner displayed at the front and rear of the
vehicle.

33. A person shall pass a driving test to drive a motor vehicle
of the class specified in the driving test form if he satisfies an
authorized examiner conducting the test that he is able to comply
with the relevant requirements specified in the Eighth Schedule.

34. (1) Where. pursuant to the order of a court a re-testing of
a driving licence holder is required, the Commissioner shall. unless
the licence holder is otherwise disqualified from holding or obtaining
a driving licence, give to the licence holder a notice in writing
requiring him to submit himself for a driving test on the date and at
the time and place specified in the notice, such date to be not less
than 14 days from the date of service of such notice. and shall issue
to the licence holder a driving test form in accordance with regula-
tion 31(2).

(2) No fee shall be payable for a driving test under this
regulation.

PART IV

PROCEDURE ON DISQUALIFICATION

35. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), where, pursuant to section
71 of the Ordinance, a court has forwarded to the Commissioner a
driving licence of a person who has been disqualified. the Commis-
sioner shall withhold the driving licence until-

(a) the expiry of the period of disqualification;

(b)the disqualification is removed under section 72 of the
Ordinance; or

(c) a driving test referred to in regulation 34 is passed,

as the case may be.

(2) Where the disqualification is limited to the driving of
motor vehicles of a certain class or description, the Commissioner
shall cancel the driving licence held by that person and issue to him a
driving licence limited to the driving of motor vehicles of the class or
description for which he is qualified to drive.





PART V

INTERNATIONAL DRIVING PERMITS

36. (1) Any person who wishes to obtain an international
driving permit under the 1926 Convention. or the 1949 Convention,
shall deliver to the Commissioner an application therefor in a form
specified by the Commissioner, signed by the applicant, together
with-

(a) 2 photographs of himself,

(b) his identity document; and

(e) a full driving licence held by him.

(2) On receipt of an application under paragraph (1) and of
the fee prescribed in the Second Schedule. the Commissioner on
being satisfied that the applicant-

(a)is competent to drive a motor vehicle of the class specified
in the application;

(b) is resident in Hong Kong; and

(e)has attained the age of 18 years or. in the case of an
application for an international driving permit in respect
of the driving of a goods vehicle or a bus. has attained the
age of 21 years,

may issue for use outside Hong Kong an international driving
permit in each or either of Form 1 and 2 in the Ninth Schedule.

37. (1) Subject to paragraph (2). a visitor who holds-

(a) a valid international driving permit: or

(b) a valid domestic driving permit or domestic driving licence.

issued in a place outside Hong Kong may drive in Hong Kong.
during the period of 12 months following le date of his last entry
into Hong Kong. a motor vehicle of any class which he is authorized
by that permit or licence to drive notwithstanding that he is not a
holder of a driving licence issued under these regulations, but so long
as he has attained the age specified in regulation 7 for the issue of
such driving licence in respect of the class of motor vehicle.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not authorize a person to drive a motor
vehicle of any class if he is disqualified from holding or obtaining a
driving licence to drive a motor vehicle of that class.

A. Where, pursuant to section 71 of the Ordinance, a court
has forwarded to the Commissioner an international driving permit,
domestic driving permit or domestic driving licence of a person who
has been disqualified, the Commissioner shall-

(a)record particulars of the disqualification on the permit or
licence:





(b)send the holder*s name and address together with the
particulars of disqualification to the authority by whom
the permit or licence was issued; and

(c)withhold the permit or licence until the holder leaves Hong
.Kong or until the period of disqualification expires,
whichever is the earlier.

PART VI

MISCELLANEOUS

39. The Commissioner shall establish and maintain a record of
the particulars specified in the Seventh Schedule in respect of all
driving licences and permits issued by him and of all disqualifica-
tions from time to time imposed on the holders of driving licences in
respect of which he is given notice under the Ordinance.

40. The fee for the issue of a record of convictions under
section 75(5) of the Ordinance shall be the fee prescribed in the
Second Schedule.

41. (1) If the Commissioner has reasonable cause to believe
that a driving licence. driving instructor's licence or permit is in the
possession of a person other than the person to whom it was issued
he may, by notice in writing served personally or by registered post
on the person in whose possession such a licence or permit is alleged
to be, require him forthwith to deliver the licence or permit to the
Commissioner and such person shall forthwith deliver the licence or
permit to the Commissioner.

(2) The Commissioner shall retain the licence or permit
delivered to him in accordance with paragraph (1) until it is claimed
from him by the person to whom it was issued.

42. (1) If a licence holder or a holder of a permit issued in
Hong Kong satisfies the Commissioner that the licence or-permit has
been lost, destroyed or defaced, the Commissioner, on payment of
the fee prescribed in the Second Schedule, may issue to him a
duplicate licence or permit so marked, and the duplicate licence or
permit shall have the same effect as the original licence or permit.

(2) No person shall apply for a duplicate of a licence or permit
issued under these regulations on the ground that the original licence
or permit is lost or destroyed knowing that such original licence or
lss
ia n

permit has not been lost or destroyed.

(3) The original licence or permit issued under these regula-
tions that has been defaced shall be surrendered to the Commissioner
for cancellation together with the application for a duplicate thereof.

(4) On the issue of a duplicate licence or permit under
paragraph (1), the original licencePr permit shall cease to be valid.





(5) If at any time after the issue of a duplicate licence or permit
under paragraph (1) and during the currency of such duplicate
licence or permit the original licence or permit is found, the person
to whom such original licence or permit was issued shall report the
finding thereof to the Commissioner and shall take all reasonable
steps to obtain possession of it and return it as soon as possible to
the Commissioner for cancellation.

(6) Where due to circumstances beyond his control the Com-
missioner is unable for the time being to issue a duplicate licence or
permit, the receipt issued by him for the payment of the fee for a
duplicate licence or permit shall be deemed for the purposes of these
regulations to be a valid licence or permit in place of the original
licence or permit, until a-duplicate licence or permit is issued or the
expiry of a period of 30 days after the issue of the receipt, whichever
is the earlier.

43. (1) Every driving licence and permit issued under these
regulations shall be in a form specified by the Commissioner and
shall contain such particulars specified in the Seventh Schedule as he
thinks fit.

(2) Any photograph required to be submitted by an applicant
under these regulations shall be a photograph of a reasonable
likeness of the applicant to the satisfaction of the Commissioner and
of a size specified by the Commissioner.

44. (1) Every driving licence. driving instructor*s licence and
permit issued under these regulations shall remain the property of
the Government.

(2) The Commissioner may require the holder of such licence
or permit to return the licence or permit to him at any time.

(3) No such licence or permit shall be altered except by order
of a court or by the Commissioner.

45. If any person is aggrieved by-

(a)the refusal of the Commissioner to issue or renew a driving
licence or driving instructor's licence; or

(b)the cancellation by the Commissioner of a driving licence
or driving instructor's licence,

he may, after giving the Commissioner notice of his intention so to
do, appeal by petition to the Governor in Council and on such
appeal the Governor in Council may make such order as he thinks fit
and any order so made shall be binding on the Commissioner.

46. (1) Any person who without reasonable excuse contra-
venes any of the provisions of. orgy, re:gu' ent under, rSgulation
9(7), 13(9), 18(1), 20(3), 28(2), 41(1), 42(2) or (5) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of S21,000.

(2) Any person who contravenes any of the provisions of, or
any requirement under. regulation 9(5), 17(4). 19. 27. 30 or 44(3)





commits an offence and is liable in the case of a first conviction to a
fine of $2,000 and to imprisonment for 3 months and in the case of a
second or subsequent conviction to a fine of 55,000 and to imprison-
ment for 6 months.

47. The Road Traffic (Driving Licences) Regulations are
revoked.

4 8. (1) The Tenth Schedule shall have effect for the purposes
of transition to the provisions of these regulations from the provi-
sions of the Road Traffic (Driving Licences) Regulations revoked by
regulation 47 of these regulations and shall be in addition to and
shall not derogate from section 23 of the Interpretation and General
Clauses Ordinance.

(2) The Governor may by order amend the Tenth Schedule.

FIRST SCHEDULE [regs. 9 & 20.]

EXCEPTED DISEASES AND PHYSICAL DISABILITIES

1 Epilepsy.
2.Liability to sudden attacks of disabling giddiness or fainting due to hypertension
or any other cause.
3.Mental disorder for which the applicant for the licence. or. as the case may be.
the holder of the licence is liable to be detained under the Mental Health
Ordinance or is receiving treatment as an in-patient in a mental hospital within
the meaning of that Ordinance.
4 Any condition causing muscular incoordination.
5. Uncontrolled diabetes mellitus.
6.Inability to read at a distance of 23 metres in good daylight (with the aid of
spectacles or other corrective lenses, if worn) a registration mark.
7.Any other disease or disability which is likely to render him incapable of
effectively driving and controlling a motor vehicle or suitably adapted motor
vehicle to which such licence refers without endangering public safety, provided
that deafness shall not of itself be deemed to be any such disability.

SECOND S EDULE [regs. 11(6), 12(3), 13(5),
15(1). 22(1)~ 23(1), 24(3),
31(2), 36(2). 40 & 42(1).]
FEES
Fees for issue or renewal of- $
Full driving licence 150 p.a.
Driving instructor's licence 500 p.a.
Fees for-
Learner's driving licence 300 p.a.
Temporary driving licence 150
Driving test 300
Driving instructor's test 150
Record of convictions 15
International driving permit 50 p.a.
Duplicate licence 50
Duplicate international driving permit 50





THIRD SCHE )ULE [reg. 30(3).]

PLATE TO BE DISPLAYED M' LEARNER DRIVERS

RED

E
E

125 MM RED

200 mm

250 mm

The vehicle shal) haic securch fixed. at th front and rear. a white plate 250
millimetres by 250 millimetres on which shall ippear in red the letter 'L' with arms
200 millimetres long and 25 millimetres in width and within the arms and occupying
an area 125 millimetres hy 125 millimetres shall also appear in red the Chinese
character

FOURTH SCHEDULE [regs. 11 & 13.]

LIST OF COUNTRIES FOR PURPOSES OF REGULATION 11(3)

Australia New Zealand
Austria Nigeria. Federal Republic of
Belgium Norway
Canada Pakistan
China. People Republic of Portugal
Denmark Singapore
France Spain
Germany. Federal Republic of Sweden
India Switzerland
Ireland. Republic of Republic of Sourth Africa
Israel together with S.W. Africa
Italy United Kingdom
Japan together with Alderney (with Channel
Luxembourg Islands). Burmuda. Guernsey. Isle of
Malaysia Man. Jersey
Netherlands United States of America





FIFTH SCHEDULE [reg. 22(1).]

CONDITIONS OF ISSUE OF
A DRIVING INSTRUCTOR's LICENCE

1. A driving instructor's licence is valid only while the holder is in possession of a
valid full driving licence to drive the class of vehicle mentioned in the driving
instructor's licence.
2. A driving instructor shall comply with all the regulations and conditions relating
to the learner's driving licence of the person he is instructing. _
3. A driving instructor shall carry the driving instructor's licence issued to him at all
times when driving instruction is being given and shall when called upon to do
so, produce this licence for inspection by the Commissioner or any police officer
in uniform.
4. No variation shall be made to any part of a driving instructor's licence except by
the Commissioner.

SIXTH SCHEDULE [regs. 24 & 25.1

PART I

DRIVING INSTRUCTOR's TEST

A person shall pass a driving instructor's test if he satisfies the authorized
examiner conducting the test that-
(a) he is fully conversant with-
6) until a Road Users' Code under section 109 ofthe Ordinance is pro-
mulgated, the Ordinance and the regulations made under the Ordinance; or
(ii) after that Code is promulgated. the contents of that Code;
(b)generally, he is competent to drive, without danger to and with due
consideration for other users of the road, a vehicle of the same class or type
as that on which he is tested;
(e) he is able to give correct and adequate driving instruction;
(d)he is fully conversant with the regulations relating to the conduct of driving
instruction and driving under instruction; and
(e)he is fully conversant with the contents of the Fifth Schedule (conditions of
issue of a driving instructor's licence).

PART II

TEST OF CONTINUED ABILITY AND FITNESS TO GIVE
DRIVING INSTRucTION

The following provisions shall apply to such test-
1.The test shall consist of the attendance of an authorized examiner while the
driving instructor is giving driving instruction to a driver, and when
required to do so by the authorized examiner for the purpose ofthe test the
driving instructor shall give such instruction in a motor vehicle on a road.
2.The driving instructor shall be assessed on his instructional ability, and, in
particular, in respect of the following qualities-
(a) his method, clarity, adequacy and correctness of instruction;
(b) his observation and proper correction of the driver's errors;
(C) his manner, patience and tact in dealing with the driver; and
(d) - his ability to inspire confidence.





SEVENTH SCHEDULE [regs. 39 & 43(1).]

PARTICULARS OF RECORD

Driving Licences and Permits:
Holder's surname:
First name (in full):
Chinese commercial code Nos.:
Identity document No.:
Photograph
Licence No.:
Date of issue:
Date of expiry:
Type of licence/permit:
Class of vehicle:
Restrictions:
Additional information to be entered in the record:
Address:
Hong Kong Identity. Card No. or Passport No.:
Date of Birth:
Date of first issue:
Renewals:
Conditions of issue:
Disqualifications:

EIGHTH SCHEDULE [reg. 33.]

REQUIREMENTS FOR A DRIVING TEST

The requirements as to which a candidate for a driving test shall satisy an
authorized examiner shall be that lie is able to-
1 .read at a distance of23 metres in good day . light (xvith the aid of spectacles or
other corrective lenses. if ik orn) a rnotor vehicle reeistration mark:
2. start the engine ofthe xchicle:
3. rnove away, straight ahead or at an angle;
4.overtake, meet or cross the path of other vehicles and take an appropriate
course;
5. turn right and left-hand corners correctly:
6. stop the vehicle on a slope and restart:
7.stop the vehicle in an emergency and normally, and in the latter case to bring
it to rest at an appropriate part ofthe road:
8.drive the vehicle backwards and whilst so doing enter a limited opening
either to the right or to the left:
9.cause the vehicle to face in the opposite direction by the use of forward and
reverse gears:
10,give signals in a clear and unmislakable manner at appropriate times to
indicate his intended action:
11. in the case of a candidate for a driving. test to enabic him to drive a taxi-
(a)demonstrate that he is conversant with the regulations relating to the
use to taxis: and
(b)identity prominent places and the most appropriate routes between
specified locations:





12.in the case of a candidate for a driving test to enable him to drive a public
light bus, private light bus, public bus. private bus medium goods vehicle.
heavy goods vehicle, articulated vehicle. or special purpose vehicle. fulfil
such other requirements as the Commissioner may specify;
13.in the case of a candidate for a driving test to enable him to drive an
articulated vehicle, demonstrate his knowledge of uncoupling and recoup-
ling a semi-trailer including-
(a)in the case of uncoupling. secure the trailer brake in the 'on' position.
lower the front trailer legs (or wheels) and lock them in position, release
the braking and electrical connexions, release the coupling and drive
the tractive unit away; and
(b)in the case of recoupling, reverse the tractive unit into the coupling
position, ensure that the unit is securely coupled by attempting to move
forward with the parking brake applied. connect braking and electrical
connexions, secure front trailer legs (or wheels) in the up position
and release the trailer parking brake.
14. demonstrate that he is fully conversant with-
(a)until a Road Users' Code under section 109 of the Ordinance is
promulgated. the Ordinance and the regulations made under the
Ordinance; or
(b) after that Code is promulgated. the contents of that Code:
15.generally. demonstrate that he is competent to drive. without danger to and
with due consideration for other users of the road. a vehicle of the same class
or type as that on which he is tested:
16.comply with such other requirements as the Commissioner may notify in
writing generally or at the time that an application is made for a driving iest.

NINTH SCHEDULE [regs. 2 & 36(2).]

FORM 1
INTERNATIONAL DRIVING PERMIT UNDER 1949 CONVENTION

Page 1
HONG KONG*
International Motor Traffic
INTERNATIONAL DRIVING PERMIT

Convention on International Road Traffic of 1949
Issued at ...................................................................................................
...........Seal or
Date ......................................................................................................... Stamp
of
.........authority
Signature or seal of issuing authority
Page 2

This permit is valid in the territory of all the Contracting States, with the
exception of the territory of the Contracting State where issued, for the period of one
year from the date of issue, for the driving of vehicles included in the category or
categories mentioned on the last page of this permit.
List of Contracting States (optional)
It is understood that this permit shall in no way affect the obligation of the holder
to conform strictly to the laws and regulations relating to residence or to the exercise
of a profession which are in force in each country through which he travels.

*In a permit issued by some other country the name of that country ill appear instead and pages 1 and 2
will be drawn up in the language of that country.





PART I

Last page

Particulars concerning the Driver:
Surname 1
Other names* 2
Place of birth** 3
Date of birth*** 4
Permanent place of residence 5
Vehicles for which the permit is valid:
Motor cycles, with or without side-car, invalid carriages and three wheeled
motor vehicles with an unladen weight not exceeding 400 kg. A
Motor vehicles used for the transport of passengers and comprising, in
addition to the driver's seat, at most eight seats, or those used for the transport
of goods and having a permissible maximum weight not exceeding 3 500 kg.
Vehicles in this category may be coupled with a light trailer. B
Motor vehicles used for the transport of goods and of which the permissible
maximum weight exceeds 3 500 kg. Vehicles in this category may be coupled
with a light trailer. c
Motor vehicles used for the transport of passengers and comprising, in
addition to the driver's seat, more than eight seats. Vehicles in this category
may be coupled with a light trailer. D
Motor vehicles of categories, B. C or D as authorized above, with other than a
light trailer.
---Permissiblemaximum weight- of a vehicle means the weight of the vehicle and
its maximum load when the vehicle is ready for the road.
---Maximumload--- means the weight of the load declared permissible by the
competent authority, of the country of registration of the vehicle.
-Light trailers--- shall be those of a permissible maximum weight not exceeding
750 kg.

EXCLUSION

Holder of this permit is deprived of the right to drive in (country) ............................
...................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................. 1
by reason ....................................................................................................................
..................................

Place ........................................................................................................
Seal or
stamp of Date .........................................................................................................
authority
Signature .................................................................................................
Should the above space be already filled, use any other space provided for
Exclusions: (countries I-VIII).
The entire last page (Parts 1 and II) shall be drawn up in French.
Additional pages shall repeat in other languages the text of Part 1 of the last
page. They shall be drawn up in English. Russian. Chinese and Spanish. and other
languages may be added.

PART 11

. ............................................................................................
.................................
2 . ....................1
3 . .............................................................................................................................
4 . ..............................1 .1 ...
5 . .............................................................................................................................

A Seal or
stamp of
authority
B Seal or Photograph
stamp of
authority
c Seal or Seal or
stamp of stamp of
authority autD Seal or
stamp of
authority
E Seal or
stamp of
authority ..................................................
Signature of'liol(ler****

EXCLUSIONS

(countries)
.................................................. .... v
........................................................ VI
........................................................ VII
IV ............... VIII

Father's or husband's name may, be inserted.
If knox~ n.
Or approximate age on date ofissue.
Or thumb impression.

FORM 2

INTERNATIONAL DRIVING PERMIT UNDER 1926 CONVENTION

Page 1
HONG KONG*
International Motor Traffic
INTERNATIONAL DRIVING PERMIT
International Convention of April 24th. 1926

ISSUE OF PERMIT

Issued at .....................................................................................................................
Date ......................................................... 1

Seal of
authority Signature Of iSSUing AuthoritY

Page 2

The present permit is valid in the territory of all the undermentioned Contracting
States for the period of one year from the date of issue for the driving of vehicles
included in the category or categories mentioned on p.**

Here insert list of Contracting States.

It is understood that this permit in no way diminishes the obligation of the holder
to conform strictly to the laws and regulations relating to residence or to the exercise
of a profession which are in force in each country through which he travels.





Page 3

PARTICULARS CONCERMNG THE DRIVER

Photograph

Seal of
authority

Surname .............................(1)
Other names .........................(2)
Place of birth ......................(3)
Date of birth .......................(4)
Home address ........................(5)

In a permit issued by some other country the name of that country will appear instead and the permit will
be drawn up in the languye of that country
This should be a reference to the last page ofthe perniii.

Page 4
(Name of country)

EXCLUSION

M. (surname and other names) ...........................................................................
authorized as abox c b\! the authority of (countn.) .....................................................
is deprived of the right to drix c in (countr\ ) .......................
by. reason of ................................................................................................................

. ........................................................
Seal ofDau . .........................................................
authoritv

Page 5 and 1'ollox\iti,-, pages should repeat the particulars given on page 3
translated into as niam laiiLu~iLcs as ma\ be necessar\ to enable the International
Permit to be used in all the ContractiriL States mentioned on page 2.

Here begin last page.

All) B(2) Q3)
Seal of Seal of Seal of
authority authority authority
1) A Motor vehicles of which the laden weicht does not exceed-
3 500 kg
(In all languages)
(2) B Motor vehicles of ik hich i he laden xi,ei,-ht exceeds-
3 500 kg
(In all languages)
(3) C Motor cycles, with or without side-car.
(In all languages)

(1) .............................................................................................................................
(2) .............................................................................................................................
(3)............................................................................ ............. ...................... --- ~
(4)............................................................................
................................................................
(5)..............................................................................................................................





TENTH SCHEDULE [reg. 48.1

TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS

1 . Subject to paragraph 2, a driving licence (other than a provisional licence or
temporary driving licence), provisional licence, temporary driving licence and a
driving licence to drive Government vehicles, or a duplicate of any such licence, issued
under the Road Traffic (Driving Licences) Regulations revoked by regulation 47 of
these regulations (hereinafter referred to as the -revoked regulations-) shall. if the
licence is valid at the commencement of these regulations. be deemed to be a full
driving licence, learner's driving licence. temporary driving licence and a driving
licence to drive Government vehicles respectively under these regulations. subject to
any restriction with respect to the driving of any class of motor vehicle and to any
requirement or condition specified on such licence.
2. Any licence referred to in paragraph 1 issued under the revoked regulations
that is restricted to the driving of-
(a)Hong Kong and Kowloon taxis or New Territories taxis shall, for the
purposes of these regulations. be deemed to be a licence restricted to the
driving of taxis;
(b)omnibuses shall, for the purposes of these regulations. be deemed to be a
licence restricted to the driving of buses:
(c) all goods vehicles shall. for the purposes of these regulations-
(i) be deemed to be a licence restricted to the driving of light goods
vehicles, medium goods vehicles and heavy goods vehicles;
(ii) entitlp the holder thereof to drive articulated vehicles during the
period of 3 years immediately after the commencement of these regulations.
but where the all goods vehicles driving licence expires within such period of
3 years and if the holder thereof is issued with a medium or heavy goods
Vehicles driving licence under these regulations the medium or heavy goods
vehicles driving licence shall entitle the holder th eof to drive articulated
vehicles during the remainder of such period of 3 years: and
(cl)goods vehicles under 45 cw t. weight unladen shall. for-the purposes of these
regulations. be deemed to be a licence restricted to the driving of light goods
vehicles.
3. A driving test form issued under the revoked regulations shall. if the driving
test form is valid at the commencement of these regulations, be deemed to be a driving
test form issued under these regulations.
-4. A person who has passed a driving test, instructor's test or any other test
under the revoked regulations shall be deemed to have passed a driving test, driving
instructor's test or other corresponding test under these regulations.
5. An instructor's licence, or a duplicate thereof. issued under the revoked
regulations shall, if the licence is valid at the commencement of these regulations, be
deemed to be a driving instructor's licence under these regulations in respect of the
class of vehicle and subject to any condition specified in the licence.
6~ An international driving permit issued under the Road Traffic (Inter-
national Circulation) Regulations revoked by the Road Traffic (Registration and
Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations shall, if the permit is valid at the commencement
of these regulations, be deemed to be an international driving permit under these
regulations, subject to any restriction with respect to the driving of any class of motor
vehicle and to any condition specified on such permit.
7. A record of driving licences and disqualifications maintained by the Com-
missioner under the revoked regulations at the commencement of these regulations
shall be deemed to be a record of driving licences and disqualifications maintained by
the Commissioner under these regulations.
8. Without prejudice to any other provision of this Schedule, in so far as any
application, determination or decision made or having effect as if made, direction or
notice issued, given or delivered or having effect as if issued, given or delivered,
condition imposed or having effect as if imposed, fee paid, exemption made. or other
thing done or having effect as if done, under the revoked Road Traffic (Driving
Licences) Regulations or Road Traffic (International Circulation) Regulations could
have been made, issued, given, delivered, imposed. paid or done under a correspon-
ding provision of these regulations it shall not be invalidated by the revocation of
such regulations, but shall have effect as if made, issued, given. delivered, imposed,
paid or done under that corresponding provision.





9. Where any enactment or document refers, whether specifically or by means
of a general description, to the revoked regulations referred to in paragraph 8 or is to
be construed as so referring, the reference shall, except where the context otherwise
requires, be construed as, or including, a reference to the corresponding provision of
these regulations.
10. Without prejudice to paragraph 7, any record kept under the revoked
regulations referred to in paragraph 8 shall be deemed to form part of the record kept
under the corresponding provisions of these regulations.
L.N. 287/83. L.N. 259/84. L.N. 298.84. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 374. Sub. leg.) L.N. 259/84. (Cap. 374, sub. Leg.) (Cap. 374, sub. leg.) Ninth Schedule. L.N. 259/84. (Cap. 374, sub. leg.) (Cap. 374, sub. leg) Exemptions. Application to the Crown. Classification of motor vehicles for issue of driving licences. L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. Restrictions on issue of driving licences. Age limits. previous experience and driving record. L.N. 259/84. Physical fitness. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. Applications for full driving licences. issue of full driving licences. L.N. 259/84. Fourth Schedule. L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. (Cap. 259.) L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. Fourth Schedule. Second Schedule. Application for and issue of learners' driving licences. Second Schedule. Application for and issue of driving licences for Government vehicles. Renewal of full driving licence. Second Sschedule. Renewal of driving licences for Government vehicles. Conditions of driving licences. Notification of change particulars in driving licences. Entitlement to drive other classes of vehicle. L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. (Cap. 374, sub. leg.) Cancellation of driving licences. First Schedule. Application for driving instructors' licences. Issue of driving instructors' licences. Second Schedule. Fifth Schedule. Renewal of driving instructors' licences. Second Schedule. Driving instructors' tests. Sixth Schedule. Second Schedule. Test of continued ability and fitness to give driving instruction. Sixth Schedule. Competence to continue as driving instructor. Cancellation of driving instructors' licences. Authorized examiners. Driving under instruction. Third Schedule. Application to take a driving test. Second Schedule. L.N. 259/84. Tenth Schedule. Conduct of driving test. Passing of driving test. Eighth Schedule. Re-testing of driving licence holders. Procedure on disqualification. Application for and issue of international driving permits. L.N. 259/84. Second Schedule. Ninth Schedule. Visiting drivers from abroad. Application of other provisions to visiting drivers. Record of driving licences and permits. Seventh Schedule. Fee for record of convictions. Second Schedule. Withholding of licences and permits. Issue of duplicate licences and permits. Second schedule. Form of driving licences and permits and photographs. Seventh Schedule. Miscellaneous provision. Appeals. Offences. Revocation (Cap. 220, sub. leg., 1982 Ed.) Transitional provisions. Tenth Schedule (Cap. 220, sub. Leg., 1982 Ed.) (Cap.1.) (Cap. 136.) L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. (Cap. 220, sub. leg., 1982 Ed.) L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. (Cap. 220, sub. leg., 1969 Ed.) (Cap. 374, sub. leg.) (Cap. 220, sub. leg., 1982 Ed.) (Cap. 220, sub. leg., 1969 Ed.)

Abstract

L.N. 287/83. L.N. 259/84. L.N. 298.84. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 374. Sub. leg.) L.N. 259/84. (Cap. 374, sub. Leg.) (Cap. 374, sub. leg.) Ninth Schedule. L.N. 259/84. (Cap. 374, sub. leg.) (Cap. 374, sub. leg) Exemptions. Application to the Crown. Classification of motor vehicles for issue of driving licences. L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. Restrictions on issue of driving licences. Age limits. previous experience and driving record. L.N. 259/84. Physical fitness. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. Applications for full driving licences. issue of full driving licences. L.N. 259/84. Fourth Schedule. L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. (Cap. 259.) L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. Fourth Schedule. Second Schedule. Application for and issue of learners' driving licences. Second Schedule. Application for and issue of driving licences for Government vehicles. Renewal of full driving licence. Second Sschedule. Renewal of driving licences for Government vehicles. Conditions of driving licences. Notification of change particulars in driving licences. Entitlement to drive other classes of vehicle. L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. (Cap. 374, sub. leg.) Cancellation of driving licences. First Schedule. Application for driving instructors' licences. Issue of driving instructors' licences. Second Schedule. Fifth Schedule. Renewal of driving instructors' licences. Second Schedule. Driving instructors' tests. Sixth Schedule. Second Schedule. Test of continued ability and fitness to give driving instruction. Sixth Schedule. Competence to continue as driving instructor. Cancellation of driving instructors' licences. Authorized examiners. Driving under instruction. Third Schedule. Application to take a driving test. Second Schedule. L.N. 259/84. Tenth Schedule. Conduct of driving test. Passing of driving test. Eighth Schedule. Re-testing of driving licence holders. Procedure on disqualification. Application for and issue of international driving permits. L.N. 259/84. Second Schedule. Ninth Schedule. Visiting drivers from abroad. Application of other provisions to visiting drivers. Record of driving licences and permits. Seventh Schedule. Fee for record of convictions. Second Schedule. Withholding of licences and permits. Issue of duplicate licences and permits. Second schedule. Form of driving licences and permits and photographs. Seventh Schedule. Miscellaneous provision. Appeals. Offences. Revocation (Cap. 220, sub. leg., 1982 Ed.) Transitional provisions. Tenth Schedule (Cap. 220, sub. Leg., 1982 Ed.) (Cap.1.) (Cap. 136.) L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. (Cap. 220, sub. leg., 1982 Ed.) L.N. 259/84. L.N. 259/84. (Cap. 220, sub. leg., 1969 Ed.) (Cap. 374, sub. leg.) (Cap. 220, sub. leg., 1982 Ed.) (Cap. 220, sub. leg., 1969 Ed.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3399

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

34
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:39 +0800
<![CDATA[ROAD TRAFFIC (CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE OF VEHICLES) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3398

Title

ROAD TRAFFIC (CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE OF VEHICLES) REGULATIONS

Description






ROAD TRAFFIC (CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE
VEHICLES) REGULATIONS

ANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS
Regulation Page

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1 Citation and commencement ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

2. Interpretation ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5
3. Application ........................... A 14

4. Power of Commissioner to exempt .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. A 15

PART II

GENERAL

5. Construction and maintenance ................ ... ... ... ... ... A 15
6. Maximum dimensions of vehicles ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 16

7. Maximum weight of vehicles ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 16

8. Overhang ................................. ... ... .... ... ... A17

9. Motive power .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 17

10. Power to weight ratio................ .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18

11. Body ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18

12. Turning circle ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18

13. Variation of wheel load ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18

14. Axle loading .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 19

15. Suspension .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 19

16. Brakes ...................................... A 20

17. Parking brake ............................... ... ... ... A 21

18. Vacuum or pressure braking systems .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21

19. Braking efficiency ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21
20. Wheels and tracks ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 22
21. Tyre of soft or elastic material A23
22. Tyres A 23

23. Steering ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A25
24. Speed indicators ... ... .1 . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 25
25. Ability to reverse ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 25
26. Driver's accommodation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .... A 26
27. Passenger seating capacity ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 26
28. Safety glass or safety glazing ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 27

29. Windscreen wipers and washers... ... ... ... ... ... ... .... ... ... A 27

30. Silencers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 27

31. Smoke, etc A28
32. Emission of gaseous pollutants, positive-ignition engine ... .... ... ... ... A 28
33. Emission of gaseous pollutants, compression-ignition engine A 29

34. Vehicles to which regulations 32 and 33 do not apply ... ... ... ... ... ... A 29





Regulation Page

35. Mudguards ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 29

36. Mascots and other attachments... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 29

37. Television sets ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 29

38. Warning instruments... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 30

39. Reflecting mirrors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 ... ... ... A 30

40. Construction of fuel tank ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 31

PART III

TAXIS, BUSES AND LIGHT BUSES

41, Taximeter ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 31
42. Construction of taximeter ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... A 31
43. Taximeter drive ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 32
44. Scaling and testing of taximeters ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 33
45. Taxis to have illuminated signs and markings ... ... ... ... . ... ... A 33
46. Plates on taxis ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 33
47. Painting of vehicles ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 33
48. Markings on buses ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 34
49. Markings on public light buses and private light buses ... ... ... ... ... A 34
50. Additional markings on public light buses ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 34
51. Signs on private light buses carrying students, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... A 34
52. Maintenance of markings and painting of certain vehicles ... ... .... ... ... A 35
53. Prohibited marking and painting of vehicles other than buses and taxis ... ... A 35
54. Markings on buses, light buses and taxis ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 35
55. Stability ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 36
56. Side overhang ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 36
57. Guard rails ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... -A 36
58. Brake and steering connexions ... ... ... .. 1 ... ... ... ... ... ... A 36
59. Hub projection ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 37
60. Fuel tanks, carburettors, etc. on buses and light buses ... ... ... ... ... ... A 37
61. Exhaust pipes on buses and light buses ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 38
62. Locking of nuts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 38
63. Artificial lighting ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 38
64. Electrical equipment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 39
65. Steps, platforms and stairs ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 39
66. Entrances and exits on buses ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... A 40
67. Entrances and exits on light buses ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 42
68. Doors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 43
69. Marking, positioning and operation of emergency exits ... ... ... ... ... A 44
70. Access to exits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 45
71. Width of gangways ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 45
72. Height of gangways ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 47
73. Passenger seats ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 48
74. Standing passengers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 49
75. Ventilation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 50





Regulation Page

76. Driver's accommodation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 50

77. Windows to be guarded ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A51

78. Luggage racks ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 52

PART IV

GOODS VEHICLES AND SPECIAL PURPOSE VEHICLES

79. Markings on goods vehicles and special purpose vehicles ... ... ... ... ... A 52
80. Exhaust pipe on goods vehicles and special purpose vehicles ... ... ... ... A 52
81. Passenger accommodation on goods vehicles and special purpose vehicles ... A 52

PART V

TRAILERS

82. Markings on trailers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 52
83. Brakes on trailers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 53
84. Mudguards on trailers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 54

PART VI

MISCELLANEOUS VEHICLES

85. Brakes on motor cycles, motor tricycles and invalid carriages ... ... ... ... A 54
86. Tyres and brakes on pedestrian controlled vehicles ... ... ... ... ... ... A 55
87. Brakes on bicycles and tricycles ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 55
88. Warning instrument on bicycles and tricycles ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 56

PART VII

LIGHTING AND REFLECTORS

89. Obligatory front lamps ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 56

90. Character of front lamps ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 56

91. Position of obligatory front lamps ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 57

92. Restriction on the nature of lamps to be carried ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 57

93. Multi-purpose lamps and combined lamps and reflectors ... ... ... ... ... A 58

94. Restriction of movement, etc. of lamps ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 58

95. Markings of electric bulbs in front lamps and of front sealed beam lamps ... A 58

96. Obligatory headlamps... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 58

97. Headlamps to be carried by vehicles with 2 or 3 wheels ... ... ... ... ... A 58

98. Headlamps to be carried by vehicles with 4 or more wheels . ... ... ... A 59

99. Single units for obligatory front and headlamps ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 60

100. Requirements for every obligatory headlamp ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 61

101. Requirements for every matched pair of obligatory headlamps ... ... ... ... A 61

102. Colour of headlamp beams ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 61

103. Obligatory rear lamps... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 61

104. Character of obligatory rear lamps ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 61

105. Reversing lamps... ... .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 62





Regulation Page

106. Obligatory reflectors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 63
107. Character of reflectors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 63

108. Front corner marker lamps ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 63

109. Side marker lamps ... ... .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 64

110. Character of front corner and side marker lamps ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 65

111. Amber lamps on certain vehicles ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 66

112. Blue lamps for ambulance vehicles ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 66

113. Lamps for illuminating accident and breakdown scenes ... ... ... ... ... A 67

114. Direction indicators ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 67

115. Stop lamps ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 67
116. Maintenance of direction indicators and stop lamps ... ... ... ... ... ... A 68
117. Hazard warning devices ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 68

PART VIII

REAR MARKINGS

118. Application ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 68
119. Fitting of rear markings ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 68
120. Alternative provision for fitting of rear markings ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 69

PART IX

MISCELLANEOUS

121. Offences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 69
122. Transitional provisions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 70
123. Revocation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 71

First Schedule. Overall dimensions of vehicles ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 71
Second Schedule. Maximum weight of vehicles ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 71
Third Schedule. Maximum passenger seating capacity ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7Fourth Schedule. Apparatus for the measurement of smoke or visible vapour emissions from
motor vehicles ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 75

Fifth Schedule. Standards for positive-ignition engines and compression-ignition engines A 75
Sixth Schedule. Plates on taxis ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7Seventh Schedule. Requirements as to the number and position on vehicles of obligatory rear
lamps ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7Eighth Schedule. Requirements as to the number and position on vehicles of obligatory
reflectors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 81

Ninth Schedule. Direction indicators ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 84
Tenth Schedule. Stop lamps ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 90
Eleventh Schedule. Size, colour and type of rear marking ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 92
Twelfth Schedule. Provisions of revoked regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 94





ROAD TRAFFIC (CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE
OF VEHICLES) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 374, section 9)

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. (1) These regulations may be cited as the Road Traffic
(Construction and Maintenance of Vehicles) Regulations and shall,
subject to paragraph (2), come into operation on a day to be appointed
by the Governor by notice in the Gazette and different days may be
appointed under this regulation for different provisions.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), regulations 96, 97, 98, 99, 100,
101 and 102 shall come into operation on the expiration of a period of 5
years beginning on the date* on which these regulations are published
in the Gazette.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

agricultural implement' means an agricultural implement or agricultural
machine, being in either case a vehicle;

agricultural tractor' means a motor vehicle which is designed or
adapted for use primarily in agriculture and which is not used on a
road for the conveyance of any goods other than agricultural
produce or articles required for the purposes of agriculture;

articulated vehicle' means a motor vehicle with a trailer so attached
that part of the trailer is superimposed upon the motor vehicle, and
when the trailer is uniformly loaded a substantial part of the weight
of the load is borne by the motor vehicle;

axle weight', in relation to each axle of a motor vehicle or trailer,
means the sum of the weights transmitted to the road surface by
all the wheels of that axle; and in counting the number of axles
and in determining the sum of the weights transmitted to the
road surface by any one axle of a vehicle, where the centres of
the areas of contact between all the wheels and the road surface
can be included between any 2 vertical planes at right angles to
the longitudinal axis of the vehicle less than one metre apart,
those wheel shall be treated as constituting one axle;

'braking efficiency', in relation to the application of brakes to a motor
vehicle at any time, means the maximum braking force capable of
being developed by the application of those brakes, expressed as a
percentage of the gross vehicle weight of the vehicle;





'close-coupled', in relation to a trailer, means that the wheels on the
same side of the trailer are so fitted that all times while it is in
motion they remain parallel to the longitudinal axis of the trailer,
and that the distance between the centres of their respective areas
of contact with the road surface does not exceed 850 millimetres;

'combination of vehicles' means coupled vehicles which travel on the
road as a unit;

'compression-ignition engine' means an engine in which the fuel is
injected into the cylinders or combustion space of the engine and
is there ignited during normal running solely by the heat of
compression of the cylinder charge;



'1926 Convention', '1949 Convention' and '1968 Convention' have
the meanings assigned to them by regulation 2 of the Road Traffic
(Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations;

'deck' means a floor or platform of a vehicle upon which seats are
provided for the accommodation of passengers;

'dipped beam' means a beam of light emitted by a headlamp carried on
a vehicle, being a beam which is deflected downwards or both
downwards and to the left to such an extent that it is at all times
incapable of dazzling any person who is on the same horizontal
plane as the vehicle at a greater distance than 8 metres from the
headlamp and whose eye-level is not less than one metre above
that plane;

'direction indicator' means a device required to be fitted to a motor
vehicle or trailer for the purpose of indicating the intention of the
driver to change the direction of the vehicle to the right or to the
left;

'double-decked bus' means a bus having 2 decks one of which is
wholly or partly above the other and each deck of which is
provided with a gangway serving seats on that deck only;

'dual purpose lamp' means a lamp combining an obligatory front lamp
and an obligatory rear lamp;

'emergency exit' means an exit on a vehicle which is provided for use
only in case of emergency as required by these regulations;

,,engineering plant' means

(a)movable plant or equipment being a motor vehicle or trailer,
specially designed and constructed for the purposes of road
construction, maintenance or marking, or other engineering
operations, and which

(i) cannot, owing to the requirements of those purposes,
comply in all respects with the requirements of these
regulations; and





(ii) is not constructed primarily to carry a load other than a
load which is either excavated materials raised from the
ground by apparatus on the motor vehicle or trailer, or
materials which the vehicle or trailer is specially designed to
use or treat while carried thereon; or

(b)a mobile crane which does not comply in all respects with the
requirements of these regulations;

,,entrance' means any aperture. or space provided to enable
passengers to board a vehicle;

'exit' means any aperture or space provided to enable passengers to
leave a vehicle;

'extreme rear' means the rearmost point for the time being of a vehicle
or a sidecar, inclusive of any luggage carrier and any tailboard or
other adjustable part except when the tailboard or adjustable part
is extended whilst the vehicle is stationary and being loaded or
unloaded;

'fog lamp' means a lamp on a motor vehicle which is to be used
primarily in conditions of fog or mist;

'front corner marker lamp' means a lamp required to be carried by a
trailer by regulation 108 and which shows a white light to the side
and front of the trailer through an arc extending 90 degrees forward
from a line at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the trailer;

'gangway', in relation to a bus or light bus, means the space provided
for obtaining access from any entrance to the passengers' seats or
from any such seat to an exit, other than an emergency exit, but
does not include a staircase or any space in front of a seat which is
required only for the use of passengers occupying that seat or that
row of seats;

'goods-carrying trailer' means a trailer constructed or adapted for use
for the carriage of goods of any description and which is either

(a) a semi-trailer; or

(b)a trailer with 4 or more wheels drawn by a goods vehicle or an
industrial tractor or land tractor;

'gross combined weight' means the actual weight transmitted to the
road surface by all the wheels of a combination of vehicles;

'half-decked bus' means any bus which is neither a single-decked bus
nor a double-decked bus;

'headlamp' means a lamp, other than a fog lamp, required to be carried
by a vehicle and which is designed, when lit, to illuminate the road
in front of the vehicle;

'hours of darkness' has the meaning assigned to it by regulation 2(1)
and (2) of the Road Traffic (Traffic Control) Regulations;





'illuminated area', in relation to a lamp on a vehicle, means the area of
the orthogonal projection on a vertical plane at right angles to the
longitudinal axis of the vehicle of that part of the lamp through
which the light is emitted;

'industrial tractor' means a motor tractor, other than a land tractor,
which

(a)is designed and used primarily for work off roads, or for work
on roads in connexion only with road construction,
maintenance or refuse collection (including any such motor
vehicle when fitted with an implement or implements designed
primarily for use in connexion with such work, whether or riot
any such implement is of itself designed to carry a load); and

(b)is so constructed as to be incapable of exceeding a speed of
30 kilometres per hour on the level under its own power;

'internal combustion engine' means a compression-ignition engine or a
positive-ignition engine;

'international circulation permit' has the meaning assigned to it by
regulation 2 of the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of
Vehicles) Regulations;

'land implement' means any implement or machinery used with a land
locomotive or a land tractor in connexion with agriculture, grass
cutting, forestry, land levelling, dredging or similar operations and
any trailer which for the time being carries only the necessary gear
or equipment of the land locomotive or land tractor which tows it;

'land implement conveyor' means a trailer, having an unladen weight
not exceeding 5 10 kilograms, which is specially designed and
constructed for the conveyance of not more than one land
implement and which is marked with its unladen weight, has each
of its wheels fitted with a pneumatic tyre and is towed by a land
locomotive or land tractor;

'land locomotive' means a locomotive designed and used primarily for
work on the land in connexion with agriculture, forestry, land
levelling, dredging or similar operations, which is driven on a road
only when proceeding to and from the site of such work and which
when so driven hauls nothing other than land implements or land
implement conveyors;

'land tractor' means a motor tractor designed and used primarily for
work on the land in connexion with agriculture, grass cutting,
forestry, land levelling, dredging or similar operations, which is not
constructed or adapted itself to carry a load other than

(a)water, fuel. accumulators and other equipment used for the
purpose of propulsion, loose tools and loose equipment;





(b)an implement fitted to the tractor and used for work on the
land in connexion with any agricultural or forestry operations;

'locomotive' means a motor vehicle which is not constructed itself to
carry a load, other than water, fuel, accumulators and other
equipment used for the purpose of propulsion, loose tools and
loose equipment, and the unladen weight of which exceeds 8
tonnes;

'main beam' means a beam of light emitted by a headlamp, being a
beam which is not a dipped beam;

'matched pair of headlamps' means a pair of headlamps on a vehicle,
one on each side of the vertical plane passing through the
longitudinal axis of the vehicle (disregarding, for the purpose of
ascertaining such axis. any sidecar attached thereto) which comply
with the following requirements

(a)each headlamp in the pair is at the same height above the
ground:and

(b)the distance between the centre of each headlamp in the pair
and the said vertical plane passing through the longitudinal
axis of the vehicle does not vary by more than 25 millimetres;

'matched pair of obligatory headlamps' means a matched pair of
headlamps required to be carried by a vehicle by regulation 96, 97
or 98;

'motor tractor' means a motor vehicle which is not constructed itself to
carry a load other than water, fuel, accumulators and other
equipment used for the purpose of propulsion, loose tools and
loose equipment and the unladen weight of which does not exceed
8 tonnes;

'multi-pull means of operation', in relation to a braking system, means a
device which causes the muscular energy of the driver to apply the
brakes of that system progressively as a result of successive
applications of that device by the driver;

,,obligatory front lamp' means a lamp, showing to the front of a vehicle
a white light, required to be carried by regulation 89;

',obligatory headlamp' means any headlamp required to be carried by a
vehicle by regulation 96, 97 or 98.

11

obligatory rear lamp- means a lamp, showing to the rear of a vehicle a
red light, required to be carried by regulation 103;

,,obligatory reflector' means a red reflector required to be fitted to a
vehicle by regulation 106;

,,outermost part' in relation to a vehicle, does not include a door,
hinged side or other adjustable part of the vehicle when opened or
extended or a driving mirror or a direction indicator;





'overall height means the height of a vehicle standing on a level surface
with all tyres inflated to normal pressure, measured vertically from
such surface to the highest point of such vehicle or of the load on
such vehicle whichever is the higher;

'overall length' means the length of a vehicle measured between
vertical planes at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle
and passing through the extreme projecting points thereof
exclusive of

(a) any driving mirror;

(b) any starting handle;

(c) any hood when down;

(d)any expanding or extensible contrivance forming part of a
turntable fire escape fixed to the vehicle; and

(e) any front corner marker lamp or side marker lamp,

and in ascertaining the extreme projecting points of a vehicle
account shall be taken of any device or any receptacle on or
attached to the vehicle which increases the carrying capacity of the
vehicle unless

(i)it is a tailboard which is let down while the vehicle is
stationary in order to facilitate its loading or unloading;

(ii) it is a tailboard which is let down in order to facilitate the
carriage of, but which is not essential for the support of,
loads which are in themselves so long as to extend at least as
far as the tailboard when in the upright position; or

(iii)it is a receptacle which is constructed or adapted for the
purpose of being lifted on or off vehicles with goods
contained therein and is from time to time actually used for
that purpose;

,,overall width' means the width of a vehicle measured between vertical
planes parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and passing
through the extreme projecting points thereof exclusive of

(a) any driving mirror;

(b) any direction indicator;

(c)so much of the distortion of any tyre as is caused by the
weight of the vehicle; and

(d any front corner marker lamp or side marker lamp,

and in ascertaining the extreme projecting points of a vehicle
account shall be taken of any device or any receptacle on or
attached to the vehicle which increases the carrying capacity of the
vehicle unless

(i) it is a sideboard which is let down while the vehicle is
stationary in order to facilitate its loading or unloading; or





(ii)it is a receptacle which is constructed or adapted for the
purpose of being lifted on or off vehicles with goods
contained therein and is from time to time actually used for
that purpose;

,,overhang' means the distance measured horizontally and parallel to
the longitudinal axis of a vehicle between the vertical planes at
right angles to that axis passing through the 2 points respectively
specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this definition

(a) the rearmost point of the vehicle exclusive of-

(i) any hood when down;

(ii) any expanding or extensible contrivance forming part of
a turntable fire escape fixed to the vehicle;

(iii) in the case of a motor vehicle constructed solely for the
carriage of passengers and their effects and adapted to carry
not more than 7 passengers, any luggage carrier fitted to the
vehicle; and

(iv) in the case of a vehicle constructed to tow a trailer, any
part of the vehicle designed primarily for use as a means of
attaching the trailer and any fitting designed for use in
connexion with such part, being a part and fitting the total
length of which measured parallel to the longitudinal axis of
the vehicle does not exceed 300 millimetres; and

(b) (i) in the case of a motor vehicle having not more than 3

axles of which only one is not a steering axle, the centre
point of that axle;

(ii) in the case of a motor vehicle having 3 axles of which
the front axle is the only steering axle and of a motor vehicle
having 4 axles of which the 2 foremost are the only steering
axles, a point 100 millimetres to the rear of the centre of a
straight line joining the centre points of the 2 rearmost axles;
and

(iii) in any other case, a point situated on the longitudinal
axis of the vehicle and such that a line drawn from it at right
angles to that axis will pass through the centre of the
minimum turning circle of the vehicle;

'passenger vehicle' means a vehicle constructed solely for the carriage
of passengers and their effects;

'pedestrian-controlled trolled vehicle' means a vehicle, other than a
richshaw, which is controlled by a pedestrian and not constructed
or adapted for use or used for the carriage of a driver or passenger;

'permanent top' means any covering of a vehicle, other than a hood
made of canvas or other flexible material which is capable of being
readily folded back so that no portion of such hood or any fixed
structure of the roof remains vertically above any part of any seat
of the vehicle, or, in the case of a double-decked bus, of any seat
on the upper deck of the bus;





'pneumatic tyre' means a tyre which is

(a)provided with a continuous closed chamber containing air at a
pressure substantially exceeding atmospheric pressure when
the tyre is in the condition in which it is normally used, but is
not subjected to any load;

(b)capable of being inflated and deflated without removal from
the wheel or vehicle; and

(e)of such construction that when it is deflated and is subjected
to a normal load, the sides of the tyre collapse;

'poor visibility conditions' has the meaning assigned to it by
regulation 2(1) of the Road Traffic (Traffic Control) Regulations;

'positive-ignition engine' means an engine operating on the otto cycle
in which a mixture of fuel and air is drawn into cylinders and ignited
after compression by means of an electric spark applied at a known
and predetermined moment of the cycle;

'primary emergency exit' means an emergency exit, being an exit
provided in a single-decked bus or in the lower deck of a double-
decked bus, of which the dimensions are not less than 1 350
millimetres by 500 millimetres;

'rear lamp' means a lamp showing to the rear of a vehicle a red light
visible from a reasonable distance;

'rear marking' means a rear marking of the type shown in any of the
diagrams numbered 1 to 5 set out in Part 1 of the Eleventh
Schedule;

'rear platform' means a platform at the rear of a vehicle from which
passengers can step directly to the ground through an exit without
any step intervening;

'recut pneumatic tyre' means any pneumatic tyre in which an existing
tread pattern has been cut or burnt deeper or a new tread pattern
has been cut or burnt except where the pattern is cut entirely in
additional material added to the tyre for the purpose;

'reflecting area', in relation to a reflector on a vehicle, means the area of
the orthogonal projection on a vertical plane at right angles to the
longitudinal axis of the vehicle of that part of the reflector designed
to reflect light;

'reversing lamp' means a lamp showing to the rear of a vehicle a white
light for the purpose of reversing;

'rigid vehicle' means a motor vehicle which is not constructed or
adapted to form part of an articulated vehicle;

'safety glass' means glass so constructed or treated that if fractured it
does not fly into fragments capable of causing severe cuts;





safety glazing' means material (other than glass) so constructed or
treated that if fractured it does not fly into fragments capable of
causing severe cuts;

sealed beam lamp' means a lamp unit comprising a reflector system, a
lens system and one or more electrical filaments, which has been
sealed in the course of manufacture and which cannot be
dismantled without rendering the unit unusable as a lamp;

secondary emergency exit means an emergency exit, other than a
primary emergency exit provided in a bus, of which the dimensions
are not less than 900 millimetres by 500 millimetres;

side marker lamp' means a lamp required to be carried by a trailer by
regulation 109 and which shows a white light to the side of the
trailer through an arc extending a minimum of 70 degrees forward
from a line at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the trailer and
a red light to the side through an arc extending a minimum of 70
degrees rearward from that line;

single-decked bus' means a bus upon which no part of a deck or
gangway is vertically above another deck or gangway;

'split braking system', in relation to a motor vehicle. means a braking
system so designed and constructed that

(a)it comprises two independent sections of mechanism capable
of developing braking force such that, excluding the means of
operation, a failure of any part (other than a fixed member or a
brake shoe anchor pin) of one of the said sections shall not
cause a decrease in the braking force capable of being
developed by the other section;

(b)the said two sections are operated by a means of operation
which is common to both sections; and

(c)the braking efficiency of either of the said two sections can be
readily checked;

stop lamp' means a lamp required to be fitted to a motor vehicle,
or to a trailer towed by a motor vehicle, for the purpose of
warning other road users, when the lamp is lit, that the brakes
of the motor vehicle or, in the case of a trailer, the brakes of the
towing vehicle or of the combination of vehicles, are being
applied;

stored energy', in relation to a braking system of a vehicle, means
energy (other than the muscular energy of the driver or the
mechanical energy of a spring) stored in a reservoir for the purpose
of applying the brakes under the control of the driver, either
directly or as a supplement to his muscular energy;

straddle carrier' means a motor vehicle constructed to straddle and lift
its load for the purpose of transportation;





'supplementary main beam' means a main beam which is emitted
by an obligatory headlamp which can also emit a dipped beam
and which can only be used in conjunction with a main beam
from another obligatory headlamp on the same side of the
vertical plane passing through the longitudinal axis of the
vehicle;

'towing implement means any device on wheels designed for the
purpose of enabling a motor vehicle to tow another vehicle by the
attachment of that device to that other vehicle in such a manner
that part of that other vehicle is secured to and either rests on or is
suspended from the device and some but not all of the wheels on
which that other vehicle normally runs are raised off the ground;

'track laying vehicle' means a vehicle that is so designed and
constructed that its weight is transmitted to the road surface either
by means of continuous tracks or by a combination of wheels and
continuous tracks in such circumstances that the weight
transmitted to the road surface by the tracks is not less than half
the weight of the vehicle;

'two-tone horn' means an instrument or apparatus which, when
operated, automatically produces a sound which alternates at
regular intervals between 2 fixed notes;

'unladen weight', in relation to a vehicle, means the weight of the
vehicle inclusive of the body and all parts (the heavier being taken
where alternative bodies or parts are used) including the weight of
water or accumulators which are necessary to, or ordinarily used
with, the vehicle when working on a road, but exclusive of the
weight of fuel, loose tools and loose equipment in the vehicle;

'warning instrument' means any instrument required to be fitted to or
carried on or in a vehicle for audibly signalling its approach or
presence;

'wheel', in the case of a motor vehicle or trailer, means a wheel the tyre
or rim of which when the vehicle is in motion on a road is in
contact with the ground; and any two such wheels shall be treated
as one wheel if the distance between the centres of the areas of
contact between them and the road surface is less than 460
millimetres;

'wheel span' means the distance between the foremost and rearmost
axles;

'wide tyre' means a pneumatic tyre which has an area of contact with
the road surface of not less than 300 millimetres in width when
measured at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.

3. These regulations, except in so far as they apply to the weights
and dimensions of vehicles, shall not apply to





(a) any motor vehicle brought temporarily into Hong Kong
by a person resident in a place outside Hong Kong or in
Hong Kong intending to make only a temporary stay in
Hong Kong, for a period not exceeding 1 year from the
date of the arrival of the vehicle in Hong Kong while the
said vehicle is being used by such person during his stay, if
such vehicle complies in every respect with the require-
ments of paragraphs 1, 111 and VIII of Article 3 of the 1926
Convention and with paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of Article 22 of
the 1949 Convention and paragraphs 1 and 2 of Article 23
of the 1968 Convention;

(b)unlicensed vehicles used on roads only pursuant to a
movement permit issued under regulation 53 of the Road
Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations
for the purpose of proceeding from one site to another.

4. The Commissioner may exempt any vehicle or class of vehicle
from the provisions of these regulations or of any part thereof if he
considers that it would be in the public interest to do so.

PART II

GENERAL

5. (1) Every vehicle including all body work and fittings shall be

(a) soundly and properly constructed of suitable materials;

(b) in good and serviceable condition; and

(c)of such design and method of construction as to be capable
of withstanding the loads and stresses likely to be
encountered in operation.

(2) The side door latches and hinges of all vehicles shall be of
adequate strength.

(3) Subject to paragraph (5), no part of a motor vehicle, other than
the wheels or tracks of such vehicle, and, in the case of a goods vehicle
carrying inflammable goods, the earthing chain of such vehicle, shall
touch the road.

(4) Every windscreen wiper and every direction indicator required
by these regulations to be fitted to a motor vehicle, and every part of
every braking system and of the means of operation thereof fitted to a
motor vehicle or trailer, and all steering gear fitted to a motor vehicle,
shall at all times while the motor vehicle or trailer is used on a road be
maintained in good and efficient working order and be properly
adjusted.

(5) Paragraph (3) shall not apply to engineering plant, an industrial
tractor, land locomotive and land tractor.





6. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the dimensions of a vehicle of a
class listed in column 1 of the First Schedule shall not exceed the
overall dimensions specified in relation to that vehicle in columns 2, 3
and 4 of that Schedule.

(2) The Commissioner may by permit in writing, subject to such
terms and conditions as may be specified in the permit, authorize the
use of a vehicle exceeding the dimensions specified in the First
Schedule.

7. (1) The gorss vehicle weight of a vehicle of a class listed in
column 1 of Part I of the Second Schedule, other than a vehicle to
which Part II, III or IV of that Schedule applies or a special purpose
vehicle, shall not exceed the permitted gross vehicle weight specified
in relation to that vehicle in column 2 of that Part.

(2) The gross vehicle weight of a rigid vehicle of a class listed in
column 1 of Part II of the Second Schedule shall not exceed the
permitted gross vehicle weight specified in column 3 of that Part in
relation to the wheel span measurement specified in column 2 of that
Part.

(3) The gross vehicle weight and axle weight of an articulated
vehicle of a class listed in column 1 of Part III of the Second
Schedule shall not exceed the permitted gross vehicle weight and
maximum permitted axle weight specified in column 3 of that Part in
relation to the wheel span measurment specified in column 2 of that
Part.

(4) The gross combined weight of a combination of articulated
vehicles of the type listed in column 1 of Part IV of the Second
Schedule shall not exceed the permitted gross combined weight
specified in column 3 of that Part in relation to the inner axle spacing
specified in column 2 of that Part.

(5) Where 2 closely spaced axles of a vehicle are spaced at such
distance apart as is specified in column 1 of Part V of the Second
Schedule, the total weight transmitted to the road surface by all the
wheels of those axles shall not exceed the permitted total axle weight
specified in column 2 of that Part in relation to the distance between
those axles.

(6) Where the outer axles of 3 closely spaced axles of a vehicle
are spaced at such distance apart as is specified in column 1 of
Part VI of the Second Schedule, the total weight transmitted to the
road surface by all the wheels of each of those closely spaced axles
shall not exceed the permitted axle weight specified in column 2 of
that Part in relation to the distance between those outer axles.

(7) The permitted gross vehicle weight of a special purpose
vehicle shall be the permitted gross vehicle weight shown in the
registration document issued in respect of that vehicle and the gross
vehicle weight of a special purpose vehicle shall not exceed the
permitted gross vehicle weight so specified.




(8) The Commissioner may be permit in writing, subject to
such terms and conditions as may be specified in the permit,
authorize the use of a vehicle exceeding the permitted gross vehicle
weight specified in relation to that vehicle in Part II or III of the
Second Schedule.

8. (1) Subject to paragraphs (2), (3) and (4), the overhang of a
motor vehicle shall not exceed 60 per cent of the distance between the
plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle which passes
through the centre or centres of the front wheel or wheels and the
foremost vertical plane from which the overhang is to be measured.

(2) In the case of a vehicle designed for use and mainly used for
the purpose of heating a road or other like surface in the process of
construction, repair or maintenance, no part of the heating plant shall
be taken into account when calculating the overhang under paragraph
(1).

(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), where a vehicle is to be used
on a road and the Commissioner considers that the percentage of
overhang permitted by that paragraph could create a hazard to traffic he
may specify such lesser percentage of overhang as he considers
appropriate, and the overhang of that vehicle shall not exceed such
lesser specified percentage.

(4) This regulation shall not apply to-

(a)a vehicle designed for use and used solely in connexion with
street cleansing, the collection or disposal of refuse or the
collection or disposal of the contents of gullies or cesspools;
and

(b)a goods vehicle so designed that it can dispose of its load by
tipping to the rear provided the 'overhang does not exceed 1.2
metres.

9. (1) Subject to. paragraph (2), every motor vehicle intended for
use or used on a road shall be propelled by

(a) a positive-ignition engine;

(b) a compression-ignition engine; or

(c) an electric motor.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Commissioner may approve
in writing a motor vehicle powered by other means for use on a r,oad if
he considers the vehicle suitable for use on roads in Hong Kong.

(3) Before granting approval in respect of a vehicle under
paragraph (2) the Commissioner may require

(a) production of such plans and information; and





(b) such test and inspection,

as he considers necessary.

10. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), every motor vehicle first registered
after the coming into operation of this regulation which is propelled by
a compression-ignition engine shall be so constructed that the power
that the engine produces is at least 4.4 kilowatts for every 1000
kilograms of the permitted gross vehicle weight of the vehicle.

(2) Every motor vehicle to which paragraph (1) applies shall,
where it is fitted with ancillary equipment designed for use or likely
to be used when the vehicle is in motion on a road at a speed in
excess of 8 kilometres per hour and the power absorbed by that
equipment is provided by the engine propelling the vehicle, be so
constructed that, when the ancillary equipment is being used. the
power of the engine remaining available to drive the vehicle is at
least 4.4 kilowatts for every 1 000 kilograms of the permitted gross
vehicle weight of the vehicle.

(3) For the purposes of this regulation, 'ancillary equipmenC
means machinery or apparatus forming part of a vehicle or mounted
thereon. used for purposes not connected with the driving of the
vehicle.

11. The body of a vehicle shall be securely affixed to the chassis
and every trap door in the floor of the vehicle shall be strong and so
fitted or fastened that it cannot become dislodged by vibration, with
any lifting device properly sunk.

12. (1) Every vehicle shall be so constructed as to be capable of
turning in either direction within a circle which has a diameter not
exceeding

(a)24.5 metres, in the case of a vehicle with an overall length of
not more than 10 metres; and

(b)26 metres, in the case of a vehicle with an overall length of
more than 10 metres.

(2) For the purpose of this regulation, the diameter of the turning
circle of a vehicle shall be determined by reference to the circle traced
by the extreme projecting points included in the overall length and
overall width of the vehicle.

13. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), every motor vehicle, trailer having
more than 4 wheels and trailer having more than 2 wheels being part of
an articulated vehicle shall be provided with such compensating
arrangement as will ensure that all the wheels will remain in contact with
the road surface and under the most adverse conditions will not be
subject to abnormal variations of load.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply-





(a)to any steerable wheel of a motor vehicle if the load on such
wheel does not exceed 3.5 tonnes; and

(b)with respect to any properly constructed retractable axle while
in the retracted position.

14. (1) Subject to paragraphs (2) and (3), the weight transmitted to
the road surface by any one wheel of a vehicle where no other wheel is
in the same line transversely shall not exceed 4.5 tonnes and the total
weight so transmitted by any 2 wheels of a vehicle in line transversely
shall not exceed 9 tonnes.

(2) The total weight transmitted to the road surface by any 2
wheels of a vehicle in line transversely shall not exceed 10 tonnes if
each such wheel is fitted with 2 pneumatic tyres having the centre of
their areas of contact with the road surface not less than 300 millimetres
apart measured at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle or
with a wide tyre.

(3) In the case of a vehicle having more than 2 wheels in line
transversely, the total weight transmitted to the road surface by those
wheels shall not exceed 11 tonnes.

15. (1) Subject to paragraphs (5) and (6), every motor vehicle and
trailer towed thereby shall be equipped with a suitable and sufficient
system of suspension between each wheel and the frame of the vehicle.

(2) The system of suspension of any vehicle with 3 or more wheels
shall be so designed and constructed that there is no excessive body
sway.

(3) The system of suspension including any damper units therein
shall be maintained in an efficient condition.

(4) For the purposes of this regulation a tyre shall not be regarded
as forming part of the suspension system.

(5) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Commissioner may, having
regard to the design and use of the vehicle, exempt any special purpose
vehicle from the provisions of this regulation.

(6) This regulation shall not apply to-

(a) a motor cycle;

(b) a mobile crane;

(c) a road roller;

(d)a vehicle designed for use in works or on private premises
and used on a road only in passing from one part of the
works or premises to another or to works or premises in the
immediate neighbourhood; and

(e)a motor tractor not exceeding 4 tonnes permitted gross
vehicle weight if all unsprung wheels of such tractor are
equipped with pneumatic tyres.





16. (1) Subject to paragraph (8), every motor vehicle shall be
equipped with either an efficient braking system having 2 means of
operation or 2 efficient braking systems each having a separate means
of operation.

(2) For the purpose of paragraph (1), no account shall be taken of a
multi-pull means of operation, unless that means, at the first application,
operates an hydraulic, electric or pneumatic device which causes brakes
to be applied sufficient to have a total braking efficiency of not less
than the total braking efficiency required by regulation 19(1)(b) in
relation to brakes as applied by a second independent means of
operation.

(3) Subject to paragraph (8), all braking systems of every motor
vehicle shall be so designed and constructed that notwithstanding the
failure of any part (other than a fixed member or a brake shoe anchor pin)
through or by means of which the force necessary to apply the brakes is
transmitted there shall still be available for application by the driver
brakes sufficient under the most adverse conditions to bring the vehicle
to rest within a reasonable distance.

(4) Subject to paragraph (9), one at least of the means of operation
required by this regulation shall be capable of causing brakes to be
applied directly to all the wheels of the vehicle and the other means of
operation shall be capable of causing brakes to be applied directly. and
not through the transmission, to

(a)at least one wheel of a vehicle with not more than 3 wheels;
and

(b)at least half the number of wheels of a vehicle with more than
3 wheels,

and for the purpose of this paragraph a shaft leading from any
differential driving gear of an axle to a driving wheel shall be deemed
not to form part of the transmission.

(5) The application of one of the means of operation required
under this regulation shall not affect or operate the pedal or hand lever
of the other means of operation.

(6) No braking system shall be rendered. ineffective by the non-
rotation of the engine.

(7) For the purpose of this regulation every moving shaft to which
any part of a braking system or any means of operation thereof is
connected or by which it is supported shall be deemed to be part of that
system.

(8) Paragraphs (1) and (3) shall not apply to a motor vehicle
equipped with one efficient braking system with one means of operation
if the system is a split braking system.

(9) Paragraph (4) shall not apply to engineering plant, an industrial
tractor, land locomotive, land tractor, motor cycle, motor tricycle, invalid
carriage. pedestrian controlled vehicle and straddle carrier.





17. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), every motor vehicle shall be
equipped with a braking system, which may be one of the braking
systems prescribed in regulation 16, so designed and constructed that

(a)its means of operation, whether being a multi-pull means of
operation or not, is independent of the means of operation of
any braking system required by regulation 19(1)(a) to have a
total braking efficiency of not less than 50 per cent;

(b)its braking force, when the vehicle is not being driven or is left
unattended

(i) can at all times be maintained in operation by direct
mechanical action without the intervention of any hydraulic,
electric or pneumatic device; and

(ii) when so maintained in operation by direct mechanical
action, is capable of holding the vehicle stationary on a
gradient of at least 1 in 6.25 without the assistance of stored
energy.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to a motor cycle and invalid
carriage.

18. (1) Subject to paragraph (2) and except in the case of a motor
vehicle to which paragraph (3) applies, every motor vehicle which is
equipped with a braking system which embodies a vacuum or pressure
reservoir or reservoirs shall be provided with a warning device so
placed as to be readily visible or audible to the driver of the vehicle
when in the driving seat in order to indicate any impending failure or
deficiency in the vacuum or pressure system.

(2) In the case of a vehicle the permitted gross vehicle weight of
which does not exceed 5.5 tonnes which is propelled by an internal
combustion engine and is equipped with a braking system embodying a
vacuum reservoir or reservoirs, the vacuum therein being derived
directly from the induction system of the engine, it shall not be
necessary to provide a warning device in accordance with paragraph (1)
if, in the event of a failure or deficiency in the vacuum system, the
brakes of that braking system are sufficient to provide a braking
efficiency of 50 per cent.

(3) A motor vehicle which is equipped with a braking system
which uses compressed air only as its means of operation shall be fitted
with a suitable air pressure gauge or gauge





19. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), every braking system of every
motor vehicle shall

(a)have brakes acting on all the wheels of the vehicle which as
applied by one means of operation have a total braking
efficiency of not less than 50 per cent;





(b)subject to sub-paragraph (c), have brakes which as applied by
a second independent means of operation have a total braking
efficiency of not less than 25 per cent; and

(c) in the case of a motor vehicle equipped with a split braking
system to which regulation 16(8) applies, have brakes which
in the event of a failure of any part (other than a fixed
member or a brake shoe anchor pin) of one of the
independent sections comprised in the split braking system
are such that there remain barkes applied by the other
section sufficient to have a total braking efficiency of not
less than 25 per cent.

(2) This regulation shall not apply to engineering plant, an
industrial tractor, land locomotive, land tractor, motor cycle, motor
tricycle, invalid carriage, pedestrian controlled vehicle and straddle
carrier.

20. (1) Every motor vehicle and every trailer shall be so constructed
that the entire weight of the vehicle and of any trailer attached thereto is
transmitted to the road surface by wheels or by tracks, or by a
combination of wheels and tracks.

(2) In the case of a track laying vehicle-

(a)the parts of the track which come into contact with the road
surface shall be flat and have a minimum width of 15
millimetres; and

(b)the total area of each track actually in contact with the road
surface at any one time shall not be less than 230 square
centimetres in respect of each tonne of the gross vehicle
weight of the vehicle.

(3) Subject to paragraphs (6) and (7), every wheel of a motor
vehicle, other than a road roller, and every wheel on a trailer when the
trailer is being towed on a road, other than a trailer used solely on road
repair work, shall be equipped with pneumatic tyres of suitable size and
design.

(4) Subject to paragraph (8), all wheels of a motor vehicle or trailer
which are equipped with tyres, other than pneumatic tyres, shall have a
rim diameter of not less than 700 millimetres.

(5) Every wheel of a vehicle shall be truly circular, accurately
centred on its axle and fitted to work thereon without oscillation or side
play.

(6) The Commissioner by permit in writing, subject to such terms
and conditions and for such period as appears to him fit, may authorize
the use of a motor vehicle which does not comply with paragraph (3).

(7) Paragraph (3) shall not apply to-

(a) a motor tractor; and





(b)a motor vehicle designed for use in works or on private
premises and used on a road only in passing from one part of
the works or premises to another or to works or premises in the
immediate neighbourhood,

if such vehicle is equipped with tyres on every wheel of soft or elastic
material of a design and type approved by the Commissioner.

(8) Paragraph (4) shall not apply to-

(a)any motor vehicle or trailer not exceeding 1.5 tonnes unladen
weight designed for use in works or on private premises and
used on a road only in passing from one part of the works or
premises to another or to works or premises in the immediate
neighbourhood; and

(b) any mobile crane.

21. A tyre shall not be deemed to be of soft or elastic material
unless the said material is either

(a) continuous round the circumference of the wheel; or

(b)fitted in sections so that so far as reasonably practicable no
space is left between the ends thereof,

and is of such thickness and design as to minimize, so far as reasonably
possible, vibration when the vehicle is in motion, and so constructed as
to be free from any defect which might in any way cause damage to the
surface of a road.

1 22. (1) Subject to paragraphs (2) and (7), no wheel of a motor vehicle
or trailer shall be fitted with a pneumatic tyre that

(a)is unsuitable having regard to the use to which the motor
vehicle or trailer is being put or to the types of tyres fitted to
its other wheels;

(b)is not so inflated as to make it fit for the use to which the
motor vehicle or trailer is being put;

(c)has a break in its fabric, or has a cut in excess of 25 millimetres
in length or 10 per cent of the section width of the tyre,
whichever is the greater, measured in any direction on the
outside of the tyre and deep enough to reach the body cords;

(d)has any lump or bulge caused by separation or partial failure
of its structure;

(e) has any p ortion of the ply or cord structure exposed; or

does not-

(i) in the case of a motor cycle the cylinder capacity of the
engine of which does not exceed 50 cubic centimetres, show
throughout at least 3 of the breadth of the tread and 4

round the entire outer circumference of the tyre a pattern the
relief of which is clearly visible; and





(ii) in the case of any other motor vehicle or any trailer, have
a tread pattern (excluding any tie-bar) with a depth of at least 1
millimetre throughout at least 3 of the breadth of

4

the tread and round the entire outer circumference of the tyre:

Provided that this sub-paragraph shall not apply in the
case of a motor cycle with sidecar attached having 3 wheels in
all, the weight of which does not exceed 100 kilograms and
which is incapable of exceeding a speed of 20 kilometres per
hour on the level under its own power.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not prohibit the use on a road of a motor
vehicle or trailer by reason only of the fact that a wheel of the vehicle or
trailer is fitted with a tyre which is not fully inflated if the tyre and the
wheel to which it is fitted are so constructed as to make the tyre in that
condition fit for the use to which the motor vehicle or trailer is being put
and the outer sides of the wall of the tyre are so marked as to enable the
tyre to be identified as having been so constructed.

(3) No motor vehicle or trailer shall be fitted with a recut pneumatic
tyre the fabric of which has been cut or exposed by the recutting
process.

(4) Without prejudice to paragraphs (1) and (3), all the tyres of a
motor vehicle or trailer shall at all times while the vehicle or trailer is used
on a road be maintained in such condition as to be fit for the use to
which the vehicle or trailer is being put and as to be free from any defect
which might in any way cause damage to the surface of the road or
danger to persons on or in the vehicle or to other persons using the
road.

(5) Pneumatic tyres of different types of structure shall not be fitted
to the same axle of a vehicle.

(6) A motor vehicle or trailer shall not be fitted with-

(a)a diagonal-ply tyre or a bias-belted tyre on the rear axle and a
radial-ply tyre on the front axle; or

(b)a diagonal-ply tyre on the rear axle and a bias-belted tyre on
the front axle.

(7) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to a land tractor, or land
implement, or to an agricultural trailer when the trailer is being towed by
a land tractor and nothing in paragraph (1) or (3) shall apply to a broken
down vehicle or to a vehicle proceeding to a place where it is to be
broken up, in either case being towed by a motor vehicle at a speed not
exceeding 20 kilometres per hour.

(8) For the purposes of this regulation-

'bias-belted tyre' means a pneumatic tyre, the structure of which is
such that the ply cords extend to the bead so as to be laid at
alternate angles of substantially less than 90 degrees to the





peripheral line of the tread, and are constrained by a
circumferential belt comprising two or more layers of substantially
inextensible cord material laid at alternate angles smaller than
those of the ply cord structure;

'diagonal-ply tyre' means a pneumatic tyre, other than a bias-belted
tyre, the structure of which is such that the ply cords extend to the
bead so as to be laid at alternate angles of substantially less than
90 degrees to the peripheral line of the tread;

'radial-ply tyre' means a pneumatic tyre, the structure of which is such
that the ply cords extend to the bead so as to be laid at an angle of
substantially 90 degrees to the peripheral line of the tread, the ply
cord structure being stabilized by a substantially inextensible
circumferential belt;

'type of structure', in relation to a tyre, means a type of structure of a
tyre of a kind as defined in this paragraph.

23. The steering mechanism of a vehicle shall be so constructed or
arranged that no overlock shall be possible and that the wheels shall
not in any circumstances foul any part of the vehicle.

24. (1) Every motor vehicle, other than a motor vehicle which it is
at all times unlawful to drive at a speed exceeding 20 kilometres per
hour and an invalid carriage, shall be fitted with an efficient
speedometer which shall be

(a) so placed that it can be easily read by the driver;

(b) maintained in good working order;

(c)kept free from any obstruction which might prevent it from
being easily read by the driver;

(d)calibrated and marked so as to indicate clearly the speed at
which the motor vehicle is being driven; and

(e)capable of indicating the speed within a margin of accuracy of
plus or minus 10 per cent if and when the motor vehicle is
being driven at a speed in excess of 15 kilometres per hour.

(2) It shall be a good defence to proceedings taken in respect of a
contravention of paragraph (1)(b) to prove that

(a)the defect occurred in the course of the journey during which
the contravention was detected; or

(b)at the time when the contravention was detected steps had
already been taken to have the defect remedied with all
reasonable expedition.

25. Every motor vehicle, other than a motor cycle, motor tricycle or
invalid carriage, shall be capable of being driven both forwards and
backwards.





26. (1) Every motor vehicle, other than a bus or light bus, shall be
so designed and constructed that the driver

(a)has adequate room and can easily reach and quickly operate
the controls;

(b)while controlling the vehicle can at all times have a full view of
the road and traffic ahead of the vehicle.

(2) The driver's seat of every motor vehicle, other than a bus or
light bus, shall be secured to the body of the vehicle and shall measure
at least 380 millimetres from the backrest to the front edge of the seat
and 380 millimetres along the back, except that where the vehicle is
fitted with a continuous seat for a passenger or passengers beside the
driver the space available for passengers under regulation 27 shall be
measured from a point 380 millimetres from that part of the seat
nearest to the centre of the steering wheel.

(3) The driver's seat of every motor vehicle, other than a bus
or light bus, shall be capable of being adjusted in relation to the
steering wheel of the vehicle so that it can be moved from 350
millimetres to at least 450 millimetres from the steering wheel
measured from the nearest point on the periphery of the steering
wheel to the nearest part of the back of the driver's seat.

(4) Subject to paragraph (5), the driver's seat of every vehicle
shall be so placed as to permit the driver to give by hand the usual
traffic signals on the right or off side of the vehicle.

(5) The Commissioner may by permit in writing, subject to such
terms and conditions and for such period as appears to him fit, authorize
the use of a motor vehicle which does not comply with paragraph (4).

27. (1) No vehicle shall be provided with seating capacity for
passengers in excess of the seating capacity for that class of vehicle
specified in the Third Schedule.

(2) The seating capacity for passengers in a bus or special purpose
vehicle shall be the seating capacity specified in the registration
document issued in respect of that vehicle, and no bus or special
purpose vehicle shall be provided with seating capacity in excess of the
seating capacity so specified.

(3) No seating capacity for passengers shall be provided in an
invalid carriage, trailer, tricycle or pedestrian-controlled vehicle.

(4) Subject to regulation 26, every seat in a vehicle shall be secured
to the body of the vehicle and shall, except in the case of a bus or light
bus, measure at least 380 millimetres from the backrest to the front
edge of the seat and 380 millimetres along the back.

(5) In calculating the seating capacity of a vehicle for the
purposes of this regulation





(a)only those seats that are provided in accordance with
paragraph (4) or regulation 73, as the case may be, shall be
taken into account; and

(b)no account shall be taken of any space on a scat which is less
than 380 millimetres.

28. (1) The glass or transparent material used in all windscreens,
windows and partitions of a motor vehicle shall be safety glass or
safety glazing

(a) of a type approved by the Commissioner;

(b)of such transparency that it does not obscure the view of the
interior of the motor vehicle; and

(e)where practicable, clearly identifiable as safety glass or safety
glazing by'a permanent mark inscribed thereon.

(2) No alteration or addition shall be made to any windscreen,
window or partition referred to in paragraph (1) whereby the reflecting
effect of the safety glass or safety glazing is increased

(3) The Commissioner shall by notice in the Gazette specify the
type of safety glass or safety glazing approved by him for the purposes
of paragraph (1)(a).

.29. (1) In the case of a vehicle which is fitted with a windscreen,
other than a motor cycle, invalid carriage or trailer, the vehicle shall be
fitted with one or more efficient automatic windscreen wipers, unless
the driver can obtain an adequate view to the front of the vehicle
without looking through the windscreen.

(2) The windscreen wipers required by paragraph (1) shall be
capable of clearing the windscreen so that the driver has an adequate
view of the road in front of the near and off sides of the vehicle in
addition to an adequate view to the front of the vehicle.

(3) Subject to paragraph (4), every motor vehicle which is required
by paragraph (1) to be fitted with one or more efficient automatic
windscreen wipers shall be fitted with a windscreen washer capable of
clearing, in conjunction with those windscreen wipers, the area of the
windscreen swept by those windscreen wipers of mud or other similar
deposit.

(4) Paragraph (3) shall not apply to-

(a) a land tractor; or

(b)any vehicle which is incapable by reason of its construction
of exceeding a speed of 35 kilometres per hour on the level
under its own power.

30. (1) Every vehicle propelled by an internal combustion 'engine
shall be fitted with a silencer, expansion chamber or other contrivance
suitable and sufficient for reducing, as far as may be





reasonable, the noise caused by the escape of the exhaust gases from
the engine.

(2) Every vehicle propelled by an internal combustion engine and
used on any road shall be so constructed and maintained that the
exhaust gases from the engine shall not escape into the atmosphere
without first passing through the silencer, expansion chamber or other
contrivance required to be fitted under paragraph (1).

(3) Every such silencer, expansion chamber or other contrivance
shall at all times while the vehicle is used on a road be maintained in
good and efficient working order, and shall not have been altered or
replaced in such a way that the noise caused by the escape of the
exhaust gases is made greater by the alteration or replacement.

31. (1) Every motor vehicle shall be so constructed and
maintained. that

(a) no excessive smoke or visible vapour is emitted therefrom;

(b)so far as is reasonably practicable, the products of
combustion, ashes, steam, cinders, petrol, water or oil are not
discharged on the road or in such manner as to be likely to
cause damage to property or injury or danger or loss of
amenity or annoyance to persons.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a), smoke or visible vapour
shall be deemed to be excessive if the smoke or visible va`pour emitted
from the vehicle measured by means of the apparatus specified in
column 1 of the Fourth Schedule exceeds the maximum permitted smoke
or visible vapour level specified in column 2 of that Schedule or the
maximum permitted smoke or visible vapour level in absolute units of
light absorption specified in column 3 of that Schedule.

(3) Every motor vehicle using solid fuel shall be fitted with an
efficient appliance for the purpose of preventing the emission of sparks
or grit.

(4) It shall be a good defence in any proceedings in respect of a
contravention of this regulation to prove that the emission or discharge
was due to some temporary or accidental cause which could not be
prevented by the exercise of reasonable care.

32- (1) Subject to regulation 34, the engine of every motor vehicle
manufactured after 1 November 1974 and on or before 1 October 1978
which is equipped with a positive-ignition tion engine shall be so
constructed that it conforms to one or more of the standards specified
in Part 1 of the Fifth Schedule.

(2) Subject to regulation 34, the engine of every motor vehicle
manufactured after 1 October 1978 which is equipped with a positive-
ignition engine shall be so constructed that it conforms to one or more
of the standards specified in Part 11 of the FM Schedule.





(3) The Commissioner may, on application made to him in
such form as he may determine, exempt any make or model of motor
vehicle from the provisions of paragraph (1) or (2), subject to such
conditions as he may specify in any particular case.

33. (1) Subject to regulation 34, the engine of every motor
vehicle manufactured after 1 September 1976 which is equipped with
a compression-ignition engine shall be so constructed that it con-
forms to one or more of the standards specified in Part M of the
Fifth Schedule.

(2) The Commissioner may, on application made to him in
such form as he may determine, exempt any make or model of motor
vehicle from the provisions of paragraph (1), subject to such
conditions as he may specify in any particular case.

34. Regulations 32 and 33 shall not apply to-

(a) a motor cycle; or

(b)any motor vehicle which is incapable by reason of its
construction of exceeding a speed of 50 kilometres per
hour on the level under its own power.

35. Every motor vehicle shall be equipped with mudguards or
other similar fittings extending to cover the full width of each wheel
and tyre and extending sufficiently around the circumference of each
wheel and tyre to catch, so far as reasonably practicable, mud or
water thrown up by the rotation of the wheels, unless adequate
protection is afforded by the body of the vehicle.

36. No mascot or other unnecessary attachment shall be
carried by a motor vehicle in any position where it is likely to strike
any person with whom the vehicle may collide unless the mascot or
attachment is not liable to cause injury to such person by reason of
any projection thereon.

37. No person shall install or cause to be installed in or on a
motor vehicle and no motor vehicle shall have installed therein or
thereon a television receiving apparatus other than an apparatus
designed to give the driver a closed circuit view of any part of the
vehicle or the surrounding area-

(a) at any point forward of the driver's seat;

(b)so that the screen thereof is partly or wholly, and whether
directly or in any reflection, visible to the driver whilst in
the driving seat; or

(c)so that the controls thereof, other than the sound volume
control and the main switch, are within reach of the driver
whilst in the driving seat.





38. (1) Every motor vehicle shall be fitted with an instrument
capable of giving audible and sufficient warning of its approach or
presence.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), no motor vehicle shall be
fitted with-

(a) a gong or bell;

(b) a siren;

(c) a multi-toned horn giving a succession of different notes;

(d) a two-tone horn; or

(e)a sound producing device giving an unduly harsh, shrill,
loud or alarming noise,

unless authorized by the Commissioner by permit in writing and any
such permit shall be subject to such conditions as he may specify.

39. (1) Every private car, taxi, light bus, bus, goods vehicle
and special purpose vehicle shall be equipped with at least two
mirrors one of which shall be fitted externally on the off side of the
vehicle and the other either internally or on the near side externally
and the mirrors shall be so constructed and fitted to the vehicle as to
assist the driver, if he so desires, to become aware of traffic to the
rear and on both sides rearwards.

(2) Every motor cycle, motor tricycle and invalid carriage shall
be equipped with a mirror fitted externally on the off side of the
vehicle and so constructed and fitted as to assist the driver, if he so
desires, to become aware of traffic to the rear.

(3) The edges of any mirror fitted internally to the vehicle to
assist any person, if he so desires, to become aware of traffic to the
rear of the vehicle shall be surrounded by some material such as will
make it unlikely that severe cuts will be inflicted in the event of the
mirror or that material being struck by any occupant of the vehicle.

(4) Every mirror fitted externally on a vehicle shall comply
with the following requirements-

(a)it shall be fitted to the vehicle in such a way that it remains
steady under normal driving conditions;

(b)in the case of a vehicle fitted with windows and a wind-
screen, it shall be fitted in such a way as to be visible to the
driver, when in his driving position, through a side window
or through the portion of the windscreen which is swept by
the windscreen wipers; and

(c)when the bottom of the mirror is less than 2 metres above
the road surface when the vehicle is laden, it shall not
project more than 10 centimetres beyond the overall width
of the vehicle, or, in the case where the vehicle is towing a
trailer with an overall width greater than that of the towing





vehicle, not more than 20 centimetres beyond the overall
width of the trailer, unless the mirror is designed so as not to
cause injury to any person in the event of a collision.

40. Every motor vehicle shall be so constructed that-

(a)any fuel tank fixed on the vehicle is in such a position that it is
reasonably secure against its being damaged; and

(b)the leakage of any liquid or vapour from such fuel tank is
adequately prevented:

Provided however that nothing in this sub-paragraph
shall preclude any fuel tank being fitted with a device which
by the intake of air or the emission of vapour relieves changes
in pressure in the tank.



PART III

TAXIS, BUSES AND LIGHT BUSES

41. (1) Every taxi shall be fitted with a taximeter of a design and
construction approved by the Commissioner.

(2) For the purpose of paragraph (1) the Commissioner may signify
his approval either

(a) generally by notice in the Gazette; or

(b) in any particular case in writing.

(3) The Commissioner may specify the position and manner in
which an approved taximeter may be fitted to a taxi, and where any such
specification has been made every taximeter shall be fitted accordingly.

(4) No taximeter or instrument similar to a taximeter shall be fitted to
a vehicle without the prior approval of the Commissioner.

42. (1) Every taximeter shall be provided with an indicator of a size
not less than 100 millimetres by 50 millimetres displaying the words
'FOR HIRE' or the word 'TAXI'

(2) Every taximeter shall be so constructed that-

(a) it may be sealed to the satisfaction of the Commissioner;

(b)the amount of fare calculated by time or distance or a
combination of time and distance as prescribed is indicated on
the fare dial;

(c)the amount of additional fares in progressive increments of
the lowest fare as prescribed is indicated on the fare dial; and

(d)the height of the figures indicating the fare and additional
fares is not less than 10 millimetres.





(3) The fare dial on every taximeter shall be such that-

(a)the words 'FARE' and 'EXTRAS' appear above, below or
beside the figures indicating such item; and

(b)the letters and words 'H.K. dollars' and 'cents' or the letters
and symbols 'H.K.$' and 'c' appear immediately above,
below or beside the figures indicating the fare and the extras;
and

(c)the fare is indicated with a clear division between dollars and
cents.

(4) Every taximeter shall be actuated by. a device which shall cause
the taximeter to be set to, and to operate in any one of, the following
positions

(a)FOR HIRE, when the taximeter is not recording and the
indicator display is clearly visible to any person standing in
front of the taxi at a distance of 20 metres;

(b)HIRED, when the taximeter is recording by time or distance or
a combination of time and distance and the indicator display is
not visible outside the taxi;

(c) STOPPED, when-

(i) the taximeter is recording by distance only and the
indicator display is not visible outside the taxi; or

(ii) the mechanism of the taxi is not in motion and the
indicator display is not visible outside the taxi.

(5) The position of the taximeter actuating device whether-

(a) FOR HIRE;

(b) HIRED; or

(c) STOPPED,

shall be clearly shown on the fare dial.

(6) The taximeter actuating device shall operate direct from the
'FOR HIRE' position to the 'HIRED' position and shall pass through
the 'STOPPED' position before being returned to the 'FOR HIRE'
position.

(7) The fare dial of every taximeter shall be capable of being
illuminated during the hours of darkness and when required by the
hirer, so as to render the readings on the dial easily legible.

43. (1) The gear box or transducer fitted in a taximeter drive shall be
so designed that the output revolutions or the number-of electronic
pulses produced and the drive cable connexions are acceptable to
approved types of taximeters.

(2) All cable and taximeter gear box or transducer connexions shall
be capable of being sealed to the satisfaction of the Commissioner.





(3) A plate of an approved type and pattern shall be attached to
every taximeter gear box or transducer.

(4) The plate attached in accordance with paragraph (3) shall be
clearly and correctly marked with

(a)the minimum effective circumference of the tyre on the wheels
of the taxi to which the taximeter is connected;

(b)the number of teeth on any driving pinion which drives the
taximeter gear box;

(c)the reduction gear ratio of the final drive of the vehicle
transmission; and

(d)the gear ratio of the taximeter gear box or the number of
electronic pulses produced in one kilometre.

44. (1) Every taximeter shall be tested by the Commissioner before
it is fitted to a taxi and thereafter at intervals of not more than 6 months,
and, if the tests prove satisfactory. stamped and sealed by the
Commissioner.

(2) The registered owner of a taxi shall submit the taxi, with the
meter properly affixed, to the Commissioner in order that tests in
accordance with paragraph (1) may be made.

(3) The registered owner of a taxi shall report to the Commissioner,
as soon as reasonably practicable. any fault or damage to the taximeter
fitted to the taxi that may result in any inaccurate recording of the fare,
or any damage to any stamp or seal of the Commissioner thereon.

45. Every taxi shall-

(a)have fitted on the top of its roof an illuminated sign, of a type
approved by the Commissioner, which at all times, when the
taxi is available for hire displays the word 'TAXI' so that it is
clearly visible from the front and the rear of the vehicle; and

(b)be plainly marked in English and Chinese writing of uniform
size not less than 100 millimetres in height on the outside of
the vehicle on both the near and off sides with the word
'TAXI' and the characters

46. (1) Every taxi shall display, on the front and on the back of the
vehicle, a plate of the colour, form and dimensions set out in the
diagram in Part I of the Sixth Schedule.

(2) Every plate referred to in paragraph (1) shall comply with the
provisions of Part 11 of the Sixth Schedule.

47. (1) The Commissioner may, by notice published in the Gazette,
specify the colour, combination of colours or colour scheme with which
the outside of public buses, public light buses and taxis shall be
painted.





(2) The Commissioner may, by notice published in the Gazette or
by condition imposed by him on the issue of a motor vehicle licence in
respect of each vehicle, specify the colour, combination of colours or
colour scheme with which the outside of private buses and private light
buses shall be painted.

(3) The outside of every public bus, private bus, public light bus,
private light bus and taxi shall be painted with such colour, combination
of colours or colour scheme as the Commissioner may specify in
respect of the vehicle under paragraph (1) or (2).

(4) This regulation shall not apply to buses operated under a
franchise granted under the Public Bus Services Ordinance.

48. Every bus shall be marked plainly and correctly in English and
Chinese writing of uniform size, not less than 10 millimetres in height

(a)inside the bus (on the lower deck if it is a double-decked bus);
and

(b) outside the bus at the rear or on the near side,

with the number of passengers for whom seats are provided on each
deck of the bus and the number of standing passengers who may be
carried in a single-decked bus or on the lower deck of a doubledecked
bus while it is in motion (as specified in the registration document
issued in respect of that vehicle).

49. Every public light bus and private light bus shall be plainly and
correctly marked in English and Chinese writing of uniform size not less
than 100 millimetres in height, on the outside of the vehicle on both the
near and off sides, with the number of passengers for whom seats are
provided.

50. Every public light bus shall be plainly marked-

(a) in block letters and Chinese characters, of uniform size not
less than 100 millimetres in height, on the outside of the
vehicle on both the near and off sides, with the words
'Public Light Bus' and the characters
and

(b)in English and Chinese writing, of uniform size not less than
25 millimetres in height, in a conspicuous place inside the
vehicle, with the registration mark of the public light bus and
name and address of the owner.

51. Every private light bus, which is used for the carriage for
hire or reward to or from an educational institution of the students.
teachers or employees of the institution, shall bear on the outside of
the vehicle on both the near and off sides a sign on which is inscribed
on a yellow background in a clearly contrasting colour-




(a) in Chinese characters, of uniform size not less than 150
millimetres in height; and

(b) in English, in block capital letters of uniform size not less
than 150 millimetres in height,

the name of the educational institution to or from which the
students, teachers or employees are being carried.

52. The owner of every bus, public light bus, private light bus and
taxi shall ensure that

(a)the markings required by these regulations to be on the
vehicle are kept legible at all times; and

(b)the vehicle is kept painted at all times in accordance with
these regulations.

53. (1) No motor vehicle shall be-

(a)marked with any marking required by these regulations to be
on a public light bus, private light bus or taxi; or

(b)so marked as to closely resemble a public light bus, private
light bus or taxi,

unless the vehicle is a public light bus, private light bus or taxi as the
case may be.

(2) No motor vehicle shall be-

(a)painted with such colour, combination of colours or colour
scheme as the Commissioner may specify under regulation
47(1); or

(b)so painted as to closely resemble such colour, combination of
colours or colour scheme,

unless the vehicle is a public bus, public light bus or taxi.

54. (1) No bus, public light bus, private light bus or taxi shall bear
any marking, colour marking, sign, word, figure or character other than
such as

(a)is required or permitted, under any Ordinance or under any
condition subject to which a motor vehicle licence has been
issued in respect of the vehicle, to be borne on the vehicle; or

(b) the Commissioner may in writing permit.

s' 1
t an
k p 1

c S 1

onal inst
~ees

ii,oy~ees re

(2) No bus, public light bus, private light bus or taxi shall have
marked on it a number purporting to be the seating or standing capacity
of the vehicle, unless the number accords with







(a)the number of passengers for whom seats are provided in the
vehicle; and





(b)the number of standing passengers who may be carried in a
single-decked bus or on the lower deck of a double-decked
bus while it is in motion,
entered in the registration document in respect of that vehicle.

55. (1) The stability of a double-decked bus shall be such that
when loaded with weights placed in the correct relative positions to
represent the driver and a full complement of passengers on the
upper deck only, if the surface on which the vehicle stands were
tilted to either side to an angle of 28 degrees from the horizontal, the
point at which overturning occurs would not be passed.

(2) The stability of a single-decked bus and light bus shall be
such that when loaded with weights placed in the correct relative
positions to represent the driver and a full complement of pas-
sengers, if the surface on which the vehicle stands were tilted to
either side to an angle of 35 degrees from the horizontal, the point at
which overturning occurs would not be passed.

(3) For the purpose of conducting tests of stability the height
of any stop used to prevent a wheel of the bus or light bus from
slipping sideways shall not be greater than two thirds of the distance
between the surface upon which the vehicle stands before it is tilted
and that part of the rim of that wheel which is the nearest to such
surface when the vehicle is loaded in accordance with the require-
ments of this regulation.
(4) For the purposes of this regulation, 57 kilograms shall be
deemed to represent the weight of one person.

56. No part of a bus or light bus, other than a direction
indicator or a driving mirror. shall project laterally beyond the outer
face of the outer tyre of the rearmost wheel on the same side of the
vehicle as the projection in the case of-
(a) a bus, by more than 150 millimetres; and
(b) a light bus, by more than 180 millimetres.

57. (1) If any two wheels on the same side of a bus have a
clear space of more than 600 millimetres between their nearest
points, a guard rail, running board or other similar-device, which
shall extend to within 220 millimetres of the front wheel and 150
millimetres of the rear wheel, shall be fixed to guard such space
effectively to within at least 250 millimetres of the ground when the
vehicle is carrying no passengers and is standing on level ground.
(2) Any guard rail fitted in compliance with this regulation
shall be so constructed and fitted that, when necessary, by raising the
rail or otherwise, access can easily be obtained to any part of the
space underneath the vehicle.

58. (1) Where brake and steering connexions of a bus are
secured with bolts or pins, the bolts or pins shall be threaded and
effectively locked.





(2) The steering arm, steering rods and joints and all other
moving parts of the steering mechanism of a bus shall be kept clean
and free from rust.

(3) The ball and socket joints of steering connexions when
such are used in the steering mechanism of a bus shall not be
pendant:

Provided that this paragraph shall not apply to spring loaded
self-adjusting spherical joints.

(4) Dust-excluding covers fitted to any joint or connexion of
the steering mechanism of a bus shall be capable of being easily
removed to facilitate inspection.

59. No portion of any wheel of a bus or any of its fittings shall
project more than 90 millimetres beyond the extreme outer face of
the tyre when fully inflated.

60. (1) No fuel tank shall, in any single-decked bus, half-
decked bus or lower deck of a double-decked bus, be placed under
any part of any gangway or under any part of any passage leading to
an emergency exit (not being a secondary emergency exit) if that part
of the gangway or passage is within 600 millimetres of any entrance
or exit.

(2) No fuel tank shall. in any light bus, be placed immediately
under any entrance or exit or within 300 millimetres of any entrance
or exit and no filling point, for a fuel tank shall be situated at the rear
of the- vehicle.

(3) No part of any fuel tank or apparatus for the supply of fuel
shall, in any bus or light bus, be placed in the compartments or other
spaces provided for the accommodation of the driver or passengers.

(4) All fuel tanks and all apparatus supplying fuel to the
engine shall, in every bus and light bus, be so placed or shielded that
no fuel overflowing or leaking therefrom can fall or accumulate
upon any woodwork forming part of the vehicle or upon any other
part of the vehicle or fitting thereto such that it might readily be
ignited or can fall into any receptacle where it might accumulate.

(5) The filling points for all fuel tanks shall, in every bus and
light bus, be accessible only from the outside of the vehicle and filler
caps shall be so designed and constructed that they cannot be
dislodged by accidental operation and any vent hole shall be
protected from danger of penetration by fire and shall be so designed
as to prevent fuel from being splashed over.

(6) A device shall be provided in every bus and light bus by
means of which the supply of fuel to any carburettor or, in the case
of a fuel injection pump, to the injection nozzles, can be readily cut
off and the following requirements shall be complied with in respect
thereof-





(a)the means of operation shall at all times be readily accessible
from outside the vehicle and, except in the case of a vehicle
fitted with an engine having a fuel injection system, shall be
readily visible from the outside of the vehicle; and

(b)in a case where the device is so visible, the 'off' position of
the means of operation thereof shall be clearly marked also on
the outside of the vehicle, and in a case where the said device
is not so visible, its position shall be clearly marked on the
outside of the vehicle and the means of operation shall also
be clearly indicated.

61. (1) The exhaust pipe of every bus and light bus shall be so
fitted or shielded, and maintained that

(a)no inflammable material can be thrown upon it from any other
part of the vehicle;

(b)it is not likely to cause a fire through proximity to any
inflammable material on the vehicle; and

(c)so far as is reasonably practicable, fumes are prevented from
entering the vehicle, from it.

(2) The outlet of the exhaust pipe of every bus and light bus shall
be placed

(a) on the off side of the vehicle; or

(b)at the rear of the vehicle, as near as is reasonably practicable
to the off side of the vehicle.

62. All moving parts of a bus -.rid light bus and all parts subject to
severe vibration which are connected by bolts or studs and nuts shall
be fastened by lock nuts or by nuts and efficient spring or locking
washers or by castellated nuts and split pins or by some other efficient
device to prevent their working or coming loose.

63. (1) In every bus-

(a)adequate internal lighting shall be povided for the illumination
of

(i) each deck thereof having a permanent top;

(ii) any step or platform thereof forming part of any
entrance or exit, other than an emergency exit;

(b)at least one lamp shall be provided as near as reasonably
practicable to the top of every staircase leading to an upper
deck thereof not having a permanent top; and

(c)all lighting circuits shall be so arranged that an electrical
failure of any lighting sub-circuit shall not be capable of
extinguishing all the lights on any deck thereof.

(2) Adequate internal lighting shall be provided in every light bus
for the illumination of the light bus and any step or platform





thereof forming part of any entrance or exit, other than an emergency
exit, and all lighting circuits shall be so arranged that an electrical failure
of any lighting sub-circuit shall not be capable of extinguishing all the
lights therein.

64. (1) All electrical apparatus and circuits in every bus and light
bus shall be so constructed and installed as to guard adequately
against the risk of electric shock and the outbreak of fire.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3), where the voltage exceeds 100 volts in
one or more electrical circuits in a bus or light bus, a manually operated
isolating switch which is capable of disconnecting all such circuits from
the main electrical supply shall be connected in each pole of that
supply which is not electrically connected to earth, and shall be located
inside the bus or light bus in a position readily accessible to the driver
or conductor.

(3) No isolating switch fitted under paragraph (2) shall be capable
of disconnecting any electrical circuit supplying the lamps required to
be carried under Part VII of these regulations.

(4) In this regulation any reference to an electrical circuit is a
reference to an electrical circuit not being a high tension ignition circuit
or a circuit with-in a unit of equipment.

65. (1) In every bus and light bus-

(a)the top of the tread of the lowest step provided at any
entrance or exit, other than an emergency exit, shall be not
more than 450 millimetres nor less than 250 millimetres above
the ground when the vehicle is empty;

(b) all steps shall be fitted with non-slip treads; and

(c)fixed steps shall be not less than 230 millimetres in depth and
shall in no case project laterally beyond the- body of the
vehicle unless they are so protected by the front wings of the
vehicle or otherwise that they are not liable to injure
pedestrians.

(2) In eve ry bus-

(a)any rear platform shall be not more than 450 millimetres nor
less than 250 millimetres above the ground when the vehicle
is empty;

(b)the outer edge of any rear platform shall be fitted with non-
slip treads; and

(c) risers shall not be more than 270 millimetres in height.

(3) Without prejudice to paragraph (1), in the case of a double-
decked bus

(a)the risers of all steps leading from the lower to the upper deck
shall be closed and no unguarded aperture shall be left at the
top landing board;





(b)all steps leading from the lower to the upper deck shall be
fitted with non-slip treads;

(c)the horizontal distance from the nearest point of the riser of
the top step to the vertical line passing through the nearest
point of the seat opposite to the top tread of the staircase,
excluding any grab rail which does not project more than 200
millimetres from the back of the seat, shall not be less than 600
millimetres; and

(d)the outer stringer of an outside staircase shall be so
constructed, or a band shall be so placed, as to act as a screen
to persons ascending or descending, and the height of the
outer guard rail shall not be less than 1.2 metres above the
front of the tread of each step.

(4) The deck of every bus shall be fitted with a non-slip surface.

66. (1) Subject to paragraphs (2) and (3), a bus which has a seating
capacity not exceeding 45 passengers shall be provided with 2 exits so
placed as not to be on the same side of the bus and one of which may
be a primary emergency exit but neither of which shall be a secondary
emergency exit.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply in the case of a bus which has a
seating capacity exceeding 23 passengers and which is provided with
an exit by virtue of its having a rear platform which communicates with a
deck (being, in the case of a double-decked bus, the lower deck) by
means of a doorless opening and has a doorless opening on the near
side of the bus continuous with another such opening at the rear of
the bus, that opening serving together as a means of entrance to or exit
from the bus.

(3) Where the exits provided in accordance with paragraph (1) are
so placed that the distance between their centres is

(a)in the case of a bus which has a seating capacity exceeding 23
passengers, less than 3 metres;

(b)in the case of a bus which has a seating capacity not
exceeding 23 passengers, less than 2.4 metres,

a primary emergency exit or secondary emergency exit shall be provided
and so placed that there is a distance of

(i) in the case of a bus which has a seating capacity exceeding 23
passengers, not less than 3 metres; and

(ii) in the case of a bus which has a seating capacity not
exceeding 23 passengers, not less than, 2.4 metres,

between the nearest points of the openings of that exit and one of the
two exits required by paragraph (1).

(4) A bus which has a seating capacity exceeding 45 passengers
shall be provided with 3 exits which shall comply with the following
requirements





(a) one of the exits may be a secondary emergency exit;

(b)2 of the exits (neither being a secondary emergency exit)
shall be so placed as not to be on the same side of the bus;

(c)where 2 exits are placed on the same side of the bus, the
distance between their centres shall not be less than 3
metres; and

(d)one of the exits (not being a secondary emergency exit)
shall be placed at the front end of the bus so that the
distance between its centre and the foremost part of the bus
is not more than 3 metres and another of the exits (not
being a secondary emergency exit) shall be placed at the
rear end of the bus so that the distance between its centre
and the rearmost part of the bus is not more than 3 metres.

(5) In the case of a half-decked bus, an emergency exit of
dimensions not less than 1 500 millimetres by 450 millimetres shall
be provided in the roof of the bus and so placed that the transverse
centre line of that exit lies within 600 millimetres of the mid-point
between the front edges of the foremost and of the rearmost
passenger seats in the bus.

(6) Where, in the case of a double-decked bus which has a
permanent top. access to the upper deck is obtained by means of an
enclosed staircase, an emergency exit of dimensions not less than
1 500 millimetres by 450 millimetres shall be provided on that deck
and placed otherwise than on the near side of the vehicle.

(7) Every entrance provided in a bus shall be placed on the
near side of the bus, but one or more entrances may be provided on
the off side of the bus if-

(a)in respect of any entrance so provided it is not also an exit
provided in accordance with any of the foregoing provi-
sions in this regulation;

(b)every such entrance is fitted with a door which can be
controlled only by the driver while sitting in his seat; and

(c)the device available to the driver for opening or closing
that door is a separate and readily distinguishable device
from that available to the driver for opening or closing any
door fitted to the near side of the bus:

Provided that this paragraph shall not apply in the case of a bus
referred to in paragraph (2).

(8) Handrails shall be fitted on each side of every entrance and
exit provided in a bus (other than an emergency exit) to assist
passengers to board or alight from the vehicle.

(9) The width of every entrance and exit provided in a bus
(other than the secondary emergency exit or an emergency exit
provided in accordance with paragraphs (5) and (6)) shall be-





(a) not less than 500 millimetres; and

(b)in the case of an exit which serves both decks of a double-
decked bus (disregarding any stanchion), being an exit which
is either

.(i) the only such exit in the bus; or

(ii) the exit most readily and directly associated with a
staircase serving the upper deck,

not less than 900 millimetres:

Provided that this paragraph shall not apply in the case of an exit
referred to in paragraph (2) if the width of that exit measured along the
side of the bus is not less than 500 millimetres and its width measured
along the rear of the bus is not less than 450 millimetres.

(10) For the purposes of this regulation

(a)references to the seating capacity of a vehicle shall, in the
case of a double-decked bus, be treated as references to the
seating capacity of its lower deck;

(b)references to the distance between the centres or between the
nearest points of the openings of 2 exits in a bus are
references to the distance between lines drawn at rightangles
to the longitudinal axis of the bus and passing respectively
through the centres or, as the case may be, the nearest points
of the openings of the exits at gangway level; and

(c)the reference to the distance between the centre of an exit
placed at the front end of a bus and the foremost part of the
bus is a reference to the distance between lines drawn at right-
angles to the longitudinal axis of the bus and passing through
the centre of that exit and the said foremost part and the
reference to the distance between the centre of an exit placed
at the rear end of a bus and the rearmost part of the bus is a
reference to the distance between lines drawn as aforesaid
and passing through the centre of that exit and the said
rearmost part.

(11) A bus shall not be treated as failing to comply with this
regulation by reason only that a number of exits are provided in excess
of the number specified in relation to it by this regulation.

67. (1) On a light bus there shall be either-

(a)not less than 2 exits (one of which may be an emergency exit)
which shall

(i) not both be situated on the same side of the vehicle; and

(ii) be situated to the rear of the driver's seat; or

(b) one exit in the back of the vehicle.





(2) Handrails shall be fitted on each side of every entrance and
exit provided in a light bus (other than an emergency exit) to assist
passengers to board or alight from the vehicle.

(3) Every entrance and every emergency exit of a light bus
shall, subject to paragraph (5), be not less than 530 millimetres wide.
(4) The clear height of every exit of a light bus shall be not less
than 1.2 metres.

(5) Notwithstanding paragraph (3), the Commissioner may
permit in writing the use of a light bus the entrances or exits of which
are less than 530 millimetres wide.

68. (1) In every bus and light bus-

(a)means shall be provided for holding every entrance and
exit door securely in the closed position and, where any
such door is capable of remaining open when the vehicle is
in motion or of being accidentally closed by the movement
of the vehicle, means shall also be provided for holding
that door securely in the open position;

(b)subject to paragraph (3), every entrance and exit door shall
be provided with at least 2 devices (of which one may be a
device provided for use in circumstances of normal opera-
tion only by a person authorized by the owner of the
vehicle, and one, but not more than one, shall be provided
on the outside of the vehicle) being in each case a device for
operating the means for holding the door securely in the
closed position, and every such device shall be so designed
that a single movement of it will allow that door to be
readily opened;

(e) there shall be clearly indicated-
(i) the method of operation of any device referred to in
sub-paragraph (b);
(ii) the position of such a device where it is not placed
on the door;
(iii) the direction and points of application of any
manual effort required to open any door; and
(iv) in the case of a power-operated door, a prohibition
against passengers using the device except in an emergency;
(d)where any device referred to in sub-paragraph (b) is not
placed on the door, it shall be placed so as to be readily
associated with that door and so that a person of normal
height may conveniently operate the device without risk of
being injured by movement of the door;
(e)every device referred to in sub-paragraph (b), other than a
device provided on the outside of an emergency exit on the
upper deck of a double-decked bus or in the roof of a
half-decked bus, shall be easily accessible to persons of
normal height;





the means and devices referred to in sub-paragraphs (a) and
(b) shall be so designed and fitted that they are unlikely to
become dislodged or be operated accidentally;

(g)every door shall operate so as not to obstruct clear access to
any entrance or exit from inside or outside the vehicle;

(h)the storage and transmission system of the power for
operating any power-operated door shall be such that
operation of the doors does not adversely affect the efficient
operation of the braking system of the vehicle and the
apparatus shall be so designed and constructed that in the
event of the system becoming inoperative the door shall be
capable of being operated manually from inside and outside
the vehicle;

(i)the design of power-operated doors and their associated
equipment at entrances and exits shall be such that, when
opening or closing, the doors are unlikely to injure any
passenger; and

(j)no power-operated door shall be capable of being operated
while the vehicle is in motion except by operation of a device
referred to in sub-paragraph (b) not being a device provided
for use in circumstances of normal operation only by a person
authorized by the owner of the vehicle.

(2) Any bus or light bus which has a power-operated door which,
when open or being operated, projects laterally beyond the body of the
vehicle, shall be so constructed or adapted that it cannot move from rest
under its own power when the door is open.

(3) A bus or light bus shall not be deemed to fail to comply with
paragraph (1)(b) by reason only of the fact that, for the purposes of
securing the vehicle when unattended, any entrance or exit door has
been fitted with a supplementary lock with or without an actuating
mechanism if the lock is so designed and constructed that a single
movement of any device referred to in paragraph (1)(b), being a device
provided on the inside of the vehicle, will at all times allow that door to
be readily opened.

69. (1) In every bus and light bus-

(a) all emergency exits shall-

(i) be clearly marked as such inside and outside the vehicle
in English and Chinese writing;

(ii) be fitted with doors which open outwards;

(iii) except in the case of an emergency exit provided in the
roof of a half-decked bus, be readily accessible to
passengers;

1

(b)the means of operation of doors fitted to emergency exits
shall be clearly indicated;





(c)the doors of emergency exits shall not be fitted with any
system of power operation; and

(d)the means of operation of the doors of emergency exits
other than those provided in the upper deck of a double-
decked bus or in the roof of a half-decked bus shall be
readily accessible to persons of normal height standing at
ground level outside the vehicle.

(2) All emergency exits in a single-decked bus or half-decked
bus, or in the lower deck of a double-decked bus, shall be so situated
that passengers can step directly from the passage referred to in
regulation 71(7) to the outside of the vehicle:

Provided that this requirement shall not apply in the case of an
emergency exit provided in the roof of the vehicle or in the case of a
secondary emergency exit.

70. (1) In every bus and light bus-

(a)subject to paragraph (2), there shall be unobstructed access
from every seat in the vehicle-
(i) in a case where the vehicle is, in accordance with
these regulations, provided with only one exit, to that exit;
and
(ii) in a case where the vehicle is, in accordance with
these regulations, provided with 2 or more exits, to both
or, as the case may be, to at least 2 of those exits; and

(b) no seat shall be fitted to any door of the vehicle.

(2) Paragraph (1)(a) shall not apply in relation to any seat in a
vehicle-

(a)which is placed beside the driver's seat if there is un-
obstructed access to that seat by means of an entrance
other than the driver's entrance; or

(b)which is placed on a deck which does not have a permanent
top if there is unobstructed access from every seat on that
deck to an exit.

71. (1) Subject to the provisions of this regulation, in every
bus and light bus-

(a) the width of every gangway shall be not less than-
(i) 300 millimetres up to a height of 750 millimetres
above the level of the deck of the vehicle;
(ii) 350 millimetres at heights exceeding 750 millimetres
but not exceeding 1 200 millimetres above the level of the
deck of the vehicle; and
(iii) 460 millimetres at heights exceeding 1200 milli-
metres above the level of the deck of the vehicle; and





(b)a vertical line projected upwards from the centre line of any
gangway at deck level shall, to the height prescribed in
regulation 72 as the height of that gangway, be laterally not
less than 150 millimetres from any part of the vehicle other
than the roof above the gangway.

(2) No part of any gangway in a bus, which is within 900
millimetres of an entrance or exit (other than an emergency exit) to
which it provides access, shall be less than 530 millimetres in width.

(3) No part of any gangway in a double-decked bus, which serves
as a joint means of access from any entrance to both the upper and
lower decks, or to that exit (other than an emergency exit) which is most
readily and directly associated with any staircase from both the upper
and lower decks, shall be less than 900 millimetres in width.

(4) For the purposes of this regulation, when any space in front of
a seat in a bus is required for the accommodation of seated passengers,
the space within 230 millimetres of the seat shall not be taken into
account in measuring the width of a gangway.

(5) Where a part of a gangway which adjoins an entrance or exit of
a bus or light bus is divided by a handrail, the width of that part of the
gangway at any point on each side of the handrail shall be not less than
460 millimetres.

(6) Where 2 passenger seats are placed parallel to the longitudinal
axis of a bus or light bus and face each other and the space between
those seats is not required for the purpose of obtaining access from an
entrance to any other seat or from any other seat to an exit (not being an
emergency exit). that space shall not for the purposes of this regulation
and regulation 72 be treated as forming part of the gangway.

In this paragraph 'passenger seat means a seat for one passenger
only or the portion of a continuous seat allowed for one passenger only
measured in accordance with regulation 73(1)(b).

(7) Subject to paragraph (6), between every exit (not being an
emergency exit provided in the roof of a half-decked bus) and gangway
of a bus or light bus there shall be a passage which shall

(a)be of dimensions not less than those prescribed for a
gangway in paragraph (1)(a);

(b)be so designed that a vertical line projected upwards from the
centre line of the passage at deck level to a height of 750
millimetres from the level of the deck is laterally not less than
150 millimetres from any part of the vehicle (excluding any
cowling or cover which projects not more than 230 millimetres
from the bulkhead of the vehicle into the passage at deck level
and not more than 230 millimetres above the deck level and the
provision of which is required by the projection of part of the
chassis or mechanism of the vehicle into the body); and





(c)subject to paragraph (8)(b), have a clear height at every point
along the centre line of the passage of 1.5 metres from the
deck level.

(8)(a) For the purposes of paragraph (7)(a) and (b), a seat placed
below or in front of an emergency exit, being such an exit
provided on the upper deck of a double-decked bus or in the
roof of a half-decked bus or which is a secondary emergency
exit, shall be deemed to form part of such a passage; and

(b) -paragraph (7)(c) shall not apply in the case of a passage in a
bus leading to an emergency exit, being such an exit provided
on the upper deck of a double-decked bus or in the roof of a
half-decked bus or which is a secondary emergency exit, nor
shall it apply in the case of a light bus.

72. (1) In every bus-

(a)the clear height at every point along the centre line of any
gangway between the limits specified in paragraph (3) shall be
1.72 metres;

(b)except in respect of any part of any gangway placed on the
off side of the bus which is required only to provide access to
the foremost passenger seat in the bus, the clear height shall,
outside the limits specified in paragraph (3), be not less than-
the clear height prescribed in relation to the bus in sub-
paragraph (a) of this paragraph reduced by 100 millimetres;

(2) No part of any gangway in the top deck of a doubledecked bus
shall project into the compartment or other space provided for the
accommodation of the driver in such a manner as to incommode the
driver or cause his view of the road to the front of the bus or to the
sides thereof to be restricted.

(3) Subject to paragraph (4), the clear height prescribed in
paragraph (1)(a) shall, in the case of the lower deck of a doubledecked
bus, extend throughout the gangway and in any other case shall extend
from the front. edge of the foremost passenger seat adjacent to the
gangway to the front edge of the rearmost passenger seat adjacent to
that gangway.

(4) Where any gangway is on the off side of the bus, it shall be a
sufficient compliance with paragraph (1)(a) if the clear height of 1.72
metres extends from a point 460 millimetres behind the front edge of the
foremost passenger seat adjacent to that gangway to the front edge of
the rearmost passenger seat adjacent thereto.

(5) In every light bus the clear height at every point along the
centre line of any gangway in the light bus, except for a distance of 300
millimetres along that line measured from each entrance and exit, shall
be not less than 1.37 metres and, in the case of the said distance, shall
be not less than 1.2 metres.





73. (1) In every bus and light bus-

(a)the supports of all seats shall be secured to the body of the
vehicle;

(b)a length of at least 380 millimetres measured horizontally
along the back of each seat shall be allowed for the
accommodation of a seated passenger:

Provided that in the case of a continuous seat fitted
with arms for the purpose of separating the seating spaces,
being arms so constructed that they can be folded back or
otherwise put out of use, the seat shall be measured for the
purposes of this sub-paragraph as though it were not fitted
with arms;

(c)every seat shall have a back rest so closed or otherwise
constructed as to prevent, as far as reasonably practicable,
the pockets or other personal belongings of passengers
from being picked or subject to theft;

(d) all seats shall be so fitted-
(i) that the distance between any part of the back rest of
any seat placed lengthwise and the corresponding part of
the back rest of the seat facing it shall be not less than 1.38
metres;
(ii) that there is a clear space of at least 650 millimetres
in front of the back rest of any seat measured from the
centre of each complete length of the seat allowed for the
accommodation of a seated passenger in accordance with
sub-paragraph (b) and a clear space of 230 millimetres in
front of any part of that seat:
Provided that in the case of a seat for more than 3
passengers where access to that seat can be obtained only
from one end of the seat, the clear spaces shall respectively
be at least 680 millimetres and 300 millimetres;
(e)there shall be a clear space of at least 480 millimetres
between any part of the front edge of any transverse seat
and any part of any other seat which faces it;

for the purposes of sub-paragraph (e), any support pro-
vided for a table shall be disregarded if there is a clear
space of at least 230 millimetres between that support and
the front edge of the nearest seat and the support is not in
such a position as to cause discomfort to passengers
occupying the seats;

(g)no seat shall be placed in such a position as to cause
discomfort to passengers;

(h)there shall, in respect of every seat, be a clear space
measured vertically from the centre of each complete
length of the seat allowed for the accommodation. of a





seated passenger in accordance with sub-paragraph (b)
which shall be, in the case of a light bus not less than 910
millimetres and, in the case of a bus, not less than 960
millimetres;

(i)where any seat is so placed that there is a risk that a
passenger seated upon it may be thrown through any entrance
to or exit from the vehicle or down a stairway in the vehicle, an
effective screen or guard shall be placed so as to afford
adequate protection against that occurrence to a passenger
occupying that seat; and

(j)the shortest distances between the edge of the well of any
step in the vehicle and a vertical plane passing through the
front edge of any seat shall be not less than 230 millimetres:

Provided that this sub-paragraph shall not apply in the
case of the well of a step provided as a means of obtaining
access only to any forward-facing front passenger seat
placed alongside the driver in a light bus.

(2) In this regulation-

'back rest includes any part of the vehicle which is available for

seated passengers to lean against; 'seat' means a passenger seat.

74. (1) The Commissioner shall on the registration of a bus
calculate the total number of standing passengers that may be carried
on a single-decked bus or on the lower deck of a doubledecked bus by
dividing the total floor area of that deck, in square metres, available to
standing passengers, by 0.17; such total floor area shall not include

(a)any space within 230 millimetres of the front of a seat required
for the accommodation of seated passengers;

(b)that part of any gangway or any passage to an emergency exit
which is within 230 millimetres of any step-well except where
adequate means (such as a guard or screen) is provided to
prevent passengers being thrown into such step-well;

(c)any step and any space within 230 millimetres of an entrance
or exit, the space being measured from the outside of the bus
and having the same width as the opening;

(d)any space forward of the rearmost point of the driver's seat;

(e)any space on which it is not possible to place a square of 300
millimetres sides;

any space not connected to a gangway, entrance or exit by
space available to standing passengers; or





(g)in the case of a double-decked bus, any space within 230
millimetres of the riser of the bottom step of any staircase.

(2) In every bus, grab-rails, straps, stanchions or other devices of
adequate strength shall be so placed that at least one such means of
support is available to each standing passenger of normal height.

(3) The design and location of the devices referred to in paragraph
(2) shall have due regard to the effect of surge on a *group of standing
passengers during abnormal deceleration of the bus, such as might
occur during any emergency stop.

75. Adequate ventilation shall be provided in every bus and light
bus for the driver and passengers.

76. (1) Every bus and light bus shall comply with the following
requirements

(a)the vehicle shall be so designed that the driver, when sitting
in his seat, has adequate room and can readily reach and
operate the controls, including the devices for controlling the
direction indicators and stop lamps;

(b)the controls shall be so placed as to allow reasonable access
to the driver's scat;

(e)the accommodation for the driver shall be so arranged as to
afford adequate protection in bad weather;

(d)means shall be provided to enable the driver to see the
passengers on each deck without leaving his seat;

(e)means shall be provided to prevent light from the interior of
the vehicle from incommoding the driver and in respect of any
window placed on that side of the centre line of the vehicle
which is occupied by the driver, the means so provided shall
be capable of being operated by the driver when in his seat;

where access to the driver's seat is obtained from the off side
of the vehicle

(i) an opening in the side of the vehicle shall be provided
which shall have a clear width of not less than 450 millimetres,
except where this dimension cannot be provided by reason
only of the presence of a portion of the wheel arch in that
opening; and

(ii) a step shall be provided on the vehicle at a convenient
position and height adjacent to the opening if the lowest
point of the sill of that opening is more than 650 millimetres
from ground level when the vehicle is unladen;

(g)where a separate and enclosed compartment is provided for
the driver and access to the driver's seat is obtained from the
off side of the vehicle., an emergency escape





window shall be provided (otherwise than on the offside of
that compartment) which shall be readily accessible to the
driver and shall have a clear opening with dimensions of
not less than 530 millimetres by 460 millimetres; and

(h)where any seat for a passenger is placed to the side of the
driver's seat-
(i) whether the seat is a separate seat or is continuous
with the driver's seat, a space of at least 460 millimetres
measured from the centre of the steering column on the
side on which the seat is placed shall be reserved for use
solely by the driver; and
(ii) if the seat is continuous with the driver's seat or if it
is a separate seat so placed that any part of it is nearer to
the centre of the steering column than 460 millimetres, the
said space shall be divided off by means of a solid partition
having a height of at least 230 millimetres measured from
the seat level of the driver's seat and extending for the
whole depth of the seat.

(2) Every bus shall comply with the following requirements-

(a)the driver's seat shall be capable of being adjusted in a
vertical direction and in a horizontal direction parallel to
the longitudinal axis of the bus and of being firmly secured
in any desired position within the limits of such adjust-
ments; the range of such adjustments shall permit the seat
to be fixed in a position such that the horizontal distance
between the nearest part of the steering wheel and the back
rest of the seat is 350 millimetres and the vertical distance
between the lowest part of the steering wheel and the
horizontal plane level with the top of the seat cushion is
200 millimetres and also as to permit the seat to be
adjusted at least 50 millimetres forwards, backwards,
upwards and downwards from that position;

(b)direct and reasonable access shall be provided to the
driver's seat either from the off side of the bus or by means
of a passage which shall be not less than 300 millimetres in
width up to a height of 760 millimetres above the floor of
the bus and not less than 350 millimetres above that height
and shall comply with the requirement prescribed in rela-
tion to the gangway of a bus by regulation 7 1 (1)(b); and

(c)where access to the driver's seat is obtained from the off
side of the bus a grab handle shall be fitted to assist the
driver in boarding and alighting from the bus.

77. The side windows in a single-decked bus with a permanent
top and in the lower and upper decks of a double-decked bus shall,
when open, if required by the Commissioner, be adequately guarded
to a height of 1 metre from the deck.





78. All luggage racks fitted in a bus and light bus shall be so
designed. and constructed that no article placed thereon, if it becomes
dislodged whilst the vehicle is in motion, is likely to fall on the driver or
interfere with his control of the vehicle.

PART IV

GOODS VEHICLES AND SPECIAL PURPOSE VEHICLES

79. (1) The owner of every goods vehicle and special purpose
vehicle shall cause his name and address, the permitted gross vehicle
weight as shown in the registration document in respect of such vehicle
and the maximum permitted axle weight to be painted or otherwise
plainly marked upon some conspicuous place on both sides of the
vehicle.

(2) The markings under paragraph (1) shall be in English and in
Chinese characters and shall be inscribed in white on a black surface in
letters, characters and figures not less than 25 millimetres in height and
shall at all times be kept clean and unobsured by the owner.

(3) For the purposes of paragraph (2) 'white' includes the colour
of polished aluminium or chromium plating.

80. On every goods vehicle and special purpose vehicle the
exhaust pipe shall be so fitted or shielded, and maintained that

(a)no inflammable material can be thrown upon it from any other
part of the vehicle;

(b)it is not likely to cause a fire through proximity to any
inflammable material in the vehicle or being carried on the
vehicle, and

(c)the exhaust outlet is not directed to the near side of the
vehicle.

81. Where the driving cab of a goods vehicle or special purpose
vehicle is specifically designed to carry passengers, seating
accommodation for the carriage of not more than 5 passengers may be
installed in a manner approved by the Commissioner.

PART V

TRAILERS

82. (1) The owner of every trailer shall cause his name and address,
the permitted gross vehicle weight as shown in the registration
document issued in respect of such vehicle and the maximum permitted
axle weight to be painted or otherwise plainly marked upon some
conspicuous place on the trailer.





(2) The markings under paragraph (1) shall be in English and in
Chinese characters and shall be inscribed in white on a black surface in
letters, characters and figures not less than 25 millimetres in height and
shall at all times be kept clean and unobscured by the owner.

(3) For the purposes of paragraph (2) 'white' includes the colour
of polished aluminium or chromium plating.

83. (1) Subject to paragraphs (5) and (6), every trailer shall be
equipped with an efficient braking system complying with paragraphs
(2), (3) and (4).

(2) The braking system of every trailer shall be so designed and
equipped that when the trailer is being towed the brakes of such
braking system are capable of being applied to all the wheels of the
trailer by the driver of the towing vehicle using the means of applying
those brakes of the towing vehicle which are designed and constructed
to have the highest braking efficiency in accordance with regulation 19
of any of the brakes of any braking system with which the towing
vehicle is equipped.

(3) The braking system of every trailer shall be so designed and
constructed that when the trailer is stationary

(a)the brakes of such braking system can be applied to at least 2
wheels of the trailer and be released by a person standing on
the ground by a means of operation fitted to the trailer;

(b)the braking force of such braking system can, when applied in
the manner indicated in paragraph (2) or sub-paragraph (a), at
all times be maintained in operation by direct mechanical
action without the intervention of any hydraulic, electric or
pneumatic device; and

(c)the braking force of such braking system, when so applied
and so maintained in operation by direct mechanical action, is
capable of holding the trailer stationary on a gradient of at
least 1 in 6.25 without the assistance of stored energy.

(4) The braking system of every trailer shall be so constructed that
it is not rendered ineffective by the non-rotation of the engine of the
towing vehicle.

(5) The provisions of paragraph (2) shall not apply in the case of a
trailer of a gross vehicle weight not exceeding 2 tonnes if the brakes of
the trailer automatically come into operation on the overrun of the
trailer.

(6) This regulation shall not apply to-

(a) any land implement towed by a motor vehicle;

(b)any trailer designed for and used for street cleaning, which
does not carry any load other than its necessary gear and
equipment; and





(c)any broken down vehicle which is being towed by a motor
vehicle in consequence of the breakdown.

84. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the rear wheels of every
trailer or, in the case of a two-wheeled trailer both its wheels, shall be
equipped with mudguards or other similar fittings extending to
cover the full width of the wheel and tyre and extending sufficiently
round the circumference of the wheel and tyre to catch, so far as is
reasonably practicable, mud or water thrown up by the rotation of
the wheels, unless adequate protection is afforded by the body of the
trailer.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to-

(a)trailers in an unfinished condition proceeding to a works
for completion;

(b) land implements;

(c)trailers used only for or, when empty. in connexion with
the carriage of round timber,

(d)trailers towed by a vehicle the maximum speed of which is
restricted to 20 kilometres per hour or less; and

(c)any broken down vehicle which is being towed by another
vehicle in consequence of the breakdown.

PART VI

MISCELLANEOUS VEHICLES

85. (1) Every motor cycle, motor tricycle and invalid carriage
shall be equipped with either an efficient braking system having 2
means of operation or 2 efficient braking systems each having a
separate means of operation, complying with paragraphs (2), (3)
and (4).

(2) The braking system or braking systems with which a motor
cycle, motor tricycle or invalid carriage is required to be equipped
shall be so designed and constructed that notwithstanding the failure
of any part (other than a fixed member or a brake shoe anchor pin)
through or by means of which the force necessary to apply the
brakes is transmitted there shall still be available for application by
the driver to at least one wheel brakes sufficient under the most
adverse conditions to bring the vehicle to rest within a reasonable
distance.

(3) The brakes of every motor cycle, motor tricycle and invalid
carriage shall as applied by one of the means of operation have a
braking efficiency of not less than 30 per cent and the brakes as
applied by the other means shall have a braking efficiency of not less
than 25 per cent.





(4) The application of one of the means of operation required
under paragraph (1) shall not affect or operate the pedal or hand
level of the other means of operation.

86. Every pedestrian-controlled vehicle exceeding 50 kilo-
grams in unladen weight shall be provided with efficient pneumatic
tyres on all wheels and an efficient brake in good working order.

87. (1) Every bicycle and tricycle shall be equipped with at
least one braking system.

(2) Every bicycle and tricycle having any wheel of which the
outside diameter *(including any tyre when fully inflated) exceeds 460
millimetres shall-

(a)if it is so constructed that one or more of the wheels is
incapable of rotating independently of the pedals, be
equipped with a braking system operating on the front
wheel or both the front wheels if it has 2 front wheels;

(b)if it is not so constructed as aforesaid. be equipped with 2
independent braking systems one of which operates on the
front wheel or both the front wheels if it has 2 front wheels,
and the other of which operates on the rear wheel or one of
the rear wheels if it has 2 rear wheels:

Provided that in the case of a tricycle not constructed
or adapted for the carriage of goods it shall be a sufficient
compliance with this sub-paragraph if the tricycle is
equipped with 2 independent braking systems operating on
the front wheel if it has 2 rear wheels, or on the rear wheel
if it has 2 front wheels.

(3) All braking systems required by this regulation shall be
efficient and shall be kept in proper working order.

(4) For the purposes of this regulation, a braking system shall
be deemed not to be efficient if the brake operates directly on the tyre
of any wheel.

(5) Nothing in this regulation shall apply to any bicycle or
tricycle-

(a)so constructed that the pedals act directly upon any wheel
or upon the axle of any wheel without the inter-position of
any gearing, chain or other device; or

(b)brought temporarily into Hong Kong by a person resident
abroad and intending to make only a temporary stay in
Hong Kong, for a period not exceeding one year from the
date of the arrival of the bicycle or tricycle in Hong Kong,
while the bicycle or tricycle is being used by that person, if
its brakes comply with the requirements of Article 26 of the
1949 Convention.





88. (1) Every bicycle and tricycle shall be fitted with a bell capable
of giving sufficient warning of the approach or presence of the vehicle.

(2) No bicycle or tricycle shall carry a warning instrument other
than a bell.

PART VII

LIGHTING AND REFLECTORS

89. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), every motor vehicle in motion on
any road during the hours of darkness or poor visibility conditions shall
carry 2 lamps capable of showing to the front a white light visible from a
reasonable distance, which shall be attached to the motor vehicle in
such position and manner as is provided by these regulations.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), in the case of-

(a) a motor cycle not having a sidecar attached thereto; and

(b) an invalid carriage,

only a single lamp capable of showing a white light to the front need be
carried.

(3) Every lamp required to be carried by this regulation shall be
maintained in clean and efficient condition.

90. (1) This regulation shall apply to every obligatory front lamp
showing a light which is derived from an electric bulb or a ,sealed beam
lamp:

Provided that it shall not apply to

(a) a lamp normally used as a direction indicator; and

(b)a lamp fitted with an electric bulb or bulbs, if the rated wattage
of any bulb, or the total rated wattage of all the bulbs which
are capable of being illuminated at the same time, does not
exceed 7 watts and the lamp is fitted with frosted glass or
other material which has the effect of diffusing the light.

(2) An obligatory front lamp shall be so constructed, fitted and
maintained that the beam of light emitted therefrom

(a) is at all times a dipped beam;

(b)can be deflected at the will of the driver so as to become a
dipped beam; or

(c)can be extinguished by the operation of a device which at the
same time either





(i) causes the lamp to emit a dipped beam; or (ii)
causes another lamp to emit a dipped beam.

(3) An obligatory front lamp shall not be held to comply with
paragraph (2)(a) unless it is so fixed that its centre is not less than 600
millimetres from the ground.

91. (1) Every obligatory front lamp shall be so fixed that-

(a)the highest part of the illuminated area of the lamp is not more
than 1.7 metres from the ground except that in the case of a
land tractor, agricultural tractor, industrial tractor, agricultural
implement or engineering plant the lamp may be so fixed that
the highest part of the illuminated area of the lamp is not more
than 2 metres from the ground: and

(b)no part of the vehicle or its equipment extends laterally on the
same side as the lamp more than 400 millimetres beyond the
nearest part of the illuminated area of the lamp.

(2) Where 2 obligatory front lamps are carried on any vehicle they
shall be fixed on opposite sides of the vehicle and shall be fixed at the
same height from the ground.

(3) Where a dual-purpose lamp is carried on a sidecar attached. to a
motor cycle or on a land tractor, agricultural tractor or pedestrian-
controlled vehicle, such lamp may be so fixed that no part (including
equipment) of the sidecar, tractor, or pedestriancontrolled vehicle
extends laterally on the same side as the lamp more than 400 millimetres
from the nearest part of the illuminated area of the obligatory front lamp
combined in the dual-purpose lamp.

92. (1) Subject to paragraph (2) and regulations 108, 109, 111, 112,
113, 114 and 115, no vehicle shall carry any lamp capable of showing

(a) a red light to the front; or

(b)any light to the rear, other than a red light or a white light for
the purpose of reversing.

(2) Paragraph (1)(b) shall not prevent a vehicle from carrying a
lamp showing a light to the rear for the purposes of

(a) the internal illumination of the vehicle;

(b) illuminating a number plate or taximeter;

(c)illuminating a sign fitted on the top of the roof of a taxi in
accordance with regulation 45; or

(d)in the case of a public service vehicle, illuminating boards,
plates or devices indicating the route or destination of the
vehicle.





(3) No vehicle shall carry a lamp capable of showing a light to
the rear for the purpose of illuminating any device for giving signals
to overtaking traffic.

93. (1) Nothing in this Part shall require a vehicle to carry
separate lamps for different purposes if it carries a lamp satisfying all
the requirements which would be applicable to separate lamps
carried by it for those purposes.

(2) An obligatory rear lamp may be so constructed that, when
not showing a light, it is an efficient red reflector for the purposes of
regulation 106.

94. Except as otherwise provided in these regulations, no light
shown by a motor vehicle shall be capable of being swivelled,
deflected or otherwise moved while the vehicle is in motion:

Provided that the beam of light emitted from not more than 2
lamps showing a light to the front, other than the obligatory front
lamps, fitted to any motor vehicle may be deflected to either side by
the movement of, although not necessarily through the same angle
as, the front wheels of the vehicle when turned for the purpose of
steering the vehicle, if the centre of any such lamp is not more than 1
metre from the ground.

95. Every electric bulb used in a lamp, and every sealed beam
lamp, being in either case a lamp showing a light to the front fitted to
any motor vehicle, shall be indelibly marked with the rated wattage
thereof in a readily legible manner.

96. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), every motor vehicle shall be
equipped with headlamps in accordance with the provisions of these
regulations.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to-

(a) a pedestrian-controlled vehicle;

(b) a straddle carrier'.

(c) an agricultural implement or agricultural tractor;

(d) a road roller;

(e)a vehicle so constructed as to be incapable of exceeding 10
kilometres per hour on the level under its own power; and

(f)a vehicle brought temporarily into Hong Kong and used
by virtue of an international circulation permit if it com-
plies with the requirements as to lighting equipment and
reflectors contained in Part 11 of Annex 6 to the 1968
Convention.

97. (1) A motor vehicle which has 2 or 3 wheels shall carry-
(a)one headlamp in the vertical plane passing through the
longitudinal axis of the vehicle (disregarding, for the





purpose of ascertaining such axis, any sidecar attached
thereto) which either

(i) in the case of a motor cycle with or without a sidecar
attached thereto, can only emit a dipped beam; or

(ii) is wired to a device the operation of which at the will of
the driver can cause to be emitted from it either a main beam
or a dipped beam; or

(b)a matched pair of headlamps, both headlamps in the pair being
wired to a device the operation of which at the will of the
driver can cause to be emitted from them at the same time
either main beams or dipped beams.

(2) Every beam emitted by any. headlamp required to be carried by
this regulation shall be derived from the filament or filaments of an
electric bulb or bulbs, or from the filament or filaments of a sealed beam
lamp, the rating of such filament or at least one of such filaments not
being less than

(a)18 watts in the case of a main beam or dipped beam emitted by
a headlamp carried by a motor cycle with or without a sidecar
attached thereto; and

(b)24 watts in the case of a dipped beam, and 30 watts in the
case of a main beam, emitted by a headlamp carried by any
other vehicle.

(3) Where any vehicle carries a matched pair of headlamps in
accordance with this regulation, each of the headlamps in the pair shall,
except in the case of headlamps carried by a vehicle which is
engineering plant, an industrial tractor or motor cycle with or without a
sidecar attached thereto, be so positioned on one side of the vehicle
that no part of its illuminated area is less than 300 millimetrs from any
part of the illuminated area of the other headlamp in the pair.

98. (1) Every motor vehicle which has 4 or more wheels shall carry-

(a)a matched pair of headlamps, both headlamps in the pair
being wired to a device the operation of which at the will of
the driver can cause to be emitted from them at the same time
either main beams or dipped beams; or

(b)2 or more matched pairs of headlamps, the headlamps being
arranged so that

(i) they form 2 groups of headlamps, one on each side of
the vertical plane passing through the longitudinal axis of the
vehicle;

(ii) the headlamps in one of the matched pairs, which are at
least as far away from the vertical plane passing through the
longitudinal axis of the vehicle as any other headlamps in
another matched pair of headlamps, can





each emit a dipped beam without at the same time emitting a
main beam, and so that every other headlamp can emit a main
beam; and

(iii) all the headlamps in both groups are wired to a device
the operation of which at the will of the driver can at the same
time extinguish every main beam emitted by every headlamp in
both groups, and cause either to be emitted or to continue to
be emitted the dipped beams from the 2 headlamps in the
matched pair which are at least as far away from the vertical
plane passing through the longitudinal axis of the vehicle as
any other headlamps in another matched pair of headlamps:

Provided that in the case of a bus it shall be a sufficient compliance
with this paragraph if the bus carries a matched pair of headlamps one of
which can emit a dipped beam without either headlamp at the same time
emitting a main beam.

(2) Every main beam or dipped beam emitted by any headlamp
required to be carried by this regulation shall be derived from the
filament or filaments of an electric bulb or bulbs, or from the filament or
filaments of a sealed beam lamp, the rating of such filament or at least
one of such filaments not being less than 30 watts.

(3) Every headlamp which emits a dipped beam carried by a vehicle
in accordance with this regulation shall, except in the case of a headlamp
carried by a vehicle which is engineering plant or an industrial tractor,
be so positioned on one side of the vehicle that

(a)no part of its illuminated area is less than 600 millimetres from
any part of the illuminated area of any such headlamp on the
other side; and

(b)the outermost part of the illuminated area of the headlamp is
not more than 400 millimetres from the outermost part of the
vehicle on the side on which the headlamp is placed.

99. (1) In the case of a vehicle which carries one obligatory front
lamp and one obligatory headlamp, such lamps may be combined so as
to form a single unit.

(2) In the case of a motor cycle with a sidecar attached thereto,
being a vehicle which carries 2 obligatory front lamps and one
obligatory headlamp, one of the obligatory front lamps may be
combined with the obligatory headlamp so as to form a single unit.

(3) In the case of a vehicle which carries 2 obligatory front lamps
they may be combined

(a)in the case of a vehicle which has only 2 obligatory
headlamps, with such lamps; or

(b)with the 2 obligatory headlamps in the matched pair of
headlamps which are at least as far away from the vertical





plane passing through the longitudinal axis of the vehicle as
any other obligatory headlamps in another matched pair of
obligatory headlamps,

so as to form 2 single units each comprising an obligatory headlamp
and an obligatory front lamp.

100. Every obligatory headlamp carried by a vehicle shall comply
with the following requirements

(a) it shall be securely fixed to the vehicle;

(b)it shall be so constructed and maintained that the direction of
the beam of light emitted therefrom can be adjusted whilst the
vehicle is stationary so that the headlamp when lit emits the
type of beam which it is required to be capable of emitting by
this Part; and

(c) it shall be kept in a clean and efficient condition.

101. Every matched pair of obligatory headlamps tarried by a
vehicle shall comply with the following requirements

(a)both headlamps in the pair shall have the same area and shape
when illuminated;

(b)both headlamps in the pair shall have their wiring arranged so
that

(i) if they can emit either main beams or dipped beams, the
beams which they can emit can only be switched on or off
together;

(ii) if they can emit both main beams and dipped beams, the
dipped beams can only be switched on or off together and the
main beams can only be switched on or off together;

(iii) if they can emit supplementary main beams, such
beams can only be switched on or off together with the main
beams emitted by another pair of obligatory headlamps; and

(c)both headlamps in the pair shall, when lit, emit beams of light
of the same colour.

Every main beam or dipped beam emitted by a headlamp or
fog lamp carried by a vehicle shall be a beam of white or yellow light.

103. Every vehicle listed in column 1 of the Seventh Schedule shall
carry obligatory rear lamps in accordance with the requirements
specified in the Seventh Schedule in respect of that vehicle.

104. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), every obligatory rear lamp carried
on a vehicle shall, if circular, have an illuminated area not less than 50
millimetres in diameter or, if not circular, have an illuminated area





(a)not less than the area of a circle 50 millimetres in diameter; and

(b)of such a shape that a circle of 25 millimetres in diameter may
be inscribed therein.

(2) Every obligatory rear lamp carried on a motor cycle with a
sidecar attached thereto shall, if circular, have an illuminated area of not
less than 40 millimetres in diameter or, if not circular, have an illuminated
area

(a)of not less than the area of a circle of 40 millimetres in
diameter; and

(b)of such a shape that a circle of 25 millimetres in diameter may
be inscribed therein.

(3) Every electric bulb used in an obligatory rear lamp carried on a
vehicle shall have a rated wattage of not less than 5 watts and the rated
wattage thereof shall be indelibly marked upon the glass or the metal
cap thereof in a readily legible manner.

(4) When 2 obligatory rear lamps are carried on a vehicle, both
lamps shall when illuminated have the same appearance and the same
illuminated area, and if such lamps are electrically operated, the wiring
shall be so arranged that in the event of any failure of a bulb in either of
the lamps the other lamp shall not thereby be extinguished.

105. (1) No vehicle shall carry more than 2 reversing lamps.

(2) Every reversing lamp carried on a vehicle shall comply with the
following requirements

(a) it shall be illuminated by electricity;

(b)it shall be so constructed that it cannot be switched on
otherwise than

(i) automatically by the selection of the reverse gear of the
vehicle; or

(ii) by the operation of a switch by the driver of the vehicle,
being a switch which serves no other purpose;

(c)the rated wattage of the electric bulb or the total rated wattage
of all such bulbs with which it is fitted or the rated wattage of
the sealed beam lamp with which it is fitted shall not exceed 24
watts; and

(d)it shall be so constructed, fitted and maintained that the light
emitted thereby is at all times a beam which -is deflected
downwards to such an extent that it is incapable of dazzling
any person who is on the same horizontal plane as the vehicle
at a greater distance than 8 metres from the reversing lamp and
whose eye-level is not less than one metre above that plane.





(3) Where a reversing lamp is so constructed and fitted that it
can be switched on by the operation of a switch by the driver of the
vehicle, the vehicle shall be equipped with a device so fitted as to be
readily visible to the driver at all times when in his seat and so
designed as to indicate when the reversing lamp is illuminated.

106. Every vehicle listed in column 1 of the Eighth Schedule
shall be fitted with reflectors in accordance with the requirements
specified in the Eighth Schedule in respect of that vehicle.

107. Every obligatory reflector shall comply with the following
requirements-

(a)the reflecting area shall, if circular, be not less than 40
millimetres in diameter or, if not circular, be-
(i) not less than the area of a circle 40 millimetres in
diameter; and
(ii) of such a shape that a circle of 25 millimetres in
diameter may be inscribed therein;

(b)the reflecting area shall be of such a shape as to be capable
of lying wholly within a circle of 150 millimetres in
diameter;

(c)the reflector shall be so attached to the vehicle that the
reflecting area of the reflector is in a vertical position and
facing squarely to the rear; and

(d)the reflector shall be kept clean and shall be plainly visible
from the rear.

108. (1) Subject to paragraph (4), every trailer forming part of
a combination of 2 or more vehicles with a total overall length of
more than 11 metres shall when on any road during the hours of
darkness or poor visibility conditions carry 2 front corner marker
lamps in accordance with paragraphs (2) and (3).

(2) The 2 front corner marker lamps required to be carried
under paragraph (1) shall be carried one on each side of the
longitudinal axis of the trailer and attached to the trailer in such a
position that-

(a)no part of the illuminated area of either lamp is more than
1.5 metres behind the foremost part of the trailer, except
that the said distance of 1.5 metres may be extended to a
distance of not more than 3.5 metres behind the foremost
part of the trailer if by virtue of such extension no part of
the trailer to the front of either lamp has an overall width
of more than half the maximum overall width of the trailer;

(b)subject to paragraph (3), no part of the trailer on the same
side thereof as that on which such a lamp is carried projects
outwards more than 300 millimetres beyond a vertical line
through the nearest part of the illuminated area of the
lamp; and





(c)no part of the trailer obscures the light shown by a lamp
required to be carried in accordance with this regulation.

(3) Where a front corner marker lamp is attached to a trailer
so that-

(a)its illuminated area is more than 900 millimetres but not
more than 1.5 metres behind the foremost part of the
trailer and no part of that area is more than 1.5 metres
from the ground; and

(b)no part of the trailer on the same side thereof as that on
which the lamp is carried, being a part which is below a
height of 1.5 metres from the ground and to the front of the
illuminated area of the lamp, projects outwards more than
300 millimetres beyond a vertical line through the nearest
part of that illuminated area,

then the position of that lamp may be such that any other part of the
trailer on that side may project outwards by not more than 500
millimetres beyond a vertical line through the nearest part of the said
illuminated area.

(4) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to-

(a)a trailer the overall length of which does not exceed 2.25
metres; and

(b)a broken down vehicle which is being towed by another
vehicle in consequence of the breakdown.

(5) 'For the purposes of this regulation, in ascertaining-

(a)the overall length of a trailer, its drawbar and any fitting
for the attachment thereof shall be disregarded;

(b)the foremost part of a trailer, its drawbar and any fitting
for the attachment thereof and the part (if any) of the
trailer that is more than 1.5 metres from the ground shall
be disregarded.

109. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), every trailer forming part of
combination of 2 or more vehicles with a total overall length of more
than 11 metres shall when on any road during the hours of darkness
or poor visibility conditions carry on each side of the longitudinal
axis of the trailer the following side marker lamps which shall be
attached to the trailer or the load, if any, carried thereby-

(a)one lamp in such a position that no part of its illuminated
area is more than 3 metres nor less than 2 metres from the
foremost part of the front corner marker lamp required to
be carried by regulation 108;

(b)one lamp in such a position that no part of its illuminated
area is more than 3 metres nor less than 2 metres from the
rearmost part of the trailer (inclusive of the load, if any,
carried); and





(c)such other lamps between the lamps mentioned in para-
graphs (a) and (b) in such positions as will ensure that the
distance between the nearest part of the illuminated area of
any one side marker lamp and the nearest part of the
illuminated area of the side marker lamp next thereto is not
more than 3 metres nor less than 2 metres.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to a combination of vehicles
where any vehicle in that combination is broken down and is being
towed by another vehicle in consequence of the breakdown.

110. (1) Every front corner marker lamp and side marker lamp
shall be-

(a)capable of being properly lighted, and kept in a clean and
efficient condition;

(b)when lit, visible from a reasonable distance to a person
facing the lamp and in a position being on a line passing
through the lamp and at right angles to the longitudinal
axis of the vehicle by which it is being carried; and

(c)carried so that the highest part of the illuminated area of
any such lamp is not more than 1.5 metres from the
ground.

(2) Every front corner marker lamp and side marker lamp
which is illuminated by electricity shall be-

(a)subject to paragraph (3), connected to an electrical supply
forming an integral part of the electrical system of the
motor vehicle or trailer;

(b)fitted with a bulb or bulbs the rated wattage or the total
rated wattage of which shall not exceed 7 watts and the
rated wattage shall be indelibly marked upon the glass or
metal cap thereof in a readily legible manner; and

(c)fitted with frosted glass or other material which has the
effect of diffusing light.

(3) Nothing in paragraph (2)(a) shall apply in the case of a
front corner marker lamp or side marker lamp carried by a trailer
designed and constructed for the carriage of round timber, if the
electricity- illuminating that lamp is derived from a battery having a
voltage of at least 3 volts.

(4) Every front corner marker lamp shall, if circular, have an
illuminated area not less than 25 millimetres in diameter or, if not
circular, have an illuminated area not less than the area of a circle 25
millimetres in diameter.

(5) Every side marker lamp shall, if circular, have an illu-
minated area through which a white light is displayed and an
illuminated area through which a red light is displayed in each case
not less than 25 millimetres in diameter or, if not circular, have an





illuminated area through which a white light is displayed and an
illuminated area through which a red light is displayed in each case not
less than the area of a circle 25 millimetres in diameter.

111. (1) The Commissioner may at his discretion vary the
requirements of this Part so as to permit one or more lamps showing an
amber light to be carried on motor vehicles for purposes specifically
permitted by the Commissioner.

(2) Each lamp carried pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be so fixed to
the vehicle that the centre of the lamp is at a height not less than 1.5
metres from the ground and that it is on or as near as practicable to the
longitudinal axis of the vehicle.

(3) The shape and size of each lamp carried pursuant to paragraph
(1) shall be such that the area of the orthogonal projection on to any
vertical plane of that part of the lamp through which light is emitted
shall be capable of lying wholly within a rectangle having sides 225
millimetres in length.

(4) Where only one lamp is carried pursuant to paragraph (1) the
light shown by it shall be visible from a point on any part of a circle
drawn in a horizontal plane with the lamp at the centre, and where more
than one lamp is so carried the light shown by all such lamps together
shall be visible from a, point on any part of a circle drawn in a horizontal
plane and having as its centre a point on the longitudinal axis of the
vehicle.

(5) When observed from any point on a circle drawn as described
in paragraph (4), the light shown by any one lamp carried pursuant to
paragraph (1) shall be visible not less than 60 nor more than 150 equal
times per minute, and the intervals between each display of light
towards that point shall be constant.

(6) The light shown by each lamp carried pursuant to paragraph (1)
shall be in the form of a concentrated beam or beams rotating in a
substantially horizontal plane.

(7) With respect to any lamp carried pursuant to paragraph (1), the
rated wattage of the electric bulb or the total rated wattage of all the
bulbs with which it is fitted shall not exceed 36 watts.

(8) No vehicle, other than a vehicle authorized under paragraph (1),
shall carry a lamp similar to a lamp which, when it is showing an amber
light, may be carried by a vehicle so authorized by virtue of this
regulation..

112. (1) The Commissioner may at his discretion permit one or more
lamps showing a steady or intermittent blue light to be carried on a
motor vehicle used as an ambulance.

(2) No vehicle other than an ambulance permitted to carry a lamp
under paragraph (1) shall carry a lamp similar to a lamp which, by virtue
of this regulation, when it is showing a blue light may be carried by an
ambulance.





113. (1) A breakdown vehicle may carry one or more lamps
showing a white light which comply with paragraph (2) for the
purposes of illuminating the scene of an accident or breakdown.

(2) Each lamp referred to in paragraph (1) shall be so con-
structed, fitted and maintained that no part of its illuminated area is
less than 1.5 metres from the ground.

114. (1) Subject to paragraph (2)-

(a)every motor vehicle shall be fitted with direction indicators
in accordance with the provisions of Part 1, Part 11 or Part
111 of the Ninth Schedule;

(b)every trailer shall be fitted with direction indicators in
accordance with the provisions of Part III or Part V of the
Ninth Schedule except that if it is towed by a motor vehicle
fitted with direction indicators in accordance with Part 111
of the said Schedule it shall be fitted with direction indica-
tors in accordance with that Part.

(2) This regulation shall not apply to-

(a)an industrial tractor, a land tractor or a pedestrian-
controlled vehicle;

(b) a motor cycle; and

(c) a trailer-
(i) which is towed by a motor vehicle not required to be
fitted with direction indicators in accordance with this
regulation;
(ii) the dimensions of which are such that when the lon-
gitudinal axis of the trailer lies in the same vertical plane as
the longitudinal axis of the towing vehicle both rear or both
side direction indicators on that vehicle are visible to an
observer in that vertical plane, from a point 6 metres behind
the rear of the trailer whether it is loaded or not; or
(iii) which is a broken down motor vehicle or forms
part of a broken down articulated vehicle or which tows
another trailer behind it.

115. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), every motor cycle and in-
valid carriage shall be fitted with one stop lamp, and every other
motor vehicle and trailer shall be fitted with 2 stop lamps.

(2) Nothing in paragraph (1) shall require any vehicle specified
in Part 1 of the Tenth Schedule to carry any stop lamp.

(3) Every stop lamp fitted to any motor vehicle or trailer
pursuant to paragraph (1) shall comply with the requirements set
out in Part 11 of the Tenth Schedule.

(4) No vehicle shall be fitted with stop lights, additional stop
lights or other lights connected so as to be illuminated upon
application of the brakes, that do not comply with this regulation.





116. Every direction indicator and every stop lamp fitted to a
motor vehicle or trailer shall at all times while the vehicle is used on a
road be maintained in a clean and efficient condition.

117. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), a motor vehicle may be fitted
with a hazard warning device so as to operate simultaneously-

(a)one or more direction indicators on both sides of the motor
vehicle; or
(b)'those indicators and one or more direction indicators on
both sides of any trailer being towed by the motor vehicle.

(2) A hazard warning device fitted in accordance with para-
graph (1) shall-

(a)include a warning light capable of indicating to the driver
of the motor vehicle when the device is being operated; and

(b)be capable of being actuated by a switch controlling only
that device.

(3) No device other than a hazard warning device complying
with this regulation shall be fitted to a motor vehicle for the purpose
of operating direction indicators in the manner referred to in
paragraph (1).


PART VIII

REAR MARKINGS

118. This Part applies to every-

(a)goods vehicle the permitted gross vehicle weight of which
exceeds 5.5 tonnes; and
(b) trailer the unladen weight of which exceeds 1 tonne.

119. (1) Every-

(a)goods vehicle to which this Part applies, being a goods
vehicle the overall length of which does not exceed 13
metres; and
(b)trailer to which this Part applies, if it forms part of a
combination of 2 or more vehicles the total overall length
of which does not exceed 13 metres,

shall be fitted with a rear marking of the type shown in Diagram 1 or
2 in Part 1 of the Eleventh Schedule except that where any such
goods vehicle or trailer is so constructed at the rear that it is
impracticable for that marking to be fitted in accordance with Part
111 of the Eleventh Schedule, a rear marking of the type shown in
Diagram 3 in Part 1 of the Eleventh Schedule may be fitted instead.

(2) Every-
1





(a)goods vehicle to which this Part applies, being a goods vehicle
the overall length of which exceeds 13 metres; and

(b)trailer to which this Part applies, if it forms part of a
combination of 2 or more vehicles the total overall length of
which exceeds 13 metres,

shall be fitted with a rear marking of the type shown in Diagram 4 or 5 in
Part 1 of the Eleventh Schedule.

(3) A rear marking fitted to a vehicle in pursuance of this
regulation shall

(a)be of the size and colour shown in the diagram relating to the
marking set out in Part 1 of the Eleventh Schedule subject,
however, to the provisions of Part 11 of that Schedule; and

(b)be so fitted as to comply with such of the provisions set out
in Part 111 of that Schedule as relate thereto.

120. (1) This regulation applies to a vehicle which is for the time
being carrying a load which so projects to the rear of the vehicle that if
any rear marking were to be fitted in accordance with regulation 119, the
marking would be so obscured by the load as not to be clearly visible
within a reasonable distance to the rear of the vehicle.

(2) A vehicle to which this regulation applies need not be fitted
with a rear marking in accordance with regulation 119, if the marking
required or authorized by that regulation to be fitted to the vehicle is
instead fitted to the load it is carrying.

(3) In relation to a rear marking fitted to such a load in the course
of being carried the provisions of Part III of the Eleventh Schedule shall
apply to that marking, subject to the following modifications

(a)in paragraphs 1, 2, 5 and 6 of that Part for any reference to the
vehicle there shall be substituted a reference to the load; and

(b)in the said paragraph 6, for the words from 'except while' to
the end of that paragraph there shall be substituted the words
'except while the load is being mounted on or removed from
the vehicle.'.

PART IX

MISCELLANEOUS

121. (1) Subject to the provisions of these regulations, any person
who uses or causes or permits to be used on any road any

vehicle which does not comply in all respects with the provisions of
these regulations commits an offence and is liable to a fine of 10,000
and to imprisonment for 6 months.





(2) Any person who contravenes or fails to comply with any
requirement under these regulations commits an offence and is liable to
a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

(3) Any person who uses or suffers or permits to be used to ply
for hire or for the carriage of passengers for hire or reward on any road,
any taxi on which

(a)the stamp or seal of the Commissioner on the taximeter has
been broken;

(b)the taximeter has not been stamped and sealed by the
Commissioner within the previous 6 months;

(c)the wheel of the taxi by which the taximeter is driven is, with
fully inflated tyre thereon, of a diameter different from that for
which the taximeter has been designed, geared and tested or
that marked on the taximeter;

(d)the taximeter was affixed thereon without the prior approval of
the Commissioner; or

(e) the taximeter does not comply in every way with the
provisions of these regulations,

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

(4) Any person who without lawful excuse defaces, damages or
alters any taximeter commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000
and to imprisonment for 6 months.

122. (1) Every vehicle registered or licensed immediately before the
date on which regulations 12, 16, 17, 20, 26, 28, 29, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70,
71, 72, 73, 76, 77, 115 and the Tenth Schedule come into operation shall
be exempt from complying with those regulations for a period of 5 years
after such date so long as it continues to comply with any
corresponding provision in the Road Traffic (Construction and Use)
Regulations (hereinafter in this regulation referred to as the 'revoked
regulations') revoked by regulation 123 of these regulations, which is
reproduced in Part I of the Twelfth Schedule as if those regulations had
continued in force for that period.

(2) Every goods vehicle registered and trailer licensed immediately
before the date on which Part VIII of these regulations comes into
operation shall be exempt from complying with that Part for a period of 5
years after such date.

(3) Every taximeter lawfully in use immediately before the date on
which regulations 41, 42, 43 and 44 come into operation shall be exempt
from complying with those regulations for a period of 5 years after such
date so long as it continues to comply with the corresponding
provision in the Road Traffic (Public Service Vehicles) Regulations
revoked by regulation 60 of the Road Traffic (Public Service Vehicle)
Regulations 1983, which is reproduced in Part 11 of the Twelfth
Schedule, as if those regulations had continued in force for that period.





(4) Any permit given under regulation 11, 36(2), 92, 93, 94, 95 or
96(3) of the revoked regulations subsisting or in force immediately
before the date on which regulation 123 comes into operation, shall not
be invalidated by the revocation effected by regulation 123 but shall be
deemed to be an exemption granted under regulation 4 of these
regulations.

(5) The engine of every motor vehicle which immediately before the
date on which regulation 32(1) comes into operation complied with
regulation 27A(1) of the revoked regulations, shall be deemed to comply
with regulation 32(1) of these regulations.

(6) Without prejudice to any other provision of these regulations,
insofar as any exemption, permit, approval, specification or
determination granted, given or made under the revoked regulations
could have been granted, given or made under a corresponding
provision of these regulations, it shall not be invalidated by the
revocation effected by regulation 123 of these regulations but shall,
insofar as it is subsisting or in force at the coming into operation of
regulation 123, have effect as if granted, given or made under that
corresponding provision.

123. The Road Traffic (Construction and Use) Regulations and the
Road Traffic (Construction and Use) (Guy Arab Mark V Omnibuses
Exemption) Order are revoked.

FIRST SCHEDULE [-g. 6.1

OVERALL DIMENSIONS OF VEHICLES

Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4
OverallOverall Overall
Vehicle LengthWidth Height

Private Car 6.3 metres 2.3 metres 2.0 metres
Taxi 6.3 metres 2.3 metres 2.0 metres
Invalid.Carriage 6.3 metres 2.3 metres 2.0 metres
Light Bus 7.0 metres 2.3 metres 3.0 metres
Bus
Single-decked 12.0 metres 2.5 metres 3.5 metres
Double-decked 12.0 metres 2.5 metres 4.6 metres
Articulated 15.0 metres 2.5 metres 3.5 metres
Light Goods Vehicle 10.0 metres 2.5 metres 3.5 metres
Medium Goods Vehicle 11.0 metres2.5 metres 4.6 metres
Heavy Goods Vehicle
Rigid 11.0 metres 2.5 metres 4.6 metres
Articulated 16.0 metres 2.5 metres 4.6 metres
Special Purpose Vehicle 12.0 metres2.5 metres 4.6 metres
Tricycle 1.1 metres
Trailer 13.5 metres 2.5 metres 4.6 metres
Pedestrian-controlled Vehicle 4.3 metres 1.6 metres

SECOND SCHEDULE [reg. T]

For the purposes of this Schedule the distance between any two axles shall be
obtained by measuring the shortest distance between the line joining the centres of
the areas of contact with the road surface of the wheels of one axle and the line
joining the centres of the areas of contact with the road surface of the wheels of
the other relevant axle.





PART I

MAXIMUM WEIGHT OF
VEHICLES

(Subject to Parts 11, 111, IV, V and VI)

Column 1 Column 2
Permitted
Class of Vehicle Gross Vehicle Weight

Private Car 3.0 tonnes
Taxi 3.0 tonnes
Invalid Carriage 3.0 tonnes
Light Bus 4.0 tonnes
Bus 24 tonnes
Light Goods Vehicle 5.5 tonnes
Medium Goods Vehicle 24 tonnes
Heavy Goods Vehicle 38 tonnes
Motor Cycle 500 kilograms
Motor Tricycle 600 kilograms
Trailer 32 tones

PARTII

MAXIMUM WEIGHTS FOR RIGID
VEHICLES

Column 1 Column 2 Colunul 3
Permitted
Wheel Span Gross
Class qf'Rigid VehicleMeasurement Vehicle Weight
Metres Kilograms
2 axled vehicleLess than 2.65 14 tonnes
At least 2.65 16 tonnes
3 axled vehicleLess than 3.00 16 tonnes
At least 3.00 18 tonnes
At least 3.20 20 tonnes
At least 3.90 22 tonnes
At least 4.90 24 tonnes
4 axled vehicleLess than 3.70 18 tonnes
At least 3.70 20 tonnes
At least 4.60 22 tonnes
At least 4.70 24 tonnes
At least 5.60 26 tonnes
At least 5.90 28 tonnes
At least 6.30 30 tonnes

PART III

MAXIMUM WEIGHTS FOR ARTICULATED
VEHICLES

Column 1 Column 2 Column 3
Permitted
Wheel Span Gross
Class of Motor Vehicle Measurement Vehicle Weight
Metres Kilograms
2 axled motor vehicle Less than 2.4 14 tonnes
At least 2.4 16 tonnes
3 axled motor vehicle Less than 3.0 18 tonnes
At least 3.0 20 tonnes
At least 3.8 22 tonnes
At least 4.3 24 tonnes
1983 ed cap 374 a73




PART V

MAXIMUM WEIGHTS FOR 2 CLOSELY SPACED AXLES
OF VEHICLES

Column 1 Column 2
Distance between 2 closelyPermitted Total
spaced axles Axle Weight
Metres Kilograms
Less than 1.02 5.5 tonnes
At least 1.02
At least 1.05
At least 1.20
At least 1.50
At least 1.85

In this Part and regulation 7(5), '2 closely spaced axles' means axles that are
spaced at a distance apart of not more than 2.5 metres and not less than 1.02 metres.

PART VI
MAXIMUM WEIGHTS FOR 3 CLOSELY SPACED AXLES

OF VEHICLES

column 1 Column 2
Distance between outer axles Permitted
if 3 closely spaced axles Axle Weight
Metres
Less than 1.40 Kilograms
At least 1.40 .4 tonnes
At least 1.50 6 tonnes
At least 2.00 6.5 tonnes
At least 2.55 7 tonnes
At least 2.70 7.5 tonnes

In this Part and regulation 7(6), '3 closely spaced axles' means the outermost
axles that are spaced at a distance apart of 3.25 metres or less.

THIRD SCHEDULE [reg. 27.]

MAXIMUM PASSENGER SEATING CAPACITY

Passenger
Class of Vehicle seating capacity

Private Car 7
Taxi 5
Light Bus 14
Light Goods Vehicle 5
Medium Goods Vehicle 5
Heavy Goods Vehicle 5
Motor Cycle 1
Motor Cycle (with sidecar) 2
Motor Tricycle 1





FOURTH SCHEDULE [reg. 3 1.1

APPARATUS FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF SMOKE
OR VISIBLE VAPOUR EMISSIONS FROM MOTOR
VEHICLES

Column 1 Column 2 Column 3

Maximum permitted
smoke or visible
Maximum permitted vapour level in
smoke or visible absolute units of
Type ofapparatus vapour levellight absorption
(M-1)
Hartridge MK3 60 Hartridge 2.13
Smokemeter Smoke Units

FIFTH SCHEDULE [regs. 32 and 33.1

ENGINE STANDARDS

Standards for positive-ignition engines

Pari 1

(a)ECE Regulation 15 made by the Economic Commission for Europe dated
11 March 1970 (being Uniform Provisions concerning the Approval of
Vehicles equipped with a Positive-Ignition Engine with regard to the
Emission of Gaseous Pollutants by the Engine) and annexed to the
Agreement concerning the Adoption of Uniform Conditions of Approval
for Motor Vehicle Equipment and Parts and published by the United
Nations.

(b)Council Directive No. 70/220/EEC made by the Council of the European
Communities on the approximation of the laws of the Member States
relating to measures to be taken against air pollution by gases from
positive-ignition engines of motor vehicles.

(c)Australian Design Rule No. 27 for Vehicle Engine Emission Control, as set
out in the Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicle Safety issued by the
Department of Shipping and Transport of the Commonwealth of
Australia.

Part II

(a)ECE Regulation No. 15 made by the Economic Commission for Europe
dated 11 March 1970 (being Uniform Provisions concerning the Approval
of Vehicles equipped with a Positive-Ignition Engine with regard to the
Emission of Gaseous Pollutants by the Engine) and annexed to the
Agreement concerning the Adoption of Uniform Conditions of Approval
for Motor Vehicle Equipment and Parts and published by the United
Nations as amended by the 01 series of amendments dated 5.2.74 and
11.12.74.

(b)Council Directive No. 74/290/EEC made by the Council of the European
Communities on the approximation of the laws of the Member States
relating to measures to be taken against air pollution by gases from
positive-ignition tion engines of motor vehicles.

(c)Australian Design Rule No. 27A for Vehicle Engine Emission Control, as
set out in the Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicle Safety issued by
the Department of Shipping and Transport of the Commonwealth of
Australia.

Standards for compression-ignition engines







Part III

(a)British Standard BS AU 141a 1971 specifying the performance of diesel
engines for road vehicles published by the British Standards Institute.





(b)EEC Directive No. 72/306/EEC of 2nd August 1972 made by the Council
for the European Communities on the approximation of the laws of the
Member States relating to the measures to be taken against the emission
of pollutants from diesel engines for use in vehicles.

(e)Regulation No. 24 made by the Economic Commission for Europe dated
20th March 1958 (being Uniform Provisions concerning the Approval of
Vehicles equipped with Diesel Engines with regard to the Emission of
Pollutants by the Engine) and annexed to the Agreement concerning the
Adoption of Uniform Conditions of Approval and Reciprocal
Recognition of Approval for Motor Vehicle Equipment and Parts and
published by the United Nations.

(d)Australian Design Rule No. 30 for Diesel Engine Exhaust Smoke
Emissions, as set out in the Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicle
Safety issued by the Department of Shipping and Transport of the
Commonwealth _of Australia.

(e)United States Regulations on the Control of Air Pollution from New
Motor Vehicles and New Motor Vehicle Engines, administered by the
United States Environmental Protection Agency.

SIXTH SCHEDULE [reg. 46.1

PLATES ON TAXIS

PART I

NUMBER TO BE ALTERED TO
COMPLY WITH SEATING
CAPACITY OF VEHICLE

300mm

WHITE BORDER

150mm WHITE LETTERS
AND FIGURE

KEY
0 GREEN 1

PART II

PROVISIONS RELATING TO PLATES

1.The plate referred to in regulation 46 shall be indelibly coloured white on a
green surface.

2.No letter or figure shall be capable of being detached from such surface,
provided that it shall not be an infringement of these regulations if the letters
or figures are made separately and either welded or firmly rivetted on to such
surface. If the letters and figures are exhibited on a flat plate, the plate may be
constructed of cast or pressed metal having raised letters.





3.Subject to the provisions of regulation 46 every such plate shall be affixed to
the vehicle to the satisfaction of the Commissioner.

4.All letters on any such plate must be 25 millimetres high, every part of every
letter must be 5 millimetres broad and the total width of the space taken by every
letter, except in the case of the letter 1, must be 25 millimetres.
5.The figures shown upon the plate shall be the seating capacity as shown in the
registration document in respect of the vehicle, and every such figure shall be 56
millimetres high and 38 millimetres broad.
6.Every such plate shall be exhibited on the front and on the back of the vehicle
so that every letter and figure thereon is easily distinguishable, in the case of a
plate placed on the front of the vehicle, from in front of the vehicle, and in the
case of a plate placed on the back of the vehicle, from behind the vehicle.
7.No other figures or letters and no design, advertisement or ornamentation shall
be placed near any such plate in such a manner as to be likely to render it more
difficult to read or distinguish the words or figure thereon when the vehicle is in
motion.





SEVENTH SCHEDULE [reg. 103.1

REQUIREMENTS AS TO THE NUMBER AND POSITION
ON VEHICLES OF OBLIGATORY REAR LAMPS

2 3 4 5 6 7
Maximum height Minimum height
from ground of from ground of Varying or
Descrirtion NumberLateral positionLongitudinal highest part of lowest part of additional
0 of rearof rear lamp position ofilluminatedilluminated provisions
vehicle lamps rear lamparea or area of
rear lamp rear lamp

1. Bicycles, tricycles and invalid 1 On centre line or ofr side Not more than 500 milli- 1.1 metres 380
m;llimetres In relation to a cycle having no wheel
carriages of cycle metres from extreme of which the outside diameter (includ-
rear of cycle ing any tyre when fully inflated)
exceeds 450 millimetres, column 6
shall have eflect as though '300 mil-
limetres- were substituted for '380
millimetres-
2. Motor cycles, without sigecar 1 On centre line or ofF side Not more than 500 milli- 1.1 metres 380
millimetres
attac~ of vehicle metres from extreme
p rear of vehicle
3. Motor cycles, with sidecar 2 One lamp on centre line Lamp on motor cycle not 1.1 metres 380
millimetres
attached and motor tricycles or ofr side of motor cycle; more than 500 millimetres
and one lamp on centre from extreme rear of
line or near side of side- motor cycle; lamp on side-
car, no part of the side. car not more than 760
car or its equipment to millimetres from extreme
extend laterally on the rear of sidecar
near side more than 4M
millimetres beyond the
nearest part ofthe
illuminated area of
the lamp
4. Buses 2 One lamp on each side ofNot more than 760 milli- 2.4 metres 380 millimetres
longitudinal axis: no part metres from extreme
ofthe illuminated area of rear or vehicle
one lamp to be less than
530 millimetres from any
part ofthe illuminated
area of the other lamp.
and no part ofthe vehicle
or equipment to extend





laterally on the same side
as the lamp more than
600 millimetres from the
nearest part ofthe
illuminated area ofthe
lamp
5. Heavy goods vehicles, special 2 One lamp on each side of Not more than 1 ~ 1 metre, 1. 1 metres
380 millimetres 1 . Height from ground of highest
purpose vehicles or goods- longitudinal axis: no partfrom extreme rear of part of illuminated area
of each
carrying trailers other than ofthe illuminated area ofehicle lamp to be the same
engineering plant one lamp to be less than 2. In relation to a vehicle fitted with
530 millimetres from any
part ofthe illuminated a movable platform, in determin-
area ofthe other lamp, ing the position ofthe rear lain
and no part ofthe vehicle no account shall be taken of tC,
or its equipment to special equipment ofthe vehicle
extend laterally on the 3.In relation to a vehicle being a
same side as the lamp mobile crane with a jib projecting
more than 760 milli- to the rear of the vehicle, if an
metres from the nearest additional lamp showing to the
part ofthe illuminated rear a red light visible from a
area ofthe lamp reasonable distance is carried not
m 0 re than 300 millimetres from
the rearmost point ofthe jib, col-
umn 4 shall have effect as though
the jib were not part ofthe vehicle
4.In relation to a vehicle designed
and constructed for carriage of
rou rid timber, if an additional
lamp showing to the rear a red
light visible from a reasonable dis-
tance is carried not more than 300
millimetres from the rearmost
point of the vehicle, column 4
shall ha,e effect as though '2.7
metres' were substituted for '1.1
metres-
5.In relation to a goods vehicle or a
goods-carrying trailer specially
designed and constructed for the
primary purpose of moving excav-
ated material and fitted with a
tipping body, moving platform or
other similar device for discharg-
ing its load. column 5 shall have
effect as though---1.4 metres' were
substituted for '1.1 metres-





2 3 4 5 6 7
Maximum height Minimum height
Descririon Number Lateral position Longitudinal from ground of from ground of Varying or
0 highest part of lowest part of additional
ofrear of rear lamp position of illuminated illuminated provisions
vehicle lamps rear lamp area of area of
rear lamp rear lamp

6. Trailers other than goods- 2 One lamp on each side ofNot more than 1. 1 metres 1.5 metres None Height from
ground ofhighest part of
carrying trailers longitudinal axis: no part from extreme rear of illuminated area of each lamp to be
ofthe illuminated area of vehicle the same
one lamp to he less than
530 millimetres from any
part ofthe illuminated
area ofthe other lamp
and no part ofthe vehicle
or its equipment to
extend laterally on the
same side as the lamp
more than 760 milli-
metres from the nearest
part ofthe illuminated
area of the lamp

7. Private cars, taxis, light buses, 2 One lamp on each side of Not more than 760 milli- 1. 1 metres 380
millimetres 1 Height from ground of highest
goods vehicles other than longitudinal axis: no partmetres from extreme rear part of illuminated
area of each
heavy goods vehicles, and any ofthe vehicle or itsof vehicle lamp to be the same
other motor vehicles not equipment to extend
included in any ofthe forego- laterally on the same side 2. In relation to a vehicle fitted
with
ing provisions of this Schedule as the lamp more than a movable platform, in determin-
(other than engineering plant 400 millimetres from the ing the position of the rear lamps
and agricultural implements) nearest part ofthe no account shall be taken of the
illuminated area of the special equipment of the vehicle
lamp

8. Engineering plant and agricul- 2 One lamp on each side of Not more than 1.4 metres 1.9 metres None If an
additional lamp showing to the
tural implements, not being 1 itudinal axis; no part from extreme rear of rear a red light
visible from a reasona-
horse-drawn vehicles or pedes- = vehicle or its vehicle ble distance is carried not more than
trian controlled vehicles equipment to extend 300 millimetres from the rearmost
laterally on the same side point of the vehicle and at a height of
as the lamp more than not more than 1.9 metres from the
400 millimetres from the ground, column 4 shall have effect as
nearest part ofthe though '2.7 metres' were substituted
illuminated area ofthe for '1.4 metres-
lamp





EIGHTH SCHEDULE [reg. 106.1

REQUIREMENTS AS TO THE NUMBER AND POSITION
ON VEHICLES OF OBLIGATORY REFLECTORS
2 3 4 5 6 7
Maximum height Minimum height
Description Number from ground of from ground of Varying or
Lateral position Longitudinal highest part ot lowest part of adtfitional
of ofof reflector position ofreflectingreflecting provisions
vehicle reflectors reflector a ea ofarea of
reflector reflector
1. Cycles, tricycles and invalid 1 On centre line or ofr side Not more than 500 milli- 1.1 metres 380
millimetres In relation to a cycle having no wheel
carriages of cycle metres from the extreme of which the outside diameter (includ-
rear of the cycle ing any tyre 'hen fully inflated)
exceeds 450 millimetres column 6
shall have effect as though '300
millimetres--- were substituted for
---380 millimetres---
2. Motor cycles without sidecar 1 On centre line or off side Not more than 500 milli- L I metres 380
millimetres
attached of vehicle metres from extreme
rear of vehicle

3. Motorcycles, with sidecar 2 One reflector on centreReflector on motor cycle 1. 1 met 1 c, 380 millimetres Height
frorn ground of highest part of
attached and motor tricycles line or off side of motor not more than 500 milli. reflecting area of
each reflector to be
cycle; and one reflector metres from extreme the same
on centre line or near rear ofnnotor cyck
side of sidecar, no part of reflector on sidecar net
the sidecar or its equip- more than 760 milli-
ment to extend laterally metres from extreme rear
on the near side more of sidecar
than 400 millimetres
beyond the nearest part
of the reflecting area of
the reflector

4. Buses 2 One reflector on each Not more than 760 inilli-2.4 metres 380 millimetres Height from ground of highest
part of
side of longitudinal axis: metres from extreme reflecting area of each reflector to be
no part or the reflecting rear ot'i,chicle the same
area of one reflector to be
less than 530 millimetres
from any part of the
reflecting area of the
other reflector, and no





2 3 4 5 6 7
Maximum height Minimum height
Description Number Lateral position Longitudinal from ground or from ground of Varying or
f or position of highest part of lowest part of additional
vehicle reflectors of reflector reflector reflecting reflecting provisions
area of area of
reflector reflector
part of the vehicle or
its equipment to extend
laterally on the same side
as the reflector more than
600 millimetres from the
nearest part of the reflect-
ing area of the reflector
5. Heavy goods vehicles, special 2 One reflector on eachNot more than 760 milli- 1.4 metres 380 millimetres
1. Height from ground of highest
purpose vehicles or goods- side of longitudinal axis; metres from extreme part of reflecting area of each
carrying trailers, other than no part of the reflecting rear of vehicle reflector to be the
same
engineering plant area of one reflector to be2. In relation to a vehicle fitted with a
less than 530 millimetresmovable platform, in determining
from any part ofthe th position of the obligatory re
reflecting area of thefleectors no account shall be taken of
other reflector. and nothe special equipment ofthe vehicle
par~ or the vehicle or its
equipment to extend3. In relation to a vehicle being a
laterally on the same sidemobile crane with a jib projecting
as the reflector more thanto the rear of the vehicle, if an
400 millimetres from theadditional lamp showing to the
nearest part of the rear a red light visible from a
reflecting area ofthereasonable distance is carried not
reflector more than 300 millimetres from
the rearmost point of the jib, col
umn 4 shall have effect as though
the jib were not part ofthe vehicle
4. In relation to a vehicle designed and
constructed for carriage of round
timber. if an additional lamp show
ing to the rear a red light visible
from a reasonable distance is
carried not more than 300 rnilfi
metres from the rearmost point of
the vehicle, column 3 shall have
efrect as though '760 millimetres'
were substituted for '400 milli
metres- and column 4 shall have
effect as though '2.7 metres' were
substituted for---760 millimetres'





6. Trailers other than goods- 2 One reflector on each Not more than 760 milli- 1.5 metres None Height from
ground ofinghest part of
carrying trailers side of longitudinal axis; metres from extreme rear reflecting area of
each reflector to be
no part of the reflecting of vehicle the same
area of one reflector to be
less than 530 millimetres
rrom any part of the
reflecting area ofthe other
reflector, and no part
ofthe vehicle or its
equipment to extend
laterally on the same side
as the reflector more than
400 millimetres from the
nearest part ofthe
reflecting area of
the reflector

7. Private cars, taxis, light buses, 2 One reflector on eachNot more than 760 milli- 1.1 metres 380 millimetres
1Height from ground of highest
goods vehicles other than side of longitudinal axis: metres from extreme rear part of reflecting area of each
heavy goods vehicles. and any no part ofthe reflecting of vehicle reflector to be the same
other motor vehicles not area ofone reflector to be 1
included in the foregoing pro- less than 530 millimetres In relation to a vehicle fitted
with
visions ofthis Schedule (other from any part ofthe a movable platform. in determin-
than engineering plant and reflecting area of the ing the position of the obligatory
agricultural implements) other reflector, and no renectors no account shall be
part of the vehicle or its taken of the special equipment of
equipment to extend the vehicle
laterally on the same side
as the reflector more than
400 millimetres from the
nearest part of the reflect-
ing area of the reflector

8. Engineering plant and agricul- 2 One reflector on each Not more than 1.4 metres 1.5 metres None If an
additional lamp showing to the
tural implements, not being side of longitudinal axis; from extreme rear of rear a red light visible
from a reasona-
horse-drawn vehicles or pedes- no part ofthe reflecting vehicle ble distance is carried not more than
trian controlled vehicles area ofone reflector to be 300 millimetres from the rearmost
less than 530 millimetres point ofthe ~chicle and at a height of
from any part ofthe not more than 1.5 metres from the
reflecting area ofthe ground. column 4 shall have etTect as
other reflector. and no though---2.7 metres--- were substituted
part ofthe vehicle or its for---L4 metres---
equipment to extend
laterally on the same side
as the reflector more than
400 millimetres from the
nearest part ofthe reflect-
ing area of the reflector





NINTH SCHEDULE [reg. 114.1

DIRECTION INDICATORS

PART 1

1. Every direction indicator fitted to a vehicle in accordance with this Part shall
be, when in operation, in the form of an illuminated sign of a minimum illuminated
length of 150 millimetres and a maximum illuminated breadth not exceeding
one-fourth of the illuminated length, and shall show either a steady or a flashing light.
2. Save as provided in paragraph 3 as respects additional indicators, every
direction indicator shall be so designed and fitted that-
(a) it is not more than 1.8 metres behind the base of the windscreen; and
(b) when in operation-
(i) it temporarily alters the outline of the vehicle to the extent of at least
150 millimetres measured horizontally;
(ii) the outermost point of the direction indicator is at least 150 milli-
metres further from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle than is the outermost
point of the driver's cab, or of the side of the body immediately behind the
driver's seat;
(iii) the illuminated surface is visible at a reasonable distance both from
the front and the rear of the vehicle; and
(iv) it remains steady:
Provided that sub-paragraph (a) shall not apply in the case of a pillarless saloon
car if the direction indicator is not situated behind the widest part of the body. For the
purposes of this proviso a pillarless saloon car means a car which has an enclosed
body, and four doors and no vertical pillar between the doors on either side.
3. (1) An additional indicator may be fitted at the rear of any vehicle on any
side to which there is fitted any indicator not being an additional indicator. Such
additional indicator shall either-
(a)be in the form specified in paragraph 1 and shall, except when a trailer is
being towed, be visible at a reasonable distance from any point to the rear of
the vehicle; or
(b)comply with the requirements of paragraph 3(1) of Part II as respects
indicators showing a flashing light to the rear.
(2) An additional indicator may be fitted on the front of any vehicle on any side
to which there is fitted an indicator not being an additional indicator. Such additional
indicator shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 3(1), 4 and 5 of Part 11 as
respects indicators showing a flashing light to the front.
4. Any direction indicator intended to indicate a right hand turn shall be fitted
only to the right ofthe longitudinal axis ofthe vehicle and one intended to indicate a
left hand turn shall be fitted only to the left of that axis.
5. Every direction indicator shall be at a height of not more than 2.25 metres
nor less than 430 millimetres above the level ofthe ground.
6. (1) The illuminated colour of every direction indicator shall-
(a) if it shows both to the front and to the rear. be amber;
(b) if it shows only to the front, be amber or white; and
(c) if it shows only to the rear, be amber or red.
(2) The light emitted by every direction indicator shall be diffused by frosted
glass or other adequate means.
7. Every direction indicator showing a flashing light shall when in operation
show a light which flashes constantly at the rate of not less than 60 nor more than 120
flashes per minute, each flash being of such duration as to permit the light to achieve
its full brightness and to be fully observable to the eye at a reasonable distance. The
light shall begin to flash not later than one second after the operating switch of the
indicator is operated and between each flash there shall be an interval observable to
the eye.





8. The following requirements shall be complied with as respects the direction
indicators on a vehicle-

(a)not less than one indicator on each side to which indicators are fitted shall be
so designed and fitted that the driver when in his seat can readily be aware
when it is in operation; or

(b)the vehicle shall be equipped with a device or devices so designed and fitted
that, when the switch actuating the indicator or indicators on one side of the
vehicle is operated, the device or devices shall-
(i) if and so long as every indicator not being an additional indicator
fitted on that side of the vehicle is in operation, together with the indicator
on that side of the trailer (if a trailer is towed), give a warning readily visible
or audible to the driver when in his seat:
(ii) in any other case give no warning or warning different from that
given if the conditions of sub-sub-paragraph (i) of this sub-paragraph are
satisfied.

9. Every direction indicator shall be so fitted that when not in operation it will
not be likely to mislead the driver of any other vehicle or any person controlling
traffic.

10. Any reference in this Schedule to the side of a vehicle shall be taken to
include that part of the front or the back of the vehicle which is on that side of the
vehicle.

PART II

1. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 3. every direction indicator fitted to a
vehicle in accordance with this Part shall be in the form of a lamp which. when in
operation, shows a flashing light visible at a reasonable distance from both the front
and the rear of the vehicle.

2. Every such indicator shall be so designed and fitted that-

(a) it is not more than 1.8 metres behind the base of the windscreen;

(b)both the minimum illuminated area showing to the front and the minimum
illuminated area showing to the rear shall-
(i) in the case of a vehicle the permitted gross vehicle weight of which
does not exceed 5.5 tonnes, or of a vehicle constructed or adapted solely for
the carriage of not more than 7 passengers and their effects, be not less than
25 square centimetres in extent:
Provided in either case that the vehicle is not being used, except in a
case of emergency, to tow a trailer other than one with less than 4 wheels or
a four-wheeled trailer having 2 close-coupled wheels on each side;
(ii) in any other case be not less than 80 square centimetres in extent.

3. (1) Subject to the provisions of sub-paragraph (2), in lieu of a direction
indicator in respect of which the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2 are complied with,
2 indicators may be fitted to any side of a vehicle and shall be so designed and fitted
that-

(a)when in operation one of the indicators on one side shall show a flashing
light visible from a reasonable distance to the front of the vehicle and the
other indicator on that side shall, except when a trailer is being towed, show
a flashing light visible from a reasonable distance to the rear of the vehicle;

(b)every such indicator shall be so placed that the centre of its illuminated area
is not more than 400 millimetres nearer to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle
than is the outermost part of the vehicle which is comprised in the overall
width of the vehicle on the side on which the indicator is placed; and

(e)the minimum illuminated area showing to the front or rear as the case may
be shall be that prescribed in paragraph 2.







(2) Whilst a vehicle is towing a trailer the preceding provisions of this
paragraph shall have effect subject to the following modifications-





(a)there shall be carried on either side of the trailer an indicator so designed
and fitted that when in operation it complies with the provisions of Part 111
or Part V; and
(b)it shall not be necessary for an indicator showing a flashing light to the rear
to be carried on either side of the vehicle.
This sub-paragraph shall not apply when the trailer is of a weight unladen not
exceeding 100 kilograms, or is a broken down motor vehicle being towed in
consequence of the breakdown. .
4. (1) Save as provided in sub-paragraph (2), a direction indicator fitted in
compliance with this Part and showing a flashing light to the front shall not be
combined with nor obscure any lamp showing to the front a white light being a lamp
required to be carried by or under any enactment.
(2) In the case of a vehicle on either side of which two direction indicators are
fitted in accordance with paragraph 3 an indicator showing a flashing light to the
front may be combined with an electric lamp showing a white light to the front being
a lamp required to be carried by or under any enactment provided that-
(a) the power of the lamp does not exceed 7 watts; and
(b)the indicator is fitted with a separate electric circuit and either a separate
electric bulb or a separate electric filament.
5. The total power of the bulb or bulbs illuminating any indicator carried in
compliance with this Part shall be not less than 15 watts and not more than 36 watts.
6. Where a vehicle is equipped on any side with direction indicators in respect
of which the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2 are complied with, an additional
indicator may be carried on the side at the rear of the vehicle provided that any such
indicator complies with the provisions of paragraph 3 of Part 1.
7. Every direction indicator shall be at a height of not more than 2.25 metres
nor less than 430 millimetres above the level of the ground:
Provided that a direction indicator fitted to any, side of a bus in accordance with
the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2 may be fitted at a height of not more than 2.6
metres above the level of the ground if on the same side of the vehicle and at a height
of not more than 1.9 metres above the level of the ground there is also fitted an
additional direction indicator which complies with the provisions of paragraph 6.
8. The provisions of paragraphs 4, 6, 7. 8, 9 and 10 of Part 1 shall apply as
respects direction indicators fitted in compliance with this Part as they apply as
respects direction indicators fitted in compliance with that Part.

PART III

1. 1) In this Part and in the diagrams set out in Part IV-
'inboard angle', in relation to a direction indicator, means an angle, within which
light from the indicator is visible, measured horizontally inwards from a line
parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and passing through the centre of
the illuminated area of the indicator;
'outboard angle', in relation to a direction indicator, means an angle, within which
light from the indicator is visible, measured horizontally outwards from a line
parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and passing through the centre of
the illuminated area of the indicator;
'blind angle', in relation to a direction indicator, means an angle, throughout which
no light from the indicator need be visible, measured horizontally outwards from
a line parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and passing through the
centre of the illuminated area of the indicator.
(2) In this Part the expressions -front indicator', 'shoulder indicator',
indicator', -flank indicator' and ---rearindicator' mean respectively a direction
indicator to which diagram 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 set out in Part IV applies and which being of
a kind mentioned in column 1 of the following Table is when fitted to a vehicle in the
position indicated in column 3 of that Table in compliance with the provisions of this
Part capable of being seen by an observer on the road standing in the position or, in
turn, in each position in relation to that vehicle indicated in column 2 of that Table
with an angle of visibility as indicated in column 4 of that Table-





TABLE

2 3 4
Kind of Observer's Position on Angle of visibility required in rela-
Direction Position in Vehicle tion to an axis parallel to the long-
Indicator relation to the itudinal axis of the vehicle and
Vehicle passing through the centre of the
direction indicator lamp.

Front In Front At Front An outboard angle of visibility o
80 degrees to the front.
An inboard angle of visibility of 45
degrees to the front.
Shoulder In Front and On side An outboard angle to the rear of 60
Alongside degrees of visibility, of which the
inboard 10 degrees from the axis
may be blind angle (no light).
An outboard angle of visibility to
the front of 45 degrees.
An inboard angle of visibility to the
front of 10 degrees.

Side In Front, Along- SideAn outboard angle of visibility to
side and in Rear the front of 45 degrees and an
inboard angle of visibility to the
front of 5 degrees.
An outboard angle of visibility to
the rear of 60 degrees and an
inboard angle of visibility to the
rear of 5 degrees.

Flank Alongside Side An outboard angle ok visibility to
the rear of 60 degrees of which the
inboard of 10 degrees from the axis
may be blind (no light).
Rear In Rear Rear An outboard angle of visibility of
80 degrees to the rear and an
inboard angle of visibility to the
rear of 45 degrees.
Note: An illuminated area of at least 2 square centimetres must be visible
throughout the angles of visibility, within a reasonable distance. for at least
15 degrees above and 15 degrees below the horizontal.
2. Every direction indicator fitted to a vehicle in compliance with this Part
shall be in the form of a lamp which, when in operation, shows a flashing amber light.
3. (1) On each side of a motor vehicle there shall be fitted either-
(a) a single rear indicator and a single front indicator;
(b) a single rear indicator and at least one shoulder indicator; or
(c) at least one side indicator.
(2) A motor vehicle to which front indicators have been fitted in accordance
with sub-paragraph (1) shall in addition have fitted on each side ofthe vehicle at least
one flank indicator, if the distance between the nearest part ofthe illuminated area of
the front indicator and the nearest part ofthe illuminated area ofthe rear indicator on
either side ofthe vehicle exceeds 6 metres or if the motor vehicle is the towing vehicle
forming part of an articulated vehicle.
(3) Where one or more flank indicators are fitted on each side ofa motor vehicle
in accordance with sub-paragraph (2) at least one shall be so fitted on that side that
the distance between the foremost part of the motor vehicle which is comprised in the
overall length of the vehicle and the rearmost part of the illuminated area of that
indicator is not more than one third of the overall length of the motor vehicle or,
where the motor vehicle is the towing vehicle forming part of an articulated vehicle,
not more than one third ofthe overall length ofthe articulated vehicle.





(4) Where in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this paragraph more
than one kind of direction indicator is required to be fitted on a side of a motor
vehicle, it shall be a sufficient compliance with those provisions if the vehicle is fitted
on that side with either one direction indicator which satisfies or with two or more
direction indicators which together satisfy the requirements of paragraph 8 in relation
to each kind of direction indicator with which that vehicle would otherwise be
required to be fitted on that side.
4. In the case of a combination of a motor vehicle towing a trailer and in the
case of an articulated vehicle, where that motor vehicle or the motor vehicle forming
part of the articulated vehicle is fitted with direction indicators in compliance with
this Part, the trailer shall be fitted on each side with a single rear indicator in
compliance with this Part.
5. No motor vehicle towing a trailer, being a trailer to which is fitted on each
side a rear indicator in compliance with this Part of this Schedule, need be fitted with
any rear indicator under (a) or (b) of paragraph 3(1) if the motor vehicle forms part of
an articulated vehicle.

6. (1) One or more additional indicators may be fitted on the side (excluding
the front or rear) of any motor vehicle or trailer to which direction indicators have
been fitted in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Part.

(2) The requirements of paragraph 13 as to the minimum total rated wattage of
the bulb or bulbs illuminating any indicator shall not apply to an additional indicator.
7. Every direction indicator other than a flank indicator or an additional
indicator shall be so designed and fitted to a vehicle that the minimum illuminated
area showing to the front and the minimum illuminated area showing to the rear in
accordance with the diagram relating to that indicator shall be-
(a) not less than 25 square centimetres in extent in the case of either a motor
vehicle the permitted gross vehicle weight of which does not exceed 5.5
-14passengers,
tonnes or a passenger vehicle adapted to carry not more than lu
if in either case the vehicle is not being used, except in a case of emergency,
to tow a trailer other than one with less than 4 wheels or a four-wheeled
trailer having 2 close-coupled wheels on each side;
(b)not less than 25 square centimetres in extent in the case of a trailer which has
less than 4 wheels or is a four-wheeled trailer having 2 close-coupled wheels
on each side; and
(c) not less than 80 square centimetres in extent in any other case.
8. Every direction indicator of a kind to which a diagram in Part IV applies
and which is fitted to a vehicle in compliance with this Part shall have an illuminated
area of at least 2 square centimetres visible within a reasonable distance at any point
between not less than 15 degrees above and not less than 15 degrees below the
horizontal throughout at least each inboard angle and at least each outboard angle
(excluding any blind angle not exceeding 10 degrees) shown in the diagram relating to
that kind of indicator:
Provided that in the case of any indicator fitted to a motor vehicle towing one or
more trailers the foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall be treated as being
satisfied if the said illuminated area of the indicator would have been visible as
aforesaid but for the presence of the trailer or trailers.
9. Every direction indicator shall be so placed that the outermost part of its
illuminated area further from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle is not more than 400
millimetres nearer to that longitudinal axis than is the outermost part of the vehicle
which is comprised in the overall width of the vehicle on the side on which the
indicator is placed, except that in the case of a public service vehicle having combined
rear and side entrances a nearside rear indicator may be so placed that the outermost
part of its illuminated area furthest from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle is not
more than 760 millimetres nearer to that longitudinal axis than is the said outermost
part of the vehicle.
10. No part ofthe illuminated area of any direction indicator fitted to either side
of a vehicle shall be less than 300 millimetres from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
11. (1) No part of the illuminated area of any direction indicator shall be at a
height of more than 2.3 metres above the level of the ground; except that in the case of
a public service vehicle to which are fitted rear indicators in accordance with the





provisions of paragraph 3, if no part of the illuminated area of each of the rear
indicators is at a height of more than 2 metres above the level of the ground. then any
shoulder indicator or flank indicator may be fitted to that vehicle so that no part of its
illuminated area is at a height exceeding 2.6 metres above the level of the ground.
(2) No part of the illuminated area of a front indicator or a rear indicator shall
be below a height of 380 millimetres above the level of the ground when the vehicle is
unladen and no part of the illuminated area of any other indicator shall be below a
height of 500 millimetres above the level of the ground when the vehicle is unladen.
12. A direction indicator fitted to a vehicle in compliance with this Part shall be
optically separated from any other lamp carried by the vehicle.
13. Except as provided in paragraph 6(2), the total rated wattage of the bulb or
bulbs illuminating any direction indicator fitted to a vehicle in compliance with this
Part shall be not less than 15 watts nor more than 36 watts and the rated wattage of
each bulb shall be indelibly marked upon the glass or the metal cap thereof in a
readily legible manner.
14. Any direction indicator intended to indicate a right hand turn shall be fitted
only to the right of the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and one intended to indicate a
left hand turn shall be fitted only to the left of that axis.
15. Where more than one direction indicator is fitted on the same side of a
motor vehicle. an articulated vehicle or a combination of vehicles comprising a motor
vehicle and one or more trailers they shall be so designed and fitted that the light
emitted by such indicators flashes at the same time.
16. The provisions of paragraphs 7. 8, 9 and 10 of Part 1 shall apply to direction
indicators fitted in compliance with this Part of this Schedule as they apply to
direction indicators fitted in compliance with that Part.

PART IV

DIAGRAMS APPLICABLE TO DIRECTION INDICATORS MENTIONED IN PART III.
PARAGRAPH 1

(Note.. Positional requirements are set out in paragraphs 9, 10 and 11)





PART V

1. Every direction indicator fitted to a trailer shall comply with the provisions
of this Part:

Provided that nothing in this Part shall apply to a broken down vehicle being
towed in consequence of the breakdown.

2. Every direction indicator shall either-

(a)when in operation be in the form of an illuminated sign of a minimum
illuminated length of 150 millimetres and a maximum illuminated breadth
not exceeding one-fourth of the illuminated length, and shall show either a
steady or a flashing light; or

(b) be such that-
(i) when in operation it shall show a flashing light;
(ii) the total power of the bulb or bulbs illuminating the indicator shall
be not less than 15 watts and not more than 36 watts;
(iii) the minimum illuminated area shall be not less than 2 250 square
millimetres in extent if the trailer to which it is fitted has less than 4 wheels or
is a four-wheeled trailer having 2 close-coupled wheels on each side and not
less than 7 740 square millimetres in extent in any other case; and
(iv) the centre of the illuminated area shall be not more than 400
millimetres nearer to the longitudinal axis of the trailer than is the
outermost part of the trailer on the same side.

3. Every direction indicator shall, when in operation, be visible at a reasonable
distance from any point to the rear of the trailer.

4. The provisions of paragraphs 4. 5. 6, 7, 9 and 10 of Part 1 shall apply to
direction indicators fitted in compliance with this Part in the same manner as they
apply to direction indicators fitted in compliance with that Part.

TENTH SCHEDULE [regs. 115 and 122.1

STOP LAMPS

PART 1

Vehicles not required to befittedwith stop lamps

1 . Any land implement, land tractor and pedestrian controlled vehicle.

2. Any motor vehicle-.

(a)which it is at all times unlawful to drive at a speed exceeding 25 kilometres
per hour; or

(b)which is incapable by reason of its construction of exceeding a speed of 25
kilometres per hour on the level under its own power.

3. Any trailer towed by a motor vehicle fitted with 2 stop lamps, the
dimensions of the trailer being such that when the longitudinal axis of the trailer lies
in the same vertical plane as the longitudinal axis of the towing vehicle both such stop
lamps are visible to an observer in that vertical plane from a point 6 metres behind the
rear of the trailer whether it is loaded or not.

4. Any trailer which is a broken down motor vehicle or which forms part of a
broken down articulated vehicle.
5. In the case of a combination of two or more vehicles, being a motor vehicle
towing a trailer, the vehicles in that combination other than the rearmost.





PART 11

Requirements to be complied with bY stop lampsfitted to motor vehicles and trailers

1 . Every stop lamp fitted to a vehicle or trailer shall be fitted at the rear of the
vehicle and not to the left of the centre thereof and when in operation shall show a red
light:
Provided that nothing in this paragraph shall prevent the fitting of a duplicate
stop lamp on the left or near side of the vehicle which (except when the stop lamp
fitted on the right or ofr side of the vehicle is showing a flashing light as a direction
indicator) comes into operation at the same time as the stop lamp f~tted at the centre
or on the right or ofT side of the vehicle.
2. Every light shown by a stop lamp shall be diffused by means of frosted glass
or other adequate means and shall be a steady light.
3. Every stop lamp shall show a steady red light, when the braking system which
operates the lamp is applied, visible to the rear of the vehicle at any point between at least
15 degrees above and 15 degrees below the horizontal throughout an angle of at least 45
degrees in the horizontal plane on each side of a line parallel to the longitudinal axis of
the vehicle and passing through the centre of the illuminated area of the lamp.
4. The total rating of the filament illuminated in a stop lamp shall not be less
than 15 watts nor more than 36 watts and the rated wattage of that filament shall be
indelibly marked upon the glass or the metal cap of the filament lamp in a readily
legible manner.
5. No part of the illuminated area of a stop lamp shall be less than 400
millimetres or more than 1 500 millimetres above the level of the ground except that
the said measurement of 1 500 millimetres may be increased to 2 100 millimetres. if it
is not practicable by reason of the structure of the vehicle at its rear for the said
measurement of 1 500 millimetres to be complied with.
6. Every stop lamp fitted to a motor vehicle shall be operated by the
application of a braking system designed to be used to bring the motor vehicle ~~ hen
in motion to a halt and when fitted to a trailer towed by a motor vehicle shall be
operated by the application of such a system.
7. Where one stop lamp is fitted to a vehicle it shall be fitted at the rear ofthe
vehicle and on or to the ofr side of the vertical plane passing through the longitudinal
axis of the vehicle (disregarding, for the purpose of ascertaining such axis. any sidecar
attached to a motor cycle).
8. In any case where 2 or more stop lamps are fitted to a vehicle-
(a) they shall be fitted at the rear of the vehicle;
(b)at least 2 shall be so designed that the light emitted thereby is emitted at the
same time and shall be fitted to the vehicle so that they are-
(i) symmetrically positioned on each side of the vertical plane passing
through the longitudinal axis of the vehicle;
(ii) at the same height from the ground; and
(iii) in such positions that no part of the illuminated area of one such
lamp is nearer than 600 millimetres to any part of the illuminated area of the
other such lamp;
(e)the wiring required for the illumination of the lamps shall be so arranged
that in the event of any failure of a bulb in one of the lamps the other lamp
or lamps shall not thereby be extinguished.
9. Where a stop lamp fitted to a motor vehicle or to a trailer is capable of being
operated on either of 2 levels of illumination, it shall be wired in such a way that, when
the obligatory front and obligatory rear lamps of the motor vehicle on which the stop
lamp is fitted, or of the motor vehicle which is towing the trailer on which the stop lamp
is fitted, are switched off, the stop lamp when operated is lit at the higher level of
illumination, and when the obligatory front and obligatory rear lamps of the motor
vehicle are switched on, the stop lamp when operated is lit at the lower level of illumina-
tion, so, however, that the foregoing provisions shall not preclude each stop lamp and
the obligatory front and obligatory rear lamps of the motor vehicle being wired in such
a way that, when such obligatory lamps are switched on and any front fog lamp on that
motor vehicle is switched on, the stop lamp when operated is lit at the higher level of
illumination, and when such obligatory lamps are switched on but no front fog lamp is
switched on, the stop lamp when operated is lit at the lower level of illumination:





Provided that nothing in this paragraph shall apply to a stop lamp on a trailer which
is being towed by a motor vehicle which is not required to be fitted with stop lamps.

ELEVEN~H SCHEDULE [regs. 2, 119 and 120.]

PART 1

SIZE, COLOUR AND TYPE OF REAR MARKING

-41401 40

DIAGRAM 1
40

1400...

-1140 1140

DIAGRAM 2............... 140.m.

140
DIAGRAM 3

700........70Omm

COLOUR CODE

RED FLUORESCENT MATERIAL

YELLOW REFLEX REFLECTING MATERIAL

NOTE : The height of each half of the marking Shown in diagram 3 may be
reduced to a minimum of I&Omm. provided th. width is increased
so that each half of the marking has a minimum area of 250
square centimetres.

DIAGRAM 4

i -

EiLONGVEHIAlq A&
~pTE
E
DIAGRAM 5

3=E

VEHICL.
L-TEE
COLOUR cop

YELLOW REFLEX REFLECTING MATERIAL

SLACK





PART 11

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO FORM OF REAR klARKINGS

1. Any variation in a dimension (other than as to the height of a letter or
character) specified in any of the diagrams in Part 1 of this Schedule shall be treated as
permitted for the purposes of these regulations if the sariation-
(a)in the case ofa dimension so specified as 275 mm or as over 275 mm does
not exceed 2A% of that dimension:
(b)in the case of a dimension so specified as 16 nim or as over 16 mm but as
under 275 mm. does not exceed 5%0 of that dimensiow or
(e)in the case of a dimension so specified as under 16 ram. does not exceed 10%
of that dimension.
2. Any variation in a dimension as to the height of a letter or character
specified in any of the said diagrams shall be treated as permitted for the purposes of
these rcaulations if the variation-
(a)in the case of a dimension so specified as, 94 nim or as 141 nini. does not
exceed 21% ofthat dimension: or
(b)in the case of a dimension so specified as, 75 min or as 113 nim. does not
exceed 5% ofthat dimension.
3. Any Variation in a dimension as to the angle of hatching specified in ans of
the said diagrams shall be treated as permitted for the purposes dthese regulation's if
the variation does not exceed 5 degrees.

4. Every rear marking shall be illuminated by the use of red fluorescent
material in the stippled areas shown in any of the saia diagrams and b\ the use of
yellow reflex- re flecti n g material in any of the areas so shok% n. beinu, areas not stippled
and not constitutinc a letter.
5. E~ cry rear marking ofthe tx . pc shown in Diagrarn 1 or 4 in Part 1 shall he
constructed in the form ofa single plate, and ciery rear marking of the ty pc shown in
Diagram 2, 3 or 5 in Part 1 shall be constructed in the form of 2 plates'of equal size
and shape, and every such plate shall comply with any requirements laid do'A n by the
Commissioner.
6. The letters forming the words---LongVehicle- and the characters'.1~ Ilk- on
any rear marking shall be coloured black.

PART 111

PROVISIONS AS TO POSITION ON VEHICLE, MAINTENANCE, ETC. OF REAR MARKINGS

1. A rear marking shall be fitted at the rear ofthe vehicle.
2. A rear marking shall be securely attached to the vehicle so that no part of
the marking projects beyond the outermost part ofthe vehicle on either side.
3. The lower edge of every rear marking shall be horizontal and at a height of
not more than 1 700 mm nor less than 400 mm above the ground. whether the vehicle
is laden or unladen, and in the case ofthe rear marking ofthe type shown in Diagram
2. 3 or 5 in Part 1 the lower edge of each half of the marking shall be at the same height
above the g-round.
4. Every part of a rear marking shall lie within 20 degrees of a transverse
vertical plane at right an-Wes to the vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the
vehicle so that-

(a)in the case ofthe rear marking ofthe type shown in Diagram 1 or 4 in Part 1.
the Vertical centre line of the rnarki na lies on that vertical plane through the
longitudinal axis ofthe vehicle~ and
(b)in the case of the rear marking of the type shown in Diagram 2, 3 or 5 in Part
1, each half of the marking lies in the same vertical plane and the innermost
vertical edges of each half of the marking are equidistant from the vertical
plane through the longitudinal axis ofthe vehicle.





5. A rear marking of the type shown in Diagram 2, 3 or 5 in Part 1 shall lie so
that each half of the marking is as near as is practicable to the outermost edge of the
vehicle on the side thereof on which it is fitted.
6. Every rear marking shall be so fitted that every part thereof is clearly visible
to other persons using the road within a reasonable distance to the rear of the vehicle
at all times, except while the vehicle is being loaded or unloaded if the Vehicle is so
constructed at the rear that it is impracticable for the marking,to be so fitted, without
undue expense or risk of damage to the marking.
7. Every rear marking shall be maintained in a clean and efficient condition
while the vehicle is on a road.

TWELFTH SCHEDULE [reg. 122.]

PART 1

PROVISIONS OF THE ROAD TRAFFIC (CONSTRUCTION AND USE)
REGULATIONS WHICH CORRESPOND WITH REGULATIONS 12, 16, 17, 20, 26, 28, 29,
65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 76, 77, 115 AND THE TENTH SCHEDULE

14. (1) Every motor vehicle shall be equipped with an efficient braking system
or efficient braking systems, in either case having two means of operation, so designed
and constructed that notwithstanding the failure of any part (other than a fixed
member or a brake shoe anchor pin), through or by means of which the force
necessary to apply the brakes is transmitted, there shall still remain available for
application by the driver brakes sufficient under the most adverse conditions, to bring
the vehicle to rest within a reasonable distance:
Provided that-
'a)in the event of failure as aforesaid it shall not be necessary for brakes to be
available for application by the driver in the case of a vehicle the weight
unladen of which does not exceed 1 ton and having less than 4 wheels, to
more than 1 wheel;
(b) this paragraph shall not apply to invalid carriages.
(2). In the case of a motor vehicle having more than 3 wheels. at least one means
of operation shall be capable of causing brakes to be applied to all the wheels of the
vehicle:
Provided that-
(a)in the case of an articulated vehicle it shall be deemed sufficient compliance
with this paragraph if the rearmost wheels are equipped with brakes capable
of being applied by some other means of operation;
(b)in the case of a vehicle having more than 2 steering wheels only half the
number of steering wheels shall be counted in all the wheels of the vehicle.
(3) The application of one means of operation shall not affect or operate the
pedal or hand lever of the other means of operation.
(4) No braking system shall be rendered ineffective by the non-rotation of the
engine.
(5) All the brakes of a motor vehicle which are operated by one means of
operation shall be capable of being applied by direct mechanical action without the
intervention of any hydraulic, electric or pneumatic device.

. (6) One at least of the means of operation required by this regulation shall be
capable of causing brakes to be applied directly and not through the transmission
gear to not less than half the number of wheels of the vehicle:
Provided that where a motor vehicle has more than 4 wheels and the drive is
transmitted to all wheels other than the steering wheels without interposition of a
differential driving gear or similar mechanism between the axles carrying the driving





wheels it shall be deemed to be sufficient compliance with this paragraph if the brakes
applied by one means of operation act directly on 2 driving wheels on opposite sides
of the vehicle and the brakes applied by the other means of operation act directly on
all other driving wheels.

(7) For the purpose of this regulation every moving shaft to which any part of
the braking system or any means of operation thereof is connected or by which it is
supported shall be deemed to be part of that system.

(8) Every motor vehicle shall be equipped with a braking system (which may be
one of the systems required by this regulation) so designed and constructed that it can
at all times be set so as to prevent two at least, or in the case of a vehicle with only 3
wheels, one of the wheels from revolving when the vehicle is not being driven or is left
unattended:

Provided that this paragraph shall not apply to-
(a) motor cycles with or without side-cars attached; or

(b) invalid carriages.

(9) Every motor vehicle which is fitted with a servo braking system which
embodies a vacuum of pressure reservoir or reservoirs shall be provided with a
warning device so placed as to be readily visible to the driver of the vehicle when in the
driving seat in order to indicate any impending failure or deficiency in the vacuum or
pressure system.

16. (1) Every motor vehicle and every trailer shall be so constructed that the
entire weight of the vehicle and of the trailer, if any, is transmitted to the road surface
by wheels or by tracks, or by a combination of wheels and tracks:
Provided that-

(a)in the case of a track laying vehicle the parts of the track which come into
contact with the road surface shall be flat and have a minimum width of half
an inch. The total area of each track actually in contact with the road
surface at any one time shall not be less than 36 square inches in respect of
each ton of the weight unladen;

(b) a track laying motor tractor shall not draw any trailer.
(2) Every wheel of a motor vehicle other than a road roller and every wheel on a
trailer when the trailer is being drawn on a road other than a trailer used solely on
road repair work shall be equipped with pneumatic tyres of suitable size and design:
Provided that-

(a)this regulation shall not apply to the following motor vehicles or trailers if
they are equipped with tyres of soft or elastic material of a design and type
approved by the Commissioner on every wheel-
(i) a motor tractor;
(ii) a motor vehicle designed for use in works or on private premises and
used on a road only in passing from one part of the works or premises to
another or to works or premises in the immediate neighbourhood; and
(b)the Commissioner by permit in writing, subject to such terms and conditions
and for such period as appears to him fit, may authorize the use of a motor
vehicle in contravention of this regulation.

(3) All wheels of a motor vehicle or trailer which are equipped with tyres other
than pneumatic tyres shall have a rim diameter of not less than 26 2 inches:
Provided that this regulation shall not apply to-

(a)any motor vehicle or trailer not exceeding 30 cwt. in weight unladen
designed for use in works or on private premises and used on a road only in
passing from one part of the works or premises to another or to works or
premises in the immediate neighbourhood;
(b) any mobile crane.
(4) Every wheel of a vehicle shall be truly circular accurately centred on its axle
and fitted to work thereon without oscillation or side play.











18. Every motor vehicle shall be so designed and constructed that the driver-

(a) has adequate room and can easily reach and quickly operate the controls;

(b)while controlling the vehicle can at all times have a full view of the road and
traffic ahead of the motor vehicle.

19. The driver's seat of every vehicle shall be so placed as to permit him to give
by hand the usual traffic signals on the right or off side of the vehicle:

Provided that the Commissioner by permit in writing, subject to such terms and
conditions and for such period as appears to him fit, may authorize the use of a motor
vehicle which does not comply with this regulation.

21. (1) The glass of all windscreens and windows on the outside of every motor
vehicle shall be safety glass of such transparency that it does not obscure the view of
the interior of the vehicle.

(2) No alteration or addition shall be made to the windscreens and windows
referred to in paragraph (1) whereby the reflecting effect of the glass is increased.

22. Two efficient automatic windscreen wipers shall be fitted to the windscreen
of every motor vehicle unless the motor vehicle is so constructed that either-

(a)the driver, by opening the windscreen or otherwise. can obtain an adequate
view to the front of the vehicle without looking through the windscreen; or

(b)the driver can obtain an adequate view to the front of the vehicle even
though the vehicle is fitted with only one windscreen wiper.

25. ( 1) Not less than 2 stop lights shall be fitted at the back of-
(a) every motor vehicle except a motor cycle~ and

(h) every trailer which is being towed by a motor vehicle.

(2) Not less than 1 stop light shall be fitted at the back of every motor cycle.

(3) Every stop light shall be fitted so that the centre thereof is at a height not
exceeding 5 feet from the ground.

(4) If 2 or more stop lights are fitted at the back of a vehicle-

(a) 1 stop light shall be situated on the near side of the back of the vehicle; and

(b) a second stop light shall be situated on the ofr side of the back of the vehicle,
so that-
(i) no part of the vehicle extends laterally more than 12 inches beyond the
centres of the stop lights referred to in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b); and
(ii) both the stop lights referred to in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) are equidistant
from the centre of the back of the vehicle.

(5) When in operation every stop light shall show a steady red or amber light.

(6) Every light shown by a stop light shall be diffused by means of frosted glass
or any other adequate method.

(7) No person shall use a motor vehicle unless every stop light required under
this regulation to be fitted to it and to any trailer being towed by it is in good working
order.

39. (1) Every omnibus shall-be so constructed as to be capable of turning in
either direction in a circle not exceeding in diameter 66 feet. For the purpose of this
regulation such diameter shall be determined by reference to the extreme outer edge
of the wheel track at ground level:







Provided that the Commissioner by permit in writing, subject to such terms and
conditions and for such period as appears to him fit, may authorize the use of an
omnibus with a turning circle exceeding 66 feet but not exceeding 76 feet, if the
omnibus has a swept circle not exceeding 80 feet in diameter.





(2) In this regulation, the expression---sweptcircle--- means the circle traced at
ground level by a vertical line passing through any. part of the omnibus included in the
overall length and overall width of the omnibus.

56. (1) In every omnibus and every light bus-

(a)the top of the tread of the lowest step for any entrance or exit (other than an
emergency exit) shall not be more than 1 ~ inches or less than 10 inches
above the ground when the vehicle is empty;

(b) all steps shall be fitted with non-slip treads; and

(c)fixed steps shall in no case project laterally beyond the body of the vehicle,
unless they are so protected by the front wings or otherwise ~hat they, are not
liable to injure pedestrians.
(2) In every omnibus-

(a) the tread of each step shall be not less than 9 inches deep; and

(b) risers shall be not more than 11 inches in height.

57. In the case of a double-decked omnibus-
(a)the risers of all steps leading from the lower to the upper deck shall be closed
and no unguarded aperture shall be left at the top landing board:

(b)all steps leading from the lower to the upper deck shall be fitted with
non-slip treads;

(c)the horizontal distance from the nearest point of the riser of the top step to
the vertical line passing through the nearest point of the scat opposite to the
top tread of the staircase. excluding any, grab rail which does not project
more than 3 inches from the back of the seat. shall not be less than 26 inches:

(d)the outer stringer of an outside staircase shall be so constructed. or a band
so placed, as to act as a screen to persons ascending or descending. and the
height of the outer guard rail shall not be less than 3 feet 3 inches above the
front of the tread of each step.

58. (1) On a single-decked omnibus and on the lower deck of every double-
decked omnibus, either-

(a)the deck of the vehicle shall communicate with the rear platform by means
of a doorless opening and the exit from the platform to the near side of the
vehicle shall be continuous with the exit to the rear of the vehicle: or
(b)there shall be not less than 2 exits (one of which may be an emergency exit)
which shall not both be situated on the same side of the vehicle.

(2) On a light bus there shall be either-
(a) not less than 2 exits (one of which may be an emergency exit) which shall-
(i) not both be situated on the same side of the vehicle; and
(5) be situated to the rear of the driver's scat; or
(b) one exit in the back of the vehicle.
(3) If there is access to the upper deck of an omnibus by means of an enclosed
staircase, an emergency exit shall be provided on the upper deck which-

(a) need not be provided with a staircase; and
(b) shall not be on the near side of the omnibus.

59. Every entrance and exit of an omnibus shall be at least 21 inches in width:
Provided that-
(a)where in accordance with proviso (a) to regulation 58(1) one exit only is
provided, the width of such exit measured along the rear of the vehicle need
not exceed 18 inches if the width of the exit to the side of the vehicle
complies with the preceding provisions of this regulation;





(b)the size of an emergency exit from the upper deck of an omnibus shall not be
less than 4 feet by 2 feet;
(e)where the same entrance is used for both the upper and the lower deck of an
omnibus no part of the entrance exclusive of a stanchion measured along the
near side of the vehicle shall be less than 36 inches in width.

59A. (1) Every entrance and every exit of a light bus shall, subject to
paragraph (2), be not less than 21 inches wide.
(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Commissioner may permit in writing
the use of a light bus the entrances or exits of which are less than 21 inches wide.

60. (1) Every entrance and exit door of an omnibus and of a light bus shall be
capable of being opened by one operation of the locking mechanism:
Provided that for the purpose of securing the vehicle when unattended it shall be
permissible to fit to any entrance or exit door a supplementary lock with or without a
detachable actuating mechanism if such lock is so designed and constructed that the
door can at all times be opened by a person inside the vehicle by one operation of the
ordinary locking mechanism.
(2) Door handles or levers to door catches shall be recessed or so designed and
fitted that they are not liable to be dislodged or to be operated accidentally. Where
any entrances are provided with doors which are intended to remain open when the
vehicle is in motion suitable fastenings shall be provided to hold such doors securely
open.
(3) A grab handle shall be fitted to each entrance or exit other than an
emergency exit toassist passengers in boarding or alighting from the omnibus or light
bus.
(4) All doors includinp those of emergency exits shall be so designed as to be
readily, opened in case of neid from both thjinside and the outside of the omnibus or
light bus.
(5) All doors shall open so as not to obstruct clear access to any entrance or exit
either from inside or from outside the omnibus or light bus. ,

61. (1) The means of operation of all emergency exits of-
(a) an omnibus: and
(h) a light bus.
shall be clearly indicated in English and in Chinese characters.
(2) All emergency exits shall-
(a) be clearly marked as such in English and in Chinese characters:
(b) be designed to open outwards;
(c) be easily accessible to the passengers; and
(d)be connected with any gangway by a passage which shall not be of less
dimensions than those prescribed in regulation 63(1) for a gangway. and
shall be so designed that a vertical line projected upwards at any point from
the centre line of the passage at floor level is laterally not less than 6 inches
from any part of the vehicle in the case of-
(i) an omnibus to a height of 4 feet 6 inches; and
(ii) a light bus to a height of 4 feet.
(3) The actuating mechanism of all emergency exits other than those fitted to an
upper deck of an omnibus shall be easily accessible to persons of normal height
standing on ground level outside the omnibus.

(4) For the purposes of paragraph (2)(d) a scat on the upper deck of an
omnibus placed below or in front of an emergency exit, shall be deemed to form part
of the passage.

62, (1) Subject to paragraph (2). there shall be unobstructed access from every
seat on-





(a) an omnibus; and

(b) a light bus,

to at least 2 exits from the vehicle or to 1 exit if only 1 exit is required by these
regulations.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any seats that are alongside the driver if
thereis access to them by an entrance other than the driver's entrance.

(3) Direct access shall be provided to the driver's seat either-
(a) from the ofr side of the vehicle; or
(b)by means of a passage which shall not be of less dimensions than those
p~escribed in regulation 63(1) for a gangway.

(4) No scat in an omnibus or light bus shall be fitted to a door so that when the
seat is in position for use it obstructs any passage to an exit or gangway required by
these regulations.

63. (1) The width ofeverv gangwayin an omnibus or light bus shall be not less
than 1 foot up to a height of 2 f~et 6 inches from the floor level and above that height
not less than 1 foot 1 inches and shall be so designed that a vertical line projected
upwards from the centre line of any gangway at floor level shall, to the height
prescribed in regulation 64 as the height of that gangway be laterally not less than 6
inches from any part of the omnibus or light bus other than the roof over the
gangway'.
(2) No part of any. gangway which serves as a joint means of access from any
entrance to both the upper and lower deck of an omnibus shall be less than 36 inches
in width.

(3) For the purpo~.es of this regulation 'hen any space in front of a seat is
required for the accommodation of seated passengers the space within 9 inches of the
scat shall not be taken into account in measurine the width of a gangway.

64. (1) The clear height at every point along the centre line of any gangway
between the limits specified in paragraph (3) shall be as follows-

(a) in the case of a single-decked omnibus not less than 5 feet 8 inches;
(b)in the case of a double-decked omnibus not less than 5 feet 8 inches on both
decks: and

(c) in the case of a light bus not less than 4 feet 6 in ches.

(2) The clear height at every point along the centre line of any gangway shall,
outside the limits specified in paragraph (3), be not less than 4 inches lower than the
clear height prescribed in paragraph (1).

(3) The limits referred to in paragraph (1) extend from the front edge of the
foremost passenger seat adjacent to the gangway-to the front edge of the rearmost
passenger scat adjacent to the gangway.

65. (1) The supports of all seats in an omnibus and in a light bus shall be firmly
fixed in position and at least 15 inches measured in a straight line along the back of
each scat shall be allowed for each passenger.

(2) Every scat in an omnibus and in a light bus shall have a back rest so closed
or otherwise constructed as to prevent as far as possible the pockets of passenger
being picked.
(3) No part of the back rest of any seat placed lengthwise in an omAibus or light
bus shall be less than 54 inches from the corresponding part of the back rest of the
scat facing it.
(4) In an omnibus and in a light bus transverse seats shall be so fitted that-
(a)there is clear space of at least 26 inches in front of the whole length of the top
of the back rest of every seat, any handles or grips which do not project
more than 4 inches from the back rest being disregarded when measuring






the clear space herein referred to; and





(b)there is a clear space of at least 19 inches between any part of the front edge
of a seat and any part of any other scat which faces it.
(5) All passenger seats on omnibuses and light buses shall provide an adequate
degree of comfort with suitable seats and seat backs.
(6) Seats over a wheel arch shall not be placed in such a position as to cause
discomfort to passengers in an omnibus or light bus.
(7) IF any transverse seat on an omnibus is so placed that a passenger seated
upon it is liable to be thrown forward through an entrance or down a stairway an
effective screen or guard shall be placed so as to provide protection for any passenger
occupying the seat.
(8) No part of any seat on the left hand side of the driver of an omnibus or light
bus shall be in front of a line passing through the front edge of the driver's seat at
right angles to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and any seat on the left of the
driver's seat and in line with it must face forward.

66. The shortest distance between the edge of any step well and a vertical plane
passing through the front edge of a seat of an omnibus shall not be less than 9 inches.

67. All glass used in the construction of-
(a) an omnibus; and
(b) a light bus,
shall be safety glass.

68. In the case of a single-decked omnibus with a permanent top or the lower
deck of a double-decked vehicle the side windows. when open. shall be adequately
guarded to a height of 39 inches from the floor.

71. (1) Every omnibus and light bus shall be-
(a)so designed that the driver has adequate room and can easily reach and
quickly operate the controls,
(b)so constructed and maintained that the accommodation for the driver is
weather-proof.. and
(c)provided with means to prevent light from the interior of the vehicle from
incomnioding the driver.
(2) [Deleled, L.N. 9511~69J.
(3) The accommodation for the driver of an omnibus shall be divided ofr by
means of a partition behind the driver's scat extending upwards not less than 30
inches from the floor level. and by a continuation of the partition, or guard rails on
the left of the driver not less than 18 inches from the centre of the steering wheel at any
point.

72. The steering pillar of an omnibus shall be on the right or ofF side of the
vehicle and the driver's scat shall be so placed as to permit him to give by hand the
usual traffic signals, on the ofr side of the vehicle.

73. (1) There shall not be any scat, gangway or passage on the right hand side
of the driver's seat in an omnibus or a light bus.
(2) The driver's scat of an omnibus and a light bus shall be capable of being
adjusted in relation to the steering wheel of the vehicle so that it can be moved from 12
inches to at least 16 inches from the steering wheel measured from the nearest point
on the periphery of the steering wheel to the nearest part of the back of the driver's
scat.
(3) In an omnibus and a light bus the centre of the driver's scat shall not be
ofFset more than 4 inches in relation to the centre of the steering wheel and adequate
comfort shall be provided for the driver.
(4) In an omnibus the driver's seat shall be adequately protected by guard rails
or a partition providing adequate room for the driver and being not less than 18
inches from the centre of the steering wheel at any point.





(5) Where passengers are carried on an omnibus on the left-hand side of the
driver a space of at least 18 inches from the centre of the steering column to the left
thereof shall be reserved for the driver. to be divided off from such passengers by
means of a solid partition at least 9 inches high from scat level and extending for the
whole depth of the seat.

(6) In every light bus the driver's seat shall be adequately protected by a
guardrail which-

(a) is situated to the left of the driver's scat:

(b) provides adequate room for the driver: and

(c) is at any point not less than 15 inches from the centre of the steering wheel.

PART II

PROVISIONS OF THE ROAD TRAFFIC (PUBLIC SERVICE VEHICLES) REGUILAT[O\.S
WHICH CORRESPOND WIII-1 REGILATIoNs 41. 42, 43 and 44

(in these regulations---Authority---means the Commissioner for Transport.)

17. (1) E%ery taxi shall be fitted With a taximeter of a clesien and construction
approved by the A~thority and Which in c\ cry respect complies w.1 th the prm isions of
these regulations.

(2) Every taximeter shall be fitted to the taxi in such position and in such
manner as may be approved by the Authority.

(3) No taximeter shall be fitted to a taxi Without the prior approlal of the
Authority.

(4) If the registered c' ner of a taxi removes the taximeter from a taxi or ceases
to use the taximeter, he shall notify the Authority u ithin 24 hours of such removal or
cessation.

18. (1) Every taximeter shall be so constructed that it ma~ be effectually. sealed
to the satisfaction of the Authority.

(2) Every taximeter shall be provided with an indicator (hereinafter referred to
as the 'flag') of a size not less than 2 inches by 1 inch showing the Words---forhire--- or
the word 'taxi*'.

(3) Every taximeter shall be so constructed that the flag can be placed in any
one of the following positions-

(a)the flag is raised in such manner that it is clearly Visible by any person
standing in front ofa taxi at a distance of not more than 20 yards and, at all
times during which the lights ofthe taxi are required to be illuminated, the
flag is adequately illuminated and the mechanism of the taximeter is not in
motion;

(b)the flag is lowered to the recording position in such manner that it is not
visible outside the taxi and the mechanism ofthe taximeter is in motion; and

(c)the flag is placed in the non-recording position in such manner that it is not
visible outside the taxi and the mechanism ofthe taximeter is not in motion.

19. (1) Every taximeter shall be-

(a)tested by the Authority before it is fitted to a taxi and at intervals of not
more than 6 months thereafter; and

(b) stamped and sealed by the Authority after every such test.







(2) The registered owner of every taxi shall cause the taxi to be made available
at such place and time as the Authority may from time to time require for the purpose
of inspecting, testing and regulating the taximeter fitted therein.





20. (1) Every taxi shall be provided with a lamp so placed on the taximeter as
to render the readings on the dial of the taximeter easily legible at all times of the day
and night and such lamp shall be maintained in proper working order and condition.

(2) The driver shall keep such lamp properly lit through any part of a hiring
which is during such time as the lights on the taxi are required to be illuminated and
shall light such lamp during a hiring at any other time at the request of a hirer so as to
enable the hirer to read the dial of the taximeter.
L.N. 286/83. Citation and commencement. (*9.9.83) Interpretation. (Cap. 374, sub. leg) (Cap. 374, sub. leg) (Cap. 374, sub. leg) Eleventh schedule. Application. (Cap. 374, sub. Leg) Power of Commissioner to exempt. Construction and maintenance. maximum dimensions of vehicels. First Schedule. Maximum weight of vehicles. Second Schedule. Second Schedule. Overhang. Motive power. Power to weight ratio. Body. Turning circle. Variation of wheel load. Axle loading. Suspension. Brakes. Parking brake. Vacuum or pressure braking systems. Wheels and tracks. Tyre of soft or elastic material. Tyres. Steering. Speed indicators. Ability to reverse. Driver's accommodation. Passenger seating capacity. Third Schedule. Safety glass or safety glazing. Windscreen wipers and washers. Silencers. Smoke, etc. Fourth Schedule. Emission of gaseous pollutants, positive-ignition engine. Fifth Schedule. Fifth Schedule. Emission of gaseous pollutants, compression-ignition engine. Fifth Schedule. Vehicles to which reguations 32 and 33 do not apply. Mudguards. Mascots and other attachments. Television sets. Warning instruments. Reflecting mirrors. Construction of fuel tank. Taximeter. Construction of taximeter. Taximeter drive. Sealing and testing of taximeters. Taxis to have illuminated signs and markings. Platers on taxis. Sixth Schedule. Sixth Schedule. Painting of vehicles. (Cap. 230.) markings on buses. Markings on public light buses and private light buses. Additional markings on public light buses. Signs on private light buses carrying students, etc. Maintenance of makings and painting of certain vehicles. Prohibition marking and painting of vehicles other than buses and taxis. Markings on buses, light buses and taxis. Stability. Side overhang. Guard rails. Brake and steering connexions. Hub projection. Fuel tanks, carburettors, etc. on buses and light buses. Exhaust pipes on buses and light buses. Locking of nuts. Artificial lighting. Electrical equipment. Steps. Platforms and stairs. Entrances and exits on buses. Entrances and exits on buses. Doors. Marking, positioning and operation of emergency exits. Access to exits. Width of gangways. Height of gangways. Passenger seats. Standing passengers. Ventilation. Drivers's accommodation. Windows to be guarded. Windows to be guarded. Luggage racks. Markings on goods vehicles and special purpose vehicles. Exhaust pipe on goods vehicles and special purpose vehicles. Passenger accommodation on goods vehicels and special purpose vehicles. Markings on trailers. Brakers on trailers. Mudguards on trailers. Brakes on motor cycles, motor tricycles and invalid carriages. Tyres and brakes on pedestrain controlled vehicles. Brakes on bicycles and tricycles. Warning instrument on bicycles and tricycles. Obligatory front lamps. Character of front lamps. Position of obligatory front lamps. Restriction on the nature of lamps to be carried. Multi-purpose lamps and combined lamps and reflectors. Restriction of movement, etc. of lamps. Markings of electric bulbs in front lamps and of front sealed beam lamps. Obligatory headlamps. Headlamps to be carried by vehicles with 2 or 3 wheels. Headlamps to be carried by vehicles with 4 or more wheels. Single units for obligatory front and headlamps. Requirements for every obligatory headlamp. Requirements for every matched pair of obligatory headlamps. Colour of headlamp beams. Obligatory rear lamps. Seventh Schedule. Character of obligatory rear lamps. Reversing lamps. Obligatory reflectors. Eighth Schedule. Character of reflectors. Front corner marker lamps. Side marker lamps. Character of front corner and side marker lamps. Amber lamps on certain vehicles. Blue lamps for ambulance vehicles. Lamps for illuminating accident and breakdown scenes. Ninth Scheduel. Stop lamps. Tenth Schedule. Maintenance of direction indicators and stop lamps. Hazard warning device. Application. Fitting of rear markings. Eleventh Schedule. Alternative provision for fitting of rear markings. Eleventh Schedule. Offences. Transitional provisions. Tenth Schedule. (Cap. 220, sub. leg.) Twelfth Schedule. (cap. 220, sub. leg.) (Cap. 220, sub. leg.) Twelfth Schedule Revocation (Cap. 220, sub. leg) Brakers. Wheels. Drives's accommodation. Placing of driver's seat. Safety glass. Windscreen wiper. Stop lights. Turning circle. Steps. Steps in case of doublke-decked omnibuses. Number and position of entrances and exits. Width of entrances and exits. Width of entrances on light buses. Doors. Emergency exit. Acces to exits. Width of gangways. Height of gangways. Seats. Step wells. Safety glass. Side windows. Driver's accommodation. Steering pillar. Driver's seat. Taximeter. Construction of taximeter. Sealing and testing of taximeters. Lighting of taximeter.

Abstract

L.N. 286/83. Citation and commencement. (*9.9.83) Interpretation. (Cap. 374, sub. leg) (Cap. 374, sub. leg) (Cap. 374, sub. leg) Eleventh schedule. Application. (Cap. 374, sub. Leg) Power of Commissioner to exempt. Construction and maintenance. maximum dimensions of vehicels. First Schedule. Maximum weight of vehicles. Second Schedule. Second Schedule. Overhang. Motive power. Power to weight ratio. Body. Turning circle. Variation of wheel load. Axle loading. Suspension. Brakes. Parking brake. Vacuum or pressure braking systems. Wheels and tracks. Tyre of soft or elastic material. Tyres. Steering. Speed indicators. Ability to reverse. Driver's accommodation. Passenger seating capacity. Third Schedule. Safety glass or safety glazing. Windscreen wipers and washers. Silencers. Smoke, etc. Fourth Schedule. Emission of gaseous pollutants, positive-ignition engine. Fifth Schedule. Fifth Schedule. Emission of gaseous pollutants, compression-ignition engine. Fifth Schedule. Vehicles to which reguations 32 and 33 do not apply. Mudguards. Mascots and other attachments. Television sets. Warning instruments. Reflecting mirrors. Construction of fuel tank. Taximeter. Construction of taximeter. Taximeter drive. Sealing and testing of taximeters. Taxis to have illuminated signs and markings. Platers on taxis. Sixth Schedule. Sixth Schedule. Painting of vehicles. (Cap. 230.) markings on buses. Markings on public light buses and private light buses. Additional markings on public light buses. Signs on private light buses carrying students, etc. Maintenance of makings and painting of certain vehicles. Prohibition marking and painting of vehicles other than buses and taxis. Markings on buses, light buses and taxis. Stability. Side overhang. Guard rails. Brake and steering connexions. Hub projection. Fuel tanks, carburettors, etc. on buses and light buses. Exhaust pipes on buses and light buses. Locking of nuts. Artificial lighting. Electrical equipment. Steps. Platforms and stairs. Entrances and exits on buses. Entrances and exits on buses. Doors. Marking, positioning and operation of emergency exits. Access to exits. Width of gangways. Height of gangways. Passenger seats. Standing passengers. Ventilation. Drivers's accommodation. Windows to be guarded. Windows to be guarded. Luggage racks. Markings on goods vehicles and special purpose vehicles. Exhaust pipe on goods vehicles and special purpose vehicles. Passenger accommodation on goods vehicels and special purpose vehicles. Markings on trailers. Brakers on trailers. Mudguards on trailers. Brakes on motor cycles, motor tricycles and invalid carriages. Tyres and brakes on pedestrain controlled vehicles. Brakes on bicycles and tricycles. Warning instrument on bicycles and tricycles. Obligatory front lamps. Character of front lamps. Position of obligatory front lamps. Restriction on the nature of lamps to be carried. Multi-purpose lamps and combined lamps and reflectors. Restriction of movement, etc. of lamps. Markings of electric bulbs in front lamps and of front sealed beam lamps. Obligatory headlamps. Headlamps to be carried by vehicles with 2 or 3 wheels. Headlamps to be carried by vehicles with 4 or more wheels. Single units for obligatory front and headlamps. Requirements for every obligatory headlamp. Requirements for every matched pair of obligatory headlamps. Colour of headlamp beams. Obligatory rear lamps. Seventh Schedule. Character of obligatory rear lamps. Reversing lamps. Obligatory reflectors. Eighth Schedule. Character of reflectors. Front corner marker lamps. Side marker lamps. Character of front corner and side marker lamps. Amber lamps on certain vehicles. Blue lamps for ambulance vehicles. Lamps for illuminating accident and breakdown scenes. Ninth Scheduel. Stop lamps. Tenth Schedule. Maintenance of direction indicators and stop lamps. Hazard warning device. Application. Fitting of rear markings. Eleventh Schedule. Alternative provision for fitting of rear markings. Eleventh Schedule. Offences. Transitional provisions. Tenth Schedule. (Cap. 220, sub. leg.) Twelfth Schedule. (cap. 220, sub. leg.) (Cap. 220, sub. leg.) Twelfth Schedule Revocation (Cap. 220, sub. leg) Brakers. Wheels. Drives's accommodation. Placing of driver's seat. Safety glass. Windscreen wiper. Stop lights. Turning circle. Steps. Steps in case of doublke-decked omnibuses. Number and position of entrances and exits. Width of entrances and exits. Width of entrances on light buses. Doors. Emergency exit. Acces to exits. Width of gangways. Height of gangways. Seats. Step wells. Safety glass. Side windows. Driver's accommodation. Steering pillar. Driver's seat. Taximeter. Construction of taximeter. Sealing and testing of taximeters. Lighting of taximeter.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3398

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

102
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:37 +0800
<![CDATA[ROAD TRAFFIC ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3397

Title

ROAD TRAFFIC ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

ROAD TRAFFIC ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 374





CHAPTER 374

ROAD TRAFFIC ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1........................................Short title 7
2........................................Interpretation 7
3........................................Application to Crown 14
4........................................Application of Ordinance to trams 14
4A.......................................Application of Ordinance to village vehicles 14
4B.......................................(Repealed) 15

PART II

REGULATIONS

5. International agreements .............15
6. Regulation of registration and licensing of vehicles 16
7. Regulation ofpublic service vehicles .18
8. Regulation of driving licences .......19
9. Regulation of construction and maintenance of vehicles 20
10. Regulation of specified safety equipment 21
11. Regulation of traffic ................21
12. Regulation of parking of vehicles ....23
12A.......................................Regulation of village vehicles 23
13. Provision for the Commissioner and others to act and charge fees, and for
absolute liability ...................25
14. Onus of proof in certain cases .......25
14A....................................Transitional provisions in regulations -- 25
15. Penalties under the regulations ......25

PART III

TRANSPORT TRIBUNALS

16.......................................Transport Tribunals' panel 26
17.......................................Appointment of Transport Tribunals 26
18.......................................Legal adviser to a Transport Tribunal 26





Section................................... Page
19. Powers of Transport Tribunal .........26
20. Practice and procedure of Transport Tribunal 27

PART IV

REGISTRATION AND LICENSING OF VEMCLES

21.......................................Classification of vehicles 27
22.......................................Registration and licensing 27
23.......................................Power to regulate the number of vehicles registered 28
24.......................................Power to refuse registration 28
25.......................................Power to refuse or cancel licence and to impose conditions in respect of taxis 29
26.......................................Trailers and rickshaws 30
27.......................................Passenger service licence 30
28. Matters to be taken into account in considering an application for a passenger
service licence ...................31
29. Commissioner's power to refuse an application for a passenger service licence 32
30. Inquiry where passenger service licence is contravened 32
31. Commissioner's power to cancel, suspend or vary a passenger service licence 33
32. Effective date of a cancellation, suspension or variation 33
33. Right of review of Commissioner's determination under section 24, 25, 26, 29
or 31 ................................33
34.......................................Practice and procedure on review 34
35.......................................Determination of review 34

PART V

TRAFFIC OFFENCES

36.......................................Causing death by reckless driving 35
37.......................................Reckless driving 35
38.......................................Careless driving 36
39.......................................Driving a motor vehicle under the influence of drink or drugs 36
40.......................................Speed limit 37
41.......................................Driving in excess of speed limit 38
42.......................................Driving without a licence, etc . 38
43.......................................Enforcement powers of a police officer or the Commissioner 38
44.......................................Offence of obtaining licence, or driving, while disqualified 39
45.......................................Reckless cycling 40
46.......................................Careless cycling 40
47.......................................Cycling, etc. when under the influence of drink or drugs 40
48. Offences by pedestrians................................................................................................ 41





Section................................... Page
49. Tampering with motor vehicles ........41
50. Interfering with traffic signs or road markings 41
51. Prohibition of unauthorized signs or markings 41

PART VI

USE, SALE AND HIRE OF VEHICLES
52.......................................Restriction on the use of vehicles 42
53.......................................Prohibition of sale, hire etc. of vehicles not complying with regulations 43
54.......................................Restriction on hire and riding of cycles 44
55.......................................Restriction on motor racing and speed trials 45
PART VII
ACCIDENTS
56.......................................Duty to stop in case of accidents 45
57.......................................Preservation of evidence of serious accidents 46

PART VIII

ENFORCEMENT

58.......................................Appointment of traffic wardens 47
59.......................................Provisions applicable to traffic wardens 48
60.......................................Power of police to stop vehicles 48
61.......................................Penalty for neglect of traffic directions 48
61A......................................Drivers of vehicles of the North-west Railway to obey police directions in
emergency ............................48
62.......................................Penalty for obstruction 49
63.......................................Obligation to give certain information 49
64.......................................Proof in summary proceedings of identity of driver 51
65.......................................Provision of weigh-bridges and weighing of motor vehicles etc . 51
66.......................................Power to test for excessive smoke 51
67.......................................Power to seize document, vehicle licence or registration mark 52
68.......................................Notice of intention to prosecute for certain offences 53
69.......................................Disqualification on conviction of certain offences 53
70.......................................Re-testing of drivers 54
71.......................................Notification and effect of, and appeal against, disqualification 55
72.......................................Removal of disqualification 56
73.......................................Evidence by certificate 56
74.......................................Certificate as to registered owner of vehicle or holder of driving licence 57
75.......................................Proof of matters relating to previous convictions 58





Section................................... Page
76. Service ......................................................................... 59
77. Exemptions of fire engines, etc. from speed limits and traffic lights 59
PART IX
EXAMINATION OF MOTOR VEHICLES
78. Examination of motor vehicles in connection with registration etc . 60
79. Examination orders for examination of motor vehicles 61
80. Examination of motor vehicle on road by police officer and removal to vehicle
examination centre or police station 61
81. Powers of vehicle examiner on examination of motor vehicle 62
82. Vehicle not in accordance with particulars in register, form of application for
registration or notice of transfer ................................................................ 63
83. Vehicle not roadworthy or not in accordance with the Ordinance or
conditions of vehicle licence ......................... : 63
84. Suspension of vehicle licence orders 64
85. Repair orders .......................64
86. Fees ................................65
87. Forfeiture and disposal .............65
88. Vehicle examiners and vehicle examination centre 66

PART IXA
L~;r '400s 'Hfe,46-1
EXAMINATION OF PRIVATE CARYT CAR TESTING CENTRES

88A......................................Interpretation 66
88B......................................Examination of private cars before licensing 66
88C......................................Authorized car testing centres 67
881).....................................Revocation of designation 68
88E......................................Termination of designation 69
88F......................................Ancillary powers of Commissioner 69
88G......................................Power to enter and inspect records, equipment, etc . 70
8811.....................................Amendment of Schedule 8 70
881......................................Protection of Crown and public officers 70

PART IXB

DESIGNATED DRIVING SCHOOLS

88J......................................Interpretation 70
88K......................................Authorized driving school 71
88L......................................Revocation of designation 72
88M..............................Termination of designation ................... 73





Section................................... Page
88N.......................................Ancillary powers of the Commissioner 73
880.......................................Power to enter and inspect 74
88P.......................................Amendment of Schedule 9 74
88Q.......................................Protection of Crown and public officers 74

PART X

SUSPENSION OF LICENCES OF MOTOR VE1ECLES

89.......................................Interpretation in this Part 74
90.......................................Notice of intention to suspend on the conviction of a driver 75
91.......................................Hearing to show cause why vehicle licence should not be suspended 75
92.......................................Decision of Tribunal 76
93. Suspension of vehicle licence and delivery of vehicle into custody of
Commissioner .........................76
94. Penalty payable if vehicle not delivered into custody 77
95. Seizure and removal of vehicle .......77
96. Forfeiture and disposal of vehicle ...78
97. Record and certificate of alleged offences 79
98. Commissioner of Police to supply information for the record 79
99. Removal of registration mark from the record 79
100.......................................Application of sections 90 to 96 79
101.......................................Service of notices 80
102.......................................Amendment of Schedule 4 80

PART X1

REMOVAL, DETENTION AND DISPOSAL OF VElfiCLES

103.......................................Removal of vehicles 80
104.......................................Detention of vehicles 81
105.......................................Vehicles returned to owner 81
106.......................................Disposal of unclaimed vehicles 81
107.......................................Disposal of abandoned vehicles 81
108.......................................Application of Part XI 82

PART XII

MISCELLANEOUS

109.......................................Road users' code and codes of practice 82
110.......................................Variation of traffic signs and road markings 83
ill.......................................Forgery of documents 83
112.......................................Power of Governor to give directions to Commissioner, etc . 85





Section..................................... Page
113.............................Transitional provisions 85
113A...........Transitional privision regarding public and private buses 85
114........................Minor and consequential amendments 85
115...............................(Has had its effect) 85

PART XIII

PRIVATE ROADS

116................This Part not to apply to certain private roads 86
117...................Application of Ordinance to private roads 86
118..................Application of regulations to private roads 86
119..Proof of certain offences which apply to private roads as they apply to roads 87
120....................................Defence 87
121.....................Regulation of parking on private roads 88

Schedule 1........................Classes of vehicle 89
Schedule 2..............................Forms 90
Schedule 3...............Fees for motor vehicle examinations 92
Schedule 4.Offences and periods for which the licence of a motor vehicle may be
suspended ...........................93
Schedule 5...................Storage and removal charges 93
Schedule 6.....................Transitional provisions 93
Schedule 7................Minor and consequential amendments 94
Schedule 8..........Requirements applicable to car testing centres 94
Schedule 9......Requirements applicable to designated driving schools 95





CHAPTER 374

ROAD TRAFFIC

To provide for the regulation of road traffic and the use of vehicles and roads
(including private roads) and for other purposes connected therewith.
(Amended 80 of 1988 s. 2)

[25 August 19841 L.N. 294 of 1984

Originally 75 of 1982 - 50 of 1983, 65 of 1983, L.N. 100 of 1984, 20 of 1984, 38 of 1984, 66 of 1984,
L.N. 21 of 1985, L.N. 94 of 1985, 65 of 1985, 66 of 1985, R. Ed. 1985, L.N. 127 of 1986, 31 of
1986, 43 of 1986, 56 of 1986, 46 of 1987 47 of 1987 66 of 1987, 36 ol 1988, 80 of 1988, 89 of
1988, 22 of 1989, 27 of 1989, 50 of 1989, ~~ of 1989, ~ ifp~ 4~2Z~WC~ cm~U-/?

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title

This Ordinance may be cited as the Road Traffic Ordinance.

2. Interpretation

In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-
'bicycle' means a vehicle with 2 wheels designed and constructed to be
propelled by the use of pedals;
'bus' means a motor vehicle constructed or adapted for the carriage of more
than 16 passengers and their personal effects; (Amended89 of 1988s.2)
'Commissioner' means the Commissioner for Transport;
'conductor' in relation to a bus includes any person, other than the driver, who
is employed-
(a) to be in charge of, or to guide, passengers on the bus; or
(b) as an inspector of any service provided by the bus;
'disqualified' means disqualified under this Ordinance from holding or
obtaining a driving licence and 'disqualification' shall be construed
accordingly;
'domestic driving permit' and 'domestic driving licence' in relation to a place
outside Hong Kong mean a document issued under the law of that place
authorizing the driver to drive motor vehicles or a specified class or
description of motor vehicles in that place;





'driver', in relation to any vehicle (other than a rickshaw), vehicle of the
North-west Railway, or tram, means any person who is in charge of or
assisting in the control of it and, in relation to a rickshaw, means any
person pulling a rickshaw; (Amended46of 1987s. 2)
'driver operated village vehicle' means a motor vehicle having an overall length
not exceeding 3.2 m and an overall width not exceeding 1.2 m constructed
or adapted primarily for the carriage of goods on roads in rural areas or
areas inaccessible or closed to other motor vehicles, in addition to the
carriage of a driver only; (Added 31 of 1986 s. 2)
'driving licence' means a driving licence issued under this Ordinance;
'educational institution' means-
(a)any institution, organization or place which provides, or where
there is provided, for 10 or more persons during any one day,
whether or not at the same time, kindergarten, primary,
secondary or post secondary education or any other educational
course which is either---
(i) registered as a school under the Education Ordinance (Cap.
279); or
(ii) exempted from registration as a school under the Education
Ordinance (Cap. 279);
(b)any post secondary college registered under the Post Secondary
Colleges Ordinance (Cap. 320);
(c)the University of Hong Kong referred to in the University of
Hong Kong Ordinance (Cap. 1053);
(d)the Chinese University of Hong Kong established under the
Chinese University of Hong Kong Ordinance (Cap. 1109);
(e)the Hong Kong Polytechnic established under the Hong Kong
Polytechnic Ordinance (Cap. 1075);
(f)the Hong Kong Baptist College established by the Hong Kong
Baptist College Ordinance (Cap. 1126); (Added50 of 1983
s.34)
(g)the City Polytechnic of Hong Kong established by the City
Polytechnic of Hong Kong Ordinance (Cap. 1132); (Added 65
of 1983 s. 25)
(h)The Hong Kong Academy for Performing Arts established by
The Hong Kong Academy for Performing Arts Ordinance (Cap.
1135); (Added38 of 1984s. 28)
(i)The Hong Kong University of Science and Technology
established by The Hong Kong University of Science and
Technology Ordinance (Cap. 1141); (Added 47 of 1987 s. 25)
(j)The Open Learning Institute of Hong Kong established by The
Open Learning Institute of Hong Kong Ordinance (Cap. 1145);
(Added 22 of 1989 Schedule 2)





'golf carC means a motor vehicle having an overall length not exceeding
3.2 m and an overall width not exceeding 1.2 m constructed or intended for
use for the carriage of passengers on golf courses, in addition to the
carriage of a driver; (Added80of 1988s.3)
'goods' includes burden of any description;
'goods vehicle' means a motor vehicle, or trailer, which is constructed or
adapted for use primarily for the carriage of goods, but does not include-
(a)a motor tricycle or a motor cycle with or without a sidecar
attached thereto; or
(b) a village vehicle; (Replaced 31 of 1986 s. 2)
'gross vehicle weight', in relation to a vehicle, means the sum of the weights
transmitted to the road surface by all the wheels of the vehicle and
includes, in the case of a trailer, any weight of the trailer imposed on the
drawing vehicle, and the 'permitted gross vehicle weight' of a vehicle
means the maximum gross vehicle weight assigned or determined in respect
of the vehicle in accordance with regulations made under this Ordinance;
(Amended 66 of 1985 s. 2)
'heavy goods vehicle' means a goods vehicle having a permitted gross vehicle
weight exceeding 24 tonnes but not exceeding 38 tonnes;
'hire car permit' means a permit issued in accordance with this Ordinance
authorizing the use of a private car for the carriage of passengers for hire
or reward;
'international driving permit' means an international driving permit issued
under the authority of a country other than Hong Kong which is a party to
an international agreement for the time being in force in respect of Hong
Kong;
'invalid carriage' means a motor vehicle especially designed and constructed
for the sole use of a person suffiering from physical defects or disabilities;
'kindergarten education' has the meaning assigned to it by section 3 of the
Education Ordinance (Cap. 279);
'light bus' means a motor vehicle having a permitted gross vehicle weight not
exceeding 4 tonnes which is constructed or adapted for use solely for the
carriage of a driver and not more than 16 passengers and their personal
effects, but does not include an invalid carriage, motor cycle, motor
tricycle, private car or taxi; (Amended 89 of 1988 s. 2)
'light goods vehicle' means a goods vehicle having a permitted gross vehicle
weight not exceeding 5.5 tonnes;
'medium goods vehicle' means a goods vehicle having a permitted gross vehicle
weight exceeding 5.5 tonnes but not exceeding 24 tonnes;
44motor cycle' means a two-wheeled motor vehicle with or without a sidecar;
&tmotor tricycle' means a three-wheeled motor vehicle other than-
(a) a motor cycle with a sidecar; and
(b) a village vehicle;(Replaced 31 of 1986 s. 2)





'motor vehicle' means any mechanically propelled vehicle;
'North-west Railway' means the North-west Railway within the meaning
of the Kowloon-Canton Railway Corporation Ordinance (Cap. 372);
(Added 56 of 1986 s. 26)
,,overall length' and 'overall width' in relation to a vehicle, shall have the
meanings assigned to them respectively by regulations made under section
9; (Added 31 of 1986 s. 2)
,,owner', in relation to-
(a)a private road, means the person who under common law has the
right to restrict access by the public to that road; and
(b)a vehicle, includes the person in whose name the vehicle is
registered or a village vehicle permit is issued, and the person by
whom a vehicle is kept and used and, in relation to a vehicle
which is the subject of a hiring agreement or hire purchase
agreement, means the person in possession of the vehicle under
the agreement; (Replaced 80 of 1988 s. 3)
'parking place' means a place designated by the Commissioner under this
Ordinance as a parking place;
IGpassenger' in relation to a vehicle means any person carried in or on it other
than any driver or conductor of it;
'passenger service licence' means a licence to operate a passenger service issued
under this Ordinance;
'pedestrian controlled village vehicle' means a motor vehicle controlled by a
pedestrian. having an overall length not exceeding 3.2 m and an overall
width not exceeding 1.2 m, constructed or adapted primarily for the
carriage of goods on roads in rural areas or areas inaccessible or closed to
other motor vehicles, and not constructed or adapted for the carriage of a
driver or any passenger; (Added31 of 1986s.2)
'personal efrects' means goods which are the property of the driver of a motor
vehicle or any passenger carried therein;
'post secondary education' has the meaning assigned to it by section 3 of the
Education Ordinance (Cap. 279);
'primary education' has the meaning assigned to it by section 3 of the
Education Ordinance (Cap. 279);
'private bus- means a bus used or intended for use-
(a) otherwise than for hire or reward; or
(b) for the carriage of passengers who are exclusively-
(i) the students, teachers and employees of an educational
institution; or
(ii) disabled persons and persons assisting them,
whether or not for hire or reward;
14private car' means a motor vehicle constructed or adapted for use solely for
the carriage of a driver and not more than 7 passengers and their personal





efflects but does not include an invalid carriage, motor cycle, motor tricycle
or taxi;
'private light bus' means a light bus used or intended for use-
(a) otherwise than for hire or reward; or
(b) for the carriage of persons who are exclusively---
(i)the students, teachers and employees of an educational
institution; or
(ii) disabled persons and persons assisting them,
whether or not for hire or reward;
'private road' means every thoroughfare, street, lane, alley, court, square, car
park, passage, path, way and place to which access by the public may be
restricted under common law, irrespective of whether such access is so
restricted, but does not include-
(a)any place within the Hong Kong Airport designated by the
Director of Civil Aviation as a car park under the Hong Kong
Airport (Traffic) Regulations (Cap. 292 sub. leg.); or
(b)any part of the carriageway of the North-west Railway
designated by the Commissioner for the purposes of the
definition of 'road' in this section by notice in the Gazette;
(Added 80 of 1988 s. 3)
'public bus' means a bus, other than any private bus, which is used or intended
for use for hire or reward;
'public light bus' means a light bus, other than any private light bus, which is
used or intended for use for hire or reward;
'public service vehicle' means any motor vehicle registered as a public bus,
public light bus or taxi, or as a private car in respect of which a hire car
permit is in force;
'register', when used as a verb, includes 're-register';
'register', when used as a noun, means the register of vehicles maintained
under this Ordinance;
'registered' means registered under this Ordinance;
'registered owner' means the person registered as owner of a vehicle under this
Ordinance;
'registration document' means the book or document which relates to the
registration of a motor vehicle in the register and which is required to be
issued to the registered owner under this Ordinance;
'registration mark' means the registration mark assigned or deemed to be
assigned, or the special registration mark assigned or allocated, to a vehicle
under this Ordinance;
'repealed Ordinance' means the repealed Road Traffic Ordinance (Cap. 220,
1979 Ed.);
'road' includes every highway, thoroughfare, street, lane, alley, court, square,
car park, passage, path, way and place to which the public have access





either continuously or intermittently, whether or not the same is the
property of the Crown, and includes the carriageway of the North-west
Railway, but does not include any private road, any place within the Hong
Kong Airport designated by the Director of Civil Aviation as a car park
under the Hong Kong Airport (Traffic) Regulations (Cap. 292 sub. leg.) or
any part of the carriageway of the North-west Railway designated by the
Commissioner for the purposes of this definition by notice in the Gazette;
(Amended 56 of 1986 s. 26; 46 of 1987 s. 2; 80 of 1988 s. 3)
'road hump' means a hump placed transversely across the carriageway of a
road for the purpose of regulating the speed of vehicles being driven on
thatroad; (Added80of 1988s.3)
'road marking' means a line, word, mark or device placed on, or set into, the
surface of a road for conveying to persons using the road any warning,
information, requirement, restriction, prohibition or direction and includes
a road hump, but does not include a road marking within the meaning of
section121; (Amended80of 1988s.3)
'roadworthy' in relation to any motor vehicle means that the vehicle is suitable
and safe for use for any of the purposes for which it may lawfully be used,
having regard, to the class or any division of the class of motor vehicle
within which-
(a) application has been made to register the vehicle; or
(b) the vehicle is registered, or is required to be registered,
as the case may be;
',school crossing patroP' means any person authorized to act as a school
crossing patrol pursuant to regulations made under section 11;
'secondary education' has the meaning assigned to it by section 3 of the
Education Ordinance (Cap. 279);
'semi-trailer' means any trailer designed, constructed or adapted to be coupled
to a motor vehicle in such a way that part of it rests on the motor vehicle
and that a substantial part of its weight and of the weight of its load is
borne by the motor vehicle;
IGspecial purpose vehicle' means a motor vehicle designed, constructed or
adapted primarily for a use other than the carriage on a road of goods, the
driver or passengers;
G1special reasons' means special reasons relating to the offence, and in
exceptional circumstances special reasons relating to-
(a) the offender; and
(b)to such other circumstance that the court may consider to be
relevant;
'specially authorized vehicle examiner' means a person authorized under
section 88(1)(b) to issue suspension of vehicle licence orders;
'standing or plying for hire' means, in respect of any vehicle, being on any
road, whether in motion or stationary, and exhibiting any sign or signal, or





having a person who is exhibiting any sign or signal or who in any other
way indicates, that the vehicle or any portion of it is available for hire
whether on a predetermined route or otherwise;
',student' means any person who is attending an educational institution for the
purpose of pursuing a course of education;
'taxi' means a motor vehicle which is registered as a taxi under this Ordinance;
'taximeter' means any appliance for measuring the time or distance for which a
taxi is used, or for measuring both time and distance, or for recording the
fare by time or distance or by a combination of time and distance, which is
for the time being approved for the purpose by the Commissioner;
'teacher' means any person employed at an educational institution for the
purpose of instructing students;
'traffic sign' means a sign, object or device for conveying to persons using
a road any warning, information, direction, requirement, restriction or
prohibition, but does not include a sign within the meaning of section 121;
(Amended 80 of 1988 s. 3)
'traffic warden' means a person appointed as traffic warden or a senior traffic
warden under section 58;
'trailer' means a vehicle which is not mechanically propelled and is towed or
intended for towing by a motor vehicle, including any semi~trailer or draw
bar trailer;
'tram' includes all electrically powered vehicles and trailers constructed for use
on a tramway;
'Transport TribunaP' means a Transport Tribunal appointed under section 17;
4'tricycle' means a vehicle with 3 wheels propelled by the use of pedals;
,'vehicle' means any vehicle whether or not mechanically propelled which is
constructed or adapted for use on roads but does not include a vehicle of
the North-west Railway or a tram; (Amended46of 1987s. 2)
'vehicle examination centre' means a place designated as a vehicle examination
centre under section 88(2);
44vehicle examiner' means a person appointed as a vehicle examiner under
section 88(1)(a);
'vehicle licence' means a licence issued in respect of a vehicle in accordance
with regulations made under section 6;
'vehicle of the North-west Railway' means a light rail vehicle including a
vehicle used for maintenance purposes operated along and by means of the
rails ofthe North-west Railway; (Added46of 1987s. 2'village vehicle' means-
(a) a driver operated village vehicle;
(b) a pedestrian controlled village vehicle; or
(e) a golf cart; (Replaced 80 of 1988 s. 3)
'village vehicle permit' means a permit issued in respect of a village vehicle in
accordance with regulations made under section 12A.(Added37of 1986s.2)





3. Application to Crown

(1) Subject to section 4A, Parts V, VII, VIII, XII and XIII (except section
121) shall apply to vehicles and persons in the public service of the Crown and
for the purpose of proceedings for an offence in connection with any such
vehicle against any person other than the driver of the vehicle the person
nominated in that behalf by the department in whose service the vehicle is used
shall be deemed to be the person actually responsible unless it is shown to
the satisfaction of the court or magistrate that only the driver was responsible.
[cf. 1930 c. 43 s. 121(2) U.K.]
(2) Any regulations made in exercise of the powers conferred by sections
6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 12A and 121 may be expressed to apply to vehicles and
persons in the public service of the Crown in the same manner as Parts V, VII,
VIII, XII and XIII are applied by subsection (1) subject to such modifications
and exceptions as may be specified in the regulations.
(Amended 31 of 1986 s. 3; 80 of 1988 s. 4)

4. Application of Ordinance to trams

(1) Sections 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 56, 57, 60, 61, 63 and 64 shall apply to
trams and to vehicles of the North-west Railway and sections 56, 57, 63 and
64 shall apply to vehicles of the North-west Railway on any part of the
carriageway of the North-west Railway that is not a road in the same way as
those sections apply in relation to vehicles on roads.
(2) Any regulations made in exercise of the powers conferred by sections
7 and 11 may be expressed to apply to trams or to vehicles of the North-west
Railway and may also be expressed to apply in relation to any part of the
carriageway of the North-west Railway specified in the regulations, subject to
such modifications and exceptions as may be specified in the regulations.
(Amended 56 of 1986 s. 26,-46 of 1987 s. 3)

4A. Application of Ordinance to village vehicles

(1) Except to the extent specified in subsections (2), (2A) and (3) or where
it is otherwise expressly provided, this Ordinance shall not apply to village
vehicles. (Amended80of 1988s. 5)
(2) Parts 1, VII, and X1 and sections 12A (together with any regulations
made under that section), 36(1), (3) and (4), 37(1) and (3), 38, 39(1), 49, 53, 60,
61, 62, 63 (other than provisions relating to driving licences and disqualification
except as provided by subsection (M) ), 64, 65, 67, 68, 73, 76, 111 and 112, and
Schedules 2 and 5 shall apply to and in relation to village vehicles. (Amended
80 of 1988 s. 5)
(M) The provisions of this Ordinance relating to driving licences and
disqualification shall apply to and in relation to-





(a)driving licences specified in regulations made under section
12A(I)(da)(ii); and
(b) persons holding such specified driving licences,
as if a golf cart were a vehicle of the class of vehicle which may be driven on
a road by a person by virtue of being the holder of such a specified driving
licence. (Added 80 of 1988 s. 5)
. (3) Any regulations made in exercise of the powers conferred by section
9, 10, 11 or 12 may be expressed to apply to village vehicles subject to such
modifications and exceptions as may be specified in the regulations.
(4) In the application of any provision of this Ordinance to or in relation
to a village vehicle a reference in the provision-
(a)to a registered owner or a person in whose name the vehicle is
registered shall be construed as a reference to the holder of a
village vehicle permit in respect of the vehicle;
(b)to the address of a registered owner shall be construed as a
reference to the last known address of the village vehicle permit
holder.
(Added 31 of 1986 s. 4)

4B. (Repealed 46 of 1987s. 4)

PART 11

REGULATIONS

5. International agreements

(1) For the purpose of enabling effect to be given to any international
agreement for the time being in force in respect of Hong Kong, the Governor in
Council may make regulations for the following purposes-
(a)the issue and authentication of permits, certificates or other
documents relating to vehicles or the drivers of vehicles which
may be required for the purposes of travel outside Hong Kong by
persons resident in Hong Kong; and
(b)the use of vehicles brought temporarily into Hong Kong by
persons resident outside Hong Kong and the use of such vehicles
by persons so resident who are temporarily in Hong Kong.
(2) Any regulation made under this section may provide for-
(a)any matter appearing to the Governor in Council to be incidental
to or connected with the matters regulated by any such
international agreement;





(b)the extension of any privilege conferred by the regulations to
persons resident outside Hong Kong who are temporarily in
Hong Kong but are not entitled thereto by virtue of any
such international agreement, or in respect of vehicles brought
temporarily into Hong Kong by such persons, being persons or
vehicles satisfying such conditions as may be specified in the
regulations; and
(e)the payment in respect of such documents as are mentioned
in subsection (1)(a) of such fees as appear to the Governor in
Council to be appropriate having regard to any service performed
in connection therewith under the regulations.
[cf. 1952 e. 39 s. 1 U.K.]

6. Regulation of registration and licensing of vehicles

The Governor in Council may make regulations to provide for-
(a)the registration of vehicles within any class specified in Schedule 1
and the transfer and cancellation of registration;
(aa) empowering the Commissioner to assign, on registering or
licensing any vehicle, a permitted gross vehicle weight in respect
of that vehicle; (Added 66 of 1985 s. 3)
(ab) validating the assignment of a permitted gross vehicle weight
assigned to a vehicle on or after 25 August 1984 and prior to the
commencement of any regulations made under paragraph (aa);
(Added 66 of 1985 s. 3)
(b)the licensing of vehicles for use on roads and the issue, renewal,
transfer and variation of licences and the circumstances in which
a vehicle may be exempt from licensing;
(c)empowering the Commissioner to license taxis by calling
for tenders on payment of a premium, and for the payment of
deposits and the forfeiture of deposits in specified circumstances;
(d)the issue, use and surrender of fiscal permits, registration
and licensing documents, international certificates, international
circulation permits and other documents, and registration marks,
for Hong Kong vehicles going overseas and.for overseas vehicles
coming to Hong Kong;
(e)the maintenance of a register of motor vehicles and the issue of
extracts therefrom;
(f)the assignment or allocation at the discretion of the
Commissioner, or the allocation and sale by auction, tender, or at
a special fee, not exceeding $1,000, of special registration marks;
(g)controlling, restricting or prohibiting the transfer of registration
marks and special registration marks;





(h) specifying the numbers and letters and numbers which shall be
special registration marks for the purposes of this Ordinance;
(i) empowering the Commissioner to allocate upon sale by auc-
tion or at a special fee not exceeding $1,000, any unassigned
registration mark, not being a special registration mark,
which has been requested by any person and which the
Commissioner considers is suitable for allocation in such a
manner;
(j) the issue, use and cancellation of trade licences and trade plates;
(k) notification to the Commissioner of alterations to vehicles and of
the breaking up, destruction or export of vehicles;
(1) notification to the Commissioner of transfer of ownership of
vehicles and of changes of particulars recorded in the register;
(m) the issue, display on vehicles, surrender and cancellation of-
(i) registration marks;
(ii) vehicle licences, licence certificates and permits;
(iii) certificates of fitness; and
(iv)any other means of identification or information relating to
the vehicle;
(n) keeping a register of journeys made by motor vehicles in use
under a trade licence;
(o) making the registration and licensing of public service vehicles, or
of any type of public service vehicle, subject to tender or a special
fee;
(p) the Commissioner to impose conditions on vehicle licences with
regard to-
(i) the places where, and the times when, a vehicle may be used;
(ii) the number of passengers that may be carried and the
manner in which they may be carried;
(iii) the manner in which a vehicle may be used;
(iv) the amount or type of goods that may be carried and the
manner in which such goods may be carried;
(v) the type of trailer that may be towed;
(vi) the type of driving licence which must be held for driving a
vehicle;
(q) the issue of permits with or without conditions to allow for-
(i) the movement of unregistered and unlicensed vehicles;
(ii) the carriage of passengers or goods otherwise than as
permitted by the vehicle licence;
(iii)the movement of vehicles on roads closed to general traffic;
and
(iv) the use of vehicles for advertising,
and the cancellation of such permits;





(r)the issue of duplicates of any document issued under this
Ordinance;
(s)the fees that may be charged for registration, licensing, permits,
certificates of fitness and extracts from the register and the
waiving, exemption, reduction or refund of fees; and
(t)generally carrying into effect the provisions of this Ordinance
relating to the registration and licensing of vehicles.

7. Regulation of public service vehicles

(1) The Governor in Council may make regulations to provide for-
(a)controlling the use of public service vehicles, their equipment and
apparatus;
(b) the powers of authorized persons to regulate and control-
(i) the driving and use of public service vehicles; and
(ii)the conduct of persons using such vehicles including drivers,
conductors, passengers and intending passengers;
(c)the arrest and detention of persons who commit, or are suspected
of having committed, offences under the regulations;
(d)controlling or prohibiting the carriage of goods and dangerous
items in public service vehicles;
(e)controlling or prohibiting the carriage of animals and birds in
public service vehicles;
the wearing of uniforms and insignia by drivers and other
persons employed by owners or operators of public service
vehicles;
(g)controlling the conduct of persons using or intending to use
public service vehicles and persons employed by the owners or
operators of public service vehicles;
(h)the designation and use of places where public service vehicles
may stand or stop to pick up or set down passengers and the
traffic signs and road markings pertaining thereto;
(i)the fares which may be charged on any public service vehicle
other than buses operated under a franchise granted under the
Public Bus Services Ordinance (Cap. 230) and the fees which may
be charged for the hire of a public service vehicle;
(j)the display of destination boards, notices and advertisements on
public service vehicles;
(k)the control and disposal of property lost on public service
vehicles;
(1)the issue, by ballot or otherwise, amendment and cancellation of
passenger service licences in respect of public buses, private buses
and public light buses, and the review by a Transport Tribunal of





any decision of the Commissioner to amend any such licence;
(Amended 36 of 1988 s. 2)
(m)the issue, refusal to issue and cancellation by the Commissioner
of permits authorizing the use of private cars for the carriage of
passengers for hire or reward, the limitation by him of the
number of such permits that may be issued for any particular
type of hire car service, and the review by a Transport Tribunal
of any decision of the Commissioner to refuse to issue or to
cancel any such permit; and
(n)generally carrying into effect the provisions of this Ordinance
relating to public service vehicles.
(IA) Regulations made under this section may empower the
Commissioner to specify by notice published in the Gazette requirements as
to-
(a) the design, construction, size, colour and form of,
(b)without afFecting the generality of paragraph (a), the size and
colour of any letters or characters in; and
(c) the position in which to display,
any destination indicator, notice, sign or insignia required for the purposes of
such regulations. (Added 54 of 1989 s. 2)
(2) Where any regulation is made providing for the issue of hire car
permits, the Commissioner may in his discretion-
(a)in issuing any such permit, give priority to any person or class of
persons;
(b)determine, in accordance with any such regulation, by lot any
applications for the issue of such permits;
(c)limit the number of such permits which may be issued to any
person or class of persons.

8.(!) Regulation of driving licences

The Governor in Council may make regulations to provide for-
(a)the issue, renewal, variation, cancellation or withholding of, and
imposing of conditions on, driving licences, international driving
permits and driving instructors' licences;
(b)the maintenance of a register of driving licences, permits and
penalties incurred by the holders of driving licences;
(c)the instruction and testing of persons applying for or holding
driving licences and driving instructors' licences;
(d)the amendment by the Governor by order published in the
Gazette of any provision made under this section specifying
countries as countries the holders of whose driving certificates or
licences are exempt from the requirement to take a driving test;





(e)the control of holders of international driving permits and
overseas domestic driving licences and permits;
(f)the fees to be charged in respect of any licence or permit granted
to any person to drive a vehicle of a particular class or to instruct
other persons to drive vehicle; and
(g) the waiving, exemption, reduction or refund of fees.

9. Regulation of construction and
maintenance of vehicles

(1) The Governor in Council may make regulations generally as to
the construction and maintenance of vehicles, and their equipment, and in
particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, may make
regulations with respect to-
(a)the width, height and length of vehicles and the load carried
thereby, the diameter of wheels, and the width, nature and
condition of tyres of vehicles;
(b)the emission by vehicles of smoke, fumes, vapour, sparks and
grit;
(c) noise from vehicles;
(d) the weight of vehicles;
(e)the colour, markings and displaying of signs and advertisements
on vehicles;
(f)the number and nature of brakes to be fitted, and for ensuring
that brakes, silencers and steering mechanism shall be efficient
and kept in proper working order;
(g)the appliances to be fitted for signalling the approach of a
vehicle, or enabling the driver of a vehicle to become aware of the
approach of another vehicle from the rear, or for intimating any
intended change of speed or direction of a vehicle, and the use of
any such appliance, and for securing that they shall be efficient
and kept in proper working order;
(h) lighting equipment and reflectors to be fitted;
(i)the fitting, construction, operation and inspection of taximeters;
(Replaced 66 of 1984 s. 2)
(ia)the design and construction of any vehicle intended for use as a
private bus, a private light bus, a public bus, or a public light bus;
and (Added 66 of 1984 s. 2)
(j)the construction and maintenance of public service vehicles
including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing,
the construction and maintenance of doors, entrances and exits,
steps, handrails, floors, gangways, platforms, lighting, seating,
ventilation, drivers' accommodation, luggage racks and shelves
and electrical equipment and instruments.





(2) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1) regulations under
this section with respect to lighting equipment and reflectors may require that
lamps be kept lit at such times and in such circumstances as may be specified in
the regulations.
(3) Different regulations may be made under this section as respects
different classes of vehicles or as respects the same class of vehicles in different
circumstances and vehicles or classes of vehicles may be exempted from all or
any of the regulations so made.
[cf. 1972 c. 20 s. 40 U.K.]

10. Regulation of specified safety equipment

(1) The Governor in Council may make regulations permitting or
requiring the provision or use of specified safety equipment by persons driving,
riding in or on, or using, any class of vehicle and controlling the sale, hire or
possession of specified safety equipment.
(2) Regulations made under subsection (1) may provide for the entry by
police officers of premises in which it is reasonably believed that specified safety
equipment not complying with the regulations is held for sale or hire, for the
purpose of searching for and seizing such equipment.
(3) In this section 'specified safety equipmenC means such equipment or
apparatus as is specified in subsection (4).
(4) The following shall be specified safety equipment for the purposes of
this section-
(a) crash helmets;
(b) safety belts and means of securing safety belts;
(c) fire fighting equipment.
(5) The Legislative Council may, by resolution, amend subsection (4).

11. Regulation of traffic

The Governor in Council may make regulations to provide for-
(a)the classification, design, colour, erection, placing, operation,
maintenance, alteration and removal of permanent, temporary
and variable traffic signs and road markings;
(aa) the imposing, whether by the Commissioner or otherwise, of
requirements on owners of private roads in relation to the
erection, placing, operation, maintenance, alteration and removal
of permanent, temporary and variable traffic signs and road
markings on or near such roads; (Added80of 1988s.6)
(ab)the Commissioner to cause any matter the subject of a
requirement referred to in paragraph (aa) imposed on the owner
of a private road to be done, and to recover from the owner as a
civil debt the cost thereof,(Added80 of 1988s.6)





(ac) the Commissioner to specify traffic signs and road markings
which may be erected or placed on or near any private road
without a permit issued under this Ordinance; (Added 80 of
1988s.6)
(b)prohibiting, controlling and restricting vehicular and pedes-
trian movements by or in relation to traffic signs or road
markings;
(c)prohibiting, controlling, restricting, directing or advising traffic
both vehicular and pedestrian and passengers conveyed upon
vehicular traffic;
(d)controlling and regulating the manner of driving and the
use of vehicles and the equipment and apparatus pertaining
thereto;
(e)controlling and regulating the use of roads and in particular
prohibiting either absolutely or during specified hours-
(i) the driving of any specified type or class of vehicle; and
(ii) the manner in which a motor vehicle of any type or class
may be used on a road;
(f) the towing of or drawing of vehicles by motor vehicles;
(g)controlling the manner of loading vehicles and securing of loads
on vehicles;
(h)the maximum weight to be transmitted to the road by a vehicle of
any class or by any part or parts of such a vehicle in contact with
the road, and the conditions under which the weights may be
tested;
(i)controlling the manner in which passengers may be carried in
vehicles and the number of passengers which may be carried
therein;
(j) the establishment and control of pedestrian crossings of any type;
(k) school crossing patrols, their powers and duties;
(1)exempting the Crown and any public officer from any liability for
damage or injury caused to a school crossing patrol or to any
person or to any thing arising from the actions of a school
crossing patrol;
(m)the imposing of standards for the use and operation of offence
detection equipment;
(n)the discipline, duties, promotion, control and administration of
traffic wardens;
(o)the imposing of minimum speed limits on any road for any
vehicles or for any class of vehicle; and
(p)generally carrying into effect the provisions of this Ordinance
relating to the regulation of traffic.





12. Regulation of parking of vehicles

The Governor in Council may make regulations to provide for-
(a)the prohibition and restriction of parking and loading and
unloading of vehicles and the designation of zones within which
parking or loading and unloading are restricted;
(b)the designation by the Commissioner of parking places and
places set aside for the loading and unloading of vehicles and the
traffic signs and road markings pertaining thereto;
(c)the erection of traffic signs and the use of road markings for the
control of parking;
(d)the designation by the Commissioner of car parks for the use of
vehicles of any description or of any particular type or class;
(e)the management of car parks and the delegation of power to
manage car parks and control their use;
controlling the use of car parks and parking places;
(g) the fees payable for the use of car parks and parking places;
(h)controlling or prohibiting the repair of vehicles in public places,
and the liability of vehicle owners and persons carrying out such
repairs;
(i)the erection and operation of parking meters and other apparatus
designed to indicate payment for the use of parking space and the
time that a vehicle may be parked;
(j)controlling or prohibiting the possession of articles used or
intended for use in interfering with parking meters, and
controlling or prohibiting conduct that obstructs the use of
parking meters; and
(k)generally carrying into effect the provisions of this Ordinance
relating to the regulation of parking.

12A. Regulation of village vehicles

(1) The Governor in Council may make regulations in respect of village
vehicles to provide for-
(a)the issue by the Commissioner of permits for the driving and use
of village vehicles on roads; the specification by him of conditions
on such permits, including, without limiting the generality
thereof, conditions which restrict the use of the vehicles to
specified roads and specified times; the limitation by him of the
number of such permits that may be issued, either generally or in
a particular area, and in respect of any type of village vehicle; the
validity of such permits and the cancellation thereof, and the
admission in evidence in any proceedings under this Ordinance of
copies of any such permit;





(b)the construction and maintenance of village vehicles, the
equipment to be carried or installed thereon, the appointment
of vehicle examiners for the purposes of the regulations, the
examination of such vehicles by vehicle examiners and police
officers and the removal and detention of unsafe village vehicles;
(c)the regulation or prohibition of the driving and use of village
vehicles on roads, and of the carriage of persons or goods on such
vehicles; and the conduct of persons driving or using such vehicles;
(d)the production of village vehicle permits and the display of
permit numbers on village vehicles;
(da) in the case of village vehicles which are golf carts-
(i) the specification by the Commissioner of conditions on
village vehicle permits relating to the maximum number of
passengers which may be carried on such vehicles; and
(ii)the prohibition of the driving and use of such vehicles on
such roads as are specified in the regulations except by
persons who are holders of such driving licences as are
specified in the regulations; (Added80of 1988s. 7)
(e)the fees to be charged for any village vehicle permit, duplicate
village vehicle permit, vehicle examination or other matter under
the regulations; and
(f)generally carrying into effect the provisions of this Ordinance
relating to village vehicles.
(2) Where under regulations made under subsection (1) a limit is imposed
on the number of village vehicle permits that may be issued, the Commissioner
may in his discretion-
(a)in issuing any such permit give priority to any person or class of
persons;
(b) determine by lot any applications for the issue of such permits;
(c)limit the number of such permits which may be issued to any
persons or class of persons,
and shall not be obliged to issue such permits up to the limit so imposed.
(3) Fees prescribed under subsection (1) may be fixed-
(a)at levels which provide for the recovery of expenditure incurred
or likely to be incurred by the Government in relation generally
to the administration of this Ordinance and need not be limited
by reference to the amount of administrative or other costs
incurred or likely to be incurred in the provision of any particular
village vehicle permit, vehicle examination or other matter; and
(b)at different levels in relation to different classes, types or des-
criptions of village vehicle, village vehicle permit, examination or
other matter.
(Added 31 of 1986s. 5)





13. Provision for the Commissioner and others to act
and charge fees, and for absolute liability

Any regulation made under section 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 or 12A may-
(Amended 31 of 1986s. 6)
(a)empower the Commissioner, the Commissioner of Police or the
Director of Highways to do any of the things or exercise any of
the functions specified in such regulation and to charge such fee
as may be prescribed by such regulation for the doing of any such
thing or the exercise of any such function; (Amended L.N. 127
of 1986)
(b)give power for any person or class of persons, or any vehicle
or class or description of vehicles, to be exempted from the
application of any regulations made under this Ordinance; and
(c)provide for the absolute liability of owners of public service
vehicles regarding the use of their vehicles and of the owners of
all vehicles regarding the condition and fitness of their vehicles.

14. Onus of proof in certain cases

(1) Any regulation made under this Ordinance may provide that in any
criminal proceedings for a contravention thereof---
(a)it shall be for the person accused of such contravention to prove
certain facts; or
(b)facts shall be presumed, with or without proof of other facts,
until the contrary is proved.
(2) Any regulation made in exercise of the powers conferred by subsec-
tion (1) shall be subject to the approval of the Legislative Council.

14A. Transitional provisions in regulations

Any regulation made under this Ordinance may-
(a)provide for the continuance in force of any regulations
made under the repealed Ordinance with such modifications,
adaptations and transitional provisions as the Governor in
Council sees fit; and
(b)provide for the modification, adaptation and transition of any
reference in any Ordinance to the repealed Ordinance or any
regulations made under the repealed Ordinance.
(Added 66 of 1984 s. 3)

15. Penalties under the regulations

Any regulation made under section 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 12A or 121 may
provide that a contravention thereof shall be an offence, and may provide





penalties for such offence not exceeding a fine of $15,000 and imprisonment for
9 months.
(Amended 31 of 1986 s. 7; 80 of 1988 s. 8)

PART 111

TRANSPORT TRIBUNALS

16. Transport Tribunals' panel

(1) There shall be a panel from which members of Transport Tribunals,
other than public officers, may be appointed under this Ordinance.
(2) The panel shall consist of such persons, not being public officers,' as
the Chief Secretary may appoint.
(3) The appointment of any person as a member of the panel shall have
effect for not more than 3 years and a member of the panel shall be eligible for
reappointment.
(4) A member of the panel may resign at any time by notice in writing to
the Chief Secretary.

17. Appointment of Transport Tribunals

(1) The Chief Secretary may appoint such Transport Tribunals as may
from time to time be necessary for the purposes of this Ordinance.
(2) A Transport Tribunal shall consist of-
(a)a chairman, who shall be a person other than a public officer,
appointed by the Chief Secretary;
(b) one public officer appointed by the Chief Secretary; and
(c) one member of the panel appointed under section 16.

18. 1Agal adviser to a Transport Tribunal

(1) A Transport Tribunal shall have a legal adviser who shall be any
member of a panel of legal advisers appointed by the Attorney General.
(2) A Transport Tribunal may, in connection with any hearing before it,
consult a legal adviser on any question of law, procedure or any other matter.

19. Powers of Transport Tribunal

(1) The Chairman of a Transport Tribunal may by notice in writing
summon any person to appear before the Tribunal to produce any document or
to give evidence.





(2) A Transport Tribunal may receive such evidence as it thinks fit, and
neither the provisions of the Evidence Ordinance (Cap. 8) nor any other rule
of law relating to the admissibility of evidence shall apply in the proceedings
before the Tribunal.
(3) Any question arising in proceedings before a Transport Tribunal, not
being a question relating to the practice and procedure of the Tribunal, shall, in
the event of a difference between the members, be decided by the majority.
(4) Any person, who being summoned to appear before a Transport
Tribunal, refuses or fails without reasonable excuse to appear or to answer any
question put to him by or with the consent of the Tribunal commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $2,000 and to imprisonment for 3 months:
Provided that no person shall be bound to incriminate himself and every
witness shall, in respect of any evidence given by him before the Tribunal, be
entitled to the privileges to which he would be entitled if giving evidence before
a court.
(5) Any person who behaves in an insulting Manner or uses any
threatening or insulting expression to or in the presence of a Transport
Tribunal commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $1,000 and to
imprisonment for 3 months.

20. Practice and procedure of Transport Tribunal

(1) Save in so far as provision is made therefor in this Ordinance, the
practice and procedure in and in connection with any hearing before a
Transport Tribunal shall be such as the Chairman of the Tribunal may
determine.
(2) In proceedings before a Transport Tribunal, any person may appear
in person or be represented by counsel, solicitor or agent.

PART IV

REGISTRATION AND LICENSING OF VEIRCUS

21. Classification of vehicles

(1) For the purposes of registration and licensing of vehicles under this
Ordinance, vehicles are classified in accordance with Schedule 1.
(2) The Governor in Council may by order amend Schedule 1.

22. Registration and licensing

(1) Except as otherwise provided by this Ordinance, every vehicle of a
class specified in Schedule 1 which is used on any road shall be licensed.





(2) A vehicle, other than a rickshaw, shall not be licensed under this
Ordinance-
(a) unless it is registered; or
(b) other than in the class within which it is registered.
(3) Subject to sections 23, 24 and 26, the Commissioner shall register a
vehicle in accordance with this Ordinance on application made in the prescribed
manner.
(4) Subject to sections 25 and 26, the Commissioner shall license a
registered vehicle or a rickshaw in accordance with this Ordinance on
application made in the prescribed manner.

23. Power to regulate the number of vehicles registered

(1) Without prejudice to any other enactment, the Governor in Council
by notice in the Gazette may limit the number of vehicles which may at any
time be registered by reference to any one or more of the following-
(a) the total number of vehicles in all classes;
(b)a class or description of vehicle or a description of the conditions
subject to which vehicle licences will be issued;
(c) the date of manufacture of vehicles;
(d) the country of origin of vehicles.
(2) Subject to subsection (3), any limit notified under subsection (1) shall
remain in force for such period not exceeding 12 months as shall be specified in
the notice.
(3) The Legislative Council may from time to time by resolution extend
the period for which a limit remains in force under subsection (2).
(4) Any limit notified under subsection (1) shall not affect the registration
of any vehicle in force when the notice comes into operation.
(5) If the Commissioner-
(a)receives applications for the registration of vehicles within a
category of vehicle which is the subject of a notice under
subsection (1); and
(b)would, but for the limit under subsection (1) on the number
of vehicles that may be registered in that category, grant the
applications,
the Commissioner may cause the applications to be determined by lot.

24. Power to refuse registration

(1) The Commissioner may refuse to register any motor vehicle-
(a)which does not accord with the particulars contained in the
application for the registration thereof,
(b) which has been but is no longer registered in Hong Kong;





(c) which is not roadworthy;
(d)in order to comply with a limit which is in force under section 23;
or
(e) in respect of which-
(i) a notice under section 78 has not been complied with; or
(ii) a fee payable under section 86 has not been paid.
(2) The Commissioner may refuse to register a motor vehicle in the class
specified in the application for its registration if he considers that by reason of
its design or construction or otherwise the vehicle is not suitable for registration
in that class.
(3) The Commissioner may refuse to register any vehicle which is already
registered.

25. Power to refuse or cancel licence and to
impose conditions in respect of taxis

(1) The Commissioner may-
(a) refuse to license; or
(b) cancel the licence of,
a motor vehicle if-
(i) by reason of its design or construction, or any adaptation or the
condition thereof, the vehicle or any equipment thereof does not
comply with this Ordinance;
(ii) a notice under section 78 or an examination order under section
79 or a vehicle repair order under section 85(1) in respect of the
vehicle has not been complied with;
(iii) on examination under Part IX or IXA the vehicle is found to be
not roadworthy; (Amended 65 of 1985 s. 2)
(iv) any of the particulars contained in the application for the licence
do not accord with the particulars contained in the register;
(v) the vehicle does not accord with the particulars contained in the
application for the licence;
(vi)no valid insurance in respect of third party risks as required by
the Motor Vehicles Insurance (Third Party Risks) Ordinance
(Cap. 272) is in force in respect of the vehicle; or
(vii) in the case of a private bus, public light bus or public bus (other
than a bus operated under a franchise granted under the Public
Bus Services Ordinance (Cap. 230)) no passenger service licence
is in force in respect of the vehicle.
(2) The Commissioner may-
(a)refuse to license a motor vehicle as a taxi for any reason not
mentioned in subsection (1) if such reason appears to him to
constitute good ground for refusal;





(b)license a motor vehicle as a taxi subject to such conditions as he
may specify.
(3) Conditions which the Commissioner may specify under subsec-
tion (2)(b) shall include conditions as to-
(a)an area outside which the vehicle shall not be available for hire or
to carry passengers;
(b)the place on any road at which passengers may board or alight
from the vehicle;
(c) parking of the vehicle in particular places at particular time;
(d) standards of cleanliness of the vehicle;
(e) the colour of the vehicle;
(f) markings and signs to be exhibited on the vehicle; and
(g) the form of advertising signs in or on the vehicle.
(4) The Commissioner, on application to license a motor vehicle as a taxi
shall take into account, in addition to any other matter which he considers
relevant to the application-
(a)the type of vehicle in respect of which application for the licence
is made. and
(b) garaging and maintenance facilities available to the applicant.

26. Trailers and rickshaws
(1) The Commissioner may, on any reasonable ground-
(a) refuse to register any trailer;
(b) refuse to license any trailer or rickshaw; or
(c) cancel the licence of any trailer or rickshaw.
(2) Without prejudice to subsection (1), the Commissioner may-
(a) refuse to license; or
(b) cancel the licence of,
any trailer or rickshaw which in his opinion-
(i) does not accord with the particulars contained in the application
for the licence; or
(ii) is not roadworthy,
(3) The Commissioner. may license a trailer or rickshaw subject to such
conditions relating to-
(a) the roads on which it may be used;
(b) the hours when it may be used; and
(c)in the case of a trailer, the type of towing vehicle that may be
used to tow it,
as he thinks fit.

27. Passenger service licence
(1) Subject to the provisions of this section and of sections 28 and 29. the
Commissioner may, on application made in the prescribed manner, issue a





passenger service licence in respect of one or more public buses, private buses or
public light buses for use in accordance with this Ordinance.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a public bus operated under a
franchise granted under the Public Bus Services Ordinance (Cap. 230).
(3) A passenger service licence may authorize the holder to operate-
(a) a public bus service;
(b) a private bus service; or
(c) a public light bus service.
(4) For the purposes of subsection (3)(a) a public bus service means a
service which-
(a) is for the carriage of passengers by public bus; and
(b)is of a type specified in section 4(3) of the Public Bus Services
Ordinance (Cap. 230) or of any other type approved by the
Commissioner; and (Amended 66 of 1984 s. 4)
(c)is not required to be operated under a franchise granted under
the Public Bus Services Ordinance (Cap. 230).
(5) For the purposes of subsection (3)(b) a private bus service means-
(a)a student service, that is to say, a service for the carriage to or
from an educational institution of students thereof and persons
accompanying or in charge of such students or who teach at the
educational institution, in private buses registered in the name of
the educational institution;
(b)an employees' service, that is to say, a service provided by an
employer for the carriage of his employees to or from their place
of work, in private buses registered in the name of the employer;
(c)a disabled persons' service, that is to say, a service provided
exclusively for the carriage of disabled persons and of persons
employed to assist them; (Amended 66 of 1984 s. 4)
(d)any other service, which is not for hire or reward, approved by
the Commissioner. (Added 66 of 1984 s. 4)
(6) For the purposes of subsection (3)(c) a public light bus service means
a service for the carriage by public light bus of passengers at separate fares.
(7) A passenger service licence shall not be transferable.

28. Matters to he taken into account in considering
an application for a passenger service licence
In determining an application for a passenger service licence, the
Commissioner shall take into account. in addition to any other matter which he
considers relevant to the application-
(a)any policy direction from the Governor with respect to the
provision of public transport services;
(b)any limit in force under section 23 on the number of vehicles that
may be registered;





(e) the need for the services to be provided by the applicant;
(d) the level of service already provided or planned by other public
transport operators;
(e) traffic conditions in the areas and on the roads where the services
are to be provided; and
(f) the standard of service to be provided by the applicant.

29. Commissioner's power to refuse an application
for a passenger service licence

(1) The Commissioner may-
(a) refuse to issue a passenger service licence; or
(b) issue a passenger service licence subject to such conditions as he
may specify, which shall include conditions as to-
(i) the number and types of vehicles that the licensee may use;
(ii) the purposes for which the vehicles may be used;
(iii) the areas or routes in or on which the vehicles may be used;
(iv)the places at which the vehicles may stand or stop to pick up
or set down passengers;
(v) the garage facilities that the licensee must maintain;
(vi) where the Commissioner thinks fit, the staff that the licensee
must employ;
(vii) the records that the licensee must keep;
(viii) the fares to be charged; and
(ix)the frequency at which and the period on each day during
which the service shall be operated on routes specified in the
licence.
(2) Without limiting the generality of subsection (1)(a), the Commissioner
may refuse to issue a passenger service licence in respect of any vehicle which is
not, or is not to be, owned by the applicant for the licence.

30. Inquiry where passenger service
licence is contravened

(1) If the Commissioner has reason to believe in respect of any vehicle in
respect of which a passenger service licence is in force that-
(a) the vehicle has been or is being used otherwise than for the
purpose of the service authorized by the licence; or
(b) any condition of the licence or any provision of this Ordinance
has not been or is not being complied with,
he may appoint a public officer to hold an inquiry.
(2) An officer appointed under subsection (1) shall fix a time and place for
the inquiry and shall give 21 clear days' written notice thereof to the licensee.





(3) An inquiry may be postponed if the officer conducting it thinks fit and
where an inquiry is postponed the officer shall cause a notice to be served on the
licensee specifying the date to which the inquiry has been postponed.
(4) At an inquiry the officer conducting the inquiry shall consider-
(a)any evidence received by him, whether tendered on behalf of the
licensee or otherwise, and any representations made by or on
behalf of the licensee or otherwise;
(b) representations in writing by or on behalf of the licensee.

31.Commissioner's power to cancel, suspend
or vary a passenger service licence
If after considering the report of an officer who has conducted an inquiry
under section 30 the Commissioner is satisfied as to the matters set out in
subsection (1)(a) or (b) of that section he may-
(a) suspend or cancel the passenger service licence;
(b)suspend or cancel the passenger service licence in respect of
particular vehicles; or
(i) routes;
(ii) approved purposes;
(iii) the number of vehicles included in the licence,
and shall notify the licensee of his decision.

32. Effective date of a cancellation,
suspension or variation
(1) Subject to subsection (2), a cancellation, suspension or variation
under section 31 shall come into effect 21 days from the date of notification to
the licensee.
(2) If a licensee applies for a review of the Commissioner's decision by a
Transport Tribunal under section 33, a cancellation, suspension or variation
shall not take effect pending the review, and shall take effect-
(a)where the application for the review is deemed to have been
withdrawn under section 34(4); or
(b)where the cancellation, suspension or variation is confirmed or
varied by a Transport Tribunal under section 35(2),
on such date as the Commissioner shall specify in a notice served on the
licensee.

33.Right of review of Commissioner's determination
under section 24, 25, 26, 29 or 31
(1) Subject to subsection (2), where the Commissioner-
(a) refuses to register a vehicle under section 24 or 26;





(b)refuses to license a vehicle or cancels a licence under section 25 or
26;
(c)refuses to issue a passenger service licence under section 29 or
cancels, suspends or varies a passenger service licence under
section 3 1,
the applicant or the holder of the licence may, within 21 days of being notified
of the decision of the Commissioner, apply in writing to the Commissioner for a
review of the Commissioner's decision by a Transport Tribunal.
(2) This section shall not apply where the Commissioner-
(a) refuses to register a motor vehicle under section 24(1)(d) or (e);
(b)refuses to license or cancels a motor vehicle licence under section
25(1)(ii).

34. Practice and procedure on review

(1) On receipt of an application under section 33 the Commissioner shall
fix a time and place for the review and shall give 14 clear days' notice thereof to
the applicant.
(2) The Commissioner shall, so far as practicable, ensure that the date of
the review is not more than 30 days after the date of service of the notice under
subsection (1).
(3) A Transport Tribunal may postpone a review if it thinks fit and where
a review is postponed the Commissioner shall cause a notice to be served on the
applicant specifying the date to which the review has been postponed.
(4) If an applicant or his authorized representative-
(a)does not appear before the Transport Tribunal on the date of the
review notified to him in a notice under subsection (1) or (3); or
(b) makes no written representations,
the application for a review shall be deemed to have been withdrawn.

35. Determination of review

(1) On a review a Transport Tribunal shall consider-
(a)any evidence received by it, whether tendered on behalf of the
applicant or otherwise, which it considers relevant to the review;
(b) any representations made by or on behalf of the applicant,
1 whether orally or in writing;
(c)any representations made by or on behalf of the Commissioner,
whether orally or in writing.
(2) The Transport Tribunal may confirm or reverse a decision of the
Commissioner under section 24, 25 or 26 and may confirm, reverse or vary a
decision of the Commissioner under section 29 or 3 1.





(3) The Commissioner shall notify an applicant of the Transport
Tribunal's decision under subsection (2).
(4) The decision of the Transport Tribunal under subsection (2) shall be
final.

PART V

RAMC OFFENCES

36. Causing death by reckless driving

(1) A person who causes the death of another person by driving a motor
vehicle on a road recklessly commits an offence and is liable-
(a)on conviction on indictment to a fine of $25,000 and to
imprisonment for 5 years; and
(b)on summary conviction to a fine of $12,500 and to imprisonment
for 2 years.
(2) A person convicted of an offence under this section shall be
disqualified for a period of not less than 2 years in the case of a second or
subsequent conviction or of a conviction subsequent to a conviction under
section 11(3) of the repealed Ordinance unless the court or magistrate for
special reasons orders that he be disqualified for a shorter period or that he not
be disqualified:
Provided that when a period of not less than 5 years has elapsed since his
last previous conviction of an offence under this section or under section 11(3)
of the repealed Ordinance, the court or magistrate may deal with the offence as
a first ofrence.
(3) If on the trial of any person for an offence under subsection (1) the
prosecution proves that he drove recklessly but not that he thereby caused the
death of another person he shall be acquitted of the offence under subsection (1)
and be found guilty of an offence under section 37.
(4) On the trial of any person for an offence under subsection (1) he may
be acquitted of that offence and be found guilty of an offence under section 38.
[cf. 1972 c. 20 s. 1 U.K.]

37. Reckless driving

(1) A person who drives a motor vehicle on a road recklessly commits an
ofrence and is liable-
(a)on conviction on indictment to a fine of $20,000 and to
imprisonment for 3 years; and
(b)on summary conviction to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment
for 12 months.





(2) A person convicted of an offence under this section shall be
disqualified for a period of not less than 18 months in the case of a second or
subsequent conviction or of a conviction subsequent to a conviction under
section 11(1) of the repealed Ordinance unless the court or magistrate for
special reasons orders that he be disqualified for a shorter period or that he not
be disqualified:
Provided that when a period of not less than 5 years has elapsed since his
last previous conviction for an offence under this section or under section 11(1)
of the repealed Ordinance, the court or magistrate may deal with the offence as
a first offence.
(3) On the trial of any person for an offence under subsection (1) he may
be acquitted of that offence and be found guilty of an offence under section 38.
[cf. 1972 c. 20 s. 2 U.K.]

38. Careless driving

(1) A person who drives a motor vehicle on a road carelessly commits an
ofrence and is liable to a fine of $4,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.
(2) A person drives carelessly within the meaning of this section if on a
road he drives a vehicle without due care and attention or without reasonable
consideration for other persons using the road.

39. Driving a motor vehicle under the
influence of drink or drugs

(1) A person who drives or attempts to drive or is in charge of a motor
vehicle on any road while he is under the influence of drink or drugs to such an
extent as to be incapable of having proper control of the motor vehicle commits
an offence and is liable-
(a)on conviction on indictment to a fine of $20,000 and to im-
prisonment for 3 years; and
(b)on summary conviction in the case of a first offence to a fine of
$10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months and in the case of a
second or subsequent conviction or of a conviction subsequent to
a conviction under section 12 of the repealed Ordinance to a fine
of $15,000 and to imprisonment for 12 months.
(2) A person convicted of an offence under this section shall be
disqualified for a period of not less than 2 years in the case of a second or
subsequent conviction or of a conviction subsequent to a conviction under
section 12 of the repealed Ordinance unless the court or magistrate for special
reasons orders that he be disqualified for a shorter period or that he not be
disqualified:





Provided that when a period of not less than 5 years has elapsed since his
last previous conviction of an offence under this section or under section 12 of
the repealed Ordinance, the court or magistrate may deal with the ofFence as a
first offence.

40. Speed ~t
(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (5), the maximum speed at which a
vehicle may be driven on any road shall be 50 km an hour.
(2) The Commissioner may by notice in the Gazette-
(a)vary the speed limit specified in subsection (1) for any road
specified in the notice, either generally or during the periods
specified in the notice;
(b)declare that any road specified in the notice is liable to be subject
at different times to different speed limits;
(e)in respect of any portion of a road, exempt vehicles of the
North-west Railway from the speed limit prescribed under
subsection (1) and prescribe a different speed limit at which a
vehicle of the North-west Railway may be driven on that portion
of the road and different limits may be prescribed in respect of
different portions of a road. (Added46of 1987s. 5)
(3) Where the speed limit on any road is varied under subsection (2)(a)
the Commissioner shall cause traffic signs to be so erected, replaced, removed or
altered as to ensure that adequate guidance is given to drivers of motor vehicles
as to what speed limit is currently to be observed on that road.
(4) Where a notice is published under subsection (2)(b) declaring any road
to be subject at different times to different speed limits-
(a)the different speed limits which may be brought into effect on the
road shall be specified in the notice; and
(b)any change in the speed limit in accordance with the notice may be
put into effect from time to time by the Commissioner causing
traffic signs to be so erected, replaced, removed or altered as to
ensure that adequate guidance is given to drivers of motor vehicles
as to what speed limit is currently to be observed on that road.
(5) Where a variation in the speed limit is in efFect under this section and
permits a vehicle to travel on any road in excess of 70 km an hour, the
maximum speed at which a medium goods vehicle, heavy goods vehicle or bus
shall travel on such road shall be 70 km an hour.
(6) Where the Commissioner prescribes a different speed limit for vehicles
of the North-west Railway in respect of a portion of road under subsection
(2)(c), the Commissioner may cause traffic signs to be so erected, replaced,
removed or altered as to give adequate guidance or notice to drivers of vehicles
of the North-west Railway of the application of that speed limit to that portion
ofroad.(Added46of 1987s. 5)





41. Driving in excess of speed limit

(1) A person who drives a vehicle on a road at a speed exceeding-
(Amended 80 of 1988 s. 9)
(a)50 km an hour or such other speed limit as may be in force on
that road under section 40; or
(b) 70 km an hour as provided for in section 40(5),
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $4,000.
(2) (Repealed 43 of 1986 s. 2)

42. Driving without a licence, etc.

(1) Except as otherwise provided by this Ordinance, no person shall drive
a motor vehicle on a road unless he is the holder of a driving licence in respect
of a vehicle of the class of vehicle which he is driving.
(2) Except as otherwise provided by this Ordinance, no person shall drive
a motor vehicle on a road unless he has with him at the time he is driving his
driving licence or a document issued by the Commissioner indicating that that
person has applied for the renewal or a duplicate of his driving licence.
(3) Except as otherwise provided by this Ordinance, no person shall suffer
or permit a motor vehicle to be driven by a person who is not the holder of a
driving licence of the class to which such vehicle belongs:
Provided that in any proceedings under this subsection it shall not be
necessary to allege or to prove that the person charged knew that the driver was
not the holder of a driving licence and it shall be no defence to prove that the
person charged did not know that the driver was not the holder of a driving
licence. (Amended 66 of 1987 s. 2)
(4) Any person who contravenes subsection (1) or (3) commits an offence
and is liable, in the case of a first conviction to a fine of $5,000 and to
imprisonment for 3 months, and in the case of a second or subsequent
conviction or of a conviction subsequent to a conviction under section 5(4) or
(5) of the repealed Ordinance to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6
months.
(5) Any person who without lawful authority or reasonable excuse
contravenes subsection (2) commits an offence and is liable, in the case of a first
conviction to a fine of $1,000, and in the case of a second or subsequent
conviction or of a conviction subsequent to a conviction under section 5(4A) of
the repealed Ordinance to a fine of $2,000.

43. Enforcement powers of a police
officer or the Commissioner

(1) A police officer or the Commissioner may require the production for
examination of the driving licence of any person-





(a) who is driving a motor vehicle on a road; or
(b)whom he reasonably suspects to have been the driver of a motor
vehicle involved in an accident on a road; or
(e)whom he reasonably suspects to have committed an offence
under this Ordinance or to have contravened the Fixed Penalty
(Traffic Contraventions) Ordinance (Cap. 237); or
(d)whom he has reasonable cause to believe has knowingly made a
false statement for the purposes of obtaining the grant of the
driving licence.
(2) If any condition of a driving licence requires the holder of that licence
while driving or learning to drive a motor vehicle to be under the supervision of
or to be accompanied by the holder of a driving licence, a police officer or the
Commissioner may in the case of a motor vehicle being driven by the holder
of such a driving licence as is first mentioned also require any accompanying
person to produce his driving licence for examination.
(3) Any person who, upon being required to produce his driving licence
under subsection (1)(a), fails to produce-
(a) his driving licence; or
(b)a document issued by the Commissioner indicating that that
person has applied for the renewal or a duplicate of his driving
licence,
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $1,000 and to imprisonment for 3
months.
(4) Any person who, upon being required to produce his driving licence
under subsection (1), fails to produce his driving licence or a document issued
by the Commissioner indicating that that person has applied for the renewal or
a duplicate of his driving licence and who further fails to bring either his driving
licence or any such document, in person, within 72 hours of such requirement
being made, to a police officer at such police station or other official address as
is specified at the time commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000 and to
imprisonment for 3 months. (Amended 66 of 1984 s. 5)
(5) This section applies to a domestic driving permit, domestic driving
licence and international driving licence as it applies to a driving licence.

44. Offence of obtaining licence,
or driving, while disqualified

(1) A person disqualified from holding or obtaining a driving licence
who-
(a) obtains a driving licence while he is disqualified; or
(b)while he is disqualified drives on a road a motor vehicle or, if the
disqualification is limited to the driving of a motor vehicle of a
particular class, a motor vehicle of that class,





commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 12
months.
(2) A person convicted of an offence under this section shall be
disqualified-
(a)for a period of not less than 12 months in the case of a first
conviction; and
(b)for a period of not less than 3 years in the case of a second or
subsequent conviction or in the case of a conviction subsequent
to a conviction under section 25 of the repealed Ordinance.
(3) The period of any disqualification under subsection (2) shall be in
addition to any other period of disqualification ordered under any other
provision of this Ordinance.
(4) The provisions of subsection (1) shall apply notwithstanding that the
person disqualified holds a valid international driving permit, overseas domestic
driving licence, government driving permit or military driving permit.
[cf. 1972 c. 20 s. 99 U.K.]

45. Reckless cycling

(1) A person who rides a bicycle or tricycle on a road recklessly commits
an offence and is liable in the case of a first conviction to a fine of $500 and
in the case of a second or subsequent conviction to a fine of $1,000 and to
imprisonment for 3 months.
(2) On the trial of any person for an offence under subsection (1) he may
be acquitted of that offence and be found guilty of an offence under section 46.
[cf. 1972 c. 20 s. 17 U.K.]

46. Careless cycling

(1) A person who rides a bicycle or tricycle on a road carelessly commits
an ofrence and is liable to a fine of $500.
(2) A person rides carelessly within the meaning of this section if on a
road he rides a bicycle or tricycle without due care and attention or without
reasonable consideration for other persons using the road.
[cf. 1972 c. 20 s. 18 U.K.]

47. Cycling, etc. when under the
influence of drink or drugs

A person who, when riding a bicycle or tricycle, or when driving a
rickshaw, on a road or in a public place, is unfit to ride or drive through drink
or drugs commits an offence and is liable in the case of a first conviction to
a fine of $500, and in the case of a second or subsequent conviction or of





a conviction subsequent to a conviction under section 13 of the repealed
Ordinance to a fine of $1,000 and to imprisonment for 3 months.
[cf. 1972 c. 20 s. 19(1) U.K.]

48. Offences by pedestrians

A pedestrian who in using any road, or a person who by driving a rickshaw
on any road, negligently endangers his own safety or that of any other person
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $500.

49. Tampering with motor vehicles

If a person otherwise than with lawful authority or reasonable excuse gets
on to a vehicle or tampers with any part of the vehicle, he commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 12 months.
[cf. 1972 c. 20 s. 29 U.K.]

50. Interfering with traffic signs or road markings

Any person who without the consent of the Commissioner, Commissioner
of Police or Director of Highways- (Amended L.N. 127 of 1986)
(a)moves, damages or interferes in any way with any traffic sign or
prescribed traffic sign; or
(b)obscures, defaces, alters or obliterates any road marking or
prescribed road marking,
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $1,000 and to imprisonment for 3
months.

51. Prohibition of unauthorized signs or markings

(1) A person who other than-
(a) in accordance with a permit issued under this Ordinance; or
(b)in order to comply with any enactment or the road users' code or
any code of practice under section 109, (Amended 66 of 1984
s.6)
places, causes or permits to be placed, in, on or near a road or on a building any
traffic sign or road marking commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $1,000
and to imprisonment for 3 months.
(2) The Commissioner may by notice in writing require any person who
has placed or caused to be placed any such-road marking or traffic sign to
remove the same, and, if such person fails to comply with such notice, the
Commissioner may cause the road marking to be obliterated or removed, or the
traffic sign to be removed, as the case may be, and thereupon the road marking





or traffic sign and any part thereof and every attachment thereto shall be
forfeited to the Crown and the Commissioner may recover from such person as
a civil debt the cost of the obliteration or removal of the road marking or of the
traffic sign and also the cost of any reinstatement of the road necessitated by
such obliteration or removal.

PART VI

USE, SALE AND HIRE OF VEHICLES

52. Restriction on the use of vehicles
(1) Subject to this Ordinance, no person shall-
(a)drive or use a vehicle of a class specified in Schedule 1, other than
a rickshaw; or
(b) suffer or permit such a vehicle to be driven or used,
on a road unless the vehicle is registered and licensed in accordance with this
Ordinance.
(2) No person shall-
(a) driveor use a rickshaw; or
(b) suffer or permit a rickshaw to be driven or used,
on a road unless the rickshaw is licensed in accordance with this Ordinance.
(3) No person shall-
(-) drive or use a motor vehicle; or
(b) suffer or permit a motor vehicle to be driven or used,
for the carriage of passengers for hire or reward unless- (Amended L.N. 100
Of 1984)
(i) the vehicle is licensed as a public bus, public light bus or taxi;
(ii)the vehicle is licensed as a private bus or private light bus and the
passengers are students, teachers or employees of an educational
institution, disabled persons, or persons employed to assist
disabled persons; or
(fli) a hire car permit is in force in respect of the vehicle.
(4) No person shall-
(a)drive or use a public light bus, a private bus, or a public bus other
than one operated under a franchise granted under the Public
Bus Services Ordinance (Cap. 230); or
(b) suffer or permit such a vehicle to be driven or used,
for the carriage of passengers unless a passenger service licence is in force in
respect of the vehicle.
(5) No person shall solicit or attempt to solicit any person for hire or
reward to travel in any vehicle which is licensed as-
(a) a private car;
(b) a private light bus;





(c) a private bus;
(d) a light goods vehicle;
(e) a medium goods vehicle; or
(f) a heavy goods vehicle.
(6) No person shall permit or sulTer a motor vehicle which is licensed as a
private car, private light bus or private bus to stand or ply for hire or reward.
(7) Subject to this Ordinance, no person shall-
(a) drive or use a motor vehicle; or
(b) sulTer or permit a motor vehicle to be driven or used,
for the carriage of goods (other than personal effects) for hire or reward
unless-
(i)the vehicle is licensed as a light goods vehicle, a medium goods
vehicle or a heavy goods vehicle; or
(ii) in the case of a vehicle licensed as a public bus, a private bus, a
public light bus or a private light bus, the Commissioner has
issued a permit for such carriage of goods by the vehicle.
(8) No person shall without the permission in writing of the
Commissioner-
(a) drive or use; or
(b) permit or suffer to be driven or used,
a motor vehicle which is licensed as a private car for the carriage of goods the
total weight of which exceeds 200 kg.
(9) No person shall-
(a) drive or use; or
(b) permit or suffer to be driven or used,
a motor vehicle in contravention of any conditions subject to which the vehicle
licence was issued.
(10) Any person who contravenes-
(a)this section, other than subsection (2), commits an offence and is
liable in the case of a first conviction for that offence to a fine
of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 3 months, and in the case of
a second or subsequent conviction for that offence to a fine of
$10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months;
(b)subsection (2) commits an offence and is liable in the case of
a first conviction for that offence to a fine of $1,000 and to
imprisonment for 3 months, and in the case of a second or
subsequent conviction for that offence to a fine of $2,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

53. Prohibition of sale, hire etc. of vehicles
not complying with regulations

(1) Subject to subsection (3), no person shall-





(a) sell, supply or hire;
(b) offer to sell, supply or hire; or
(c)cause or permit to be sold, supplied or hired, or offered for sale,
supply or hire,
a motor vehicle or trailer for delivery in such a condition-
(i)that the use thereof on a road would contravene any provision of
this Ordinance with respect to the construction or weight of the
vehicle or its equipment, or with respect to the maintenance of
the vehicle or its equipment;
(ii) that danger is or is likely to be caused by it to any person; or
(iii)as respects lighting equipment or reflectors or the maintenance
thereof, that it is not capable of being used on a road during the
hours of darkness without contravening any provision of this
Ordinance as to obligatory lamps or reflectors.
(2) Subject to subsection (3), no person shall alter or cause or permit to be
altered a motor vehicle or trailer so as to render its condition such that the use
thereof on a road would contravene any provision of this Ordinance as to the
construction, weight, equipment, brakes, steering gear or tyres thereof.
(3) Any person who contravenes subsection (1) or (2) commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $20,000:
Provided that it shall be a defence in proceedings for an offence under this
section for the defendant to prove that he had reasonable cause to believe that
the vehicle would not be used on a road in Hong Kong or would not be so
used until it had been put into a condition in which it might be used without
contravening any such provisions.
(4) Nothing in this section shall affect the validity of any contract or of
any right arising under a contract.
[cf. 1972 c. 20 s. 60 U.K.]

54. Restriction on hire and riding of cycles

(1) Subject to subsection (3), no person shall-
(a) hire a bicycle or tricycle to a child under 11 years of age; or
(b)permit a child under 11 years of age to ride a bicycle or tricycle
on a road unaccompanied by an adult.
(2) Any person who contravenes subsection (1) commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $3,000.
(3) This section shall not apply-
(a)in the case of subsection (1)(a), to any person who hires a bicycle
or tricycle to a child under 11 years of age if the hiring takes place
or occurs-
(i) on a road or portion of a road set aside for bicycles or
tricycles and on which children under 11 years of age may,





in accordance with a permission indicated by a prescribed
traffic sign erected or placed there, ride such bicycles or
tricycles unaccompanied by any adult; or
(ii) on any other land (whether a road or not) which
immediately abuts or adjoins a road or portion of a road
referred to in subparagraph (i) and on which the driving of
all motor vehicles is prohibited; or
(b)in the case of subsection (1)(b), to any person who permits a child
under 11 years of age to ride a bicycle or tricycle on a road or
portion of a road set aside for bicycles or tricycles and on which
children under 11 years of age may, in accordance with a
permission indicated by a prescribed traffic sign erected or placed
there, ride such bicycles or tricycles unaccompanied by any adult.
(Replaced 50 of 1989 s. 2)

55. Restriction on motor racing and speed trials

(1) A person who promotes or takes part in-
(a) a race or trial of speed on any road between vehicles;
(b) any race or trial on any road between persons; or
(c)any other form of competition on any road involving vehicles or
pedestrians,
to which the Commissioner of Police has not given his consent in writing, or in
contravention of any conditions imposed on the granting of such consent,
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 12
months.
(2) Any driver of a motor vehicle who is convicted of an offence under
subsection (1) shall be disqualified for a period of 12 months unless the
magistrate for special reasons thinks fit to order otherwise.
(3) The Commissioner of Police may if he thinks fit consent to the
promotion or holding of any such event as is described in subsection (1) subject
to such conditions as he in his absolute discretion may impose.
(4) Any person aggrieved by any decision of the Commissioner of Police
under subsection (3) may appeal, by way of petition, to the Governor in
Council against such decision and on any such appeal the Governor in Council
may affirm, amend or reverse such decision.

PART VII

ACCIDENTS

56. Duty to stop in case of accidents
(1) Where, owing to the presence of a vehicle on a road, an accident
occurs whereby-





(a) personal injury is caused to a person other than the driver of that
vehicle; or
(b) damage is caused to-
(i) a vehicle other than that vehicle or a trailer drawn thereby;
(ii) an animal other than an animal in or on that vehicle or a
trailer drawn thereby; or
(iii)any other thing not being in or on that vehicle or a trailer
drawn thereby,
the driver of that vehicle shall stop.
(2) In the case of any such accident, the driver of the vehicle shall, if
required, give to any police officer or to any person having reasonable grounds
for so requiring the following particulars-
(a) his name and address;
(b) the name and address of the owner of the vehicle; and
(e) the registration or identification mark or number of the vehicle.
[cf. 1972 c. 20 s. 25(2) U.K.]
(2A) If, in the case of an accident referred to in subsection (1)(b), the
driver of the vehicle for any reason does not give the particulars mentioned in
subsection (2), he shall report the accident in person at the nearest police station
or to any police officer as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any case not
later than 24 hours after the accident. (Added 66 of 1984 s. 7)
(3) If the accident involves injury to any person including the driver, the
driver shall report the accident in person at the nearest police station or to any
police officer as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any case not later than
24 hours after the accident, unless the driver is incapable of doing so by reason
of injuries sustained by him in the accident. [cf. 1972 c. 20 s. 25(3) U.K.]
(4) In this section 'animal' means any horse, cattle, ass, mule, sheep, pig
or goat. [cf. 1972 c. 20 s. 25(4) U.K.]
(5) A person who contravenes subsection (1) commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 12 months.
(6) A person who contravenes subsection (2), (2A) or (3) or who
knowingly makes a false statement in supplying particulars under subsection (2)
commits an ofrence and is liable to a fine of $15,000 and to imprisonment for 6
months.
(Amended 66 of 1984 s. 8)

57. Preservation of evidence of serious accidents

(1) Subject to subsection (2), if owing to the presence of a vehicle on
a road an accident occurs in consequence of which any person is killed or
seriously injured or serious damage is caused to any vehicle or thing, any person
who without the authority of a police officer moves or otherwise interferes with
any vehicle involved in the accident or any part of any such vehicle or does any





other act which destroys, alters or conceals any evidence of the accident
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6
months.
(2) In any proceedings against a person in respect of the moving of
or interference with a vehicle in contravention of subsection (1), it shall be
a defence for the person charged to prove that the vehicle was moved or
interfered with for the purpose of saving life, extinguishing fire or meeting any
other emergency.

PART VIII

ENFORCEMENT

58. Appointment of traffic wardens

(1) The Commissioner of Police may appoint such persons as he thinks fit
to be traffic wardens or senior traffic wardens.
(2) Traffic wardens shall discharge, in aid of the Royal Hong Kong Police
Force, the following functions-
(a)the enforcement of the Fixed Penalty (Traffic Contraventions)
Ordinance (Cap. 237);
(b)the control and regulation of vehicular traffic and pedestrians,
whether on a road or not, and any functions incidental to, or
connected with, the control and regulation of such traffic or
pedestrians, which are normally undertaken by the Police Force;
and
(c)any other functions which may be conferred on them by or under
this or any other Ordinance.
(3) Subject to subsection (4), for the purposes of discharging his functions
under subsection (2), a traffic warden shall have all the powers and duties of a
police officer.
(4) Notwithstanding subsection (3), a traffic warden shall not have
power-
(a) to arrest or detain a person; or
(b) to search a person.
(5) Traffic wardens shall be subject to the orders and directions of the
Commissioner of Police.
(6) A traffic warden shall obey all lawful orders given to him by a police
officer of or above the rank of sergeant.





59. Provisions applicable to traffic wardens
(1) A traffic warden shall be deemed to be always on duty when required
to act as such and shall discharge his functions as such in any and every place in
Hong Kong where he may be doing duty.
(2) An identity card shall be issued to every traffic warden and shall be
evidence of his appointment.
(3) A traffic warden whilst on duty shall wear the uniform of a traffic
warden.
(4) Any person who is not a traffic warden and who-
(a)wears, without the permission of the Commissioner of Police, the
uniform of a traffic warden or any dress having the appearance,
or bearing any of the distinctive marks, of that uniform;
(b)has in his possession, without the permission of the Com-
missioner of Police, an identity card issued to a traffic warden
under subsection (2),
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6
months.
(5) Any person who ceases to be a traffic warden, whether in consequence
of resignation or dismissal or otherwise, shall thereupon deliver up his uniform
and his identity card and any other Government property which may be in his
possession.
(6) Save with the consent of the Commissioner of Police, no traffic
warden shall be a member of a trade union.

60. Power of police to stop vehicles
A person driving a motor vehicle or rickshaw on a road and a person
riding a bicycle or tricycle on a road shall stop the same on being so required by
a police officer in uniform, or traffic warden in uniform, and any person who
fails to do so commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.
[cf. 1972 c. 20 s. 159 U.K.]

61. Penalty for neglect of traffic directions
Where a police officer in uniform or a traffic warden in uniform is for the
time being engaged in the regulation of traffic on a road, any person driving any
vehicle and any pedestrian who neglects or refuses to obey any direction of
the police officer or traffic warden commits an offence and is liable to a fine of
$2,000.

61A.Drivers of vehicles of the North-west Railway
to obey police directions in emergency
(1) Where there is an emergency on or in the vicinity of the carriageway
of the North-west Railway, a police officer in uniform may give directions to





the driver of any vehicle of the North-west Railway for the purpose of saving or
protecting any life or property in imminent danger or clearing any obstruction
to the North-west Railway and any such driver shall obey the directions.
(2) Any driver of a vehicle of the North-west Railway who fails to obey a
direction of a police officer given under subsection (1) commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $2,000.
(Added46 of 1987 s. 6)

62. Penalty for obstruction

Without prejudice to any other provisions of this Ordinance, any person
who obstructs any police officer or traffic warden or the Commissioner in the
exercise of any power conferred under this Ordinance commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $2,000 and to imprisonment for 3 months.

63. Obligation to give certain information

(1) Where the driver of a vehicle is suspected of having committed an
offence under this Ordinance or, where owing to the presence of a vehicle on a
road an accident occurs, any person, including both the registered owner and
the person suspected of being the driver of the vehicle, shall on demand made
within 6 months after the date of the alleged offence or accident give to a police
officer in the manner prescribed in this section the name, address and driving
licence number-
(a)in the case of an alleged offence, of the driver of the vehicle at the
time of the alleged offence;
(b)in the case of an accident, of the driver of the vehicle at the time
of the accident or of the last driver of the vehicle prior to, the
accident,
and his relationship, if any, to any such driver. (Replaced 66 of 1984 s. 8)
(2) A demand under subsection (1) may be made orally or by means of a
notice served personally or by post on the person on whom it is made.
(3) Where a demand under subsection (1) is made orally to any person he
shall-
(a)if he was the driver of the vehicle at the time of the alleged offence
or accident, or was the last driver of the vehicle prior to the
accident---
(i) give immediately his name and address; and
(ii)give the number of his driving licence to a specified police
officer within 21 days after the date of the demand; and
(b)if he was not the driver of the vehicle at the time of alleged
offence or accident, or was not the last driver of the vehicle prior





to the accident, give the information required under subsection
(1) to a specified police officer either orally or in writing within 21
days after the date of the demand. (Amended 66 of 1984 s. 8)
(4) A notice served under subsection (2) shall require the person to whom
it is addressed-
(a)to furnish, within 21 days after the date of the notice, to a police
officer specified therein, a written statement, in such form as may
be specified in the notice, giving the name, address and driving
licence number-
(i) in the case of an alleged offence, of the driver of the vehicle
at the time of the alleged ofrence;
(ii) in the case of an accident, of the driver of the vehicle at the
time of the accident or of the last driver of the vehicle prior
to the accident,
and his relationship, if any, to any such driver; and (Replaced
66 of 1984 s. 8)
(b) to sign the said statement.
(5) In proceedings for an offence under subsection (6)(a), it shall be a
defence for the defendant to show that he did not know, and could not with
reasonable diligence have ascertained, the name or address or driving licence
number of the driver of the vehicle at the time of the alleged offence or accident
or of the last driver of the vehicle prior to the accident, as the case may be.
(Amended 66 of 1984 s. 8)
(6) Subject to subsection (5), any person who-
(a) contravenes subsection (1); or
(b)knowingly makes a false statement in supplying particulars
required under subsection (1),
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6
months.
(7) Where a person is convicted of an offence under subsection (6) and the
offence of which he is convicted is an offence in connection with the giving to
a police officer of the name, address and driving licence number of the driver of
a vehicle at the time of an alleged offence, the court before whom that person
is convicted shall have regard to the facts of the alleged offence in considering-
(Amended 66 of 1984 s. 8)
(a)the amount of any fine, or period of imprisonment, to impose;
and
(b)the period, if any, for which to order such person to be
disqualified,
for the offence under subsection (6).
(8) In this section 'alleged offence' means the suspected offence referred
to in subsection (1).





64. Proof in summary proceedings of identity of driver
If, in any summary proceedings for an offence under this Ordinance, there
is produced to the court a statement which-
(a) purports to have been signed by the defendant;
(b)was furnished in accordance with a notice served on him under
section 63(2); and
(c)states that the defendant was the driver of the vehicle at the time
of the offence,
the court shall admit the statement as prima facie evidence that the defendant
was the driver of the vehicle at the time of the offence.

65. Provision of weigh-bridges and weighing
of motor vehicles etc.

(1) The Commissioner and the Commissioner of Police may maintain and
operate weigh-bridges or other machines for weighing vehicles. [cf. 1972 c. 20
s. 200(1) U.K.]
(2) Subject to the provisions of any other enactment, any police officer in
uniform or the Commissioner may require the person in charge of any motor
vehicle to allow the motor vehicle or any trailer drawn thereby to be weighed,
either laden or unladen, and the weight transmitted to the road by any part of
the motor vehicle or trailer in contact with the road to be tested, and for that
purpose to proceed with the vehicle and such trailer (if any) to a weigh-bridge
or other machine for weighing vehicles.
(3) Where a motor vehicle or trailer is weighed under this section and the
weight is found to be within the limits authorized by law, a certificate of weight
shall be given to the person in charge of the motor vehicle and the certificate so
given shall exempt the motor vehicle and the trailer, if any, from being weighed
so long as it is during the continuance of the same journey carrying the same
load.
(4) Any person in charge of a motor vehicle who fails to comply with any
requirement under subsection (2) commits an offence and is liable in the case of
a first conviction therefor to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 3 months
and in the case of a second or subsequent conviction to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

66. Power to test for excessive smoke
(1) A police officer in uniform of the rank of sergeant or above who has
reason to believe that an ofrence relating to the emission of smoke or visible
vapour is being or has been committed in respect of a motor vehicle which is
on a road or in any public place may stop and examine the vehicle, and
may measure or cause to be measured by means of prescribed apparatus the
emission of smoke or visible vapour from the vehicle.





(2) A police officer of the rank of sergeant or above who has reason to
believe that an offence against this Ordinance relating to the emission of smoke
or visible vapour has been committed within the preceding 14 days may by
notice in writing served personally or by post on the owner of the vehicle
require production of the vehicle at such vehicle examination centre or police
station on such date and at such time as may be specified in the notice for the
purpose of-
(a)measurement of the emission of smoke or visible vapour by
means of prescribed apparatus; or
(b)examination of the vehicle to ascertain whether its condition
remains such that its use results in the commission of an offence
against this Ordinance relating to the emission of smoke or
visible vapour.
(3) An owner served with a notice under subsection (2) who fails without
reasonable excuse to produce the vehicle on the date and at the time and place
specified in the notice commits an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine of
$2,000.

67. Power to seize document, vehicle
licence or registration mark

(1) If a police officer has reasonable cause to believe that a document
produced to him pursuant to the provisions of this Ordinance or any
requirement made thereunder is a document in relation to which an offence has
been committed under section 111, he may seize the document; and when a
document is seized under this subsection, the person from whom it is taken
shall, unless the document has been previously returned to him or he has been
previously charged with an offence under section 111, be summoned before a
court or magistrate to account for his possession of the said document and the
court or magistrate shall make such order regarding the disposal of the
document and award such costs as the justice of the case may require. [cf.
1972 c. 20 s. 173(1) U.K.]
(2) If a police officer has reasonable cause to believe that a document,
vehicle licence or registration mark carried on a motor vehicle or by the driver
thereof is a document, vehicle licence or registration mark in relation to which
an offence has been committed under section 111, he may seize the document,
vehicle licence or registration mark and when a document, vehicle licence or
registration mark is seized under this subsection either the driver or the owner
of the vehicle shall, if the document, vehicle licence or registration mark is still
detained and neither of them has previously been charged with an offence
in relation thereto under this Ordinance, be summoned before a court or
magistrate to account for his possession of, or the presence on the vehicle
of, the said document, vehicle licence or registration mark and the court or





magistrate shall make such order respecting the disposal of the said document,
vehicle licence or registration mark and award such costs as the justice of the
case may require. [cf. 1972 c. 20 s. 173 (2) U.K.]
(3) For the purposes of this section the power to seize includes power to
detach from a vehicle. [cf. 1972 c. 20 s. 173(2) U.K.]

68. Notice of intention to prosecute for certain offences

(1) Subject to subsection (2), a person prosecuted for an offence under
section 36, 37, 38 or 41 (which relate respectively to causing death by reckless
driving, reckless driving, careless driving and driving in excess of the speed
limit) shall not be convicted of such offence unless-
(a)he was warned at the time of the commission of the offence or
within 24 hours thereafter that the question of prosecuting him
under some one or other of the provisions aforesaid would be
taken into consideration; or
(b)within 14 days of the commission of the offence, either he was
charged before a magistrate or a summons in respect thereof was
served on him; or
(c)within 14 days, excluding public holidays, of the commission of
the offence, a notice of the intended prosecution specifying the
nature of the alleged offence and the time and place where it is
alleged to have been committed was served on him, or sent.by
registered post to him, or served on or sent by registered post to
the person in whose name the vehicle was registered at the time of
the commission of the offence; or
(d)in the case of an offence under section 41, he was served with
a notice under section 3(3) of the Fixed Penalty (Criminal
Proceedings) Ordinance (Cap. 240) and has failed to comply
therewith.
(2) Subsection (1) shall not apply if it appears to the court or magistrate
that-
(a)the person prosecuted was not prejudiced in his defence by a
failure to comply with that subsection; or
(b)the person prosecuted by his own conduct contributed to the
failure to comply with that subsection.
(3) The requirements of subsection (1) shall in every case be presumed to
have been complied with unless and until the contrary is proved.

69. Disqualification on conviction of certain offences

(1) Without prejudice to any other provision relating to the penalty that
may be, or is required to be, imposed for an offence, a court before which





a person is convicted of any of the following offences may order him to be
disqualified for such period as the court thinks fit-
(a)any offence under this Ordinance in connection with the driving
of a motor vehicle; (Amended 43 of 1986 s. 3)
(b) an offence under section 63(6);
(c) stealing a motor vehicle;
(d)an offence under section 14(1) of the Theft Ordinance (Cap. 210)
in respect of a motor vehicle;
(e)an offence under section 27 of the Theft Ordinance (Cap. 210)
committed with reference to the theft or taking of motor vehicles;
(f)a contravention of any of the following provisions of the Road
Traffic (Public Service Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub.
leg.), namely regulation 37(a), (b), (c) and (d) (relating to
the obligations of taxi drivers) and regulation 47 (relating to
prescribed taxi fares); (Replaced 66 of 1984 s. 9)
(g)any offence under any regulation made under section 9 of using
or causing or permitting the use on a road of any motor vehicle
or trailer in contravention of any provision or requirement of any
such regulation as to brakes,.tyres or steering gear, except where
the convicted person proves that he did not know and had no
reasonable cause to suspect that the facts of the case were such
that the offence would have been committed;
(h)any offence during the course of which, or in order to escape
apprehension for which, he uses a motor vehicle.
(2) A disqualification-
(a)imposed in respect of an ofFence specified in subsection (1)(f),
shall be limited to the driving of a taxi; and
(b)imposed in respect of any other offence specified in subsection (1)
shall be a disqualification from holding or obtaining any driving
licence. (Replaced 43 of 1986 s. 3)
(3) When a person is convicted of aiding, abetting, counselling or
procuring or inciting the commission of an offence under Part V or section
52(1), and it is proved that he was present in the vehicle at the time of the
commission of the offence, the offence of which he is convicted shall, for the
purposes of this Ordinance, be deemed to be an offence in connection with the
driving of a motor vehicle.

70. Re-testing of drivers

(1) (Repealed 43 of 1986 s. 4)
(2) Where a person is convicted of an offence involving obligatory or
discretionary disqualification the court may, whether or not it makes any other
order as to disqualification, and whether or not such person has previously





passed the test of competence to drive prescribed under this Ordinance, order
him to be disqualified until he has, after the date of the order, passed that test.
(3) A disqualification by virtue of an order under subsection (2) shall
be deemed to have expired on production to the Commissioner of evidence,
in such form as may be prescribed under this Ordinance, that the person
disqualified has, after the order was made, passed that test.
(4) A person disqualified by virtue of an order under subsection (2) shall,
unless he is disqualified otherwise than by virtue of such an order, be entitled to
obtain and hold a learner's driving licence and to drive a motor vehicle in
accordance with the conditions subject to which the licence is granted.
(Amended 43 of 1986 s. 4)

71. Notification and effect of, and appeal
against, disqualification

(1) Where a court orders that a person shall be disqualified, it shall
forthwith cause notice of the conviction and order to be sent to the
Commissioner and the Commissioner of Police and, if such person at the date
of the conviction or order holds a driving licence, an international driving
permit, a domestic driving permit or a domestic driving licence, shall cause it to
be forwarded to the Commissioner as soon as it is produced to the court in
accordance with the provisions of subsection (2).
(2) Where a court orders that a person shall be disqualified and at the
date of such order the person holds a driving licence, an international driving
permit, a domestic driving permit or a domestic driving licence, it shall also
order him to deposit it with the court within 5 days of the date of the order or
such longer period as the court may determine:
Provided that if such person shall give notice of appeal against the order
such period of 5 days shall commence at the determination of the appeal if the
appeal is dismissed.
(3) Where a person who is disqualified by virtue of a conviction or order
is the holder of a driving licence, an international driving permit, a domestic
driving licence or a domestic driving permit, the licence or permit shall, subject
to section 70(4), be of no effect so long as the disqualification continues in
force.
(4) A person who is disqualified by virtue of the order of a court may
appeal against the disqualification in like manner as if it were an order made
against him for the payment of a penal or other sum and the court which
made the order may order the operation of the disqualification to be suspended
pending the appeal and if that court refuses to order such suspension, the court
to which the appeal lies may do so.
(5) Any person who fails to comply with an order made under subsection
(2) for the deposit of a driving licence, international driving permit, domestic





driving permit or domestic driving licence, commits an offence and is liable to a
fine of $3,000 and to imprisonment for 1 month.

72. Removal of disquallication
(1) A person who by virtue of the order of a court is disqualified other
than under section 70(2) may at any time apply for an order removing the
disqualification, and on any such application the court may, having regard to
the character of the person disqualified and his conduct subsequent to the
order, the nature of the offence and any other circumstances of the case, either
refuse the application or remove the disqualification as from such date, subject
to subsection (2), as may be specified in the order. (Amended 43 of 1986 s. 5)
(2) In the case of an offence for which a minimum period of
disqualification is specified by this Ordinance, the date from which a
disqualification may be removed under subsection (1) shall not be a date earlier
than the date of expiration of such period, disregarding any time after the
conviction or order for disqualification during which the disqualification was
suspended or the applicant was not disqualified.
(3) An application under subsection (1) shall be made-
(a)where the disqualification was imposed by the High Court, to the
High Court;
(b)where the disqualification was imposed by the District Court, to
the High Court or District Court;
(c)where the disqualification was imposed by a magistrate, to the
High Court, the District Court or any magistrate.
(4) When an application under subsection (1) is refused ' no further
application thereunder shall be entertained which is made less than 3 months
after the date of the refusal or, as the case may be, the last refusal.
(5) An application under subsection (1) shall not be heard unless not less
than 14 days' notice in writing setting forth the grounds of the application has
been given to the Commissioner of Police.
(6) A court which orders a disqualification to be removed shall cause
notice of the order to be sent to the Commissioner and to the Commissioner of
Police and may in any case order the applicant to pay the whole or any part of
the costs of the application.

73. Evidence by certificate

(1) In any proceedings for an offence under this Ordinance, a certificate in
the form set out in Form 1 of Schedule 2 purporting to be signed by a police
officer and certifying that a plan or drawing exhibited thereto is a plan or
drawing made by him of the place or object specified in the certificate, and that
the plan or drawing is correctly drawn to a scale so specified, shall be admissible
as evidence of the relative positions of the things shown on the plan or drawing.





(2) In any proceedings for an offence under this Ordinance, a certificate in
the form set out in Form 2 of Schedule 2 purporting to be signed by a police
officer and certifying that a person specified in the certificate stated to the police
officer-
(a)that a particular motor vehicle was being driven or used by, or
belonged to, that person on a particular occasion; or
(b)that a particular motor vehicle on a particular occasion was used
by, or belonged to, a firm in which that person also stated that he
was at the time of the statement a partner; or
(e)that a particular motor vehicle on a particular occasion was used
by, or belonged to, a corporation of which that person also stated
that he was at the time of the statement a director, officer or
employee,
shall be admissible as evidence for the purpose of determining by whom the
vehicle was being driven or used, or to whom it belonged, as the case may be,
on that occasion.
(3) Nothing in subsection (1) or (2) shall be deemed to make a certificate
admissible as evidence in proceedings for an offence except in a case where and
to the like extent to which oral evidence to the like effect would have been
admissible in those proceedings.
(4) Nothing in subsection (1) or (2) shall be deemed to make a certificate
admissible as evidence in proceeding for an offence-
(a)unless a copy thereof has, not less than 7 days before the hearing
or trial, been served on the person charged with the offence; or
(b)if that person, not later than 3 days before the hearing or trial or
within such further time as the court may in special circumstances
allow, serves a notice in the form set out in Form 3 of Schedule 2
on the prosecutor requiring attendance at the trial of the person
who signed the certificate.
(5) A certificate or other document required by subsection (4) to be served
on any person may be served-
(a)by delivering it personally to the person to be served, or by
addressing it to him and leaving it at, or sending it by registered
post to his last or usual place of abode or place of business; or
(b)in the case of a body corporate, by delivering it to the secretary or
clerk of the body at its registered or principal office or by sending
it by registered post addressed to the secretary or clerk of that
body at that office.

74. Certificate as to registered owner of
vehicle or holder of driving licence

(1) A document purporting-





(a)to be signed by or on behalf of the Commissioner or the
Commissioner of Police; and
(b) to certify---
(i)that according to the register of motor vehicles maintained
under this Ordinance a person specified in the certificate was
registered as the owner of a motor vehicle specified therein; or
(ii) that according to the register of driving licences maintained
under this Ordinance a person specified in the certificate was
the holder of a driving licence specified therein,
shall be admitted in any civil or criminal proceedings before any court on its
production without further proof.
(2) On the production of a document under subsection (1), the court
before which it is produced shall, until the contrary is proved, presume-
(a)that it was signed at the time specified therein by a person duly
authorized by the Commissioner or the Commissioner of Police
as the case may be; and
(b) that-
(i) in the case of a certificate under subsection (1)(b)(i), the
person specified in the certificate was at any time specified
therein the registered owner of the motor vehicle specified
therein; or
(ii) in the case of a certificate referred to in subsection (1)(b)(ii),
that the person specified in the certificate was the holder of
the driving licence specified therein,
and the certificate shall be prima facie evidence of all the matters contained
therein.

75. Proof of matters relating to previous convictions

(1) A document purporting-
(a) to be signed by or on behalf of the Commissioner of Police; and
(b)to certify that according to the record of convictions for offences
under this Ordinance compiled and maintained by the Commis-
sioner of Police under this section a person having the name, and
holding the driving licence, specified in the certificate is recorded
as having on the date specified in the certificate been convicted of
the offence under this Ordinance specified in the certificate,
shall be admitted in any criminal proceedings before any court on its
production without further proof.
(2) On the production of a document under subsection (1)-
(a)the court shall, until the contrary is proved, presume that the
document was signed at the time specified therein by or on behalf
of the Commissioner of Police; and





(b)the document shall be evidence that the person having the name
and holding the driving licence specified in the document was on
the date so specified convicted of the offence so specified.
(3) The Commissioner of Police may, for the purposes of this section,
cause to be compiled and maintained from information obtained from such
persons and in such manner as the Commissioner of Police shall determine
records of conviction of persons for offences under this Ordinance.
(4) Any records of convictions of persons for offences under this
Ordinance compiled and maintained by the Commissioner of Police prior to the
commencement of this section shall be deemed to be records compiled and kept
under this section.
(5) The Commissioner of Police shall on payment of the prescribed fee
issue to the holder of a driving licence a record of all convictions of offences
under this Ordinance recorded in respect of that person or, where it appears
from records maintained by the Commissioner of Police that such person has
not been convicted of an offence under this Ordinance, a certificate to that
effect. (Amended66of 1987s. 3)
(6) Neither the Government nor any public officer shall be subject to any
action, liability, claim or demand whatsoever arising out of compliance with, or
any failure to comply in any respect with, subsection (5).

76. Service

(1) Unless otherwise specifically provided by this Ordinance, any notice
required to be served under this Ordinance may be served by sending it by
post-
(a)where it is directed to a registered owner, to his registered
address; or
(b) where it is directed to a driver, to his last known postal address.
(2) A certificate of posting in the prescribed form purporting to be signed
by or for the Commissioner or the Commissioner of Police, as the case may be,
shall be admitted in evidence on its production without further proof and-
(a)until the contrary is proved, it shall be presumed that the
certificate is so signed;
(b)it shall be conclusively presumed that the notice to which the
certificate relates was duly served.

77. Exemptions of fire engines, etc. from
speed limits and traffic fights

(1) The provisions of any enactment imposing a speed limit on motor
vehicles shall not apply to any vehicle on an occasion when it is being used
for fire services, ambulance, customs and excise service or police purposes, if





compliance with those provisions would be likely to hinder the use of the
vehicle on that occasion for any of those purposes.
(2) The provisions of any enactment imposing control by traffic lights or
traffic signs on motor vehicles shall not apply to any motor vehicle on an
occasion when it is being used for police, fire services or ambulance purposes, so
long as the approach of the vehicle to the traffic lights or traffic sign, as the case
may be, is indicated by the sounding of a gong, bell or siren and if compliance
with those provisions would be likely to hinder the use of the vehicle on that
occasion for any of those purposes.
- (3) Nothing in this section shall affect any civil claim for injury or damage
to a person or to property.

PART IX

ExAMINATION OF MOTOR VEFUCLES

78. Examination of motor vehicles in
connection with registration etc.

(1) Before-
(a) registering a motor vehicle;
(b)issuing a duplicate registration document to the registered owner
of a motor vehicle;
(c) returning the registration document to a new registered owner;
(d) licensing a motor vehicle; or
(e)entering in the register any alterations to a motor vehicle notified
under this Ordinance,
the Commissioner may, by notice in writing served either personally or by
registered post on the owner, the registered owner or the new owner of the
motor vehicle, as the case may be, require production of the motor vehicle for
examination at such vehicle examination centre, and at such time on such date,
as may be specified in the notice for the purpose of ascertaining whether the
motor vehicle-
(i) accords, as the case may be, with the particulars contained in the
application for registration or for the vehicle licence or in the
notice of transfer of ownership, or with the particulars contained
in the register, or with the alterations notified under this
Ordinance;
(ii) is roadworthy;
(iii) complies with this Ordinance and any conditions subject to which
a vehicle licence was issued in respect of the vehicle.
(2) A vehicle produced at a vehicle examination centre pursuant to
subsection (1) may be detained for a period not exceeding 24 hours.





(3) The fee for a vehicle examination under this section shall be payable
upon receipt of the notice requiring the vehicle to be produced for examination.
(4) In the event of non-compliance with a notice under subsection (1)
requiring production of a vehicle for examination, no refund shall be payable of
any fee paid in respect of such examination unless-
(a) the Commissione ' r receives at least 14 days notice in writing of
such non-compliance; or
(b) the Commissioner is satisfied that-
(i) circumstances beyond the control of the person who was
required to produce the vehicle prevented him from
producing it; and
(ii) notice was given to the Commissioner of such non-
compliance as soon as practicable.

79. Examination orders for examination
of motor vehicles

The Commissioner or any police officer may serve or cause to be served
personally on the driver, or by registered post on the registered owner, of a
motor vehicle an examination order in a form specified by the Commissioner
requiring production of the motor vehicle for examination at such vehicle
examination centre, and at such time on such date, as shall be specified in the
examination order, for the purpose of ascertaining whether the motor vehicle-
(a) accords with the particulars thereof contained in the register;
(b) is roadworthy;
(c) complies with this Ordinance and any conditions subject to which
a vehicle licence was issued in respect of the vehicle.

80. Examination of motor vehicle on road by police
officer and removal to vehicle examination
centre or police station

(1) A police officer may-
(a) examine; or
(b) cause to be examined by a vehicle examiner,
a motor vehicle which is being used on a road, for the purpose of ascertaining
whether the vehicle complies with this Ordinance and any condition subject to
which the vehicle licence in respect of the vehicle was issued.
(2) Any police officer who, as a result of an examination of a motor
vehicle under subsection (1), has reason to believe that-
(a) the vehicle has been involved in an accident;
(b) the vehicle is not roadworthy; or





(e)the vehicle does not comply with this Ordinance or any condition
subject to which the vehicle licence in respect of the vehicle was
issued,
may-
(i) direct the driver of the vehicle to drive it to such vehicle
examination centre or police station as the police officer may
specify; or
(ii) direct the driver and any other person to leave the vehicle
and himself drive or remove the vehicle or cause it to be
driven or removed to any vehicle examination centre or police
station,
and may cause the vehicle to be detained at a vehicle examination centre or
police station for not more than 72 hours while the motor vehicle is examined
by a vehicle examiner.
(3) A police officer who-
(a) directs a driver to drive a motor vehicle; or
(b)drives or removes a motor vehicle or cause it to be driven or
removed,
to a vehicle examination centre or police station under subsection (2) shall serve
on the driver of the motor vehicle a notice specifying-
(i) his belief that the vehicle has been involved in an accident;
(ii) the respect in which he believes the vehicle is unroadworthy; or
(iii)the respect in which he believes the vehicle does. not comply with
this Ordinance or any condition subject to which the vehicle
licence in respect of the vehicle was issued.
(4) Any person who fails to comply with the directions of a police
officer under subsection (2) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of
$5,000.
(5) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to authorize any person who is
not the holder of a valid driving licence for a vehicle of the appropriate class to
drive any vehicle in the course of any removal or examination.

81. Powers of vehicle examiner on
examination of motor vehicle

In carrying out an examination of a motor vehicle for the purposes of any
of the provisions of this Part a vehicle examiner may carry out or cause to be
carried out such inspection, examination or test of the vehicle, any part of the
vehicle, any accessory affixed to the vehicle or any equipment or part of the
equipment of the vehicle as he thinks fit and may weigh the vehicle or any load
on the vehicle.





82.Vehicle not in accordance with particulars
in register, form of application for
registration or notice of transfer

(1) Where on examination of a motor vehicle under this Part a vehicle
examiner finds that a motor vehicle does not accord with the particulars of the
motor vehicle-
(a) entered in the register; or
(b)contained in an application for registration or notice of transfer
of ownership,
the vehicle examiner shall notify the Commissioner and shall serve notice
personally or by registered post-
(i) on the owner of the motor vehicle; and
(ii)on the person who produced the vehicle for examination if he is
present during the examination; and
(iii) where appropriate, on the new owner.
(2) A notice under subsection (1) shall-
(a) be in a form specified by the Commissioner; and
(b)specify the manner in which the motor vehicle does not accord
with the particulars of the motor vehicle-
(i) entered in the register; or
(ii) contained in the application for registration or notice of
transfer of ownership.

83.Vehicle not roadworthy or not in accordance with
the Ordinance or conditions of vehicle licence

(1) Where on the examination of a motor vehicle under this Part it
appears to the vehicle examiner that-
(a) the motor vehicle is not roadworthy; or
(b)the motor vehicle does not comply with this Ordinance or any
conditions subject to which a motor vehicle licence was issued in
respect of the vehicle,
he shall-
(i) if he considers that the use of the motor vehicle on a road would
be dangerous to other road users, refer the motor vehicle to a
specially authorized vehicle examiner;
(ii) in any other case, make a vehicle repair order.
(2) Where a specially authorized vehicle examiner considers that the use
on a road of a vehicle examined under this Part would be dangerous to other
road users he shall make a suspension of vehicle licence order and cause the
vehicle licence to be removed from the vehicle.





84. Suspension of vehicle licence orders

(1) A suspension of vehicle licence order shall-
(a) be in a form specified by the Commissioner;
(b)require the registered owner of the motor vehicle to cause to be
carried out the repairs or other work specified in the order;
(c)specify the conditions on which the motor vehicle may be driven
on a road and in particular specify the manner in which the
motor vehicle may be moved from and to the vehicle examination
centre; and
(d)be served on the registered owner personally or by registered
post.
(2) A suspension of vehicle licence order shall continue in force in respect
of a motor vehicle until the repairs or other work required thereby have been
carried out satisfactorily.
(3) Where a suspension of vehicle licence order is in force in respect of a
motor vehicle, the registered owner may produce the motor vehicle at such
vehicle examination centre and at such time and on such date as may be
specified by the Commissioner for examination by a vehicle examiner to
ascertain whether the repairs or other work required by the order have been
carried out satisfactorily, and if such repairs or other work are found to have
been so carried out a specially authorized vehicle examiner shall cancel the
suspension of vehicle licence order forthwith and restore the vehicle licence to
the registered owner.
(4) Where a suspension of vehicle licence order is in force in respect of a
motor vehicle, any person who drives that motor vehicle on a road except in
accordance with the suspension of vehicle licence order commits an offence and
is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

85. Repair orders

(1) A vehicle repair order shall-
(a) be in a form specified by the Commissioner;
(b) require the registered owner of the motor vehicle to---
(i) cause to be carried out the repairs or other work specified in
the order; and
(ii) produce the motor vehicle at such vehicle examination
centre, and at such time on such date, as shall be specified in
the order; and
(c)be served on the registered owner personally or by registered
post.
(2) If, on the examination of a motor vehicle produced at a vehicle
examination centre in accordance with a vehicle repair order, the vehicle
examiner is not satisfied that the repairs or other work required by the order





have been carried out satisfactorily, he may make a further vehicle repair order
under section 83.
(3) The registered owner of a motor vehicle in respect of which a vehicle
repair order has been made who fails to produce the motor vehicle for
examination at the vehicle examination centre specified in the order at the time
and on the date specified in the order, or on such further date and at the time as
the Commissioner may allow in any case, commits an offence and is liable to a
fine of $10,000.
(4) In any proceedings for an offence under subsection (3) it shall be a
good defence for the registered owner to prove that at the date specified in the
vehicle repair order for production of the motor vehicle for examination-
(a)the vehicle had been broken up, destroyed or sent permanently
out of Hong Kong; or
(b)the registration document relating to the motor vehicle had
been submitted to the Commissioner for cancellation of the
registration.

86. Fees

(1) A fee as specified in Schedule 3 shall be payable in respect of an
examination under section 78, 84(3) or 85(2).
(2) The Governor in Council may by order published in the Gazette
amend Schedule 3.
(Amended 66 of 1984 s. 10)

87. Forfeiture and disposal

(1) If a motor vehicle-
(a)produced at a vehicle examination centre pursuant to a
requirement under section 78 or 79 or of a vehicle repair order or
pursuant to section 84(3); or
(b) driven to a vehicle examination centre under section 80,
is not claimed within 14 days, the Commissioner shall serve personally or by
registered post on the owner, the registered owner or the new owner, as the case
may be, a notice in writing informing him that unless he-
(i) pays to the Commissioner any fee due under section 86; and
(ii) removes the motor vehicle from the vehicle examination centre
within 7 days of the service of the notice,
the motor vehicle shall be forfeited to the Crown and may be sold or otherwise
disposed of in such manner as the Commissioner thinks fit.
(2) If a notice under subsection (1) is not complied with the motor vehicle
shall thereupon be forfeited to the Crown and may be sold or otherwise
disposed of as the Commissioner thinks fit.





88. Vehicle examiners and vehicle examination centre

(1) The Commissioner-
(a) shall appoint vehicle examiners; and
(b)may authorize in writing any vehicle examiner to issue suspension
of vehicle licence orders,
for the purposes of this Ordinance.
(2) The Commissioner may designate any place to be a vehicle
examination centre for the purposes of this Ordinance.

PART IXA

ExAMINATION OF PRIVATE CARS
CAR TESTING CENTRES

88A. Interpretation

In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires-
'approved car tester' means a person authorized in writing by the
Commissioner under section 88F(1)(d);
14car testing centre' means a place designated as a car testing centre under
section 88C(1);
'certificate of roadworthiness' means a certificate issued by a car testing centre
in the form specified by the Commissioner in respect of a private car
and indicating that the private car, was found to be roadworthy upon
examination at the car testing centre;
'code of practice' means a code of practice issued and from time to time
revised under section 88F(1)(a);
'designation' means a designation of a car testing centre under section 88Q1);
'proprietor', in relation to a car testing centre, means a person having the
conduct or control of it, whether or not he is a natural person and whether
or not he is the owner; and
'responsible person' means a person authorized in writing by the
Commissioner under section 88F(1)(e).

88B. Examination of private cars before licensing
(1) Before licensing OL private carthe Commissioner may, for the purpose
of ascertaining whether the private car is roadworthy, require the registered
owner to have the private casexamined at a car testing centre.
(2) This section applies to any private car that was manufactured not less
than 6 years before the date with effect from which the private car is to be
licensed.





(3) The Governor may by order published in the Gazette amend
subsection (2) by substituting for the period of years specified therein another
periol.

88C. Authorized car testing centres
(1) The Commissioner may, in writing, designate any place as a car
testing centre and may impose such conditions relating to that designation as he
thinks fit.
(2) Where a place is designated as a car testing centre under subsection
(1), such designation-
(a)shall authorize the person specified in the designation as the
proprietor of that place, to operate that place as a car testing
centre in accordance with-
(i)any code of practice for the time being in force issued, and
from time to time revised, by the Commissioner under
section 88F(I)(a);
(ii) Schedule 8; and
(iii)such conditions as may be specified by the Commissioner in
the designation;
(b)shall not be valid except on payment of the fee specified in
paragraph 6(a) of Schedule 8.
(3) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (2)(a)--
(a)the fees specified in paragraph 6(b) of Schedule 8 shall be payable
by the registered owner of a private caAto the proprietor of a car
testing centre in respect of an examination carried out under this
Part.
(b)the conditions that may be specified in a designation under
subsection (2)(a)(iii) may include conditions relating to-
(i)the supply by the Commissioner to the proprietor specified
in the designation of any document or form to be used for
the purposes of this Part; and
(ii) the fees as specified in paragraph 6(c) of Schedule 8, payable
by that proprietor in respect of such supply and the refund
of such fees.
(4) The Commissioner shall cause notice of the designation of a place as a
car testing centre to be published in the Gazette.
(5) Subject to section 88D, a designation-
(a)shall be valid for a period of 3 years from such date as shall be
specified in the designation;
(b)may, on application made to the Commissioner not less than 6
months before the date of its expiration and on payment of the
fee specified in. paragraph 6(a) of Schedule 8, be renewed in
writing by the Commissioner.





(6) A renewal of a designation under subsection (5) shall-
(a)not be valid except on payment of the fee specified in paragraph
6(a) of Schedule 8; and
(b)be valid for a period of 3 years from such date as the
Commissioner shall specify in the renewal.

88D. Revocation of designation
(1) If in the case of any proprietor of a car testing centre it appears to the
Commissioner that-
(a) there has been a breach of-
(i) the code of practice;
(ii) Schedule 8;
(iii)the conditions specified in the designation under section
88C; or
(b) certificates of roadworthiness have been improperly issued; or
(c)certificates of roadworthiness have been incorrectly dated for
fraudulent purposes; or
(d)the proprietor has ceased to trade, or is being wound up or has
committed an act of bankruptcy,
the Commissioner may serve on the proprietor a notice stating his intention to
revoke the designation and the ground or grounds therefor and requiring the
proprietor to show cause in writing, within 28 days after the service of such
notice, why the designation should not be so revoked.
(2) Where after a notice is served on a proprietor under subsection (1)-
(a)the proprietor does not show cause why the designation should
not be revoked; or
(b)the Commissioner, having considered any representations made
by the proprietor, is of the opinion that the proprietor has not
sho wn good cause why the designation should not be revoked,
the Commissioner may, by notice in writing served on the proprietor, revoke
the designation with effect from such date being not less than 14 days after
service of the notice as he shall specify in the notice.
(3) Any proprietor of a car testing centre aggrieved by a decision of the
Commissioner under subsection (2) to revoke the designation of such car testing
centre may appeal to a Transport Tribunal against such decision within 14 days
of receiving notice of the decision and on any such appeal a Transport Tribunal
may affirm, amend or reverse such decision.
(4) A decision of the Commissioner appealed against under subsection (3)
shall not have effect pending the determination of the appeal by a Transport
Tribunal.
(5) The Commissioner shall cause notice of the revocation of a
designation under subsection (2) to be published in the Gazette as soon as
practicable after the revocation has come into effect.





(6) No compensation shall be payable in respect of the revocation of a
designation under this section.

88E. Termination of designation

(1) Notwithstanding section 88D, a designation in respect of a car testing
centre shall be terminated in the following cases-
(a)where the Commissioner serves written notice on the proprietor
of not less than 6 months, on the expiration of the period of such
notice;
(b)where the proprietor serves written notice on the Commissioner
of not less than 3 months, on the expiration of the period of such
notice.
(2) Where a designation is terminated under this section, the Com-
missioner may make a refund in respect of any fee paid under section 88C of
an amount not exceeding the sum obtained by dividing the amount of the fee
paid by 36 and multiplying the result by the number of months in the unexpired
period of the designation.
(3) The Commissioner shall cause a copy of every notice served under
subsection (1) to be published in the Gazette.

88F. Ancillary powers of Commissioner

(1) For the purposes of this Part the Commissioner may-
(a)issue and from time to time revise a code of practice setting out
the practice and procedure to be followed and specifying the
equipment to be used for the examination of private cars
testing centres;
(b) specify any form or other document;
(c) conduct training courses for the purposes of paragraph (d);
(d)authorize in writing persons to act as approved car testers who
have attended and completed a training course conducted by the
Commissioner for the purpose of training persons to be approved
car testers;
(e)authorize in writing persons to act as responsible persons at car
testing centres in respect of the supervision of examinations of
private cary . arried out under this Part.
(2) A code of practice issued, and from time to time revised, under
subsection (1) may specify the circumstances in which the fees set out in
paragraph 6(b) of Schedule 8 (as being fees payable to the proprietor of a
car testing centre by the registered owner of a private cak in respect of an
examination carried out under this Part) are to be waived, reduced or refunded.





88G. Power to enter and inspect records, equipment, etc.

(1) Any public officer authorized in writing by the Commissioner for the
purposes of this section, may, during the hours when a car testing centre is
open for business, enter any car testing centre and on production of his
authorization-
(a)inspect and take copies of any record, book or document kept or
maintained in respect of the examination of private car
(b) inspect or test any equipment used for the examination of private
(c) and monitor the examination of any private ca
(2) Any person who obstructs an officer in the execution ot his duty
under subsection (1) commits an ofrence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and
imprisonment for 6 months.

88H. Amendment of Schedule 8

The Governor may by order published in the Gazette amend Schedule 8.

88I. Protection of Crown and public oflicers

No proceedings in tort shall lie against the Crown or any public officer by
reason only of the fact that a place is designated as a car testing centre under
this Part.
(Part IXA added 65 of 1985 s. 3)

PART IXB

DESIGNATED DRIVING SCHOOLS

*88.J. Interpretation

In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires-
'course certificate' means a certificate in a form specified by the Commissioner
indicating that a person has completed a driving instruction course at a
driving school;
'driving school' means a place designated as a driving school under section
88K(1) and in respect of which such designation is in force; and
'proprietor', in relation to a driving school, means a person having the conduct
or control of it, whether or not he is the owner.

In operation on 1 January 1990.





*88K. Authorized driving school

(1) The Commissioner may, in writing, designate any place as a driving
school and may impose such conditions relating to that designation as he thinks
fit.
(2) Where a place is designated as a driving school under subsection (1),
such designation-
(a)shall authorize the person specified in the designation as the
proprietor of that place, to operate that place as a driving school
in accordance with-
(i) Schedule 9; and
(ii) such conditions as may be specified by the Commissioner in
the designation; and
(b)shall not be valid except on payment of the fee specified in
Schedule 9.
(3) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (2)(a)--
(a)the fees charged by the proprietor of a driving school for a
driving instruction course and the issue of a course certificate or a
duplicate copy of a course certificate in respect of motor cycles
or motor tricycles shall be subject to the approval of the
Commissioner;
(b)the conditions that may be specified in a designation under
subsection (2)(a)(ii) may include conditions relating to the issue
of a course certificate or a duplicate copy of a course certificate in
respect of motor cycles or motor tricycles.
(4) The Commissioner shall cause notice of a designation under sub-
section (1) to be published in the Gazette.
(5) Subject to section 88L, a designation under subsection (1)~-
(a)shall be valid for a maximum period of 5 years from such date as
shall be specified in the designation;
(b)may, on application made to the Commissioner not less than 3
months before the date of its expiration and on payment of
the fee specified in Schedule 9, be renewed in writing by the
Commissioner.
(6) A renewal of a designation under subsection (5) shall-
(a)be valid for a maximum period of 5 years from such date as the
Commissioner shall specify; and
(b)not be valid except on payment of the fee specified in
Schedule 9.
(7) The Commissioner may, if he considers that it would be in the public
interest to do so, exempt any person from the payment of the fee specified in
Schedule 9.

* In operation on 1 January 1990.





*88L. Revocation of designation

(1) If in the case of any proprietor of a driving school it appears to the
Commissioner that-
(a) there has been a breach of-
(i) Schedule 9; or
(ii)the conditions specified in the designation under section
88K; or
(b) any course certificate has been improperly issued; or
(c)the particulars on any course certificate have been incorrectly
stated for fraudulent purposes; or
(d)the proprietor has ceased to trade, or is being wound up or has
committed an act of bankruptcy,
the Commissioner may serve on the proprietor a notice stating his intention to
revoke the designation and the ground or grounds therefor and requiring the
proprietor to show cause in writing, within 28 days after the service of such
notice, why the designation should not be so revoked.
(2) Where after a notice is served on a proprietor of a driving school
under subsection (1)-
(a)the proprietor does not show cause why the designation should
not be revoked; or
(b)the Commissioner, having considered any representations made
by the proprietor, is of the opinion that the proprietor has not
shown good cause why the designation should not be revoked,
the Commissioner may, by notice in writing served on the proprietor, revoke
the designation with effect from such date being not less than 14 days after
service of the notice as he shall specify in the notice.
(3) Any proprietor of a driving school aggrieved by a decision of the
Commissioner under subsection (2) may appeal to a Transport Tribunal against
such decision within 14 days of receiving notice of the decision and on any such
appeal a Transport Tribunal may affirm, amend or reverse such decision.
(4) A decision of the Commissioner appealed against under subsection (3)
shall not have effect pending the determination of the appeal by a Transport
Tribunal.
(5) The Commissioner shall cause notice of the revocation of a
designation under subsection (2) to be published in the Gazette as soon as
practicable after the revocation has come into effect.
(6) No compensation shall be payable in respect of the revocation of a
designation under this section.
(7) Where a designation is revoked under this section, any fee paid under
section 88K(2) or (6) shall not be refunded.

* In operation on 1 January 1990.





(8) Within 28 days after a revocation under this section has come into
effect, the driving school shall make a refund of the fee paid by a person taking
a driving instruction course to that person, and the amount to be refunded
shall be an amount obtained by dividing the fee paid by the total number
of prescribed parts of a course and multiplying the result by the number
of prescribed parts of a course which has not been given.
(9) A revocation under this section shall not affect the validity of course
certificates properly issued.

*88M. Termination of designation
(1) Notwithstanding section 88L, a designation in respect of a driving
school shall, if the proprietor serves written notice of termination on the
Commissioner of not less than 3 months, be terminated on the expiration of the
period of such notice.
(2) Where a designation is terminated under this section, the
Commissioner may make a refund in respect of any fee paid under section 88K
of an amount not exceeding the sum obtained by dividing the amount of the fee
paid by the number of complete months of the designation and multiplying
the result by the number of complete months in the unexpired period of the
designation.
(3) Within 28 days after a designation is terminated under this section, the
driving school shall make a refund of the fee paid by a person taking a driving
instruction course to that person, and the amount to be refunded shall be an
amount obtained by dividing the fee paid by the total number of prescribed
parts of a course and multiplying the result by the number of prescribed parts
of a course which has not been given.
(4) The termination of a designation under this section shall not affect the
validity of course certificates properly issued.

*88N. Ancillary powers of the Commissioner
For the purposes of this Part the Commissioner-
(a)may issue, and may from time to time revise, a code of practice
setting out the requirements, procedure and standards in respect
of the content and duration of driving instruction courses, the
facilities to be provided, the safety measures to be adopted and
the equipment to be used in a driving school and any other
matter he thinks fit; and
(b)may specify any form, including the form of any course certificate
or other document; and
(e)may authorize in writing responsible persons to sign course
certificates.

In operation on 1 January 1990.





*88O. Power to enter and inspect

(1) Any public officer authorized in writing by the Commissioner for the
purposes of this section, may, during the hours when a driving school is open
for business, enter the driving school and on production of his authorization-
(a) observe and monitor the giving of driving instruction courses;
(b)inspect the driving school and ascertain whether there has been a
breach of-
(i) Schedule 9; or
(ii) the conditions specified in the designation under section
88K; and
(e)inspect or test any motor vehicle or equipment used for the giving
of driving instruction courses.
(2) If it is made to appear to a magistrate by information upon oath that
there is reason to believe that there has been a breach of-
(a) Schedule 9; or
(b) the conditions specified in the designation under section 88K,
the magistrate may issue a warrant authorizing any public officer to enter and
search any driving school.
(3) A public officer who entered a driving school in pursuance of a
warrant issued under subsection (2) may inspect and make copies of any record,
book or document kept or maintained in respect of the giving of driving
instruction courses.

*88P. Amendment of Schedule 9

The Governor may by order published in the Gazette amend Schedule 9.

*88Q. Protection of Crown and public officers

No Proceedings in tort shall lie against the Crown or any public officer by
reason only of the fact that a place is designated as a driving school under this
Part.
(Part IXB added 27 of 1989 s. 2)

PART X

SUSPENSION OF LICENCES OF MOTOR VEHICLES

89. Interpretation in this Part

In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires, 'fixed penalty' means,
in relation to an offence specified in Schedule 4, the fixed penalty specified for

* In operation on 1 January 1990.





that offence in the Schedule to the Fixed Penalty (Criminal Proceedings)
Ordinance (Cap. 240).

90. Notice of intention to suspend
on the conviction of a driver

(1) Where a person has been convicted of an offence specified in Schedule
4, or the fixed penalty for such an offence has been paid, the Commissioner
shall, within 14 days after the date of the conviction or payment of the fixd
penalty, cause a notice to be served on the registered owner of the motor vehicle
in respect of which the ofrence was committed.
(2) A notice served under subsection (1) shall-
(a) specify-
(i)the offence of which the person was convicted or for which
the fixed penalty has been paid and the date of conviction or
payment of the fixed penalty;
(ii) the date on which the offence took place;
(iii) the time when and place where the offence occurred;
(iv) the registration mark of the motor vehicle; and
(v) the name of the person who committed the offence;
(b) notify the registered owner that the Commissioner may under
section 93 suspend the vehicle licence for the period specified in
column 3 or 4 of Schedule 4; and
(c) notify the registered owner that he may, within 14 days after the
date of service of the notice-
(i) make representations in writing to the Commissioner
showing cause why the vehicle licence should not be
suspended; or
(ii)apply in writing to the Commissioner for a hearing before a
Transport Tribunal to show cause why the vehicle licence
should not be suspended.
(3) In the event of an appeal against conviction, the notice served under
subsection (1) shall be of no effect, and, if the appeal is abandoned or the
conviction is not quashed on the appeal, a further notice in accordance with this
section shall be served on the registered owner of the motor vehicle within 14
days after the appeal was abandoned or finally determined.

91. Hearing to show cause why vehicle
licence should not be suspended

(1) As soon as practicable after he receives an application from the
registered owner of a motor vehicle for a hearing before a Transport Tribunal,
the Commissioner shall cause a notice to be served on the owner specifying the





place where, time when and date on which he may appear before a Transport
Tribunal to show cause why the vehicle licence should not be suspended.
(2) The Commissioner shall, so far as practicable, ensure that the date of
the hearing before the Transport Tribunal is not less than 10 days nor more
than 30 days after the date of the notice served on the registered owner under
subsection (1).
(3) A Transport Tribunal may postpone a hearing if it thinks fit and
where a hearing is postponed, the Commissioner shall cause a notice to be
served on the registered owner specifying the date to which the hearing has been
postponed.
(4) If the registered owner of a motor vehicle does not appear before the
Transport Tribunal on the date of the hearing notified to him in a notice under
subsection (1) or (3), his application for a hearing shall be deemed to have been
withdrawn.

92. Decision of Tribunal

(1) A Transport Tribunal shall after considering-
(a)any evidence received by it, whether tendered on behalf of
the registered owner of the motor vehicle or otherwise, which
it considers relevant to the hearing;
(b)any representations made by or on behalf of the registered owner
of the motor vehicle, whether orally or in writing;
(c)any representations made by or on behalf of the Commissioner,
whether orally or in writing,
determine whether or not the registered owner has shown cause why the vehicle
licence should not be suspended.
(2) The decision of the Transport Tribunal under subsection (1) shall be
final.
(3) If the Transport Tribunal decides that the registered owner has shown
cause why the vehicle licence should not be suspended the Commissioner shall
notify the registered owner accordingly.

93. Suspension of vehicle licence and delivery of
vehicle into custody of Commissioner

(a)no written representations are made by or on behalf of the
registered owner of a motor vehicle, and no application is made
for a hearing before a Transport Tribunal, within the time
notified in a notice served under section 90(1); or
(b)an application for a hearing before a Transport Tribunal is
deemed to have been withdrawn under section 91(4),





the Commissioner shall suspend the vehicle licence for the appropriate period
specified in column 3 or 4 of Schedule 4.
(2) If a Transport Tribunal decides that the registered owner of a motor
vehicle has not shown cause why the vehicle licence should not he suspended the
Commissioner shall suspend it for the appropriate period specified in column 3
or 4 of Schedule 4.
(3) Where the Commissioner suspends a vehicle licence under subsection
(1) or (2), he shall cause a notice to be served on the registered owner.
(4) A notice under subsection (3) shall-
(a) specify-
(i)the registration mark of the motor vehicle the licence of
which is suspended; and
(ii) the period during which the vehicle licence shall be
suspended and the date of commencement of the suspension;
and
(b)direct the registered owner to deliver the motor vehicle into the
custody of the Commissioner on the day and at the time and
place specified in the notice.
(5) The Commissioner shall keep a record of every suspension of a vehicle
licence under subsection (1) or (2) in such form as he thinks fit.

94. Penalty payable if vehicle not delivered into custody

(1) If without reasonable excuse, a motor vehicle is not delivered into the
custody of the Commissioner in accordance with a notice served under section
93, the registered owner shall be liable to pay to the Government a penalty of
$200 for each day or part thereof while the suspension of the vehicle
licence continues in force and the motor vehicle is not in the custody of
the Commissioner or the Commissioner of Police under section 95.
(2) Any penalty due under subsection (1) may be recovered from the
registered owner by civil proceedings as a debt due to the Crown.

95. Seizure and removal of vehicle

(1) If a motor vehicle has not been delivered into the custody of the
Commissioner at the expiration of 7 days after the date specified in a notice
served under section 93, any police officer may seize the motor vehicle.
(2) Subject to subsection (3), a police officer who has seized a motor
vehicle under subsection (1) shall deliver it forthwith into the custody of the
Commissioner at the place specified in the notice under section 93.
(3) If at the time when a motor vehicle is seized it is not practicable for
a police officer to deliver it directly to the place specified in the notice under
section 93, he may take the motor vehicle to a police station, and thereafter a





police officer shall deliver it to the place so specified as soon as practicable and
in any event not later than 7 days after the seizure.
(4) For the purpose of seizing a motor vehicle under this section, a police
officer may-
(a)order any person who is in or on the motor vehicle to alight from
it;
(b)order any person who appears to him to be in possession of any
keys to the motor vehicle to give them to him or to any other
person; and
(c)enter and search any premises or place if he knows or has reason to
suspect that the motor vehicle is in or on such premises or place.
(5) A police officer may use such force as is reasonably necessary for the
purpose of entering or searching any premises or place under subsection (4)(c)
or of seizing or removing any motor vehicle from such premises or place under
this section.

96. Forfeiture and disposal of vehicle

(1) If a motor vehicle is-
(a)delivered into the custody of the Commissioner in accordance
with a notice served under section 93; or
(b) seized and delivered into his custody under section 95,
the Commissioner shall, within 10 days of its delivery into his custody, serve on
the registered owner a notice in writing in accordance with subsection (2).
(2) A notice under subsection (1) shall-
(a) specify-
(i) the date of delivery into the custody of the Commissioner;
and
(ii) the place at which the motor vehicle is being held; and
(b)notify the registered owner that at the expiry of the period of
suspension the Commissioner will return the motor vehicle to the
registered owner if, not later than 30 days after the expiry of the
period of suspension, the registered owner-
(i) claims the motor vehicle; and
(ii) pays to the Commissioner any penalty payable under section
94 and, if the vehicle was seized by a police officer under
section 95 the removal charge specified in Schedule 5; and
(c) notify the registered owner of the effect of subsection (4).
(3) If the registered owner claims the motor vehicle within 30 days after
the expiry of the period of suspension of the licence, the Commissioner shall,
on payment of any penalty payable under section 94 and, if the vehicle was
seized by a police officer under section 95, of the removal charge specified in
Schedule 5, return the motor vehicle to the registered owner.





(4) If the registered owner does not make a claim for the return within
30 days after the expiry of the period of suspension, the motor vehicle shall
thereupon be forfeited to the Crown and may be sold or otherwise disposed of
in such manner as the Commissioner thinks fit.

97. Record and certificate of alleged ofrences

(1) The Commissioner shall keep a record of the registration mark of
every motor vehicle in connection with which any person is alleged to have
committed an offence specified in Schedule 4.
(2) The Commissioner shall, on application made to him in such manner
as he may determine, issue a certificate stating whether or not at the time of the
issue of the certificate any person is, according to the record maintained under
subsection (1), alleged to have committed an offence specified in Schedule 4 in
connection with the motor vehicle bearing the registration mark specified in the
application.
(3) A certificate issued under subsection (2) shall be valid for 72 hours
from the time of issue.

98. Commissioner of Police to supply
information for the record

For the purposes of section 97 the Commissioner of Police shall notify the
Commissioner of every alleged offence specified in Schedule 4.

99. Removal of registration mark from the record

Where a person who is alleged to have committed an offence specified
in Schedule 4 in connection with a motor vehicle the registration mark of which
has been recorded under section 97-
(a) is not prosecuted for that offence;
(b) is found not guilty of that offence;
(c) has his conviction for that offence quashed on appeal,
the Commissioner shall forthwith remove from the record the registration mark
of the motor vehicle concerned.

100. Application of sections 90 to 96

(1) Sections 90 to 96 shall not apply or shall cease to apply where a motor
vehicle is sold or otherwise disposed of and the new registered owner is, at
the time of delivery of notice of transfer of ownership in accordance with the
regulations, in possession of a valid certificate issued by the Commissioner
under section 97 to the effect that at the time of issue, no person was alleged to





have committed an offence specified in Schedule 4 in respect of that motor
vehicle.
(2) Subject to subsection (1), sections 90 to 96 shall apply not-
withstanding that a transfer of the ownership of a motor vehicle has been
registered by the Commissioner after a person has committed an offence
specified in Schedule 4 in connection with that vehicle.

101. Service of notices

Any notice required under this Part to be served on the registered owner
of a motor vehicle may be served on him in person or by forwarding it by
registered post or recorded mail to him at the address shown in the register of
motor vehicles maintained by the Commissioner under this Ordinance.

102. Amendment of Schedule 4

The Governor in Council may by order published in the Gazette amend
Schedule 4.

PART XI

REMOVAL, DETENTION AND DISPOSAL OF VEHICLES

103. Removal of vehicles

(1) A police officer in uniform of the rank of sergeant or above may take
all reasonable steps to remove or cause to be removed, and where necessary
may provide for the safe custody of, any vehicle which-
(a)contravenes any of the provisions of this Ordinance or of the
Fixed Penalty (Traffic Contraventions) Ordinance (Cap. 237); or
(b)remains at rest on a road in such conditions or in such
circumstances as to be likely to cause danger to other persons
using the road or to interfere with the use of the road.
(2) The power of removal contained in subsection (1) shall be exercised
only when-
(a) the vehicle is unattended and the driver cannot be located; or
(b) the driver is unable to remove the vehicle; or
(c) the driver refuses to remove the vehicle.
(3) Any police officer may remove or cause to be removed and where
necessary may provide for the safe custody of any vehicle-
(a) which has broken down on a road; or
(b) which has been involved in an accident,





if the driver is unable to move the vehicle to a safe place or fails to do so on
being requested to do so by a police officer.

104. Detention of vehicles

Any vehicle removed under section 103 may be detained by the
Commissioner of Police until it is-
(a) returned to the owner under section 105; or
(b) disposed of under section 106.

105. Vehicles returned to owner

(1) A vehicle detained under section 104 shall be returned to the owner on
payment of the removal and storage charges specified in Schedule 5 ' .
(2) The Governor in Council may by order published in the Gazette
amend Schedule 5.

106. Disposal of unclaimed vehicles

(1) If a vehicle detained under section 104 is not claimed within 3 days the
Commissioner of Police shall serve on the registered owner a notice in writing
informing him that unless he-
(a)pays to the Commissioner of Police the removal and storage
charges specified in Schedule 5; and
(b)removes the vehicle from the place of detention within 14 days of
the service of the notice on him,
the vehicle will become the property of the Crown.
(2) If a vehicle is not removed within 14 days of the service of a notice
under subsection (1) it shall become the property of the Crown and may be sold
or otherwise disposed of as the Commissioner of Police thinks fit.

107. Disposal of abandoned vehicles

(1) Where any vehicle has been permitted to remain stationary on any
road in such a position or in such condition or in such circumstances that there
is reasonable cause to believe the vehicle to have been abandoned, any
police officer or public officer authorized in writing in that behalf by the
Commissioner of Police may cause a notice to be given, requiring the person in
whose name the vehicle is registered to remove it or cause it to be removed.
(2) A notice under subsection (1) shall be addressed to 'the person in
whose name the vehicle is registered and shall be given-
(a)by sending it to him by registered post at the address shown on
the register; or
(b) by affixing it to the vehicle.





(3) The notice shall-
(a) require the person in whose name the vehicle is registered to
move or cause it to be moved to a place which is not on any
road-
(i) if the notice is sent by registered post, within 7 days of its
service on him; or
(ii) if the notice is affixed to the vehicle, within 7 days of the date
on which it is so affixed; and
(b) state that-
(i) unless the vehicle is removed within the time so stated, the
vehicle will be seized by the Commissioner of Police and
removed to a place specified in the notice; and
(ii) if the vehicle is not claimed within a period of 14 days from
the date of seizure, it will become the property of the Crown.
(4) If the vehicle is not removed as required by a notice given under
subsection (1) any police officer of the rank of sergeant or above, or public
officer authorized in writing in that behalf by the Commissioner of Police may
seize it and may take all reasonable steps to remove it or cause it to be removed
to the place specified in the notice.
(5) If a vehicle which is seized and removed under subsection (4) is not
claimed within 14 days of its seizure, it shall become the property of the Crown
and may be sold or otherwise disposed of as the Commissioner of Police thinks
fit.

108. Application of Part XI

This Part applies to the load carried by any vehicle to the like extent as it
applies to the vehicle itself.

PART XII

MISCELLANEOUS

109. Road users' code and codes of practice

(1) The Governor may cause to be prepared a code (in this section
referred to as the road users' code) comprising such directions as appear to him
to be proper for the guidance of persons using roads and may from time to time
revise the code by revoking, varying, amending or adding to the directions
therein in such manner as he thinks fit.
(2) The road users' code and any alterations proposed to be made in the
provisions of the code on any revision thereof shall as soon as approved by the
Governor in Council be laid before the Legislative Council and the code or





revised code, as the case may be, shall not be promulgated until the code has, or
the proposed alterations have, been approved by the Legislative Council.
(3) The Director of Highways may by notice in the Gazette, prescribe and
from time to time revise a code of practice for the lighting, signing and guarding
of road works. (Amended 66 of 1984s. 11; L.N. 127 of 1986)
(4) The Commissioner may by notice in the Gazette prescribe and from
time to time revise a code of practice for the loading of vehicles.
(4A) The Commissioner may by notice in the Gazette prescribe and from
time to time revise a code of practice comprising such directions as appear to
him to be proper for the guidance of owners of private roads in relation to any
regulations made under-
(a) section 11 which relate to traffic signs or road markings; or
(b)section 121 which relate to signs or road markings within the
meaning of that section. (Added 80 of 1988 s. 10)
(5) A failure on the part of any person to observe any provisions of the
road users' code and any code prescribed under subsection (3) or (4) shall not
of itself render that person liable to criminal proceedings of any kind but any
such failure may in any proceedings whether civil or criminal and including
proceedings for an ofrence under this Ordinance be relied upon by any party to
the proceedings as tending to establish or negative any liability which is in
question in those proceedings.
(Amended 20 of 1984 s. 2)

110. Variation of traffic signs and road markings

A traffic sign or road marking which is placed on or in a road and is similar
to a prescribed traffic sign or prescribed road marking, as the case may be, shall
be deemed to be a prescribed traffic sign or prescribed road marking and to
have been lawfully so placed unless the contrary is proved, and the fact that a
traffic sign or road marking differs slightly in positioning, size, colour or type
from a prescribed traffic sign or prescribed road marking shall not prevent such
traffic sign or road marking from being a prescribed traffic sign or prescribed
road marking, as the case may be, so long as it is visible and the general
appearance and meaning of the sign or marking is not thereby materially
impaired.

111. Forgery of documents

(1) A person commits an offence who, with intent to deceive-
(a)forges, or alters, or uses, or lends to or allows to be used by any
other person, a document or other thing to which this subsection
applies; or





(b)makes or has in his possession any document or other thing so
closely resembling a document or other thing to which this
subsection applies as to be calculated to deceive,
and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 3 years. [cf. 1972
c. 20 s. 169 U.K.]
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the following documents and other things-
(a)any licence, permit, certificate, notice or other document issued
or required to be produced under this Ordinance;
(b) any registration mark;
(c) any identifying mark applied to a vehicle by a manufacturer;
(d)any markings or particulars required to be marked on a vehicle
under this Ordinance;
(e)any domestic driving licence or permit or international driving
permit issued in a country outside Hong Kong;
(f)any document or certificate issued by the manufacturer of a
vehicle or any other authority relating to the construction or
equipment ofthe vehicle. (Amended 66 of 1984s. 12) [cf.1972
c. 20 s. 169 U.K.]
(3) A person who, for the purpose of-
(a)obtaining any driving licence, vehicle licence, permit, certificate
or other document under this Ordinance;
(b)effecting any transfer of ownership of a motor vehicle, to himself
or to any other person;
(c) obtaining any variation of any such document;
(d)preventing the issue or variation of any such document
or preventing the imposition of any addition to or limitation
in relation to any such document; or (Amended 66 of 1984
s.12)
(e)any other application or notification required to be made or
given under thisOrdinance, (Added66of 1984s. 12)
knowingly makes any statement which is false in a material particular commits
an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.
[cf. 1930 c. 43 s. 112 U.K.]
(4) If it appears to the Commissioner that any declaration or statement
made by the person to whom a licence, permit, certificate, notice or other
document was issued under this Ordinance, for the purpose of obtaining the
issue or variation of such document was false in a material particular, the
Commissioner, after giving to such person not less than 7 days' notice in writing
of his intention so to do, may cancel such document, and if such person fails to
deliver such document to the Commissioner within 10 days of receiving such
notice, he commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.
(5) In any proceedings under this Ordinance, the fact that a driving
licence has been granted to a person shall be evidence that that person for the





purpose of obtaining that driving licence made a declaration that he was not
disqualified for holding or obtaining the driving licence.

to Commissioner, etc.
(1) The Governor may give to the Commissioner and any other public
officer, such directions as he thinks fit with respect to the exercise or
performance of their respective powers, functions and duties under this
Ordinance, either generally or in any particular case.
(2) The Commissioner and the other public officer shall, in the exercise or
performance of their respective powers, functions and duties under this Ordin-
ance, comply with any directions given by the Governor under subsection (1).

113. Transitional provisions
(1) Schedule 6 shall have effect for the purposes of transition to the
provisions of this Ordinance from the provisions of the repealed Ordinance and
shall be in addition to and shall not derogate from section 23 of the
Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance (Cap. 1).
(2) The Governor may by order amend Schedule 6.

113A. Transitional provision regarding
public and private buses

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Ordinance apart from this
section, a motor vehicle constructed or adapted for the carriage of 15 or 16
passengers and registered as a private bus or public bus before the
commencement of the Road Traffic (Amendment) (No. 3) Ordinance 1988 (89
of 1988) shall be deemed to be a private bus or public bus, as may be
appropriate.,
(Added 89 of 1988 s. 3)

114. Minor and consequential amendments
(1) The enactments listed in the first column of Schedule 7 are amended in
the manner set out in the second column of Schedule 7.
(2) In any law, for any reference to the Public Omnibus Services
Ordinance, there shall be substituted a reference to the Public Bus Services
Ordinance (Cap. 230).
(3) The Governor may by order amend Schedule 7 so as to amend
references in any enactment to subsidiary legislation made under the repealed
Ordinance.

115. (Has had its effect)





PART XIII

PRIVATE ROADS

116. This Part not to apply to certain private roads

(1) The Secretary for Transport may, by notice in the Gazette, specify
private roads to which this Part shall not apply subject to such conditions, if
any, as are specified in the notice.
(2) A notice under subsection (1) may specify the private roads to which it
relates by-
(a) naming such roads;
(b) describing the area within which such roads are situated; or
(c) reference to a plan,
or any combination thereof.

117. Application of Ordinance to private roads

Sections 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 50, 51, 52(1) and
(10)(a), 55, 56, 57, 60, 61, 63, 80, 84(1)(c), 103(1)(b) and (3)(a), 107, 109 and 110
shall apply to private roads as they apply to roads and, for that purpose-
(a)the other provisions of this Ordinance which relate, in any way,
to those sections; and
(b)the provisions of any other Ordinance which relate, in any way,
to those sections or to the provisions referred to in paragraph (a),
shall apply accordingly.

118. Application of regulations to private roads

(1) Subject to any regulations made in pursuance of subsection (2), all
regulations made under this Ordinance (except section 12) shall apply to private
roads as they apply to roads and, for that purpose-
(a)the other provisions of this Ordinance which relate, in any way,
to such regulations which apply to private roads; and
(b)the provisions of any other Ordinance which relate, in any way,
to such regulations which apply to private roads or to the
provisions referred to in paragraph (a),
shall apply accordingly.
(2) Where any power is conferred by this Ordinance (except section 12) to
make regulations, such power shall include the power to-
(a)specify that all or any regulations made in pursuance of that
power shall not apply to private roads; and
(b)modify or qualify the application to private roads of all or any
regulations made in pursuance of that power.




119.Proof of certain offences which apply to
private roads as they apply to roads
Where any provision of this or any other Ordinance creates an offence an
element of which is that the offence occurs on or in relation to a place which is a
road or private road, then, without prejudice to the proof of any other elements
of that offence, it shall be sufficient in any proceedings alleging the commission
of that offence for the prosecution to show that the place where that offence was
committed was either a road or private road, without showing that the place
was one or the other, and a charge alleging the commission of that offence may
be frarned accordingly.

120. Defence
(1) Subject to subsection (2), where any provision of this Ordinance
(except section 36, 37, 38, 39, 56, 57, 61, 63 or 80), or any other Ordinance,
creates an offence an element of which is that the offence occurs on or in
relation to a place which is a private road, and irrespective of whether that
offence may also occur on or in relation to a place which is a road, then,
without-
(a) prejudice to the proof of any other elements of that offence; or
(b)limiting the generality of any other defence, or affecting any other
charge which may be laid, under any provision of this Ordinance
or any other Ordinance,
it shall be a defence in any proceedings alleging the commission of that offence
for the defendant to show that the private road where that offence was
committed was within-
(i)an area wholly or mainly used for the carrying on of construction
work; or
(ii) an area wholly or mainly used for the carrying on of industry.
(2) Where in any proceedings alleging the commission of an offence
referred to in section 119 the prosecution shows that the place where that
ofrence was committed was either a road or private road, without showing that
the place was one or the other, subsection (1) shall not apply in relation to those
proceedings unless the defendant first shows that the place was a private road.
(3) For the purposes of this section-
'construction work' means any one or more of the following activities-
(a) building works;
(b) works associated with the provision of utilities;
(c) road works;
(d) reclamation;
(e) dumping;
(f) quarrying; and
(g) an activity declared under subsection (4) to be construction work;





'industry' means any one or more of the following activities-
(a) the manufacture of articles;
(b) any process by which articles are altered, repaired or broken up;
(c) the generation of power;
(d)the loading, unloading or handling of articles or cargo at any
dock, quay or wharf or in any warehouse;
(e) the storage of goods or cargo;
(f) shipbuilding; and
(g) an activity declared under subsection (4) to be industry.
(4) For the purposes of this section, the Governor may, by notice in the
Gazette, declare an activity to be-
(a) construction work; or
(b) industry.

121. Regulation of parking on private roads

(1) In this section-
'immobilisation device' means any device or appliance designed or adapted to
be fitted to a vehicle for the purpose of preventing it from being driven or
otherwise put in motion;
'road marking',means a line, word, mark or device placed on, or set into, the
surface of a private road for conveying to persons using that road any
warning, information, requirement, restriction, prohibition or direction;
'sign' means a sign, object or device for conveying to persons using a private
road any warning, information, direction, requirement, restriction or
prohibition.
(2) The Governor in Council may make regulations to enable owners of
private roads to-
(a)prohibit and restrict parking of vehicles on such roads by the
erection or placement of signs, or the placing of road markings,
specified in the regulations;
(b)impound or remove vehicles parked in contravention of the
regulations, and to store such vehicles until payment of such
impounding or removal charges and storage charges as are
specified in the regulations;
(c)use immobilisation devices, approved by the Commissioner, for
the purposes of paragraph (b);
(d)deliver into the custody of the Commissioner of Police, in such
circumstances as are specified in the regulations, vehicles detained
under the regulations where any charge referred to in paragraph
(b) incurred in respect of any such vehicle is not paid within such
period as is specified in the regulations;





(e)require a person who has erected or placed on the road a sign or
road marking in contravention of the regulations to remove it;
(f) recover as a civil debt from a person referred to in paragraph (e)
the cost of removing a sign or road marking referred to in that
paragraph;
(g)delegate to any person any powers conferred on them under the
regulations; and
(h)appoint persons to be authorized officers for the purposes of the
regulations and to issue identity cards to such officers,
and may make any other regulations necessary or convenient to be made for the
purposes of any of the matters referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) inclusive,
including regulations-
(i) providing for vehicles referred to in paragraph (d) delivered into
the custody of the Commissioner of Police to become the
property of the Crown free from the rights of any person and for
empowering the Commissioner of Police to dispose of such
vehicles by sale or otherwise as he thinks fit;
(ii) for the forfeiture of a sign referred to in paragraph (e);
(iii)to make it an offence to obstruct the owner of a private road, or
an authorized officer referred to in paragraph (h), in the exercise
of any powers, or the discharge of any duties, under the reg-
ulations;
(iv) providing for the Commissioner to specify particulars to be
contained in identity cards referred to in paragraph (h); and
(v) specifying private roads to which the regulations shall not apply.
(Part XIII added 80 of 1988 s. 11)

SCHEDULE 1 [ss. 6, 21, 22 & 52]

CLASSES OF VEHICLE

Private car
Taxi
Public light bus
Private light bus
Light goods vehicle
Medium goods vehicle
Public bus
Private bus
Heavy goods vehicle
Special purpose vehicle
Motor cycle
Motor tricycle
Invalid carriage
Trailer
Rickshaw





SCHEDULE 2 [s. 73]

FORM 1

FORm OF CERTIFICATE BY POLICE OFFICER AS TO DRAWING OR PLAN

I, A.B., of ......................hereby certify that
this plan or drawing was made by me and is correctly drawn to a scale of .........................................
to

Dated this ......day of ................19

A.B.

Rank .........................................................

........................................................................................................................



FORM 2

FORM OF CERTIFICATE BY POLICE OFFICER OF STATEMENT
AS TO MOTOR VEHICLE

I, A.B., of ......................hereby certify that
on the .day of . ..19 ..at
................... C.D. of
stated to me that on the ..................day of 19
at ...a.m./p.m. a*
registered number ..................................................................................................................
............
(i) was being driven for used] by him/her, and
(ii) (a) belonged to him/her, or
(b) [was being used by] [and] [or belonged to] the firm of ..................................................
. ...................................of and
that he/she was at the time of the statement a partner in that firm; or





+(c) [was being used by] [and] [or belonged to] the corporation of
of ................. and that at the time of the statement
he/ she was a ........................................
of [employed as by]
the said .......................................................................................................................

Dated this ..day of ............19

A.B.

Rank .........................................................

State description oftnotor vehicle e.g., goods vehicle.
Delete if not applicable.
State principal office or place where the firm conducts its business.
State registered office or, if no registered office, principal office or place where the corporation conducts its business.
State nature of office or employment.





FORM 3

FORM OF NOTICE BY DEFENDANT REQUIRING ATTENDANCE OF WITNESS

To, A.B., of .....................................................................................................................
...........

Whereas I, C.D., of ....................have
been served under section 73(4)(a) of the Road Traffic Ordinance (Cap. 374) with a copy of a plan
or drawing authenticated by a certificate [or a certificate relating to a statement made by ]:
1 hereby give notice under section 73(4)(b) of the Road Traffic Ordinance (Cap. 374) that 1
require the attendance at the hearing or trial of the charge against me of the person who signed the
said certificate.
Dated this ......day of ................19

C.D.

SCH-E 6ULE 3 [s. 86]

REEs FOR MOTOR V EFRCLE EXAMINATIONS

1..........................................Motor cycle with or without sidecar or ot.r tricycle 35
2................Private car ..............* ............................................................... 160
3.............Taxi or trailer (other th....a trailer towe by a private car) 160
4. Goods vehicle or special purpose vehicle not exceeding 5.5 tonnes permitted gross
vehicle weight ......................................................................................... 200
5. Goods vehicle or special purpose vehi~ile exceeding 5.5 tonnes permitted gross
vehicle weight .......................................................................................... 300
6.............Light bus ................................................................................... 200
7.............Single-decked bus ........................................................................... 260
8...................................Double-decked bus ............ 300

(Amended L.N. 94 of 1985)





SCHEDULE 4 [ss. 89,90,93,97,
98,99, 100
& 102]



SCHEDULE 5 [ss. 96, 105 & 106]

STORAGE AND REMOVAL C~GES

Removal charge ...............$110
Storage charge ...............$35 per day after the second
..............................day during which the vehicle is
..............................detained

SCHEDULE 6 [s. 113]

TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS

1. In so far as any order, application, appointment, determination or decision made or having
effect as if made, certificate, designation, direction or notice issued, given, or delivered or having
effect as if issued, given or delivered, condition imposed or having effect as imposed, or other thing
done or having effect as if done under the repealed Ordinance could have been made, issued, given,
delivered, imposed or done under a corresponding provision of this Ordinance it shall not be
invalidated by the repeal effected by section 115 of this Ordinance, but shall have effect as if made,
issued, given, delivered, imposed or done under that corresponding provision.
2. Where any enactment or document refers, whether specifically or by means of a general
description to the repealed Ordinance or is to be construed as so referring, the reference shall,
except where the context otherwise requires, be construed as, or as including, a reference to the
corresponding provision of this Ordinance.
3. Any record kept under the repealed Ordinance shall be deemed to have been kept under the
corresponding provisions of this Ordinance.
4. Any right or licence granted or deemed to be granted under regulation 4 of the Road Traffic
(Public Omnibus, Public Light Bus and Public Car) Regulations to operate and maintain a service
within the meaning assigned to that term by regulation 2 of those regulations, which is in force at
the commencement of this Ordinance, shall be deemed to be a passenger service licence for a public
bus service or public light bus service, as the case may be, granted under this Ordinance in respect of
that service and shall, notwithstanding the revocation of the Road Traffic (Public Omnibus, Public
Light Bus and Public Car) Regulations by regulations made under this Ordinance, remain in force,
unless earlier cancelled, until the date of expiry thereof.





SCHEDULE 7

MINOR AND CONSEQUENTIAL AMENDMENTS

Enactment Amendment
(All amen&nents incorporated)

SCHEDULE 8 [ss. 88C, 88D),
88F & 88H]

REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO CAR TESTING CENTRES

1. A car testing centre shall be equipped, staffed, operated and maintained, and examinations of
private carsAshall be conducted, in accordance with the code of practice issued and from time to
time revised by the Commissioner under section 88F(I)(a).
2. Examinations of private cars at the car testing centre shall be carried out only by an approved
car tester, and under the general ffipervision of a responsible person.
3. Notice shall be given by the proprietor to the Commissioner forthwith of any change-
(a) of an approved car tester employed at the car testing centre;
(b) of a responsible person employed at the car testing centre; and
(e)in the ownership of the car testing centre, or the financial status of the proprietor, or any
other matter specified by the Commissioner.
4. Subject to any practice laid down in the code of practice, the car testing centre shall examine
any private car produced to it for examination for the purposes of Part IXA of the Ordinance.
5. Notices in a form approved by the Commissioner shall be prominently displayed at the car
testing centre indicating and stating-
(a) that the place is a car testing centre;
(b) the hours that the car testing centre is open for business;
(c)the names of the approved car testers, and of the responsible person at the car testing
centre;
(d) the fees that are charged at the car testing centre;
(e) the addresses of other car testing centres within Hong Kong;
(f) the circumstances under which the issue of a certificate of roadworthiness may be
refused;
(g)the procedure that may be followed upon a refusal to issue a certificate of roadworthiness;
and
(h)a warning against the commission of offences under the Prevention of Bribery Ordinance
(Cap. 201), the Independent Commission Against Corruption Ordinance (Cap. 204) and
the Corrupt and Illegal Practices Ordinance (Cap. 288).

6. Fees
(a) Fee payable for designation or renewal of designation of a $10,000
place as a car testing centre.
(b) Fees a be charged in respect of an examination-
(i) Initial examination; $160
(ii) Re-examination where made within 14 days of initial $50
examination;
(iii) Issue of a duplicate copy of a certificate of $50
roadworth ness.

(c) Fee payable for supply of form of certificate of $16 for each form
roadworthiness of certificate.

(Schedule 8 added 65 of 1985 s. 4)





SCHEDULE 9 [ss. 88K, 88L.
880 & 88P]

REQuIREMENTs APPLICABLE To DESIGNATED DRIVING SCHOOLS

1. Driving instructors giving driving instruction courses shall be holders of valid driving
instructors' licences issued under regulation 22 of the Road Traffic (Driving Licences) Regulations
(Cap. 374 sub. leg.) and a person who is not the holder of such a licence shall not give such a course.
2. Notice shall be given by the proprietor of the driving school to the Commissioner forthwith-
(a)of any change of persons employed at the driving school who are authorized to sign
course certificates under section 88N(b);
(b)of any change in the proprietorship of the driving school, or any other matter specified by
the Commissioner; and
(c)if the proprietor has committed an act of bankruptcy or has entered into liquidation or
has entered into any composition with his creditors or has Mlered. any distress or
execution to be levied upon his goods.
3. The fee payable for designation, or renewal of designation, of a driving school shall be
$21,000.
(Schedule 9 added 27 of 1989 s. 3)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3397

Edition

1964

Volume

v24

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

96
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:36 +0800
<![CDATA[BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1981 (CONSEQUENTIAL AMENDMENTS) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3396

Title

BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1981 (CONSEQUENTIAL AMENDMENTS) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1981

(CONSEQUENTIAL AMENDMENTS) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 373





CHAPTER 373

BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1981
(CONSEQUENTIAL AMENDMENTS)

To amend certain Ordinances and instruments relating to British
Nationality consequential upon the enactment of the British
Nationality Act 1981.

[1 January 1983.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the British Nationality Act 1981
(Consequential Amendments) Ordinance.

2. The Ordinances specified in the First Schedule are amended to
the extent. and in the manner specified therein.

3. The instruments specified in the Second Schedule are amended
to the extent and in the manner specified therein.

1 4. The Governor in Council may by order published in the Gazette
amend the First Schedule and the Second Schedule.

,h

FIRST SCHEDULE [s. 2.]

Item Title Amendment

1. Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance. [Amendments incorporated]
2. Television Ordinance. [Amendments incorporated)
3. Pilotage Ordinance. [Amendments incorporated]
4. Legal Practitioners Ordinance.[Amendment incorporated]
5. Births and Deaths Registration Ordinance. [Amendment incorporated]
6. Matrimonial Causes Ordinance. [Amendment incorporated]
7. Foreign Marriage Ordinance. [Amendment incorporated]
8. Marriage Ordinance. [Amendments incorporated]
9. Aliens (Rights of Property) Ordinance. [Amendments incorporated]
10. International Organizations and Diplomatic [Amendments incorporated]

Privileges Ordinance.
11. Crimes Ordinance. [Amendments incorporated]
12. Cross-Harbour Tunnel Ordinance. [Amendment incorporated]
13. Public Omnibus Services.Ordinance. [Amendment incorporated]
14. Compulsory Service Ordinance. [Amendments incorporated]
15. Consular Relations Ordinance. [Amendments incorporated]
16. Telephone Ordinance. [Amendment incorporated]





Item Title Amendment

(Cap. 290.) 17. Adoption Ordinance. [Amendment
incorporated]

(Cap. 300.) 18. Crown Proceedings Ordinance. [Amendment
incorporated]

(Cap. 346.) 19. Trading with the Enemy Ordinance. [Amendment
incorporated]

(Cap. 1035.) 20. Matilda and War Memorial Hospital Ordinance. [Amendments incorporated]

SECOND SCHEDULE [s. 3.1
Item Title Amendment

(Cap. 1, sub. leg.) 1 . Definition of 'British Territory' (Notice). [The definition cancelled]
(Cap. 1, sub. leg.) 2. Definition of 'Commonwealth' (Notice). [The definition cancelled]
(Cap. 159, sub. leg.) 3. Admission and Registration Rules. [Amendments incorporated]
(Cap. 190, sub. leg.) 4. The Food and Agriculture Organization. [Amendments incorporated]
(Cap. 190, sub. leg-) 5. The Inter-Governmental Maritime Consultative [Amendments incorporated]

Organization.

(Cap. 190. sub. leg.) 6. The International Atomic Energy Agency. [Amendments incorporated]

(Cap. 190, sub. leg.) 7. The International Civil Aviation Organization. [Amendments incorporated]

(Cap. 190, sub. leg.) 8. The International Labour Organization. [Amendments incorporated]

(Cap. 190, sub. leg.) 9. The International Refugee Organization. [Amendments incorporated]

(Cap. 190, sub. leg.) 10. The International Telecommunication Union. [Amendments incorporated]

(Cap. 190, sub. leg.) 11. The United Nations. [Amendments incorporated)

(Cap. 190, sub. leg.) 12. The United Nations Educational, Scientific and [Amendments incorporated]
Cultural Organization.

(Cap. 190, sub. leg.) 13. The Universal Postal Union. [Amendment incorporated]

(Cap. 190, sub. leg.) 14. The World Health Organization. [Amendments incorporated]

(Cap. 190, sub. leg.) 15. The World Meteorological Organization. [Amendment incorporated]

(Cap. 190, sub. leg.) 16. The Asia-Pacific Telecommunity Notification. [Amendment incorporated]

(Cap. 241, sub. leg.) 17. Emergency (Principal) Regulations. [Amendments incorporated]

(Cap. 259, sub. leg.) 18. Consular Relations (Privileges and Immunities) [Amendment incorporated]
(Kingdom of Belgium) Order.

(Cap. 259, sub. leg.) 19. Consular Relations (Privileges and Immunities) [Amendment incorporated]
(French Republic) Order.

(Cap. 259, sub. leg.) 20. Consular Relations (Privileges and Immunities) [Amendment incorporated]
(Federal Republic of Germany) Order.

(Cap. 259, sub. leg.) 21. Consular Relations (Privileges and Immunities) [Amendment incorporated]
(Kingdom of Greece) Order.

(Cap. 259, sub. leg.) 22. Consular Relations (Privileges and Immunities) [Amendment incorporated]
(United States of Mexico) Order.

(Cap. 259, sub. leg.) 23. Consular Relations (Privileges and Immunities) [Amendment incorporated]






(Kingdom of the Netherlands) Order.

(Cap. 239, sub. leg.) 24. Consular Relations (Privileges and Immunities) [Amendment incorporated]
(Spanish State) Order.

(Cap. 259, sub. leg.) 25. Consular Relations (Privileges and Immunities) [Amendment incorporated)
(United States of America) Order.

(Cap. 259, sub. L&.) 26. Consular Relations (Merchant Shipping) [Amendment incorporated]
(Republic of Austria) Order.





Item Title Amendment

27. Consular Relations (Merchant Shipping) [Amendment incorporated] (Cap. 259. sub. leg.)
(Kingdom of Belgium) Order.

28. Consular Relations (Merchant Shipping) [Amendment incorporated] (Cap. 259. sub. leg.)
(Kingdom of Denmark) Order.

29. Consular Relations (Merchant Shipping) [Amendment incorporated] (Cap. 259. sub. leg.)
(Federal Republic of Germany) Order.

30. Consular Relations (Merchant Shipping) [Amendment incorporated] (Cap. 259. sub. leg.)
(Italian Republic) Order.

31. Consular Relations (Merchant Shipping) [Amendment incorporated] (Cap. 259. sub. leg.)
(Japan) Order.

32. Consular Relations (Merchant Shipping) [Amendment incorporated] (Cap. 259. sub. leg.)
(United States of Mexico) Order.

33. Consular Relations (Merchant Shipping) [Amendment incorporated) (Cap. 259. sub. leg.)
(Spanish State) Order.

34. Securities (Dealers, Investment Advisers and [Amendments incorporated] (Cap. 333. sub. leg.)
Representatives) Regulations.

35. Mercantile Marine Assistance Fund [Amendment incorporated] (cap. 1 001 1.
sub. leg.)
Regulations.
Originally 30 of 1982. Short title. Amendments to Ordinances. First Schedule. Amendments to instruments. Second Schedule. Amendment of Schedule. Schedule. (Cap. 1.) (Cap. 52.) (Cap. 84.) (Cap. 159.) (Cap. 174.) (Cap. 179.) (Cap. 180.) (Cap. 181.) (Cap. 185.) (Cap. 190.) (Cap. 200.) (Cap. 203.) (Cap. 230.) (Cap. 246.) (Cap. 259.) (Cap. 269.) (Cap. 290.) (Cap.300.) (Cap. 346.) (Cap. 1035.) (Cap. 1,sub.leg.) (Cap. 1,sub.leg.) (Cap. 159,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 241,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 333,sub.leg.) (Cap. 1001,sub.leg.)

Abstract

Originally 30 of 1982. Short title. Amendments to Ordinances. First Schedule. Amendments to instruments. Second Schedule. Amendment of Schedule. Schedule. (Cap. 1.) (Cap. 52.) (Cap. 84.) (Cap. 159.) (Cap. 174.) (Cap. 179.) (Cap. 180.) (Cap. 181.) (Cap. 185.) (Cap. 190.) (Cap. 200.) (Cap. 203.) (Cap. 230.) (Cap. 246.) (Cap. 259.) (Cap. 269.) (Cap. 290.) (Cap.300.) (Cap. 346.) (Cap. 1035.) (Cap. 1,sub.leg.) (Cap. 1,sub.leg.) (Cap. 159,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 190,sub.leg.) (Cap. 241,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 259,sub.leg.) (Cap. 333,sub.leg.) (Cap. 1001,sub.leg.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3396

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

373

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:35 +0800
<![CDATA[KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION (LAND) (EXTENSION OF TERM OF YEARS) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3395

Title

KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION (LAND) (EXTENSION OF TERM OF YEARS) ORDER

Description






KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION (LAND)
(EXTENSION OF TERM OF YEARS) ORDER

(Cap. 372, Second Schedule, paragraph 22)

[5 August 1988]

L.N. 216188

Citation

1. This order may be cited as the Kowloon-Canton Railway Corporation (Land)
(Extension of Term of Years) Order.

Extension of certain term of years

2. The term of years for which the land to which this order applies is vested in
the Kowloon-Canton Railway Corporation is hereby extended so that in lieu of
ending on 27 June 1997 it shall end on 30 June 2047.

Land affected

3. This order applies to the land described in paragraph 1 of the Schedule
which land forms part of the land referred to in paragraph 2 of the Second Schedule
to the Ordinance.

Construction of Second Schedule (Part 1) of Ordinance

4. Part 1 of the Second Schedule to the Ordinance shall be construed and have
effect subject to the foregoing provisions of this order.

SCHEDULE [para. 31

1.The lands situated at Tai Wai, Sha Tin, being 8 823 m' approximately in area, which
lands are delineated in pink on the plan described in paragraph 2.
2.The plan referred to in paragraph 1 is the plan which-
(a)is stated to have been prepared by the District Survey Office;
(b) is dated 7 July 1988;
(c) is numbered Plan No. ST 1063/11; and
(d) is deposited in the offices of the Land Office, Victoria.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3395

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

372

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:34 +0800
<![CDATA[NORTH-WEST RAILWAY BY-LAWS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3394

Title

NORTH-WEST RAILWAY BY-LAWS

Description






NORTH-WEST RAILWAY BY-LAWS

ARRANGEMENT OF BY-LAWS

By-law Page

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1 Citation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 3
2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 3

PART II

TICKETS AND
FARES

3, Tickets ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 4
4. Fares ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 4
5. Tickets contain no warranty or acceptance of liability ... ... ... ... ... E 4
6. Entry and travel prohibited without payment of fare ... ... ... ... ... ... E 5
7. Production of tickets and surcharge ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 5
8. Damaging and using damaged tickets ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 5
9. Failures to pay fare, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 6
10. Travel without a ticket or with expired or inappropriate ticket ... ... ... E 6
11. Passengers to examine tickets and change ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 6
12. Exchanges and refunds ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 7
13. Children travelling on buses and the railway ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 7
14. Refusal of access ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 8

PART 111

TRESPASS AND DAMAGE TO BUSES AND THE
RAILWAY

15. Trespass and removal of trespassers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 8
16. Offensive matter, materials, etc. ... .. 1 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 8

PARTIV

AUTHORITY OF THE
CORPORATION STAFF

17. Powers of the Corporation's officials ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 8

PART V

CONDUCT OF PERSONS ON BUSES AND THE
RAILWAY

18. Unlawful use of equipment on buses and the railway ... ... ... ... ... E 9
19. Indemnities for damage caused to persons and property ... ... ... ... ... E 9
20. Compliance with notices ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 9
21. Feet not to be placed on seats ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... E 10

1110

C10

22. Smoking prohibited ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 10
23. Spitting and litter prohibited ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 10







24. Nuisance... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 10

25. Singing, dancing and musical instruments prohibited ... ... ... ... ... ... E 10

26. Prohibited items ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 10





By-law....................................... Page

PART VI

HAWKERS, LOITERERS AND BILL POSTING

27...........................Unauthorized bill posting, advertising and touting ... ... ... ... ... ... E 11

28..............Hawking prohibited ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 11
29..............Loitering prohibited ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 11

PART VII

VEHICLES ON THE RAILWAY PREMISES

30.........................Vehicles not to be left on railway premises ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 11
31.........................Dealing with vehicles left on railway premises ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 12

32.....................Drivers to comply with traffic signs ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 12

33..............Dangerous driving ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 12

34. Vehicles prohibited on certain parts of railway premises ... ... ... ... ... E 12

PART VIII

DANGEROUS GOODS

35. Dangerous goods................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 13

PART IX

LOST PROPERTY

36. Lost property...........1.......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 13

37. Disposal of lost property ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 13

PART X

LIMITATION OF LIABILITIES

38. Payment of sums sufficient to indemnify Corporation ... ... ... ... ... ... E 14

39...................Limitations and exemptions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 14

PART X1

ENFORCEMENT AND PENALTIES

40.....................Removal of persons from railway ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 14

41..........Penalties ......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 15

42.......................Preservation of other causes of action ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 15

Schedule. Penalties............................... ... ... ... ... .. 1 ... ... ... E 15





NORTH-WEST RAILWAY BY-LAWS
(Cap. 3 72, section 3 1 (1)
[17 July 1987.1

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. These by-laws may be cited as the North-west Railway By-laws.

2. In these by-laws, unless the context otherwise requires

'the Ordinance' means the Kowloon-Canton Railway Corporation
Ordinance;

'bus' means a bus as defined in the Road Traffic Ordinance and
operated by or on behalf of the Corporation within the Northwest
Transit Service Area as defined in the Ordinance;

'Corporation' means the Kowloon-Canton Railway Corporation
established by the Ordinance;

'fare' means the fare payable by any passenger for travel on any bus or
the railway irrespective of whether a ticket is issued to him by or on
behalf of the Corporation for travel on any bus or on the railway;

'official' means any person duly authorized to act on behalf of the
Corporation and includes any employee, servant or lawfully
appointed agent of the Corporation;

'passenger' means a person who has paid a fare or on whose behalf a
fare has been paid and who is lawfully travelling on any bus or the
railway during the hours of business of the Corporation
irrespective of whether a ticket is issued to him or on his behalf or
has been otherwise acquired by him for such purpose;

'railway' means the North-west Railway as defined in the Ordinance;

'railway premises' means railway premises as defined in the Ordinance
belonging to or appertaining to the North-west Railway but
excludes any carriageway of the North-west Railway not
designated by the Commissioner for Transport for the purpose of
the definition of 'road' under section 2 of the Road Traffic
Ordinance;

'surcharge' means such amount as may be specified in notices, lists,
tables, or other publications issued by or on behalf of the
Corporation from time to time and shall be





(a)an amount equal to fifty times the prevailing maximum adult
single fare on any bus or railway at the time the surcharge is
imposed; or

(b) the maximum fine prescribed in these by-laws,

whichever is the lower;

'ticket' means any form of ticket, pass or permit issued from time to time
by or on behalf of the Corporation, for travel on any bus or on the
railway;

'ticket office' means any office operated by or on behalf of the
Corporation which is duly authorized to issue tickets;

,'vehicle' means a vehicle as defined in the Road Traffic Ordinance;

,'vehicle of the North-west Railway' means any train or carriage or
compartment thereof used on or in connection with the railway.

PART 11

TICKETS AND FARES

3. (1) All tickets including season tickets and stored value tickets
issued by or on behalf of the Corporation whether specifically referred
to in these by-laws or not are issued subject to

(a) these by-laws; and

(b)any special conditions stated or referred to on such tickets or
any special conditions otherwise contained or referred to in
any notices, lists, tables or other publications issued by or on
behalf of the Corporation.

(2) A passenger shall be deemed to have knowledge of and to have
agreed to these by-laws and any special conditions in relation to any
ticket used by him or any special conditions otherwise contained or
referred to in any notices, lists, tables or other publications issued by or
on behalf of the Corporation and the liability of the Corporation (if any)
shall be limited but not extended thereby.

4. The fares appearing from time to time in notices, lists, tables or
other publications issued by or on behalf of the Corporation are the
authorized fares for travel on any bus or on the railway.

5. (1) The Corporation does not warrant that a passenger will be
conveyed on any particular bus or vehicle of the North-west Railway or
that any bus or vehicle of the North-west Railway shall arrive or depart
at a particular time or stop or that the issue of a ticket will be completed
before the departure of any bus or vehicle of the North-west Railway
and the Corporation will not be liable to any person for any loss or
damage whatsoever arising from any delay or detention caused by the
alteration suspension interference





with or withdrawal of the Corporation's bus or railway services (or a
part thereof for any reason whatsoever.

(2) The Corporation may in its absolute discretion do all or any of
the following without being liable to any person for any loss or damage
caused thereby

(a)suspend or discontinue the issue of tickets howsoever
issued;

(b)despatch any bus or vehicle of the North-west Railway from a
stop before the arrival of any other bus or vehicle of the North-
west Railway without affording passengers an opportunity of
alighting and boarding the bus or vehicle of the North-west
Railway;

(c)suspend, discontinue or otherwise withdraw all or any bus or
railway service from any stop at any time and for any period of
time or suspend, discontinue or withdraw the running of any
bus or vehicle of the North-west Railway at any time and for
any period of time and alter the times of departure and arrival
of any bus or vehicle of the Northwest Railway and the routes
thereof.

(3) The Corporation may in its absolute discretion consider
applications for a refund where a ticket is unused as a consequence of
the circumstances described in by-law 5(2).

6. No person shall without lawful authority or reasonable excuse or
except as provided in by-law 13(1)

(a) travel on any bus;

(b)board or attempt to board any vehicle of the North-west
Railway; or

(c)travel or attempt to travel upon any vehicle of the Northwest
Railway,

without first paying the appropriate fare and, where a ticket is issued,
obtaining the appropriate ticket.

7. (1) All tickets shall remain the property of the Corporation and
must be produced at any time on any bus or on the railway on demand
being made therefor by any official of the Corporation.

(2) 'Any person who refuses or fails to pay the appropriate fare or
refuses or fails to produce his ticket shall be liable to pay a surcharge.

8. (1) No person shall improperly do anything to or with a ticket
whereby

(a)the coded or printed data thereon is erased wholly or in part or
is otherwise altered or interfered with; or

(b) the ticket is otherwise damaged.





(2) No person shall use or attempt to use for travel on any bus or
the railway a ticket which has been improperly altered damaged or which
has been otherwise interfered with.

9. No person prior to leaving any bus or the railway shall fail to or
refuse to pay any fare, surcharge or other sum payable to the
Corporation in accordance with these by-laws.

10. (1) If a person (other than a person who is under the age of 3
years) is on any bus or vehicle of the North-west Railway

(a) without a ticket;

(b)with a ticket which has been altered without the authority of
the Corporation or any of its officials or which has been
damaged;

(c) with a ticket that has expired; or

(d)with a concessionary ticket or other special type of ticket
when he is not entitled to such a ticket,

he shall be regarded as not having paid his fare and shall be liable to
pay a surcharge to the Corporation.

(2) For the purposes of by-law 10(1)-

(a)a ticket other than a season ticket or stored value ticket shall
expire in the event that a passenger fails to complete the
journey to which the ticket relates within 2 hours of being
issued with a ticket;

(b)a person who is on any bus or vehicle of the North-west
Railway and who subsequently leaves or attempts to leave the
bus or vehicle of the North-west Railway or the railway
premises shall, in the absence of proof to the contrary, be
presumed to have travelled upon the railway.

(3) Without prejudice to the provisions of by-law 10(1), any person
holding a ticket who travels on any bus or the railway beyond a stop for
which that ticket is valid shall be liable to pay the appropriate fare for
the additional journey as if no ticket were held.

11. (1) All persons shall examine their tickets and any change
tendered before leaving any ticket office.

(2) Neither the Corporation nor any official of the Corporation shall
be liable for any error or omission not drawn to their attention at the
time of issue of a ticket.

(3) A person boarding any bus shall insert not less than the
appropriate fare into a farebox in payment of the fare or shall produce for
inspection a valid ticket or authority for travel.

(4) A person using an automatic vending machine shall insert not
less than the appropriate fare in legal tender including a valid stored
value ticket for the purchase of a ticket.





(5) No person shall be entitled to any refund of any amount
inserted into an automatic vending machine or a farebox which is

(a) in excess of the appropriate fare; or

(b)in excess of the balance required to make up the appropriate
fare where the value remaining in a stored value ticket is
inadequate.

(6) The amount (including a nil amount) from time to time printed
on or encoded on a ticket shall be conclusive evidence of the amount
paid in respect of such ticket and in the case of a stored value ticket the
value (if any) remaining in such ticket.

(7) Any person who is requested to do so by any official of the
Corporation shall immediately produce to that official acceptable proof
of his entitlement to any concessionary or other special type of ticket or
fare.

12. (1) A fare may be refunded or a ticket may be refunded or
exchanged at the absolute discretion of the Corporation. Any such
exchange or refund may be subject to the deduction of an
administration charge prescribed and published by the Corporation
from time to time.

(2) The form of any refund shall be at the absolute discretion of
the Corporation.

(3) The Corporation shall not be obliged to issue a ticket in
replacement of a lost or mislaid or unused ticket nor will it be obliged to
make a refund in respect of the value of any such ticket or the amount of
a fare or a surcharge levied as a consequence of failure to produce a
ticket when required.

13. (1) Except when otherwise specified in notices, lists, tables or
other publications issued by or on behalf of the Corporation, up to two
children under 3 years of age may accompany each adult passenger on
any bus or on the railway free of charge provided that such child or
children do not occupy a seat or seats that are required for other
passengers.

(2) Each adult passenger accompanied by more than two children
under 3 years of age shall pay a fare equivalent to one half of the
appropriate adult fare for any children exceeding two in number.

(3) Any child over 3 years of age but under 12 years of age when
travelling on any bus or on the railway shall pay one half of the
appropriate adult fare.

(4) In the absence of proof as to the age of any child referred to in
these by-laws the decision as to age shall be in the absolute discretion
of the officials of the Corporation dealing with tickets or passengers and
shall be final and binding for all purposes without liability of whatever
nature for any loss or damage whatsoever and howsoever arising from
any such decision.





14. The Corporation reserves the right to refuse to admit any
person onto any bus or vehicle of the North-west Railway or to any part
of the railway premises at any time whom it believes is likely to act in a
riotous, disorderly or offensive manner.

PART 111

TRESPASS AND DAMAGE To BUSES AND THE
RAILWAY

15. (1) No person shall enter into or upon the railway premises or
any part thereof other than those parts clearly defined by means of
notices, indicators and other directions for the use of persons using the
railway, nor shall any person enter or leave such parts other than by use
of the designated entrances or exits.

(2) Any person who, without lawful excuse or the authority of the
Corporation or its officials is on any bus or vehicle of the North-west
Railway or on any part of the railway premises or who otherwise being
in breach of these by-laws refuses to leave the same on being requested
so to do by any official of the Corporation may be immediately removed
therefrom without prejudice to any penalty or surcharge which may be
imposed in accordance with these by-laws.

16. (1) No person shall cause, permit or suffer-

(a)any sewage, drainage or any other offensive matters to flow
onto or otherwise come onto or be upon the railway or any
part thereof,

(b)any waste product, waste material or food or refuse of any
kind to be deposited on or otherwise come onto any bus or
vehicle of the North-west Railway or any part of the railway;

(c)any kite, balloon, model or other thing to fly or otherwise pass
over any part of the airspace above the railway or any part
thereof,

(d)any kind of construction materials, construction plant or
equipment to be deposited on or otherwise come upon and
remain upon or pass across the railway premises except with
the written authority of the Corporation.

(2) No person shall cause permit or suffer any missile, article or
other object whatsoever to be propelled at or thrown at or wilfully
dropped upon any bus or vehicle of the North-west Railway or other
part of the railway.

PART IV

AUTHORITY OF THE CORPORATION
STAFF

17. No official of the Corporation shall have any actual or apparent
authority to waive, amend or otherwise alter any of these by-laws or
conditions made hereunder or the by-laws or conditions





of any other person or body, or to extend or vary all or any liability
which may devolve on the Corporation under these by-laws or
further or otherwise.

PART V

CONDUCT OF PERSONS ON BUSES AND THE RAILWAY

18. No person except an official of the Corporation shall-

(a)actuate any emergency or safety device on any bus or
vehicle of the North-west Railway or upon the railway
except for the express purpose for which the same is
provided and in accordance with the instructions printed
thereon or on a notice displayed near thereto;

(b)enter or leave (or attempt to enter or leave) any bus or
vehicle of the North-west Railway whilst it is in motion or
(except in case of accident or other emergency) between
stops or otherwise than at the side of the bus or vehicle of
the North-west Railway adjacent to the stop or the plat-
form appointed for passengers to enter or leave the bus or
vehicle of the North-west Railway;

(c)enter or leave (or attempt to enter or leave) any bus or
vehicle of the North-west Railway after the doors have
commenced to close;

(d)where notices are exhibited on a bus or a vehicle of the
North-west Railway indicating that a door shall be used
for entrance thereto and another door for exit therefrom
(except in case of accident or other emergency) enter or
attempt to enter by the door indicated for exit or leave or
attempt to leave by the door indicated for entry.

19. A person who by reason of bringing any animal, article or
object on to any bus or vehicle of the North-west Railway or any
part of the railway causes any injury, loss or damage whatsoever to
the Corporation or its officials or any other person or causes any loss
or damage whatsoever to the property of the Corporation, its
officials or any other person shall indemnify the Corporation against
all or any claims, demands, costs and expenses whatsoever arising
therefrom in respect of any such injury, loss or damage howsoever
caused:

Provided that this by-law shall not apply in circumstances
where the damage or loss to the property or persons referred to
herein arises entirely from the neglect or default of an official of the
Corporation.

20. (1) Every person while on a bus or vehicle of the North-
west Railway or on any part of the railway premises shall comply
with all notices, indicators and all reasonable directions and requests
of officials of the Corporation.





(2) No person shall stand on the upper deck or any staircase of
a bus.

(3) Without prejudice to the generality of by-law 20(1) if any
official of the Corporation determines that a bus or vehicle of the
North-west Railway is full, no person shall enter or remain therein
having just entered if directed by such official not to do so.

21. No person shall place his feet on any seat in any bus or on
any vehicle of the North-west Railway or on any other part of the
railway premises.

22. No person shall smoke or carry a lighted pipe, cigar or
cigarette in any bus or vehicle of the North-west Railway, or any
other part of the railway premises where smoking is prohibited by
notice.

23. No person shall-

(a)spit in or on any bus or on any vehicle of the North-west
Railway or any part of the railway premises; or

(b)deposit or throw any litter on any bus or vehicle of the
North-west Railway or on any part of the railway premises
except into receptacles provided for that purpose.

24. (1) No person shall conduct himself on any bus or any
vehicle of the North-west Railway or any part of the railway
premises so as to cause a nuisance or annoyance to passengers or
officials of the Corporation or other persons.

(2) No person shall without reasonable excuse wilfully
obstruct, impede or distract the driver of any bus from per-
forming his duties.

25. No person unless authorized in writing by the Corporation
or any of its officials while upon any bus or vehicle of the North-west
Railway or any part of the railway premises shall sing, dance or
perform on any musical or other instrument or use a radio, cassette
recorder, compact disc player or similar device, television or any
other such electrical or mechanical device which is likely to cause
annoyance, inconvenience or disturbance to any other person.

26. No person shall-

(a)bring onto any bus or vehicle of the North-west Railway or
any part of the railway premises any luggage, article,
object or any other thing which cannot be carried or
otherwise accommodated on any bus or vehicle of the
North-west Railway or any part of the railway premises
without the likelihood of causing damage to property of
the Corporation or. without the likelihood of causing a
nuisance or inconvenience to other persons using any bus
or the railway;





(b) consume or attempt to consume any food or beverage
vehi
cle

c

(whether alcoholic or non-alcoholic) on any bus or vehicle Z
of the North-west Railway or any part of the railway premises;
or

(c)bring onto any bus or vehicle of the North-west Railway or any
part of the railway premises any animal (including birds, fish
and reptiles) or other livestock provided that this restriction
shall not apply to a guide dog accompanying a blind person or
a dog which is being used for duty purposes by a police
officer.

PART VI

HAWKERS, LOITERERS AND BILL POSTING

27. No person on any bus or on any vehicle of the North-west
Railway or any part of the railway premises shall, except with the written
authority of the Corporation

(a)post, stick, paint or write or cause to be posted, stuck, painted
or written any bill, placard, advertisement or any other matter;

(b)display or exhibit or cause to be displayed or exhibited any
printed, written or pictorial matter or any article for the
purpose of advertisement or publicity, or distribute any book,
leaflet or other printed matter or any sample or other article; or

(c)tout, ply for, or solicit alms, reward or custom or employment
of any description.

28. No person, unless authorized in writing by the Corporation,
shall sell or expose or offer for sale any goods, wares or services in or
on any bus or vehicle of the North-west Railway or any part of the
railway premises and sections 86, 86A, 86C, and 86D of the Public
Health and Municipal Services Ordinance shall apply to an offence
under this by-law as if such offence were a hawker offence within the
meaning of section 86 of that Ordinance.

29. No person other than passengers or other persons having the
authority of the Corporation and on lawful business in or in connection
with the railway shall loiter in or about any part of the railway premises.

PART VII

VEHICLES ON THE RAILWAY PREMISES

30. Except with the written authority of the Corporation, no person
shall park or leave or cause any vehicle to be parked or left on the
railway premises or any part thereof.





31. (1) The Corporation may in such manner as it thinks fit
remove and detain any vehicle in respect of which a contravention of
by-law 30 is committed and may charge the owner or driver thereof
all costs and expenses occasioned by and incidental to such removal
and detention without prejudice to any penalty incurred by contra-
vention of that by-law.

(2) As soon as is reasonably practicable after a vehicle has
been detained under by-law 3 1 (1) the Corporation shall serve on the
registered owner of the vehicle (as defined in the Road Traffic
Ordinance) a notice informing him-

(a)of the detention of the vehicle and the place of detention;
and

(b)that, unless the vehicle is removed from the place of
detention on payment of any costs and charges within 14
days after the service of the notice on him, the vehicle shall
become the property of the Corporation free from the
rights of any person and may be disposed of by the
Corporation by sale or otherwise.

(3) If a vehicle is not removed in accordance with the notice
served under by-law 31(2), the vehicle shall become the property of
the Corporation free from the rights of any person and may be
disposed of by the Corporation by sale or otherwise as it thinks fit.

(4) If, within 6 months after the day on which a vehicle is sold
pursuant to by-law 31(3), any person satisfies the Corporation that
at the time the vehicle became the property of the Corporation by
virtue of that by-law, he was the owner of the vehicle, the Corpora-
tion shall pay to such person the balance of the proceeds of sale after
deducting any costs and charges of removal and detention and any
reasonable charges incurred by the Corporation in respect of the sale
of the vehicle.

(5) A notice under by-law 31(2) may be served personally or
by post.

(6) For the purpose of this by-law 'vehicle' includes the
equipment carried by or on a vehicle.

32. Vehicle drivers while in or upon any part of the railway
premises shall obey all traffic signs and signals and the reasonable
instructions and directions of officials of the Corporation.

33. No person shall drive or operate any vehicle through, into
or upon the railway premises or any part thereof at a rate of speed or
in a manner likely to involve danger to others.

34. No person shall drive or operate any vehicle upon or along
the railway premises or any part thereof set apart for the exclusive
use of pedestrians.





PART VIII

DANGERous GOODS

35. No person not being an official of the Corporation duly
authorized in that behalf shall bring onto any bus or any vehicle of the
North-west Railway or any part of the railway premises any substance or
other thing which is subject to the provisions of the Dangerous Goods
Ordinance.

PART IX

LOST PROPERTY

36. Every person who finds any article or object in or upon any bus
or vehicle of the North-west Railway or any part of the railway premises
shall hand over the same to an official of the Corporation as soon as is
practicable and no person other than an official of the Corporation shall
remove from any bus or vehicle of the North-west Railway or any part of
the railway premises any property lost or left behind therein, save for
the purpose of handing over the same as soon as is practicable to an
official of the Corporation and all articles or objects so found shall as
between the finder and the Corporation be deemed to be in the
possession of the Corporation.

37. (1) All articles or objects found and which come into the
possession of the Corporation shall be dealt with as follows-

(a)perishable, noxious or otherwise offensive goods or articles
may be disposed of by the Corporation by sale or otherwise as
in its absolute discretion it sees fit as soon as practicable after
the same comes into its possession;

(b)all other articles or objects shall be retained by the
Corporation for a period of 1 month after they have come into
its possession and, if at the end of that period they remain
unclaimed, they shall be deemed to become the absolute
property of the Corporation free from any other rights and
encumbrances, and the Corporation may dispose of them by
sale or otherwise and at such price (if any) as the Corporation
in its absolute discretion thinks fit.

(2) If within a period of 6 months from the date of any sale by the
Corporation of any article or object the former owner thereof (which
expression includes the person formerly entitled to the beneficial interest
therein) establishes to the satisfaction of the Corporation prior lawful
ownership of the article or object the former owner shall be paid the
proceeds of sale less all expenses incurred by the Corporation in respect
of and incidental to such sale provided that the former owner shall
provide the Corporation with an indemnity in such form as may be
required by the Corporation as a pre-condition to payment by the
Corporation of any such sale proceeds.





(3) The Corporation shall not be liable to any person for any loss or
damage whatsoever and howsoever arising from the loss of any article
or object or the retention, sale or other disposal thereof or the
restoration under by-law 37(2) of any article or object to a person other
than the former lawful owner thereof.

PART X

LIMITATION OF
LIA131LITIES

38. Any passenger or person or the owner of any animal, vehicle,
luggage, goods, articles or things howsoever mentioned or referred to in
these by-laws shall pay to the Corporation the amount of all or any sum
or sums required to indemnify the Corporation or any official of the
Corporation from and against all or any claim made by or on behalf of
any passenger or owner or other person including personal
representatives of the same arising out of the carriage or custody by the
Corporation or any official of the Corporation of any animal, vehicle,
luggage, goods, articles or things and any cost, loss, damage or expense
incurred in connexion herewith and the Corporation shall hold any such
sums paid in respect of any such claims against any cost, damage, loss
or expense of any official of the Corporation in trust for the official
concerned.

39. The Corporation in making these by-laws do so for themselves
and for and on behalf of each and every official of the Corporation and
the payment of a fare or the acceptance of a ticket by any passenger or
person shall be conclusive evidence of his or their agreement that each
and every limitation and exemption afforded to the Corporation by these
by-laws or all or any of them shall extend to each such official.

PART X1

ENFORCEMENT AND PENALTIES

40. (1) Any person who is reasonably suspected of committing or
attempting to commit any offence against any of these by-laws shall
produce proof of his identity and give his name and address to an
official of the Corporation when required to do so and any official of the
Corporation may without warrant arrest that person and forthwith
remove him from any bus or the railway and take him to a police station
to be dealt with in accordance with the Police Force Ordinance.

(2) An official acting in execution of the powers conferred under
by-law 40(1) shall produce the authorization issued by the Corporation
in accordance with by-law 2 prior to executing those powers.

(3) The powers conferred under by-law 40(1) are in addition to the
power of arrest under section 38 of the Ordinance.





41. A person who contravenes a by-law set out in the first column
of the Schedule commits an offence and is liable to the penalty set out in
the second column of that Schedule opposite the reference to that by-
law.

42. (1) Unless the context otherwise requires nothing in these by-
laws and no prosecution or step or action hereunder shall bar any
further or other claim for damages or other remedy or relief which the
Corporation or its agents or other persons may be entitled to prosecute
or bring.

(2) Any sum levied by or payable to the Corporation or its agents
(including, without limitation, any fare, or surcharge) whether by way of
penalty, debt, damages, costs, loss, expense or otherwise shall be due to
the Corporation or its lawful agents as a debt due on demand and shall
be enforceable as a civil debt.

SCHEDULE

PENALTIES

By-law Penalty
6 $3,000 fine
7 $3,000 fine

8 $5,000 fine and 6 months imprisonment
9 $3,000 fine
10(3) $1,000 fine
13(3) $1,000 fine
15 $1,000 fine
16 $5,000 fine and 6 months imprisonment
18(a) $5,000 fine and 6 months imprisonment
18(b), (c) and (d) $1,000 fine
20 $1,000 fine
21 $1,000 fine
22 $2,000 fine
23 $1,600 fine
24 $5,000 fine and 6 months imprisonment
25 $1,000 fine
27 55,000 fine and 6 months imprisonment
28 $5,000 fine and 6 months imprisonment
29 $1,000 fine and 3 months imprisonment
30 $5,000 fine
32 $5,000 fine and 3 months imprisonment
33 $5,000 fine and 6 months imprisonment
34 $5,000 fine
35 $5,000 fine
36 $2,000 fine
40(1) $1,000 fine
L.N. 223/87. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 372.) (Cap. 374.) (Cap. 374.) (Cap. 374.) Tickets. Fares. Tickets contain no warranty or acceptance of liability. Entry and travel prohibited without payment of fare. Production of tickets and surcharge. Damaging and using damaged tickets. Failures to pay fare, etc. Travel without a ticket or with expired or inappropriate ticket. Passengers to examine tickets and change. Exchanges and refunds. Children travelling on buses and the railway. Refusal of access. Trespass and removal of trespassers. Offensive matter, materials, etc. Powers of the Corporation's officials. Unlawful use of equipment on buses and the railway. Indemnities for damage caused to persons and property. Compliance with notices. Feet not to be placed on seats. Smoking prohibited. Spitting and litter prohibited. Nuisance. Singing, dancing and musical instruments prohibited. Prohibited items. Unauthorized bill posting, advertising and touting. Hawking prohibited. (Cap. 132.) Loitering prohibited. Vehicles not to be left on railway premises. Dealing with vehicles left on railway premises. (Cap. 374.) Drivers to comply with traffic signs. Dangerous driving. Vehicles prohibited on certain parts of railway premises. Dangerous goods. (Cap. 295.) Lost property. Disposal of lost property. Payment of sums sufficient to indemnify Corporation. Limitations and exemptions. Removal of persons from railway. (Cap. 232.) Penalties. Schedule. Preservation of other causes of action.

Abstract

L.N. 223/87. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 372.) (Cap. 374.) (Cap. 374.) (Cap. 374.) Tickets. Fares. Tickets contain no warranty or acceptance of liability. Entry and travel prohibited without payment of fare. Production of tickets and surcharge. Damaging and using damaged tickets. Failures to pay fare, etc. Travel without a ticket or with expired or inappropriate ticket. Passengers to examine tickets and change. Exchanges and refunds. Children travelling on buses and the railway. Refusal of access. Trespass and removal of trespassers. Offensive matter, materials, etc. Powers of the Corporation's officials. Unlawful use of equipment on buses and the railway. Indemnities for damage caused to persons and property. Compliance with notices. Feet not to be placed on seats. Smoking prohibited. Spitting and litter prohibited. Nuisance. Singing, dancing and musical instruments prohibited. Prohibited items. Unauthorized bill posting, advertising and touting. Hawking prohibited. (Cap. 132.) Loitering prohibited. Vehicles not to be left on railway premises. Dealing with vehicles left on railway premises. (Cap. 374.) Drivers to comply with traffic signs. Dangerous driving. Vehicles prohibited on certain parts of railway premises. Dangerous goods. (Cap. 295.) Lost property. Disposal of lost property. Payment of sums sufficient to indemnify Corporation. Limitations and exemptions. Removal of persons from railway. (Cap. 232.) Penalties. Schedule. Preservation of other causes of action.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3394

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

372

Number of Pages

15
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:33 +0800
<![CDATA[KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION (PERMITTED ACTIVATES) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3393

Title

KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION (PERMITTED ACTIVATES) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER

Description






KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION
(PRMITTED ACTIVITIES) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER

(Cap. 372, section 4)

[30 November 1984.1

1. This order may be cited as the Kowloon-Canton Railway
Corporation (Permitted Activities) (Consolidation) Order.

2. In this order 'District' means an area declared to be a District
under section 3 of the District Boards Ordinance.

3. The Corporation is permitted to engage in the activities
specified in the Schedule.

SCHEDULE [para. 3.]

PERMITTED ACTIVITIES OF THE
KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY
CORPORATION

1. To engage in such activities as are necessary or expedient to plan and
prepare for the construction of a light railway in the Districts of Tuen Mun and
Yuen Long and for the operation of bus services associated therewith including,
without derogation from the foregoing

(a) the engagement of consultants; and

(b)the calling upon of persons to tender for the construction of works
associated with the construction of the railway.

2. To enter into, vary or rescind any contract upon such conditions and terms
as the Corporation may deem expedient, with any person or consortium of
persons, for the construction of works associated with the construction of a light
railway in the Districts of Tuen Mun and Yuen Long and purposes ancillary
thereto.
L.N. 390/84. L.N. 202/85. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 366.) Permitted activities. Schedule. L.N. 390/84. L.N. 202/85.

Abstract

L.N. 390/84. L.N. 202/85. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 366.) Permitted activities. Schedule. L.N. 390/84. L.N. 202/85.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3393

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

372

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:33 +0800
<![CDATA[KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION (RESTRICTED AREA) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3392

Title

KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION (RESTRICTED AREA) NOTICE

Description






KOWLOON CANTON RAILWAY (RESTRICTED AREA) NOTICE
(Kowloon-Canton Railway Corporation By-laws, by-law 77)
[1 July 1989]

L.N. 214 of 1989

1. Citation

This notice may be cited as the Kowloon-Canton Railway (Restricted Area)
Notice.

2. Restricted area

The areas specified in the first 2 columns of the Schedule, being areas within
the railway premises, are hereby declared to be restricted areas every day during the
hours specified in the third column of the Schedule.

SCHEDULE [para. 2]

RESTRICTED AREA

Station Area Hours

Kowloon 1 Platform 6 and the eastern part of the 1 From 0.01 a.m. to
Station, Hung southern concourse, separated from the 12.00 midnight
Hom main concourse by a partition wall and
indicated as a restricted area by an
appropriate sign and the closure of the
entrance thereto
2. Platform 5 2. From 0.01 a.m. to
8.30 a.m. and from
8.00 p.m. to 12.00
midnight
3. Southern part of Passenger Line 7 3. From 0.01 a.m. to
9.00 a.m. and from
6.00 p.m. to 12.00
midnight

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3392

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

372

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:32 +0800
<![CDATA[KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION BY-LAWS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3391

Title

KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION BY-LAWS

Description






KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION BY-LAWS
ARRANGEMENT OF BY-LAWS

By-law Page

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Citation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B5
2. Interpretation... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 .. ... ... B5

PART II

CARRIAGE OF PASSENGERS AND ISSUE OF ALL PASSENGER TICKETS

3........Tickets ............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 87
4........Fares ............................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B7

5............Refusal of access ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B7

6.........................Prohibition of entry and travel without ticket ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 7
7.........................Persons travelling with inappropriate tickets ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 8

8.......................Surcharge for children under 12 years ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 8

9...................Decision as to age of any child ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 8

10.............................Passengers to travel in correct compartments of trains ... .... ... ... ... B 8

11. Period of validity of firstjordinary class tickets ... ... ... ... ... 1 ... B 8

12......................Period of validity governing other tickets ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 8

13..................Inspection and sale of tickets ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 89

14.........................Refund of fares and issue of duplicate tickets ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 9

15......................Insufficient accommodation on trains ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 9

16....................Train services timetables and time ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 9

17......................No obligation to adhere to timetables ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 9

19,.......................Suspension, discontinuance of train services ... ... ... ... ... ... ... RIO

19....................Closure of entrances including gates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 10

20..................Cessation of the issue of tickets ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 10
21..................Closure of entrances or exits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 10

22......................Passengers to examine tickets and change ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 11

23.............................Appropriate fare for use in automatic vending machine ... ... ... ... ... B 11
24.............................Number of children allowed to travel free of charge ... ... ... ... ... B 11

25...........................Payment of any fare, excess charge, surcharge etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... B 11

26..................................Loss or damage to articles or objects left on the railway premises ... ... ... B 12

27..............Administration charge ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12
28. No liability on restoration of articles to apparent owner B 12

29. Sale of unclaimed articles ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12
30. Responsibility of passenger for injury, damage or loss ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12

31. Removal of persons or passengers from the railway premises ... ... ... ... B 13





By-law,...................................... Page

PART 111

CARRIAGE OF
LUGGAGE

32......................Conditions of acceptance of luggage ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 13

33......................Soliciting for handling of luggage ... . ... ... ... ... ... B 13

PART IV

CARRIAGE OF GOODS

34......................Conditions of acceptance of goods ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 13

35...................Soliciting for handling of goods ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 13

PART V

MOTOR VEHICLES, MOTORCYCLES, BICYCLES AND SIMILAR
CONVEYANCES

36. Driving and parking of vehicles on railway premises ... ... ... ... ... B 13

37..........................Illegal parking of vehicles on railway premises ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 14

38......................Impounding and removal charges ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 14

39...................Notice of vehicle being detained ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 14

40..........................Payment of proceeds from sale of vehicles ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 14

PART VI

AUTHORITY OF THE CORPORATION STAFF

41.................................Powers ofthe Corporation's staff and authorized persons ... ... ... ... B 15

PART VII

CONDUCT OF PERSONS ON THE RAILWAY PREMISES

42..........Definition ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 15

43........................Compliance with notices, indicators etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... Bis

44.................Entering of trains and lifts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B is

45..............................Obeying directions as to occupation of trains and lifts ... ... ... ... ... B 15

46........................Duty to travel on proper part of train ... ... ... ... ... ... . B 15

47............................Improper use of railway appliances and equipment ... ... ... ... ... B 16

48. Opening of doors of train. use of automatic doors, compliance with directions B 16

49......................Infectious or contagious diseases ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 17

50. Intoxication, persons of unfit or improper condition, soiled clothing etc. B 17
51. Offensive language, graffiti and vandalism, interference with other persons B 18

52...................................Animals and articles creating a nuisance and removal thereof ... ... ... B 18







53........................Carriage of goods of a dangerous nature ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 18

54...................Smoking upon railway premises ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 19

55. Singing, dancing and musical instruments ... ... ... .. 1 ... ... ... ... B
19





By-law.......................................... Page

56. Unauthorized display of material, hawking and touting ... ... ... ... ... 819

57. Wagering and bookmaking ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 19

58. Playing games for money or moneys worth..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 19

59. Loitering .................................. ... ... ... ... ... ... B 19

60. Throwing of missiles ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 19
61. Parking causing obstruction ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
B 20

62. Lawful business and parking of conveyances... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 820

63. Payment of parking fees ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 20

64. Spitting and litter .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 20
65. Queues for services etc. ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
B 20

66. Use of money changing machines ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 21
67. Motor vehicles etc. in pedestrian areas....... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... B 21
68. Compliance with road traffic signs ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 821
69. Dangerous driving and speeding ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 21

PART VIII

TRESPASS AND DAMAGE TO RAILWAY
PREMISES

70. Authorized crossing places and conditions of crossing ... ... ... ... ... B 21
71. Unauthorized abstraction of water and pollution etc . ... ... ... . ... B 22
72. Offensive matters, waste products, unauthorized structures ... ... ... ... ... B 22

73. Powers of Corporation to abate trespass .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 22

74. Opening of gates, boundary fences ............ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B22
75. Compliance with regulations or notices .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B22

PART IX

RESTRICTED AREAS

76. Definition ................................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 23

77. Gazette notice relating to restricted areas ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 23

78. Demarcation of restricted areas ............ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 23
79. Plan showing restricted areas .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 23

80. Prohibition of persons without permit in restricted areas ... ... ... ... ... B 24
81. Conditions of issue of type of permits B 24

82. Power to refuse issue of permits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 24
83. Cancellation of permits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 24
84. Notification of cancellation of permits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 25
85. Surrender of permit by employee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 25
86. Surrender of permit by employer ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 25

87. Notification by employer . B 25
88. Cessation of employment of permit holder.... ... ... ... ... ... 1 ... B 25





BY-lait,..................................... Page

89. Exempted persons ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 25

90.................Conditions for exemption ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 26

91: Lost permits ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 26

92. Employer to report lost permits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B
26
93. Persons finding permits ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 26

94. Replacement permits ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 26

95. Authorized employee's power to arrest ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 26
96. Exemption for Government officers ... ... ... ... ... ... .... ... ... B27
97. Power to exempt other classes of person ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 27

98........Fees ................................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 27

PART X

GENERAL

99................Special and general lien ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 27

PART X1

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

100...........................Corporation not liable in certain circumstances ... ... ... .... ... ... B 27
101...........................Payment of sums sufficient to indemnify Corporation ... ... ... ... ... B 29

102..................Limitations and exemptions ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... B 29

PART Xii

JURISDICTION

103....................Proper law to be laws of Hong Kong ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... B 29

PART XIII

ENFORCEMENT AND PENALTIES

104....................Inspection of identity cards and arrest ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 30

105.........Penalties ......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. B 30

106......................Preservation of other causes of action ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 30

First Schedule. Permit fees ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 30
Second Schedule. Penalties ................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 31





KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION BY-LAWS

(Cap. 372, section 31(1))

[15 March 1985.1

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. These by-laws may be cited as the Kowloon-Canton Railway
Corporation By-laws.

2. In these by-laws, unless the context otherwise requires

---theOrdinance' means the Kowloon-Canton Railway Corporation
Ordinance;

'authorized person' means any person authorized in writing by the
Corporation to act for and on behalf of the Corporation in relation
to any matter set out in the written authorization;

,,automatic gate' means any passenger operated barrier separating the
paid area from the other areas of the railway premises;

'Corporation- means the Kowloon-Canton Railway Corporation
established by section 3 of the Ordinance and includes, unless the
context otherwise requires, servants or employees of the
Corporation;

'fare' means the fare payable by any passenger to whom or on whose
behalf a ticket is issued by the Corporation,

'first class ticket' means a ticket bearing on it the number '1'and
issued at the prevailing first class full single or return fare for the
journey being made or to be made;

'goods' means any object, article or thing including livestock and any
other animal which is accepted by the Corporation for carriage on
the railway by a goods train in accordance with these by-laws;

'goods train' means a train used exclusively for the carriage of goods;

'lift' means any lift or escalator upon the railway premises;

'luggage' means any article or thing (excluding animals) which a
passenger may keep with him on a train including the luggage
compartment thereof in accordance with these by-laws;

'member of the staff' includes any employee or servant of the
Corporation;





'ordinary class ticket' means a ticket bearing on it the number '2' and
issued at the prevailing ordinary full single or return fare for the
journey being made or to be made;

'the paid area' means that part of the railway or the railway premises or
any part thereof as the case may require which

(a)is set aside for the use of fare paying passengers and other
persons authorized to enter thereon; and

(b)is provided with gates, turnstiles or automatic gates for the
purposes of entry and exit;

'passenger' means a person to whom or on whose behalf a ticket is
issued by or on behalf of the Corporation and who is lawfully
within the _paid area during the hours of business of the
Corporation and who holds a valid ticket issued to him or on his
behalf by or on behalf of the Corporation authorizing travel upon
the railway or-some part thereof;

'period return ticket' means a ticket valid for any period stipulated on
the ticket or in notices published by the Corporation;

'platform' means a platform or place appointed for the use of
passengers and situated at a station;

'railway' means the railway as defined in the Ordinance or any part
thereof and includes as the case may require railway line or track or
permanent way or any extension thereto in accordance with the
Ordinance;

'railway premises' means the railway premises and any part thereof as
defined in the Ordinance or as the case may require includes any
other land or premises utilized for the purposes of the Corporation
and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing includes
the paid area and restricted area as defined in these by-laws;

'season ticket' means a season ticket issued under the provisions of and
pursuant to Part 11 of these by-laws;

',station' means any station of or occupied by the Corporation;

'stored value ticket' means a ticket issued under the provisions of and
pursuant to Part 11 of these by-laws;

'surcharge' means a sum equivalent to a maximum of five times the full
ordinary class single fare between Lo Wu Station and Kowloon
Station as the same is in force from time to time;

'ticket' means any form of ticket, document or permit from time to time
issued by or on behalf of the Corporation for the conveyance of
any passenger, animal, luggage or article upon the railway or any
part thereof,

'ticket office' means an office whether operated for or on behalf of the
Corporation by any person or by any of their respective servants or
agents who are duly authorized to issue a ticket;





---timetable'means 'a publication, advertisement, notice, list or timetable
issued by or on behalf of the Corporation;

'train' means any train or conveyance or any carriage or compartment
thereof or any other vehicle or means of conveyance owned by or
in the lawful possession of the Corporation.

PART 11

CARRIAGE OF PASSENGERS AND ISSUE OF ALL PASSENGER
TICKETS

3. (1) All tickets including season tickets and stored value tickets
issued by or on behalf of the Corporation whether specifically referred
to in these by-laws or not are issued subject to

(a) these by-laws; and

(b)any special conditions stated or referred to on such tickets or
any special conditions otherwise contained or referred to in
any other publications, notices, lists or tables relating to such
tickets and such special conditions if inconsistent with these
by-laws shall prevail.

(2) The person to whom or on whose behalf such tickets are issued
shall be deemed to have knowledge of and to have agreed to all these
by-laws and any special conditions and the liability of the Corporation
(if any) shall be limited but not extended thereby.

4. Scales of fares appearing in publications, notices, lists or tables
issued by or on behalf of the Corporation on the authority of the
Corporation from time to time shall be deemed to be the authorized fares
payable to the Corporation for a journey made or to be made upon the
railway or any part thereof.

5. The Corporation or any authorized person may refuse access to
any part of the railway or the railway premises including the paid area to
any person holding a ticket whom it or they believe is likely to act in a
riotous, disorderly or offensive manner.

6. (1) No person shall without the authority of a member of
the staff or an authorized person enter or leave or attempt to enter or
leave the paid area or shall otherwise travel or attempt to travel
upon any part of the railway without first paying the fare and
obtaining a ticket and using that ticket (as appropriate) by either
inserting it in to an automatic gate on entering or leaving the paid
area or otherwise producing it and thereafter delivering it up to an
authorized person or a member of the staff.

(2) Every passenger shall leave the paid area of the railway within 2
hours from entering the same or any other period as may be prescribed
and published by the Corporation failing which the ticket shall be
invalid notwithstanding any stored value remaining in such ticket.





7. (1) If a person travels or attempts to travel upon any part of the
railway

(a) without a ticket; or
(b) having lost his ticket; or
(c) with a ticket that is invalid; or

(d)with a ticket improperly defaced, damaged, mutilated, torn,
split or otherwise interfered with so that the printed or coded
data thereon is wholly or partly erased or cannot be
deciphered or which is otherwise altered or interfered with; or

(e)in a first class carriage whilst holding an ordinary class ticket;
or

to a station for which the ticket is invalid,

then and in any of the above events he shall be liable to pay a
surcharge.

(2) The provisions of this by-law shall apply equally to passengers
occupying seats or standing including those in corridors or gangways.

8. When a surcharge is payable in respect of any child aged under
12 years only a sum equivalent to one half of the surcharge by an adult
passenger shall be liable to be paid.

9. The decision as to the age of any child referred to in these by-
laws shall be in the absolute discretion of any member of the staff or
authorized person dealing with tickets or passengers and shall be final
and binding for all purposes without liability of whatever nature for any
loss or damage (including consequential and nonpecuniary loss)
howsoever arising from such decision.

10. A passenger must ensure that he joins the correct train on
which he intends to travel and that he travels in the carriage or
compartment for which his ticket is valid for travel and that he alights at
the station to which the appropriate fare has been paid.

11. An ordinary class single ticket or first class single ticket and an
ordinary class return ticket or first class return ticket (save as otherwise
provided in these by-laws) is valid for travel only upon the day on
which such ticket is issued.

1 12. The period of validity and the special conditions governing
any ticket other than an ordinary class single or return ticket shall be
those printed upon the ticket or when no period of validity or special
conditions are printed upon the ticket such period of validity and
special conditions as are set out in the publications, notices, lists or
tables issued by or on behalf of the Corporation from time to time.





13. (1) All tickets are the property of the Corporation and must be
produced at any time within the railway premises including the paid area
or on any train on demand by a member of the staff or an authorized
person.

(2) All tickets issued by or on behalf of the Corporation shall be
delivered up to the Corporation if the period of their validity has expired
by effluxion of time whether or not any stored value remains in such
ticket.

(3) A passenger who fails to produce his ticket for any reason
shall be liable to pay a surcharge.

(4) No person other than a person specifically authorized by or on
behalf of the Corporation to do so shall sell, attempt to sell, offer for
sale, or invite other persons to purchase any ticket issued by or on
behalf of the Corporation.

14. (1) Any exchange of or refund on any ticket shall be at the
absolute discretion of the Corporation and may be subject to the
deduction of an administration charge prescribed and published by the
Corporation from time to time and a maximum refund prescribed and
published by the Corporation from time to time.

(2) The form of any refund will be at the absolute discretion of the
Corporation.

1 (3) The Corporation shall not be obliged to issue a duplicate ticket in
replacement of a lost or mislaid or unused ticket neither will it make
refunds in respect of the value of any such ticket or the amount of a fare
or a surcharge charged as a consequence of failure to produce a ticket
when required.

15. (1) The Corporation shall not be liable for any failure to carry a
passenger on any particular train or in any particular class of a
compartment or carriage thereof where there is insufficient
accommodation of a class for which a ticket has been issued.

(2) Where there is insufficient first class accommodation on any
train for which a ticket has been issued a passenger holding a first class
ticket may travel in ordinary class accommodation without the right to
claim a refund of the appropriate difference in fare.

16. (1) The train services specified by timetables issued by or on
behalf of the Corporation are subject to alteration, suspension or
withdrawal at any time without notice.

(2) The timetables issued by the Corporation shall follow Hong
Kong local time and refer to time by the 24 hour clock notation.

17. The Corporation does not warrant or guarantee that any train
shall depart or arrive at the time or times specified in published
timetables or that the issue of a ticket can or will be completed





before the departure of any train and it will not be liable to any
person or passenger or third party for any loss or damage (including
consequential and non-pecuniary loss) howsoever arising from any
delay or detention caused by the alteration, suspension or with-
drawal of the Corporation's train services for any reason whatso-
ever.

18. (1) The Corporation may whenever it considers in its
absolute discretion expedient without being liable for any loss,
including consequential and non-pecuniary loss, or any other dam-
age howsoever arising from any delay or detention occasioned
thereby-
(a)suspend or discontinue the issue of tickets whether issued
from a ticket office or by way of an automatic vending
machine or further or otherwise;
(b)despatch any train from a station before the arrival of any
other train shown in any timetable without affording the
passengers an opportunity of alighting or boarding the
train;

(c)suspend, discontinue or otherwise withdraw all or any
railway passenger or other service from any station on any
day or suspend, discontinue or otherwise withdraw the
running of any train or alter the times of departure or
arrival of any such train.
(2) Reasonable consideration will, however, be given in the
absolute discretion of the Corporation to applications for refund in
accordance with by-law 14 where a ticket is unused as a consequence
of the circumstances described in this by-law or in the absolute
discretion of the Corporation such ticket may be made available for
exchange.

19. Unless otherwise determined by the Corporation in its
absolute discretion the entrances including gates and automatic
gates to each of the stations operated by the Corporation will
normally be closed 5 minutes before the departure of the last
passenger train of the day shown in the timetable as being due to
depart from that particular station.

20. Without prejudice to any other provisions in this Part the
Corporation may in its absolute discretion cease to issue tickets at
such time before the departure time shown in the timetable of any
train as in the opinion of the Corporation is necessary to secure
the punctual departure of any train or for any other reason or
circumstance without liability whatsoever for any loss or damage
(including consequential and non-pecuniary loss) howsoever
arising therefrom.

21. The Corporation may close any entrance to or exit from
any station or platform or any other part of the railway premises at
such time or times as it may in its absolute discretion consider





expedient without liability whatsoever for any loss or damage
(including consequential and non-pecuniary loss) howsoever arising
therefrom.

22. (1) A passenger shall examine his ticket and any change
tendered before leaving any ticket office.

(2) The Corporation shall not be liable for any error, mistake,
mis-statement or omission to which attention is not called by the
passenger at the time of the booking, reservation *or issue of any,
ticket.

(3) No passenger shall be entitled to make a claim in respect of
a ticket incorrectly issued or any change incorrectly tendered after he
has left any ticket office of the Corporation.
(4) The Corporation shall not be liable in any way whatsoever
for any error, mistake or omission or for any other error, mistake,
mis-statement or omission in any matter arising from the issue or
failure or omission to issue any ticket on the part of the Corpora-
tion.

23. A passenger using an automatic ticket vending machine
shall insert not less than the appropriate fare in legal tender for the
purchase of a ticket and shall forthwith examine any ticket thus
issued and no passenger shall be entitled to any refund of any
amount in excess of the appropriate fare inserted into an automatic
ticket vending machine.

24. (1) Except when otherwise specified in the appropriate
publications, notices, lists or tables issued by or on behalf of the
Corporation up to two children under 3 years of age may accom-
pany each adult passenger free of charge provided that such child or
children do not occupy a seat or seats that are required for other
passengers.
(2) Any child or children under 3 years of age exceeding two in
number accompanying each adult passenger shall be liable to pay a
fare equivalent to one half of the appropriate adult fare.

(3) Any child or children over 3 years of age but under 12
years of age shall pay one half of the appropriate adult fare whether
or not such child or children occupy a seat each.

25. (1) Save as provided under by-law 6, 'no passenger or
person shall before leaving the paid area fail forthwith to pay any
fare, excess charge, surcharge or any other sum leviable or payable
under these by-laws.
(2) Any such sum so leviable or payable under these by-laws
or howsoever otherwise payable whether by way of debt, damages,
costs, loss or expense or otherwise as the case may be shall be
recoverable by the Corporation or its lawful agents as the case may
be as a debt due on demand and shall be recoverable and enforceable
as a civil debt.





26. The Corporation shall not be liable for loss or damage, including
consequential and non-pecuniary loss, howsoever arising from any
damage to, or delay of, or detention of, or loss of articles or objects left
on the railway premises or any part thereof including trains belonging to
the Corporation and all articles or objects so found therein shall as
between the finder and the Corporation be deemed to be in the
possession of the Corporation and shall be given immediately into the
custody of any member of the staff or an authorized person.

27. An administration charge will be made in the absolute discretion
of the Corporation upon the restoration of any lost article or object to
the true owner dependent upon

(a) the type of article or object concerned; and

(b) the period it is held by the Corporation before it is claimed.

28. The Corporation shall not be liable to the true owner for loss or
damage including consequential and non-pecuniary loss, howsoever
arising from any damage to or misdelivery, delay, detention or loss of
any article or object arising from the claim of or restoration to the
apparent owner of such article or object.

-29. (1) All articles or objects found which have not been claimed
by the true owner within one month after being so found will be deemed
to have been abandoned by the true owner and may be sold or
otherwise disposed of by or on behalf of the Corporation in any manner
and at any price as the Corporation in its absolute discretion may
determine and the proceeds of any such sale or disposal shall be
retained by the Corporation for its absolute use and benefit:

Provided that any article or object which the Corporation considers
to be of a perishable nature may be sold or disposed of at an earlier date.

(2) In respect of any article or object found by a person not being a
member of the staff or an authorized person the finder may, in the
absolute discretion of the Corporation, receive the payment of an
amount to be determined by the Corporation in its absolute discretion
following the sale of such article or object.

30. A passenger shall be responsible for any injury, damage or loss
caused to the property of the Corporation or to any member of the staff
or to any authorized person and further shall be responsible for any
injury, damage or loss caused to any other person or the property of any
other person or body by any article or animal brought on to the railway
premises including trains of the Corporation and shall indemnify the
Corporation from and against any liability to any other person for all or
any injury, damage, loss, including consequential and non-pecuniary
loss, cost or expense howsoever caused thereby:





Provided that this by-law shall not apply in circumstances where
the damage or loss to the property or persons referred to herein arises
entirely from the neglect or default of any member of staff or authorized
person.

31. Any passenger or person who offends against or is in any other
manner in breach or contravention of these by-laws or any of them or
who as the case may be howsoever fails or omits to comply with these
by-laws when required to do so by any member of the staff or by an
authorized person may be forthwith removed from the railway premises
including any train belonging to the Corporation without prejudice to
any penalty prescribed or referred to in these by-laws for the
contravention of any such by-laws.

PART III

CARRIAGE OF LUGGAGE

32. The Corporation shall accept luggage for carriage on the
railway subject to these by-laws and the conditions of carriage of
luggage set out from time to time in notices published by the
Corporation which if inconsistent with these by-laws shall prevail.

33. No person other than a person licensed by the Corporation to
do so shall solicit for engagement in or for the handling or moving or
transport of any luggage or any item thereof for reward.

PARTIV

CARRIAGE OF GOODS

34. The Corporation shall accept goods for carriage on the railway
by goods train subject to these by-laws and the conditions of carriage
of goods set out from time to time in notices published by the
Corporation which if inconsistent with these by-laws shall prevail.

35. No person other than a person licensed by the Corporation to
do so shall solicit for engagement in or for the handling or moving or
transport of any goods or item thereof for reward.

PART V

MOTOR VEHICLES, MOTORCYCLES, BICYCLES AND SIMILAR CONVEYANCES

36. Except as permitted by the Corporation no person shall drive or
leave parked any motor vehicle, motorcycle, bicycle or similar
conveyance upon or permit the same to wait upon the railway premises
or any part thereof.





37. If any vehicle or conveyance is found illegally parked or
left on the railway premises or any part thereof unattended and the
driver, owner or person in charge cannot be located, or the vehicle or
conveyance is unable to be removed or if the driver or person in
charge of the vehicle or conveyance refuses to remove the same on
being requested to do so by any member of the staff or an authorized
person, the vehicle or conveyance is liable to be forthwith im-
pounded or removed by or on behalf of the Corporation.

38. Any vehicle or conveyance so impounded or removed may
be detained by or on behalf of the Corporation until payment has
been made to the Corporation of such impounding charge or
removal charge or storage charge, duty or impost as may be
determined by the Corporation in its absolute discretion.

39. If a vehicle or conveyance so detained is not claimed and
removed and all impounding, removal or storage charges or other
charges are not paid within 3 days after its detention, the Corpora-
tion shall where practicable except in case of emergency serve on the
registered owner (as defined in section 2 of the Road Traffic
Ordinance) of the vehicle or conveyance a notice in writing served by
pre-paid post to the registered owner's last known address and
copied to the Transport Department of the Government notifying
the registered owner-
(a)of the detention of the vehicle or conveyance and its place
of detention; and
(b)that unless it is removed from its place of detention and
payment of any charge payable under by-law 38 is made
within 14 days after the date of service of the notice upon
the registered owner the vehicle or conveyance shall vest in
and become the absolute and beneficial property of the
Corporation free from all or any rights of the registered
owner or any other person and may be disposed of by the
Corporation by sale or otherwise as the Corporation shall
in its absolute discretion determine.

40. If within a period of 6 months after the date upon which a
vehicle or conveyance is sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to
this Part any person satisfies the Corporation upon the production
of such documentary or other evidence of ownership as the Corpora-
tion shall in its absolute discretion consider satisfactory or otherwise
sufficient that at the time the vehicle or conveyance became the
property of the Corporation by virtue of this Part the person was the
true beneficial owner of it the Corporation shall pay to such person
the balance of the proceeds of sale or disposal (without interest
thereon) after deduction of-
(a) any charges or other sums payable under by-law 38; and
(b)any other charges incurred by the Corporation in respect
of the sale or disposal of the vehicle or conveyance:
Provided that-





(i) before any such payment is made by the Corporation the payee
shall execute an indemnity in favour of the Corporation in such
form as the Corporation may in its absolute discretion
determine; and

(ii payment by the Corporation as referred to herein shall relieve the
Corporation of all or any claims of any description in respect
thereof.

PART VI

AUTHORITY OF THE CORPORATION STAFF

41. No member of the staff or any authorized person shall have any
actual or apparent authority to waive, amend or otherwise alter any of
these by-laws or conditions made hereunder or the by-laws or
conditions of any other person or body, or to extend or vary all or any
liability which may devolve on the Corporation under these by-laws or
further or otherwise.

PART VII

CONDUCT OF PERSONS ON THE RAILWAY PREMISES

42. In this Part 'person' includes passenger.

43. No person whilst on the railway premises including the paid
area or any part thereof and including any train compartment or carriage
shall without reasonable excuse fail to comply with all or any
publications, lists, notices, indicators or any other directions
whatsoever intended for the compliance of any person or any
instructions of any member of the staff or authorized person.

44. No person shall enter or attempt to enter any train or lift
through any door thereof until all persons who are leaving or are on the
way to leave such train or lift through such door shall have passed out
of such door.

45. When a member of the staff or authorized person determines (in
his absolute discretion) that a train or lift contains the full number of
persons which it is constructed to carry no additional person shall enter
or remain therein if directed by any member of the staff or any
authorized person not to do so.

46. No person (except a duly authorized member ofthe staff or an
authorized person) shall enter or mount or attempt to enter or mount on
any train except on such parts as are provided for the carriage of
passengers.





47. No person except a member of the staff or an authorized person
shall

(a)operate, move, or work any mechanical or electrical appliance
upon the railway premises or operate, move or work any
switch, lever or other device operating or controlling any
mechanical or electrical appliance upon the railway premises
(except in relation to the proper use of any automatic gate) or
tamper with or wilfully impede or interfere with the operation
of any mechanical or electrical appliance:

Provided that in cases of accident or other emergency, a
person may operate, move, or work any switch, lever or other
device or mechanical or electrical appliance upon or near
which is displayed a notice that it is intended to be operated
in cases of accident or other emergency;

(b)open or attempt to open any gate or door of any lift-shaft or
any lift or escalator or moving platform or other mechanical or
electrical appliance (except in relation to the proper use of
any automatic gate) or unfasten or tamper with or wilfully
impede or interfere with the operation of any fastening or
fitting in or upon any such gate or door;

(c)enter or leave or attempt to enter or leave any lift (not being an
escalator or moving platform) whilst it is in motion or
otherwise than at the side appointed for persons to enter or
leave the same;

(d)ascend or descend, or attempt to ascend or descend, by
means of any escalator except by standing on the stairway
thereof provided for ascending or descending persons as the
case may be;

(e)travel, or attempt to travel, upon any escalator or moving
platform in a direction other than the direction in which the
same is moving, or sit upon any moving platform or any
handrail or any part thereof,

open or attempt to open, any gate leading to or from a
platform at a station upon the railway premises without
authority to do so.

48. No person, except a member of the staff or an authorized person
shall

(a)open the door, or stand or attempt to stand on the step,
platform or foot-board of any train whilst it is in motion or
(except in case of accident or other emergency) between
stations;

(b)enter or leave or attempt to enter or leave any such train
whilst it is in motion or (except in case of accident or other
emergency) between stations or otherwise than at the side





of the train adjoining the platform appointed for passengers
to enter or leave the train;

(e)in the case of any train equipped with automatic closing
doors attempt to enter or leave the train after the doors have
commenced to close;

(d)when directed by a member of the staff or an authorized
person or where notices are exhibited in a train indicating that
a door shall be used for entrance thereto and another door for
exit therefrom (except in case of accident or other emergency)
enter or attempt to enter by the door indicated for exit or leave
or attempt to leave by the door indicated for entry.

49. (1) Except by permission in writing granted by or on behalf of
the Corporation no person suffering from any infectious or contagious
disease or disorder shall enter or remain and no other person having the
custody, charge or care of any such person shall cause or permit such
person to enter or remain upon the railway premises; and the
Corporation may refuse to receive or carry any such person or his
luggage or goods or to permit any such person or his luggage or goods
to enter, remain, or be upon the railway premises or to travel on the
railway.

(2) Any person suffering as aforesaid and any other person having
the custody, charge or care of any such person may be removed from
the railway premises by or under the direction of a member of the staff
or an authorized person and shall be liable to and shall indemnify the
Corporation from and against the cost of disinfecting the railway
premises including any train or lift in which such person shall have been
and to make good any other damage to the property of the Corporation
through the contravention of this by-law without prejudice to any
penalty or liability incurred by such contravention.

50. No person in a state of intoxication or who is in an unfit or
improper condition shall enter or remain upon the railway premises or
any part thereof, and no person whose dress or clothing is in a
condition liable to soil or injure the linings or cushions of any carriage,
or the dress or clothing of any person in or upon the railway premises
shall enter any train or lift or other railway premises:

Provided that no person shall contravene this by-law and be
prevented from entering or remaining in or In any train or lift under
the provisions of this by-law on the ground of the he condition of his
dress or clothing when he so enters or remains in or on any train or
lift or other railway premises with the permission of a member of the
staff or an authorized person or when a train or any compartment or
carriage thereof is specially provided for or set apart for workmen.





51. (1) No person shall at any time while upon the railway premises

(a)use any threatening, abusive, obscene or offensive language,
or behave in a riotous, disorderly, indecent or offensive
manner; or

(b)paint, write, draw or affix any word, representation or
character upon, or wilfully soil or defile, the railway premises
or break, cut, scratch, tear, deface, or otherwise damage any
part of the railway premises including any lift or train or any of
the fittings, furniture, decorations, or equipment thereof, or
any publication, notice, list, timetable, advertisement, number
plate, number, figure or letter therein or thereupon, or remove
therefrom or detach any such article or object; or

(c) damage any property upon the railway premises; or

(d)molest or wilfully interfere with the comfort or convenience of
any person.

(2) Any person offending against this by-law shall be liable to the
Corporation for the amount of the damage done to any property of the
Corporation or of any other person without prejudice to any penalty
incurred by the contravention of this by-law.

52. (1) No person shall take or cause to be taken on to, or cause or
allow to remain upon the railway premises unless authorized by a
member of the staff or an authorized person to do so

(a) any animal;

(b)any article or object which by reason of its nature is, in the
opinion of any member of the staff or authorized person, likely
to cause or in fact does cause annoyance or damage to any
person or damage to any property.

(2) If any person in charge of such animal, article or object fails
when requested by a member of the staff or an authorized person
immediately to remove the same from the railway premises then the same
may be removed therefrom by or under the direction of such a member
of the staff or an authorized person without prejudice to any penalty
incurred by the contravention of this by-law.

53. (1) No person shall take or cause to be taken upon or place or
cause to be placed upon the railway premises including any train or,
while upon the same, have in his possession or charge, as the case may
be. any dangerous goods as defined by section 2 of the Dangerous
Goods Ordinance, or any goods which may be declared dangerous or
offensive by regulations made under section 30 of the Ordinance or by-
laws made under section 31 of the Ordinance.

(2) If any person offending against this by-law fails to remove from
the railway premises, immediately upon request by a member





of the staff or authorized person, any article or object to which this by-
law relates the same may be removed therefrom by or under the
direction of a member of the staff or authorized person without
prejudice to any penalty incurred by the contravention of this by-law.

54. No person shall smoke or carry a lighted pipe, cigar or
cigarette in any lift or train or elsewhere upon the railway premises
where smoking is expressly prohibited by a notice clearly exhibited in
such lift or train or upon or near such other part of the railway premises;
and if requested by a member of the staff or authorized person not to do
so shall not smoke or carry a lighted pipe, cigar or cigarette in or upon
any part of the railway premises where smoking or carrying a lighted
pipe, cigar or cigarette may in the absolute discretion of a member of the
staff or authorized person be or become a danger or nuisance to other
persons.

55. No person while upon the railway premises shall to the
annoyance, inconvenience or disturbance of any other person, sing,
dance or perform on any musical or other instrument or use any
gramophone, record player, tape recorder or portable wireless,
television or any electrical or mechanical apparatus.

56. No person while upon the railway premises shall, except by
permission of a member of the staff or an authorized person

(a)display or exhibit any printed, written or pictorial matter or
any article for the purpose of advertisement or publicity, or
distribute any book, leaflet or other printed matter or any
sample or other article;

(b)invite persons to purchase or offer for sale or sell any article
or goods whatsoever; or

(c)tout, ply for, or solicit alms, reward or custom or employment
of any description.

57. No person shall enter or remain upon or use the railway
premises for the purpose of gaming, bookmaking, betting or wagering or
agreeing to game, bet or wager or paying or receiving or settling bets
with any other person.

58. No person shall play for money or moneys worth at any game
or pretended game of chance or skill upon the railway premises.

59. No person shall loiter or otherwise remain upon the railway
premises after having been requested by a member of the staff or
authorized person to depart unless such person is lawfully entitled so
to remain.

60. No person shall throw or wilfully drop on or from any lift or
train or any conveyance on the railway premises any article or object
whatsoever.





61. No person, driver, conductor, or person in charge of any
public service vehicle, motor vehicle, cab, carriage, wagon, bicycle or
other conveyance in or upon the railway premises shall leave any
such conveyance in or upon the railway premises-

(a)in any manner or place so as to cause an obstruction or
hindrance to the Corporation or to persons using the
railway; or

(b)otherwise than in accordance with any reasonable direc-
tion of a member of the staff or authorized person; or

(c) where parking or waiting is prohibited.

62. (1) No person shall leave or place any conveyance in or
upon the railway premises (otherwise than in a car park or other
place expressly authorized by the Corporation) for a period longer
than necessary for such person to transact any lawful business upon
the railway premises at or adjacent to the place at which such
conveyance has been left or placed.

(2) Any conveyance so left or placed in breach of this by-law
may be removed by or under the direction of a member of the staff
or authorized person, and the cost thereof shall be paid to the
Corporation by the said person, driver, conductor or person in
charge of the conveyance without prejudice to any penalty incurred
by the contravention of this by-law.

63. No person in charge of any public service vehicle, motor
vehicle, cab, carriage, wagon, bicycle or other conveyance which is
parked at a place on the railway premises for the use of which
parking or other charges are levied by the Corporation shall remove
or attempt to remove with intent to evade payment thereof such
conveyance from such place without having previously paid the
appropriate charge or charges:

Provided that no person shall be subject to any penalty under
this by-law unless it is proved to the satisfaction of the court or a
magistrate before whom complaint is laid that a notice was clearly
exhibited at that place specifying the charges payable for parking
thereat.

64. No person shall-

(a)spit upon the floor or in, upon or against any part of any
lift or train or upon any platform or any other area at any
station or in, upon or against any office, waiting room,
public room, or public passage at any station or other part
of the railway premises; or

(b)place or throw any litter upon the railway premises except
into receptacles expressly provided for that purpose.

65. The Corporation may establish queues on the railway
premises for the purpose of regulating the access to services. and





facilities provided on or in the vicinity of the railway premises, and
every person desirous of availing himself of any such service or facility
shall, upon notice or request by any member of the staff or authorized
person, take up position in the rear of one of such queues and move
forward in an orderly and regular manner, and obey the reasonable
instructions of any member of the staff or authorized person regulating
such queues.

66. No person shall by means of any machine provided by the
Corporation upon the railway premises change or procure to be
changed any coin or any currency note otherwise than for the purpose
of obtaining immediately a ticket from the Corporation or from any
member of the staff or authorized person at the station where such
machine is provided.

67. No person other than a member of the staff or authorized person
or except as authorized by a member of the staff or authorized person
shall ride a motor vehicle, motorcycle, bicycle or other similar machine or
conveyance or bring any handcart barrow, trolley or similar conveyance
on any part of the railway premises which is made or set apart for the
use or accommodation of pedestrians only:

Provided that no person shall be subject to any penalty under this
by-law unless it is proved to the satisfaction of the court or a magistrate
before whom the complaint is laid that at the time at which any offence
under this by-law is alleged to have been committed a public notice was
clearly exhibited at the pedestrian area in respect of which the complaint
is made showing that such area has been set apart for the use or
accommodation of pedestrians only.

68. The driver of any public service vehicle, motor vehicle, cab,
carriage, wagon, bicycle or other similar conveyance which is on the
railway premises or any part thereof shall obey all directions of any
member of the staff or authorized person and shall comply with any
notices, indicators, signs or signals exhibited as to the regulation of
such vehicles.

69. No person shall drive or otherwise conduct any vehicle or
conveyance or ride any vehicle or conveyance on the railway premises
in a manner dangerous or likely to be dangerous to others or (as may be
appropriate) in excess of a speed indicated by any notice, indicator, sign
or signal or by a member of the staff or authorized person.

PART VIII

TRESPASS AND DAMAGE TO RAILWAY
PREMISES

70. The Corporation may by notice stipulate periods or times at
which a crossing place for animals, persons, motor vehicles,
motorcycles, bicycles or other conveyances may be used over the





railway premises or any part thereof and the conditions upon which
such crossing place may be used.

71. No person shall take or use or permit or cause to be taken or
used or otherwise abstract, bathe in or pollute the water or contents of
any reservoir, tank, duct or water or other container belonging to the
Corporation or otherwise forming part of or being upon the railway
premises or any part thereof.

72. No person shall cause permit or suffer-

(a)any sewage, drainage, night soil, sullage, or other offensive
matter to flow or to be emptied or otherwise come onto or be
upon the railway premises or any part thereof,

(b)any waste products, waste material or food or refuse of any
kind to be deposited on or otherwise come upon the railway
premises;

(c)any kind of building or structure to be constructed or erected
upon or remain upon the railway premises without the written
authority of the Corporation;

(d)any kind of construction materials, construction plant or
equipment to be deposited on or otherwise come upon and
remain upon or pass across the railway premises except with
the written authority of the Corporation;

(e)any kite, balloon, model or other thing to fly or otherwise pass
over any part of the airspace above the railway premises or
any part thereof.

73. The Corporation may in its absolute discretion take any action it
considers necessary to prevent any person acting in breach of by-law 72
including the removal by the Corporation or under the direction of the
Corporation of any unauthorized building or structure erected by any
person without liability to any such person for compensation in respect
thereof; and the Corporation's power of removal of unauthorized
buildings or structures (whether by the Corporation or under the
direction of the Corporation) may be exercised by the Corporation in
respect of any unauthorized buildings or structures constructed or
erected upon the railway premises prior to the coming into operation of
this by-law.

74. No person shall open, cause or attempt to open or otherwise
tamper with, any gate, door, chain, wall, fence, barrier or other erection
which has been constructed or otherwise set up on either side of or
upon the boundaries or limits of the railway premises or any part thereof.

75. No person shall pass or attempt to bring, pass, drive or conduct
any motor vehicle, bicycle, motorcycle or other similar conveyance or
any handcart, barrow, trolley or similar conveyance





or any thing including animals across the railway premises or any
part thereof at any time except in accordance with regulations made
under section 30 of the Ordinance or by notice published by or on
behalf of the Corporation under this by-law nor shall any such
person omit to shut or refasten any gate, door, chain or barrier as
soon as he and any conveyance animal or other thing has passed
through the same.

PART IX

RESTRICTED AREAS

76. In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires-

'authorized employee'. means an employee of the Corporation or other
person authorized in writing by the Corporation for the purposes
of any by-law in this Part;

'permit' means any permit issued under this Part;

'permit holder' means

(a)in relation to a pool permit, the authorized employee to whom
the permit is issued and includes any person using a pool
permit by authority of such authorized employee; and

(b)in relation to a standard permit, the person in whose name the
permit is issued;

'pool permit' means a permit issued to an authorized employee under
by-law 81;

'restricted area' means an area declared under by-law 77 to be a
restricted area;

',standard permit- means a permit issued to a person other than an
authorized employee under by-law 81.

77. (1) The Corporation may, by notice published in the Gazette,
declare any area within the railway premises including the paid area to
be a restricted area.

(2) A declaration under paragraph (1) may declare any area to be
restricted either absolutely or on specified days or during specified
hours in any day.

78. The Corporation shall cause the boundaries of or entrances to
every restricted area to be demarcated by signs or in such other manner
as will reasonably indicate the restricted area to members of the public
who might enter that area.

79. (1) The Managing Directent may prepare and certify a plan
delineating the area and boundaries of any restricted area and shall from
time to time prepare and certify a new plan in substitution





therefor and may from time to time endorse on such plan or substituted
plan any amendment thereto and shall certify such endorsement.



(2) The Managing Director shall certify any plan or amendments thereto under
paragraph (1) by endorsing the certificate on the plan.

(3) Every plan certified under this by-law shall be kept in the head
office of the Corporation and a copy shall be available for public
inspection at the Station Manager's office at the Kowloon Station.

80. Subject to the provisions of this Part no person shall enter or
remain in a restricted area unless he has on his person a valid permit
issued to him in respect of that area.

81. Subject to by-law 82 the Corporation may issue-

(a)a pool permit to any authorized employee free of charge; and

(b)a standard permit to any other person on an application being
made therefor in accordance with conditions specified from
time to time by the Corporation and on payment of the
prescribed fee set out in the First Schedule,

and the pool permit or standard permit, whichever is appropriate, shall
be in such form and be issued subject to such conditions as may be
specified by the Corporation from time to time.

82. The Corporation may refuse to issue a permit if it appears to it
that the person requiring the permit or for whom it is required

(a)is, for any reason related to or connected with the security of
the railway, not a fit person to have access to a restricted area;
or

(b)has no valid or sufficient reason for having access to a
restricted area.

83. The Corporation-

(a)shall cancel a permit if it appears to it that the permit holder

(i) is, for any reason related to or connected with the security
of the railway, not a fit person to have access to a restricted
area; or

(ii) has no valid or sufficient reason for having access to a
restricted area, and

(b) may cancel a permit-

(i) on the ground that any condition subject to which it was
issued has been contravened; or





(ii) on the ground that the permit holder or his employer has
contravened any of these by-laws; or

(iii) in any case where it is satisfied that the permit has been
lost, destroyed or defaced.

84. When a permit is cancelled under by-law 83 the Corporation
shall notify the permit holder and, if the Corporation thinks fit, the
employer (if any) of the permit holder accordingly.

85. A permit holder, upon receipt of a notice under by-law 84 shall,
save where the notice relates to a permit which has been, lost or
destroyed, forthwith surrender his permit to

(a) the Corporation; or

(b)an authorized employee specified in the notice for the
purpose; or

(c)the employer of the permit holder if specified in the notice for
the purpose.

86. An employer to whom a permit has been surrendered by virtue
of a notice under by-law 84 shall forthwith surrender -that permit to the
Corporation or an authorized employee specified in the notice.

87. The employer of a permit holder shall, if the nature of the
employment of the permit holder no longer requires that he has access
to any restricted area specified in his permit, or if the permit holder
ceases to be employed by him, without delay

(a) inform the Corporation accordingly;

(b) take possession of the permit from the permit holder; and

(c) surrender the permit to the Corporation.

88. A permit holder who ceases to be employed by the person who
was his employer at the date of the issue of the permit shall,
immediately upon the cessation of his employrnent, surrender his
permit to that person.

89. Subject to by-law 90, the provisions of by-law 80 shall not
apply to

(a)any bona fide train crew member or bona fide train
passenger who is in the course of passage through any
immigration control or train boarding area or in an area set
aside for the purposes of the Customs and Excise Service of
the Government, which is within a restricted area

(i) having disembarked from a train; or

(ii) for the purpose of embarking upon a train of which he is
a train crew member or train passenger;





(b)any bona fide train passenger awaiting an outward train
journey in any area reserved for passengers which is within a
restricted area.

90. No person shall be exempt from the provisions of by-law 80 by
virtue of by-law 89 unless

(a)being a train crew member, he is in possession of a valid
railway personnel pass issued pursuant to an agreement
between the Corporation and the Guangzhou Railway
Administration;

(b)being a departing passenger, he is in possession of a valid
travel document and a valid ticket;

(c)being an arriving passenger, he is in possession of a valid
travel document and the train from which he has disembarked
or upon which he is embarking or awaiting, is a through train
travelling from or to the People's Republic of China.

91. If a permit has been lost the permit holder shall, without delay,
report the loss and the circumstances thereof to

(a)his employer (if any) or, where the permit holder has no
employer or is himself an employer, to the Corporation or an
authorized employee; and

(b) the officer in charge of the police station nearest the place 1
where the permit holder ordinarily resides.

92. Where a report has been received by an employer as to the loss
of a permit and the circumstances thereof he shall, without delay, report
such loss and the circumstances thereof to the Corporation.

93. Any person who finds a permit shall, without unreasonable
delay, deliver it to the Corporation or any authorized employee or to the
officer in charge of any police station.

94. Where a permit has been lost, destroyed or defaced, application
may be made to the Corporation by the person to whom the permit had
been issued or the employer of that person for the issue of a
replacement permit and the Corporation upon being satisfied as to such
loss, destruction or defacement, may, upon payment of the prescribed
fee set out in the First Schedule in the case of an applicant who is not an
authorized employee, issue to the permit holder a replacement permit in
substitution for the permit which has been lost, destroyed or defaced.

95. An authorized employee, not being a police officer, may, if he
has reasonable grounds for believing that any person has contravened
by-law 80, without warrant, arrest that person and forthwith take him to a
police station there to be dealt with in accordance with the Police Force
Ordinance.





96. By-law 80 shall not apply to a police officer, an immigration
officer or immigration assistant, an officer of the Fire Services
Department, a member of Her Majesty's Forces, a member of the
Customs and Excise Service within the meaning of the Customs and
Excise Service Ordinance, the Commissioner, the Deputy Commissioner
or an officer of the Independent Commission Against Corruption who
requires access to the railway premises or any part thereof for the
performance of his duty in circumstances of such urgency that the
performance of his duty might be frustrated or seriously impaired if such
by-law was to apply to him.

97. The Corporation may, by notice in writing and subject to such
conditions as it may impose, exempt any person or class of person from
all or any of the requirements for entry into a restricted area.

98. The fees prescribed under these by-laws are set out in the First
Schedule.

PART X

GENERAL

99. (1) Without prejudice to the generality of any of these by-laws
the Corporation shall have a special lien on all motor vehicles,
motorcycles, bicycles or any similar conveyance or on luggage, goods
or articles howsoever brought by any person upon the railway premises
including any train of the Corporation and shall also have a general lien
against the owner of any such motor vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or
similar conveyances or luggage, goods or articles for any sum of money
howsoever due on any account from such person or owner to the
Corporation.

(2) If any lien is not satisfied within a reasonable time the
Corporation may in its absolute discretion sell the motor vehicles,
motorcycles, bicycles or similar conveyances or the luggage, goods and
articles or any of them and apply the proceeds so arising in or towards
the discharge of such lien; and the expenses of sate and the balance of
any proceeds if unclaimed within. a period of 4 weeks following the sale
shall become the general revenue of the Corporation free from any
claims in relation thereto.

PART X1

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

100. In relation to these by-laws and without prejudice to the
generality of all or any of them, the Corporation shall not be liable for
any loss or damage, including consequential loss and non





pecuniary loss, or any other cost or expense caused by mis-delivery,
delay or detention of any luggage, goods or other articles arising from

(a) an Act of God;

(b)any consequence of war, invasion, act of foreign enemy
hostilities (whether war be declared or not), civil war, rebellion,
insurrection, military or usurped power or confiscation,
requisition, destruction, or for damage to person or property
by or under the order of any government or public or local
authority, riots, civil commotion, strikes, lock-outs, stoppage
or restraint of labour from whatever cause whether partial or
general;

(c) any seizure under legal process;

(d)any act, omission, neglect or default of any passenger, person
or third party whether acting alone or jointly with the
Corporation,

(e)any act, omission, neglect or default of any person, passenger
or third party or any cause beyond the control of the
Corporation or which the Corporation could not with
reasonable foresight and care have been expected to foresee;

(f) fraud or other criminal act;

(g)any inherent liability to waste in bulk, latent defect or inherent
defect, vice or natural deterioration, of luggage, goods or
articles brought on to the railway premises or any part thereof,

(h)insufficient or improper packing or insufficient or improper
labelling or addressing of any luggage, goods or articles;

(i)any failure of any passenger or person or the owner or
consignee of any luggage, goods or articles in failing to take
or accept delivery of any luggage, goods or articles within a
reasonable time or doing so within a period of time in excess of
the period or periods set out or otherwise referred to in these
by-laws;

(j) non-compliance with these by-laws or any of them;

(k)any defect in any train, wagon, vehicle, conveyance, lift,
escalator, moving platform, mechanical or electrical apparatus
or property or other premises whether or not the same shall
belong to or be provided by or on behalf of the Corporation;

(1)loss from any luggage, package, goods or articles or from any
packed or unpacked consignment of any luggage, package,
goods or articles;





(m)any act, occurrence, accident, emergency or event howsoever
arising or occurring outside the territorial limits of Hong
Kong;

(n)any act, occurrence, accident, emergency or event howsoever
arising or occurring upon any train, vehicle or conveyance or
upon the property or premises of any other body or person or
the undertaking of any other body or person whether the
same shall arise or occur inside or outside the territorial limits
of Hong Kong.

101. Any passenger or person or the owner or consignee of a any
luggage, goods, articles or things howsoever mentioned or referred to in
these by-laws shall pay to the Corporation the amount of all or any sum
or sums required to indemnify the Corporation or any member of the
staff or any authorized person from and against all or any claim made by
or on behalf of any passenger or owner or consignee or other person
including personal representatives of the same arising out of the
carriage or custody by the Corporation or any authorized person of any
luggage, goods, articles or things and any cost, loss, damage or
expense incurred in connexion therewith and the Corporation shall hold
any such sums paid in respect of any such claims against any cost,
damage, loss or expense of any member of the staff or authorized person
in trust for the member of the staff or authorized person concerned.

102. The Corporation in making these by-laws do so for themselves
and for and on behalf of each and every one of its employees, staff,
servants and agents and the acceptance of a ticket by any passenger or
person or owner or consignee shall be conclusive evidence of his or
their agreement that each and every limitation and exemption afforded
to the Corporation by these by-laws or all or any of them shall extend to
each such employee, staff, servant or agent.

PART XII

JURISDICTION

103. (1) All or any dispute howsoever arising directly or indirectly
under or in respect of these by-laws or any of them in regard to any
matter, act, event or thing of whatsoever nature arising or occurring
hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the
laws of Hong Kong wherever the act or event or thing shall take place
and whatever the nationality, domicile or usual place of residence of any
person or party to such dispute and every action or claim arising directly
or indirectly therefrom brought by or against the Corporation shall be
and the same is hereby submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of a
competent court of jurisdiction in Hong Kong.





(2) It is hereby expressly agreed and declared by the persons or
parties to whom these by-laws and any special conditions made
hereunder refer that the Corporation is resident in Hong Kong and that
the exercise of its central management and control is exercised in Hong
Kong.

PART XIII

ENFORCEMENT AND PENALTIES

104. (1) Any person who is reasonably suspected of committing or
attempting to commit any offence against any of the by-laws set out in
Parts I-IX inclusive shall produce his identity card issued to him under
the Registration of Persons Ordinance for inspection and give his name
and address to a member of the staff ot authorized person when required
to do so and any member of the staff or authorized person may without
warrant arrest that person and forthwith take him to a police station to
be dealt with in accordance with the Police Force Ordinance.

(2) The powers conferred under paragraph (1) are additional to the
power of arrest conferred under section 38 of the Ordinance.

105. Any person or party who contravenes any provision of these
by-laws mentioned in the first column of the Second Schedule commits
an offence and is liable to prosecution and to payment of the penalty or
penalties shown opposite the appropriate provision in the second
column of the Second Schedule.

106. Unless the context otherwise requires, nothing in these by-laws
contained, mentioned or referred to and no prosecution or step or action
thereunder shall bar any further or other claim for damages or other
remedy which the Corporation or any other person may be entitled to
prosecute or bring.

FIRST SCHEDULE [by-jaw 98.1

PERMIT FEES

Fee
1. For a standard permit issued under by-law 8 1(b) 530.00
2. For a replaced standard permit issued under by-law 94 530.00





SECOND SCHEDULE [by-law 105.1

PENALTIES

By-law Penalty

6(1), 25, 43, 44, 45, 64, 65, 66, 85, 86, 87, 88, 91, 92, 93 51.000.00 fine
54 $2,000.00 fine
36, 46,47(c), 47(d),47(e),47(.f), 48, 50,52, 55, 57, 58, 59,
61, 63, 67, 68, 74, 75 55.000.00 fine
13(4), 33, 35, 51, 53, 56, 60, 69, 71, 72 55,000.00 fine
or 6 months
imprisonment
47(a), 47(b), 80 $10,000.00 fine
or 2 years
imprisonment
L.N. 51/85. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 372.) Tickets. Fares. Refusal of access. Prohibition of entry and travel without ticket. Persons travelling with inappropriate tickets. Surcharge for children under 12 years. Decision as to age of any child. Passengers to travel in correct compartments of trains. Period of validity of first / ordinary class tickets. Period of validity governing other tickets. Inspection and sale of tickets. Refund of fares and issue of duplicate tickets. Insufficient accommodation on trains. Train services timetables and time. No obligation to adhere to timetables. Suspension, discontinuance of train services. Closure of entrances including gates. Cessation of the issue of tickets. Closure of entrances or exits. Passengers to examine tickets and change. Appropriate fare for use in automatic vending machine. Number of children allowed to travel free of charge. Payment of any fare, excess charge, surcharge etc. Loss or damage to articles or objects left on the railway premises. Administration charge. No liability on restoration of articles to apparent owner. Sale of unclaimed articles. Responsibility of passenger for injury, damage or loss. Removal of persons or passengers from the railway premises. Conditions of acceptance of luggage. Soliciting for handling of luggage. Conditions of acceptance of goods. Soliciting for handling of goods. Driving and parking of vehicles on railway premises. Illegal parking of vehicles on railway premises. Impounding and removal charges. Notice of vehicle being detained. (Cap. 374.) Payment of proceeds from sale of vehicles. Power of the Corporation's staff and authorized persons. Definition. Compliance with notices, indicators etc. Entering of trains and lifts. Obeying directions as to occupation of trains and lifts. Duty to travel on proper part of train. Improper use of railway appliances and equipment. Opening of doors of train, use of automatic doors, compliance with directions. Infectious or contagious diseases. Intoxication, persons of unfit or improper condition, soiled clothing etc. Offensive language, graffiti and vandalism, interference with other persons. Animals and articles creating a nuisance and removal thereof. Carriage of goods of a dangerous nature. (Cap. 295.) Smoking upon railway premises. Singing, Dancing and musical instruments. Unauthorized display of material, hawking and touting. Wagering and bookmaking. Playing games for money or moneys worth. Loitering. Throwing of missiles. Parking causing obstruction. Lawful business and parking of conveyances. Payment of parking fees. Spitting and litter. Queues for services etc. Use of money changing machines. Motor vehicles etc. in pedestrian areas. Compliance with road traffic signs. Dangerous driving and speeding. Authorized crossing places and conditions of crossing. Unauthorized abstraction of water and pollution etc. Offensive matters, waste products, unauthorized structures. Powers of Corporation to abate trespass. Opening of gates, boundary fences. Compliance with regulations or notices. Definition. Gazette notice relating to restricted areas. Demarcation of restricted areas. Plan showing restricted areas. Prohibition of persons without permit in restricted areas. Conditions of issue of type of permits. First Schedule. Power to refuse issue of permits. Cancellation of permits. Notification of cancellation of permits. Surrender of permit by employee. Surrender of permit by employer. Notification by employer. Cessation of employment of permit holder. Exempted persons. Conditions for exemption. Lost permits. Employer to report lost permits. Persons finding permits. Replacement permits. First Schedule. Authorized employee's power to arrest. Exemption for Government officers. (Cap. 342.) Power to exempt other classes of person. Fees. First Schedule. Special and general lien. Corporation not liable in certain circumstances. Payment of sums sufficient to indemnify Corporation. Limitations and exemptions. Proper law to be laws of Hong Kong. Inspection of identity cards and arrest. (Cap. 177.) (Cap. 232.) Penalties. Second Schedule. Preservation of other causes of action.

Abstract

L.N. 51/85. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 372.) Tickets. Fares. Refusal of access. Prohibition of entry and travel without ticket. Persons travelling with inappropriate tickets. Surcharge for children under 12 years. Decision as to age of any child. Passengers to travel in correct compartments of trains. Period of validity of first / ordinary class tickets. Period of validity governing other tickets. Inspection and sale of tickets. Refund of fares and issue of duplicate tickets. Insufficient accommodation on trains. Train services timetables and time. No obligation to adhere to timetables. Suspension, discontinuance of train services. Closure of entrances including gates. Cessation of the issue of tickets. Closure of entrances or exits. Passengers to examine tickets and change. Appropriate fare for use in automatic vending machine. Number of children allowed to travel free of charge. Payment of any fare, excess charge, surcharge etc. Loss or damage to articles or objects left on the railway premises. Administration charge. No liability on restoration of articles to apparent owner. Sale of unclaimed articles. Responsibility of passenger for injury, damage or loss. Removal of persons or passengers from the railway premises. Conditions of acceptance of luggage. Soliciting for handling of luggage. Conditions of acceptance of goods. Soliciting for handling of goods. Driving and parking of vehicles on railway premises. Illegal parking of vehicles on railway premises. Impounding and removal charges. Notice of vehicle being detained. (Cap. 374.) Payment of proceeds from sale of vehicles. Power of the Corporation's staff and authorized persons. Definition. Compliance with notices, indicators etc. Entering of trains and lifts. Obeying directions as to occupation of trains and lifts. Duty to travel on proper part of train. Improper use of railway appliances and equipment. Opening of doors of train, use of automatic doors, compliance with directions. Infectious or contagious diseases. Intoxication, persons of unfit or improper condition, soiled clothing etc. Offensive language, graffiti and vandalism, interference with other persons. Animals and articles creating a nuisance and removal thereof. Carriage of goods of a dangerous nature. (Cap. 295.) Smoking upon railway premises. Singing, Dancing and musical instruments. Unauthorized display of material, hawking and touting. Wagering and bookmaking. Playing games for money or moneys worth. Loitering. Throwing of missiles. Parking causing obstruction. Lawful business and parking of conveyances. Payment of parking fees. Spitting and litter. Queues for services etc. Use of money changing machines. Motor vehicles etc. in pedestrian areas. Compliance with road traffic signs. Dangerous driving and speeding. Authorized crossing places and conditions of crossing. Unauthorized abstraction of water and pollution etc. Offensive matters, waste products, unauthorized structures. Powers of Corporation to abate trespass. Opening of gates, boundary fences. Compliance with regulations or notices. Definition. Gazette notice relating to restricted areas. Demarcation of restricted areas. Plan showing restricted areas. Prohibition of persons without permit in restricted areas. Conditions of issue of type of permits. First Schedule. Power to refuse issue of permits. Cancellation of permits. Notification of cancellation of permits. Surrender of permit by employee. Surrender of permit by employer. Notification by employer. Cessation of employment of permit holder. Exempted persons. Conditions for exemption. Lost permits. Employer to report lost permits. Persons finding permits. Replacement permits. First Schedule. Authorized employee's power to arrest. Exemption for Government officers. (Cap. 342.) Power to exempt other classes of person. Fees. First Schedule. Special and general lien. Corporation not liable in certain circumstances. Payment of sums sufficient to indemnify Corporation. Limitations and exemptions. Proper law to be laws of Hong Kong. Inspection of identity cards and arrest. (Cap. 177.) (Cap. 232.) Penalties. Second Schedule. Preservation of other causes of action.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3391

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

372

Number of Pages

31
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:31 +0800
<![CDATA[KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3390

Title

KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION REGULATIONS

Description







KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page

1. Citation ................................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A2
1A.......Interpretation ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
A2

2. Accidents which are to be notified ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2

3. Other occurrences which are to be notified ... ... .. ... ... ... ... A 2
4. Notification of accidents and other occurrences ... ... .... ... ... ... ... A 2

5. Chief Secretary may direct inspector to investigate ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3

6. Powers of inspectors in relation to investigation of accidents or other occurrences A 3

7. Further provisions as to investigations .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4
8. Obstruction and failure to supply information ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A


9. Corporation to prepare and issue operating manuals ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4



10................Setting aside of bus stops ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5
11................Designation of rail stops ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

12.......................Boarding and alighting of passengers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

13................Appeal by Corporation ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6


Schedule. Notifiable Occurrences ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7





KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 372, section 30)

[1 February 1983.1

1. These regulations may be cited as the Kowloon-Canton
Railway Corporation Regulations.

1A. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise
requires-

'Commissioner' means the Commissioner for Transport;
'designated rail stop' means a place designated as a rail stop under
regulation 11;

'Secretary' means the Secretary for Transport;
vehicle of the North-west Railway' means a light rail vehicle
operated on the North-west Railway.

2. (1) An accident is notifiable under regulation 4 if it occurs
on the railway and-

(a)as a result thereof any person dies or suffers serious injury;
or
(b) it involves a train-
(i) colliding with, or striking against, another train or
any other object; or
(ii) leaving the rails,
and doing so either on a line used for the carriage of
passengers or goods or in circumstances where the normal
operation of such a line is affected.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1) a person suffers serious
injury if he suffers amputation of a limb, a fracture or dislocation,
internal injuries, loss of an eye, burns or any other injury of a kind
which results in his being admitted to a hospital immediately
following the accident for observation or treatment.

3. Every occurrence described in the Schedule is notifiable
under regulation 4 if it occurs on the railway.

4. (1) The Corporation shall give notice to the Chief Secre-
tary of every accident which is notifiable under regulation 2 and
occurrence which is notifiable under regulation 3.
(2) The Corporation shall also supply to the Chief Secretary
such further information concerning such an accident or occurrence
as he may require it to furnish to him.

(3) Notice shall be given under paragraph (1) as follows-





(a)in the case of an accident which is notifiable under regula-
tion 2, immediately after the occurrence it shall be reported
by word of mouth (which includes such a report by means
of a telephone) to the Chief Secretary or to any other
public officer he may appoint for the purposes of this
sub-paragraph;

(b)as soon as is practicable after the accident or occurrence,
a written report, in such form as the Chief Secretary may
from time to time determine, shall be completed and
delivered to the office of the Chief Secretary.

5. (1) Where an accident or occurrence which is notifiable
under these regulations has occurred, the Chief Secretary may direct
an inspector to investigate the same.

(2) The paramount purpose of such an investigation is to
determine the circumstances and causes of the accident or occur-
rence with a view to avoiding similar accidents or occurrences in the
future, rather than to ascribe blame therefor to any person.

(3) The Chief Secretary may in place of any inspector directed
to carry out an investigation under paragraph (1) direct another
inspector to proceed with the investigation, and in that case the
investigation may be continued as if the change had not occurred.

(4) The inspector shall, on completion of an investigation,
make a report to the Chief Secretary who shall cause the contents
thereof to be brought to the attention of the public in such manner
as he thinks fit.

(5) A report shall state the circumstances of the accident or
occurrence and conclusions as to its cause and any observations and
recommendations which the inspector thinks necessary for the
avoidance of similar accidents or occurrences.

6. An inspector may, for the purpose of investigating an
accident or occurrence pursuant to regulation 5, in addition to his
powers under the Ordinance-

(a)by summons under his hand call before him such persons
as he thinks fit;

(b)examine any such person and require him to answer any
question or to give any information or to produce any
document or article which the inspector thinks may be
relevant to the investigation;

(c)permit any person to appear before him to give any such
information or produce any such document or article;

(d)retain any such document or article until the completion of
the investigation;

(e)require any person to make and sign a statutory declara-
tion as to the truth of any statement made by him;





remove, or take measures for the preservation of, any
machinery, plant or equipment for the purpose of making
any test or inspection;

(g)take such measures as may be necessary for the preserva-
tion of evidence.

7. (1) Every investigation by an inspector shall be held in
private.

(2) A person summoned as a witness at any investigation shall
be allowed such expenses as the Financial Secretary may determine,
and such expenses shall be paid by the Corporation.

(3) The answer given by a person to any question put to him
for the purposes of an investigation shall not be admissible against
that person in any civil or criminal proceedings by or against him
except where he is charged with perjury or with an offence under
regulation 8.

8. Any person who-

(a)without lawful excuse fails to answer a summons under
regulation 6(a) or to comply with a requirement under
regulation 6(b) or (e);

(b)knowingly furnishes to an inspector acting under these
regulations information that is false or misleading in a
material particular;

(e)obstructs an inspector in the exercise of his powers under
these regulations,

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

9. The Corporation shall-

(a)prepare and revise from time to time as may be necessary, a
manual or manuals of instructions setting out the practices
and procedures to be observed to ensure the safe operation
of the railway;

(b)ensure that every person who is engaged in the operation
of the railway, whether as an employee, or as a contractor
or agent of the Corporation, is made fully aware of the
functions and duties imposed on him by the said instruc-
tions, and is provided with every manual in which those
instructions are contained and such replacements thereof
as may be necessary;

(c)furnish to the Chief Secretary such number of copies of
every manual of instructions, and all amendments thereto,
as he may require.





10. (1) The Commissioner may designate a place on a road as a bus
stop for buses used for the purposes of a bus service operated by the
Corporation and may revoke the designation of any place as a bus stop
either temporarily or permanently.

(2) A bus stop may be restricted to a particular route.

(3) Subject to paragraph (2), the driver of a bus used for the
purposes of a bus service operated by the Corporation on a route

(a) may stop at a bus stop to pick up or set down passengers;

(b)shall stop at a bus stop to set down a passenger if requested
to do so and, if not at full capacity, to pick up an intending
passenger when signalled to do so.

(4) The Commissioner may require the Corporation to erect and
maintain a sign, of a type approved by the Commissioner, at a bus stop,
or to remove any sign.

(5) No person shall, without the permission of the Commissioner,
erect or cause to be erected any sign on or near any road in such a
manner that such sign might reasonably be believed to have been
erected in accordance with paragraph (4).

(6) Every sign which, at the commencement of these regulations,
has been lawfully erected on or near a road by the Corporation to
indicate a bus stop shall be deemed to have been erected in accordance
with paragraph (4).

(7) Any person who contravenes paragraph (3) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

(8) Any person who contravenes paragraph (5) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

(9) In any proceedings under any enactment, in relation to a place
on a road which is alleged to have been designated as a bus stop under
paragraph (1), a sign at such place which purports to indicate that such
place is a bus stop shall be deemed to have been erected in accordance
with paragraph (4) unless the contrary is proved.

11. (1) The Corporation may, with the approval in writing of the
Commissioner, designate any place on a road as a rail stop for vehicles
of the North-west Railway by delineating and describing on a plan the
location and dimension of that proposed stop, and depositing the plan
with the Commissioner at least 14 days before the designation is to take
effect.

(2) The Corporation may, with the approval in writing of the
Commissioner, revoke or suspend the designation of any place on a
road as a rail stop.

(3) The Commissioner may, by notice in writing served on the
Corporation giving reasons, require the Corporation to revoke the
designation of any place on a road as a rail stop, or suspend it





for such period as may be specified in the notice, before such date as
may be specified in the notice which date shall be not less than 28 days
after the date of the notice.

(4) The Commissioner shall notify the Corporation in writing of
any approval or refusal under paragraph (1) or (2).

(5) Where under this regulation the Corporation, with the approval
or at the request of the Commissioner, revokes or suspends the
designation of any place on a road as a rail stop, the Corporation shall
exhibit an appropriate sign or notice of the revocation or suspension in
a conspicuous position at that place and keep it exhibited until the
platform is demolished or the designation is resumed, as the case may
be.

(6) If the Corporation-

(a)fails to comply with the terms of a notice issued under
paragraph (3) and does not appeal in accordance with
regulation 13;

(b)fails to exhibit a sign or notice in accordance with paragraph
(5); or

(e)where it appeals in accordance with regulation 13, fails to
comply with the terms of a notice under paragraph (3) of this
regulation as confirmed, varied or amended by the Secretary
under regulation 13,

the Corporation commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $1,000 and
to a further fine of $100 for each day on which the offence continues.

12. (1) The driver of a vehicle of the North-west Railway shall not,
for the purpose of allowing passengers or intending passengers to
alight from or board the vehicle, stop the vehicle at any place on a road
other than a designated rail stop except in the case of emergency.

(2) The driver of a vehicle of the North-west Railway who without
reasonable excuse contravenes paragraph (1) commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $1,000 and to imprisonment for 3 months.

1314(1) The Corporation, if it is aggrieved by any decision or
requirement of, or the refusal of permission by, the Commissioner under
regulation 11, may, within 14 days of receiving notice in writing of such
decision, requirement or refusal, appeal in writing to the Secretary.

(2) The Secretary shall, within 3 months of receiving notice of an
appeal under paragraph (1), consider the appeal and may confirm,
reverse, vary or amend the decision or requirement of, or the refusal of
permission by, the Commissioner.

(3) The Secretary shall notify the Corporation and the
Commissioner of his decision on an appeal.





SCHEDULE [reg. 3.1

NOTIFIABLE OCCURRENCES

PART I

Occurrences directly affecting persons

1. Any accident connected with the operation of the railway or with the mainte

nance thereof, not being an accident which is notifiable under regulation 2, as
a result of which an employee of the Corporation or of a contractor with the
Corporation is unable, for a period exceeding 3 days immediately after the
accident, to fully carry out his normal duties.

2. Any occurrence, not coming within paragraph 1, in which a person

(a) falls off a platform or crosses a line whether or not he is struck by a train;

(b) falls out of a carriage during the running of a train;

(c) falls between a train and a platform;

(d)comes into contact with live overhead electric traction wires or other live
electrical equipment;

(e)suffers injury, which is reported to the Corporation, by the opening or
closing of carriage doors at a station or by the operation of an escalator,
lift or moving path used by the public as part of the railway;

(f)suffers injury, which is reported to the Corporation, as the result of any
action of an employee of the Corporation, or of a contractor with the
Corporation.

PART 11

Occurrences affecting railway premises, plant and equipment

1 Any failure of an axle, wheel or tyre on a train, including tyres unfit to run.

2. Any failure of any part of a power unit on a train which endangers or could

endanger the safe operation of the railway.

3. Any fire, severe electrical arcing or fusing on a train or on any part ofthe
railway

or on any part of the railway premises or on premises occupied or used by the
Corporation in the running ofthe railway.

4. Any accidental division of a train.

5. Any fracture of a rail in the permanent way.

6. Any buckling of a running track.

7. Any failure of a tunnel, bridge or elevated section or any part ofthe same
which

endangers or could endanger the safe operation of the railway.

8. Any flooding of any part of the permanent way which endangers or could

endanger the safe operation ofthe railway.







9. The loss of control of any passenger escalator, lift or moving path.

10. Any failure of a signal structure or of any part ofthe fixed electrical equipment

which endangers or could endanger the safe operation of the railway.

11. The accidental entry of any road vehicle on to the permanent way.

12. Any other failure ofthe permanent way or of any machinery, plant or
equipment

which endangers or could endanger the safe operation of the railway.
L.N. 16/83. L.N. 240/87. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 240/87. Accidents which are to be notified. Other occurrences which are to be notified. Schedule. Notification of accidents and other occurrences. Chief Secretary may direct inspector to investigate. Powers of inspectors in relation to investigation of accidents or other occurrences. Further provisions as to investigations. Obstruction and failure to supply information. Corporation to prepare and issue operating manuals. Setting aside of bus stops. L.N. 240/87. Designation of rail stops. L.N. 240/87. Boarding and alighting of passengers. L.N. 240/87. Appeal by Corporation. L.N. 240/87.

Abstract

L.N. 16/83. L.N. 240/87. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 240/87. Accidents which are to be notified. Other occurrences which are to be notified. Schedule. Notification of accidents and other occurrences. Chief Secretary may direct inspector to investigate. Powers of inspectors in relation to investigation of accidents or other occurrences. Further provisions as to investigations. Obstruction and failure to supply information. Corporation to prepare and issue operating manuals. Setting aside of bus stops. L.N. 240/87. Designation of rail stops. L.N. 240/87. Boarding and alighting of passengers. L.N. 240/87. Appeal by Corporation. L.N. 240/87.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3390

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

372

Number of Pages

7
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:30 +0800
<![CDATA[KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3389

Title

KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION

ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 372





CHAPTER 372

KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title ................................ ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... 3

2. Interpretation...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

PART II

ESTABLISHMENT OF THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY
CORPORATION

3. Corporation established ......1 ............ ... ... ... 1 ... ... 5
4. Powers of the Corporation .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
5. General duty of the Corporation ............ ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
7

6. Powers of the Governor in Council in relation to the Corporation ... ... 7
7. Vesting of assets of the Kowloon-Canton Railway in the Corporation ... 7

PART III

FINANCE

8. General financial duties of the Corporation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

9. Payments to Government ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
10. Initial capital of the Corporation ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
10
11. Borrowing by the Corporation ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
12. Limitation of indebtedness ................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11
13. Guarantee by Government .................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

14. Accounts, audit and annual report .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

PART IV

SAFETY OF
RAILWAYS

15................Appointment of inspectors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

16..................General powers of inspectors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13

17.............................Chief Secretary may order that defects be remedied ... ... ... ... ... 14

18...........................Offence of negligent act or omission by employee ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

19.......................Ofrence of wilfully endangering safety ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15

PART V

EXTENSIONS TO THE RAILWAYS, POWERS OF
ENTRY ETC.

20.............................Power to construct extensions to either of the railways ... ... ... ... ... 15







21................Power to execute work ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15

22.....................Alteration of pipes, wires and drains ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15

23.............................Maintenance of crossings, bridges, arches, culverts, etc . ... ... ... ... ... 16

24. The Kowloon-Canton Railway deemed to have been constructed under this Part 16

25..............Opening of extensions ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

26. Power to enter lands............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17





Section Page
27. Removal of trees 17
28. Acquisition of land by the Government for the Corporation 17
29. Claims for compensation 18

PART VI

REGULATIONS AND BY-LAWS

30. Regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18
31. By-laws ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19
32. Supplementary provisions relating to by-laws ... ... ... ... .... ... ... ... 21
33. Penalties ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22

PART VII

MISCELLANEOUS

34. Duty to comply with directions etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22

34A. Corporation to have control over the laying of cables, pipes, etc. in the wayleave area
22
34B. Application of section 11 of the Tramway Ordinance ... ... ... ... ... ... 22
35. Certain laws not to apply ... ... ... ... ... ... _ ... ... ... 23

35A. Public Bus Services Ordinance not to apply to Corporation's bus services within the
North-west Transit Service Area ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23

36. Avoidance of doubt ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23
37. Corporation may prosecute in its name etc. ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... 23
38. Arrest of offenders ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24

First Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 .. ... ... ... ... 24
Second Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25
Third Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 30
Fourth Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31
Fifth Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31





CHAPTER 372

KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION

To establish a corporation to operate the Kowloon-Canton Railway,
to vest in that corporation the assets of that railway, to construct
and operate the North-west Railway, to make certain provision
as to the safe operation of railways, including provision for
inspection and the investigation of accidents, andfor connected
purposes.

(Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 2)

[24 December 1982.]

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Kowloon-Canton Railway
Corporation Ordinance.

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-
(Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 3)

'appointed day' means the day appointed under section 7(1);

'bus' has the same meaning as in the Road Traffic Ordinance;

(Added, 56 of 1986, s. 3)

'Corporation' means the Kowloon-Canton Railway Corporation
established by section 3;

'Development Loan Fund' means the fund established by resolution
ofthe Legislative Council of 22 October 1958;

'financial year' means

(a)the period between the commencement of this Ordinance and
31 December 1983 (inclusive) and thereafter;

(b)each succeeding period of 12 months ending on 31 December
(inclusive);

'inspector' means a person appointed inspector under section 15;

'Kowloon-Canton Railway' means the Kowloon-Canton Railway
(Hong Kong section) and any extension thereof approved under
section20; (Added, 56of1986, s.3)

'land' means immovable property;

'land held by the Crown' means land that is not subject to a right of
occupation recognized by law;

'North-west Railway' means the light rail system serving Tuen Mun
New Town and Yuen Long and any extension thereof approved

under section20;(Added, 56of1986,s. 3)
CAP. 3721 Kowloon-Canton Railway Corporation [1986 Ed.

'North-west Transit Service Area' means the area delineated and coloured red on the plan; (Added, 56 of 1986, s. 3)

'plan', in relation to the boundaries of the North-west Transit Service Area, means

(a) the plan numbered NT 94 signed by the Director of .Buildings and Lands and deposited in the Land Office; and

(b) any new plan deposited in accordance with subsection (2); (Added, 56 of 1986, s. 3)

'railway', except in the Second Schedule, means the Kowloon Canton Railway or, as the case may be, the North-west Railway; (Replaced, 56 of 1986, s. 3)

'railways' means

(a) the Kowloon-Canton Railway; and

(b) the North-west Railway; (Added, 56 of 1986, s. 3)

'railway premises' include

(a) all land belonging to the Corporation, including all land vested in it by section 7(1);

(b) all railway tracks, sidings or branches worked over for the purposes of or in connexion with either of the railways;

(c) all stations, offices, warehouses, wharves, workshops, manufactories, fixed plant, equipment, machinery, and other works, which belong to the Corporation, or are constructed for the purposes of or in connexion with, either of the railways;

(ca) the stops, terminuses and interchanges of the North-west Railway; (Added, 56 of 1986, s. 3)

(d) all railway locomotives or other motive power, trains, rolling stock and vessels which are used for the traffic of either of the railways and belong to the Corporation or are hired or worked by or by the authority of the Corporation;

(e) all works connected with or for the purposes of either of the railways. (Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 21)

(2) The Governor in Council may, upon being satisfied that the Corporation has been consulted about the variation, by order in the Gazette require the Commissioner for Transport to vary the boundaries of the North-west Transit Service Area in such manner as may be specified in the order. (Added, 56 of 1986, s. 3)

(3) The Commissioner for Transport shall prepare a plan showing the variation required by the Governor in Council under subsection (2) and shall deposit that plan in the Land Office; and upon such deposit the boundaries of the North-west Transit Service Area shall be amended to the extent shown in the plan. (Added, 56 of 1986, s. 3)





PART II

ESTABLISHMENT OF THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY
CORPORATION

3. (1) There shall be established a public authority, to be called the
Kowloon-Canton Railway Corporation, which shall have such powers
and duties as are conferred and imposed on it by, or by virtue of this
Ordinance. (Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 4)

(2) The Corporation shall consist of-

(a) a Chairman appointed by the Governor;

(b) the Managing Director of the Corporation who shall be
appointed in the manner set out in paragraph 4 of the First
Schedule;

(c)not less than 4 nor more than 8 other members appointed by
the Governor,

and the members of the Corporation shall be the governing body
thereof and shall comprise its managing board.

0-A)

(3) The First Schedule shall have effect as respects the
Corporation and the members thereof.

(4) For the removal of doubt it is declared that, save in so far as is
inconsistent with the provisions of this Ordinance, Part VII of the
Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance shall apply in relation to
the Corporation and appointments thereto.

4. (1) The Corporation shall have power-

(a) to construct the North-west Railway;

(b) to operate the railways for the use of the public;

(c) to extend and improve the railways;

(d)to operate bus services within the North-west Transit Service
Area; and

(e)to engage in such other activities, and perform such other
functions, as the Governor may, after consultation with the
Corporation, permit or assign to it by order published in the
Gazette. (Replaced, 56 of 1986, s. 5)

(2) The powers conferred by subsection (1) shall include power

(a)to enter into and carry out agreements with carriers outside
Hong Kong for the through carriage of goods and passengers
under one contract or at a through charge or in

of

>I-DIl~ector C
'Point n the manner se

bod'uiSe'~;~'f

the same vehicles or containers;







(b)to consign goods from any place in Hong Kong to any -other
place, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere;

(c)to store within Hong Kong goods which have been or are to
be carried by the Corporation;





(d)to enter into and carry out agreements with any person for
the carrying out by that person, whether as agent for the
Corporation or otherwise, of any of the activities which the
Corporation may itself carry on;

(e)to determine the fares payable by persons travelling on the
railways and on bus services within the North-west Transit
Service Area and the charges made for the transportation
and storage of goods and for other services; (Amended,
56 of 1986, s. 5)

(f)without derogation from the generality of subsection (1)
(d), to operate bus or ot-her motor vehicle transport services
to and from railway premises; (Replaced, 56 of 1986, s. 5)

(g)to provide facilities for the purchase and consumption of
food and drink, places of refreshment and such other
amenities and facilities as it may appear to the Corpora-
tion requisite or expedient to provide;

(h)to do anything for the purposes of advancing the skill of
persons employed by the Corporation or the efficiency of
the equipment of the Corporation or of the manner in
which that equipment is operated, including the provision
by the Corporation, and the assistance of the provision by
others, of facilities for training, education and research;
(i)to turn its resources to account so far as not required for
the purposes of its business;

(j)to provide benefits for the welfare of employees or former
employees and their dependants;

(k)to invest any sums which are not immediately required by
the Corporation for the purposes of its business;

(1)to do all things which in the opinion of the Corporation are
necessary to facilitate the proper carrying out of the
business of the Corporation.

(3) Any land held by the Corporation, whether vested in it by
section 7 or acquired by it in any manner howsoever, may be-

(a) improved, developed and altered by it; or

(b) alienated or otherwise made available to third parties,

in such manner and to such extent as the law would allow if the land
were held by a natural person in the same interest and, subject to
section 11(4) and Part II of the Second Schedule, no limitation on
the powers of the Corporation contained in this Ordinance shall
prevent the Corporation from dealing with such land in such
manner as it thinks fit or expending moneys on the improvement,
development or alteration of such land.

(4) Each of the powers conferred on the Corporation by the
foregoing provisions of this section shall be deemed to be in addition
to, and not in derogation of, any other powers so conferred; and it is
hereby declared that the provisions relate only to the capacity of the





Corporation as a statutory corporation, and nothing in those
provisions shall be construed as authorizing the disregard by it of
any enactment or rule of law.

(5) The specification of any power of the Corporation in the
foregoing provisions of this section shall not be construed as
excluding any implied power the Corporation would have in the
absence of such specification.
(6) The Corporation shall not be regarded as a common
carrier in respect of its activities.

5. (1) It shall be the duty of the Corporation (consistently
with any directions given it under the following provisions of this
Part) in exercising its powers to have regard to-

(a)the reasonable requirements of the public transport system
of Hong Kong; and

(b)efficiency, economy and safety of operation as respect the
services and facilities provided by it.

(2) Nothing in this section shall be construed as imposing on
the Corporation, either directly or indirectly, any form of duty or
liability enforceable by proceedings before any court.

6. (1) The Governor in Council may, if he considers the
public interest so requires, give a direction in writing of a general or
specific character to the Corporation and no limitation on the
powers of the Corporation contained in this Ordinance shall prevent
the Corporation from acting in accordance with the direction:

Provided that if any direction under this subsection requires the
Corporation to act contrary to prudent commercial principles the
Corporation shall be entitled to reasonable compensation from the
Government in respect thereof.

(2) The Corporation shall, in such manner and at such times
as the Governor may require, furnish him with such information as-

(a) he may specify; and

(b)the Corporation has or can reasonably be expected to
obtain,

with respect to such matters relating to the Corporation or its
activities (past, present or future), plans or properties as the
Governor may specify and shall afford him facilities for the
verification of information so furnished.

7. (1) There shall be vested in the Corporation upon a day to
be appointed by the Governor by notice in the Gazette the land
described in Part 1 of the Second Schedule for the interest specified

L.N. 30/83.





therein upon the terms and conditions and subject to the reservations
set out in Part 11 of that Schedule, and the supplementary provisions of
Part 111 of that Schedule shall apply in relation thereto.

(2) Subject to the following provisions of this section there shall
be vested in the Corporation upon the appointed day all the property,
rights and liabilities which, immediately before that day, were comprised
in the undertaking of the Kowloon-Canton Railway: (Amended, 56 of
1986, s. 6)

Provided nothing in this subsection shall apply to any interest in
land vested in the Corporation under subsection (1) as read with the
Second Schedule.

(3) At any time before the appointed day the Secretary for
Transport and the Corporation may agree in writing that subsection (2)
shall not have effect in relation to any property, rights and liabilities
specified in the agreement.

(4) Subsection (2) shall not have effect in relation to-

(a) any contract of employment; or

(b)any contract for the electrification or modernization of the
Kowloon-Canton Railway; or (Amended, 56 of 1986, s.6)

(c)any tenancy or licence granted by the Government in respect
of any land which if granted after the appointed day, could
have been granted by it by virtue of the rights reserved to it
by Part 11 of the Second Schedule.

(5) The Third Schedule shall apply to property, rights and
liabilities vested under subsection (2).

(6) There shall be vested in the Corporation upon the deposit, in
accordance with paragraph 1 of the Fifth Schedule, of the plans referred
to in that Schedule in the Land Office, the land described in Part 1 of the
Fifth Schedule for the interest specified therein upon the terms and
conditions and subject to the reservations set out in Part 11 of that
Schedule; and the supplementary provisions of Part 111 of that
Schedule shall apply in relation thereto. (Added, 56 of 1986, s. 6)

(7) The Director of Buildings and Lands shall give notice in the
Gazette of the deposit in the Land Office of the plans referred to in the
Fifth Schedule. (Added, 56 of 1986, s. 6)

PART 111

FINANCE

8. (1) In so far as is consistent with the proper discharge by the
Corporation of the functions conferred and duties imposed on it by this
Ordinance, the Corporation shall perform its functions with a view to
achieving a rate of return on the assets employed in its undertaking
which, having regard to all the circumstances of the





undertaking, and in accordance with ordinary commercial criteria,
is satisfactory; and shall, in any event, so perform its functions as to
secure that, taking one year with another, its revenues are at least
sufficient-

(a)to meet the total outgoings of the Corporation properly
chargeable to revenue account; and

(b)to enable the Corporation to make such allocations to
reserve as it considers adequate.

(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), the Financial Secretary
may determine, for any period specified in the determination, the
overall rate of return which he considers it appropriate for the
Corporation to achieve in that period; and the Financial Secretary
shall give the Corporation notice of any determination under this
subsection.

(3) In determining the overall rate of return for any period
under subsection (2) the Financial Secretary shall among other
things have regard to the overall rate of return, which, in the absence
of a determination under that subsection, he would expect the
Corporation to achieve with a view to satisfying the requirements of
subsection (1).

(4) In the exercise of its powers of investment the Corporation
shall consult with the Financial Secretary and comply with any
directions which the Financial Secretary may give as to the manner
of such investment.

9. (1) If in any financial year there is an excess of revenue of
the Corporation over the total sum required by it-

(a)to meet the total outgoings of the Corporation properly
chargeable to revenue account; and

(b) to enable the Corporation to-
(i) make such allocations to reserve as it may reasona-
bly consider adequate;
(ii) pay any moneys owing by it, whether or not pay-
ment is legally due at the time,

the Financial Secretary may, after consultation with the Corpora-
tion, give the Corporation directions requiring it to pay the whole or
part of the excess to the Government.

(2) Subject to any directions given it under subsection (1), the
Corporation may deal with any such excess as is mentioned in that
subsection either-

(a)by applying it for such of the purposes of the Corporation
as the Corporation may determine; or

(b)by allocating it to reserve, whether generally or for a
particular purpose,

or partly in one of these ways and partly in another.





(3) Any sums received by the Government in pursuance of this
section shall be paid into general revenue.

10. (1) The initial capital of the Corporation shall be deemed to
consist of

(a)moneys paid by the Government to the Corporation in respect
of the initial working capital thereof, out of the Development
Loan Fund, and appropriated for that purpose by the
Legislative Council;

(b)the value, as determined by the Financial Secretary, of the
property and rights transferred to it by virtue of section 7;

(c)the expenditures of the Government on the modernization and
electrification of the Kowloon-Canton Railway in accordance
with the scheme as existing on the appointed day for such
modernization and electrification. (Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 7)

(2) The Corporation shall, on the appointed day, assume a debt
due to the Government in respect of

(a) the moneys referred to in subsection (1)(a);

(b)a proportion of the other elements of the initial capital as
specified in subsection (1),

in an amount of $1,000,000,000.

(3) The rate of interest on the said debt and the date on which
interest is to begin to accrue, the arrangements for paying off the
principal of the said debt, and the other terms of the said debt shall be
such as the Financial Secretary may, after consultation with the
Corporation, from time to time determine, and different rates and dates
may be determined under this subsection with respect to different
portions of the said debt.

(4) Any sums received by the Government by way of interest on or
repayment of the said debt shall be paid

(a)where such sums are attributable to interest on, or repayment
of, the moneys referred to in subsection (1)(a), to the
Development Loan Fund; and

(b) in any other case, into general revenue.

(5) In ascertaining the profits in respect to which the Corporation
is chargeable to tax under Part IV of the Inland Revenue Ordinance the
said debt shall be deemed, for the purposes of section 16(1)(a) of that
Ordinance, to be money borrowed by the Corporation for the purpose
of producing such profits.

11. (1) The Corporation may borrow temporarily, by way of
overdraft or otherwise, such sums as it may require for meeting its
obligations or discharging its functions under this Ordinance.





(2) The Corporation may borrow (otherwise than by way of
temporary loan) such sums as it may require for

(a)meeting any expenses incurred by it in connexion with any
works the cost of which is chargeable to capital account;

(b) working capital;

(c)repayment of any money borrowed by it, payment of the debt
due to the Government under section 10, and repayment of
any sums paid by the Government in fulfilment of a guarantee
under section 13;

(d)any other purpose for which capital moneys are properly
applicable.

(3) A person lending money to the Corporation shall not be
concerned to inquire whether the borrowing of the money is legal or
regular or whether the money raised has been properly applied and
shall not be prejudiced by any illegality or irregularity or by
misapplication or non-application of the money.

(4) The Corporation may with the consent of the Financial
Secretary, but not otherwise, charge all or any part of its property as
security for the repayment of money borrowed.

12. (1) The Corporation shall not have power to borrow money
except in accordance with section 11.

(2) The aggregate amount outstanding, otherwise than by way of
interest, in respect of

(a) the debt due to the Government under section 10(2);

(b)money borrowed by the Corporation (including money
borrowed to repay the debt due to the Government under
section 10(2)); and

(c)sums paid by the Government in fulfilment of guarantees
under section 13,

shall not exceed $3,000,000,000 or such greater sum as the Financial
Secretary may, from time to time, approve. (Amended, 56 of 1986, s.8)

13. (1) The Financial Secretary may on behalf of the Government,
in such manner and on such conditions as he thinks fit, guarantee the
repayment of the principal of, the payment of interest on, and the
discharge of any other financial obligation in connexion with, any sums
borrowed by the Corporation up to $500,000,000 or such greater amount
as the Legislative Council may, from time to time, by resolution,
approve.

(2) Any sum required for fulfilling a guarantee given under this
section shall be charged on and issued out of general revenue.

(3) Where any sum is so issued for fulfilling any such guarantee
the Corporation shall make to the Government, at such time and in





such manner as the Financial Secretary may from time to time direct,
payments of such amounts as the Financial Secretary may direct in or
towards repayment of that sum and payments of interest on the amount
outstanding for the time being in respect of that sum, at such rate as the
Financial Secretary may so direct.

(4) Any sums received by the Government in pursuance of
subsection (3) shall be paid into general revenue.

14. (1) The Corporation shall keep proper accounts and proper
records in relation thereto and shall within 4 months after the expiry of a
financial year prepare accounts showing fully its financial position and
financial transactions for that year.

(2) Every statement of accounts prepared by the Corporation
under this section shall conform to proper commercial standards.

(3) The accounts of the Corporation shall be audited and the
auditor shall make a written report thereon to the Corporation.

(4) The auditor shall be appointed by the Governor after
consultation with the Corporation.

(5) The Corporation shall within 3 months of the receipt by it of
the auditor's report in respect of its accounts for a financial year furnish

(a) a report on the affairs of the Corporation for that year,

(b) a copy of its accounts therefor, and

(c) the auditor's report on the accounts,

to the Financial Secretary who shall table the same in the Legislative
Council.

PART IV

SAFETY OF RAILWAYS
(Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 9)

15. (1) The Governor may in writing appoint any person to be an
inspector for the purposes of this Part.

(2) An inspector who is not a public officer may be paid, as a fee
for his services, such amount as the Financial Secretary thinks fit, and
that amount shall be paid out of moneys provided for the purpose by
the Legislative Council.

(3) The powers conferred by section 16 or by regulations made
under section 30 shall be exercised by an inspector only

(a)for the purpose of ensuring the safety of the railways or any
part thereof, or

(b)when an inspector is directed to do so pursuant to such
regulations, for the purpose of investigating an accident on

any part of the railways.(Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 21)





(4) On the occasion of the exercise of any power, an inspector shall
produce evidence of his identity, and of his appointment, to any person
who requests him to do so.

(5) An inspector may take with him such persons as he reasonably
requires to assist him in the exercise of his powers.

16. (1) An inspector may-

(a)at all reasonable times enter upon premises to which this
subsection applies;

(b)carry out on premises to which this subsection applies, or on
any machinery, plant or equipment thereon, such tests and
inspections as he considers expedient;

(c) require any person to whom this subsection applies-

(i) to do anything which the inspector reasonably
considers to be necessary for facilitating any test or
inspection;

(ii) to provide the inspector with such information relating
to either of the railways or any machinery, plant or equipment
connected with either of the railways as the inspector may
specify, and to answer any question or produce for
inspection any document which is necessary for that
purpose; (Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 21)

(d)take copies of any document produced to him pursuant to
paragraph (c)(ii).

(2) Subsection (1) applies to-

(a)the railway premises and the premises of any contractor or
subcontractor who is carrying out or has carried out any work
on either of the railways; (Amended, 56 of 1986, s.21)

(b)any employee of the Corporation, any contractor or
subcontractor mentioned in paragraph (a) and any employee
of such a contractor or subcontractor.

(3 Any person who-

(a)without lawful excuse, fails to comply with a requirement
under subsection (1)(c);

(b)knowingly furnishes to an inspector acting under subsection
(1)(c) information that is false or misleading in a material
particular;

(c)obstructs an inspector in the exercise of his powers under
subsection (1),

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment
for 6 months.

(4) Where a person is charged with contravening the provisions of
subsection (3), it shall not be a defence to the charge that compliance
with a requirement under subsection (1)(c) would tend





to expose that person to any other proceedings for a criminal offence;
but nothing done in compliance with a requirement under subsection
(1)(c) shall be admissible in evidence in such other proceedings.

17. (1) Where in the opinion of the Chief Secretary-

(a)the condition of any part of the railways which has been
brought into operation or of any machinery, plant or
equipment of such part;

(b)the manner in which either of the railways or any part thereof
is being operated,

is such as to cause, or to be likely to cause, a risk of injury to any
person, the Chief Secretary may direct the Corporation to carry out such
work, or to take such steps, as he may specify in the order to ensure
that the condition of the railway, or of the, part or the machinery, plant
or equipment in question, or the manner of operation will cease to
constitute such a risk. (Amended, 56 of 1986,s.21)

(2) A direction under subsection (1) may specify the time before
which the Corporation shall commence to carry out the specified work
or take the specified steps and the time by which the same shall be
completed.

(3) If the Corporation fails without reasonable excuse to comply
with a direction under this section the Corporation commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $100,000 and to a further fine of $10,000 for each
day during which it is proved to the Court that the failure to comply
with the order has continued without reasonable excuse.

(4) A copy of a document which purports to be a direction signed
by the Chief Secretary for the purposes of subsection (1)

(a)shall be admitted in evidence in proceedings for an offence
under subsection (3) on its production without further proof;
and

(b)shall be sufficient evidence of the opinion of the Chief
Secretary and of the other matter contained therein.

18. (1) An employee of the Corporation commits an offence if, in
connexion with his duty, he negligently does or omits to do anything in
relation to the condition or operation of any part of either of the
railways after that part has come into public use, and the safety of any
person travelling or being upon the railway is thereby endangered, or
likely to be endangered. (Amended, 56 of 1986,s.21)

(2) An employee who commits an offence under subsection (1) is
liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (1) negligence is the failure to
exercise such care or skill as a reasonable employee in the situation
would exercise.





19. (1) A person commits an offence if he wilfully does or
omits to do anything in relation to either of the railways and the
safety of any person travelling or being upon the railway is thereby
endangered, or likely to be endangered. (Amended, 56 of 1986,
s.21)

(2) A person who commits an offence under subsection (1) is
liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

PART V

EXTENSIONS TO THE RAILWAYS, POWERS OF ENTRY ETC.
(Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 9)

20. The Corporation shall not extend either of the railways by
the construction of lines, otherwise than by way of relaying existing
lines, without the approval of the Governor in Council.
(Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 21)

21. (1) For the purpose of carrying out any work authorized
under section 4(1)(a) or under section 20, the Corporation may-
(Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 10)

(a)construct lines of railway and all other apparatus and
works for and incidental to the purposes of either of the
railways;

(b)construct apparatus and works for the supply of electricity
or any other power or fuel for the purposes of either of the
railways;

(c)alter the natural or artificial features of any land for the
purpose of the more convenient construction or operation
of either of the railways;

(d)do any work under the surface of the land adjoining either
of the railways for the purpose of conveying water or elec-
tricity to or from either of the railways;

(e)construct buildings, structures, machinery and other
devices for or incidental to the purposes of either of the
railways; and

do all other acts incidental to the construction, main-
tenance, alteration, repair or use of either of the railways.
(Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 21)

(2). Where the exercise of any power under this section is likely
to interfere, permanently and substantially, with the use and enjoy-
ment of any land, that power shall be exercised only in relation to
land held by the Crown.

22. The Corporation may, for the purpose of exercising the
powers conferred on it by this Part, alter the level or position of any
pipe, conduit, drain, electric wire, or post in or on any land not held
by the Crown:





Provided that it shall give reasonable notice of its intention to do
so to the person having the right to occupy the land and shall execute
the work to the reasonable satisfaction of that person.

23. The Corporation shall construct and maintain for the use of the
occupiers of land not held by the Crown and adjoining the railway

(a)crossings of either of the railways for the purpose of making
good any use of the land enjoyed before the railway was
constructed or as nearly as is reasonably practicable; and

(b)works for the purpose of conveying water from or to the land
as freely as before the construction of the railway or as nearly
as is reasonably practicable:

Provided that the Corporation shall not be obliged under this
section to do anything

(i)in such a manner as would prevent or inconvenience the use
of either of the railways; or

(ii)in respect to which the person, whose right to occupy the
land has been prejudiced, made no objection or claim during
the time of the construction of that part of the railway
affecting that land or has accepted compensation; or

(iii)where, after the construction of that part of either of the
railways adjoining any land, a natural or artificial feature of
that land is altered by any event outside the control of the
Corporation and the Corporation has done all that is required
of it under this section before that alteration took place.

(Amended, 56 of 1986, s.
21)

24. For the purposes of this Part the Kowloon-Canton Railway as
existing immediately prior to, the appointed day or as reconstructed in
accordance with the scheme referred to in section 10(1)(c) shall be
deemed to have been constructed under this Part and, in relation to any
time before the appointed day, any reference to the Corporation shall
be construed as a reference to the Government or, as the case may be,
the General Manager of the Kowloon-Canton Railway.

(Amended, 56 of 1986, s.
11)

25. (1) No new railway or any extension to the railways shall be
opened for the carriage of goods or passengers until the Corporation
has certified in writing to the Governor that the person appointed under
subsection (2) has made a careful inspection of the new railway or, as
the case may be, extension and, in the opinion of such person and in
the opinion of the Corporation, the new railway or the extension is in a
safe and sound condition and can be opened for the carriage of goods
or, as the case may be, passengers. (Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 12)





(2) The Governor may in writing appoint any person for the
purposes of this section who may be paid, as a fee for his services,
such amount as the Financial Secretary thinks fit, and that amount shall
be paid out of moneys provided for the purpose by the Legislative
Council.

(3) A person appointed for the purposes of this section shall have
the powers of an inspector conferred by section 16 or by regulations
made under section 30 and such powers may, notwithstanding the
provisions of section 15(3), be exercised for the purpose of inspecting
the new railway or the extension in order to express an opinion thereon
for the purposes of this section; and sections 15(4) and 15(5) shall
apply in relation thereto. (Amended, 56 of 1986, s.12)

26. (1) The Governor may authorize the Corporation, in case of any
slip or other accident happening or being apprehended to any cutting,
embankment or other work under its control, to enter upon any land not
held by the Crown and adjoining the railway, for the purpose of
repairing or preventing the accident, and to do all such works as may
be necessary for that purpose.

(2) In a case of urgency the Corporation may enter upon the land
and do the works mentioned in subsection (1) without the authority of
the Governor, but it shall, within 72 hours after such entry, make a
report to the Governor specifying the nature of the happening and of
the works necessary to be done, and the power of the Corporation
under this subsection shall cease if the Governor considers that the
exercise of the power is not necessary for the public safety.

27. (1) Where a tree is situated so that it

(a) would obstruct the operation of either of the railways; or

(b) conceals or partially conceals a fixed signal from any point

on the line of rail,

the Corporation may remove the tree or any part thereof and enter upon
any land adjacent to railway premises for the purpose. (Amended, 56 of
1986, s. *21)

(2) No claim shall arise out of the removal of any tree or part
thereof under this section.

28. (1) The purposes of the Corporation shall be deemed to be a
public purpose within the meaning of the Crown Lands Resumption
Ordinance.

(2) Any expense incurred by the Government in acquiring land for
the purposes of the Corporation under the Crown Lands Resumption
Ordinance shall be a debt owing by the Corporation to the Government
which shall be repaid to the Government on such terms and conditions
as the Financial Secretary may, after consulta

tion with the Corporation, direct:(Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 13)





Provided that nothing in this subsection shall apply to any
expense incurred by the Government in acquiring land for the
construction of the North-west Railway or for purposes associated with
its construction other than land acquired for the construction of an
extension to the North-west Railway approved under section 20 or for
purposes associated with such an extension. (Added, 56 of 1986,s. 13)

29. (1) Except as provided in subsection (2), no person shall have
any right against the Corporation or any other person for any
compensation, loss or damage in respect of any land or the use of any
land and arising from any work carried out under this Part in connexion
with either of the railways or the use of the railway. (Amended,
56of1986,s. 21)

(2) Subject to subsection (4), any person who suffers any injury to
any private right in respect of any interest in any land adjoining either
of the railways and which directly arises from any work carried out
under this Part in connexion with the railway may submit a claim for
compensation to the Corporation in respect of any actual loss fairly and
reasonably arising from that injury. (Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 21)

(3) Subject to subsection (4), after the expiry of 3 months from the
date of the submission of his claim to the Corporation, the claimant
may, if the claim has not been agreed, submit his claim to the Lands
Tribunal for determination and, for this purpose, the Lands Tribunal
shall have jurisdiction to determine the claim under the Lands Tribunal
Ordinance.

(4) No claim for compensation shall be brought after the expiration
of 3 years from the date on which the injury on which the claim is
founded was suffered.

PART VI

REGULATIONS AND BY-LAWS

30. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations for all or any
of the following purposes

(a)controlling and regulating the maintenance and operation of
the railways and, without derogating from the generality of
the foregoing, providing for safe systems of operation;
(Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 14)

(b) the notification of accidents and other events;

(e) the investigation of accidents;

(d) records to be kept and notices to be displayed;

(e)the preparation of operating manuals and practices to be
adopted in relation thereto;





the safety of persons using or engaged in work on the
railways; (Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 14)

(g)the determination of maximum loads and markings in relation
thereto;

(h)the provision of adequate signs and destination indicators on
buses used by the Corporation; (Added, 56 of 1986, s. 14)

(i)requiring the Corporation to submit to the Commissioner for
Transport, at such times and in such manner as may be
specified in the regulations, a programme of the future
operations or plans of the Corporation for its rail and bus
services within the North-west Transit Service Area for such
period as may be so specified, including, without derogation
from the generality of the foregoing, routes to be operated,
frequency of service and vehicle allocation to those routes;
(Added, 56 of 1986, s. 14)

(j)regulating, in relation to the drivers of buses used by the
Corporation

(i) the maximum number of hours during which any such
driver may be permitted to drive a bus; and

(ii) the intervals to be provided by the Corporation for the
rest and refreshment of drivers, in any period specified by the
regulations; (Added, 56 of 1986, s. 14)

(k)generally for effectively carrying out the provisions of this
Ordinance. (Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 14)

(2) Regulations made under subsection (1) may, in relation to the
investigation of accidents

(a)confer powers upon inspectors to compel the giving of
information concerning accidents including power to summon
a person to attend before him for the purpose;

(b) make provision for the payment of persons so summoned;

(c)provide that failure to comply with summons or requirement
made by an inspector, or the obstruction of an inspector, or
the giving of false or misleading information shall be an
offence.

(3) No information supplied by any person to an inspector under
regulations made under this section shall be admissible in evidence in
any criminal proceedings other than proceedings for a contravention of
any provision of such regulations relating to the giving of, or failure to
give, such information.

(4) Regulations under subsection (1) may be made so as to apply
to either the Kowloon-Canton Railway or the North-west Railway or to
both the railways, and different provision may be made for each
railway. (Added, 56 of 1986, s. 14)

31. (1) The Corporation may, under its common seal, make by-laws
not inconsistent with this Ordinance or regulations made under section
30 for all or any of the following purposes





(a)the carriage of passengers and all connected matters includ-
ing the circumstances in which concessionary fares may be
paid and exemptions from the payment of fares;

(b)the conditions under which tickets shall be issued, includ-
ing conditions for the examination and search, for the
purpose of enforcing any enactment in force in Hong
Kong or for customs purposes, of the person, baggage or
goods of passengers travelling on the Kowloon-Canton
Railway to or from a place in Hong Kong from or to a
destination in China; (Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 15)

(e)a system for securing or evidencing the payment of fares by
passengers travelling, or rates for animals or goods carried,
on the railways; (Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 15)
(d)the imposing of a surcharge where a person travels, or
animals or goods are carried' on the railways without
payment of the proper fare or rate or on failure to produce
evidence of such payment; (Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 15)
(e)the safety of person using or engaged in work on the
railways; (Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 15)
(f)the custody, forfeiture and disposal of unclaimed property
found on the railways; (Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 15)
(g)the receipt, transportation and delivery of goods to
be carried over the railways and all connected matters,
together with the restrictions to be placed upon dangerous
and offensive, perishable or fragile goods, or other classes
of goods; (Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 15)

(h)the terms upon which any goods or class of goods will be
received for carriage by the Corporation or stored by them
including limitations on the liability of the Corporation in
respect thereof;
(i)the receipt, transport and delivery of animals over the
railways, and the terms upon which they will be received
for carriage by the railways and the restrictions placed
upon such carriage; (Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 15)

(j)the control of persons, vehicles and animals while on the
railways; (Amended, 56 of 1986, s. 15)

(k) the powers and duties of railway employees;

(1) controlling and regulating advertising on railway premises;

(m)protecting the property of the Corporation on railway
premises;
(n)preventing. the erection of unauthorized buildings or
structures on railway premises and enabling the Corpora-
tion to remove or require the removal of such buildings or
structures;
(o)to control access to certain areas of the railway premises
by-





(i) restricting access by the public or by any person to any
part of the railway premises, and the days and times of
admission thereto;

(ii) issuing permits for access to any restricted area of the
railway premises and the fees payable in respect of such
permits;

(iii) exempting, by notice in writing :,and subject to such
conditions as the Managing Director may impose, any
person or class of person from all or any of the require-
ments of any by-law regarding entry into a restricted area;

(iv) empowering the Managing Director to prepare and
certify a plan delineating or describing any part or parts of
the railway premises as a restricted area;

(p)such other purposes as may be necessary to carry out
effectively the provisions of this Ordinance.

(2) All by-laws made under subsection (1) shall be subject to the
approval of the Legislative Council.

(3) The Corporation shall cause printed copies of all by-laws made
under subsection (1) to be kept at its principal office and to be available
for sale to any person at a reasonable cost.

(4) By-laws under subsection (1) may be made so as to apply to
either the Kowloon-Canton Railway or the North-west Railway or to
both the railways, and difrerent provision may be made for each
railway. (Added, 56 of 1986, s. 15)

(5) Where the Corporation operates any bus service within the
North-west Transit Service Area, the power to make by-laws under
subsection (1) shall extend to making by-laws for the purposes of that
bus service for any of the matters specified in that subsection as if that
service were a railway:

Provided that nothing in this subsection shall have the effect of
deeming premises used in the operation of such a bus service to be
railway premises for the purposes of subsection (1)(n) or (o). (Added, 56
of 1986, s. 15)

32. (1) In any prosecution for an offence against any by-law
made under section 31(1)(o), a plan purporting to be certified by the
Managing Director as a plan of a restricted area or as a copy of a
plan of a restricted area certified by the Managing Director, shall be
admitted in proceedings before a court on its production without
further proof and until the contrary is proved-

(a)the court before which such certified plan or copy is
produced shall presume that the signature to the plan or copy
is genuine and that the Managing Director was duly
appointed when he certified it;

(b)shall be evidence of the area and boundaries of any part or
parts of the railway delineated or described therein as a
restricted area.











(2) Any by-law made under section 31 which provides that
hawking on railway premises is an offence may also provide that all or
any part of sections 86, 86A, 86C and 86D of the Public Health and
Municipal Services Ordinance shall apply, with such modifications as
may be specified in the by-law, as if such offence were a hawker offence
within the meaning of section 83 of that Ordinance. (Amended, 10 of
1986, s. -32 (1)

33. Any regulations made under section 30 or by-laws made under
section 31 may provide that a contravention of specified provisions
thereof shall be an offence and may prescribe penalties therefor not
exceeding a fine of $10,000 and imprisonment for 2 years.

PART VII

MISCELLANEOUS

34. (1) It shall be the duty of the Corporation to comply with any
direction given to it or requirement made by the Governor in Council,
Chief Secretary or Financial Secretary under this Ordinance.

(2) Any direction given or requirement made, by the Governor in
Council, Chief Secretary or Financial Secretary under this Ordinance
shall be in writing.

34A. (1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any
Ordinance, no person shall lay any electric power supply cable,
telephone cable or other cable used for communication, water pipe line,
gas pipe line or other cable or pipe line within the area in respect of
which a wayleave is vested in the Corporation by section 7(6) as read
with paragraph 2(b) of the Fifth Schedule without the consent of the
Corporation or otherwise than in accordance with such conditions,
being conditions reasonable in the circumstances, as the Corporation
may think fit to impose:

Provided that no charge shall be made for granting such consent.

(2) Where a person seeking the consent of the Corporation under
subsection (1) to lay any cable or pipe line is carrying on an
undertaking for the supply of electricity, gas or telephonic
communication services to the public, such consent shall not
unreasonably be withheld.

(3) Nothing in this section shall derogate from the right of the
Government to use the area referred to in subsection (1) in any manner
not inconsistent with the rights granted to the Corporation by this
Ordinance..

(Added, 56 of 1986, s. 16)

34B. Section 11 of the Tramway Ordinance shall apply to the North-
west Railway and, for the purposes of such application, references in
that section to 'the company' shall be construed as





references to the Corporation and references to 'the tramway' as
references to that railway.

(Added, 56 of 1986, s. 16)

35. (1) The Building Authority may-

(a)having regard to the exceptional nature of the building or
other works connected with the construction of a railway, the
extension of the railways or the operation of the railways; and
(Replaced, 56of1986, s. 17)

(b)on such conditions as he may specify, either generally or in
any particular case,

exempt from such of the provisions of the Buildings Ordinance as he
thinks fit such of those works as he may specify, but save as aforesaid
the Buildings Ordinance shall apply to any building or other works
carried out by or on behalf of the Corporation.

(2) Section 13 of the Summary offences Ordinance does not
apply to any noise made nore to any piling carried out by the
Corporation or by any other person in connexion with the extension
of the Kowloon-Canton Railway or the execution of works under
the scheme referred to in section 10(1)(c) or in connexion with the
construction of the North-west Railway. (Amended, 56 of 1986, s.17)

(3) Part IX of the Public Health and Municipal Services Ordinance
shall not apply to any advertisements erected in accordance with
paragraph 3(c) of the Fifth Schedule and any conditions imposed under
that paragraph. (Added, 56 of 1986, s. 17)

35A. The Public Bus Services Ordinance shall not apply to any
bus service operated by or on behalf of the Corporation within the
North-west Transit Service Area with the following exceptions

(a) section 16(1)(b), 18, 19, 20 and 21;

(b)sections 2 and 3 to the extent that they apply to the
provisions specified in paragraph (a),

and for the purposes of those provisions the Corporation shall be
deemed to be a grantee within the meaning of that Ordinance.

(Added, 56 of 1986, s. 18)

36. For the avoidance of doubt and without prejudice to any other
Ordinance it is declared that the railway premises are a public place for
the purpose of the Public Order Ordinance.

37. (1) Without prejudice to any Ordinance relating to the
prosecution of criminal offences or to the powers of the Attorney
General in relation to the prosecution of criminal offences, prosecutions
for an offence under this Ordinance may be brought in the name of the
Corporation.

(2) Where a complaint is made or an information laid for an offence
under this Ordinance by any person acting on behalf of the Corporation
the complainant or informant shall, for the purposes of





section 8(1B) of the Magistrates Ordinance, be deemed to act on behalf
of the Attorney General.

38. (1) A police officer, a railway employee or any person called to
assist a railway employee in making an arrest may arrest without
warrant any person reasonably suspected of committing an offence
under this Ordinance.

(2) A person arrested under subsection (1) shall be taken forthwith
to the nearest police station and thereafter section 52 of the Police
Force Ordinance shall apply.

FIRST SCHEDULE [s. 3.]

PROVISIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE CORPORATION AND
MEMBERS THEREOF

1 The Corporation shall be a body corporate having perpetual succession
and a common seal.

2. The Corporation shall not be regarded as a Servant or agent of the Crown,
or as enjoying any status, immunity or privilege of the Crown.

3. All matters relating to the terms and conditions of the appointment to the
service of the Corporation of the Chairman shall be determined by the Governor.

4. (1) The Corporation shall appoint a managing Director and shall determine
the terms and conditions of his appointment; but shall obtain the approval of
the Governor to any proposed appointment and to the suspension and dismissal of
the persons appointed.

(2) The Managing Director shall perform, on behalf of the Corporation, such
functions as the Corporation may assign to him.

(3) The Managing Director shall not without the permission of the Chairman
take part in any deliberation of the Corporation which concerns the terms of his
own appointment, suspension or dismissal and shall not vote on any question
concerning these matters.


5. (1) Subject to paragraph 3 and 4 a member of the Corporation shall hold and
vacate his office in accordance with the erms of his appointment and shall, on
ceasing to be a member, be eligible for re-appointment:

Provided that any member appointed under section 3(2)(c) who is not a
public officer shall be appointed for a term not exceeding 3 years.

(2) A member appointed under section 3(2)(c) who is not a public officer
may at any time by notice in writing to the Governor resign his office.

6. (1) A member of the Corporation who is in any way directly or indirectly
interested in a contract made or proposed to be made by the Corporation, or in a
contract made or proposed to be made by a subsidiary of the Corporation which is
brought up for consideration by the Corporation, shall disclose the nature of his
interest at a meeting of the Corporation; and the disclosure shall be recorded in the
minutes of the Corporation, and the member shall not without the permission of
the Chairman take any part in any deliberation of the Corporation with respect to
that contract and shall not in any event vote on any question concerning it.

(2) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1), a general notice given at a meeting
of the Corporation by a member thereof to the effect that he is a member of a






specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract which
may, after the date of the notice, be made with the company or firm shall be
regarded as a sufficient disclosure of his interest in relation to any contract so
made or proposed to be so made.

(3) A member of the Corporation need not attend in person at a meeting of
the Corporation in order to make a disclosure which he is required to make under
this paragraph if he takes reasonable steps to secure that the disclosure is made by
a notice which is brought up and read at the meeting.





7. (1) The Corporation-

(a)shall pay to the members thereof such salaries or fees, and such
allowances, as the Financial Secretary may determine; and

(b)as regards any member in whose case the Financial Secretary may so
determine, shall pay such pension, allowance or gratuity to or in respect
of him or make such payments towards the provision of such a pension,
allowance or gratuity as may be so determined,

and, if a person ceases to be a member of the Corporation and it appears to the.
Financial Secretary that there are special circumstances which make it right that
that person should receive compensation the Financial Secretary may require the
Corporation to pay to that person a sum of such amount as the Financial Secretary
may determine.

(2) The provisions of this paragraph shall apply in the cases of the Chairman and
the Managing Director only to such extent as the Financial Secretary may determine.

8. If the Governor is satisfied that a member of the Corporation appointed
under section 3(2)(c) who is not a public officer

(a)has been absent from meetings of the Corporation for a period longer
than three consecutive months without the permission of the
Corporation, or

(b) has become bankrupt or made an arrangement with his creditors; or

(c) is incapacitated by physical or mental illness; or

(d) is otherwise unable or unfit to discharge the functions of a member,

the Governor may declare his office as a member of the Corporation to be vacant,
and shall notify the fact in such manner as the Governor thinks fit; and thereupon
the office shall become vacant.

9. The quorum of the Corporation shall be 5 and, while a member is
disqualified from taking part in a decision or-deliberation of the Corporation in
respect to a matter, he shall be disregarded for the purpose of constituting a
quorum of the Corporation for deciding, or deliberating on, that matter.

10. Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Schedule, the Corporation shall
have power to regulate its own procedure including the manner in which decisions
of the Corporation may be made by a quorum of its members otherwise than at a
meeting of the Corporation.

11. The Corporation may appoint such employees as it may determine on
such terms and conditions as it thinks it.

12. A certificate signed by the Managing Director of the Corporation that an
instrument of the Corporation purporting to be made or issued by or on behalf of the
Corporation was so made or issued shall be conclusive evidence of that fact.

13. Every document purporting to be an instrument made or issued by or on
behalf of the Corporation and to be duly executed under the seal of the Corporation,
or to be signed or executed by the Managing Director or a person authorized by the
Corporation to act in that behalf, shall be received in evidence and deemed, without
further proof, to be so made or issued unless the contrary is shown.

SECOND SCHEDULE [s. 7(1).]

PART I

1. There shall be vested in the Corporation for the interest specified in
paragraphs 2, 3, 4 and 5 and for a period commencing on the appointed day and
ending

(a) in the case of land situated in Kowloon, 75 years thereafter; and

(b) in the case of land situated in the New Territories, on 27 June 1997,

all the Crown land (in this Schedule called 'the said land') described in the said
paragraphs by reference to plans (in this Schedule called 'the said plans'), certified
under the hand of the Director of Lands as being the plans referred to in this
Schedule, one set of which shall be deposited in the offices of the Land Office,
Victoria.





2. All that land bounded by a bold continuous black line on the said plans shall
be vested absolutely:

Provided that there shall be excluded from the land so vested the land
registered in the District Land Office, Sha Tin, as Sha Tin Town Lot No. 87.

3. In respect of the land bounded by a bold discontinuous black line on the said
plans there shall be vested such underground wayleaves or rights of passage as are
necessary for the Corporation to operate the railway as existing immediately prior
to the appointed day, including the right to maintain or reconstruct all railway
tracks, tunnels and other works which were constructed for the purposes of or in
connexion with the railway and in existence immediately prior to the appointed
day and to construct and maintain new works for the better exercise of such
wayleave or right of passage.

4. In respect of the land shown hatched black on the said plans there shall be
vested

(a)such wayleaves or rights of passage as are necessary for the Corporation
to operate the railway as existing immediately prior to the appointed day
or, as the case may be, as it will be after the execution of the works under
the scheme referred to in section 10(1)(c);

(b)the right to maintain or reconstruct all railway tracks, railway bridges and
other works on such land and to construct and maintain new works for
the better exercise of such wayleave or right of passage.

5. In respect of the top of the concrete platform at Sha Tin Station,
including all the under surface thereof, being a platform situated on Crown land
remaining in the possession of the Government and coloured grey on the said
plans, there shall be vested in the Corporation the right to the exclusive use
thereof and to permit other persons to use it, together with the right to construct
on such platform, so long as the stability thereof is not afrected, buildings and
other structures.

6. In respect of the Crown land adjacent to the land vested under paragraphs
2, 3, 4 and 5 there shall be vested in the Corporation such rights as are
appurtenant to the land so vested, being rights to continue to use such Crown land
for a purpose (being a railway purpose) for which the land was used immediately
prior to the appointed day and, without derogation from the generality of the
foregoing, such rights shall include

(a)the right to discharge storm water upon such Crown land in the places and
manner in which such water was discharged, or capable of being
discharged, at such time;

(b) such rights of way over such Crown land as may have been so used; and

(c) where any power under any repealed Ordinance relating to the railway
was exercised for the benefit of the railway over any such Crown land,
the right to continue to use the Crown land for the purposes for which
the power was exercised.

7. The Government and the Corporation may by agreement adjust the
boundaries of the said land so as to transfer

(a)to the Crown any lands included within the said land which ought not to
have been so included, as not having been used for railway purposes
immediately prior to the appointed day;

(b)to the Corporation any lands which ought to have been so included as
having been used for railway purposes immediately prior to the appointed
day.

8. The provisions of paragraphs 1(2) and 2 of the Third Schedule shall apply






to an agreement under paragraph 7 as they do to an agreement under paragraph 1
(1) of that Schedule and any certificate under paragraph 2 of the Third Schedule as
read with this paragraph shall, as soon as may be, be annexed to the said plans and
be deemed to form part thereof..

Provided that in applying the said paragraphs for the purposes of this
paragraph references to the Secretary for Transport shall be deemed to be
references to the Director of Lands.

9. Nothing in this Schedule shall vest in the Corporation any rights which
were not vested in the Crown in right of the Government of Hong Kong
immediately prior to the appointed day and nothing in this Schedule shall affect
the exercise by any person, other than the Government, of any rights in respect
of the said land which he possessed immediately prior to the appointed day.





PART 11

10. There shall be reserved to the Government liberty-

(a)to use and permit the public to use the following together with all roads
appurtenant thereto

(i) the bridges designated on the said plans by a number prefixed by the
letter 'B' and shown cross hatched black;

(ii) the subways designated on the said plans by a number prefixed by
the letter 'S' and shown cross hatched black;

(iii) the pedestrian ways along the railway bridges designated on the
said plans by a number prefixed by the letter 'P' and shown hatched
black,

and to keep all bridges, roads, tunnels and other works appertaining
thereto on the said land;.

(b)to use exclusively, and to permit other persons to use, whether in
accordance with a lease, tenancy agreement or otherwise

(i) the top of the concrete platform at Sha Tin situated on land vested
in the Corporation and coloured grey on the said plans, including all the
under surface thereof;

(ii) that portion of the top of the concrete platform at Kowloon
Station coloured grey on the said plans, including all the under surface of
the said platform;

(iii) the top ofthe concrete platform at Mong Kok constructed under
the rights reserved under sub-paragraph (c) hereof, including all the under
surface thereof,

together with all necessary rights of access and the right to construct on
such platforms, so long as the stability thereof is not affected and having
regard to the rights of other persons to the use of such platforms,
buildings and other structures;

(c)to construct at Mong Kok at the places coloured grey on the said plans,
concrete platforms over the railway in accordance with the scheme
therefor as existing immediately prior to the appointed day and as may
be subsequently modified by agreement between the Government and the
Corporation;

(d)to construct vehicular and other ways on the said land over or under the
railway and intersecting at right angles or diagonally the railway and to
use, or permit the public to use, such vehicular or other ways for any
purpose whatsoever;

(e)to lay mains, pipes, wires, cables and drains within or upon the said land
and to keep upon the said land any such mains, pipes, wires, cables and
drains which existed upon the said land immediately prior to the
appointed day and were used wholly or mainly for purposes other than
railway purposes;

to cleanse, repair and maintain any works constructed or kept under the
provisions of sub-paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) and (c) (including any of
the platforms referred to in sub-paragraph (b)) and for its servants or
agents to enter upon the said land for such purposes and for the
inspection of such works or for the exercise of the rights conferred by
this paragraph;

(g)to exercise on the said land such rights appurtenant to the beneficial






enjoyment by the Government or its successors of land retained by the
Government, being rights to continue to use land for a purpose for which
the land was used immediately prior to the appointed day, and without
derogation from the generality of the foregoing, such rights shall include

(i) the right to discharge storm water upon the said land in the places
in which such water was discharged, or capable of being discharged, at
such time; and

(ii) such rights of way as may have been so used.

11. In the exercise of the rights conferred upon it by paragraph 10 the
Government shall

(a)not, without the consent of the Corporation, (which consent shall not
unreasonably be withheld) do anything which might adversely affect the
operation or safety of the railway and in the event of any injurious
affection make reasonable compensation therefor;

(b) do as little damage as possible and make reasonable compensation for all

damage done; 1





(c)reimburse the Corporation for any expenses incurred by it in undertaking
works to facilitate, or enable the Government to exercise, such rights.

12. The Corporation shall not interfere with, or do anything which may
injuriously affect, any works kept or constructed by the Government in
accordance with the rights reserved under paragraph 10, with any of the platforms
referred to in that paragraph, or with any road or way constructed for the use of
the public without the consent in writing of the Director of Lands, which consent
shall not unreasonably be withheld:

Provided that

(a)such consent shall not be withheld should the Corporation desire to affix
cables, pipes, signalling equipment or other equipment for the operation
of the railway to the underside or supports of any bridge or concrete
platform or to any retaining wall, but the Director of Lands may, in
granting his consent, impose reasonable conditions for safeguarding the
structure of the bridge, platform or wall, or the users thereof,

(b)where a pedestrian way referred to in paragraph 10(a)(iii) is an integral
part of the structure of any railway bridge, nothing in this paragraph shall

prevent the Corporation from effecting any necessary repairs to such
structure or from rebuilding such bridge;

(c)nothing in this paragraph shall affect any right of the Corporation to
use any portion of the top of any concrete platform the use of which is
not reserved to the Government, and to permit others to use it, and to
construct buildings or other structures thereon so long as the stability of
the platform is not affected and the rights reserved to the Government in
respect of that platform are not injuriously affected

13. There shall be reserved to the Government in respect of all land within
the said land occupied by the Mass Transit Railway Corporation immediately prior
to the appointed day the right to lease such land or any part thereof to the Mass
Transit Railway Corporation upon such terms and conditions as the Government
may determine, so however that nothing in any such lease shall affect the right of
the Corporation established under this Ordinance to use the surface of such land
for railway or other purposes and to have reasonable support for such use.

14. The Corporation shall not withdraw or vary the terms of any licence
granted prior to the appointed day by the Government to the Mass Transit
Railway Corporation or to the Government of the United Kingdom entitling the
Mass Transit Railway Corporation or the Government of the United Kingdom to
use any part of the said land, or any arrangement made to that effect, without the
written approval of the Secretary for Transport.

15. The Corporation may-

(a)use and permit the use of the portion of the said land described in
paragraphs 2 and 5-

(i) for railway purposes;

(ii) for any purpose in the exercise of the powers conferred on it by
the Governor under section 4(1)(c),

and for purposes ancillary thereto, excluding staff housing and including,
within station premises only, the provision of services or articles for the
use or enjoyment of passengers on the railway; or

(b)where any portion of the said land described in paragraphs 2 and 5 was,
immediately prior to the appointed day, used for other than railway
purposes, or for staff housing, use and permit the use of the said land for
such other purposes or such housing but only to the extent that such part






of the said land was so used immediately prior to the appointed day,

and may not use the said land, or any portion thereof, for any other purpose
without the consent in writing of the Director of Lands who may, in granting such
permission, impose such conditions as he thinks fit including the payment by the
Corporation of a reasonable premium to the Government for payment into
general revenue as consideration for the grant of such consent.

16. The Corporation shall not assign, underlet, part with possession or
otherwise dispose of the said land or any part thereof or any interest therein, or
enter into any agreement so to do, for a period in excess of 3 years without the
consent in writing of the Director of Lands:





Provided that nothing in this paragraph shall relate to the part of the said
land referred to in paragraph 15(b).

17. The Corporation shall keep the railway and other works and erections
made or erected on the said land in good and substantial repair:

Provided that nothing in this Schedule shall impose on the Corporation any
obligation to repair any

(a)bridge or subway referred to in paragraph 10(a)(i) and (ii) and shown cross
hatched black on the said plans;

(b)pedestrian ways referred to in paragraph 10(a)(iii) and shown hatched
black on the said plans except in the case of structural defects to a bridge
on which a pedestrian way is situated and which affect the safety of the
way;

(e)concrete platform referred to in paragraph 10 and coloured grey on the
said plans or an access used exclusively in connexion therewith save to
the extent that the Corporation has any interest in the top of the
platform, and then only to the extent of that interest.

18. The Government may at any time enter upon any cutting, embankment
or retaining wall on the said land which, by reason of its condition, injuriously
affects or is likely to affect any Crown land and execute such work thereon as may
be reasonably necessary to prevent such injurious affection. The reasonable costs
so incurred shall be a debt owing by the Corporation to the Government.

19. The Corporation shall maintain in good and substantial repair fences
erected on the said land to prevent access to the railway by members of the public
or livestock and, in places where such fences are required for the protection of the
public or livestock and were not in existence immediately prior to the appointed
day, shall construct fences adequate for such purpose and so maintain them.

20. Subject to the proviso to paragraph 17 the Corporation shall be liable to
pay a reasonable portion of all expenses incurred by the Government, and the
Government a reasonable portion of all expenses incurred by the Corporation, in
repairing and rebuilding and cleansing all party walls, fences, sewers, drains, roads,
pavements and other things the use of which is common to the said land and to
any adjoining land held by the Crown. In the absence of agreement on the sum the
Government or the Corporation shall pay, this shall be determined in accordance
with the Arbitration Ordinance by reference to 2 arbitrators, one to be appointed
by each party.

21. The Government shall have the right to such facilities as it may
reasonably require for police, immigration or customs purposes on railway
premises:

Provided that nothing in this paragraph shall require the Corporation to
carry out any building or other works otherwise than at the expense of the
Government.

PART 111

22. The Governor may by order in the Gazette amend-

(a)Part 1 of this Schedule by extending the term of years for which the said
land, or any part thereof, is vested in the Corporation;

(b) Part II of this Schedule:

Provided that the prior consent of the Corporation shall be required to any
amendment which has the effect of imposing any new restriction on the
Corporation as to the manner in which it may use the said land or any part
thereof or which otherwise limits the rights granted in this Schedule.







23. That part of the said land lying below the land registered in the District
Land Office, Sha Tin, as Sha Tin Town Lot No. 87 shall be subject to the mutual
rights and obligations reserved in and imposed by, and the agreements and
conditions contained in, the Conditions of Sale registered in the said District Land
Office as New Grant No. 113 26.

24. (1) In this Schedule the expressions 'the said land' and 'the said plans'
have the meanings assigned to them by paragraph 1.

(2) Any reference to the Government or the Corporation shall where the
reference relates to any right to go onto any land or do anything thereon be
deemed to refer also to their servants or agents.

(3) In this Schedule references to 'the railway' shall be construed as referring
to the Kowloon-Canton Railway and references to 'railway purposes' shall be

construed accordingly.(Added, 56of1986, s. 19)





THIRD SCHEDULE [s. 7(5).]

1. (1) It shall be the duty of the Government and the Corporation, whether
before or after the appointed day, so far as is practicable, to arrive at such written
agreements and to execute such other instruments as are necessary or expedient to
identify or define the property, rights or liabilities transferred to the Corporation
or retained by the Government and as will afford to the Government and the
Corporation such rights and safeguards as may be required.

(2) If the Secretary for Transport or the Corporation represents to the
Governor in Council, or if it appears to the Governor in Council without such a
representation, that it is unlikely in the case of any matter on which agreement is
required under sub-paragraph (1) that such agreement will be reached, the Governor
in Council may, whether before or after the appointed day, give a direction
determining that matter and may include in the direction any provision which
might have been included in an agreement under sub-paragraph (1); and any
property, rights or liabilities required by the direction to be transferred to the
Corporation shall be regarded as having been transferred by this Ordinance to, and
by virtue thereof vested in, the Corporation accordingly.

2. In the case of any transfer to which this Schedule applies, a joint
certificate on behalf of the Government and the Corporation that any property
specified in the certificate, or any such interest in or right over any such property
as may be so specified, or any right or liability so specified, is by virtue of this
Ordinance for the time being vested in such one of them as may be so specified,
shall be conclusive evidence for all purposes of that fact; and if on the expiration
of one month after a request from either of them for the preparation of such a
joint certificate as respects any property, interest, right or liability, they have
failed to agree on the terms of the certificate, the Corporation and the Secretary
for Transport shall refer the matter to the Governor in Council and issue the
certificate in such terms as he may direct.

3. Where in the case of any transfer to which this Schedule applies any rights
or liabilities transferred are rights or liabilities under an agreement (including a
tenancy agreement or lease) to which the Government was a party immediately
before the appointed day, whether in writing or not, and whether or not of such
nature that rights and liabilities thereunder could be assigned by the Government,
that agreement shall have effect on and after the appointed day as if

(a) the Corporation had been the party to the agreement;

(b)for any reference (whether express or implied and, if express, however
worded) to the Government there were substituted, as respects anything
falling to be done on or after the appoined day, a reference to the
Corporation;

(e)any reference (whether express or implied and, if express, however
worded) to a person employed by, or engaged in the business of, the
Government and holding a specified office or serving in a specified
capacity were, as respects anything falling to be done on or after the
appointed day, a reference to such person as the Corporation may appoint
or, in default of appointment, to a person employed by, or engaged in the
business of, the Corporation who corresponds as nearly as may be to the
first-mentioned person;

(d)any reference in general terms (however worded) to persons employed by,
persons engaged in the business of, or agents of, the Government were, as
respects anything to be done on or after the appointed day, a reference to
persons employed by, persons engaged in the business of, or agents of, the
Corporation;

(e)where the agreement refers to property, rights or liabilities which fall to
be apportioned or divided between the Government and the Corporation,
the agreement constituted two separate agreements separately enforceable
by and against the Government and the Corporation as regards the part of






the

roperty, rights or liabilities retained by the Government or, as the case
may be, the part thereof vesting in the Corporation, and not as regards
the other part,

and sub-paragraph (e) shall apply in particular to the covenants, stipulations and
conditions of any lease by or to the Government.

4. Without prejudice to the generality of the provisions of paragraph 3, the
Corporation under a transfer to which this Schedule applies and any other person
shall, as from the appointed day, have the same rights, powers and remedies (and
in particular the same rights and powers as to the taking or resisting of legal
proceedings or the making or resisting of applications to any authority) for
ascertaining,





perfecting or enforcing any right or liability vested in the Corporation by virtue of
this Ordinance as he would have had if that right or liability had at all times been a
right or liability of the Corporation, and any legal proceedings or applications to
any authority pending on the appointed day by or against the Government in so
far as they relate to any property, right or liability vested in the Corporation by
virtue of this Ordinance, or to any agreement or enactment relating to any such
property, right or liability, shall be continued by or against the Corporation to the
exclusion of the Government.

5. (1) Without prejudice to the provisions of paragraphs 3 and 4, any
transactions effected between the Government and the Corporation in pursuance
of paragraph 1(1) or of a direction under paragraph 1(2) shall be binding on all
other persons, and notwithstanding that it would, apart from this sub-paragraph,
have required the consent or concurrence of any other person.

(2) It shall be the duty of the Government and the Corporation if they effect
any transaction in pursuance of paragraph 1(1) or a direction under paragraph 1(2)
to notify any person who has rights or liabilities which thereby become
enforceable as to part by or against the Government and as to part by or against
the Corporation, and if such a person applies to the Chief Secretary and satisfies
him that the transaction operated unfairly against that person the Chief Secretary
may give such directions to the relevant Department of Government and the
Corporation as appear to him appropriate for varying the transaction.

6. If in the case of any transfer to which this Schedule applies it appears to
the court, at any stage in any court proceedings to which the Government or the
Corporation and a person other than the Government or the Corporation are
parties, that the issues in the proceedings depend on the identification or
definition of any of the property, rights or liabilities transferred which the
Government and the Corporation have not yet effected, or to raise a question of
construction on the relevant provisions of this Ordinance which would not arise if
the Government and the Corporation constituted a single person, the court may, if
it thinks fit on the application of a party to the proceedings other than the
Government and the Corporation, hear and determine the proceedings on the
footing that such one of the Government and the Corporation as is a party to the
proceedings represents and is answerable for the other of them, and that the
Government and the Corporation constitute a single person, and any judgment or
order given by the court shall bind both the Government and the Corporation
accordingly.

FOURTH SCHEDULE

[Amendments
incorporated]

FIFTH SCHEDULE [ss. 7(6) (7),
34A(1) 35(3).]
PART 1

1. There shall be vested in the Corporation for the interest specified in
paragraphs 2, 3, 4 and 5 for a period ending on 30 June 2047 all the Crown land
(in this Schedule called 'the land') described in those paragraphs by reference to
plans (in this Schedule called 'the plans'), certified under the hand of the Director
of Buildings and Lands as being the plans referred to in this Schedule, one set of
which shall be deposited in the offices of the Land Office.

2. In respect of the land shown grey on the plans there shall be vested-

(a)such rights as are necessary to enable the Corporation to construct the
North-west Railway;

(b)such wayleaves or rights of passage as are necessary for the Corporation to
operate the North-west Railway;

(c)the right to maintain or reconstruct all railway tracks, railway bridges and






other works on such land and to construct and maintain new works for the
better exercise of such wayleave or right of passage.





3. In respect of the land shown hatched black on the plans there shall be
vested

(a)such rights as are necessary to enable the Corporation to construct and
maintain platforms (which expression in this paragraph includes the
platforms proper, access ramps, shelters erected over such platforms and
any necessary ancillary structures) for the use of persons alighting from
and ascending into the carriages of the North-west Railway;

(b)the right to place and maintain on such platforms ticket vending
machines and other objects required for the operation of the said Railway;

(e)the right, subject to such reasonable conditions as the Director of
Buildings and Lands may impose, to place advertisements or allow the
placement of advertisements by others, at the stops.

4. In respect of the land shown edged black on the plans there shall be
vested-

(a)the right to construct and maintain such buildings or other structures as
may be specified on the plans at the places so specified;

(b)the right to use such buildings or structures for the operation of the
North-west Railway or to provide facilities for its employees, being
employees engaged in the construction or operation of the North-west
Railway; and

(c) the right to repair or reconstruct such buildings or other structures.

5. In respect of the land in dotted tint on the plans and on payment of such
fees as may be determined by the Director of Buildings and Lands there shall also
be vested the right to lay, maintain, repair and replace cables required for the
operation of the North-west Railway:

Provided that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any fees under this
paragraph which are greater than those which the Government would require for
the exercise by any other person of a like right over Crown land.

6. In respect of the Crown land adjacent to the land vested under paragraphs
2, 3 and 4 there shall be vested in the Corporation such rights as are appurtenant
to the land so vested and are necessary for the beneficial enjoyment by the
Corporation of the rights so vested.

7. Nothing in this Schedule shall vest in the Corporation any rights which
were not vested in the Crown in right of its Government of Hong Kong
immediately prior to the deposit of the plans in accordance with paragraph 1 and
nothing in this Schedule shall affect the exercise by any person, other than the
Government, of any rights in respect of the land which he possessed immediately
prior to the commencement* of the Kowloon-Canton Railway Corporation
(Amendment) Ordinance 1986.

PART 11

8. There is reserved to the Government liberty to open or break up any road
along or across which the North-west Railway is laid, but in the exercise of the
power the Government shall be subject to the following restrictions

(a)it shall cause as little detriment or inconvenience to the Corporation as
circumstances may admit;

(b)before any Government Department commences any work whereby the
traffic on the North-west Railway will be interrupted they shall give to
the Corporation notice of their intention to commence such work,
specifying the time at which they will begin to do so, such notice to be
given 30 days at least before the commencement of the work unless the






work is undertaken as a matter of urgency to remove any hazard to the
safety of any person or property;

(c)in so far as such works may affect the safe operation of the North-west
Railway, they shall not be executed, unless the Corporation otherwise
determines, except under the superintendence of the Corporation;





(d)the works shall be executed without cost to and to the reasonable satisfac-
tion of the Corporation; and
(e)the Government shall in consultation with the Corporation take such steps
as are appropriate to minimize any disruption to the Corporation's rail
services and loss of income to the Corporation occasioned by the execution
of the works.
9. Where the North-west Railway is laid along or across any road the
Corporation shall at its own expense maintain in good condition and repair, and at
their proper level so as not to be a danger or annoyance to the ordinary traffic, the
rails of which the railway line for the time being consists, and the substructure upon
which the rails rest.

10. The Corporation shall at its own expense repair and maintain the roads
shown in grey on the plans to the reasonable satisfaction of the Director of Highways.
11. (1) The Director of Buildings and Lands may, after having given prior
notice to the Corporation of his intention to exercise his powers under this paragraph
and after considering any representations of the Corporation thereon, direct the
Corporation to divert any part of the railway line of the North-west Railway from the
place where it has been constructed in pursuance of the right vested under paragraph
2 or this paragraph from that place to any other place specified in that direction, and
where the Director of Buildings and Lands gives any such direction-

(a)the diversion shall be effected within 12 months from the date of the
direction or within such further time as the Director may allow;

(b)the direction may specify where any platform or other works ancillary to the
North-west Railway are to be reconstructed;
(c)subject to sub-paragraph (2), the reasonable costs of such diversion as
agree between the Corporation and the Director or, in the event of a failure
to agree, as may be determined by arbitration, shall be payable by the
Government out of general revenue;
(d) upon the completion of the works required to effect the diversion-
(i) any rights which the Corporation may have under this Schedule to the
place from which any works have been removed or destroyed for the
purpose of effecting the diversion shall be deemed to be extinguished; and
(ii) there shall be vested in the Corporation for the same interest as it
possessed in the place from which such works have been removed or
destroyed, in respect of which any works have been constructed to effect the
diversion, rights similar in all respects, except in respect of the place where
they may be exercised, as the Corporation had, by virtue of this Schedule, in
the land upon which such works had been removed or destroyed and the
Corporation and the Government shall be subject to similar duties in
respect of the exercise of such rights.
(2) If-
(a)the work to effect a diversion under this paragraph includes the renewal or
replacement of apparatus so that the Corporation derives a benefit from the
life of the new apparatus being longer than the life of the apparatus so
renewed or replaced; or
(b)by reason of the carrying out of such work the Corporation has received or
will receive any other benefit by way of greater efficiency in the running of
the railway, reduction in wear of rolling stock on the North-west Railway or
rails or any other part of the apparatus of the Corporation or by any other
way,

the amount paid to the company under sub-paragraph (1)(c) shall be reduced by the
amount of the value of any such benefit.

12. In the event of the Corporation failing to execute any works which it is
required by paragraph 9, 10 or 11 to execute, the Director of Highways may cause
such works to be executed and may recover the reasonable costs of such works from
the Corporation, in such amount as he may certify to the Corporation, as a civil debt
owed by the Corporation to the Government.

13. The Corporation shall keep the lines of rail and other works and erections
made or erected in connexion with the North-west Railway in good and substantial






repair.





14. Where the Corporation, in pursuance of the rights granted under
paragraph 6, lays any drainage channels or makes any connexion with any drain
maintained by the Government on any land outside the land vested under
paragraph 2, 3 or 4, the Government shall maintain such drain and such
connexion in good condition and repair where such drain or connexion has been
constructed in accordance with the engineering standards of the Government
applicable in the case of similar drains and connexions.

15. The Corporation shall not assign, underlet, part with possession or
otherwise dispose of the said land or any part thereof or any interest therein, or
enter into any agreement so to do without the consent of the Director of Buildings
and Lands or otherwise than in accordance with such terms or conditions as he
may impose in giving his consent including the payment of a premium to the
Government for such consent.

PART 111

16. The Corporation and the Director of Buildings and Lands may agree that
any right vested in the Corporation by section 7(6) and this Schedule may be
varied or extinguished and, if extinguished, that a new right should be granted by
the Governor to the Corporation in place of the right extinguished and, where
such agreement has the effect of varying any plan deposited in the Land Office
under paragraph 1, a plan showing such variation shall be so deposited and, upon
such deposit, the variation shall have effect from the date of the deposit as if it
had been shown on the plans as first deposited under that paragraph and the
provisions of section 7(7) shall apply accordingly.

17. The Governor may by order published in the Gazette amend Part 11 of
this Schedule:

Provided that the prior consent of the Corporation shall be required to any
amendment which has the effect of imposing any new restriction on the
Corporation as to the manner in which it may use the land or any part thereof or
which otherwise limits the rights granted in this Schedule.

18. (1) In this Schedule-

(a)a reference to arbitration shall be construed as a reference to arbitration
under the Arbitration Ordinance and shall, for the purposes of that
Ordinance, be deemed to be a reference by an arbitration agreement, as
defined for the purposes of that Ordinance, to 2 arbitrators, one appointed
by the Corporation and the other by the Director of Buildings and Lands;

(b)the expressions 'the land' and 'the plans' have the meanings assigned to
them by paragraph 1.

(2) Any reference to the Government or the Corporation shall, where the
reference relates to any right to go onto any land or do anything thereon, be
deemed also to refer to their servants or agents.

(Fifth Schedule added, 56 of 1986, s.
20)
Originally 73 of 1982. 10 of 1986. 56 of 1986. L.N. 429/82. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 374.) (Cap. 2, sub.leg.) Corporation established. First Schedule. First Schedule. (Cap. 1.) Powers of the Corporation. Second Schedule. General duty of the Corporation. Powers of the Governor in Council in relation to the Corporation. Vesting of assets of the Kowloon-Canton Railway in the Corporation. Second Schedule. Second Schedule. Third Schedule. Fifth Schedule. Fifth Schedule. General financial duties of the Corporation. Payments to Government. Initial capital of the Corporation. (Cap. 112.) Borrowing by the Corporation. Limitation of indebtedness. Guarantee by Government. Accounts, audit and annual report. Appointment of inspectors. General powers of inspectors. Chief Secretary may order that defects by remedied. Offence of negligent act or omission by employee. Offence of wilfully endangering safety. Power to construct extensions to either of the railways. Power to execute work. Alteration of pipes, wires and drains. Maintenance of crossings, bridges, arches, culverts, etc. The Kowloon-Canton Railway deemed to have been constructed under this Part. Opening of extensions. Power to enter lands. Removal of trees. Acquisition of land by the Government for the Corporation. (Cap. 124.) Claims for compensation. (Cap. 17.) Regulations. By-laws. Supplementary provisions relating to by-laws. (Cap. 132.) Penalties. Duty to comply with directions etc. Corporation to have control over the laying of cables, pipes, etc. in the wayleave area. Fifth Schedule. Application of section 11 of the Tramway Ordinance. (Cap. 107.) Certain laws not to apply. (Cap. 123.) (Cap. 228.) (Cap. 132.) Fifth Schedule. Public Bus Services Ordinance not to apply to Corporation's bus services within the North-west Transit Service Area. (Cap. 230.) Avoidance of doubt. (Cap. 245.) Corporation may prosecute in its name etc. (Cap. 227.) Arrest of offenders. (Cap. 232.) (Cap. 341.) (56 of 1986.) [*1.11.86.] (Cap. 341.)

Abstract

Originally 73 of 1982. 10 of 1986. 56 of 1986. L.N. 429/82. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 374.) (Cap. 2, sub.leg.) Corporation established. First Schedule. First Schedule. (Cap. 1.) Powers of the Corporation. Second Schedule. General duty of the Corporation. Powers of the Governor in Council in relation to the Corporation. Vesting of assets of the Kowloon-Canton Railway in the Corporation. Second Schedule. Second Schedule. Third Schedule. Fifth Schedule. Fifth Schedule. General financial duties of the Corporation. Payments to Government. Initial capital of the Corporation. (Cap. 112.) Borrowing by the Corporation. Limitation of indebtedness. Guarantee by Government. Accounts, audit and annual report. Appointment of inspectors. General powers of inspectors. Chief Secretary may order that defects by remedied. Offence of negligent act or omission by employee. Offence of wilfully endangering safety. Power to construct extensions to either of the railways. Power to execute work. Alteration of pipes, wires and drains. Maintenance of crossings, bridges, arches, culverts, etc. The Kowloon-Canton Railway deemed to have been constructed under this Part. Opening of extensions. Power to enter lands. Removal of trees. Acquisition of land by the Government for the Corporation. (Cap. 124.) Claims for compensation. (Cap. 17.) Regulations. By-laws. Supplementary provisions relating to by-laws. (Cap. 132.) Penalties. Duty to comply with directions etc. Corporation to have control over the laying of cables, pipes, etc. in the wayleave area. Fifth Schedule. Application of section 11 of the Tramway Ordinance. (Cap. 107.) Certain laws not to apply. (Cap. 123.) (Cap. 228.) (Cap. 132.) Fifth Schedule. Public Bus Services Ordinance not to apply to Corporation's bus services within the North-west Transit Service Area. (Cap. 230.) Avoidance of doubt. (Cap. 245.) Corporation may prosecute in its name etc. (Cap. 227.) Arrest of offenders. (Cap. 232.) (Cap. 341.) (56 of 1986.) [*1.11.86.] (Cap. 341.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3389

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

372

Number of Pages

35
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:29 +0800
<![CDATA[SMOKING (PUBLIC HEALTH) (SPECIFICATION OF NEWSPAPER CIRCULATION) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3388

Title

SMOKING (PUBLIC HEALTH) (SPECIFICATION OF NEWSPAPER CIRCULATION) NOTICE

Description






SMOKING (PUBLIC HEALTH) (SPECIFICATION OF
NEWSPAPER CIRCULATION) NOTICE

(Cap. 371, section 11(3)(aa))

[15 September 1984.]

1. This notice may be cited as the Smoking (Public Health)
(Specification of Newspaper Circulation) Notice.

2. This number specified for the purposes of section 11(3)(aa) ofthe
Ordinance is 10 000.
L.N. 156/84. Citation. Specification of circulation of local newspapers. (Cap. 371.)

Abstract

L.N. 156/84. Citation. Specification of circulation of local newspapers. (Cap. 371.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3388

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

371

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:28 +0800
<![CDATA[SMOKING (PUBLIC HEALTH) (NOTICES) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3387

Title

SMOKING (PUBLIC HEALTH) (NOTICES) ORDER

Description






SMOKING (PUBLIC HEALTH) (NOTICES) ORDER

(Cap. 371, section 18(2))

[13 August 1982.]

1. This order may be cited as the Smoking (Public Health) (Notices)
Order.

2. No smoking signs placed under section 5(1) of the Ordinance
shall

(a)read 'No Smoking' or 'Smoking Prohibited' and in Chinese

(b) be in plain and readily legible letters or characters;

(c) be on a background of contrasting colour.

3. (1) The form of the health warning and tar group designation
which is to be borne on the packets of cigarettes containing less than 20
cigarettes shall be as set out in Part 1 of the Schedule and, subject to
sub-paragraph (7), shall be printed on the packets.

(2) The form of the health warning and tar group designation which
is to be borne on the packets of cigarettes containing 20 or more
cigarettes and on the retail containers of cigarette packets, irrespective
of the size of those packets, shall be as set out in Part II of the Schedule
and, subject to sub-paragraph (7), shall be printed on the packets or, as
the case may be, retail containers.

(3) The lettering and characters of any health warning and tar
group designation prescribed in the Schedule shall be of a dolour which
contrasts with the colour of the background upon which they are
printed and, subject to this order, the area within which the warning or
designation is displayed, as indicated in the Schedule, shall not contain
anything other than the warning and designation.

(4) Health warnings and tar group designations to which-

(a)sub-paragraph -(1) applies, shall be printed' in 6 point Univers
medium typeface in English and 11 kyu Gothic medium
typeface in Chinese;

(b)sub-paragraph (2) applies, shall be printed in 8 point Univers
medium condensed typeface in English and 15 kyu Gothic
medium typeface in Chinese.

0

(5) The area within which any health warning or tar group
designation is displayed shall be rectangular in shape, as indicated in
the Schedule, and, although reasonable variations in the dimensions of
the area shall be permissible, the sides of the area, and any line
demarcating such sides, shall not touch any letter or character within
the area.





(6) No health warning or tar group designation shall be printed

(a)upon more than one face of the packet or container on which it
appears; or

(b)across any opening in the packet or container or upon any part
of a packet which is removed when it is opened;

(c) except on the outside of a packet or container.

(7) The health warning and tar group designation which is to be
borne on packets of cigarettes and on the retail containers of cigarette
packets may be printed on a label securely affixed to the packets or
containers

(a)if the packets or containers are of metal or are plastic drums;

(b)with the approval of the Commissioner of Customs and Excise
where he is satisfied

(i) the circumstances in which the packets or containers are
in Hong Kong, or are to be brought to Hong Kong, are such
that they could not reasonably be expected to have had
printed on them a warning and designation at the time of their
manufacture; and

(ii) the approval is required for a limited period of time or in
relation to a particular consignment of cigarettes only.

4. Paragraphs 3(2), 3(3), 3(4)(b), 3(5), 3(6), 3(7) and Part 11

of the Schedule shall apply in the case of the health warning to be
borne by containers of cigarette tobacco, save that such containers
shall not bear a tar group designation.

5. (1) The provisions of this paragraph shall apply to any
advertisement which is required to carry a health warning under the
provisions of Part IV of the Ordinance.

(2) In this paragraph and paragraph 6 'the prescribed particu-
lars' mean the health warning, as prescribed under sub-paragraph
(3), and the tar group de designation, where the advertisement is one
to which section 11 of the Ordinance applies, as determined in
accordance with the Smoking (Public Health) Regulations as read
with paragraph 7.

(3) The health warning shall be as set out in Part 111 of the
Schedule.

(4) The prescribed particulars shall be-

(a)placed in a separate panel within the advertisement which

(i) is distinguished from the remainder of the advertisement
by means either of a line or by being of a different colour;





(ii) occupies not less than 10 per cent of the surface of the
advertisement;

(iii) subject to this order, contains nothing other than the
prescribed particulars;

(b)in a colour which contrasts with the background upon which
they appear, being black or a colour used elsewhere in the
advertisement;

(c)subject to sub-paragraph (6), in the language of the
advertisement;

(d) if in English, in capital letters;

(e)properly displayed in a manner appropriate to the size and
shape of the panel in which they are displayed.

(5) Where both a health warning and a tar group designation
appear, they shall be in words or characters of the same size and style.

(6) Where a cigarette advertisement has on it the brand name of the
cigarettes to which it relates in other than Chinese characters (whether
or not the brand name also appears in Chinese characters) but no other
written material, or no written material at all, the prescribed particulars,
shall be either in English and Chinese or in Chinese alone.

(7) Where an advertisement is displayed on more than one plane it
shall be treated as a single advertisement if all the planes can be seen at
the same time from all places from which the advertisement is ordinarily
viewed, and in any other case it shall be deemed, for the purposes of
this paragraph, to be divided into as many separate advertisements as
there are planes upon which it is displayed.

(8) In the case of an advertisement by way of neon signs the
prescribed particulars shall be displayed, in accordance with
subparagraph (4), painted or printed on a panel and

(a)the panel shall be adequately illuminated at all times when the
neon signs are illuminated;

(b)for the purposes of sub-paragraph (4)(a) the surface of the
advertisement shall be deemed to be

(i)' where the advertisement appears against a background
set apart for the better display of the advertisement, then the
surface of that background;

(ii) in any other case, a surface which is greater by 20 per
cent than the smallest rectangle which can be drawn to
surround the advertisement,

and, for the purposes of this sub-paragraph, any neon frame
surrounding the advertisement shall be deemed to form part
of it;





(c)the panel shall be rectangular in form, immediately adjacent to
the neon sign and displayed in such a manner that view of it is
not obstructed, whether by the neon signs or otherwise.

6. In addition to complying with the provisions of paragraph 5, the
prescribed particulars printed on an advertisement appearing in a
printed publication to which section 11 of the Ordinance applies shall be
printed

(a) in a typeface which is not less than 6 point in the case of
English particulars or 11 kyu in the case of Chinese;

(b) if in English in Univers, Times or Gill Sans type;

(c) if in Chinese in Kai-shu Gothic or Lo-tsung
type.

7. (1) The Chinese equivalents to the tar group designations
specified in the Smoking (Public Health) Regulations to be used for the
purposes of the Ordinance and this order shall be

Low tar
Low to middle tar
Middle tar
Middle to high tar
High tar

(2) The tar group designation may be followed by the word
'Group' in English or 'M' in Chinese.

(3) In the case of an advertisement appearing in a printed
publication to which section 11 of the Ordinance applies, where the tar
group designation has been determined under regulation 4 of the
Smoking (Public Health) Regulations the words 'Manufacturers
Estimate' in English and in Chinese shall appear immediately after
the words or characters indicative of the tar group designation and may
appear after the tar group designation on cigarette packets and retail
containers.

(4) Where more than one brand of cigarettes is illustrated in or
referred to in an advertisement appearing in a printed publication to
which section 11 of the Ordinance applies and the brands have different
tar group designations, the designation of each brand shall be stated
and each designation shall be given equal prominance.

SCHEDULE [paras. 3 5(3).]

PARTI

Tar group designation on packets of less than 20
cigarettes

HK GOVT. HEALTH WARNING:
Alternative A CIGARETTE SMOKING IS
HAZARDOUS TO YOUR HEALTH

MIDDLE TO HIGH TAR










HK GOVT. HEALTH WARNING
CIGARETTE SMOKING IS
HAZARDOUS TO YOUR HEATLH
MIDDLE TO HIGH TAR

Alternative B



HK GOVT. HEALTH WARNING:
CIGARETTE SMOKING IS
HAZARDOUS TO YOUR HEALTH

MIDDLE TO HIGH TAR

Alternative C





PART II

Tar group designation on packets of 20 or more cigarettes

and on their retail containers
HK GOVT. HEALTH WARNING:
CIGARETTE SMOKING IS
HAZARDOUS TO YOUR
HEALTH

Alternative A

MIDDLE TO HIGH TAR

HK GOVT. HEALTH
WARNING:

CIGARETTE SMOKING IS

HAZARDOUS TO YOUR
HEATLH

MIDDLE TO HIGH TAR

Alternative B





HK GOVT. HEALTH
WARNING:

CIGARETTE SMOKING
Is

HAZARDOUS TO YOUR
HEALTH

MIDDLE TO HIGH TAR

Alternative C











Alternative D HK GOVT. HEALTH WARNING: CIGARETTE
SMOKING IS HAZARDOUS TO YOUR HEALTH



MIDDLE TO HIGH TAR

PART III

Health warnings on advertisements

The standard health warning shall be-

'HK GOVERNMENT HEALTH WARNING: CIGARETTE
SMOKING IS HAZARDOUS TO YOUR HEALTH


An alternative version, which may be used where space is restricted on cigarette
packet's and retail cigarette containers is

'HK GOVT. HEALTH WARNING:
CIGARETTE SMOKING IS
HAZARDOUS TO YOUR HEALTH




L.N. 313/82. L.N. 61/83. Citation. No smoking signs. Cigarette packets and retail containers. Schedule. L.N. 61/83. Schedule. L.N. 61/83. Schedule. Schedule. Schedule. L.N. 61/83. Cigarette tobacco. L.N. 61/83. Schedule. Advertisements. (Cap. 371,sub.leg.) Schedule. L.N. 61/83. L.N. 61/83. Advertisements to which section 11 of the Ordinance applies. Additional provisions applying to tar group designations. (Cap. 371,sub.leg.) (Cap. 371,sub.leg.) L.N. 61/83.

Abstract

L.N. 313/82. L.N. 61/83. Citation. No smoking signs. Cigarette packets and retail containers. Schedule. L.N. 61/83. Schedule. L.N. 61/83. Schedule. Schedule. Schedule. L.N. 61/83. Cigarette tobacco. L.N. 61/83. Schedule. Advertisements. (Cap. 371,sub.leg.) Schedule. L.N. 61/83. L.N. 61/83. Advertisements to which section 11 of the Ordinance applies. Additional provisions applying to tar group designations. (Cap. 371,sub.leg.) (Cap. 371,sub.leg.) L.N. 61/83.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3387

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

371

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:27 +0800
<![CDATA[SMOKING (PUBLIC HEALTH) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3386

Title

SMOKING (PUBLIC HEALTH) REGULATIONS

Description






SMOKING (PUBLIC HEALTH) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 371, section 18(1)

[13 August 1982.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Smoking (Public
Health) Regulations.

2. (1) A cigarette containing the amount of tar specified in the first
column hereunder shall, for the purposes of the Ordinance and these
regulations, be deemed to fall into the tar group designated in the
second column hereunder

First column Second column

Tar content in milligrams
pet. cigarette Tar group designation
0 10 Low tar
11 16 Low to middle tar
17 22 Middle tar
23 28 Middle to high tar
29 and over High tar.

(2) In classifying a cigarette according to its tar content for the
purposes of this regulation the tar content as determined by analysis
shall be rounded off to the nearest milligram.

3. Subject to these regulations, where the Government Chemist has
published a determination under section 16 of the Ordinance, the brand
of cigarettes to which such determination relates shall be designated, in
accordance with regulation 2, as belonging to the tar group indicated
by the determination:

Provided that where such determination has the effect of varying
the tar group designation of any brand of cigarettes as previously
designated in conformity with these regulations

(a)cigarette packets and retail containers may be sold, offered for
sale or possessed for the purposes of sale, bearing the
previous designation for a period of 12 months;

(b)a cigarette advertisement in a printed publication to which
section 1 1 of the Ordinance applies may be printed bearing the
previous designation for a period of

(i) 2 weeks, in the case of an advertisement in a news-

LS



paper published at intervals of a week or less than a week; or

(ii) 3 months, in the case of an advertisement in any other
printed publication,

after the publication of the determination of the Government Chemist.





4. The tar group designation of any brand of cigarettes shall be
determined by the proprietor of the brand, or his agent, having regard to
regulation 2 and his own reasonable estimation of the tar content of the
cigarette

(a)where there has been no determination for the brand
published under section 16 of the Ordinance; or

(b)where the manufacturer of the cigarettes has altered the tar
content of any cigarettes and thereby rendered the previous
designation incorrect.

5. Where the Government Chemist has published a determination
under section 16 of the Ordinance for any brand of cigarettes and the
determination differs by not more than one milligram from

(a) any previous determination by him; or

(h) any estimation under regulation 4,

and has the effect of placing the cigarettes in a tar group other than that
to which they would have belonged but for the difference, the brand of
cigarettes may continue to be designated as belonging to the tar group
they previously belonged to if the Director of Medical and Health
Services so approves in writing.

6. (1) Upon any cigarettes being first offered for sale by retail and
bearing on their packets or retail containers a tar group designation as
determined under regulation 4, the person responsible for the wholesale
distribution thereof shall, within 2 days following such first offer, notify
the Director of Medical and Health Services of such offer.

(2) Any person who fails to notify the Director of Medical and
Health Services as required by paragraph (1) commits an offence
and is liable on summary conviction therefor to a fine of $2,000.

7. There shall be exempted from the provisions of Part IV of the
Ordinance cigarette advertisements in printed publications to which
section 11 of the Ordinance applies where such advertisements

(a)are in a publication printed before the coming into operation of
Part IV; or

(b)conform with the provisions of that section save that they
bear an incorrect tar group designation if they bear a tar group
designation which they could lawfully bear at the time when
they were printed.

8. (1) The following categories of cigarette advertisements are
prescribed for the purposes of section 12(2) of the Ordinance

(a) cigarette advertisements on any-





(i) small portable object, being of a decorative nature
or for personal, domestic or business use;
(ii) object worn on the person;
(iii) umbrella,

if that object or umbrella carries a cigarette advertisement
only because it bears the name or trade name of a person
associated with the marketing of cigarettes or cigarette
tobacco or a brand name of cigarettes or cigarette tobacco
and additionally or alternatively any pictorial device com-
monly associated therewith, but which does not illustrate
or mention cigarette tobacco or cigarettes or their pack-
ages or qualities or smoking;

(b) cigarette advertisements which-
(i) are in or upon premises of any manufacturer of
tobacco or tobacco products or any wholesale dealer in
cigarettes or cigarette tobacco which are used for the
manufacture of cigarettes or cigarette tobacco or for the
purpose of dealing by wholesale in cigarettes or cigarette
tobacco; and
(ii) are not visible from outside the premises.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall come into operation-

(a)in relation to cigarette advertisements prescribed in sub-
paragraph (a) of that paragraph, on the day appointed for
the commencement* of section 3(a) of the Smoking (Public
Health) (Amendment) Ordinance 1984; and

(b)in relation to cigarette advertisements prescribed in sub-
paragraph (b) of that paragraph, on the day appointed for
the commencement* of section 3(b) of the Smoking (Public
Health) (Amendment) Ordinance 1984.
L.N. 311/82. L.N. 155/84. Tar groups. Determination by the Government Chemist. Determination by the proprietor of the brand. Minor variations between past and present determinations. Notification of retail sales. Exemption of certain advertisements from Part IV of the Ordinance. Advertisements exempted under Ordinance. L.N. 155/84. (26 of 1984.) [*15.6.84.] (26 of 1984.) [*15.6.85.]

Abstract

L.N. 311/82. L.N. 155/84. Tar groups. Determination by the Government Chemist. Determination by the proprietor of the brand. Minor variations between past and present determinations. Notification of retail sales. Exemption of certain advertisements from Part IV of the Ordinance. Advertisements exempted under Ordinance. L.N. 155/84. (26 of 1984.) [*15.6.84.] (26 of 1984.) [*15.6.85.]

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3386

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

371

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:26 +0800
<![CDATA[SMOKING (PUBLIC HEALTH) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3385

Title

SMOKING (PUBLIC HEALTH) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

SMOKING (PUBLIC HEALTH) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 371





CHAPTER 371

SMOKING (PUBLIC HEALTH) ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section..................................... Page

PART 1
PRELIMINARY

1. Short title ............................1 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

2. Interpretation............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

PART II
No SMOKING AREAS

3. Prohibition on smoking in no smoking areas ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
4. Setting aside of no smoking areas ......... ... ... ... ... ... 4

5. Display of signs in no smoking areas ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

6. Powers exercisable in relation to persons smoking in no smoking area ... ... 5

7. Offences under Part 11 ................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

PART III
SALES OF CIGARETTES AND CIGARETTE TOBACCO
8. Health warnings and tar group designation when cigarettes sold ... ... ... 6

9...........................Health warnings when cigarette tobacco is sold ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

10................Offences under Part III .... ... 1 . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

1 0A............Seizure and forfeiture .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

PART IV
CIGARETTE ADVERTISING
11. Cigarette advertisements in printed publications ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

12.............................Health warning when cigarette advertisement displayed ... ... ... ... 8

13....................Cigarette advertisements on radio ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
14....................Meaning of cigarette advertisement ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

15................Offences under Part IV ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

PART V
SUPPLEMENTARY

16..............Evidence of tar group ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

17...........[Had its effect.] ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

18. Regulations and Orders..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10





CHAPTER 371

SMOKING (PUBLIC HEALTH)

To prohibit smoking in certain areas, to provide for the display of a
health warning and other information on cigarette packets and
in cigarette advertisements and for matters incidental thereto.

[Part 1, Part IV (except sections 11
and 12) and Part V 13 August 1982.
Section 11 15 November 1982.
Part 11 and section 12 (except in
relation to advertisements by way
of neon signs) 15 February 1983.
Section 12 (in relation to advertise-
ments by way of neon signs)15 May 1983.
Part 111 15 August 1983]

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Smoking (Public Health)
Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'advertisement' means any announcement to the public made or to be
made in any manner;

'brand', except in section 14(3). includes a brand product, that is to say
a variety of a brand marketed as having qualities differing from
another variety of that brand;

'cigarette' means tobacco rolled up in paper or in any other material
except tobacco. in such form as to be capable of immediate use for
smoking;

'cigarette advertisement' has the meaning assigned to it by section 14;

,,cigarette tobacco' means tobacco packaged as being suitable for the
making by the purchaser of cigarettes for his own use;

'class' in relation to a class of seats means a class defined by reference
to their price, all seats sold at the same price on the same occasion
to the same category of persons being deemed to belong to the
same class;

'ferry vessel' means a vessel operated on a ferry service as defined for
the purposes of the Ferry Services Ordinance and having seating
accommodation for 50 or more passengers;

land vehicle' means a vehicle other than a train used on land for the
transport of members of the public for hire or reward;





'manager' in relation to

(a)a cinema, theatre, concert hall or public transport vehicle
service, includes an assistant manager, any person holding an
appointment analogous to that of manager or assistant
manager or any person who is responsible for the
management, or is in charge or control of the cinema, theatre,
concert hall or public transport service;

(b)a lift, includes the owner, occupier or lessee of the building in
which the lift is situated or the person in charge or control of
such building or lift;

'newspaper', local newspaper and 'printed document have the same
meaning as in the Control of Publications Consolidation
Ordinance;

'no smoking area', except in section 5(2), means an area or place in
which smoking is prohibited by section 3;

'proof of identity' means proof of identity for the purposes of Part IVA
of the Immigration Ordinance;

'public lift' means a lift to which the public have access and includes
any lift giving access to separately occupied flats, offices or other
units of accommodation and a hotel lift;

'public transport vehicle' means

(a) a ferry vessel;

(b) a land vehicle; or

(c) a train;

while the vessel, vehicle or train is transporting members of the
public, but excludes a taxicab, private hire vehicle or other vehicle
or vessel hired or chartered to an individual whether on his own
behalf or that of a number of persons;

'publish' in relation to an advertisement means making known an
advertisement in any manner;

'regulations' means regulations under section 18;

'retail container' means a container suitable for the retail marketing of
cigarette packets;

',smoke' means inhaling and expelling the smoke of tobacco or other
substance;

'train' means a train of linked carriages used for the transport of
members of the public for hire or reward.

PART 11

No SMOKING AREAS

3. No person shall smoke or carry a lighted cigarette. cigar or pipe
in





(a) any area demarcated as a no smoking area under section 4,

(b) any public lift;

(c)any land vehicle, being a public transport vehicle, having only
one deck;

(d)the lower deck of a land vehicle, being a public transport
vehicle, having more than one deck.

4. (1) The manager of a cinema, theatre or concert hall shall set
aside not less than 50 per cent of each class of its seating
accommodation as an area in which smoking is prohibited; and he may
set aside all such accommodation.

(2) The manager of a public transport service shall set aside not
less than 50 per cent of each class of seating accommodation in every
public transport vehicle of that service, not being a vehicle to which
paragraph (c) or (d) of section 3 applies, as an area in which smoking is
prohibited; and he may set aside all such accommodation.

(3) For the purposes of this section-

(a)an area shall be deemed to have been set aside under
subsection (1) only while it is open to the public;

(b) a cinema, theatre or concert hall means-

(i) any building or part of a building used primarily as a
cinema, theatre or concert hall, whether or not it is being so
used at the material time, other than the premises of any club,
association or other body in which films are exhibited, or plays
or music performed for the benefit primarily of the members
thereof and their guests;

(ii) any place of public entertainment licensed under the
Places of Public Entertainment Ordinance while open to the
public on account of any concert, stage play, stage
performance or other musical, dramatic or theatrical
entertainment or any cinematograph display;

(c)the passenger carriages of a train shall be deemed to be a
single vehicle.

(4) Subject to compliance with the provisions of this section,
seating accommodation set aside under this section as a no smoking
area may be varied by increasing or reducing that area or by
substituting another area in place thereof.

(5) Any seating accommodation demarcated as an area in which
smoking is prohibited by signs placed in compliance, or purported
compliance, with section 5 shall be deemed to have been set aside under
this section.

(6) In setting aside seating accommodation under this section the
manager shall comply with any prescribed requirements relating to
the relative positioning of smoking and no smoking areas.





(7) The Secretary for Social Services may in writing exempt-

(a)the manager of any cinema, theatre or concert hall from
compliance with subsection (1) in relation to any occasion;

(b)the manager of a public transport vehicle from compliance,
either temporarily or permanently, with subsection (2) in
relation to any vehicle or vessel.

(8) [Deleted, 73 of 1982, s. 391

5. (1) The manager shall place in a prominent position in each no
smoking area a sufficient number of signs in English and Chinese to
indicate that smoking is prohibited in the area; such signs shall be of
the prescribed description and shall be maintained by the manager in
legible condition and good order.

(2) Where an area was designated as a no smoking area prior to the
coming into operation of this Ordinance, the manager shall be deemed
to have sufficiently complied with subsection (1) in relation to the
description of the signs if the signs, being signs placed before such
coming into operation, are in English and Chinese and are to the effect
that smoking is prohibited.

6. (1) The-

(a)manager or any ticket collector or usher of any cinema,
theatre or concert hall or such employee as the manager may
authorize in that behalf;

(b)driver., conductor, inspector, ticket collector of any public
transport vehicle or such other employee as the manager may
authorize in that behalf,

(c)manager of a public lift or such employee as the manager may
authorize in that behalf,

may require any person who smokes in a no smoking area to cease
smoking forthwith, indicating the penalty therefor, and if he fails to do
so, require him to give his name and address and to produce proof of
identity.

(2) Any person who fails to comply with a requirement to cease
smoking made under subsection (1) shall be deemed to be a trespasser
and, if he is required to leave, or he is removed from, the building or
vehicle in which the no smoking area is situated, he shall not be entitled
to a refund of any admission fee or money paid by him for entry into the
building or transport by the vehicle:

Provided that nothing in this section shall have the effect of
deeming a person who smokes in a public lift to be a trespasser in the
building (other than the lift) in which the lift is situated.

7. (1) Any person who contra venes section 3 commits an offence
and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of $1,000.





(2) Any person who fails to give his name and address ss or to

produce proof of identity when required to do so under section 6 or
who then gives a false or misleading name or address commits an
offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of $3,000.

(3) Any manager who-

(a)fails to set aside any area as a no smoking area in accordance
with section 4; or

(b)fails to place signs in accordance with section 5 or to maintain
the signs in the manner required by that section,

commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of
$5,000.

PART 111

SALES OF CIGARETTES AND CIGARETTE TOBACCO

8. (1) No person shall sell, offer for sale or possess for the
purposes of sale any cigarettes unless the packets thereof and, if the
packets are within a retail container, the container also, bear in the
prescribed form and manner

(a) a health warning;

(b) the tar group designation of the cigarettes.

(2) Nothing in this section or section 9 shall apply to anything
done in relation to cigarettes which are held

(a) in bond; or

(b) by a manufacturer of tobacco products,

for export from Hong Kong.

9. No person shall sell, offer for sale or possess for the purposes of
sale any cigarette tobacco unless the container thereof bears a health
warning in the prescribed form and manner.

10. (1) Any person who contravenes section 8 or 9 commits an
offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of $5,000.

(2) Any manufacturer of cigarettes or his agent and any wholesale
distributor of cigarettes who sells, offers for sale or possesses for the
purpose of sale any cigarettes to which section 8 applies which have on
their packet or retail container a tar group designation which having
regard to any determination under section 16 and the regulations, is
incorrect, commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a
fine of $5,000.

(3) Any manufacturer of cigarettes or his agent and any wholesale
distributor of cigarettes who sells, offers for sale or possesses for the
purpose of sale any cigarettes to which section 8 applies which have on
their packet or their retail container





(a)a brand name which indicates the cigarettes belong to a tar
group to which, having regard to any determination under
section 16 and the regulations, they do not belong; or

(b)a statement as to the amount of tar in the cigarettes which,
having regard to the regulations, would place the cigarettes in
a tar group other than that indicated by the tar group
designation on the packet or retail container or, as the case
may be, by the brand name,

commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of
$5,000.

10A. (1) A person holding an office specified in the First Schedule
to the Customs and Excise Service Ordinance may without warrant
seize, remove and detain Tor the purpose of proceedings under this Part

(a)any packet or retail container of cigarettes or cigarette tobacco
which does not bear a health warning or, as the case may be, a
tar group designation, in the form and manner required by
section 8 or 9;

(b) the contents of such packet or container;

(e)any receptacle in which such packet or container is contained;

(d)anything which appears to that person to be evidence of an
offence under this Part.

(2) Subject to subsection (4), any article seized under subsection
(1) may be retained in the custody of the Commissioner of Customs and
Excise until either proceedings under this Part are completed or it is
decided that no such proceedings shall be brought.

(3) For the purposes of section 16 of the Dutiable Commodities
Ordinance (which relates to obstruction of a member of the Customs
and Excise Service) as read with section 46 of that Ordinance, any article
seized under subsection (1) shall be deemed to have been seized in
pursuance of a power conferred by that Ordinance.

(4) A magistrate may, on the application of the Commissioner of
Customs and Excise, order the forfeiture of any article mentioned in
subsection (1)(a), (b) or (e), whether or not any person is convicted of
any offence under this Part, on the grounds that an offence under this
Part has been committed in relation to such article or that such article
may not lawfully be sold or possessed for the purposes of sale in Hong
Kong:

Provided that the magistrate shall not order such forfeiture unless
he is first satisfied that all persons with an interest in such article have,
in so far as is reasonably practicable, had the opportunity of making
representations thereon to the magistrate or that no such persons can,
after reasonable inquiry, be found.





(5) Any article forfeited under subsection (4) shall be destroyed or
disposed of in the same manner as any article forfeited under section 48
of the Dutiable Commodities Ordinance, and the provisions of sections
49 and 50 of that Ordinance shall apply in relation to articles forfeited
under subsection (4) as they do to articles forfeited under the said
section 48.

(Added, 52 of 1983, s. 2)

PART IV

CIGARETTE ADVERTISING

11. (1) No person shall print or publish a cigarette advertisement in
a printed publication to which this section applies unless the
advertisement bears, in the prescribed form and manner

(a) a health warning;

(b) the tar group designation of the cigarettes advertised.

(2) This section applies to-

(a) any local newspaper;

(b)any printed document published or distributed in Hong Kong,
not being a newspaper or an advertisement published or
distributed for the purpose of display.

(3) Nothing in this section or section 12 shall apply in relation to a
cigarette advertisement in a printed publication

(a) being a local newspaper published-

(i) for the passengers of any airline or shipping company;

(ii) for the tobacco trade or as the 'in house' magazine of
any company engaged in that trade; (Replaced, 26 of 1984, s.
2)

(aa) being a local newspaper, other than a newspaper referred to in
paragraph (a), the circulation of which within Hong Kong

(i) constitutes not more than 20 per cent of its total
circulation; and

(ii) does not exceed such number as the Governor in
Council may from time to time specify by notice in the
Gazette; (Added, 26 of 1984, s. 2)

(b) in such circumstances as may be prescribed.

12. (1) No person shall-

(a) display;

(b) publish or distribute for the purpose of display,

any cigarette advertisement in writing or other permanent or
semipermanent form unless the advertisement has a health warning in
the prescribed form and manner.





(2) Nothing in this section shall apply in relation to a cigarette
advertisement

(a) [Deleted, 26 of 1984, s. 3]

(b) in or upon that part of the premises of any manufacturer
of tobacco or tobacco products or any dealer (whether
by way of wholesale or retail) in cigarettes or cigarette
tobacco which is used for the manufacture of cigarettes or
cigarette tobacco or for the purpose of dealing in cigarettes
or cigarette tobacco;

(c) [Deleted, 26 of 1984. s. 3]

(d) broadcast by television;

(e) of such other categories as may be prescribed.

13. (1) The Television Authority appointed under the Television Ordinance
may from time to time issue Codes of Practice relating to cigarette advertisements
broadcast by radio.

(2) Any Code of Practice issued under subsection (1) shall not be
inconsistent with any prescribed conditions relating to the broadcast
by radio of any cigarette advertisement.

(3) A Code of Practice issued under this section shall provide that
when a cigarette advertisement is broadcast by radio a health warning
shall also be broadcast in such manner and at such time as the Code
may specify.

(4) No person shall broadcast by radio a cigarette advertisement
which does not comply with a Code of Practice issued under this
section or fail to broadcast a health warning in the manner and at the
time specified in such a Code of Practice.

14. (1) For the purposes of this Part an advertisement is a cigarette
advertisement if it

(a)contains any express or implied inducement, suggestion or
request to purchase or smoke cigarettes or cigarette tobacco;
or

(b)relates to smoking in terms which are calculated, expressly or
impliedly, to promote or encourage the use of cigarettes or
cigarette tobacco.

(2) An advertisement which mentions the name or trade name of
any person associated with the marketing of cigarettes or cigarette
tobacco or a brand name of cigarettes or cigarette tobacco or any
pictorial device commonly associated therewith or which illustrates or
mentions smoking or cigarettes or cigarette tabacco or their packages or
qualities shall be deemed to be a cigarette advertisement unless the
contrary is proved.

(3) Notwithstanding subsection (2), no advertisement shall be
deemed to be a cigarette advertisement only because it uses the name





or trade name or a brand name of, or otherwise identifies, a person
associated with the manufacture or marketing of cigarettes or cigarette
tobacco as the sponsor of an event or as congratulating another person
or thing on an achievement of, or event relating to, such person or
thing.

is. (1) Any person who contravenes section 11(1), 12(1) or 13(4)
commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of
55,000 and, in the case of a continuing offence, to a further penalty of
$500 for each day during which the offence continues.

(2) In any proceedings for a contravention of sectioin 11(1) it shall
be a defence for the person charged to prove that the advertisement to
which the proceedings relate was printed or published in such
circumstances that he did not know and had no reason to believe he
was taking part in the printing or publication thereof.

PART V

SUPPLEMENTARY

16. (1) The Government Chemist may from time to time analyse any
cigarette for the purpose of determining the tar group to which it
belongs for the purposes of this Ordinance and may publish the result
of any such analysis.

(2) The determination of the Government Chemist under
subsection (1) as published by him shall be evidence of the tar group of
the brand of cigarettes from which the cigarette analysed was taken
subject to such conditions or limitations as may be prescribed; and any
publication purporting to be a determination so published shall be
deemed to be such a determination unless and until the contrary is
proved.

(3) The power of a member of the Customs and Excise Service to
take samples of any goods to which the Dutiable Commodities
Ordinance applies conferred by section 11 (1)(d) of that Ordinance shall
extend to the taking of samples of cigarettes for analysis by the
Government Chemist for the purposes of this section.

17. [Had its effect.]

18. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations for all or any
of the following matters

(a)prescribing anything required or permitted to be prescribed
under this Ordinance;

(b)prescribing the manner in which the tar group designation of
a cigarette is to be determined for the purposes of section 12;

(c)requiring notification of anything done by any person which
may be relevant to the tar group designation of cigarettes and
imposing penalties not exceeding $2,000 for a failure to
comply with such requirement;





(d)excepting any cigarette advertisement from the provisions of
Part IV either absolutely or subject to such exceptions as may
be prescribed; and

(e) for the better carrying into effect of this Ordinance.

(2) Subject to the regulations, the Secretary for Health and

Welfare may by order in the Gazette prescribe- (Aniended,
L.N. 14183)

(a)the form of any notice that smoking is prohibited, any health
warning or any tar group designation where the form is
required or permitted to be prescribed under this Ordinance;

(b)the manner in which any such notice, warning or designation
is to be displayed.
Originally 58 of 1982. 73 of 1982. L.N. 14/83. 52 of 1983. 26 of 1984. L.N. 314/82. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 104.) (Cap. 268.) (Cap. 115.) Prohibition on smoking in no smoking areas. Setting aside of no smoking areas. (Cap. 172.) Display of signs in no smoking areas. Powers exercisable in relation to persons smoking in no smoking area. Offences under Part II. Health warnings and tar group designation when cigarettes sold. Health warnings when cigarette tobacco is sold. Offences under Part III. Seizure and forfeiture. (Cap. 342.) (Cap. 109.) Cigarette advertisements in printed publications. Health warnings when cigarette advertisement displayed. Cigarette advertisements on radio. (Cap. 52.) Meaning of cigarette advertisement. Offences under Part IV. Evidence of tar group. (Cap. 109.) Regulations and Orders.

Abstract

Originally 58 of 1982. 73 of 1982. L.N. 14/83. 52 of 1983. 26 of 1984. L.N. 314/82. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 104.) (Cap. 268.) (Cap. 115.) Prohibition on smoking in no smoking areas. Setting aside of no smoking areas. (Cap. 172.) Display of signs in no smoking areas. Powers exercisable in relation to persons smoking in no smoking area. Offences under Part II. Health warnings and tar group designation when cigarettes sold. Health warnings when cigarette tobacco is sold. Offences under Part III. Seizure and forfeiture. (Cap. 342.) (Cap. 109.) Cigarette advertisements in printed publications. Health warnings when cigarette advertisement displayed. Cigarette advertisements on radio. (Cap. 52.) Meaning of cigarette advertisement. Offences under Part IV. Evidence of tar group. (Cap. 109.) Regulations and Orders.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3385

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

371

Number of Pages

12
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:25 +0800
<![CDATA[ROADS (WORKS, USE AND COMPENSATION) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3384

Title

ROADS (WORKS, USE AND COMPENSATION) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

ROADS (WORKS, USE AND COMPENSATION)
ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 370





CHAPTER 370

ROADS (WORKS, USE AND COMPENSATION) ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
2. Interpretation ............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

3. Assumption and delegation by Secretary ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

PART II

THE WORKS

4. Minor works ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

5. Major works: The plan and the scheme ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

6. Inspection and survey ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

7. Amendment of plan and scheme ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

8. Deposit and publication .................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

9. Decision not to execute works .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

10..........Objections ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

11. Procedure after publication of plan and scheme ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

12..............Exercise of powers ............ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

13.......................Governor may order resumption of land ... ... ... ... ... ... .... ... 9

14..................Notices of resumption of land ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

Is................................Governor may order creation of easements and other rights ... ... ... ... 11

16...........................Notices of creation of easements or other rights ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

17..............Closure of roads etc . ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13

18.......................Notices of orders made under section 17 ... ... ... .... ... ... ... ... 13

19....................................Inspection and preventive and remedial works on land and buildings ... ... 14

20............Utility services ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

21.......................Removal of projections or obstructions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... Is

22. Control of building plans and commencement of work ... ... ... ... ... .... 16

23. Resumption of land on application is
24. Obstruction 18

PART III

RIGHTS TO COMPENSATION AND CLAIMS






PROCEDURE

25. No right to compel or restrain ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19
26. No recovery of money except under this Ordinance ... ... . 1 . ... ... ... 19
27. Compensation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19
28. Claims out of time ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19
29. Claims procedure ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20
30. Settlement after reference to Lands Tribunal ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... 22

PARTIV

ASSESSMENT AND AWARD OF
COMPENSATION

31. Jurisdiction of Lands Tribunal ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22
32. Payment to mortgagees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23
33. Interest ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23
34. Compensation payable out of general revenue ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23
35. Surrender of title documents .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23





Section Page
PART V
MISCELLANEOUS
36. Certain statements to be conclusive evidence ... ... ... ... ... ... 24
37. Disposal of lands and easements ... .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24
38. Certain Ordinances not to apply ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24
39-41. [Spent] ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25
42. Transitional ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25
Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25





CHAPTER 370

ROADS (WORKS, USE AND COMPENSATION)

To provide for the publication of proposals as to works in relation to
roads, objections to the proposals, authority to carry out the
works andfor the use of roads, powers in relation to the works on
and the use of roads, compensation and connected matters.

[18 June 1982.1

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. This ordinance may be cited as the Roads (Works, Use and
Compensation) Ordinance.

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'application' means an application to the Lands Tribunal under section
23(2) or 28(2);

'building', 'Building Authority' and 'building works' have the same
meanings as in the Buildings Ordinance;

'claim' means a claim for compensation under section 29;

'claimant' means a person who has made a claim for compensation;

'compensatable interest' means the estate or interest of

(a)a person having an unexpired term in land (including any
further term which could be obtained as of right) of not less
than one month or a tenancy or sub-tenancy terminable
(whether by virtue of an Ordinance or otherwise) by either
party by not less than one month's notice;

(b) a mortgagee in possession;

(C)the holder of a valid and subsisting option to purchase an
estate or interest referred to in paragraph (a) or (b);

(d)a purchaser under an agreement for sale and purchase to
whom the benefit of an estate or interest referred to in
paragraph (a) or (b) has already passed;

'land' means immovable property;

'mortgage' means a mortgage or charge registrable in the Land Office;

,,owner', in relation to land, means the person holding that land

(a) directly under a Crown lease; or





(b)under another title directly from the Crown registered in the
Land Office;

'sea-bed' includes any Crown land covered with water in any tidal river
or channel connected with the water of Hong Kong;



'Secretary' means the Secretary for Lands and Works;

,,use' means the use of any road, whether before or after the completion
of any works and includes the existence of any road whether or not
in relation to any use to which it is put;

'works' means the construction, renovation, alteration, closure,
maintenance or repair of any road and any operations ancillary
thereto;

'works area' means the land delineated in the plan prepared under
section 5.

(2) Where, under this Ordinance, notice is required to be served on
any person

(a)that notice shall be in writing and in both the Chinese and
English languages;

(b)it shall be served on that person by delivering it to him by
hand or by registered post.

(3) The Secretary shall not be obliged to serve any notice on any
person whose address is unknown and cannot be reasonably
ascertained.

(4) A certificate purporting to be signed by a public officer shall be
prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein relating to the service,
giving, publication or affixing of any notice. ,

(5) The title to any land shall not be affected by-

(a) any defect in a notice required under this Ordinance; or

(b)any failure to serve, publish or affix any notice under this
Ordinance.

3. (1) The Secretary may act under this Ordinance in relation to any
works which he proposes be executed by some other person, other than
a public officer as well as in relation to works which he proposes be
executed, on his behalf, by a public officer and this Ordinance shall
apply to these works and the use.

(2) Where the Secretary proposes that any works be executed by
some other person, any compensation payable in respect of those
works shall, subject to any agreement, be payable by the Crown.

(3) The Secretary may in writing authorize any named person either
generally or in any particular case to exercise any of the powers,
functions and duties conferred or imposed upon him under this
Ordinance.





PART 11

THE WORKS

4. (1) The Secretary may execute any works-
(a)which, in his opinion, are minor in respect of any physical
or structural operations involved; and
(b) in respect of which the only powers required by him are-
(i) to close a road which, in his opinion, does not serve,
any useful purpose or does not serve any lawful purpose;
(ii) to close a road to use for a period not exceeding 14
days in any period of 3 months;
(iii) to close part of the width of a road to use but not to
such extent as will interfere unreasonably with the normal
flow of traffic on that road and for no longer than is
reasonably necessary to execute the works.
(2) The works executed under this section, including the
closures mentioned in subsection (1)(b), and the use shall be
authorized under this section.
(3) No person shall have any right against the Crown or any
other person to restrain or compel anything authorized under this
section or to recover any money, under this Ordinance or otherwise,
in respect of anything authorized under this section.

5. Where the Secretary proposes to execute works, other than
under section 4, he shall cause to be prepared-
(a)a plan delineating the works area, being that area within
which land may be resumed, easements or other rights in,
under or over land may be created or rights affected for the
purposes of or incidental to the works or the use; and
(b) a scheme, annexed to the plan, in which he shall-
(i) describe the general nature of the works which he
proposes to carry out and the use to which he intends the
road will be put;
(ii) describe the land which he proposes may be
resumed under section 13;
(iii) describe the land in, under or over which he
proposes there may be created an easement or other
permanent or temporary right under section 15 and
indicate the nature of that easement or right;
(iv) describe any road, Crown foreshore or sea-bed in
respect of which he proposes the Governor may exercise
his powers under section 17 and describe the manner in
which the road, foreshore or sea-bed will be affected;
(v) describe any land or building in respect of which he
proposes he may exercise the powers under section 19 and
describe the general nature of any operations which may
be carried out;





(vi) describe the nature of any apparatus in respect of
which he proposes he may exercise the powers under
section 20;
(vii) describe the land or building in respect of which he
proposes he may exercise the powers under section 21; and
(viii) describe any land or building works in respect of
which he proposes the Building Authority may exercise its
powers under section 22.

6. (1) For the purposes of preparing a plan and scheme
mentioned in section 5 or any amendment or any substitute plan or
scheme and failing agreement with any person affected as to the
grant of the powers required by the Secretary, the Secretary may,
subject to subsection (2), enter any land or building at all reasonable
times and may there-

(a)make any inspection, site investigation or test, including
drilling, excavating and the installation or removal of
instruments;

(b) survey and take levels;

(e) set out any line of works.

(2) The Secretary shall give at least 28 days notice of his
intention to exercise the powers mentioned in subsection (1) and that
notice-

(a) shall describe the purpose of the entry; and

(b)shall be served on the owner and occupier of the land or
building.

(3) Compensation shall be payable in respect of the exercise of
the power mentioned in subsection (1) as it is payable under item 7
of Part 11 of the Schedule in respect of the exercise, of the power
mentioned in section 19.

7. Any plan or scheme prepared for the purposes of section 5
and any marking or endorsement on any such plan may be amended
and any plan or scheme may be replaced by a substitute plan or
scheme but the Secretary shall as soon as practicable cause to be
likewise amended, or replaced with the substitute, every copy
referred to in section 8.

8. (1) A copy of the plan and scheme prepared for the
purposes of section 5 or 7, signed by the Secretary, shall be deposited
in the Land Office and shall be available for inspection by the public
free of charge at such offices of the Government as the Secretary may
direct, during the hours when those offices are normally open to the
public.
(2) The Secretary shall within 21 days of the deposit of a copy
of a plan and scheme in the Land Office or of any amendment to
such copy or the deposit of a substitute plan and scheme cause a
notice of such deposit or amendment to be published containing-





(a)a description of the general nature of the works or of the
nature and extent of the amendment to the works; and
(b)particulars of the places and times at which a copy of the
plan and scheme, or details of the amendment or a copy of
the substitute plan and scheme may be inspected by the
public in conformity with subsection (1).

(3) The notice mentioned in subsection (2) shall be published-

(a)in 2 issues of the Gazette in both the Chinese and English
languages;
(b) in 2 issues of a Chinese language newspaper;

(c) in 2 issues of an English language newspaper; and
(d)by affixing copies in the Chinese and English languages in
such prominent positions within the works area as may be
appropriate for the purpose drawing the notice to the
attention of the public.

(4) The Secretary shall, by notice in writing, advise the District
Board of the District in which the works are to be situated of the
deposit of the plan and scheme under subsection (1) and, at the same
time, supply that District Board with a copy of the plan and scheme.
(5) A copy of the plan and scheme shall be supplied to any
person on application and payment of the reasonable cost of
producing that copy.

9. Where the Secretary decides not to execute the works in
respect of which a copy of a plan has been deposited under section 8,
he shall, as soon as practicable, cause a notice to that effect to be
published in the manner mentioned in section 8(3); and, upon that
publication, the powers mentioned in section 6(1), 11(7), 13(1),
15(1), 17(1), 19(1), 20(1), 21(1), 22 or 23(1) shall cease to be
exercisable in relation to those works:
Provided that this section shall not affect anything lawfully
done under this Ordinance before that publication or any rights
(including rights to compensation) then accrued under this Ordin-
ance in respect of the exercise of any of those powers.

10. (1) Any person may, by notice in writing delivered to the
Secretary not later than 60 days after the first publication of the
notice mentioned in section 8(2), object to the works or the use or
both and may, where relevant, object to the exercise of the power of
the Secretary under section 42(2).
(2) a notice of objection shall describe the interest of the
objector and the manner in which he alleges he will be affected by the
works or the use.
(3) An objection lodged under this section may be amended or
withdrawn in writing at any time before the works and the scheme
are considered under section 11; and, if withdrawn, shall be treated,
for the purposes of section 11 (1), as not having been lodged.





11. (1) When the time for the lodging of objections has
expired and where no objections have been lodged under section 10,
the Secretary may execute the works; and the works and the use shall
be authorized under this Ordinance.

(2) When the time for the lodging of objections has expired
and where any objection has been lodged under section 10, the
Governor in Council shall consider the plan and scheme and the
objections and may-

(a) decline to authorize the works and the use; or

(b)authorize the works and the use, with or without any
modification and subject to such conditions, as to the
amelioration or avoidance of the effects of works and the
use or otherwise, as the Governor in Council thinks fit. .

(3) Before exercising the power under subsection (2), the
Governor in Council may refer the plan, the scheme and the
objections to the Town Planning Board appointed under the Town
Planning Ordinance and the Board shall, whether or not the works
are shown on any draft plan under that Ordinance-

(a)exhibit and advertise the plan and scheme under section 5
of that Ordinance as if it were a draft plan;

(b)consider the objections lodged under section 10 and any
other objections received by the Board; as if all the
objections were objections to a draft plan sent to the Board
under section 6 of that Ordinance;

(e)report to and advise the Governor in Council on the plan,
the scheme and the objections as the Board thinks fit.

(4) The Governor in Council may reconsider any plan and
scheme and-

(a)authorize the works and the use which the Governor in
Council has previously declined to authorize;

(b)remove or vary any modifications or conditions previously
imposed.

(5) The Governor in Council may, after the expiry of at least 28
days notice served on any person affected, amend any plan and
scheme already considered and authorize the works and use in
accordance with that amended plan and scheme.

(6) Where any objection has been lodged under section 10, the
Secretary may execute the works only to the extent authorized, and
subject to any subsisting modifications or conditions imposed, by
the Governor in Council.

(7) Where any subsisting condition imposed by the Governor
in Council under subsection (2)(b) requires anything to be done by
the Secretary to ameliorate or avoid the effects of the works or the
use-





(a)anything done by the Secretary in compliance with that
condition shall be part of the works;

(b)the Secretary may enter any land or building, after giving at
least 28 days notice to the owner and the occupier, and do
what is required to be done to comply with that condition; and

(c)the condition shall be deemed to have been met if the
condition is met in respect of all the persons for whose benefit
the condition was imposed other than those who waive
compliance in writing.

(8) The notice mentioned in subsection (7)(b) shall-

(a) describe the purpose of the entry; and

(b) be served on the owner and occupier.

(9) Where-

(a)the Secretary proposes to execute the works under subsection
(1); or

(b)the Governor in Council has declined to authorize the works
and the use; or

(c)the Governor in Council has authorized the works and the use;
or

(d)the Governor in Council imposes any modifications or
conditions when authorizing the works and the use; or

(e)any modification or condition previously imposed is removed
or varied,

that fact shall be published in the manner mentioned in section 8(3).

12. Where the Secretary proceeds with the works under section 11
(1) or the Governor in Council authorizes the works under section 11(2),
11(4) or 11(5), then, subject to the terms of the scheme considered or
amended by the Governor in Council and to any subsisting modification
or condition imposed by the Governor in Council, the powers mentioned
in section 11(7), 13(1), 15(1), 17(1), 19(1), 20(1), 21(1), 22 or 23(1) may be
exercised for the purposes of or incidental to the works or the use.

13. (1) The Governor may by order direct that any land proposed
for resumption in the scheme mentioned in section 5 shall be resumed
for the purposes of or incidental to the works or the use.

(2) An order made under subsection (1) shall specify the period of
notice to be given under section 14(2) which period shall

(a)run from the day on which notice of resumption is affixed on or
near the land under that section and in no case expire earlier
than 28 days from that day; and

(b)prevail over any other period of notice of resumption (whether
shorter or longer) provided for by the Crown lease or other
instrument under which the land is held.





(3) Unless the Governor has previously revoked the order made
under subsection (1), the resumption of the land described in the order
shall be effective upon expiration of the period of notice specified in the
order and, thereupon, that land shall

(a)where it is an undivided share in land, vest in The Colonial
Treasurer Incorporated together with such rights to the use
and occupation of any building or part thereof as may be
appurtenant to the ownership of that share; and

(b) in all other cases, revert to the Crown,

but in either case the land shall vest or revert without any conveyance
and free of all mortgages, charges, claims, estates, easements, rights or
interests of any kind in favour of any person.

(4) The ownership of any apparatus belonging to an owner or
supplier of gas, electricity, water or telecommunication services and
situated in, under or over any land shall not be altered by reason only
of the vesting or reversion of that land under subsection (3).

(5) The Secretary shall, as soon as practicable after land has
vested in The Colonial Tressurer Incorporated or reverted to the
Crown under subsection (3), cause such vesting or reversion to be
noted in the register of the land kept in the Land Office.

(6) Upon the vesting under subsection (3)(a) of an undivided share
in land in The Colonial Treasurer Incorporated such share, together with
any part of a building the exclusive use and occupation of which is
appurtenant to ownership of such share, shall be deemed to be
unleased land for the purposes of section 6 of the Crown Land
Ordinance.

14. (1) Notice of resumption by order made under section 13(1) shall
be

(a)served on every person known to the Secretary as having any
estate, right, share or interest in the land mentioned in the
order;

(b) published-

(i) in one issue of the Gazette in both the Chinese and
English languages;

(ii) in one issue ' of a Chinese language newspaper;

(iii) in one issue of an English language newspaper; and

(iv) by affixing a copy in the Chinese and English
languages in a prominent position on or near the land
mentioned in the order; and

(c)made available for inspection by the public free of charge at
such offices of the Government as the Secretary may direct,
during the hours when those offices are normally open to the
public.

(2) A notice of resumption shall-

(a)describe the land to be resumed and state that an order has
been made under section 13(1) in respect thereof;





(b)state where and at what times a copy of the order and,
where appropriate, a plan of the land may be inspected in
pursuance of subsection (1)(c);
(c)state the day on which the notice was affixed on or near the
land;
(d)state the period of notice specified by the Governor under
section 13(2);
(e)declare that upon the expiry of that period the land
described in the notice shall by virtue of section 13(3)
revert to the Crown or vest in The Colonial Treasurer
Incorporated, as the case may require, for the purposes of
or incidental to the works or the use; and
state that any person entitled to compensation under this
Ordinance may serve a written claim upon the Secretary.
is. (1) The Governor may by order direct that easements or
other permanent rights in, under or over land and rights of tem-
porary occupation of land in the works area which easements and
rights were proposed in the scheme mentioned in section 5 shall be
created in favour of the Crown for the purposes of or incidental to
the works or the use.
(2) An order under subsection (1) shall specify the period of
notice to be given under section 16(2) which period shall run from the
day on which notice of creation of an easement or right is affixed to
the land under that subsection and shall in no case expire earlier than
28 days from that day.
(3) An order made under subsection (1) may contain such con-
sequential and incidental provisions as appear to the Governor to be
necessary or expedient for the purposes of the order including in
particular provisions for authorizing persons to enter upon land or
buildings in accordance with subsection (5) for the purpose of
carrying out any operations or installing, maintaining or removing
any structures or apparatus.
(4) Unless the Governor has previously revoked the order
made under subsection (1), upon the expiry of the period specified
under subsection (2) the easement or right shall be created in favour
of the Crown and the benefits and obligations thereof and of all
consequential and incidental provisions made under subsection (3)
shall be of full force and effect against all persons having any estate,
right, share or interest in the land without any consent, grant or
conveyance.
(5) No person shall, in the exercise of any power of entry
referred to in subsection (3), enter upon any land which is occupied
without giving at least 28 days' notice of his intention so to do unless
the Secretary is of the opinion that an emergency exists which
necessitates immediate entry.
(6) Notice under subsection (5) shall be served on the owner
and the occupier of the land.





(7) The ownership of any thing shall not be altered by reason only
that it is placed in or under or affixed to any land in exercise of the rights
and powers arising from or incidental to an easement or right created
under this section.

(8) The Secretary shall, as soon as practicable after an easement or
other permanent right has been created in favour of the Crown under
subsection (4), cause the creation of such easement to be noted in the
register of the land kept in the Land Office.



16. (1) Notice of creation of an easement or right by order-
made under section 15(1) shall be-

(a)served on every person known to the Secretary as having any
estate, right, share or interest in the land mentioned in the
order;

(b) published-

(i) in one issue of the Gazette in both the Chinese and
English languages;

(ii) in one issue of a Chinese language newspaper;

(iii) in one issue of an English language newspaper; and

(iv) by affixing a copy in the Chinese and English
languages in a prominent position on or near the land
mentioned in the order; and

(c)made available for inspection by the public free of charge at
such offices of the Government as the Secretary may direct,
during the hours when those offices are normally open to the
public.

(2) A notice of creation of an easement or right shall-

(a)describe the land and the easement or right and state that an
order creating the easement or right has been made under
section 15(1);

(b)state where and at what times a copy of the order and a plan of
the land affected by the easement or right may be inspected in
pursuance of subsection (1)(c);

(c)state the day on which the notice was affixed on or near the
land;

(d)state the period of notice specified by the Governor under
section 15(2);

(e)declare that upon the expiry of that period the easement or
right described in the notice shall by virtue of section 15(4) be
created in favour of the Crown for the purposes of or
incidental to the works or the use; and

state that any person having a compensatable interest under
this Ordinance may serve a written claim upon the
Secretary.

(3) Where an order has been made under section 15(1) in respect of
land which was, when the order was made, a road, subsection (1)(a) of
this section shall not apply. (Added, 81 of 1988,s.3)











17. (1) The Governor may, for the purposes of or incidental to the
works or the use, in relation to any road, Crown foreshore or sea-bed
described in the scheme mentioned in section 5, by order

(a) authorize the Secretary to close the road or part thereof;

(b) authorize the Secretary to reclaim the Crown foreshore or
sea-bed;

(c)declare that, or the extent to which, and the time at, or duration
for which, any public or private right in, upon, under or over
the road, Crown foreshore or sea-bed shall be extinguished,
modified or restricted.

(2) Where an order is made under subsection (1) every public and
private right in, upon, under or over the road, Crown foreshore or sea-
bed affected by the order shall be extinguished, modified or restricted
according to the provisions in that behalf made in the order.

(3) This section shall not affect the provisions of the Road Traffic
Ordinance relating to the closure of roads.



18. (1) Notice of an order made under section 17(1) in respect of
any road, foreshore or sea-bed shall be

(a)served on every person known to the Secretary as having any
estate, right, share or interest in the land mentioned in the
order;

(b) published-

(i) in one issue of the Gazette in both the Chinese and
English languages;

(ii) in one issue of a Chinese language newspaper;

(iii) in one issue of an English language newspaper; and

(iv) by affixing a copy in the Chinese and English
languages in a prominent position on or near the land
mentioned in the order; and

(c)made available for inspection by the public free of charge at
such offices of the Government, as the Secretary may direct
during the hours when those offices are normally open to the
public.

(2) The notice referred to in subsection (1) shall-

(a)state that an order has been made under section 17(1) and
describe the area of the road, foreshore or sea-bed affected
thereby and the manner in which it will be affected;

(b) describe briefly any works to be carried out;

(c)state where and at what times a copy of the order and a plan
of the affected area of the road, foreshore or sea-bed may be
inspected pursuant to subsection (1)(c);

(d)state the day on which the notice was affixed on or near the
land; and





(e)state that any person having a compensatable interest under
this Ordinance may serve a written claim upon the Secretary.

19. (1) Failing agreement with any person affected as to the grant of
the powers required by the Secretary, the Secretary may enter any land
or building described in the scheme mentioned in section 5 and situate
wholly or partly within the works area or wholly or partly within 70
metres thereof for the purpose of

(a)making any inspection, valuation, site investigation or test,
including drilling, excavation or the installation or removal of
instruments;

(b) surveying or taking levels;

(c) setting out any line of works,

in connexion with the works, the use, an assessment of the value of any
land, building or other property or in order to ascertain the condition of
the land or building; and the Secretary may also enter any such land or
building and carry out, at the cost of the Crown, all reasonably
necessary operations of a preventive or remedial nature.

(2) No person shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), enter any
land or building which is occupied without giving least 28 days' notice
of his intention so to do, unless the Secretary is of the opinion that an
emergency exists which necessitates immediate entry.

(3) A notice of entry referred to in subsection (2)-

(a)shall describe the purpose of the entry and the nature of any
operations to be carried out; and

(b)shall be served on the owner and the occupier of the land or
building.

(4) In subsection (1) 'operations of a preventive or remedial
nature' means the underpinning or strengthening of any land or
building and other work thereon intended to render it reasonably safe
or to repair or detect damage caused by the works or the use.

(5) The decision of the Secretary that any operations are of a
preventive or remedial nature or that such operations are reasonably
necessary shall be final.

(6) The Secretary may, as occasion may require, enter any land or
building in respect of which any of the powers contained in subsection
(1) have been exercised and may in relation to that land or building
exercise such powers, subject to subsection (2), as often as occasion
may require.

20. (1) The Secretary may give notice to the owner of any gas,
electricity, water or telecommunication service apparatus situated on
any unleased Crown land requiring him, at his own expense (subject to
any contract between that owner and the Crown), to alter





the course or position of any wire, line, cable, pipe, tube, casing, duct,
post or other apparatus the nature of which was described in the
scheme mentioned in section 5 and which belongs to or is maintained by
that owner and to repair any road surface thereby disturbed if in the
opinion of the Secretary such alteration and repair is required for the
purposes of or incidental to the works or the use.

(2) A notice under subsection (1) shall-

(a)specify the nature of apparatus to which the notice applies and
set out the Secretary's requirements as to the alteration of its
course or position and the repair of any road surface;

(b)stipulate the period within which such work shall be carried
out; and

(c)be served upon the owner not later than 1 month before the
commencement of that period.

(3) The period mentioned in subsection (2)(b) shall be a period
which is reasonably necessary for the carrying out of the Secretary's
requirements as mentioned in subsection (2)(a) and, before stipulating a
period, the Secretary shall consult the owner of the apparatus to which
the notice applies.

(4) If the owner does not comply with the notice given to him under
subsection (1), the Secretary may carry out the operations mentioned in
that notice and, subject to any contract between that owner and the
Crown, recover the cost thereof from the person to whom the notice was
given.

21. (1) The Secretary may give notice to the owner of any land or
building described in the scheme mentioned in section 5 requiring him
to remove any object or structure described in the notice which is
attached to or projects from the land or building if in the opinion of the
Secretary the removal of the object or structure is necessary for the
purposes of or incidental to the works or the use.

(2) A copy of the notice under subsection (1) shall be given to any
occupier of the land or building known to the Secretary.

(3) A notice under subsection (1) shall-

(a) describe the object or structure to be removed;

(b)stipulate the period within which the work of removal shall
be carried out;

(c)be given to the owner and occupier of the land or building not
later than 28 days before the commencement of that period;
and

(d)state that any person having a compensatable interest under
this Ordinance may serve a written claim upon the Secretary.





(4) If the owner of the land or building does not comply with a
notice given to him under subsection (1), the Secretary may enter
the land or building, together with such other persons as he thinks
necessary, and remove the object or structure described in the notice
or cause it to be removed by those other persons at the expense of
the Crown.

(5) An object or structure removed under subsection (4),
whether or not it was erected or maintained in contravention of any
Ordinance or Crown lease or other instrument under which the land
is held, may be disposed of as the Secretary thinks fit.

22. (1) Notwithstanding the Buildings Ordinance, where the
Building Authority is of the opinion that any building works on land
described in the scheme mentioned in section 5 would be incompati-
ble with the works or the use, he may to such extent as is necessary to
avoid such incompatibility-

(a)refuse to give his approval to any plan or to consent to the
commencement of the building works;

(b)if there is no subsisting consent to the commencement of
the building works, withdraw any approval which he has
or is deemed to have given to any plan;

(e)require the amendment of any plan relating to the building
works;

(d)impose conditions, whether as to time or otherwise, on the
giving of approval to plans relating to the building works
or consent to commence such works.

(2) The carrying out of any building works-

(a)contrary to any refusal under subsection (1)(a) or follow-
ing any withdrawal of approval under subsection (1)(b); or

(b)otherwise than in accordance with any plan amended
under subsection (1)(c) or condition imposed under sub-
section (1)(d),

shall, for the purposes of sections 23 and 24 of the Buildings
Ordinance, be deemed to constitute a contravention of that Ordin-
ance.

(3) The powers of the Building Authority under this section
shall arise as soon as a plan, a substitute plan or an amendment to a
plan has been deposited under section 8(1):

Provided that, as soon as reasonably practicable after the
Governor in Council has made a decision under section 11(2) or
11 (4), the Building Authority shall-

(a) review his action under subsection (1);

(b) vary such action so that it is consistent with that decision.





(4) Where the Building Authority acts under subsection (1), he
shall advise the person who intends to carry out the building works of
the particulars in respect of which he is of the opinion that the building
works would be incompatible with the works or the use.

(5) Where-

(a)the Building Authority refuses, under subsection (1)(a), to
give his approval to any plan or to consent to the
commencement of the building works or withdraws, under
subsection (1)(b), any approval; and

(b)he maintains a refusal or withdrawal after reviewing his action
under the proviso to subsection (3); and

(c)he advises, under subsection (4), that any building works on
the land specified by him would be incompatible with the
works or the use; and

(d)the building works and any plan relating thereto are consistent
with the Crown lease or other instrument under which the land
is held and with any law or requirement made under any law,

the owner of that land may, by notice in writing to the Secretary, require
that the land mentioned in paragraph (c) be resumed under this
Ordinance.

(6) Where-

(a)the Building Authority imposes, under subsection (1)(d), a
condition delaying building works; and

(b)he maintains that condition after reviewing his action under
the proviso to subsection (3); and

(c)he advises, under subsection (4), that, for the time being,
building works on the land specified by him would be
incompatible with the works or the use; and

(d)he does not, on application in writing made not less than 2
years after imposition of that condition, grant approval and
consent to commence the building works to allow them to
commence within 12 months; and

(e)the building works and any plan relating thereto are
consistent with the Crown lease or other instrument under
which the land is held and with any law or requirement made
under any law,

the owner of that land may, by notice in writing to the Secretary, require
that the land mentioned in paragraph (c) be resumed under this
Ordinance.

(7) Where the owner gives notice under subsection (5) or (6), the
Governor shall, unless the notice is withdrawn, make an order under
section 13(1) in respect of the land mentioned in paragraph (c) of
subsection (5) or (6) not more than 28 days after receipt of the notice by
the Secretary, and the period of notice specified in the order under
section 13(2) shall be not longer than 28 days.





(8) Where-

(a)the Building Authority imposes, under subsection (1)(d), a
condition delaying building works; and

(b)he maintains that condition after reviewing his action under
the proviso to subsection (3); and

(c)he advises, under subsection (4), that, for any period specified
by him, building works on the land specified by him would be
incompatible with the works or the use; and

(d)the building works and any plan relating thereto are consistent
with the Crown lease or other instrument under which the land
is held and with any law or requirement under any law,

any person having a compensatable interest in that land may apply to
the Governor in Council for an order that the land mentioned in
paragraph (c) be resumed under this Ordinance and the Governor in
Council may, if he thinks it just and equitable to do so, make such an
order.

(9) Where the Governor in Council makes an order under
subsection (8), the Governor shall make an order under section 13(1) in
respect of the land mentioned in paragraph (c) of subsection (8) not
more than 28 days after the order under subsection (8) and the period of
notice specified in the order under section 13(2) shall be not longer than
28 days.

23. (1) Where any land is resumed under section 13, any road is
closed or any private right extinguished, modified or restricted under
section 17 and the Governor is of the opinion that

(a)that land, road or right is reasonably necessary to the use and
enjoyment of any contiguous or adjacent land; and

(b)it would be just and equitable to make an order under this
subsection,

the Governor may, on the application of any person having a
compensatable interest in that contiguous or adjacent land, make an
order under section 13(1) in-respect of that continguous or adjacent
land, whether or not it is within the works area.

(2) Any person aggrieved by a decision of the Governor under
subsection (1) not to make an order under section 13(1) may apply to the
Lands Tribunal to review such decision.

(3) Upon an application under subsection (2), the Lands Tribunal
may, if it is satisfied as to the facts mentioned in subsection (1), make an
order under section 13(1) in respect of the contiguous or adjacent land,
whether or not it is within the works area.

24. Any person who wilfully obstructs any person lawfully
exercising or performing any power, duty or function arising under this
Ordinance shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction
to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 1 year.





PART III

RIGHTS TO COMPENSATION AND CLAIMS
PROCEDURE

25. No person shall have any right against the Crown or any other
person to restrain or compel anything authorized under this Ordinance.

26. No person shall have any right against the Crown or any other
person to recover any money

(a) in respect of any use authorized under this Ordinance; or

(b)in respect of any works or anything else authorized under this
Ordinance except to the extent of the rights to compensation
provided for in section 27.

27. (1) The compensation referred to in section 26 is the right to
recover over from the Crown for the matters set out in the first column
of Part 11 of the Schedule a sum assessed on the basis specified
opposite thereto in the second column thereof and with regard to the
provisions of Part I of the Schedule, subject to

(a)the claim being served on the Secretary within the appropriate
period specified in the fourth column of Part II of the Schedule;
and

(b) the other provisions of this Ordinance.

(2) Every person who is described in the third column of Part 11 of
the Schedule shall have the right to recover compensation for the
matters set out opposite thereto in the first column to the extent
suffered or incurred by him as assessed under this Ordinance.

(3) The rights to compensation mentioned in the Schedule shall
exist in addition to any benefit accruing to a claimant as a result of the
implementation of any subsisting conditions imposed by the Governor
in Council under section 11(2).

28. (1) Subject to subjection (2), if a claim or an amendment
thereto is not served on the Secretary before the expiration of the
period specified in the fourth column of Part II of the Schedule in
respect of that matter, the right to claim compensation therefor shall
be barred.

(2) The period referred to in subsection (1) may, upon application
made to the Lands Tribunal either before or after the expiry of that
period, be extended in accordance with this section.

(3) Notice of an application under subsection (2) shall be given to
the Secretary by the applicant.

(4) The Lands Tribunal may extend the period within which a claim
must be served upon the Secretary if it considers that the delay in
serving the claim was occasioned by mistake of fact or mistake of any
matter of law (other than the relevant provision in the fourth





column of Part 11 of the Schedule) or by any other reasonable cause or
that the Crown is not materially prejudiced in the conduct of its case or
otherwise by the delay.

(5) An extension may be granted by the Lands Tribunal under
subsection (4), with or without conditions for such period as it thinks fit
but not in any case exceeding 6 years from the time when the right
compensation first arose.



29. (1) Any person who claims to be entitled to compensation
under this Ordinance shall serve upon the Secretary a written claim
setting out such of the following particulars as are applicable to his
claim

(a)the name of the claimant, and his address for service of
notices;

(b)a full description of the land to which the claim relates
including any covenants, easements, rights or restrictions
affecting the same;

(e)the nature of the claimant's interest in the land including in the
case of a sub-lessee or sub-tenant his landlord's name and
address and details of the sub-lease or tenancy;

(d)details of any mortgage, including the principal still owing and
name and address of the mortgagee;

(e)if the claimant has let the land or any part thereof, the name
and address of each tenant and details of his lease or tenancy;

particulars of the claim showing-

(i) the amount of the claim;

(ii) under which item of Part II of the Schedule the claim is
made; and

(iii) how the amount claimed under each item is calculated.

(2) The Secretary shall in writing acknowledge receipt and the date
of receipt of every claim served on him under subsection (1).

(3) If a claimant amends his claim before proceedings are
commenced in the Lands Tribunal and the Secretary considers the
amendment to be substantial, the Secretary may, within 28 days of the
receipt of the amended claim, notify the claimant that he elects to treat
the claim, for the purposes of this section, as if it were a new claim
served under subsection (1) on the date on which the amendment was
received by the Secretary, and this section shall apply accordingly.

(4) The Secretary may by notice in writing to the claimant request
him to furnish further particulars of and in support of his claim or any
item thereof and if any such particulars are not furnished to the
Secretary within a period of 28 days from the date of the notice, or
within such further period as the Secretary may in writing allow, the
claim or the item thereof concerning which the particulars are requested
shall be deemed to be rejected and subsection (5) shall not apply
thereto.





(5) The Secretary shall within 6 months of the service of a
claim on him or, if he has requested further particulars under
subsection (4) within 6 months of the day on which they are
furnished in accordance with that subsection, notify the claimant in
writing that he-

(a) admits the entire claim; or

(b) rejects the entire claim; or

(c) admits a specified part or parts and rejects the remainder,

and in every case shall briefly state his reasons for rejection so that
the claimant is adequately informed of those reasons:

Provided that the Secretary may at any time state further
reasons for rejection of claim.

(6) Where the Secretary has rejected a claim or any part thereof
under subsection (5) or where a claim or any part thereof is deemed
to have been rejected under subsection (4) the Secretary may-

(a)by notice in writing offer to the claimant such sum,
including costs as agreed or taxed, as the Crown is willing
to pay in full and final settlement of the claim or any part
thereof,

(b)commence proceedings in the Lands Tribunal, to have the
claim or any part thereof in respect of which no offer is
made heard and determined by it in accordance with this
Ordinance;

(c)commence such proceedings in the Lands Tribunal where
any offer under paragraph (a) is not accepted by the
claimant within 28 days of the date of the offer.

(7) If, after the expiry of 7 months from the receipt of a claim
by the Secretary, it has not been settled by agreement, either the
claimant or the Secretary may commence proceedings in the Lands
Tribunal to have the claim, or so much thereof as is still then in
dispute heard and determined by it under this Ordinance.

(8) In any case where the claimant has failed to supply further
particulars required by the Secretary in accordance with subsection
(4), the Lands Tribunal may on the hearing of the claim consider the
merits of the Secretary's request for further particulars and the
claimant's failure to supply them and may, if it thinks fit-

(a)order the claimant to supply some or all of the particulars;
and

(b)adjourn the hearing until the order is complied with and
the particulars are considered by the Secretary; and

(c)make such further order as it thinks fit as to the costs of
either party occasioned by the Secretary's request for and
the claimant's failure to supply the further particulars.





30. (1) At any time after proceedings have been commenced in the
Lands Tribunal but before compensation is finally assessed the
Secretary may make an offer in writing of the kind described in section
29(6)(a) or the claimant may by notice to the Secretary state a sum
(inclusive or exclusive of costs) which he is willing to accept in full and
final settlement of his claim or any rejected part thereof.

(2) Where an offer made by the Secretary pursuant to section
29(6)(a) or by the Secretary or the claimant pursuant to subsection (1) is
not acceped by the other party, no part of the contents thereof which
relates to any part of a claim before the Lands Tribunal shall be
disclosed to that Tribunal until the amount of compensation for that part
is assessed by it; but a copy of the offer enclosed in a sealed envelope
may be lodged with the registrar of the Lands Tribunal and opened by it
after it has made its assessment.

(3) Where the Secretary has made any offer under section 29(6)(a)
or subsection (1), including costs as agreed or taxed, which is not
accepted by the claimant and the compensation assessed by the Lands
Tribunal does not exceed the amount of compensation comprised in the
offer, the Lands Tribunal shall, unless for special reason it thinks it
proper not to do so, order the claimant to bear his own costs and to pay
the costs of the Secretary in so far as the costs are incurred after the
making of the offer.

(4) Where the claimant states a sum which he is willing to accept
under subsection (1) which is not paid by the Secretary and the
compensation assessed by the Lands Tribunal is not less than that sum,
the Lands Tribunal shall, unless for special reason it thinks it proper not
to do so, order the Secretary to bear his own costs and to pay the costs
of the claimant.

PART IV

ASSESSMENT AND AWARD OF
COMPENSATION

31. (1) The Lands Tribunal shall have jurisdiction to hear and
determine in accordance with this Ordinance

(a)all claims for compensation which the. Secretary or the
claimant may refer to it under section 29(6) or (7); and

(b) applications provided for by sections 23(2) and 28(2).

(2) The Lands Tribunal shall also have jurisdiction to award
compensation or any part thereof to a claimant if at the time of the award
it has no notice or intimation of any dispute as to his entitlement; but the
making of any such award shall not affect the entitlement to receive
compensation under this Ordinance of any other person who may
thereafter be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to have a better
title to the compensation or any part thereof than the person to whom it
was awarded.

(3) An award of compensation under subsection (2) shall not in any
way affect the entitlement of a mortgagee to be paid compensation in
accordance with section 32.





32. (1) Subject to subsection (2), Tort a of land which reverts to the
Crown or vests in The Colonial Treasurer Incoporated under this Ordinance shall, in
so far as he has priority as against any other mortgagee, be entitled to
be paid so much of any compensation as is required to discharge his
mortgage debt including any interest thereon.

(2) If compensation is payable under this Ordinance otherwise than
for land resumed or if the land to which compensation relates is part
only of the mortgage security a mortgagee shall, in so far as he has
priority as against any other mortgagee, be entitled to be paid so much
of the compensation as is necessary to reduce his mortgage debt to an
amount which is adequately secured by the land or the remaining land
as the case may be.

(3) The payment of compensation, as required by subsections ions
(1) and (2), shall be made in accordance with the written agreement of
the claimant and every mortgagee of the land or failing such agreement
in accordance with an order of the Supreme Court under subsection (4).

(4) The claimant or any mortgagee may apply to the Supreme Court
for an order as to the payment of unpaid compensation and on any such
application the Court may make such order as it thinks just and
equitable having regard to the requirements of subsections (1) and (2).

33. The Lands Tribunal may direct that interest be paid on
compensation (but not on costs)

(a)in the case of compensation payable under item 1 of Part II of
the Schedule, as if the claim were made under the Crown Lands
Resumption Ordinance for land resumed under that Ordinance;
and

(b)in any other case, from such date and for such period as it
thinks fit and at such rate as it may fix but not below the
lowest rate payable during that period by members of the
Hong Kong Association of Banks on time deposits.

34. All compensation (including any interest thereon) and all costs

(a) agreed to be paid to the claimant by the Secretary; or

(b) awarded by the Lands Tribunal against the Crown,

shall be paid out of the general revenue within 3 months of the
agreement or final award, unless there, is a dispute as to the person
entitled to such compensation.

35. The Secretary may require any claimant to whom compensation
is payable for land resumed under this Ordinance to surrender his
documents of title to the Secretary as a condition of payment being
made; and in any case where the documents of title relate also to land
not resumed, the Secretary shall return them to the claimant after the
resumption has been noted in the register of the land kept in the Land
Office.





PART V

MISCELLANEOUS

36. Where it is stated-

(a)in any order under section 13(1), 15(1) or 17(1) respectively
that

(i) the resumption of land;

(ii) the creation of an easement or other right; or

(iii) the closure, reclamation, extinction, modification or
restriction,

is ordered, authorized or declared for the purposes of or
incidental to the works or the use; or

(b)in a notice under section 19, 20 or 21 that the entry or the work
therein described or required to be carried out is, in the opinion
of the Secretary, in connexion with the works, the use, an
assessment of the value of any land, building or other property
or in order to ascertain the condition of the land or building or
necessary or required for the works or the use; or

(c) by the Secretary that-

(i) any works are minor in respect of any physical or
structural operations involved; or

(ii) a road does not serve any useful purpose or does not
serve any lawful purpose,

then such statement shall be accepted by all courts, tribunals and
persons as conclusive evidence of the truth of the fact so stated.

37. Any land resumed or any Crown foreshore or sea-bed reclaimed
or any easement or other right created under this Ordinance and any
land which becomes vested in The Colonial Treasurer Incorporated
may be used in such manner as the Crown or The Colonial Treasurer
Incorporated thinks fit and may be disposed of to any person by any
means and on any terms whatsoever:

Provided that, before disposing of any land resumed under this
Ordinance to any other person, the Crown shall give proper consi-
deration to offering that land back to the person for whom it was
resumed.

38. Except to the extent that provision is otherwise made in this
Ordinance

(a)the Crown Lands Resumption Ordinance shall not apply to
the resumption of any land ordered under section 13 nor to
any claim for or determination, award or payment of
compensation for such resumption;

(b) the Public Reclamations shall not
apply to an order made under section 17(1) nor to the
implementation or effects thereof, and





(c)the Buildings Ordinance shall not apply to the works or use
for the purpose of giving rise to any claim for compensation.

39-41. [Spent]

42. (1) Notwithstanding the repeal ofthe Streets (Alteration)
Ordinance and subject to subsection (2) of this section, that Ordinance
shall continue to apply to any works included in an undertaking in
respect of which a notice has been published under section 3 of that
Ordinance.

(2) Notwithstanding anything done under section 3 of the repealed
Streets (Alteration) Ordinance and subject to subsection (3) of this
section, the Secretary may cease to act under that Ordinance and act
under section 4 or 5 of this Ordinance in relation to any works if, and
only if, no authority has been given under section 6 of that Ordinance in
respect of any undertaking which includes those works.

(3) Where an undertaking which has been authorized under section
6 of the repealed Streets (Alteration) Ordinance is abandoned and the
Secretary proposes to carry out any works in place of and substantially
different to the abandoned undertaking, he may act under section 4 or 5
of this Ordinance in relation to those works.

(4) Where, under subsection (2) or (3) of this section, the Secretary
acts under section 4 or 5 of this Ordinance in relation to any works, this
Ordinance shall apply to those works; and no. person shall have any
right against the Crown or any other person in relation to those works
except under this Ordinance.

(5) [Deleted 51 of 1982, s. 2].

SCHEDULE [ss. 27 & 28.1

PART I

1. The provisions in this Part shall, where applicable, have effect for the
purpose of assessing compensation under Part II of this Schedule and shall

(a)be in addition to such of the provisions of the Crown Lands Resumption
Ordinance as apply, by virtue of Part II, to the assessment of
compensation; and

(b)prevail over any provision referred to in sub-paragraph (a) which is
inconsistent or in conflict with a provision in this Part.

2. In this Schedule-

'date of resumption' means the day on which land reverts to the Crown or vests in

The Colonial Treasurer Incorporated under section 13(3);



'disturbance'means the dispossession of a person of land or the interruption of or
interference with a trade or business, whether such dispossession, interruption or
interference is temporary or permanent;

'disturbance payment' means a sum equal to--

(a)the expenditure and loss of money actually and reasonably incurred or to
be reasonably incurred and arising from the dispossession of a person of
land by reason of the matter for which the claimant is entitled to claim
compensation under Part II of the Schedule; and





(b)in the case of disturbance of a trade or business on any land, the
expenditure and loss of money actually and reasonably incurred or to be
reasonably incurred and arising from the disturbance of that trade or
business by reason of the matter for which the claimant is entitled to
claim compensation under Part II of the Schedule:

Provided that a disturbance payment shall not include any expenditure or
loss which would not be recoverable, on the grounds that the expenditure or
loss was too remote or was not caused by the disturbance, if that disturbance
were a tort:

'open market value' means the amount which the land, if sold in the open market
by a willing seller, might reasonably be expected to realize.

3. Subject to paragraphs 8 and 10, where the open market value of any land is
relevant for the purposes of assessing compensation under this Ordinance, no
account shall be taken of any increase or decrease in that value which is attributable
to anything done or proposed to be done under this Ordinance or to the use.

4. (1) For the purposes of assessing the amount to be awarded to a claimant in
respect of a disturbance payment, the Lands Tribunal shall, in respect of any
expenditure or loss to be incurred and in respect of which the claimant is entitled
under this Ordinance to be compensated, assess the value of that expenditure or loss
at the time of the award as if that expenditure or loss formed part of a claim for
damages in tort.

(2) No disturbance payment shall be payable in respect of any interference
with a trade or business in any case in which such interference does not subsist for a
period exceeding 14 days.

5. Compensation maybe reduced so far as maybe just and equitable in respect of
any building or part thereof which has been constructed or modified, or on which
building works have been carried out, so as to amount to a contravention of the
Buildings Ordinance being a contravention within the meaning of that Ordinance or
to a contravention of a Crown lease or other instrument under which land built
upon is held.

6. The compensation assessed under item 6 or 7 of Part II of this Schedule
shall be reduced to such extent as may be just and equitable having regard to the
share in the responsibility for the loss or damage not reasonably attributable to or
connected with the works.

7. Where a sign advertising any business, product, service or activity is
removed under section 21, nothing in item 8 of Part II of this Schedule shall be
construed as conferring upon any person a right to compensation for the loss of
any benefit which might have accrued to him from the advertising of that business,
product, service or activity if the sign had not been removed.

8. Where compensation under item 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 or 9 of Part II of this Schedule
has been paid in respect of the diminution in value of any land and such land or part
thereof is subsequently resumed by the Crown under this Ordinance or any other
enabling power, then notwithstanding paragraph 3 of this Part of this Schedule or
any other provision of law to the same or similar effect, that diminution in value
shall be taken into account to reduce the compensation for the resumption of that
land in so far as it was taken into account in the assessment of compensation for
the diminuting in value thereof.

9. Where under this Ordinance a claim for compensation may be made by a
mortgage in possession

(a)such claim may include compensation in respect of the whole interest
which comprises the mortgage security; and

(b)compensation received by a mortgagee in possession shall be applied by
him firstly, to the settlement or reduction of the debt due under the






mortgage and then to the payment of any excess to the mortgagor.

10. Compensation shall be payable under item 9 of Part 11 of this Schedule
only to the extent that the carrying out of building works in accordance with an
amendment required, or condition imposed, under section 22(1)(c) or (a) does not
increase the open market value of the land on which the building works are carried
out.





11. Where there is a dispute between persons owning compensatable interests
in any land or building as to the apportionment of the compensation payable or
paid, the Lands Tribunal shall, on the application of any such person, apportion
that compensation amongst such persons in such manner as may be just and
equitable having regard to their respective rights and interests in the land or
building.



12. Where, under the second column of Part II of this Schedule,
compensation is to he assessed on the basis of the value of land or the value of a
claimant's interest in land, or of a rent, that value or that rent shall be assessed as
at the date of the happening of the relevant event mentioned in the first column
of Part II of this Schedule; and the person entitled to claim shall be the person
fitting the description mentioned in the third column of Part II of this Schedule on
that date.

13. Nothing in this Ordinance shall enable any person to recover
compensation

(a) in respect of a loss or expense which he has not suffered or incurred; or

(b) which is greater than the loss suffered or expense incurred by him:

Provided that in assessing compensation under this Ordinance, no account
shall be taken of any amount recovered by the claimant under a policy of
insurance.

14. Where, under thisOrdinance, a person is entitled to claim compensation
and that compensation is to be assessed on the basis of an expense incurred, the
Crown may, on written notice to that person, carry out the operations in respect
of which the expense would otherwise be claimable.

PART II

Matters for which Basis Persons who may Period within which
is on which claim compensation the claim must be
ai may compensation is
be claimed to be assessed respective losses Secretary

for their served on the

1 . The resumption of As if the claim were Any person who would Before the expiration of
land under section 13. made under the Crown be entitled to claim 1 year from the date of

Lands Resumption compensation for land resumption.
Ordinance for land resumed under the
resumed under that Crown Lands
Ordinance. Resumption Ordinance
if the land had
been resumed thereunder.

2. (a) The creation of an (a) (i) In the case of an (a) Any person owning (a) Before the expiration

easement or other easement or othera compensatable of 1 year from the
permanent right permanent right, the interest in the land. date on which the
or a right of amount by which easement or right is
temporary the open market created.
occupation under value of the claim-
section 15. ant's interest in the
land is diminished.
(ii) In the case of
the creation of a
right of temporary
occupation, the






amount of an open
market rent for
claimant's interest in
the land occupied
during the period of
the easement.

(b) Disturbance (b) A disturbance (b) Same as in item 2(a). (b) Same as in item 2(a).
resulting from the payment.
creation of an
easement or other
permanent right
or a right of tem-
porary occupation
under section 15.





Matters for which Basis on whichPersons h-ho may Period within which
compensation may, compensation isclaim compensation the claim must be
be claimed to be assessed for their served on the

respective losses Secretary
3. (a) The extinction, by (a) The expense fairly (a) Any person owning (a)
Before the expiration
the operation ofand reasonably a compensatable of 1 year from the
section 13(3), ofincurred in interest in the land' date of resumption
any easement in remedying or not resumed. of the adjacent or
favour of land notmitigating the contiguous land.
resumed when effect ofthe extinc-
adjacent or tion ofthe easement.
contiguous landas far as may be
is resumed. practicable, and any
diminution in the
open market value
of the claimant's
interest in the land
not resumed after
such expense h
been incurred.

(b) Distribance (b) A disturbance (b) Same as in item 3(a). (b) Same as in item 3(a).
resulting from the payment.
extinction of that
easement.

4. The closure of, or (a)The expense fairly Any person owning a Before the expiration of
extinction, modification and reasonably compensatable interest in 1 year from the closure,
or restriction of a incurred in the land. extinction, modification
private right in respect remedying or or restriction.
of, a road or part of a mitigating the effect
road under section 17, of such closure,
so that access to any extinction,
land is adversely modification or
affected. restriction, as far as
may be practicable,
and any diminution
in the open market
value of claim-
ant's interest in the
land after such
expense has been
incurred.
(b) A disturbance
payment.

5. (a) The extinction, (a) The amount which is (a) Any person in whom (a) Before the expiration

modification or fairly and reasonably the private right is of 1 year from the
restriction of any assessed to be the vested. date of extinction,
private right over open market value modification or res;-
Crown foreshore ofthe right and, triction.
or sea-bed under where the claimant
section 17. has a compensacable
interest in
contiguous or
adjacent land, any
diminution in the
open market value
of that interest.

(b) Disturbance (b) A disturbance (b) Same as in item 5(a). (b) Same as in item 5(a).
resulting frompayment.






that extinction,
modification or
restriction.

6. (a) Physical or (a) The expense which is (a) Any person owning (a) Before the expiration

structural damage fairly and reasonably a compensatable of 1 year from the
to any land or incurred in repairing interest in the land date of the comple-
building resulting the damage and any or building. tion of the works.
from the works. expense fairly and
!easonably incurred
in preventing or
mitigating the
damage.

(b) Disturbance (b) A disturbance (b) Same as in item 6(a). (b) Same as in item 6(a).
resulting from the payment.
structural damage
mentioned in item
6(a).

7. (a) Physical or (a) The expense which is (a) Any person owning (a) Before the expiration

structural damage fairly and reasonably a compensatable of 1 year from the
to any land or incumd in repairing interest in the land date ofcompletion of
building resulting the damage and any or building. the opffations car-
from the exercise expense fairly and ried out under sec-
of any power con- reasonably incurred tion 19 from which
tained in section in p venting or the damage is alleged
19. mitigating the to have resulted.
damage.





Mattersfor which Basis on which Persons who may Period within which
compensation may cownsation isclaim compensation the claim mot be
3 for their served on the
be claimed to assessed respective losses Secretary

(b) Disturbance (b) A disturbance (b) Same as in item 7(a). (b) Same as in item 7(a).
resulting from the payment.
exemse of any
power contained in
section 19.

8. (a) The removal, (a) Any diminution in (a) Any person owning (a) Before the expiration

under section 21, the open marketa compensatable of 1 year from the
of any object or value of the claim- interest in the land date of removal.
structure which ant's interest in the or building.
was erected and land or budding; and
maintained the expense which is
without the fairly and reasonably
contravention of incurred in moving
any Ordinance or the object or struc-
Crown 1~. ture and making

uod that part of the
ilding from which
it is removed.

(b) Reinstating an (b) The expense fairly (b) Same as in item 8(a). (b) Before the c tion
object or structure and reasonably of 1 year the
described in item, incurred in so doing date of reinstatement
(a) above or of in so far as that or replacement.
replacing the same expense is not taken
with a similar into account under
object Or item 8(a).
structure.
(c) The loss sustained (c) The amount which is (c) Any person owning
(c) Before the expiration

in respect of an fairly and reasonably a share or interest in of 1 year from the
object or structure estimated as the the object or struc- date ot removal.
which was erected value of the object ture.
and maintained or structure.
without the
contravention of
any Ordinance or
Crown 1~ and
is not to be rein-
stated or replaced
with a similar
object or
structure.

(d) Disturbance (d) A disturbance (d) Same as in item 8(a). (d) Same as in item 8(a).
resulting from the payment.
exercise of any
power contained in
section 21.

9. An amendment The amount which isTle owner ofthe land onBefore the expiration of 1

required or a condition fhirly and reasonably which the building works year from the completion

imposed, under section estimated as the loss to are carried out. ofthe building.

22(1)(c) or (d) (other the claimant, including-






than a condition men- (i) any additional
tioned in section expense fairly and
22(6)), to avoid w re nably incurred
incompatability ith inasorrying out
ca
the works. building works; and

(ii) in respect of
professional fees and
expenses,

which loss, expense, fees
and expenses am
attributable solely to
compliance with the
amendment required or
the condition imposed.
Originally 37 of 1982. 51 of 1982. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 123.) Assumption and delegation by Secretary. Minor works. Major works: The plan and the scheme. Inspection and survey. Schedule. Amendment of plan and scheme. Deposit and publication. Decision not to execute works. Objections. Procedure after publication of plan and scheme. (Cap. 131.) Exercise of powers. Governor may order resumption of land. (Cap. 28.) Notices of resumption of land. Governor may order creation of easements and other rights. Notices of creation of easements or other rights. Closure of roads etc. (Cap. 220.) Notices of orders made under section 17. Inspection and preventive and remedial works on land and buildings. Utility services. Removal of projections or obstructions. Control of building plans and commencement of work. (Cap. 123.) Resumption of land on application. Obstruction. No right to compel or restrain. No recovery of money except under this Ordinance. Compensation. Schedule. Claims out of time. Schedule. Claims procedure. Settlement after reference to Lands Tribunal. Jurisdiction of Lands Tribunal. Payment to mortgagees. Interest. (Cap. 124.) Compensation payable out of general revenue. Surrender of title documents. Certain statements to be conclusive evidence. Disposal of lands and easements. Certain Ordinances not to apply. (Cap. 124.) (Cap. 113.) (Cap. 123.) Transitional. (Cap. 130, 1974 Ed.) General effect of this Part. (Cap. 124.) Definitions applicable to Part II. Fluctuations in value of land. Disturbance payments. Unlawful building works. (Cap. 123.) Compensation where damage results only partly from the works. No compensation under item 8 for loss of advertising. Set off where compensation paid for loss of value and land later resumed. Claim by a mortgagee in possession. Limitation on compensation payable under item 9. Apportionment of compensation. Date of valuation and interest. No double compensation. Crown may undertake work. (Cap. 124.)

Abstract

Originally 37 of 1982. 51 of 1982. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 123.) Assumption and delegation by Secretary. Minor works. Major works: The plan and the scheme. Inspection and survey. Schedule. Amendment of plan and scheme. Deposit and publication. Decision not to execute works. Objections. Procedure after publication of plan and scheme. (Cap. 131.) Exercise of powers. Governor may order resumption of land. (Cap. 28.) Notices of resumption of land. Governor may order creation of easements and other rights. Notices of creation of easements or other rights. Closure of roads etc. (Cap. 220.) Notices of orders made under section 17. Inspection and preventive and remedial works on land and buildings. Utility services. Removal of projections or obstructions. Control of building plans and commencement of work. (Cap. 123.) Resumption of land on application. Obstruction. No right to compel or restrain. No recovery of money except under this Ordinance. Compensation. Schedule. Claims out of time. Schedule. Claims procedure. Settlement after reference to Lands Tribunal. Jurisdiction of Lands Tribunal. Payment to mortgagees. Interest. (Cap. 124.) Compensation payable out of general revenue. Surrender of title documents. Certain statements to be conclusive evidence. Disposal of lands and easements. Certain Ordinances not to apply. (Cap. 124.) (Cap. 113.) (Cap. 123.) Transitional. (Cap. 130, 1974 Ed.) General effect of this Part. (Cap. 124.) Definitions applicable to Part II. Fluctuations in value of land. Disturbance payments. Unlawful building works. (Cap. 123.) Compensation where damage results only partly from the works. No compensation under item 8 for loss of advertising. Set off where compensation paid for loss of value and land later resumed. Claim by a mortgagee in possession. Limitation on compensation payable under item 9. Apportionment of compensation. Date of valuation and interest. No double compensation. Crown may undertake work. (Cap. 124.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3384

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

370

Number of Pages

30
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:24 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY) (USE OF SIGNALS OF DISTRESS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3383

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY) (USE OF SIGNALS OF DISTRESS) REGULATIONS

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY) (USE OF SIGNALS OF
DISTRESS) REGULATIONS



(Cap. 369, section 100)

[19 May 1989]

L.N. 141 of 1989

1. Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Safety) (Use of
Signals of Distress) Regulations.

2. Interpretation

In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-

'signal of distress' means any of the signals of distress prescribed by regulation

4 of the Merchant Shipping (Safety) (Signals of Distress and Prevention of

Collisions) Regulations (Cap. 369 sub. leg.) for use by ships as signals of

distress.

3. Use of signals of distress

(1) No signal of distress shall be used by any ship unless the master of the
ship so orders.

(2) The master of a ship shall not order any signal of distress to be used by his
ship unless he is satisfied

(a)that his ship is in serious and imminent danger, or that another ship
or an aircraft is in serious and imminent danger and cannot of itself
send that signal; and

(b)that the ship in danger (whether his own ship or another ship) or the
aircraft in danger, as the case may be, requires immediate assistance
in addition to any assistance then available to it.

(3) The master of a ship which has sent any signal of distress by means of
radio or other means, shall cause that signal to be revoked by all appropriate means
as soon as he is satisfied that the ship or aircraft to which the signal relates is no
longer in need of assistance.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3383

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

369

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:24 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY) (SIGNALS OF DISTRESS AND PREVENTION OF COLLISIONS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3382

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY) (SIGNALS OF DISTRESS AND PREVENTION OF COLLISIONS) REGULATIONS

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY) (SIGNALS OF DISTRESS AND
PREVENTION OF COLLISIONS) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 369, sections 93, 100 and 107)

[19 May 1989]


L.N. 140 of 1989 - L.N. 365 of 1989

1. Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Safety) (Signals

of Distress and Prevention of Collisions) Regulations.

2. Interpretation

(1) In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'appropriate authority' means, in relation to Hong Kong the Director of Marine, and
in relation to any other country the authority responsible under the law of that
country for promoting the safety of life at sea and the avoidance of collisions;

'date of entry into force of these regulations' (in rule 38 of the International
Regulations) means

(a) in the case of ships registered in Hong Kong, 15 July 1977; and

(b)in the case of ships registered outside Hong Kong the date of entry
into force of the International Regulations for the State whose flag
the ship is entitled to fly;

'International Regulations' means the International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea 1972 as amended by Resolution A464(XII) of the Inter-
governmental Maritime Consultative Organization and Resolution A.626(15) of
the International Maritime Organization and set out in the Schedule; (L.N. 365
of 1989)

'Merchant Shipping Notice- means a Notice described as such and issued by the
Department of Transport of the United Kingdorn,

'Notice to Mariners' means an Admiralty Notice to Mariners published in the
United Kingdom by the Hydrographer of the Navy;

'Organization' means the International Maritime Organization.

(2) Any reference in the International Regulations to the traffic

separation schemes adopted by the Organization (referred to in rules 1(d) and 10(a)
of those regulations) is a reference to the schemes specified in Notice to Mariners
No. 17 of 1983 as having been so adopted and shall include a reference to any
document amending those schemes which is considered by the Secretary of State in
the United Kingdom to be relevant from time to time and specified in a Notice to
Mariners.





(3) The diagram mentioned in paragraph 7 of Annex 1, to the International
Regulations shall be the diagram specified in the Chromaticity Chart (1975)
published by the International Commission on Illumination (CIE).

(4) The reference to the International Code of Signals in paragraph 3 of Annex
IV to the International Regulations is a reference to the International Code of
Signals (1969) published in the United Kingdom by Her Majesty's Stationery
Office, and the reference to the Merchant Ship Search and Rescue Manual in that
paragraph is a reference to the manual of that name published in 1980 by the
Organization; and such references include a reference to any document amending
either of those publications which is considered by the Secretary of State in the
United Kingdom to be relevant from time to time and is specified in a Merchant
Shipping Notice.

3. Application

These regulations apply to all ships registered in Hong Kong wherever they
may be.

4. Signals of distress

The signals which shall be used by ships to which these regulations apply as
signals of distress are those set out in Annex IV to the International Regulations.

5. Collision Regulations

Ships to which these regulations apply shall comply with the provisions of the
International Regulations:

Provided that nothing in these regulations shall be taken to require compliance
by any ship or class of ships, which by virtue of rule 38 of the International
Regulations may be exempted from compliance therewith, with any of the provisions
of the International Regulations specified in paragraphs (a) to (h) inclusive of rule
38 thereof, at any time when, by virtue of that rule, that ship or class of ships may
be exempted from that provision.

SCHEDULE [-g. 2]

INTERNATIONAL REGULATIONS FOR
PREVENTING
COLLISIONS AT SEA 1972

(as amended by Resolution A464(XII) and Resolution A.626(15))(L.N.365of]989)





PART A. GENERAL

RULE 1

Application

(a)These Rules shall apply to all vessels upon the high seas and in all waters connected
therewith navigable by seagoing vessels.

(b)Nothing in these Rules shall interfere with the operation of special rules made by an
appropriate authority for roadsteads, harbours, rivers, lakes or inland waterways
connected with the high seas and navigable by seagoing vessels. Such special rules shall
conform as closely as possible to these Rules.

(e)Nothing in these Rules shall interfere with the operation of any special rules made by
the Government of any State with respect to additional station or signal lights, shapes
or whistle signals for ships of war and vessels proceeding under convoy, or with respect
to additional station or signal lights or shapes for fishing vessels engaged in fishing as a
fleet. These additional station or signal lights, shapes or whistle signals shall, so far as
possible, be such that they cannot be mistaken for any light, shape or signal authorized
elsewhere under these Rules.

(d)Traffic separation schemes may be adopted by the Organization for the purpose of
these Rules.

(e)Whenever the Government concerned shall have determined that a vessel of special
construction or purpose cannot comply fully with the provisions of any of these Rules
with respect to the number, position, range or arc of visibility of lights or shapes, as
well as to the disposition and characteristics of sound-signalling appliances, such vessel
shall comply with such other provisions in regard to the number, position, range or arc
of visibility of lights or shapes, as well as to the disposition and characteristics of sound-
signalling appliances, as her Government shall have determined to be the closest
possible compliance with these Rules in respect of that vessel. (L.N. 365 of 1989)

RULE 2

Responsibility

(a)Nothing in these Rules shall exonerate any vessel, or the owner, master or crew thereof,
from the consequences of any neglect to comply with these Rules or of the neglect of
any precaution which may be required by the ordinary practice of seamen, or by the
special circumstances of the case.

(b)In construing and complying with these Rules due regard shall be had to all dangers of
navigation and collision and to any special circumstances, including the limitations of
the vessels involved, which may make a departure from these Rules necessary to avoid
immediate danger.

RULE 3

General definitions

For the purpose of these Rules, except where the context otherwise requires:

(a)The word 'vessel' includes every description of water craft, including nondisplacement
craft and seaplanes, used or capable of being used as a means of transportation on water.

(b) The term 'power-driven vessel' means any vessel propelled by machinery.

(c)The term 'sailing vessel' means any vessel under sail provided that propelling
machinery, if fitted, is not being used.

(d)The term 'vessel engaged in fishing' means any vessel fishing with nets, lines, trawls or
other fishing apparatus which restrict manoeuvrability, but does not include a vessel
fishing with trolling lines or other fishing apparatus which do not restrict






manoeuvrability.





(e) The word 'seaplane' includes any aircraft designed to manoeuvre on the water.

(f)The term 'vessel not under command' means a vessel which through some exceptional
circumstance is unable to manoeuvre as required by these Rules and is therefore unable
to keep out of the way of another vessel.

(g)The term 'vessel restricted in her ability to manoeuvre' means a vessel which from the
nature of her work is restricted in her ability to manoeuvre as required by these Rules
and is therefore unable to keep out of the way of another vessel. The term 'vessels
restricted in their ability to manoeuvre' shall include but not be limited to:

(i) a vessel engaged in laying, servicing or picking up a navigation mark, submarine
cable or pipeline;

(ii) a vessel engaged in dredging, surveying or underwater operations;

(iii) a vessel engaged in replenishment or transferring persons, provisions or cargo
while underway;

(iv) a vessel engaged in the launching or recovery of
aircraft; (v) a vessel engaged in mine clearance operations;

(vi)a vessel engaged in a towing operation such as severely restricts the towing vessel
and her tow in their ability to deviate from their course.

(h)The term 'vessel constrained by her draught' means a power-driven vessel which,
because of her draught in relation to the available depth and width of navigable water, is
severely restricted in her ability to deviate from the course she is following. (L.N. 365
of 1989)

(i)The word 'underway' means that a vessel is not at anchor, or made fast to the shore,
or aground.

(j)The words 'length' and 'breadth' of a vessel mean her length overall and greatest
breadth.

(k)Vessels shall be deemed to be in sight of one another only when one can be observed
visually from the other.

(1)The term 'restricted visibility' means any condition in which visibility is restricted by
fog, mist, falling snow, heavy rainstorms, sandstorms or any other similar causes.

PART B. STEERING AND SAILING RULES

Section 1. Conduct of vessels in any condition of
visibility

RULE 4

Application

Rules in this Section apply in any condition of
visibility.

RULE 5

Look-out

Every vessel shall at all times maintain a proper look-out by sight and hearing as well as by
all available means appropriate in the prevailing circumstances and conditions so as to make a
full appraisal of the situation and of the risk of collision.

RULE 6

Safe speed







Every vessel shall at all times proceed at a safe speed so that she can take proper and
effective action to avoid collision and be stopped within a distance appropriate to the prevailing
circumstances and conditions.





In determining a safe speed the following factors shall be among those taken into
account:

(a) By all vessels:

(i) the state of visibility;

(ii) the traffic density including concentrations of fishing vessels or any other
vessels;

(iii) the manoeuvrability of the vessel with special reference to stopping distance and
turning ability in the prevailing conditions;

(iv) at night the presence of background light such as from shore lights or from back
scatter of her own lights;

(v) the state of wind, sea and current, and the proximity of navigational hazards;

(vi) the draught in relation to the available depth of water.

(b) Additionally, by vessels with operational radar:

(i) the characteristics, efficiency and limitations of the radar equipment;

(ii) any constraints imposed by the radar range scale in use;

(iii) the effect on radar detection of the sea state, weather and other sources of
interference;

(iv) the possibility that small vessels, ice and other floating objects may not be
detected by radar at an adequate range;

(v) the number, location and movement of vessels detected by radar;

(vi) the more exact assessment of the visibility that may be possible when radar is used
to determine the range of vessels or other objects in the vicinity.

RULE 7

Risk of Collision

(a) Every vessel shall use all available means appropriate to the prevailing circumstances
and

conditions to determine if risk of collision exists. If there is any doubt such risk shall be
deemed to exist.

(b) Proper use shall be made of radar equipment if fitted and operational, including

long-range scanning to obtain early warning of risk of collision and radar plotting or
equivalent systematic observation of detected objects.

(c) Assumptions shall not be made on the basis of scanty information, especially scanty
radar

information.

(d) In determining if risk of collision exists the following considerations shall be among
those

taken into account:

(i)such risk shall be deemed to exist if the compass bearing of an approaching vessel
does not appreciably change;







(ii) such risk may sometimes exist even when an appreciable bearing change is evident,
particularly when approaching a very large vessel or a tow or when approaching a
vessel at close range.

RULE 8

Action to avoid
collision

(a) Any action taken to avoid collision shall, if the circumstances of the case admit, be

positive, made in ample time and with due regard to the observance of good
seamanship.

(b) Any alteration of course and/or speed to avoid collision shall, if the circumstances of the

case admit, be large enough to be readily apparent to another vessel observing visually
or by radar; a succession of small alterations of course and/or speed should be avoided.

(c) If there is sufficient sea room, alteration of course alone may be the most effective
action

to avoid a close-quarters situation provided that it is made in good time, is substantial
and does not result in another close-quarters situation.

(d) Action taken to avoid collision with another vessel shall be such as to result in passing at
a

safe distance. The effectiveness of the action shall be carefully checked until the other
vessel is finally past and clear.





(e)If necessary to avoid collision or allow more time to assess the situation, a vessel shall
slacken her speed or take all way ofr by stopping or reversing her means of propulsion.

(i) A vessel which, by any of these Rules, is required not to impede the passage or safe
passage of another vessel shall, when required by the circumstances of the case,
take early action to allow sufficient sea-room for the safe passage of the other
vessel.

(ii) A vessel required not to impede the passage or safe passage of another vessel is not
relieved of this obligation if approaching the other vessel so as to involve risk of
collision and shall, when taking action, have full regard to the action which may be
required by the Rules of this Part.

(iii) A vessel the passage of which is not to be impeded remains fully obliged to comply
with the Rules of this Part when the 2 vessels are approaching one another so as to
involve risk of collision. (L.N. 365 of 1989)

RULE 9

Narrow channels

(a)A vessel proceeding along the course of a narrow channel or fairway shall keep as near
to the outer limit of the channel or fairway which lies on her starboard side as is safe
and practicable.

(b)A vessel of less than 20 metres in length or a sailing vessel shall not impede the passage
of a vessel which can safely navigate only within a narrow channel or fairway.

(c)A vessel engaged in fishing shall not impede the passage of any other vessel navigating
within a narrow channel or fairway.

(d)A vessel shall not cross a narrow channel or fairway if such crossing impedes the
passage of a vessel which can safely navigate only within such channel or fairway. The
latter vessel may use the sound signal prescribed in Rule 34(d) if in doubt as to the
intention of the crossing vessel.
(e) (i) In a narrow channel or fairway when overtaking can take place only if the vessel to
be overtaken has to take action to permit safe passing, the vessel intending to
overtake shall indicate her intention by sounding the appropriate signal prescribed
in Rule 34(c)(i). The vessel to be overtaken shall, if in agreement, sound the
appropriate signal prescribed in Rule 34(c)(ii) and take steps to permit safe passing.
If in doubt she may sound the signals prescribed in Rule 34(d).

(ii) This Rule does not relieve the overtaking vessel of her obligation under Rule 13.

(f)A vessel nearing a bend or an area of a narrow channel or fairway where other vessels
may be obscured by an intervening obstruction shall navigate with particular
alertness and caution and shall sound the appropriate signal prescribed in Rule 34(e).

(g)Any vessel shall, if the circumstances of the case admit, avoid anchoring in a narrow
channel.

RULE 10

Traffic separation
schemes

(a)This Rule applies to traffic separation schemes adopted by the Organization and does
not relieve any vessel of her obligation under any other Rule. (L.N. 365 of 1989)

(b) A vessel using a traffic separation scheme shall:

(i) proceed in the appropriate traffic lane in the general direction of traffic flow for
that
lane;







(ii) so far as practicable keep clear of a traffic separation line or separation zone;

(iii) normally join or leave a traffic lane at the termination of the lane, but when
joining or leaving from either side shall do so at as small an angle to the general
direction of traffic flow as practicable.





(c)A vessel shall, so far as practicable, avoid crossing traffic lane-'. ut if obliged to do so
shall cross on a heading as nearly as practicable at right angles to ~he general direction
of traffic flow. (L.N. 365 of 1989)

(d)Inshore traffic zones shall not normally be used by through traffic which can safely use
the appropriate traffic lane within the adjacent traffic separation scheme. However,
vessels of less than 20 m in length and sailing vessels may under all circumstances use
inshore traffic zones.

(e)A vessel other than a crossing vessel or a vessel joining or leaving a lane shall not
normally enter a separation zone or cross a separation line except:

(i) in cases of emergency to avoid immediate danger;
(ii) to engage in fishing within a separation zone.

(f) A vessel navigating in areas near the terminations of traffic separation schemes shall do
so with particular caution.

(g)A vessel shall so far as practicable avoid anchoring in a traffic separation scheme or in
areas near its terminations.

(h)A vessel not using a traffic separation scheme shall avoid it by as wide a margin as is
practicable.

(i)A vessel engaged in fishing shall not impede the passage of any vessel following a
traffic lane.

(j)A vessel of less than 20 m in length or a sailing vessel shall not impede the safe passage
of a power-driven vessel following a traffic lane.

(k)A vessel restricted in her ability to manoeuvre when engaged in an operation for the
maintenance of safety of navigation in a traffic separation scheme is exempted from
complying with this Rule to the extent necessary to carry out the operation.

(1)A vessel restricted in her ability to manoeuvre when engaged in an operation for the
laying, servicing or picking up of a submarine cable, within a traffic separation scheme,
is exempted from complying with this Rule to the extent necessary to carry out the
operation.

Section H. Conduct of vessels in sight of one
another

RULE 11

Application

Rules in this Section apply to vessels in sight of one another.

RULE 12

Sailing vessels

(a) When 2 sailing vessels are approaching one another, so as to involve risk of collision,
one

of them shall keep out of the way of the other as
follows:

(i) when each has the wind on a difrerent side, the vessel which has the wind on the
port side shall keep out ofthe way ofthe other;

(ii) when both have the wind on the same side, the vessel which is to windward shall
keep out ofthe way ofthe vessel which is to leeward;

(iii) if a vessel with the wind on the port side sees a vessel to windward and cannot






determine with certainty whether the other vessel has the wind on the port or on
the starboard side, she shall keep out ofthe way ofthe other.

(b) For the purposes of this Rule the windward side shall be deemed to be the side opposite
to

that on which the mainsail is carried or, in the case of a square-rigged vessel, the side
opposite to that on which the largest fore-and-aft sail is carried.





RULE 13

Overtaking

(a)Notwithstanding anything contained in the Rules of Part B, Sections 1 and 11, any
vessel overtaking any other shall keep out of the way of the vessel being overtaken.

(b)A vessel shall be deemed to be overtaking when coming up with another vessel from a
direction more than 22.5' abaft her beam, that is, in such a position with reference to
the vessel she is overtaking, that at night she would he able to see only the sternlight of
that vessel but neither of her sidelights.

(c)When a vessel is in any doubt as to whether she is overtaking another, she shall assume
that this is the case and act accordingly.

(d)Any subsequent alteration of the bearing between the 2 vessels shall not make the
overtaking vessel a crossing vessel within the meaning of these Rules or relieve her of
the duty of keeping clear of the overtaken vessel until she is finally past and clear.

RULE 14

Head-on situation

(a)When 2 power-driven vessels are meeting on reciprocal or nearly reciprocal courses so
as to involve risk of collision each shall alter her course to starboard so that each shall
pass on the port side of the other.

(b)Such a situation shall be deemed to exist when a vessel sees the other ahead or nearly
ahead and by night she could see the masthead lights of the other in a line or nearly in a
line and/or both sidelights and by day she observes the corresponding aspect of the
other vessel.

(c)When a vessel is in any doubt as to whether such a situation exists she shall assume that
it does exist and act accordingly.

RULE 15

Crossing situation

When 2 power-driven vessels are crossing so as to involve risk of collision, the vessel which
has the other on her own starboard side shall keep out of the way and shall, if the circumstances
of the case admit, avoid crossing ahead of the other vessel.

RULE 16

Action by give-way
vessel

Every vessel which is directed to keep out of the way of another vessel shall, so far as
possible, take early and substantial action to keep well clear.

RULE 17

Action by stand-on vessel
(a) (i) Where one of 2 vessels is to keep out of the way the other shall keep her course and
speed.

(ii) The latter vessel may however take action to avoid collision by her manoeuvre
alone, as soon as it becomes apparent to her that the vessel required to keep out of
the way is not taking appropriate action in compliance with these Rules.





(b)When, from any cause, the vessel required to keep her course and speed finds herself so
close that collision cannot be avoided by the action of the give-way vessel alone, she
shall take such action as will best aid to avoid collision.

(c)A power-driven vessel which takes action in a crossing situation in accordance with
paragraph (a)(ii) of this Rule to avoid collision with another power-driven vessel shall,
if the circumstances of the case admit, not alter course to port for a vessel on her own
port side.

(d) This Rule does not relieve the give-way vessel of her obligation to keep out of the way.

RULE 18

Responsibilities between
vessels

Except where Rules 9, 10 and 13 otherwise require:

(a) A power-driven vessel underway shall keep out of the way of..

(i) a vessel not under command; (ii) a vessel
restricted in her ability to manoeuvre; (iii) a
vessel engaged in fishing; (iv) a sailing vessel.

(b) A sailing vessel underway shall keep out of the way of..

(i) a vessel not under command; (ii) a vessel
restricted in her ability to manoeuvre; (iii) a
vessel engaged in fishing.

(c)A vessel engaged in fishing when underway shall, so far as possible, keep out of the way
of:

(i) a vessel not under command; (ii) a vessel
restricted in her ability to manoeuvre.
(d) (i) Any vessel other than a vessel not under command or a vessel restricted in her ability
to manoeuvre shall, if the circumstances of the case admit, avoid impeding the safe
passage of a vessel constrained by her draught, exhibiting the signals in Rule 28;

(ii) A vessel constrained by her draught shall navigate with particular caution having
full regard to her special condition.

(e)A seaplane on the water shall, in general, keep well clear of all vessels and avoid
impeding their navigation. In circumstances, however, where risk of collision exists, she
shall comply with the Rules of this Part.

Section M. Conduct of vessels in restricted
visibility

RULE 19

Conduct of vessels in restricted
visibility

(a)This Rule applies to vessels not in sight of one another when navigating in or near an
area of restricted visibility.

(b)Every vessel shall proceed at a safe speed adapted to the prevailing circumstances and
conditions of restricted visibility. A power-driven vessel shall have her engines ready
for immediate manoeuvre.

(c)Every vessel shall have due regard to the prevailing circumstances and conditions of
restricted visibility when complying with the Rules of Section 1 of this Part.







(d)A vessel which detects by radar alone the presence of another vessel shall determine if a
close-quarters situation is developing and/or risk of collision exists. If so, she shall take
avoiding action in ample time, provided that when such action consists of an alteration
of course, so far as possible the following shall be avoided:

(i)an alteration of course to port for a vessel forward of the beam, other than for a
vessel being overtaken;

(ii) an alteration of course towards a vessel abeam or abaft the beam.





(e)Except where it has been determined that a risk of collision does not exist, every vessel
which hears apparently forward of her beam the fog signal of another vessel, or which
cannot avoid a close-quarters situation with another vessel forward of her beam, shall
reduce her speed to the minimum at which she can be kept on her course. She shall if
necessary take all her way ofr and in any event navigate with extreme caution until
danger of collision is over.

PART C. LIGHTS AND SHAPES

RULE 20

Application

(a) Rules in this Part shall be complied with in all weathers.

(b)The Rules concerning lights shall be complied with from sunset to sunrise, and during
such times no other lights shall be exhibited, except such lights as cannot be mistaken
for the lights specified in these Rules or do not impair their visibility or distinctive
character, or interfere with the keeping of a proper look-out.

(c)The lights prescribed by these Rules shall, if carried, also be exhibited from sunrise to
sunset in restricted visibility and may be exhibited in all other circumstances when it is
deemed necessary.

(d) The Rules concerning shapes shall be complied with by day.

(e)The lights and shapes specified in these Rules shall comply with the provisions of
Annex I to these Regulations.

RULE 21

Definitions

(a)'Masthead light' means a white light placed over the fore and aft centreline of the
vessel showing an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 225 and so fixed as to
show the light from right ahead to 22.5 abaft the beam on either side of the vessel.

(b)'Sidelights' means a green light on the starboard side and a red light on the port side
each showing an unbroken light over an are of the horizon of 112.5 and so fixed as to
show the light from the right ahead to 22.5 abaft the beam on its respective side. In a
vessel of less than 20 rn in length the sidelights may be combined in one lantern carried
on the fore and aft cnetreline of the vessel.

(c)'Sternlight' means a white light placed as nearly as practicable at the stern showing an
unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 135 and so fixed as to show the light
67.51 from right aft on each side ofthe vessel.

(d)'Towing light' means a yellow light having the same characteristics as the 'sternlight'
defined in paragraph (c) of this Rule.

(e)'All-round light' means a light showing an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of
36C.

'Flashing light- means a light flashing at regular intervals at a frequency of 120 flashes
or more per minute.

RULE 22 22

Visibility of lights

The lights prescribed in these Rules shall have an intensity as specified in paragraph 8 of
Annex 1 to these Regulations so as to be visible at the following minimum ranges:

(a) In vessels of 50 m or more in length:
-a masthead light, 6 miles;






-a sidelight, 3 miles;





-a sternlight. 3 miles;

-a towing light, 3 miles;

-a white, red, green or yellow all-round light, 3 miles.

(b) In vessels of 12 m or more in length but less than 50 m in
length:

-a masthead light, 5 miles; except that where the length of the vessel is less than 20 m,
3 miles;

-a sidelight, 2 miles;

-a sternlight 2 miles;

-a towing light, 2 miles;

-a white, red, green or yellow all-round light, 2 miles.

(c) In vessels of less than 12 m in length:

-a masthead light, 2 miles;

-a sidelight, 1 mile;

-a sternlight, 2 miles;

-a towing light, 2 miles;

-a white, red, green or yellow all-round light, 2 miles.

(d) In inconspicuous, partly submerged vessels or objects being towed:

-a white all-round light, 3 miles.

RULE 23

Power-driven vessels
underway

(a) A power-driven vessel underway shall exhibit:

(i) a masthead light forward;

(ii) a second masthead light abaft of and higher than the forward one; except that a
vessel of less than 50 m in length shall not be obliged to exhibit such light but may
do so;

(iii) sidelights;

(iv) a sternlight.

(b) An air-cushion vessel when operating in the non-displacement mode shall, in addition to

the lights prescribed in paragraph (a) of this Rule, exhibit an all-round flashing yellow
light.
(c) (i) A power-driven vessel of less than 12 m in length may in lieu of the lights prescribed
in paragraph (a) of this Rule exhibit an all-round white light and sidelights;

(ii) a power-driven vessel of less than 7 m in length whose maximum speed does not
exceed 7 knots may in lieu of the lights prescribed in paragraph (a) of this Rule
exhibit an all-round white light and shall, if practicable, also exhibit sidelights;







(iii) the masthead light or all-round white light on a power-driven vessel of less than 12
m in length may be displaced from the fore and aft centreline of the vessel if
centreline fitting is not practicable, provided that the sidelights are combined in
one lantern which shall be carried on the fore and aft centreline of the vessel or
located as nearly as practicable in the same fore and aft line as the masthead light
or the all-round white light.

RULE 24

Towing and pushing

(a) A power-driven vessel when towing shall exhibit:

(i) instead of the light prescribed in Rule 23(a)(i) or (ii), 2 masthead lights in a vertical
line. When the length of the tow, measuring from the stern of the towing vessel to
the after end of the tow exceeds 200 m, 3 such lights in a vertical line;

(ii) sidelights;

(iii) a sternlight;

(iv) a towing light in a vertical line above the
sternlight;

(v) when the length of the tow exceeds 200 m, a diamond shape where it can best be
seen.





(b)When a pushing vessel and a vessel being pushed ahead are rigidly connected in a
composite unit they shall be regarded as a power-driven vessel and exhibit the lights
prescribed in Rule 23.

(c) A power-driven vessel when pushing ahead or towing alongside, except in the case of a

composite unit, shall exhibit:

(i) instead of the light prescribed in Rule 23(a)(i) or (ii), 2 masthead lights in a
vertical line;

(ii) sidelights;

(iii) a sternlight.

(d) A power-driven vessel to which paragraph (a) or (c) of this Rule applies shall also
comply

with Rule 23(a)(ii).

(e) A vessel or object being towed, other than those mentioned in paragraph (g) of this
Rule,

shall exhibit:

(i) sidelights;

(ii) a sternlight;

(iii) when the length of the tow exceeds 200 m, a diamond shape where it can best be
seen. (f) Provided that any number of vessels being towed alongside or pushed in a group
shall be

lighted as one vessel:

(i) a vessel being pushed ahead, not being part of a composite unit, shall exhibit at the
forward end, sidelights;

(ii) a vessel being towed alongside shall exhibit a sternlight and at the forward end,
sidelights.

(g) An inconspicuous, partly submerged vessel or object, or combination of such vessels or

objects being towed, shall exhibit:

(i) if it is less than 25 m in breadth, one all-round white light at or near the forward
end and one at or near the after end except that dracones need not exhibit a light
at or near the forward end;

(ii) if it is 25 m or more in breadth, 2 additional all-round white lights at or near the
extremities of its breadth;

(iii) if it exceeds 100 m in length, additional all-round white lights between the lights
prescribed in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) so that the distance between the lights shall
not exceed 100 in;

(iv) a diamond shape at or near the aftermost extremity of the last vessel or object
being towed and if the length of the tow exceeds 200 m an additional diamond
shape where it can best be seen and located as far forward as is practicable.

(h) Where from any sufficient cause it is impracticable for a vessel or object being towed
to

exhibit the lights or shapes prescribed in paragraph (e) or (g) of this Rule, all possible
measures shall be taken to light the vessel or object towed or at least to indicate the






presence of such vessel or object.

(i) Where from any sufficient cause it is impracticable for a vessel not normally engaged in

towing operations to display the lights presciibed in paragraph (a) or (c) of this Rule,
such vessel shall not be required to exhibit those lights when engaged in towing another
vessel in distress or otherwise in need of assistance. All possible measures shall be taken
to indicate the nature of the relationship between the towing vessel and the vessel being
towed as authorized by Rule 36, in particular by illuminating the towline.

RULE 25

Sailing vessels underway and vessels
under oars

(a) A sailing vessel underway shall exhibit:

(i) sidelights;

(ii) a sternlight.

(b) In a sailing vessel of less than 20 m in length the lights prescribed in paragraph (a)
of this

Rule may be combined in one lantern carried at or near the top of the mast where it
can best be seen.

(c) A sailing vessel underway may, in addition to the lights prescribed in paragraph (a)
of this

Rule, exhibit at or near the top of the mast, where they can best be seen, 2 all-round
fights





in a vertical line, the upper being red and the lower green, but these lights shall not be
exhibited in conjunction with the combined lantern permitted by paragraph (b) of this

Rule.
(d) (i) A sailing vessel of less than 7 m in length shall, if practicable, exhibit the lights
prescribed in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Rule, but if she does not, she shall have
ready at hand an electric torch or lighted lantern showing a white light which shall
be exhibited in sufficient time to prevent collision.

(ii) A vessel under oars may exhibit the lights prescribed in this Rule for sailing vessels,
but if she does not, she shall have ready at hand an electric torch or lighted lantern
showing a white light which shall be exhibited in sufficient time to prevent
collision.

(e) A vessel proceeding under sail when also being propelled by machinery shall exhibit

forward where it can best be seen a conical shape, apex downwards.

RULE 26

Fishing vessels

(a) A vessel engaged in fishing, whether underway or at anchor, shall exhibit only the lights

and shapes prescribed in this Rule.

(b) A vessel when engaged in trawling, by which is meant the dragging through the water of a

dredge net or other apparatus used as a fishing appliance, shall exhibit:

(i) 2 all-round lights in a vertical line, the upper being green and the lower white, or a
shape consisting of 2 cones with their apexes together in a vertical line one above
the other; a vessel of less than 20 in in length may instead of this shape exhibit a
basket;

(ii) a masthead light abaft of and higher than the all-round green light; a vessel of less
than 50 rn in length shall not be obliged to exhibit such a light but may do so;

(iii) when making way through the water, in addition to the lights prescribed in this
paragraph, sidelights and a sternlight.

(c) A vessel engaged in fishing, other than trawling, shall exhibit:

(i) 2 all-round lights in a vertical line, the upper being red and the lower white, or a
shape consisting of 2 cones with apexes together in a vertical line one above the
other; a vessel of less than 20 rn in length may instead of this shape exhibit a
basket;

(ii) when there is outlying gear extending more than 150 m horizontally from the
vessel, an all-round white light or a cone apex upwards in the direction of the gear;

(iii) when making way through the water, in addition to the lights prescribed in this
paragraph, sidelights and a sternlight.

(d) A vessel engaged in fishing in close proximity to other vessels engaged in fishing may

exhibit the additional signals described in Annex 11 to these
Regulations.

(e) A vessel when not engaged in fishing shall not exhibit the lights or shapes prescribed in

this Rule, but only those prescribed for a vessel of her
length.







RULE 27

Vessels not under command or restricted in their ability to
manoeuvre

(a) A vessel not under command shall exhibit:

(i) 2 all-round red lights in a vertical line where they can best be
seen;

(ii) 2 balls or similar shapes in a vertical line where they can best be seen;

(iii) when making way through the water, in addition to the lights prescribed in this
paragraph, sidelights and a sternlight.

(b) A vessel restricted in her ability to manoeuvre, except a vessel engaged in mine
clearance

operations, shall exhibit:

(i)3 all-round lights in a vertical line where they can best be seen. The highest and
lowest of these lights shall be red and the middle light shall be white;

(ii) 3 shapes in a vertical line where they can best be seen. The highest and lowest of
these shapes shall be balls and the middle one a diamond;





(iii) when making way through the water, a masthead light or lights, sidelights and a
sternlight, in addition to the lights prescribed in subparagraph (i);

(iv) when at anchor, in addition to the lights or shapes prescribed in subparagraphs (i)
and (ii), the light, lights or shape prescribed in Rule 30.

(e)A power-driven vessel engaged in a towing operation such as severely restricts the
towing vessel and her tow in their ability to deviate from their course shall, in addition
to the lights or shapes prescribed in Rule 24(a), exhibit the lights or shapes prescribed
in paragraph (b)(i) and (ii) of this Rule.

(d)A vessel engaged in dredging or underwater operations, when restricted in her ability to
manoeuvre, shall exhibit the lights and shapes prescribed in paragraph (b)(i), (ii) and
(iii) of this Rule and shall in addition, when an obstruction exists, exhibit:

(i) 2 all-round red lights or 2 balls in a vertical line to indicate the side on which the
obstruction exists;

(ii) 2 all-round green lights or 2 diamonds in a vertical line to indicate the side on
which another vessel may pass;

when at anchor, the lights or shapes prescribed in this paragraph instead of the
lights or shape prescribed in Rule 30.

(e)Whenever the size of a vessel engaged in diving operations makes it impracticable to
exhibit all lights and shapes prescribed in paragraph (d) of this Rule, the following shall
be exhibited:

(i) 3 all-round lights in a vertical line where they can best be seen. The highest and
lowest of these lights shall be red and the middle light shall be white;

(ii) a rigid replica of the International Code flag 'A' not less than 1 m in height.
Measures shall be taken to ensure its all-round visibility.

A vessel engaged in mineclearance operations shall in addition to the lights prescribed
for a power-driven vessel in Rule 23 or to the lights or shape prescribed for a vessel at
anchor in Rule 30 as appropriate, exhibit 3 all-round green lights or 3 balls. One of
these lights or shapes shall be exhibited near the foremast head and one at each end of
the fore yard. These lights or shapes indicate that it is dangerous for another vessel to
approach within 1000 m of the mineclearance vessel.

(g)Vessels of less than 12 m in length, except those engaged in diving operations, shall
not be required to exhibit the lights and shapes prescribed in this Rule.

(h)The signals prescribed in this Rule are not signals of vessels in distress and requiring
assistance. Such signals are contained in Annex IV to these Regulations.

RULE 28

Vessels constrained by their
draught

A vessel constrained by her draught may, in addition to the lights prescribed for power-
driven vessels in Rule 23, exhibit where they can best be seen 3 all-round red lights in a vertical
line, or a cylinder.

RULE 29

Pilot vessels

(a) A vessel engaged on pilotage duty shall exhibit:

(i)at or near the masthead, 2 all-round lights in a vertical line, the upper being white
and the lower red;







(ii) when underway, in addition, sidelights and a sternlight;

(iii) when at anchor, in addition to the lights prescribed in subparagraph (i), the light,
lights or shape prescribed in Rule 30 for vessels at anchor.

(b)A pilot vessel when not engaged on pilotage duty shall exhibit the lights or shapes
prescribed for a similar vessel of her length.





RULE 30
30

Anchored vessels and vessels
aground

(a) A vessel at anchor shall exhibit where it can best be seen:

(i) in the fore part, an all-round white light or one ball;

(ii) at or near the stern and at a lower level than the light prescribed in subparagraph
(i), an all-round white light.

(b)A vessel of less than 50 m in length may exhibit an all-round white light where it can
best be seen instead of the lights prescribed in paragraph (a) of this Rule.

(e)A vessel at anchor may, and a vessel of 100 m and more in length shall, also use the
available working or equivalent lights to illuminate her decks.

(d)A vessel aground shall exhibit the lights prescribed in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Rule
and in addition, where they can best he seen:

(i) 2 all-round red lights in a vertical line;

(ii) 3 balls in a vertical line.

(e)A vessel of less than 7 m in length, when at anchor, not in or near a narrow channel,
fairway or anchorage, or where other vessels normally navigate, shall not be required to
exhibit the lights or shape prescribed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Rule.

A vessel of less than 12 m in length, when aground, shall not be required to exhibit the
lights or shapes prescribed in paragraph (d)(i) and (ii) of this Rule.

RULE 31

Seaplanes

Where it is impracticable for a seaplane to exhibit fights and shapes of the characteristics
or in the positions prescribed in the Rules of this Part she shall exhibit lights and shapes as
closely similar in characteristics and position as is possible.

PART D. SOUND AND LIGHT SIGNALS

RULE 32

Definitions

(a)The word 'whistle' means any sound signalling appliance capable of producing the
prescribed blasts and which complies with the specifications in Annex 111 to these
Regulations.

(b) The term 'short blast means a blast of about one second's duration.

(c) The term 'prolonged blast' means a blast of from 4 to 6 seconds' duration.

RULE 33

Equipment for sound
signals

(a)A vessel of 12 m or more in length shall be provided with a whistle and a bell and a
vessel of 100 m or more in length shall, in addition, be provided with a gong, the tone
and sound of which cannot be confused with that of the bell. The whistle, bell and gong
shall comply with the specifications in Annex 111 to these Regulations. The bell or
gong or both may be replaced by other equipment having the same respective sound






characteristics, provided that manual sounding ofthe prescribed signals shall always be
possible.

(b)A vessel of less than 12 m in length shall not be obliged to carry the sound signalling
appliances prescribed in paragraph (a) of this Rule but if she does not, she shall be
provided with some other means of making an efficient sound signal.





RULE

Manoeuvring and warning
signals

(a)When vessels are in sight of one another, a power-driven vessel underway, when
manoeuvring as authorized or required by these Rules, shall indicate that manoeuvre by
the following signals on her whistle:

-one short blast to mean 'I am altering my course to starboard';
-2 short blasts to mean 'I am altering my course to port

-3 short blasts to mean 'I am operating astern propulsion'.

(b)Any vessel may supplement the whistle signals prescribed in paragraph (a) of this Rule
by light signals, repeated as appropriate, whilst the manoeuvre is being carried out:

(i) these light signals shall have the following significance:

-one flash to mean 'I am altering my course to
starboard'; -2 flashes to mean 'I am altering my course to
port

-3 flashes to mean 'I am operating astern propulsion';

(ii) the duration of each flash shall be about one second, the interval between flashes
shall be about one second, and the interval between successive signals shall be not
less than 10 seconds;

(iii) the light used for this signal shall, if fitted, be an all-round white light, visible at a
minimum range of 5 miles, and shall comply with the provisions of Annex 1 to
these Regulations.

(c) When in sight of one another in a narrow channel or fairway:

(i) a vessel intending to overtake another shall in compliance with Rule 9(e)(i)
indicate her intention by the following signals on her whistle:

-2 prolonged blasts followed by one short blast to mean 'I intend to overtake you
on your starboard side';

-2 prolonged blasts followed by 2 short blasts to mean 'I intend to overtake you
on your port side';

(ii) the vessel about to be overtaken when acting in accordance with Rule 9(e)(i) shall
indicate her agreement by the following signal on her whistle:

---oneprolonged, one short, one prolonged and one short blast, in that order.

(d)When vessels in sight of one another are approaching each other and from any cause
either vessel fails to understand the intentions or actions of the other, or is in doubt
whether sufficient action is being taken by the other to avoid collision, the vessel in
doubt shall immediately indicate such doubt by giving at least five short and rapid blasts
on the whistle. Such signal may be supplemented by a light signal of at least 5 short and
rapid flashes.

(e)A vessel nearing a bend or an area of a channel or fairway where other vessels may be
obscured by an intervening obstruction shall sound one prolonged blast. Such signal shall
be answered with a prolonged blast by any approaching vessel that may be within
hearing around the bend or behind the intervening obstruction.

if whistles are fitted on a vessel at a distance apart of more than 100 m, one whistle
only shall be used for giving manoeuvring and warning signals.

RULE 35







Sound signals in restricted
visibility

In or near an area of restricted visibility, whether by day or night, the signals prescribed in
this Rule shall be used as follows:

(a)A power-driven vessel making way through the water shall sound at intervals of not
more than 2 minutes one prolonged blast.

(b)A power-driven vessel underway but stopped and making no way through the water shall
sound at intervals of not more than 2 minutes 2 prolonged blasts in succession with an
interval of about 2 seconds between them

(c)A vessel not under command, a vessel restricted in her ability to manoeuvre, a vessel
constrained by her draught, a sailing vessel, a vessel engaged in fishing and a vessel





engaged in towing or pushing another vessel shall, instead of the signals prescribed in
paragraph (a) or (b) of this Rule, sound at intervals of not more than 2 minutes 3 blasts
in succession, namely one prolonged followed by 2 short blasts.

(d)A vessel engaged in fishing, when at anchor, and a vessel restricted in her ability to
manoeuvre when carrying out her work at anchor, shall instead of the signals prescribed
in paragraph (g) of this Rule sound the signal prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Rule.

(e)A vessel towed or if more than one vessel is towed the last vessel of the tow, if manned,
shall at intervals of not more than 2 minutes sound 4 blasts in succession, namely one
prolonged followed by 3 short blasts. When practicable, this signal shall be made
immediately after the signal made by the towing vessel.

When a pushing vessel and a vessel being pushed ahead are rigidly connected in a
composite unit they shall be regarded as a power-driven vessel and shall give the signals
prescribed in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Rule.

(g)A vessel at anchor shall at intervals of not more than one minute ring the bell rapidly
for about 5 seconds. In a vessel of 100 m or more in length the bell shall be sounded in
the forepart of the vessel and immediately after the ringing of the bell the gong shall be
sounded rapidly for about 5 seconds in the after part of the vessel. A vessel at anchor
may in addition sound 3 blasts in succession, namely one short, one prolonged and one
short blast, to give warning of her position and of the possibility of collision to an
approaching vessel.

(h)A vessel aground shall give the bell signal and if required the gong signal prescribed in
paragraph (g) of this Rule and shall, in addition, give 3 separate and distinct strokes on
the bell immediately before and after the rapid ringing of the bell. A vessel aground may
in addition sound an appropriate whistle signal.

(i)A vessel of less than 12 m in length shall not be obliged to give the above-mentioned
signals but, if she does not, shall make some other efficient sound signal at intervals of
not more than 2 minutes.

A pilot vessel when engaged on pilotage duty may in addition to the signals prescribed
in paragraph (a), (b) or (g) of this Rule sound an identity signal consisting of 4 short
blasts.

RULE 36

Signals to attract
attention

If necessary to attract the attention of another vessel any vessel may make fight or sound
signals that cannot he mistaken for any signal authorized elsewhere in these Rules, or may direct
the beam of her searchlight in the direction of the danger, in such a way as not to embarrass any
vessel. Any light to attract the attention of another vessel shall be such that it cannot be
mistaken for any aid to navigation. For the purpose of this Rule the use of high intensity
intermittent or revolving lights, such as strobe lights, shall be avoided.

RULE 37

Distress signals

When a vessel is in distress and requires assistance she shall use or exhibit the signals
described in Annex IV to these Regulations.

PART E. EXEMPTIONS

RULE 38

Exemptions

Any vessel (or class of vessels) provided that she complies with the requirements of the
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea 1960, the keel of which is laid or






which is





at a corresponding stage of construction before the entry into force of these Regulations may be
exempted from compliance therewith as follows:

(a)The installation of lights with ranges prescribed in Rule 22, until 4 years after the date
of entry into force of these Regulations.

(b)The installation of lights with colour specifications as prescribed in paragraph 7 of
Annex 1 to these Regulations, until 4 years after the date of entry into force of these
Regulations.

(c)The repositioning of lights as a result of conversion from Imperial to metric units and
rounding off measurement figures, permanent exemption.

(d ... (i) The repositioning of masthead lights on vessels of less than 150 m in length,
resulting from the prescriptions of paragraph 3(a) of Annex 1 to these
Regulations, permanent exemption.

(ii) The repositioning of masthead lights on vessels of 150 m or more in length,
resulting from the prescriptions of paragraph 3(a) of Annex 1 to these
Regulations, until 9 years after the date of entry into force of these Regulations.

(e)The repositioning of masthead lights resulting from the prescriptions of paragraph 2(b)
of Annex 1 to these Regulations, until 9 years after the date of entry into force of thew
Regulations.

(f) The repositioning of sidelights resulting from the prescriptions of paragraphs 2(g) and
3(b) of Annex I to these Regulations, until 9 years after the date of entry into force of
these Regulations.

(g)The requirements for sound signal appliances prescribed in Annex III to these
Regulations, until 9 years after the date of entry into force of these Regulations.

(h)The repositioning of all-round lights resulting from the prescription of paragraph 9(b)
of Annex 1 to these Regulations, permanent exemption.

ANNEX 1

Positioning and technical details of lights and
shapes

1. Definition

The term 'height above the hull' means height above the uppermost continuous deck. This
height shall be measured from the position vertically beneath the location of the light.

2. Vertical positioning and spacing of
lights

(a)On a power-driven vessel of 20 m or more in length the masthead lights shall he placed
as follows:

(i) the forward masthead light, or if only one masthead light is carried, then that light,
at a height above the hull of not less than 6 m, and, if the breadth of the vessel
exceeds 6 m, then at a height above the hull not less than such breadth, so
however that the light need not be placed at a greater height above the hull than
12 m;

(ii) when 2 masthead lights are carried the after one shall be at least 4.5 m vertically
higher than the forward one.

(b)The vertical separation of masthead lights of power-driven vessels shall be such that in
all normal conditions of trim the after light will be seen over and separate from the
forward light at a distance of 1000 m from the stem when viewed from sea level.

(c)The masthead light of a power-driven vessel of 12 m but less than 20 m in length shall






be placed at a height above the gunwale of not less than 2.5 m.

(d)A power-driven vessel of less than 12 m in length may carry the uppermost light at a
height of less than 2.5 m above the gunwale. When however a masthead light is carried
in addition to sidelights and a sternlight or the all-round light prescribed in Rule 23(c)(i)
is carried in addition to sidelights, then such masthead light or all-round light shall be
carried at least 1 m higher than the sidelights. (L.N.365of 1989)

(e)One of the 2 or 3 masthead lights prescribed for a power-driven vessel when engaged in
towing or pushing another vessel shall be placed in the same position as either the
forward masthead light or the after masthead light; provided that, if carried on the
aftermast, the





lowest after masthead light shall be at least 4.5 m vertically higher than the forward
masthead light.

(i) The masthead light or lights prescribed in Rule 23(a) shall be so placed as to be
above and clear of all other lights and obstructions except as described in sub-
subparagraph (ii).

(ii) When it is impracticable to carry the all-round lights prescribed by Rule 27(b)(i) or
Rule 28 below the masthead lights, they may be carried above the after masthead
light(s) or vertically in between the forward masthead light(s) and after masthead
light(s), provided that in the latter case the requirement of paragraph 3(c) of this
Annex shall be complied with.

(g)The sidelights of a power-driven vessel shall be placed at a height above the hull not
greater than 314 of that of the forward masthead light. They shall not be so low as to
be interfered with by deck lights.

(h)The sidelights, if in a combined lantern and carried on a power-driven vessel of less
than 20 m in length, shall be placed not less than 1 m below the masthead light.

(i)When the Rules prescribe 2 or 3 lights to be carried in a vertical line, they shall be
spaced as follows:

(i)on a vessel of 20 m in length or more such lights shall be spaced not less than 2 m
apart, and the lowest of these lights shall, except where a towing light is required,
be placed at a height of not less than 4 m above the hull;

(ii) on a vessel of less than 20 m in length such lights shall be spaced not less than 1 m
apart and the lowest of these lights shall, except where a towing light is required, be
placed at a height of not less than 2 m above the gunwale; (L.N. 365 of 1989)

(iii) when 3 lights are carried they shall be equally spaced.

(j)The lower of the 2 all-round lights prescribed for a vessel when engaged in fishing shall
be at a height above the sidelights not less than twice the distance between the 2
vertical lights.

(k)The forward anchor light prescribed in Rule 30(a)(i), when 2 are carried, shall not be
less than 4.5 m above the after one. On a vessel of 50 m or more in length this forward
anchor light shall be placed at a height of not less than 6 m above the hull.

3. Horizontal positioning and spacing of
fights

(a)When 2 masthead lights are prescribed for a power-driven vessel, the horizontal
distance between them shall not be less than one-half of the length of the vessel but
need not be more than 100 m. The forward light shall be placed not more than 1/4 of
the length of the vessel from the stem.

(b)On a power-driven vessel of 20 m or more in length the sidelights shall not be placed in
front of the forward masthead lights. They shall be placed at or near the side of the
vessel.

(c)When the lights prescribed in Rule 27(b)(i) or Rule 28 are placed vertically between the
forward masthead light(s) and the after masthead light(s) these all-round lights shall be
placed at a horizontal distance of not less than 2 m from the fore and aft centreline of
the vessel in the athwartship direction.

4. Details of location of direction-indicating lights for
fishing vessels,

dredgers and vessels engaged in underwater operations

(a)The light indicating the direction of the outlying gear from a vessel engaged in fishing
as prescribed in Rule 26(c)(ii) shall be placed at a horizontal distance of not less than 2






m and not more than 6 m away from the 2 all-round red and white lights. This light
shall be placed not higher than the all-round white light prescribed in Rule 26(c)(i) and
not lower than the sidelights.

(b)The lights and shapes on a vessel engaged in dredging or underwater operations to
indicate the obstructed side and/or the side on which it is safe to pass, as prescribed in
Rule 27(d )(i) and (ii), shall be placed at the maximum practical horizontal distance, but
in no case less than 2 m, from the lights or shapes prescribed in Rule 27(b)(i) and (ii).
In no





case shall the upper of these lights or shapes be at a greater height than the lower of
the 3 lights or shapes prescribed in Rule 27(b)(i) and (ii).

5. Screens for
sidelights

The sidelights of vessels of 20 m or more in length shall be fitted with inboard screens
painted matt black, and meeting the requirements of paragraph 9 of this Annex. On vessels of
less than 20 m in length the sidelights, if necessary to meet the requirements of paragraph 9 of
this Annex, shall be fitted with inboard matt black screens. With a combined lantern, using a
single vertical filament and a very narrow division between the green and red sections, external
screens need not be fitted.

6. Shapes

(a) Shapes shall be black and of the following sizes:

(i) a ball shall have a diameter of not less than 0.6
m;

(ii) a cone shall have a base diameter of not less than 0.6 m and a height equal to its
diameter;

(iii) a cylinder shall have a diameter of at least 0.6 m and a height of twice its
diameter;

(iv)a diamond shape shall consist of 2 cones as defined in sub-subparagraph (ii) above
having a common base.

(b) The vertical distance between shapes shall be at least 1.5
m.

(c) In a vessel of less than 20 m in length shapes of lesser dimensions but commensurate with

the size of the vessel may be used and the distance apart may be correspondingly
reduced.

7. Colour specification of
lights

The chromaticity of all navigation lights shall conform to the following standards, which lie
within the boundaries of the area of the diagram specified for each colour by the International
Commission on Illumination (CIE).

The boundaries of the area for each colour are given by indicating the corner co-ordinates,

which are as follows:
(i) White
X 0.525 0.525 0.452 0.310 0.310 0.443
y 0.382 0.440 0.440 0.348 0.283 0.382
(ii) Green
X 0.028 0.009 0.300 0.203
y 0.385 0.723 0.511 0.356
(iii) Red
X 0.680 0.660 0.735 0.721
y 0.320 0.320 0.265 0.259
(iv) Yellow
X 0.612 0.618 0.575 0.575
y 0.382 0.382 0.425 0.406

8. Intensity of
light(a) The minimum luminous intensity of lights shall be calculated by using the
formula: 1 ... 3.43 x 106 x T x D2 x K-D







Where I is luminous intensity in candelas under service conditions,
T is threshold factor 2 x 10 ... 7 lux
D is range of visibility (luminous range) of the light in nautical miles,
K is atmospheric transmissivity.
For prescribed lights the value of K shall be 0.8, corresponding to a meteorological

visibility of approximately 13 nautical
miles.





(b) A selection of figures derived from the formula is given in the following table:

Range of visibility (luminous range) ofLuminous intensity of light in candelas for
light in nautical miles K 0.8

D
1 0.9
2 4.3
3 12
4 27
5 52
6 94

undue glare. This shall not be achieved by a variable control of the luminous
intensity.

9. Horizontal sectors

(a) (i) In the forward direction, sidelights as fitted on the vessel shall show the minimum
required intensifies. The intensities shall decrease to reach practical cut-off
between 1

and 31 outside the prescribed sectors.

(ii) For sternlights and masthead lights and at 22.5' abaft the beam for sidelights, the
minimum required intensities shall be maintained over the arc of the horizon up to 5'
within the limits of the sectors prescribed in Rule 21. From 5' within the prescribed
sectors the intensity may decrease by 50% up to the prescribed limits; it shall
decrease steadily to reach practical cut-ofr at not more than 5 outside the prescribed
sectors.

(b) All-round lights shall be so located as not to be obscured by masts, topmasts or structures

within angular sectors of more than 61, except anchor lights prescribed in Rule 30,
which need not be placed at an impracticable height above the hull.

10. Vertical sectors

(a) The vertical sectors of electric lights as fitted, with the exception of lights on sailing
vessels

under way shall ensure that:

(i) at least the required minimum intensity is maintained at all angles from 5* above
to 50 below the horizontal;

(ii) at least 60% of the required minimum intensity is maintained from 7.5 above to
7.5 below the horizontal.

(b) In the case of sailing vessels under way the vertical sectors of electric lights as fitted
shall

ensure that:

(i) at least the required minimum intensity is maintained at all angles from 5` above to
51 below the horizontal;

(ii) at least 50% of the required minimum intensity is maintained from 25' above to
25' below the horizontal.

(c) In the case of lights other than electric these specifications shall be met as closely as

possible.







(L.N. 365 of1989)

11. Intensity of non-electric
lights

Non-electric lights shall so far as practicable comply with the minimum intensities as
specified in the Table given in paragraph 8 of this Annex.

12. Manoeuvring
light

Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 2(f) of this Annex the manoeuvring light
described in Rule 34(b) shall be placed in the same fore and aft vertical plane as the masthead
light





or lights and, where practicable, at a minimum height of 2 m vertically above the forward
masthead light, provided that it shall be carried not less than 2 m vertically above or below the
after masthead light. On a vessel where only one masthead light is carried the manoeuvring light,
if fitted, shall be carried where it can best be seen, not less than 2 m vertically apart from the
masthead light.

13. Approval

The construction of lights and shapes and the installation of lights on board the vessel shall
be to the satisfaction of the appropriate authority of the State whose flag the vessel is entitled
to fly.

ANNEX 11

Additional signals for fishing vessels fishing in close
proximity

1. General

The lights mentioned herein shall, if exhibited in pursuance of Rule 26(d), be placed where
they can best be seen. They shall be at least 0.9 m apart but at a lower level than lights
prescribed in Rule 26(b)(i) and (c)(i). The lights shall be visible all round the horizon at a
distance of at least 1 mile but at a lesser distance than the lights prescribed by these Rules for
fishing vessels.

2. Signals for trawlers

(a) Vessels when engaged in trawling, whether using demersal or pelagic gear, may exhibit:

(i) when shooting their nets:

2 white lights in vertical
line;

(ii) when hauling their nets:

one white light over one red light in a vertical
line, (iii) when the net has come fast upon an
obstruction:

2 red lights in a vertical line.

(b) Each vessel engaged in pair trawling may exhibit:

(i) by night, a searchlight directed forward and in the direction of the other vessel of
the pair;

(ii) when shooting or hauling their nets or when their nets have come fast upon an
obstruction, the lights prescribed in subparagraph (a).

3. Signals for purse seiners

Vessels engaged in fishing with purse seine gear may exhibit 2 yellow lights in a vertical line.
These lights shall flash alternately every second and with equal light and occultation duration.
These lights may be exhibited only when the vessel is hampered by its fishing gear.

ANNEX Ill

Technical details of sound signal
appliances

1. Whistles

(a) Frequencies and range of audibility







The fundamental frequency ofthe signal shall fie within the range 70-700Hz

The range of audibility of the signal from a whistle shall be determined by those frequencies,
which may include the fundamental and/or one or more higher frequencies, which lie within the
range 180-700Hz (ñ 1%) and which provide the sound pressure levels specified in subparagraph
(e).





(b) Limits of fundamental
frequencies

To ensure a wide variety of whistle characteristics, the fundamental frequency of a whistle
shall be between the following limits:

(i) 70-200 Hz, for a vessel 200 m or more in
length;

(ii) 130-350 Hz, for a vessel 75 m but less than 200 m in
length;

(iii) 250-700 Hz, for a vessel less than 75 m in
length.

(e) Sound signal intensity and range of
audibility

A whistle fitted in a vessel shall provide, in the direction of maximum intensity of the
whistle and at a distance of 1 m from it, a sound pressure level in at least one 1/3rd-octave band
within the range of frequencies 180-700 Hz (ñ 1 ... of not less than the appropriate figure given
in the table below.

Length of vessel in metres 1/3rd-octave band level Audibility range
at 1 metre in dB referredin nautical miles
to 2 x 10-5N/M2

200 or more .............143 2
75 but less than 200 ....138 1.5
20 but less than 75 .....130 1
Less than 20 ............120 0.5

The range of audibility in the table above is for information and is approximately the range
at which a whistle may be heard on its forward axis with 90% probability in conditions of still air
on





2. Bell or gong

(a) Intensity of
signal

A bell or gong, or other device having similar sound characteristics shall produce a sound
pressure level of not less than 110 dB at a distance of 1 m from it.

(b) Construction

Bells and gongs shall be made of corrosion-resistant material and designed to give a clear
tone. The diameter of the mouth of the bell shall be not less than 300 min for vessels of 20 m
or more in length, and shall be not less than 200 mm for vessels of 12 m or more but of less
than 20 m in length.

Where practicable, a power-driven bell striker is recommended to ensure constant force but
manual operation shall be possible. The mass ofthe striker shall be not less than 3% ofthe mass
of the bell.

3. Approval

The construction of sound signal appliances, their performance and their installation on
board the vessel shall be to the satisfaction of the appropriate authority of the State whose flag
the vessel is entitled to fly.

ANNEX IV

Distress signals

1 ... The following signals, used or exhibited either together or separately, indicate distress and
need of assistance:

(a) a gun or other explosive signal fired at intervals of about a minute;

(b) a continuous sounding with any fog-signalling apparatus;

(c) rockets or shells, throwing red stars fired one at a time at short intervals;

(d)a signal made by radiotelegraphy or by any other signalling method consisting of the
group... ... ... ... ...(SOS) in the Morse Code;

(e) a signal sent by radiotelephony consisting ofthe spoken word 'Mayday';

(f) the International Code Signal of distress indicated by N.C.;

(g)a signal consisting of a square flag having above or below it a ball or anything
resembling a ball;

(h) flames on the vessel (as from a burning tar barrel, oil barrel, etc.);

(i) a rocket parachute flare or a hand flare showing a red light;

(j) a smoke signal giving off orange-coloured smoke;

(k) slowly and repeatedly raising and lowering arms outstretched to each side;

(1) the radiotelegraph alarm signal;

(m) the radiotelephone alarm signal;

(n) signals transmitted by emergency position-indicating radio beacons;

(o) approved signals transmitted by radiocommunication systems. (L.N.365of1989)

2. The use or exhibition of any of the foregoing signals except for the purpose of indicating






distress and need of assistance and the use of other signals which may be confused with any of
the above signals is prohibited.

3. Attention is drawn to the relevant sections of the International Code of Signals, the
Merchant Ship Search and Rescue Manual and the following signals:

(a)a piece of orange-coloured canvas with either a black square and circle or other
appropriate symbol (for identification from the air);

(b) a dye marker.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3382

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

369

Number of Pages

24
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:23 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY) (CARRIAGE OF NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3381

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY) (CARRIAGE OF NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS) REGULATIONS

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY) (CARRIAGE OF
NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 369, section 108)

[19 May 1989]

L.N. 139 of 1989 ...

1. Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Safety)

(Carriage of Nautical Publications) Regulations.

2. Interpretation

In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'Notices to Mariners' means notices to mariners published or issued by a
recognized hydrographer;

'Radio Navigational Warning' means any radio message received from any source
warning of the presence of any danger or hazard to navigation or any
alteration or fault in any aid to navigation;

'recognized hydrographer, means

(a)any hydrographer, organization or maritime authority specified in
Schedule 2; and

(b)any national authority in any country duly exercising the functions
of or functions similar to those of any hydrographer, organization or
maritime authority specified in Schedule 2;

'river trade limits' has the same meaning as in the Shipping and Port Control
Ordinance (Cap. 313).

3. Application

These regulations shall apply to all ships registered in Hong Kong other

than

(a) vessels not exceeding 13.7 m in length; and

(b) vessels which do not go beyond the waters of Hong Kong.

4. Specification of charts for safe operation of ships

The charts necessary or expedient for the safe operation of ships shall be

those





(a)which are of such a scale and contain sufficient detail as clearly to
show in respect of the waters comprised in the chart

(i)all navigational marks which may be used by a ship when
navigating such waters;

(ii) all known dangers affecting such waters; and

(iii) information concerning any traffic separation schemes, 2-way
routes, recommended tracks, inshore traffic zones and deep
water routes applicable to such waters, and areas therein which
are to be avoided;

(b) which are published by a recognized hydrographer; and

(c) which in all cases, are of the latest obtainable edition and-

(i) in the case of charts published by a recognized hydrographer,
have been corrected and kept up to date from the latest
relevant obtainable Notices to Mariners and Radio
Navigational Warnings; and

(ii) in the case of charts published otherwise than by a recognized
hydrographer, have been adequately corrected and kept up to
date.

5. Specification of directions and information

The directions and information necessary or expedient for the safe operation of
ships shall be such directions and information as are contained in the publications
mentioned in Schedule 1, being publications which

(a)are of the latest obtainable edition and incorporate the latest relevant
supplements, and;

(b)unless the respective publishers are mentioned in Schedule 1 in
relation to the publications, are published by a recognized
hydrographer or are of an equivalent standard and content to a
publication by a recognized hydrographer.

6. Ships to carry nautical publications

Every ship which goes to sea or attempts to go to sea shall carry not less than

(a)one copy of a chart which complies with the requirements specified
in regulation 4, being a chart appropriate for each part of the intended
voyage; and

(b)except in the case of a ship, other than a passenger ship, which
operates solely within river trade limits, one copy each of the
publications, with English language text, containing the directions
and information necessary or expedient for the safe operation of a
ship as specified under regulation 5, and as is appropriate for the
intended voyage.





SCHEDULE 1

PUBLICATIONS, DIRECTIONS AND INFORMATION

Publications

1 ... International Code of Signals
2. Merchant Shipping Notices
3. Mariners Handbook
4. Notices to Mariners
5. Nautical Almanac
6. Navigational Tables
7. Lists of Radio Signals
8. Lists of Lights
9. Sailing Directions

10. Tide Tables

11. Tidal Stream Atlases

12. Operating and maintenance instructions for navigational aids carried by the ship

SCHEDULE 2

Hydrographer of the Navy

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3381

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

369

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:22 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY) (AUTOMATIC PILOT AND TESTING OF STEERING GEAR) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3380

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY) (AUTOMATIC PILOT AND TESTING OF STEERING GEAR) REGULATIONS

Description




MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY) (AUTOMATIC PILOT AND TESTING OF
STEERING GEAR) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 369, section 107)

[19 May 19891

L.N. 138 of 1989 -

1. Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Safety)

(Automatic Pilot and Testing of Steering Gear) Regulations.

2. Interpretation

In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'appropriate authority', in relation to special rules, means any person empowered
by law to make those special rules;

,,automatic pilot' means a device for automatically operating the steering gear to
steer the ship but does not include any wind-operated self-steering equipment
connected to the tiller or rudder of a sailing craft;

'Hong Kong ship' has the same meaning as in section 107(4) of the Ordinance;

'officer of the watch' means the person in charge of the navigational watch;

'proper officer' means a consular officer appointed by Her Majesty's Government in
the United Kingdom and, in relation to a port in a country outside the United
Kingdom which is not a foreign country, also any officer exercising in that port
functions similar to those of the Superintendent;

'qualified helmsman', in relation to a ship, means a person trained or sufficiently
experienced to steer that type of ship;

'restricted visibility' means any condition in which visibility is restricted by fog,
mist, falling snow, heavy rainstorms, sandstorms or other similar cause;

',steering gear control system' means the equipment by which orders are
transmitted from the navigating bridge to the steering gear power units,



and comprises transmitters, receivers, hydraulic control pumps and their associated
motors, motor controllers, pipes and cables; ',steering gear power unit' means

(a)in the case of electric steering gear, an electric motor and its
associated electrical equipment;

(b)in the case of electro-hydraulic steering gear, an electric motor, its
associated electrical equipment and connected pump; and





(c)in the case of other hydraulic steering gear, a driving engine and
connected pump;

'Superintendent' means the Superintendent of the Mercantile Marine Office and, in
the case of any place outside Hong Kong which is a British possession,
includes any shipping master or other officer discharging duties similar to
those of such Superintendent; 'surveyor of ships' means a person appointed
under section 5 of the Ordinance

to be a Government surveyor or under section 724 of the Merchant Shipping
Act 1894 (1894 c. 60 U.K.) to be a surveyor of ships.

3. Application

Subject to section 3 of the Ordinance, these regulations apply to and in
relation to

(a) Hong Kong ships; and

(b)other ships while they are within the waters of Hong Kong, except in
respect of the requirements of regulation 6(8):

Provided that nothing in these regulations relating to the use of an automatic
pilot shall override special rules made by an appropriate authority for roadsteads,
harbours, rivers, lakes or inland waterways connected with the high seas and
navigable by sea-going ships.

4. Use of the automatic pilot

(1) The master shall ensure that an automatic pilot, where fitted, shall not be
used in areas of high traffic density, in conditions of restricted visibility or in any
other hazardous navigational situation unless it is possible to establish manual
control of the ship's steering within 30 seconds.

(2) Before entering any area of high traffic density, and whenever visibility is
likely to become restricted or some other hazardous navigational situation is likely
to arise, the master shall arrange, where practicable, for the officer of the watch to
have available without delay the services of a qualified helmsman who shall be
ready at all times to take over the manual steering.

(3) The changeover from automatic to manual steering and vice versa shall be
made by, or under the supervision of, the officer of the watch, or, if there is no such
officer, the master.

(4) The master shall ensure that the manual steering gear is tested-

(a) after continuous use of the automatic pilot for 24 hours; and

(b)before entering any areas where navigation demands special caution.

5. Operation of steering gear

In areas where navigation demands special caution, the master shall ensure
that the ship shall have more than one steering gear power unit in operation when
such units are available and capable of simultaneous operation.





6. Steering gear-testing and drills

(1) The master shall, within 12 hours before departure of the ship, cause the
steering gear to be checked and tested so as to ensure that it is working
satisfactorily:

Provided that in the case of ships regularly making more than one voyage a
week to or from the same port a check and test of the steering gear need only be
made once in that week unless a part of the steering gear or its control system has
been dismantled or changed since the last test.

(2) The test procedure shall include, where applicable, the operation of the
following

(a) the main steering gear;

(b) the auxiliary steering gear;

(c) the remote steering gear control systems;

(d) the steering positions located on the navigating bridge;

(e) the emergency power supply;
the rudder angle indicators in relation to the actual position of
the rudder;

(g) the remote steering gear control system power failure alarms;

(h) the steering gear power unit failure alarms; and

(i)the automatic isolating arrangements and other automatic equipment
required for steering gear.

(3) The checks and tests shall, where applicable, include

(a)the full movement of the rudder or other like mechanism according to
the required capabilities of the steering gear;

(b)a visual inspection of the steering gear and its connecting linkage;
and

(c)the operation of the means of communication between the navigating
bridge and the steering gear compartment.

(4) The owner shall provide simple operating instructions, with a block diagram
showing the changeover procedures, for the remote steering gear control systems
and steering gear power units, and the master shall ensure that they are
permanently displayed on the navigating bridge and in the steering gear
compartment.

(5) The master shall ensure that a person does not supervise the operation or
maintenance of the steering gear unless that person is familiar with the operation of
the steering systems fitted on the ship, and, where applicable, with the procedures
for changing from one system to the other.

(6) In addition to the routine checks and tests referred to in subregulations (1),
(2) and (3), the master shall ensure that emergency steering gear drills which practise
emergency steering gear procedures take place at least once every 3 months, such
drills to include, where applicable, use of direct control from within the steering gear
compartment, the communications procedure with the navigating bridge and the
operation of alternative power supplies.





(7) The date, time and place that the routine checks and tests referred to
in subregulations (1), (2) and (3) are carried out and the date and details of
emergency steering gear drills referred to in subregulation (6) shall be recorded
by the master in the official logbook.
(8) In ships not required to keep an official logbook, a record of each
check, test and drill referred to in subregulation (7) shall be made by the master
and be retained on board for a period of 6 months and be available for
inspection on demand by the Superintendent, a proper officer or a surveyor of
ships.

7. Penalties

(1) A master who contravenes any provision of regulation 4, 5 or 6(1),
(4), (5) or (6) or an owner who fails to comply with regulation 6(4) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.
(2) Any person who fails, without reasonable excuse, to carry out the
checks required by regulation 4(4), 6(1), (2) or (3) after being directed to do so,
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for
3 months.
(3) A master who, without reasonable excuse, fails to comply with
regulation 6(7) or (8) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $1,000.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3380

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

369

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:21 +0800
<![CDATA[LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES (EXEMPTION) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3379

Title

LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES (EXEMPTION) NOTICE

Description






LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES (EXEMPTION) NOTICE

(Cap. 369, section 114)
[12 September 1986]

L.N. 222 of 1986 - L.N. 354 of 1987, R. Ed. 1987

1. Citation

This notice may be cited as the Life Saving Appliances (Exemption) Notice.

2. Exemption

A ship of the type specified in Schedule 1 is hereby exempted from the
requirements of regulation 10(6) of the Merchant Shipping (Life Saving Appliances)
Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.) subject to the conditions specified in Schedule 2.

SCHEDULE 1 [para.
21

TYPE OF SHIP TO WHICH EXEMPTION
APPLIES

Any dynamically supported craft within the meaning of section 2 of the Shipping and Port
Control Ordinance (Cap. 313)

(a) which has been registered in Hong Kong;

(b)which is a passenger ship engaged on voyages within River Trade Limits within the
meaning of regulation 2 of the Merchant Shipping (Life Saving Appliances)
Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.); and

(C)in respect of which a passenger certificate under section 14, and a general safety
certificate under section 15, of the Ordinance are in force.

SCHEDULE 2 [para. 2]

CONDITION TO WHICH EXEMPTION IS
SUBJECT

This exemption shall not apply to a ship unless the ship carries not less than 2 self-
contained line throwing appliances complying with the requirements of Schedule 14 to the
Merchant Shipping (Life Saying Appliances) Regulations 1980 (S.I. 1980/538 U.K.) as the same
may from time to time be amended.

(L.N. 354 of 1987)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3379

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

369

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:20 +0800
<![CDATA[CORRIDOR BULKHEADS SERVING ACCOMMODATION SPACES AND CONTROL STATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3378

Title

CORRIDOR BULKHEADS SERVING ACCOMMODATION SPACES AND CONTROL STATIONS

Description





CORRIDOR BULKHEADS SERVING ACCOMMODATION
SPACES AND CONTROL STATIONS

(Cap. 369, section 111(2))

[6 April 1984]

L.N. 101 of 1984 ... R. Ed. 1984

1. Under regulation 79 of the Merchant Shipping (Cargo Ship Construction and
Survey) Regulations 1981 (S.I. 1981/572 U.K.), as applied to Hong Kong by virtue of
section 111 of and the Schedule to the Merchant Shipping (Safety) Ordinance (Cap.
369), I, Director of Marine, being appointed by the Governor as an Authorized
Person under section 111(2) of the said Ordinance, and being satisfied that such
other provision as is specified below is at least as effective as that required by
regulation 13(2) of the said regulations, do hereby permit any British ship registered
in Hong Kong to which paragraph 2 applies, to make the following provision in
respect of corridor bulkheads serving accommodation spaces and control stations,
namely

(i)the corridor bulkheads shall be constructed of approved 'B' Class
Combustible panels;

(ii)the bulkheads shall extend from deck to deck, or ceilings of 'B' Class
Incombustible panelling of at least 19 mm thickness shall be fitted; and

(iii)an efficient automatic fire detection system shall be fitted throughout the
accommodation, service spaces and control stations of the ship.

2. This permission shall apply to any British ship registered in Hong Kong in
possession of a notice in similar terms to paragraph 1 hereof but made under rule 38
of the Merchant Shipping (Cargo Ship Construction and Survey) Rules 1965 (S.I.
1965/1104 U.K.)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3378

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

369

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:19 +0800
<![CDATA[EXAMINATION OF HULL, SHIP-SIDE FITTINGS AND BOILERS (EXEMPTION) (CONSOLIDATION) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3377

Title

EXAMINATION OF HULL, SHIP-SIDE FITTINGS AND BOILERS (EXEMPTION) (CONSOLIDATION) NOTICE

Description






EXAMINATION HULL, SHIP-SIDE FITTINGS AND BOILERS
EXEMPTION) (CONSOLIDATION) NOTICE

(Cap. 369, section 114)

[27 May 1983]

L.N. 179 of 1983, L.N. 154 of 1988, L.N. 155 of 1988

Pursuant to section 114 of the Merchant Shipping (Safety) Ordinance, the
Secretary for Economic Services hereby grants the following exemptions in respect
of all ships

(a)Regulation 72(4)(a) of the Merchant Shipping (Cargo Ship
Construction and Survey) Regulations 1981 (S.I. 1981/572 U.K.)
requires the hull including the fastenings of the sea connections,
overboard discharge valves and other ship-side fittings to be
examined in dry dock at intervals not more than 6 months before, nor
later than 6 months after, the half way date of the period of validity of
the cargo ship safety construction certificate. Provided that

(i) there are a minimum of 2 such examinations within the period of
validity of the cargo ship safety construction certificate;

(ii)the interval between 2 such examinations does not exceed 36
months;

then such examinations need not be conducted within the period
specified by the Regulation.

The exemption specified in this paragraph shall have effect until
revoked. (L.N. 179 of 1983)

(b)Subject to the conditions specified in Schedule 1, all ships are
exempted from the examination required by regulation 58(2)(d) of the
Merchant Shipping (Cargo Ship Construction and Survey)
Regulations 1984 (S.I. 1984/1217 U.K.) which requires certain boilers,
after they are 8 years old, to be examined internally and externally at
intervals not exceeding 1 year. (L.N. 154 of 1988)

(c)Subject to the conditions specified in Schedule 2, all ships are
exempted from the examination required by regulation 74C(2)(d) of
the Merchant Shipping (Cargo Ship Construction and Survey)
Regulations 1981 (S.I. 1981/572 U.K.), as amended, which requires
certain boilers, after they are 8 years old, to be examined internally
and externally at intervals not exceeding 1 year. (L.N. 155 of 1988)





SCHEDULE 1 [para- (b)]

This exemption shall not apply to a ship unless-

(a)the internal and external examinations described in regulation 58(2)(d) of the
Merchant Shipping (Cargo Ship Construction and Survey) Regulations 1984 (S.I.
1984/1217 U.K.) are carried out at intervals not exceeding 2 years; and ...

(b)a satisfactory intermediate inspection is carried out by a surveyor with the boiler
under working conditions, within 3 months before and after the anniversary date of
the boiler survey.

(L.N. 154 of 1988)

SCHEDULE 2 [para. (c)]

This exemption shall not apply to a ship unless-

(a)the internal and external examinations described in regulation 74C(2)(d) of the
Merchant Shipping (Cargo Ship Construction and Survey) Regulations 1981 (S.I.
1981/572 U.K.), as amended, are carried out at intervals not exceeding 2 years; and

(b)a satisfactory intermediate inspection is carried out by a surveyor with the boiler
under working conditions, within 3 months before and after the anniversary date of
the boiler survey.

(L.N. 155 of 1988)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3377

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

369

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:19 +0800
<![CDATA[JETCAT CATAMARANS (EXEMPTION) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3376

Title

JETCAT CATAMARANS (EXEMPTION) NOTICE

Description






JETCAT CATAMARANS (EXEMPTION) NOTICE

(Cap. 369, section 114)

[5 February 1982]



L.N. 31 of 1982 ... R. Ed. 1982

1, Secretary for Economic Services, hereby grant the following exemption

1. All passenger carrying Jetcat Catamarans registered in Hong Kong operating
on short international voyages within River Trade Limits shall be exempted from the
requirements of the particulars rules and regulations enumerated below

(i) The Merchant Shipping (Passenger Ship Construction) Regulations 1980
(S.I. 1980/535 U.K.)

Regulations 7(2), 7(3), 13(1), 14(8)(b), 15(2), 30(1), 30(2)(b), 37, 43, 46(3), 52,
55, 60(2)(b), 63, 117, 119(2)(b), 124.

(ii) The Merchant Shipping (Life Saving Appliances) Regulations (Cap. 281
sub. leg.)

Regulations 10(2).

(iii) The Merchant Shipping (Fire Appliances) Regulations 1980 (S.I. 1980/544
U.K.)

Regulations 3(6), 7(3)(b), 12, 13, 66(2).

(iv) The Merchant Shipping (Radio Installations) Regulations 1980 (S.I.
1980/529 U.K.)

Regulation 3(2).

2. This exemption is granted having regard to the size and novel construction
of this special type of craft, the restricted nature of the service in which full
compliance with the rules and regulations is considered to be unreasonable,
impracticable or unnecessary in that other arrangements have been substituted to
my satisfaction.

3. This exemption shall be subject to full compliance with the provisions of the
Passenger and Safety Certificate and of the Conditions of Exemption specified by
the Director of Marine.

4. This exemption shall have effect from the date of this notice and remain in
operation until revoked either generally or specifically in respect of a particular
requirement.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3376

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

369

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:18 +0800
<![CDATA[SIDEWALL HOVERCRAFT (EXEMPTION) (CONSOLIDATION0 NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3375

Title

SIDEWALL HOVERCRAFT (EXEMPTION) (CONSOLIDATION0 NOTICE

Description






SIDEWALL HOVERCRAFT (EXEMPTION) (CONSOLIDATION)

NOTICE

(Cap. 369, section 114)

[25 November 1981]

L.N. 279 of 1984, L.N. 280 of 1984, L.N. 281 of 1984, L.N. 154 of 1988, L.N. 155 of 1988, R.
Ed. 1988

1. Citation

This notice may be cited as the Sidewall Hovercraft (Exemption)

(Consolidation) Notice.

2. Exemption

A ship which complies with any conditions of exemption attached to a
Passenger and Safety Certificate issued in respect of it by the Director of
Marine under the provisions of the Ordinance and is of the type specified in-

(a)Part 1 of Schedule 1 is hereby exempted from the requirements of the
regulations listed in Part 1 of Schedule 2;

(b)Part 11 of Schedule 1 is hereby exempted from the requirements of the
regulations listed in Part 11 of Schedule 2;

(c)Part 111 of Schedule 1 is hereby exempted from the requirements of
the regulations listed in Part 111 of Schedule 2.

SCHEDULE 1 [para. 21

TYPE OF SHIP To WHICH EXEMPTION APPLIES

PART I

Passenger carrying sidewall hovercraft ships of Types HM 214 and HM
218(a) which were built by Vosper Hovermarine Ltd.;

(b) which have been registered in Hong Kong;
(c) the construction of which commenced before 25 May 1980;
and

(d)which operate on short international voyages within river trade limits between Hong
Kong and Canton and neighbouring ports in China and between Hong Kong and Macau.

(L.N. 279 of 1984)

PART II

Passenger carrying sidewall hovercraft ships of Type HM
527(a) which were built by Vosper Hovermarine Ltd.;

(b) which have been registered in Hong Kong;
(c) the construction of which commenced on or after 25 May 1980-
and

(d)which operate on short international voyages within river trade limits between Hong
Kong, Canton and neighbouring ports in China and between Hong Kong and Macau.
(L.N. 280 of 1984)





PART III

Passenger carrying sidewall hovercraft ships of Types HM 214 and HM 218-

(a) which were built by Vosper Hovermarine Ltd.;

(b) which have been registered in Hong Kong;

(c) the construction of which commenced on or after 25 May 1980; and

(d)which operate on short international voyages within river trade limits between Hong
Kong, Canton and neighbouring ports in China and between Hong Kong and Macau.

(L.N. 281 of 1984)

SCHEDULE 2 [para. 21

REQUIREMENTS FROM WHICH EXEMPTION is
GRANTED

PART 1

(i) The Merchant Shipping (Passenger Ship Construction) Regulations 1980 (S.I. 1980/535
U.K.)
Regulations 6, 7(3), 9(1), 9(3), 10(1), 11(1), 13(1), 18(1), 18(7), 19(5), 20(2), 21, 23,
24, 30,
33(3), 3 3(5), 3 5, 37(1), 43, 45, 86, 113(1), 117, 118, 124(2), 125 and 129.

(ii) The Merchant Shipping (Life Saving Appliances) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub.
leg.) Regulations 10(2), 10(4) and 10(5).

(iii) The Merchant Shipping (Fire Appliances) Rules 1965 (S.I. 1965/1106
U.K.) Rules 3(1), 4(1), 4(3)(b), 4(4), 4(5), 4(6), 4(7), 8(2), 10 and 65.

(iv) The Merchant Shipping (Radio Installations) Regulations 1980 (S.I. 1980/529
U.K.) Regulation 3(2).

(L.N. 279 of 1984)

PART 11

(i) The Merchant Shipping (Passenger Ship Construction) Regulations 1980 (S.I. 1980/535
U.K.)
Regulations 7(3), 9(1), 9(3), 10(1), 11(1), 13(1), 19(5), 20(2), 21, 23, 24, 30, 33(3),
33(5), 35,
45, 52, 54, 55, 61, 62, 63, 113, 117, 118, 124(2), 125 and 129.

(ii) The Merchant Shipping (Life Saving Appliances) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub.
leg.) Regulations 10(2) and 10(4).

(iii) The Merchant Shipping (Fire Appliances) Regulations 1980 (S.I. 1980/544 U.K.)
Regulations 3(1), 3(3)(b), 3(4)(a), 3(5), 3(7), 3(8), 3(9), 7(3), 11(1), 11(6), 11(8), 12
and 73.

(iv) The Merchant Shipping (Radio Installations) Regulations 1980 (S.I. 1980/529
U.K.) Regulation 3(2).

(L.N. 280 of 1984)

PART Ill

(i) The Merchant Shipping (Passenger Ships Construction) Regulations 1980 (S.I. 1980/535
U.K.)
Regulations 6, 7(3), 9(1), 9(3), 10(1), 11(1), 13(1), 18(1), 18(7), 19(5), 20(2), 21, 23,
24,






30, 33(3), 33(5), 35, 37(1), 43, 45, 52, 53, 54, 55, 61, 62, 63, 113(1), 117, 118, 124(2),
125
and 129.

(ii) The Merchant Shipping (Life Saving Appliances) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub.
leg.) Regulations 10(2), 10(4) and 10(5).

(iii) The Merchant Shipping (Fire Appliances) Regulations 1980 (S.I. 1980/544 U.K.)
Regulations 3(1), 3(3)(b), 3(4)(a), 3(5), 3(7), 3(8), 3(9), 7(3), 11(1), 11(6), 11(8), 12
and 73.

(iv) The Merchant Shipping (Radio Installations) Regulations 1980 (S.I. 1980/529
U.K.) Regulation 3(2).

(L.N. 281 of 1984)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3375

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

369

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:17 +0800
<![CDATA[HYDROFOIL SHIPS (EXEMPTION) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3374

Title

HYDROFOIL SHIPS (EXEMPTION) NOTICE

Description






HYDROFOIL SHIPS (EXEMPTION) NOTICE

(Cap. 369, section 114)

[25 November 1981]

L.N. 10 of 1982 R. ed. 1982

1, Secretary for Economic Services, hereby grant the following exemption

1. All passenger carrying hydrofoil ships registered in Hong Kong, the
construction of which commenced before 25 May 1980, operating on short
international voyages within River Trade Limits shall be exempted from the
requirements of the particular rules and regulations enumerated below

(i) The Merchant Shipping (Passenger Ship Construction) Regulations 1980
(S.I. 1980/535 U.K.)

Regulations 7(3), 10(1)(c), 13(1), 15(2), 17(3), 19, 24, 30, 35(2), 43, 45, 86(3),
87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 94, 95, 98, 113(1), 114(6), 114(11), 117(3) and 122(2):

Provided that the exemption under regulation 10(1)(c) shall not apply
to hydrofoil ships with surface piercing foils.

(ii) The Merchant Shipping (Life Saving Appliances) Regulations (Cap.
281 sub. leg.)
Regulations 10(2), 10(3), 10(4) and 10(5).

(iii) The Merchant Shipping (Fire Appliances) Rules 1965 (S.I. 1965/1106 U.K.)
as amended

Rules 3(1), 3(2), 3(4), 3(5), 3(6)(i), 4(1), 4(2), 4(3)(b), 4(4)(a), 4(6), 8(2)(a),
8(2)(b), 10, 11 and 65.

(iv) The Merchant Shipping (Radio Installations) Regulations 1980 (S.I.
1980/529 U.K.) Regulation 3(2).

2. This exemption is granted having regard to the size and construction of
these special types of craft, the restricted nature of the service in which full
compliance with the rules and regulations is considered to be unreasonable,
impracticable or unnecessary in that other arrangements have been substituted to
my satisfaction.

3. The exemption shall be subject to full compliance with the provisions of the
Passenger and Safety Certificate and of the Conditions of Exemption specified by
the Director of Marine. The exemption shall be deemed to have taken effect from 25
November 1981 and shall remain in operation until revoked either generally or
specifically in respect of a particular requirement.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3374

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

369

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:16 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3373

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 369





CHAPTER 369

MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY) ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
2. Interpretation.............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
3. Application ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

PART 11

SURVEY AND CERTIFICATES

Preliminary

4. Interpretation ............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

5. Appointment of Government surveyors .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

6. Powers and duties of Government surveyors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

7. Returns by Government surveyors ............ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

8. Approval of organizations to survey ships and issue certificates ... ... ... 8

Surveys

9. Annual survey of passenger ship ............ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

10........................Mode of survey and declaration of survey ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
11........................Survey of ships other than passenger ships ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

12................Appeal to court of survey ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
13................No appeal in certain cases ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

Issue of certificates

14..................Issue of passenger certificate ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

15......................................Issue for passenger ships of safety certificates and exemption certificates ... 11

16....................................Modification of safety certificate in respect of life-saving appliances ... ... 12

17..........................................Issue for cargo ships of safety equipment certificates and exemption certificates 12

18....................................Issue for cargo ships of radio certificates and exemption certificates ... ... 13

19.............................Renewal of radio certificates for small cargo ships ... ... ... ... ... 14

20..........................................Issue of general safety certificates, etc. on partial compliance with regulations 14

21....................................Cargo ship safety construction certificates and exemption certificates ... ... 14

22......................Delivery of certificate and declarations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15
23......................Notice of alterations and additional surveys ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15

24..................Certificates to be exhibited ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16







25. Prohibition on proceeding to sea without appropriate certificates ... ... ... 16

26................Duration of certificates .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18

27..................Cancellation of certificates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18
28. Delivery up of certificates 19

29. Extension of certificates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19
30. Miscellaneous provisions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19
31. Issue of certificate at request of Director ... ... ... .... ... ... ... ... ... 19
32. Forgery of certificates 11 . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20





Section...................................... Page

Convention ships of other countries

33..................................Certificates of Convention ships not registered in Hong Kong ... ... ... 20
34..................................Further provisions as to the production of Convention certificates ... ... ... 21

Exemption of certain ships from this Part

35...................Exemption of certain ships ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... 22

PART III

EQUIPMENT OF SHIPS AND EXCESS
PASSENGERS

36,..................Equipment of passenger ships ... ... ... ... ... .... ... ... ... ... 22

37................................Restriction to decks on which passengers may be carried ... ... ... ... 23

38..............Excess passengers ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23

39....................................Director may refuse clearance of ship carrying excess passengers ... ... 24

40............................Prohibition on increasing weight on safety valve ... ... ... ... ... ... 25

41............Signalling lamps ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25
42............Anchors and cables ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25

43. Duties of owners and masters as to carrying life-saving appliances and fire-fighting

appliances ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 26

44. Penalty for breach of life-saving appliances regulations and fire-fighting

appliances regulations .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 26
45.................Entry in log-book of boat-drill ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
26
46.................Application to foreign ships ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 27

PART IV

LOAD LINES

Preliminary

47. Interpretation.................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 27

1 ... Ships registered in Hong Kong

48......................Compliance with load line regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 29

49...............Submersion of load lines .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 29

50........................Miscellaneous offences in relation to marks ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31

51..................Issue of load line certificate ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31
52..................Effect of load line certificate ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31
53..................Endorsement of load line certificates ... ... ... ... ... ... .... ...
31

54.............................Ship not to proceed to sea without load line certificate ... ... ... ... ... 32

55.........................................Display of load line certificate and entry of particulars in official log-book 32







56.............inspection of ships ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 33

Ships not registered in Hong Kong

57..................Valid Convention certificates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 33
58. Compliance with load line regulations 33

59. Submersion of load lines ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 34
60. Production of certificate to Director ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 35
61. Provisions as to inspection ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 35





Section Page

Exemptions

62. Power to exempt ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 36
63. Issue of exemption certificates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 36
64. Endorsement of exemption certificates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 36

Subdivision load lines

65. Subdivision load lines ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 36

Miscellaneous and supplementary provisions

66. Miscellaneous and supplementary provisions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 37

PART V

UNSAFE SHIPS AND
DETENTION

67. Ofrence in respect of dangerously unsafe ship ... ... ... ... ... ... 37
68. Power to detain unsafe ships, and procedure for detention ... ... ... ... ... 38
69. Liability for costs and damages ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 39
70. Power to require security for costs from complainant ... ... ... ... ... ... 39
71. General provisions in respect of detention order ... ...
... ... ... ... ... 40
72. Application of detention provisions to foreign ships ... ... ... ... ... ... 40
73. Owners' obligation to secure safety of ships ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 40

PART VI

COURTS OF
SURVEY'

74. Appointment of courts of survey ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 41
75. Procedure in respect of courts of survey ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 41
76. Nothing to affect admiralty jurisdiction of Supreme Court ... ... ... ... ... 42

PART VII

SAFETY OF
NAVIGATION

77. Observance of collision regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 42
78. Assistance to be rendered in the event of collisions ... ... ... ... ... ... 42
79. Collision to be entered in official log-book ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 43
80. Report to Director of accidents to ships ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 43
81. Notice of loss of Hong Kong ship to be given to the Director ... ... ... ... 44
82. Report of dangers to navigation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 44
83. Signals of distress ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 45
84. Obligation to assist vessels, etc. in distress ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 45
85. Careful navigation near ice ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 46
86. Method of giving helm orders ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 46

PART VIII

DANGEROUS
GOODS

87. Offences in respect of dangerous goods ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 47
88. Stowage of dangerous goods ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 47
89. Forfeiture of dangerous goods ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 47





Section Page

90. Director may refuse clearance ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 48
91. Power to deal with goods suspected of being dangerous ... ... ... ... ... 48
92. Saving for other enactments relating to dangerous goods . ... ... ... ... ... 48

PART IX

REGULATIONS

93. Collision regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 48

94. Passenger ship construction regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 49

95. Regulations in respect of openings in passenger ships' hulls and watertight

bulkheads ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 49

96. Cargo ship construction and survey regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 50

97. Radio regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... so

98. Navigational equipment regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 51

99. Regulations for life-saving and fire-fighting appliances ... ... ... ... ... ... 52

100. Regulations in respect of distress signals and navigational warnings ... ... ... 53

101. Regulations in respect of carriage of dangerous goods ... ... ... ... ... ... 53

102. Load line regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 53

103. Regulations for testing anchor and chain cables ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 55

104. Regulations relating to carriage of grain ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 56

105. Deck cargo regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 56

106. Nuclear ship regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 56

107. General safety regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 56

108. Nautical publications ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 58

109. Regulations as to procedure, fees, etc. in courts of survey ... ... ... ... ... 59

110. Regulations as to fees and surveys ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 59

1ll. Adoption of regulations made under Merchant Shipping Acts ... ... ... ... 59

112. Penalties under regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 60

PART X

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

113. Power of Governor to give directions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 60

114. Power to exempt ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 60

115. Powers of inspection ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 61

116. Obstruction ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 63

117. Power to detain ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 64







118. Application of section 69 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 64

119. Notice to be given to consular officer where proceedings taken in respect of

foreign ships ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 64 120. Service of documents ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 64

121. Payment of remuneration to certain persons ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 65

122. Use of official log-book in evidence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 65

123. Saving ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 66

Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 67





CHAPTER 369

MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY)

To consolidate and amend the law relating to the safety of merchant
shipping andfor purposes connected therewith.

[25 November 1981.]

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Safety)
Ordinance.

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'cargo ship construction and survey regulations' means the
regulations made, or deemed to be made, under section 96;

'collision regulations' means the regulations made, or deemed to be
made, under section 93;

'Convention' means the International Convention for the Safety of Life
at Sea signed in London on 1 November 1974;

'court of survey' means a court of survey appointed under section 74;

'dangerous goods' means any of the goods or substances to which
the Dangerous Goods Ordinance applies;

'Director' means the Director of Marine;

'fire-fighting appliances regulations' means the regulations made, or
deemed to be made, under section 99;

life-saving appliances regulations' means the regulations made, or
deemed to be made, under section 99;

'master' includes every person (except a pilot) having command or
charge of any ship;

'Merchant Shipping Acts' means the Merchant Shipping Acts 1894 to
1979 and any United Kingdom enactment amending or replacing
those Acts;

'navigational equipment regulations' means the regulations made, or
deemed to be made, under section 98;

'owner' includes a charterer by demise;

'passenger' means any person carried in a ship, except-

(a)a person employed or engaged in any capacity on board the
ship on the business of the ship;





(b)a person on board the ship either in pursuance of the
obligation laid upon the master to carry ship-wrecked,
distressed or other persons, or by reason of any
circumstances which neither the master nor the owner could
have prevented or forestalled; and

(c) a child under 1 year of age;

'passenger ship' means a ship carrying more than 12 passengers;

'passenger ship construction regulations' means the regulations made,
or deemed to be made, under section 94;

'radio regulations' means the regulations made, or deemed to be made,
under section 97;

',ship' includes any vessel used in navigation other than a vessel
propelled by oars or a junk;

'tons' and 'tonnage' mean tons and tonnage as calculated according
to British measurement of registered tonnage;

waters of Hong Kong' means all tidal waters, navigable or not, within
the boundaries of Hong Kong specified in the Second Schedule to
the Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance;

(2) If any amendment or any Protocol to the Convention, or the
Convention of 1966 referred to in Part IV, comes into force or if any
Convention replaces either Convention references in this Ordinance to
those Conventions shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be
construed as references to the Conventions as amended or replaced

3. This Ordinance shall apply to all ships except-

(a) ships of war;

(b) fishing vessels;

(c) pleasure vessels; and

(d)vessels required to be licensed under Part IV of the Shipping
and Port Control Ordinance.

PART II

SURVEY AND CERTIFICATES

Preliminary

4. (1) In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires-

'accepted Convention certificate' means a certificate in the form
prescribed by the Convention or by the Protocol of 1978 relating to
the Convention;

'cargo ship safety construction certificate' means a certificate issued
under section 21 (1);





.'cargo ship safety equipment certificate' means a certificate issued
under section 17(1);

'cargo ship safety radio certificate' means a certificate issued under
section 18(1);

'Convention country' means-

(a)a country the government of which has been declared by Her
Majesty in Council to have accepted the Convention, and has
not been so declared to have denounced the Convention; or

(b)a territory to which it has been so declared that the
Convention extends, not being a territory to which it has been
so declared that the Convention has ceased to extend;

'Convention ship' means a ship registered in a Convention country
and 'Convention passenger ship' shall be construed accordingly;

'declaration of survey' means a declaration under section 10 or 11;

16 general safety certificate' means a certificate issued under section
15(1) in respect of a passenger ship registered in Hong Kong;

'international voyage' means a voyage from a port in one country to a
port in another country, either of those countries being a
Convention country; passenger certificate' means a certificate
issued under section 14;

qualified cargo ship safety construction certificate' means a certificate
issued under section 21(3)(a)(ii) or 21(3)(b);

qualified cargo ship safety radio certificate' means a certificate issued
under section 18(2)(ii);

qualified safety certificate' and 'qualified short voyage safety
certificate' mean a certificate issued under section 15(2)(ii);

qualified cargo ship safety equipment certificate' means a certificate
issued under section 17(2)(ii); short international voyage' means
an international voyage

(a)in the course of which a ship is not more than 200 nautical
miles from a port or place in which the passengers and crew
could be placed in safety; and

(b)which does not exceed 600 nautical miles in length between the
last port of call in the country in which the voyage begins and
the final port of destination;

',short voyage safety certificate' means a certificate issued under the
proviso to section 15(1).

(2) For the purposes of the definitions of 'international voy-

age' and 'short international voyage'~-





(a)no account shall be taken of any deviation by a ship from its
intended voyage due solely to stress of weather or any other
circumstances that neither the master nor the owner of the
ship could have prevented or forestalled; and

(b)every colony, overseas territory, protectorate or other
territory for whose international relations a government is
responsible or for which the United Nations are the
administering authority shall be deemed to be a separate
country.

5. (1) The Secretary for Economic Services may appoint persons to
be Government surveyors for the purposes of this Ordinance.

(2) Persons appointed as Government surveyors may be appointed
as ship surveyors, nautical surveyors, engineer surveyors or radio
surveyors, or in more than one of such capacities.

6. (1) For the purpose of ensuring that this Ordinance has been
complied with, a Government surveyor may at all reasonable times go
on board a ship and inspect the ship and its equipment or any part
thereof, any articles on board, and any document carried in the ship in
pursuance of this Ordinance, the Merchant Shipping Acts or rules or
regulations made thereunder.

(2) In making an inspection under this section, a Government
surveyor shall have all the powers conferred by section 115.

(3) A Government surveyor may inspect any ship under this
section notwithstanding that it may be exempt from any provision of
this Ordinance.

7. (1) A Government surveyor shall make such returns to the
Director as he may require with respect to the build, dimensions,
draught, cubic capacity, speed, fuel capacity, and the nature and
particulars of machinery and equipment, and specifying the number of
the certificated officers and seamen of ships surveyed by him.

(2). The owner, master and engineer of any ship so surveyed shall,
on demand, give to the surveyor all such information and assistance
within his power as he may require for the purpose of a return under
subsection (1).

(3) Any owner, master or engineer who fails without reasonable
excuse to comply with a demand under subsection (2) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

8. (1) The Secretary for Economic Services may approve any
organization for the purposes of surveying ships and issuing
certificates under this Part.





(2) Every certificate issued by any organization approved by the
Secretary for Economic Services under subsection (1) shall have effect
for the purposes of this Ordinance as if it had been issued by the
Director.

Surveys

9. (1) Subject to subsection (2), every passenger ship shall be
surveyed at intervals of not more than 12 months in the manner
provided in this Part.

(2) Subsection (1) shall not apply to Convention passenger ships
plying on international voyages which hold accepted Conven

tion certificates.

(3) No passenger ship shall clear outwards or proceed on any
voyage from Hong Kong unless the master has the certificates as to
survey required under this Part which are in force and applicable to the
voyage on which the ship is about to proceed.

(4) Any passenger ship attempting to go to. sea may be detained
until the certificates mentioned in subsection (3) are produced to the
Director.

10. (1) The owner or master of a passenger ship to which section 9
applies shall have the ship surveyed by a Government surveyor.

(2) The surveyor conducting a survey under subsection (1) shall, if
satisfied that he can properly do so, complete a declaration of survey in
such form as the Director may approve and forward the completed
declaration to the Director.

(3) A declaration of survey under subsection (2) shall state-

(a)the limits, if any, beyond which the ship is not fit to ply; and

(b)the number of passengers which the ship is fit to carry,
distinguishing, if necessary, the numbers to be carried on the
deck and in the cabins,

and shall, if the circumstances so require, state any conditions and
variations, according to the time of year, the nature of the voyage, the
cargo carried, or other circumstances to which that number is subject.

(4) If in the opinion of the surveyor a passenger ship is fit to ply on
international voyages while engaged in a special trade for the carriage
of large numbers of special trade passengers, such as the pilgrim trade,
his declaration of survey under subsection (2) shall so state.

11. (1) The owner or master of a ship to which this section applies
shall have the ship surveyed to such extent, in such manner and at such
intervals as may be prescribed by the cargo ship construction and
survey regulations.





(2) The surveyor conducting a survey under subsection (1)
shall, if satisfied that he can properly do so, complete a declaration
of survey and forward the completed declaration to the Director.

(3) This section applies to-

(a) ships of not less than 500 tons gross tonnage;

(b)ships of not less than such lower tonnage and of such
description as the Governor with the consent of the Secre-
tary of State for Trade may by order specify;

(c)ships not registered in Hong Kong only while they are in
the waters of Hong Kong and are not exempt from the
cargo ship construction and survey regulations,

other than passenger ships.

12. (1) If an owner or master is aggrieved-

(a)by a declaration of a surveyor under this Part, or by the
refusal of a surveyor to give the said declaration; or

(b)by the refusal of a certificate of clearance under this
Ordinance,

the owner or master may appeal, in the manner prescribed by
regulations., to a court of survey, and upon the constitution thereof
by the Governor such court may make such order with respect to the
costs of any such investigation as it thinks fit, and such costs shall be
paid accordingly, and shall be recoverable in the same manner as
costs in summary proceedings before any magistrate.

(2) On such appeal, the court of survey shall report to the
Governor on the question raised by the appeal, and the Governor,
when satisfied that the requirements of the report and this Ordi-
nance and any other enactment have been complied with, may
require the Director to give the certificates required.

13. Where the survey of a ship is made for the purpose of a
declaration under this Part, the person appointed to make the survey
shall, if so required by the owner or master, be accompanied on the
survey by some competent person appointed by the owner or
master, to be approved by the Director, and in such case, if those 2
persons agree, there shall be no appeal to the court of survey as
provided by section 12.

Issue of certificates

14. If the Director, on receipt of a declaration of survey under
section 10 in respect of a passenger ship, is satisfied that this Part has
been complied with, he shall, on the application of the owner, agent
or master, issue a passenger certificate stating such compliance and
stating the terms of the declaration in accordance with section 10(3)
and (4).





15. (1) If the Director, on receipt of a declaration of survey in
respect of a passenger ship registered in Hong Kong is satisfied

(a)that the ship complies with the passenger ship construction
regulations, the life-saving appliances regulations, the
firefighting appliances regulations, the radio regulations and
the navigational equipment regulations applicable to the ship
and to such international voyages as it is to be engaged on;
and

(b)that it is properly provided with the lights, shapes and means
of making sound signals required by the collision regulations,

he shall, on the application of the owner, agent or master, issue in
respect of the ship a general safety certificate showing that the ship
complies with the requirements of the Convention applicable to such
ship and such voyage:

Provided that if the voyages on which the ship is to be engaged are
short international voyages and it complies only with such of those
regulations as are applicable to those voyages, the certificate shall show
that the ship complies with the requirements of the Convention
applicable to it as a ship plying on short international voyages.

(2) If the Director, on receipt of a declaration of survey in respect
of a passenger ship to which subsection (1) applies, is satisfied that

(a)the ship is exempt, by virtue of any exercise by him of a power
in that behalf conferred on him by this Ordinance or conferred
on him by regulations made under this Ordinance, from any of
the requirements of the passenger ship construction
regulations, the life-saving appliances regulations, the fire-
fighting appliances regulations, the radio regulations or the
navigational equipment regulations applicable to the ship and
to such international voyages as it is to be engaged on,
whether short voyages or otherwise;

(b) it complies with the rest of those requirements; and

(c)it is properly provided with the lights, shapes and means of
making sound signals required by the collision regulations,

he shall, on the application of the owner, agent or master, issue in
respect of the ship

(i) an exemption certificate stating which of the requirements of
the Convention applicable as aforesaid the ship is exempt
from and that the exemption is conditional on the ship's
plying only on the voyages and being engaged only in the
trades and complying with the other conditions (if any)
specified in the certificate; and

(ii) a qualified safety certificate or a qualified short voyage safety
certificate, as the case may be, showing that the ship complies
with the rest of those requirements.





16. (1) If, on any. international voyage, a passenger ship registered
in Hong Kong in respect of which a safety certificate is in force has on
board a total number of persons less than the number stated in that
certificate to be the number for which the life-saving appliances on the
ship provide, the Director may, at the request of the owner, agent or
master of the ship, issue a memorandum stating

(a)the total number of persons carried on the ship on that
voyage;and

(b)the consequent modification which may be made for the
purpose of that voyage in the particulars with respect to life-
saving appliances stated in the certificate.

(2) Any memorandum issued under subsection (1) shall-

(a) be annexed to the certificate to which it relates; and

(b)be submitted to the Director at the end of the voyage to which
it relates.

(3) If a memorandum issued under subsection (1) is not submitted
to the Director at the end of the voyage to which it relates the master of
the ship commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

17. (1) If the Director, on receipt of a declaration of survey in
respect of a ship registered in Hong Kong not being a passenger ship, is
satisfied

(a)that the ship complies with the life-saving appliances
regulations and the fire-fighting appliances regulations
applicable to the ship and to such international voyages as it
is to be engaged on; and

(b)that it is properly provided with the lights, shapes and means
of making sound signals required by the collision regulations,

he shall, on the application of the owner, agent or master, issue in
respect of the ship a cargo ship safety equipment certificate showing
that the ship complies with such of the requirements of the Convention
relating to those matters as are applicable as aforesaid.

(2)' If the Director, on receipt of a declaration of survey in respect
of a ship to which subsection (1) applies, is satisfied that

(a)the ship is exempt, by virtue of any exercise by him of a power
in that behalf conferred on him by this Ordinance or conferred
on him by the life-saving appliances regulations and the fire-
fighting appliances regulations, from any of the requirements
of those regulations applicable to the ship and to such
international voyages as it is to be engaged on;

(b) it complies with the rest of those requirements; and

(c)it is properly provided with the lights, shapes and means of
making sound signals required by the collision regulations,





he shall, on the application of the owner, agent or master, issue in
respect of the ship

(i) an exemption certificate stating which of the requirements of
the Convention, being requirements the subject of the life-
saving appliances regulations and the fire-fighting
appliances regulations and applicable as aforesaid, the ship
is exempt from, and that the exemption is conditional on the
ship's plying only on the voyages and complying with the
other conditions (if any) specified in the certificate; and

(ii) a qualified cargo ship safety equipment certificate showing
that the ship complies with the rest of those requirements.

18. (1) If the Director, on receipt of a declaration of survey in
respect of a ship registered in Hong Kong not being a passenger ship, is
satisfied that the ship complies with the radio regulations and the
navigational equipment regulations applicable to the ship and to such
international voyages as it is to be engaged on, he shall, on the
application of the owner, agent or master, issue in respect of the ship a
cargo ship safety radio certificate showing that the ship complies with
such of the requirements of the Convention relating to radiotelegraphy,
radiotelephony, radio navigational aids and directionfinders as are
applicable.

(2) If the Director, on receipt of a declaration of survey in respect
of a ship to which subsection (1) applies, is satisfied

(a)that the ship is exempt---by virtue of any exercise by him of a
power in that behalf conferred on him by this Ordinance or
conferred on him by the regulations in question, from any of
the requirements of the radio regulations or the navigational
equipment regulations applicable to the ship and to such
international voyages as it is to be engaged on; and

(b)that it complies with the rest of the requirements of those
regulations,

he shall, on the application of the owner, agent or master, issue in
respect of the ship

(i) an exemption certificate stating which of the requirements of
the Convention relating to radiotelegraphy, radiotelephony,
radio navigational aids and direction-finders, being
requirements applicable as aforesaid, the ship is exempt from,
and that the exemption is conditional on the ship's plying
only on the voyages and complying with the other conditions
(if any) specified in the certificate; and

(ii) a qualified cargo ship safety radio certificate showing that the
ship complies with the rest of those requirements.

(3) Where any ship registered in Hong Kong is wholly exempt from
the requirements of the radio regulations and the navigational
equipment regulations, the Director shall, on the application of the
owner, agent or master, issue an exemption certificate stating that





the ship is wholly exempt from the requirements of the Convention
relating to radiotelegraphy, radiotelephony, radio navigational aids
and direction-finders and specifying the voyages on which, and
conditions (if any) on which, the ship is so exempt.

19. Where a cargo ship safety radio certificate or qualified
cargo ship safety radio certificate is in force in respect of a ship of
less than 500 tons gross tonnage, other than a passenger ship, and
the ship is surveyed by a Government surveyor at a time not earlier
than 2 months before the end of the period for which the certificate is
in force, then, if on receipt of the declaration of survey a new
certificate is issued before the end of that period-

(a) the current certificate may be cancelled; and

(b)the new certificate may, notwithstanding anything in sec-
tion 26, be issued for a period ending not later than 12
months after the end of the first-mentioned period.

20. Where a ship complies with all the requirements of the
passenger ship construction regulations, the life-saving appliance
regulations, the fire-fighting appliances regulations, the radio regula-
tions and the navigational equipment regulations applicable to the
ship and to the voyages on which it is to be engaged so far as those
requirements are requirements of the Convention applicable as
aforesaid, the Director may issue in respect of the ship a general
safety certificate, short voyage safety certificate, cargo ship safety
equipment certificate or cargo ship safety radio certificate, as the
case may be, notwithstanding that it is exempt from, or for some
other reason does not comply with, any requirements of those
regulations which are not applicable requirements of the Conven-
tion.

21. (1) If the Director is satisfied, on receipt of a declaration
of survey in respect of a ship to which section 11 applies and which is
registered in Hong Kong, that the ship complies with the cargo ship
construction and survey regulations applicable to the ship and such
voyages as it is to be engaged on, he shall, on the application of the
owner, agent or master, issue in respect of the ship-

(a)if the ship is of not less than 500 tons gross tonnage and is
to be engaged on international voyages, a cargo ship safety
construction certificate in the form prescribed by the
Convention or by the Protocol of 1978 relating to the
Convention;

(b)in any other case, a cargo ship safety construction certifi-
cate showing that it complies with the said regulations.

(2) If the Director, on receipt of a declaration of survey in
respect of such a ship, is satisfied that-

(a)the ship is exempt, by virtue of any exercise by him of a
power in that behalf conferred on him by this Ordinance or





the cargo ship construction and survey regulations, from any
of the requirements of those regulations applicable to the ship
and to such voyages as it is to be engaged on; and

(b) it complies with the rest of those requirements,

he shall, on the application of the owner, agent or master, issue
specified certificates in respect of the ship.

(3) The specified certificates referred to in subsection (2) shall be

(a)if the ship is of not less than 500 tons gross tonnage and is to
be engaged on international voyages

(i) an exemption certificate stating which of the
requirements of the Convention, being requirements
implemented by the regulations and applicable as aforesaid,
the ship is exempt from and that the exemption is conditional
on the ship's plying on the voyages and complying with the
other conditions (if any) specified in the certificate; and

(ii) a qualified cargo ship safety construction certificate
showing that the ship complies with the rest of those
requirements;

(b)in any other case, a qualified cargo ship safety construction
certificate showing that the ship complies with such of the
requirements of the cargo ship construction and survey
regulations applicable to the ship and to the voyages it is to
be engaged on as it is not exempt from.

22. (1) The Director shall, upon the completion of any certificate
under this Part, deliver such certificate in duplicate to the owner, agent
or master applying for the certificate upon the payment of such fees as
may be prescribed.

(2) Any declaration of survey shall be produced for the inspection
of the owner, agent or master of the ship to which the declaration
relates.

23. (1) The owner or master of a ship in respect of which any
certificate issued under this Part is in force shall, as soon as possible,
after any alteration is made

(a)in the ship's hull, equipment or machinery affecting the
efficiency thereof or the seaworthiness of the ship; or

(b)in the appliances or equipment required by the life-saving
appliances regulations, the fire-fighting appliances
regulations, the radio regulations, the navigational equipment
regulations or the collision regulations to be carried by the
ship, being an alteration affecting the efficiency or
completeness of those appliances or equipment,

given written notice to the Director containing full particulars of the
alteration.





(2) If notice of any alteration is not given as required by this
section, the owner or master of the ship commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for- 6 months.

(3) If the Director has reason to believe that since the making
of the last declaration of survey in respect of any ship to which
subsection (1) applies-

(a)any such alteration has been made as is mentioned in
subsection (1);

(b)the hull, equipment or machinery of the ship have sus-
tained any damage or are otherwise insufficient; or

(c)the appliances or equipment of the ship referred to in
subsection (1)(b) have sustained any damage or are other-
wise insufficient,

he may, without prejudice to his powers under section 27, require the
ship to be surveyed again as he thinks fit, and, if such requirement is
not complied with, may cancel any certificate issued in respect of the
ship under this Part.

(4) The power of the Director under subsection (3) to cancel a
certificate shall be exercisable also where a ship has hot been
submitted for survey as required by the cargo ship construction and
survey regulations.

(5) For the purposes of this section, -alteration- in relation to
anything includes the renewal of any part of it.

24. (1) The owner or master of every ship shall forthwith on
the receipt by him of a certificate under this Part cause one of the
duplicates to be exhibited in some conspicuous part of the ship so as
to be visible to all persons on board and shall cause it to continue to
be exhibited so long as it remains in force and such ship is in use.

(2) If subsection (1) is not complied with, the owner or
master concerned commits an offence unless he has a reasonable
excuse, and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2)-

(a)compliance by the owner or master shall be deemed to be
compliance by both of them; and

(b)an owner or master does not have a reasonable excuse by
reason only that he has delegated his responsibility to his
agent.

25. (1) No ship registered in Hong Kong shall proceed to sea
on an international voyage unless there is in force in respect of the
ship-

(a)if it is a passenger ship, a passenger certificate, a general
safety certificate, a short voyage safety certificate, a quali-
fied safety certificate or a qualified short voyage safety





certificate which, subject to subsection (5), is applicable to
the voyage on which the ship is about to proceed and to the
trade in which it is for the time being engaged;
(b) if it is a ship to which section 11 applies-
(i) a cargo ship safety equipment certificate or a quali-
fied cargo ship safety equipment certificate; and
(ii) a cargo ship safety. radio certificate or a qualified
cargo ship safety radio certificate or an exemption certifi-
cate stating that it is wholly exempt from the requirements
of the Convention relating to radiotelegraphy, radiotel-
ephony, radio navigational aids and direction-finders; and
(iii) a cargo ship safety construction certificate or a
qualified cargo ship safety construction certificate,

applicable to the ship and the voyage on which it is about
to proceed.
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1)-

(a)subsection (1)(b) shall not prohibit a ship from proceeding
to sea if there is in force in respect of the ship such
certificate or certificates as would be required if it were a
passenger ship;
(b)a qualified certificate shall not be deemed to be in force in
respect of a ship unless there is also in force in respect of
the ship the corresponding exemption certificate; and an
exemption certificate shall be of no effect unless it is by its
terms applicable to the voyage on which the ship is about
to proceed.

(3) If any ship proceeds, or attempts to proceed to sea in
contravention of this section the owner or master of the ship,
without prejudice to any other penalty under this Ordinance,
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000.
(4) The owner, agent or master of any ship to which this
section applies shall produce to the Director, at the time a clearance
for the ship is demanded for an international voyage, the certificate
or certificates required under this section to be in force when the ship
proceeds to sea; and a clearance shall not be granted, and the ship
may be detained, until such certificate or certificates are produced.

(5) Where the Director permits any passenger ship in respect
of which there is in force a short voyage safety certificate, whether
qualified or not, to proceed to sea on an international voyage from
Hong Kong not exceeding 1200 nautical miles in length between
Hong Kong and the final port of destination, the certificate shall for
the purposes of this section be deemed to be applicable to the voyage
on which the ship is about to proceed notwithstanding that the
voyage exceeds 600 nautical miles between Hong Kong and such
port.

(6) Where an exemption certificate issued in respect of any
ship registered in Hong Kong specifies any conditions on which the





certificate is issued and any of those conditions is not complied with,
the owner or master of the ship commits an offence and is liable to a fine
of $10,000.

26. (1) A passenger certificate, a general safety certificate, a radio
certificate or an exemption certificate under section 18(3) shall remain in
force for 1 year from the date of its issue or for such shorter period as
may be specified in the certificate.

(2) A cargo ship safety equipment certificate shall remain in force
for 2 years from its date of issue or for such shorter period as may be
specified in the certificate.

(3) A cargo ship safety construction certificate shall remain in force
for 5 years from its date of issue or for such shorter period as may be
specified in the certificate.

(4) Notwithstanding subsections (1), (2) and (3), no certificate
referred to in those subsections shall remain in force after notice is given
by the Director to the owner or master of the ship in respect of which it
has been issued that the Director has cancelled the certificate.

(5) An exemption certificate, other than one under section 18(3),
shall remain in force for the same period as the corresponding qualified
certificate.

(6) If any ship is absent from Hong Kong at the time of expiry of
any certificate issued under this Part, no penalty shall be incurred until
the ship commences a voyage after the next departure from any port.

27. (1) The D irector may cancel any certificate issued in respect of
any ship under this Part, where he has reason to believe that

(a)any declaration of survey on which the certificate was
founded has in any material particular been made fraudulently
or erroneously;

(b)the certificate has been issued upon false or erroneous
information;

(e)since the making of the declaration of survey, the hull,
equipment or machinery of the ship has or have sustained any
damage or is or are otherwise insufficient;

(d)any condition on which the certificate has been issued has
been contravened;

(e)the master of the ship is not exercising, or is not permitted to
exercise, proper control of the ship.

(2) Where a certificate is cancelled under subsection (1) the
Director may require the owner or master of the ship to which the
certificate referred to have the hull, equipment or machinery of the
ship again surveyed and may require the surveyor to complete a





further declaration of survey before he re-issues the certificate or issues
a fresh one in place thereof.

28. (1) The Director may require any certificate issued under this
Part which has expired or has been cancelled to be delivered up as he
directs.

(2) Any owner or master who fails, without reasonable excuse, to
comply with a requirement under subsection (1) commits an offence and
is liable to a fine of $5,000.

29. (1) Subject to subsection (2) the Director may grant an
extension of any certificate issued under this Part in respect of a ship
registered in Hong Kong for a period not exceeding 1 month from the
date when the certificate would, but for the extension, have expired, or,
if the ship is absent from Hong Kong on that date, for a period not
exceeding 5 months from that date.

(2) Without prejudice to subsection (1), where a certificate under
section 21 is in force in respect of a ship and the certificate was issued
for a shorter period than is allowed under section 26(3), the Director
may, if satisfied on receipt of a declaration of survey in respect of the
ship that it is proper to do so, grant an extension of the certificate for a
period not exceeding 1 year, and not exceeding, together with the period
for which it was issued and any period by which it has been previously
extended under this subsection, the longest period for which it could
have been issued under section 26(3).

30. (1) Any general safety certificate or short voyage safety
certificate, whether qualified or not, may be combined in one document
with a passenger certificate.

(2) Any certificate issued by the Director under this Part may be
signed on his behalf by any person authorized by him for the purpose,
and a certificate purporting to be so signed shall be admissible in
evidence in like manner as if it had been signed by the Director.

31. (1) The Director may request the government of a country to
which the Convention applies to issue in respect of a ship registered in
Hong Kong any certificate the issue of which is authorized under this
Ordinance; and a certificate issued in pursuance of such a request and
containing a statement that it has been so issued shall have effect for
the purposes of this Part as if it had been issued by the Director and not
by the government of that country.

(2) Where a government is willing to issue, pursuant to a request
under subsection (1), a qualified certificate in respect of a ship but is not
willing to issue the corresponding exemption certificate, the Director
may issue that exemption certificate in respect of the ship.





32. If any person-

(a)knowingly and wilfully makes, or assists in making, or
procures to be made, a false or fraudulent declaration or
certificate required by or under this Ordinance; or

(b)forges, assists in forging, procures to be forged, fraudulently
alters, assists in fraudulently altering, or procures to be
fraudulently altered, any such declaration or certificate, or
anything contained in, or any signature to any such
declaration or certificate,

he commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $50,000 and to
imprisonment for 2 years.

Convention ships of other countries

33. (1) The Director may, at the request of the government of a
country to which the Convention applies, issue in respect of a ship
registered in that country any certificate the issue of which in respect of
ships registered in Hong Kong is authorized under this Part if he is
satisfied that it is proper for him to do so; and a certificate issued in
pursuance of such a request and containing a statement that it has been
so issued shall have effect for the purposes of this Part as if it had been
issued by that government and not by the Director.

(2) A Government surveyor, for the purpose of verifying-

(a)that there is in force in respect of a Convention ship not
registered in Hong Kong an accepted Convention certificate;
or

(b)that the condition of the hull, equipment and machinery of any
such Convention ship corresponds substantially with the
particulars shown in such a certificate; or

(c)except where such a certificate states that the ship is wholly
exempt from the provisions of the Convention relating to
radiotelegraphy, radiotelephony and navigational equipment,
that the number, grades and qualifications of radio officers or
operators on board correspond with those shown in the
certificate; or

(d)that any conditions on which such a certificate, being the
equivalent of an exemption certificate, is issued are complied
with,

shall have all the powers conferred by section 115.

(3) Where there is attached to an accepted Convention certificate
in respect of a Convention, passenger ship not registered in Hong Kong
a memorandum which

(a)has been issued by or under the authority of the government
of the country in which the ship is registered; and





(b)modifies for the purpose of any particular voyage, in view of
the number of persons carried on that voyage, the particulars
stated in the certificate with respect to lifesaving appliances,

the certificate shall have effect for the purpose of that voyage as if it
were modified in accordance with the memorandum.

(4) Where an accepted Convention certificate is produced in
respect of a Convention passenger ship not registered in Hong Kong

(a)the ship shall not be required to be surveyed under this
Ordinance by a Government surveyor except for the purpose
of determining the number of passengers that it is fit to carry;

(b)on receipt of any declaration of survey for the purpose
aforesaid, the Director shall issue a certificate containing only
the statement of the particulars relating to the number of
passengers the ship is fit to carry; and a certificate so issued
shall have effect as a passenger certificate.

(5) Where there is produced in respect of any such passenger ship
as aforesaid an accepted Convention certificate, and also a certificate
issued by or under the authority of the government of the country in
which the ship is registered showing the number of passengers that the
ship is fit to carry, and the Director is satisfied that that number has
been determined substantially in the same manner as in the case of a
passenger ship registered in Hong Kong, he may if he thinks fit
dispense with any survey of the ship for the purpose of determining the
number of passengers that it is fit to carry and direct that the last-
mentioned certificate shall have effect as a passenger certificate.

34. (1) The master of every Convention ship not registered in Hong
Kong shall produce to the Director, at the time a clearance for the ship is
demanded in respect of an international voyage from Hong Kong,
accepted Convention certificates that are the equivalent of the
certificates issued by the Director under this Ordinance that would be
required to be in force in respect of the ship if it were a ship registered in
Hong Kong; and a clearance shall not be granted, and the ship may be
detained, until such certificates are so produced.

(2) For the purposes of section 33 an accepted Convention
certificate being the equivalent of

(a) a qualified certificate; or

(b)an exemption certificate, other than a certificate under section
18(3),

shall not be accepted unless there is also produced the corresponding
exemption certificate or qualified certificate, as the case may be.





Exemption of certain ships from this Part

35. (1) Nothing in this Part-

(a)prohibiting or preventing a ship from proceeding to sea
unless there are in force in relation to the ship, or are
produced, the appropriate certificates issued by the Director
under this Part or the appropriate accepted Convention
certificates; or

(b)conferring powers on a Government surveyor for the purpose
of verifying the existence, validity or correctness of any
Convention certificate or that the conditions on which any
such certificate was issued are complied with,

shall apply to any ship of less than 500 tons gross tonnage other than a
passenger ship.

(2) Subsection (1) shall not prevent the application-

(a)to any ship of 300 tons gross tonnage or above, of so much of
the provisions referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of that
subsection as relates to certificates issued under section 18 or
equivalent accepted Convention certificates;

(b)to any ship to which section 11 applies and which is
registered in Hong Kong, of so much of the provisions
referred to in paragraph (a) of that subsection as relates to
certificates issued under section 21,

by reason only that it is of less than 500 tons gross tonnage.

(3) Notwithstanding that any provision of this Part is expressed to
apply to ships not registered in Hong Kong while they are within the
waters of Hong Kong, that provision shall not apply to a ship that
would not be within such waters but for stress of weather or any other
circumstance that neither the master nor the owner of the ship could
have prevented or forestalled.

PART III

EQUIPMENT OF SHIPS AND EXCESS
PASSENGERS

36. (1) Every passenger ship to which section 9 applies shall

(a)have the ship's compasses properly adjusted from time to
time, to the satisfaction of a Government surveyor and in
accordance with regulations or such directions as may be
issued by the Director; and

(b)be provided with such shelter for the protection of deck
passengers, if any, as the Director, having regard to

(i) the nature of the passage;
(ii) the number of deck passengers to be carried;





(iii) the season of the year; (iv) the
safety of the ship; and (v) any
other circumstance, may require.

(2) If any passenger ship to which section 9 applies goes to sea
from Hong Kong without having its compasses adjusted or without
protection for deck passengers in contravention of subsection (1), the
owner or the master commits an offence and is liable

(a)in the case ... of the owner, to a fine of $50,000 and to
imprisonment for 2 years; and

(b)in the case of the master, to a fine of $20,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

(3) If any requirement of this section or of regulations as to the
number of permissible passengers is not complied with in the case of
any passenger ship, the Director shall not grant a clearance and if any
such ship attempts to go to sea without a clearance, the Director may
detain it.

37. (1) A ship shall not carry passengers on more than one deck
below the water line.

(2) The owner and master of any ship which carries passengers in
contravention of subsection (1) commits an offence and is liable to a
fine of $10,000.

38. (1) A ship shall not within the waters of Hong Kong carry any
passengers in excess of the number allowed by the passenger
certificate, or, where the ship has no passenger certificate, the ship shall
not

(a)carry any passengers if the ship is not fit to do so under the
provisions of this Ordinance, or would not be fit to do so
under those provisions if they applied to the ship;

(b)carry any passengers in excess of the maximum number which
the ship is fit to carry under the provisions of this Ordinance,
or would be fit to carry under those provisions if they applied
to the ship.

(2) The owner, agent and master of any ship which carries
passengers in contravention of subsection (1) commits an offence and
is liable

(a)on conviction upon indictment to imprisonment for 4 years
and to a fine of $10,000 and an additional fine of $5,000 for
each excess passenger; and

(b)on summary conviction to imprisonment for 2 years and to a
fine of $10,000 and an additional fine of $5,000 for each excess
passenger.

(3) For the purposes of this section every person carried in a ship,
other than





(a)a person employed or engaged in any capacity on board
the ship on the business of the ship; and

(b) a child under 1 year of age,

shall, until the contrary is proved, be presumed to be a passenger on
that ship.

(4) Where the Director for the purpose of enabling persons to
be moved from any place in consequence of a threat to their lives has
permitted more persons to be carried on board a ship than are
permitted under this Ordinance other than this section, the carriage
of that excess of persons shall not be an offence under this Ordinance.

(5) The owner or agent of any ship shall not be guilty of an
offence under subsection (2) if he proves that-

(a)the passengers involved in the offence were shipped with-
out his knowledge or consent; and

(b)he derived no profit, benefit or advantage from the ship-
ping of the passengers.

(6) In any proceedings for an offence under this section, a
certificate purporting to be signed and issued by the Director for the
purposes of this subsection shall be admitted in evidence on its
production without further proof, and unless it is proved that the
certificate has not been signed by the Director, it shall be presumed
until the contrary is proved that any statement therein to the
following effect is true, that is to say a statement that a ship is not fit
to carry passengers under the provisions of this Ordinance or would
not be fit to do so under those provisions if they applied to the ship,
or a statement of the maximum number of passengers a ship is fit to
carry under the provisions of this Ordinance or would be fit to do so
under those provisions if they applied to the ship.

39. (1) The master of every ship shall, on application to the
Director for a port clearance, state the number of passengers he
proposes to carry on the voyage; and if such number is in excess of
the number allowed by the passenger certificate or exceeds 12 in the
case of a ship which is not provided with a passenger certificate, the
Director may refuse clearance.

(2) Any master of a ship who-

(a)in an application under subsection (1) for a port clearance
intentionally misrepresents the number of passengers pro-
posed to be carried; or

(b)leaves or attempts to leave any port in Hong Kong without
a clearance,

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of 520,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

(3) The master of any ship who, after having obtained a port
clearance, leaves or attempts to leave the waters of Hong Kong with





any number of passengers greater than that allowed by the clearance
commits an offence and is liable to imprisonment for 6 months and to a
fine of $10,000 and an additional fine of $5,000 in respect of each
passenger in excess of the number permitted by the clearance.

(4) Whenever the master of a ship is guilty of an offence under
subsection (3), the owner and agent (if any) of the ship shall each be
guilty of the same offence and shall each be liable to the same penalty
as is prescribed for that offence, unless he proves that

(a)the passengers involved in the offence were shipped without
his knowledge or consent; and

(b)he derived no profit, benefit or advantage from the shipping of
the passengers.

(5) The Director may refuse a clearance to any ship carrying more
than 12 passengers, except on the production of the passenger
certificate, being a certificate in force and applicable to the voyage on
which the ship is about to proceed; and he may detain such ship until
such certificate is produced.

(6) The Director may by order prohibit the conveyance of deck
passengers by any ship.

40. Any person who places an undue weight on the safety valve of
any steamship or increases the weight on such safety valve beyond the
limits fixed by a Government surveyor commits an offence and is liable
to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.

41. (1) No ship registered in Hong Kong, being a ship over 150 tons
gross tonnage, shall proceed to sea on an international voyage unless
the ship is provided with an efficient signalling lamp.

(2) If any ship proceeds or attempts to proceed to sea in
contravention of this section, the owner or master thereof commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

42. (1) No ship registered in Hong Kong shall have on board as
part of its equipment an anchor or cable unless

(a)the anchor or cable has been marked, and a certificate in
respect of it has been issued, in accordance with the
regulations made under section 103; or

(b)the anchor or cable is one to which those regulations do not
apply by virtue of any regulation made under paragraph (e) of
section 103(1).

(2) If subsection (1) is contravened in respect of any ship the
owner or master of the ship commits an offence and is liable to a fine of
$5,000.

(3) If any person applies to any anchor or cable which has not
passed the tests prescribed by regulations made under section 103





any mark prescribed by those regulations for denoting that it has
passed those tests, or any other mark calculated to suggest that it
has passed those tests, he commits an offence and is liable to a fine of
$5,000.

(4) In this section, 'anchor' and 'cable' have the meanings
assigned to them by section 103(2).

43. It shall be the duty of the owner and master of every ship
registered in Hong Kong to ensure that such ship is provided with
such life-saving appliances and fire-fighting appliances as may be
prescribed by the life-saving appliances regulations and the fire-
fighting appliances regulations.

44. In the case of any ship-

(a)if the ship is required to be provided with life-saving
appliances or fire-fighting appliances and proceeds on
any voyage without being so provided in the manner
prescribed;

(b)if any of the appliances with which the ship is so provided
are lost or rendered unfit for service in the course of the
voyage through the wilful fault or negligence of the owner
or master;
(c)if the master wilfully neglects to replace or repair, on the
first opportunity, any such appliance lost or damaged in
the course of the voyage;

(d)if such appliances are not kept so as to be at all times fit
and ready for use; or

(e)if any provision of the life-saving appliances regulations or
the fire-fighting appliances regulations is contravened or
not complied with,

then the owner of the ship (if at fault) commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years and the
master of the ship (if at fault) commits an offence and is liable to a
fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

45. (1) The master of every ship to which this section applies
shall enter in the official log-book a statement, or, if there is no
official log-book, keep some other record, of every occasion on
which boat-drill or fire-drill is practised on board ship, or on which
the appliances and equipment required to be carried by virtue of the
life-saving appliances regulations and the fire-fighting appliances
regulations are examined to see whether they are fit and ready for
use and of the result of any such examination; and if-

(a)in the case of a passenger ship, boat-drill or fire-drill is not
practised on board the ship in any week;

(b)in the case of any other ship, boat-drill or fire-drill is not
practised on board ship in any month;





(c)in the case of any ship, the appliances and equipment are not
examined in any such period as may be prescribed,

the master shall enter a statement or keep some other record of the
reasons why the drill was not practised or the appliances and
equipment were not examined in that week, month or period.

(2) The master shall, if so required by an officer of the Marine
Department, produce for inspection any such entry or record.

(3) If a master fails to comply with any requirement of this section,
he commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

(4) Subject to section 46, this section applies to-

(a) any ship registered in Hong Kong; and

(b) other ships while they are within the waters of Hong Kong.

46. Sections 43 and 44 shall apply to all ships not registered in
Hong Kong while within the waters of Hong Kong to the same extent as
they apply to ships registered in Hong Kong:

Provided that such sections and section 45 shall not apply

(a)to any Convention ship which carries an accepted
Convention certificate; or

(b)to any other foreign ship by reason of its being within the
waters of Hong Kong if it would not have been within such
waters but for stress of weather or any other circumstance
that neither the master nor the owner of the ship could have
prevented or forestalled.

PARTIV

LOAD LINES

Preliminary

47. (1) In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires-

'alteration' includes deterioration;

'conditions of assignment' means such provisions relating to the
assignment of freeboards as are contained in the load line
regulations;

'Contracting Government' means any such government as is referred
to in paragraph (g) of the definition of 'Convention country';

'Convention country' means a country or territory which is

(a)a country the government of which has been declared by Her
Majesty by Order in Council made under section 31 of the
Merchant Shipping (Load Lines) Act 1967 to have accepted or
acceded to the Convention of 1966, and has not been so
declared to have denounced that Convention; or





(b)a territory to which it has been so declared that the
Convention of 1966 extends, not being a territory to which it
has been so declared that the Convention has ceased to
extend;

'Convention of 1966' means the International Convention on Load
Lines signed in London on 5 April 1966;

'deck-line' means such mark as may be prescribed which indicates on
each side of a ship the position of the freeboard deck of that ship;

'existing ship' means any ship which is not a new ship;

'international voyage' means, subject to subsection (2), a voyage
between

(a) Hong Kong and a port outside Hong Kong; or

(b)a port in a country (other than Hong Kong) and a port in any
other country or territory (whether a Convention country or
not) which is outside Hong Kong;

'load lines' means such lines as may be prescribed which indicate on
each side of a ship the various maximum depths to which the ship
may be loaded in such circumstances as may be prescribed;

'new ship' means a ship whose keel is laid, or which is at a similar stage
of construction on or after

(a)in relation to a ship whose parent country is a Convention
country other than the United Kingdom, the date from which it
is declared under section 31 of the Merchant Shipping (Load
Lines) Act 1967 either that the government of that country has
accepted or acceded to the Convention of 1966 or that it is a
territory to which that Convention extends;

(b) in relation to any other ship, 21 July 1968;

'parent country' means, in relation to a ship, the country or territory in
which the ship is registered, or, if the ship is not registered
anywhere, means the country or territory whose flag the ship flies;

'valid Convention certificate' means a certificate which

(a)has been issued under section 57(2) and is for the time being
in force; or

(b)is produced in circumstances in which it is required by the
load line regulations to be recognized for the purposes of this
Part.

(2) In determining, for the purposes of an international voyage,
what are the ports between which a voyage is made, no account shall be
taken of any deviation by a ship from her intended voyage which is due
solely to stress of weather or any other circumstances which neither the
master nor the owner of the ship could have





prevented or forestalled; and for the purposes of determining
whether a voyage is an international voyage any colony, protec-
torate or other dependency, any territory for whose international
relations a government is separately responsible and any territory
for which the United Nations are the administering authority, shall
be taken to be a separate territory.

(3) Any reference in this Part to the gross tonnage of a ship
shall be construed as a reference to the tonnage of a ship ascertained
in accordance with the tonnage regulations made under the
Merchant Shipping Acts; and where in accordance with those
regulations alternative tonnages are assigned to a ship, the gross
tonnage of the ship shall, for the purposes of this Part be taken to be
the larger of those tonnages.

(4) Any reference in this Part to any provision of the Conven-
tion of 1966 shall, in relation to any time after that provision has
been amended in pursuance of Article 29 of that Convention, be
construed as a reference to that provision as so amended.

Ships registered in Hong Kong

48. (1) Subject to any exemption conferred by or under this
Ordinance, no ship registered in Hong Kong shall proceed or
attempt to proceed to sea unless-

(a)the ship has been surveyed in accordance with the load line
regulations;

(b)the ship is marked with a deck-line and with load lines in
accordance with those regulations;

(c) the ship complies with the condition of assignment; and

(d)the information required by those regulations to be pro-
vided for the guidance of the master of the ship has been so
provided.

(2) If any ship proceeds or attempts to proceed to sea in
contravention of subsection (1), the owner or master of the ship
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000.

(3) Any ship which in contravention of subsection (1) attempts
to proceed to sea without being surveyed and marked as mentioned
in paragraphs (a) and (b) of that subsection may be detained until it,
has been so surveyed and marked.

(4) Any such ship as is mentioned in subsection (1) which does
not comply with the conditions of assignment shall be deemed to be
unsafe for the purposes of section 67.

49. (1) A ship registered in Hong Kong shall not be so loaded
that its condition at any time is such that-

(a)if the ship is in salt water and has no list, the appropriate
load line on each side of the ship is submerged; or





(b)in any other case, the appropriate load line on each side of
the ship would be submerged if the ship were in salt water
and had no list.

(2) If any ship is loaded in contravention of subsection (1), the
owner or master of the ship, subject to subsection (5), commits an
offence and is liable-

(a) to a fine of $10,000; and

(b)to such additional fine, not exceeding an amount calcu-
lated in accordance with subsection (3), as the court thinks
fit to impose, having regard to the extent to which the earn-
ing capacity of the ship was increased by reason of the
contravention.

(3) Any additional fine imposed under subsection (2)(b) shall
not exceed $6,000 for every 25 millimetres and for any fraction of 25
millimetres over and above one or more complete multiple of 25
millimetres, by which-

(a)in a case falling within subsection (1)(a), the appropriate
load line on each side of the ship was submerged; or

(b)in a case falling within subsection (1)(b), the appropriate
load line on each side of the ship would have been
submerged as therein mentioned,

and, if the amount by which that load line was or would have been
submerged was less than 25 millimetres, any such additional fine
shall be $6,000.

(4) If the master of a ship takes the ship to sea when it is
loaded in contravention of subsection (1), or if any other person,
having reason to believe that the ship is so loaded, sends or is party
to sending it to sea when it is loaded in contravention of that
subsection, then (without prejudice to any fine to which he may be
liable in respect of an offence under subsection (2)) he commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $20,000.

(5) Where a person is charged with an offence under subsec-
tion (2), it shall be a defence to prove that the contravention was due
solely to deviation or delay and that the deviation or delay was
caused solely by stress of weather or other circumstances which
neither the master nor the owner could have prevented or forestalled.

(6) Without prejudice to any proceedings under the preceding
provisions of this section, any ship which is loaded in contravention
of subsection (1) may be detained until it ceases to be so loaded.

(7) For the purposes of the application of this section to a ship
in any circumstances prescribed by the load line regulations 'the
appropriate load line' means the maximum depth to which the ship
may, in accordance with those regulations, be loaded in salt water in
those circumstances.





50. Where a ship registered in Hong Kong is marked in accordance
with any requirements as to marking imposed by or under this Part, then
if

(a)the owner or master of the ship fails without reasonable cause
to keep the ship so marked; or

(b)any person conceals, removes, alters, defaces or obliterates, or
causes or permits any person under his control to conceal,
remove, alter, deface or obliterate, any mark with which the ship
is so marked, except where he does so under the authority of a
person empowered under the load line regulations to authorize
him in that behalf.

he commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000.

51. (1) Where a ship registered in Hong Kong has been surveyed
and marked in accordance with the load line regulations, an
International Load Line Certificate (1966) shall be issued to the owner,
agent or master of the ship on his application.

(2) Subject to subsection (3), any certificate required by subsection
(1) of this section to be issued

(a) shall be issued by the Director; and

(b)shall be in such form, and shall be issued in such manner, as
may be prescribed by the load line regulations.

(3) The Director may request a Contracting Government to issue an
International Load Line Certificate (1966) in respect of any ship to which
this Part applies which is a ship registered in Hong Kong; and the
following provisions of this Part shall have effect in relation to such a
certificate so issued, which contains a statement that it has been issued
at the request of the Government of Hong Kong, as they have effect in
relation to any International Load Line Certificate (1966) issued by the
Director.

52. Where a certificate, issued in pursuance of section 51 and for
the time being in force, is produced in respect of the ship to which the
certificate relates

(a)the ship shall be deemed to have been surveyed in accordance
with the load line regulations; and

(b)if lines are marked on the ship corresponding in number' and
description to the deck-line and load lines as required by the
load line regulations, and the positions of those lines so
marked correspond to the positions of the deck-line and load
lines as specified in the certificate, the ship shall be deemed to
be marked as required by those. regulations.

53. While any certificate issued under section 51 is in force in
respect of a ship, there shall be endorsed on the certificate such
information relating to





(a)periodical inspections of the ship in accordance with the load
line regulations; and

(b)any extension of the period for which the certificate was
issued,

as may be prescribed by the regulations.

54. (1) Subject to any exemption conferred by or under this Part, no
ship registered in Hong Kong shall proceed or attempt to proceed to
sea unless an International Load Line Certificate (1966) is in force in
respect of the ship.

(2) Before any such ship proceeds to sea, the master of the ship
shall produce the certificate to the Director; and a clearance shall not be
granted, and the ship may be detained, until the certificate is so
produced.

(3) If any ship proceeds or attempts to proceed to sea in
contravention of this section, the master of the ship commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $10,000.

55. (1) Where a certificate is issued in respect of a ship under
section 51

(a)the owner or master of the ship shall forthwith on receipt of
the certificate cause it to be framed and posted up in some
conspicuous place on board the ship, and shall cause it to be
kept so framed and posted up and legible so long as the
certificate remains in force and the ship is in use; grid

(b)the master of the ship, before making any other entry in any
official log-book relating to the ship, shall enter in it the
particulars as to the positions of the deck-line and the load
lines which are specified in the certificate.

(2) Before any ship registered in Hong Kong leaves any dock,
wharf, harbour or other place for the purpose of proceeding to sea, the
master of the ship

(a)shall enter in the official log-book such particulars relating to
the depth to which the ship is for the time being loaded as
may be prescribed by the load line regulations;

(b)shall cause a notice, in such form and containing such of
those particulars as may be specified in the regulations for the
purposes of this paragraph, to be posted up in some
conspicuous place on board the ship,

and, where such a notice has been posted up, the master of the ship
shall cause it to be kept so posted up and legible until the ship arrives
at some other dock, wharf, harbour or place.

(3) If the owner or master of a ship fails to comply with any
requirement imposed on him by this section, he commits an offence and
is liable to a fine of $2,000.





56. (1) A Government surveyor may inspect any ship registered in
Hong Kong, for the purpose of seeing that the provisions of this Part
have been complied with in respect of the ship.

(2) For the purposes of any such inspection any such surveyor
shall have all the powers conferred by section 115.

Ships not registered in Hong Kong

57. (1) This section applies to any ship not registered in Hong
Kong, which

(a)is registered in a Convention country or, not being registered
in any such country or elsewhere, flies the flag of a
Convention country; and

(b)is either an existing ship of not less than 150 tons gross
tonnage or a new ship of not less than 24 metres in length.

(2) The Director may, at the request of the government of the
parent country of a ship to which this section applies, issue in respect
of the ship a certificate in such form as may be prescribed by the load
line regulations, if he is satisfied that he could properly issued a
certificate in respect of the ship under section 51 if the ship were
registered in Hong Kong.

(3) Certificates issued as mentioned in subsection (2) shall be
included among the certificates to be called 'International Load Line
Certificates (1966)'.

58. (1) Subject to subsection (2), and to any exemption conferred
by or under this Ordinance, no ship not being a ship registered in Hong
Kong shall proceed, or attempt to proceed, to sea from Hong Kong
unless

(a)the ship has been surveyed in accordance with the load line
regulations;

(b)the ship is marked with a deck-line and with load lines in
accordance with those regulations;

(c) the ship complies with the conditions of assignment; and

(d)the information required by those regulations to be provided
for the guidance of the master of the ship has been so
provided.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a ship in respect of which a
valid Convention certificate is produced.

(3) If any ship proceeds or attempts to proceed to sea in
contravention of subsection (1) the owner or master of the ship commits
an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000.

(4) Any ship which in contravention of this section attempts to
proceed to sea without being surveyed and marked as mentioned in





subsection (1)(a) and (b) may be detained until it has been so
surveyed and marked.

(5) If any such ship as is mentioned in subsection (1), not being
a ship in respect of which a valid Convention certificate is produced,
does not comply with the conditions of assignment, then-

(a)if the ship is a British ship, it shall be deemed to be unsafe
for the purposes of section 67; or

(b)if the ship is a foreign ship, section 72 shall have effect in
relation to the ship as if it were unsafe for the purposes of
that section.

59. (1) Where a ship not registered in Hong Kong is within
the waters of Hong Kong, the ship shall not be so loaded that its
condition at any time is such that-

(a)if the ship is in salt water and has no list, the appropriate
load line on each side of the ship is submerged; or

(b)in any other case, the appropriate load line on each side of
the ship would be submerged if the ship were in salt water
and had no list.

(2) Subsections (2), (3), (5) and (6) of section 49 shall have
effect for the purposes of this section as if any references in those
subsections to subsection (1) of that section, or to paragraph (a) or
paragraph (b) of the said subsection (1), were a reference to
subsection (1), or (as the case may be) to the corresponding
paragraph of subsection (1), of this section:

Provided that, in the case of a ship to which section 57 applies,
the ship shall not be detained, and no proceedings shall be brought
by virtue of this subsection, unless the ship has been inspected by a
Government surveyor in pursuance of section 61.

(3) In relation to a ship in respect of which a valid Convention
certificate is produced. 'load line' in subsection (1) means a line
marked on the ship in the position of a load line specified in that
certificate; and for the purposes of the application of the relevant
provisions to such a ship in any circumstances for which a particular
load line is specified in the certificate, the 'appropriate load line'
means the maximum depth to which the ship may, in accordance
with the certificate, be loaded in salt water in those circumstances.

(4) Where a valid Convention certificate is not produced in
respect of a ship, then, for the purposes of the application of the
relevant provisions to that ship in any circumstances prescribed by
the load line regulations 'the appropriate load line' means the
maximum depth to which the ship may, in accordance with those
regulations, be loaded in salt water in those circumstances.

(5) In subsections (3) and (4) 'the relevant provisions' means
the provisions of subsection (1) and any provisions of section 49 as
applied by subsection (2).





60. Subject to any exemption conferred by or under this Part,
before a ship to which section 57 applies proceeds to sea from Hong
Kong on an international voyage, the master of the ship shall
produce a valid Convention certificate to the Director; and a
clearance shall not be granted, and the ship may be detained, until
such a certificate is so produced.

61. (1) Subject to this section, a Government surveyor may
inspect any ship not registered in Hong Kong while the ship is within
the waters of Hong Kong and for the purposes of any such
inspection he shall have all the powers conferred by section 115.

(2) Any such Government surveyor may go on board any ship
to which section 57 applies, while the ship is within the waters of
Hong Kong, for the purpose of demanding production of any
International Load Line Certificate (1966) for the time being in force
in respect of the ship.

(3) If on any such demand a valid Convention certificate is
produced to the surveyor in respect of the ship, the powers of the
surveyor under subsection (1) shall be limited to seeing that-

(a)the ship is not loaded beyond the limits allowed by the
certificate;

(b)lines are marked on the ship in the positions of the load
lines specified in the certificate;

(c)no material alterations have taken place in the hull or
superstructures of the ship which affect the position in
which any of those lines ought to be marked; and

(d)the fittings and appliances for the protection of openings,
the guard rails, the freeing ports and the means of access to
the crew's quarters have been maintained on the ship in as
effective a condition as they were in when the certificate
was issued.

(4) If on an inspection of a ship under this section the ship is
found to have been so materially altered in respect of the matters
referred to in paragraph (c) or paragraph (d) of subsection (3) that
the ship is manifestly unfit to proceed to sea without danger to
human life, then-

(a)if the ship is a British ship, it shall be deemed to be unsafe
for the purposes of section 67; or

(b)if the ship is a foreign ship, section 72 shall have effect in
relation to the ship as if it were unsafe for the purposes of
that section.

(5) Where a ship is detained under the provisions applied
under subsection (4), the Director shall order the ship to be released
as soon as he is satisfied that the ship is fit to proceed to sea without
danger to human life.





Exemptions

62. (1) The Director may exempt any ship or class of ships from this
Part or the load line regulations if he is satisfied that the sheltered nature
and conditions of voyages undertaken by such ships make it
unreasonable or impracticable to apply this Part or the load line
regulations.

(2) The Director may exempt any ship which embodies features of a
novel kind from any of the provisions of this Part or the load line
regulations the application of which may seriously impede research into
the development of such features and their incorporation in ships
engaged on international voyages.

(3) The Director may, in relation to a ship which does not normally
ply on international voyages but is, in exceptional circumstances,
required to undertake a single international voyage, exempt the ship
from this Part and the load line regulations while the ship is engaged on
that voyage; but no exemption shall be conferred unless the Director is
satisfied that the ship complies with such safety requirements as are, in
his opinion, adequate for the voyage which is to be undertaken by the
ship. ...

(4) Any exemption conferred under this section may be conferred
subject to such conditions as the Director thinks fit; and where any
such exemption is conferred subject to conditions, the exemption shall
not have effect unless those conditions are complied with.

63. (1) Where the Director exempts a ship under section 62 he shall
issued an International Load Line Exemption Certificate to the owner or
master of the ship.

(2) Any certificate issued under this section shall be in such form,
and shall be issued in such manner, as may be prescribed by the load
line regulations.

64. While any certificate issued under section 63 is in force in
respect of a ship, there shall be endorsed on the certificate such
information relating to

(a)periodical inspections of the ship in accordance with the load
line regulations; and

(b) any extension of the period for which the certificate was

... issued,

as may be prescribed by the regulations.

Subdivision load lines

65. (1) Where in pursuance of the passenger ship construction
regulations a passenger ship registered in Hong Kong is marked with
subdivision load lines, and the lowest of those lines is lower than the
line which, apart from this subsection, would be the





appropriate load line for the purposes of section 49, that section shall
have effect as if that subdivision load line were the appropriate load line
for the purposes of that section.

(2) Where in pursuance of the passenger ship construction
regulations, or in pursuance of the Convention or any law of any
country made for the purpose of giving effect to the Convention, a
passenger ship, not being a ship registered in Hong Kong, is marked
with subdivision load lines, and the lowest of those load lines is lower
than the line which, apart from this subsection, would be the
appropriate load line for the purposes of section 59, that section shall
have effect as if that subdivision load line were the appropriate load line
for the purposes of that section.

Miscellaneous and supplementary provisions

66. (1) Section 28 and section 32 shall have effect in relation to any
certificate which can be issued under this Part as they have effect in
relation to a certificate under Part II.

(2) Any certificate issued under this Part shall be admissible in
evidence.

PART V

UNSAFE SHIPS AND DETENTION

67. (1) If-

(a) a ship in Hong Kong; or

(b) a ship registered in Hong Kong which is in any other port,

is, having regard to the nature of the service for which the ship is
intended, unfit by reason of the condition of the ship's hull, equipment
or machinery or by reason of undermanning or by reason of overloading
or improper loading to go to sea without serious danger to human life,
then, subject to subsection (2), the master and the owner shall each
commit an offence and be liable to a fine of $500,000 and to
imprisonment for 2 years.

(2) It shall be a defence in proceedings for an offence under
subsection (1) to prove that at the time of the alleged offence

(a)arrangements had been made which were appropriate to
ensure that before the ship went to sea it was made fit to do
so without serious danger to human life by reason of the
matters set out in subsection (1) which are specified in the
charge; or

(b) it was reasonable not to have made such arrangements.

(3) A prosecution under this section may only be commenced by
or with the consent of the Attorney General.





68. (1) Any ship registered in Hong Kong ot any ... British ship for
the time being in the waters of Hong Kong which is unsafe within the
meaning of section 67(1) may be detained in accordance with this
section.

(2) If the Director has reason to believe that a ship is unsafe, he
may appoint a surveyor to survey the ship and report to him.

(3) If, on receipt of a report under subsection (2), the Director is of
the opinion that the ship to which the report relates is unsafe, he may
order that the ship be detained.

(4) Where an order for the detention of a ship is made under
subsection (3)

(a)the Director shall serve on the owner, agent or master of the
ship a copy of the report submitted to him under subsection
(2);

(b)within 7 days after the service of the survey report under
paragraph (a), the owner, agent or master of the ship may

(i) apply to the Director to order that the ship be re-
surveyed in accordance with subsection (5); or

(ii) appeal against the detention order to a court of survey.

(5) Where the Director orders that a ship be re-surveyed following
an application under subsection (4)(b), the ship shall be re-surveyed by
the surveyor who made the survey under subsection (2) and shall, if so
required by the owner, agent or master of the ship, be accompanied
when carrying out the re-survey by an assessor, being a person of
nautical, engineering or other special skill

(a) nominated by the owner, agent or master of the ship; and

(b) approved by the Director.

(6) On completion of the re-survey of a ship under subsection (s)--

(a)if the surveyor and the assessor are in agreement, the Director
shall, on receipt of the surveyor's report, order that the ship be
released or continued to be detained; or

(b)if the surveyor and the assessor are not in agreement, the ship
shall continue to be detained and the owner, agent or master
shall have the same right of appeal to a court of survey against
the re-survey report as is provided in subsection (4)(b)(ii).

(7) Where, following the making of an order for the detention of a
ship under subsection (3), the owner, agent or master carries out work to
make the ship fit to proceed to sea, the owner, agent or master may
apply to the Director to have the ship re-surveyed; and if, on a re-
survey, the Director is satisfied that the ship is fit to proceed to sea he
shall, subject to subsection (8), order it to be released.





(8) The Director shall not order a ship to be released under
subsection (7) until all the costs of and incidental to detention and
survey and re-survey have been paid.

(9) Where a ship has been detained under this section, the
Director may, at any time

(a) refer the matter to a court of survey; or

(b)order the ship to be released upon such conditions as he may
specify.

69. (1) If a court of survey is satisfied that a ship detained under
section 68 was not unsafe at the time of detention the Crown shall be
liable to pay to the owner of the ship-'

(a)his costs of and incidental to the detention and survey of the
ship; and

(b)compensation for any loss or damage sustained by him by
reason of such detention and survey.

(2) If a court of survey is satisfied that a ship detained under
section 68 was unsafe at the time of detention the owner, agent or
master of the ship shall be liable to pay to the Crown the costs of and
incidental to such survey and detention.

(3) For the purposes of this section the costs of and incidental to
the detention and survey of a ship shall include

(d) a reasonable amount in, respect of remuneration of-

(i) the surveyor appointed under section 68(2); and

(ii) the assessor (if any) approved under section 68(5); and

(b)the costs of proceedings before a court of survey, to be
determined, in case of any dispute, by the Registrar of the
Supreme Court.

70. Where a complaint is made to the Director that a ship for the
time being in Hong Kong is unsafe within the meaning of section 67 he
may require the complainant to give such security as the Director may
determine for such costs and compensation as the Crown may become
liable to pay in respect of the detention and survey of the ship:

Provided that where the complaint is made by one-fourth, not
being less than 3, of the seamen belonging to the ship and is not, in the
opinion of the Director, frivolous or vexations

(a) such security shall not be required to be given; and

(b)the Director shall cause the complaint to be investigated to
determine whether he should made an order for the deten

tion of the ship under section 68. ...





71. (1) A copy of any order for the detention of a ship made under
section 68 and a copy of any order varying or adding to such order
shall be served by the Director as soon as possible on the owner, agent
or master of the ship.

(2) For the purposes of any survey of a ship ordered under section
68, any person authorized to make the survey shall have all the powers
conferred by section 115.

72. (1) When a foreign ship for the time being in the waters of Hong
Kong is found to be unsafe within the meaning of section 67, the
provisions of this Part relating to the detention of ships shall, subject to
the modifications contained in this section, apply to that ship as if it
were a ship registered in Hong Kong.

(2) A copy of the order for the detention of the ship shall be served
forthwith on the consular officer (if any) in Hong Kong representing the
country to which the ship belongs, or if there is no such consular
officer, on the owner, agent or master of the ship.

(3) Where a ship has been detained, the consular officer on the
request of the owner, agent or master of the ship and, if there is no
consular officer, the owner, agent or master of the ship, may require that
the person, if any, appointed by the Director to survey the ship shall be
accompanied by, such person as such officer, or owner, agent or master,
as the case may be, may nominate; and, in such case, if the surveyor and
such person agree the Director shall order that the ship be released or
continues to be detained, but if they differ, the ship shall continue to be
detained and the owner, agent or master shall have the same right of
appeal to a court of survey against the report of the surveyor as is
provided in section 68(4)(b)(ii).

(4) Where the owner, agent or master of the ship appeals to the
court of survey, the consular officer on the request of such owner, agent
or master, or, if there is no such consular officer, the owner, agent or
master may nominate not more than 2 competent persons to be members
of the court of survey.

(5) Notwithstanding that this section is expressed to apply to any
foreign ship while within the waters of Hong Kong, this section shall not
apply to a ship that would not be within such waters but for stress of
weather or any other circumstance that neither the master nor the owner
of the ship could have prevented or forestalled.

73. (1) In every contract of service, express or implied, between the
owner of a ship registered in Hong Kong and the master or any seaman
thereof, there shall be implied, notwithstanding any agreement to the
contrary, an obligation on the owner of the ship that

(a) the owner of the ship;

(b) the master of the ship; and

(c) every agent of the owner of the ship charged with





(i) the loading of the ship;
(ii) the preparing of the ship for sea; or
(iii) the sending of the ship to sea,

shall use all reasonable means to ensure the safety of the ship for the
voyage at the time when the voyage commences and to keep it in a safe
condition during the voyage.

(2) Nothing in this section shall subject the owner of a ship to any
liability by reason of the ship being sent to sea in an unseaworthy state
where, owing to special circumstances, the sending of the ship to sea in
such a state was reasonable and justifiable.

PART VI

COURTS OF SURVEY

74. (1) The Governor may, whenever the occasion may arise,
appoint by warrant under his hand and the seal of Hong Kong a court
of survey.

(2) A court of survey shall consist of not less than 3 nor more than
5 members, of whom

(a)one shall be ajudge, district judge or magistrate, who shall
preside over the court; and

(b)the remainder shall be masters of the British mercantile marine
or persons of nautical, engineering or other special skill or
knowledge.

75. (1) All proceedings before a court of survey shall be heard in
open court.

(2) Every member of the court may survey the ship subject of the
proceedings and, for that purpose, shall have all of the powers conferred
by section 115.

(3) The court may order a ship to be surveyed and, for that
purpose, may appoint, by majority vote in case of disagreement, any
competent person to survey the ship and report thereon to the court.

(4) The court shall have the same powers as are vested in the
Director under this Ordinance to order that a ship be released or
detained:

Provided that unless a majority of the members of the court concur
in an order for the detention of the ship the court shall order that the
ship be released.

(5) The owner, agent and master of any ship subject of the
proceedings and any person appointed by the owner, agent or master of
the ship may attend at any inspection or survey of a ship made or
ordered by the court.





(6) The court may make such order with respect to the costs of

(a) any proceedings before the court; and

(b)any inspection or survey of a ship made or ordered by the
court,

which costs shall be recoverable as a civil debt.

(7) The presiding officer of the court shall send to the Governor
such report as may be directed by regulations made under section 109
and each other member of the court shall either sign the report or report
to the Governor the reasons for his dissent.

76. Nothing in this Part shall either affect, or be deemed to affect,
the admiralty jurisdiction of the Supreme Court.

PART VII

SAFETY OF NAVIGATION

77. (1) The owner and master of a ship registered in Hong

Kong-

(a) shall comply with the collision regulations; and

(b) shall not

(i) carry or exhibit any other lights; or

(ii) use any other sound-signals, other than such as
are required by those regulations.

(2) If a contravention of the collision regulations is caused by
the wilful default of the master or owner of a ship or of the person in
charge of the deck of the ship, that master or owner commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000.

(3) If any injury to a person or damage to property arises from
a contravention by any ship of any of the collision regulations, the
injury or damage shall be deemed to have been caused by the wilful
default of the person in charge of the deck of the ship at the time,
unless it is shown to the satisfaction of a magistrate or court that the
circumstances of the case made a departure from the regulations
necessary.

(4) The Director shall furnish a copy of the collision regulations
to any master or owner of a ship who applies for it upon
payment of the prescribed fee.

78. (1) Where two ships collide and either of those ships is
registered in Hong Kong it shall be the duty of the master or person, in
charge of the ship registered in Hong Kong involved in the collision, if
and so far as he can do so without danger to his own ship, crew and
passengers (if any)





(a)to render to the other ship, the master, crew and passengers
(if any) such assistance as may be practicable and may be
necessary to save them from any danger caused by the
collision, and to stay by the other ship until he has
ascertained that there is no need of further assistance; and

(b)to give to the master or person in charge of the other
ship-
(i) the name of his own ship;
(ii) the name of the port to which it belongs; and
(iii) the names of the ports from which it comes and to
which it is bound.

(2) If the master or person in charge of any ship involved in a
collision fails without reasonable cause to comply with subsection
(1)-
(a) he commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $50,000; and

(b)if he is a certificated officer, an inquiry into his conduct
may be held.

79. (1) The master of any ship registered in Hong Kong
involved in a collision shall, where it is practicable to do so,
immediately after the occurrence of the collision, cause a statement
thereof and the circumstances under which it occurred to be entered
in the official log-book (if any) of the ship.

(2) The entry referred to in subsection (1) shall be signed by
the master and also by the mate or one of the crew.

(3) If the master of a ship involved in a collision contravenes
subsection (1) he commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $1,000.

80. (1) Where any of the following casualties has occurred-

(a)the loss or presumed loss, stranding, grounding, aban-
donment of or damage to a ship;

(b)a loss of life or serious personal injury caused by fire on
board or by any accident to a ship or a ship's boat, or by
any accident occurring on board a ship or ship's boat; or

(c) any damage caused by a ship,

and, at the time it occurred, the ship was registered in Hong Kong,
the owner or master of the ship shall, as soon as practicable, and in
any case not later than 24 hours after the ship's arrival at the next
port, submit to the Director a written report of the accident or
damage.

(2) The report referred to in subsection (1) shall-

(a) give a brief description of the accident or damage;

(b) state the time and place where it occurred;





(c)state the name of the ship and its official number, its position at
the time of the report and the next port of call; and

(d)give the particulars of any other ship involved in the accident.

(3) If the owner or master of a ship fails without reasonable excuse
to comply with this section he commits an offence and is liable to a fine
of $10,000.

81. (1) If the owner or agent of any ship registered in Hong Kong
has reason, owing to the non-appearance of the ship or to any other
circumstance, to believe that the ship has been wholly lost he shall, as
soon as practicable, submit a written report of the loss to the Director.

(2) The written report referred to in subsection (1) shall specify--

(a) the probable cause of the loss of the ship; and

(b) the name of the ship and its official number.

(3) Any owner or agent who fails to comply with this section
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

82. (1) The master of any ship registered in Hong Kong shall,
on meeting with-

(a) dangerous ice;

(b) a dangerous derelict;

(c) air temperatures below freezing point associated with gale
force winds causing severe ice accretion on the superstructure
of ships;

(d) winds of force 10 or above on the Beaufort Scale for which
no storm warning has been received;

(e) a tropical storm; or

(f) any other direct danger to navigation,

send information accordingly, by all means of communication at his
disposal and in accordance with the regulations made under the
Merchant Shipping Acts with respect to navigational warnings, to
ships in the vicinity and to such authorities on shore as may be
prescribed by those regulations.

(2) If the master of a ship fails without reasonable excuse to
comply with subsection (1) he commits an offence and is liable to a
fine of $20,000

(3) Every person in charge of a wireless telegraph station
which is under the control of the Postmaster General, or which is
established or installed under a licence issued by the Postmaster










General, shall, on receiving the signal prescribed by the regulation
for indicating that a message is about to be sent under this section

(a)refrain from sending messages for a time sufficient to allow
other stations to receive the message; and

(b)if so required by the Director transmit the message in such
manner as may be required by the Director.

(4) Compliance with subsection (3) shall be deemed to be a
condition of every licence issued by the Postmaster General under the
Telecommunications Ordinance in respect of the establishment or
installation of a wireless telegraph station.

(5) For the purposes of this section-

(a) the expression 'tropical storm' means a hurricane, typhoon,
cyclone or other storm of a similar nature; and

(b) the master of a ship shall be deemed to have met with a
tropical storm if he has reason to believe that there is such
a storm in his vicinity.

83. (1) If the master of a ship uses or displays'or causes or permits
any person under his authority to use or display

(a)any signal prescribed by regulations made under section 100
except in the circumstances and for the purposes prescribed
by those regulations; or

(b)any private signal, whether registered or not, which is liable to
be mistaken for any signal prescribed by those regulations,

he commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and shall further
be liable to pay compensation for any labour undertaken, risk incurred
or loss sustained in consequence of the signal having been supposed
to be a signal of distress; and that compensation may, without
prejudice to any other remedy, be recovered in the same manner as
salvage.

(2) Nothing in section 82(3) shall interfere with the transmission of
signals prescribed by regulations made under section 100.

84 (1) The master of a ship registered in Hong Kong, on receiving
at sea a signal of distress or information from any source that a vessel
or aircraft is in distress, shall proceed with all speed to the assistance of
the persons in distress (informing them if possible that he is doing so)
unless he is unable, or in the special circumstances of the case
considers it unreasonable or unnecessary, to do

1.0 ...

ooe

a
il

so, or unless he is released under subsection (3) or (4).

(2) Where the master of any ship in distress has requisitioned any
ship registered in Hong Kong that has answered his call, it shall be the
duty of the master of the requisitioned ship to comply with the
requisition by continuing to proceed with all speed to the assistance of
the persons in distress.





(3) A master shall be released from the obligation imposed by
subsection (1) as soon as he is informed of the requisition of one or
more ships other than his own and that the requisition is being
complied with by the ship or ships requisitioned.

(4) A master shall be released from the obligation imposed by
subsection (1) and, if his ship has been requisitioned, from the
obligation imposed by subsection (2), if he is informed by the persons
in distress, or by the master of any ship that has reached the persons in
distress, that assistance is no longer required.

(5) If a master fails to comply with subsection (1) or subsection (2),
he commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000.

(6) If the master of a ship registered in Hong Kong, on receiving at
sea a signal of distress or information from any source that a vessel or
aircraft is in distress, is unable, or in the special circumstances of the
case considers it unreasonable or unnecessary. to go to the assistance
of the persons in distress, he shall forthwith cause a statement to be
entered in the official log-book, or if there is no official log-book cause
other record to be kept, of his reasons for not going to the assistance
of those persons.

(7) The master of every ship registered in Hong Kong for which an
official log-book is required shall enter, or cause to be entered, in the
official log-book every signal of distress or message that a vessel,
aircraft or person is in distress at sea.

(8) Any master who fails to comply with subsection (6) or (7)
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

85. (1) The master of a ship registered in Hong Kong, when ice is
reported on or near his course, shall at night either proceed at a safe
speed or change his course so as to keep amply clear of the ice reported
and of the area of danger.

(2) The master of any ship who contravenes subsection (1)
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000.

86. (1) No person on any ship registered in Hong Kong shall, when
the ship is going ahead

(a)give a helm or steering order containing the word 'starboarC
or 'righC or any equivalent of 'starboard' or 'righC unless
he intends that the head of the ship shall move to the right; or

(b)give a helm or steering order containing the word 'port' or
'left' or any equivalent of 'porC or 'left' unless he intends
that the head of the ship shall move to the left.

(2) Any person who contravenes subsection (1) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.





PART VIII

DANGEROUS GOODS

87. (1) Any person who sends by, or, not being the owner or
master of the vessel, carries in, any ship any dangerous goods without

(a)marking distinctly their nature on the outside of the container
or package containing them; and

(b) giving written notice of

(i) the nature of such goods; and

(ii) the name and address of the sender or carrier thereof,

to the owner or master of the ship at or before the time of
sending them to be shipped or taking the same on board the
ship,

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of 520,000:

Provided that if any such person satisfies the magistrate or court
that he

(i) was an agent in the shipment of the goods; and

(ii) was not aware of, and had no reason to suspect, that the
goods shipped by him were dangerous goods,

he is liable to a fine of $5,000.

(2) Any person who-

(a)knowingly sends by, or carries in, any ship any dangerous
goods under a false description; or

(b)falsely describes the sender or carrier of any dangerous
goods,

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $50,000.

88. The owner or master of any ship may refuse to take on board
any package or container which he suspects to contain dangerous
goods and may require it to be opened to ascertain its contents.

89. (1) Where any dangerous goods-

(a)have been sent or carried, or attempted to be sent or carried,
on board any ship without

(i) being marked in accordancd with section 87(])(a); or

(ii) a notice having been given in accordance with section
87(1)(b);

(b)have been sent or carried, or attempted to be sent or carried

(i) under a false description; or

(ii) with the name of the sender or carrier falsely declared,





a magistrate or court may order that the dangerous goods be forfeited to
the Crown and thereafter disposed of in such manner as he thinks fit.

(2) A magistrate or court may make an order under subsection (1)
notwithstanding that

(a) the owner of the dangerous goods-

(i) may not have committed an offence under section 87 in
respect of the dangerous goods; or

(ii) may not be before the magistrate or court and may not
have notice of the proceedings; or

(b)there may be no evidence before the magistrate or court in
respect of the ownership of the dangerous goods:

Provided that the magistrate or court may require notice of such
proceedings to be given to the owner or shipper of the dangerous goods
before making an order for their forfeiture and disposal.

90. The Director may refuse a port clearance to any passenger ship
if there are on board any dangerous goods which are not stowed to his
satisfaction.

91. When any dangerous goods, or any goods which in the opinion
of the master or owner of the ship are dangerous goods, have been sent
or brought aboard any ship without being marked in accordance with
section 87(1)(a) or without any notice under section 87(1)(b) having
been.given, the master or owner may, having regard to all the
circumstances, including the risk to persons and property on board the
ship and the need to protect the marine environment, dispose of those
goods together with any package or receptacle in which they are
contained in such manner as he thinks fit; and neither the master nor the
owner of the ship shall be subject to any liability, civil or criminal, for
so.disposing of the goods.

92. The provisions of this Part relating to the carriage of dangerous
goods shall be in addition to and not in substitution for, or in restraint
of, any other enactment relating to the carriage of dangerous goods.

PARTIX

REGULATIONS

93. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulatons for the
prevention of collisions at sea.

(2) The collision regulations may-

(a) regulate-





(i) the lights and shapes to be carried and exhibited;
(ii) the sound signals to be carried and used; and
(iii) the steering and sailing rules to be observed,
by all ships registered in Hong Kong, wherever they may
be; and

(b) provide for the prevention of collisions at sea-
(i) between seaplanes on the surface of the water; and
(ii) between ships and seaplanes on the surface of the
water.

94. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations pre-
scribing the requirements with which the hull, equipment and
machinery of and fuel used in passenger ships registered in Hong
Kong shall comply.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the powers con-
ferred on the Governor in Council under subsection (1), the passen-
ger ship construction regulations-

(a) may require the provision in such ships-
(i) of plans exhibited as provided by or under the
regulations, and of other information, relating to the
boundaries of watertight compartments, the openings there-
in, the means of closing such openings and the arrange-
ments for correcting any list due to flooding; and
(ii) of information necessary for the guidance of the
master in maintaining sufficient stability to enable the ship
to withstand damage; and

(b)shall include such requirements as appear to the Governor
in Council to be necessary to implement the provisions
of the Convention prescribing the requirements which
the hull, equipment and machinery of passenger ships
shall comply with, except so far as those provisions are
implemented by any other regulations made under this
Ordinance.

(3) The powers conferred on the Governor in Council by this
section shall be in addition to the powers conferred by any other
enactment enabling him to prescribe the requirements with which
passenger ships shall comply.

(4) If the passenger ship construction regulations are contra-
vened in any respect in relation to a ship the owner or master of the
ship commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000.

95. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations in
respect of passenger ships registered in Hong Kong for all or any of
the following matters-

(a)for closing and keeping closed the openings in hulls and
watertight bulkheads;





(b)for securing, keeping in place and inspecting contrivances for
closing such openings;

(c)for operating the mechanisms or contrivances for closing any
such openings and for drills in connexion with the operation
thereof, and

(d)for requiring entry to be made in the official log-book or other
record of passenger ships of any of such matters.

(2) If any regulation made under this section is contravened by any
person the master of the passenger ship involved in the contravention
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000.

96. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations prescribing
the requirements for the hull, equipment and machinery of and the fuel
used in ships ... to which section 11 applies and requiring any such
ships which are registered in Hong Kong to be surveyed to such extent,
in such manner and at such intervals as may be prescribed by the
regulations.

(2) The cargo ship construction and survey regulations shall
include such requirements as appear to the Governor in Council to be
necessary to implement the provisions of the Convention relating to the
hull, equipment and machinery of such ships, except as far as those
provisions are implemented by any other regulations made under this
Ordinance.

(3) If the cargo ship construction and survey regulations are
contravened in any respect in relation to a ship, the owner or master of
the ship commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000.

97. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations requiring
ships to which this section applies to be provided with radio equipment
of such a nature (but not including a radio navigational aid) as may be
prescribed by the regulations and to maintain such a radio service and
to carry such number of radio officers or operators, of such grades and
possessing such qualifications, as may be so prescribed; and the
regulations may contain provisions for preventing, so far as practicable,
electrical interference by other apparatus on board with the equipment
provided under the regulations.

(2) Regulations made under this section shall include such
requirements as appear to the Governor in Council to implement such
provisions of the Convention as relate to radiotelegraphy and
radiotelephony.

(3) Without prejudice to the generality of this section, radio
regulations may

(a)prescribe the duties of radio officers and operators, including
the duty of keeping a radio log-book;

(b)apply to any radio log-book required to be kept under the
regulations any of the provisions of any regulations with





respect to official log-books made under section 68 of the
Merchant Shipping Act 1970;

(c)prescribe requirements for such portable radio apparatus as
boats or life rafts may be required to carry by the life-saving
appliances regulations.

(4) If any radio officer or operator contravenes any regulations
made in pursuance of subsection (3)(a), he commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $1,000 and if the radio regulations are contravened in
any other respect in relation to any ship, the owner or master of the ship
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

(5) This section applies to-

(a) ships registered in Hong Kong; and

(b) other ships while they are within the waters of Hong Kong.

98. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations-

(a)requiring ships to which this section applies to be provided
with such navigational equipment as may be specified in the
regulations and prescribing requirements which such
navigational equipment is to comply with;

(b)prescribing requirements which navigational equipment other
than such as are provided in pursuance of regulations made
under paragraph (a), are to comply with when carried in ships
to which this section applies;

(c)prescribing requirements which apparatus designed for the
purpose of transmitting or reflecting signals to or from
navigational equipment is to comply with if it is apparatus in
Hong Kong or apparatus off the shores of Hong Kong but
maintained from Hong Kong,

and the requirements prescribed under paragraph (a) or (b) may include
requirements relating to the position and method of fitting the
navigational equipment.

(2) If a ship to which this section applies proceeds, or attempts to
proceed, to sea without carrying such navigational equipment as it is
required to carry by regulations made under subsection (1) or carrying
navigational equipment not complying with such regulations, the owner
or master of the ship commits an offence and is liable to a fine of ...
10,000.

(3) If any person establishes or operates any such apparatus as is
mentioned in subsection (1)(c) and the apparatus does not comply with
regulations made thereunder, he commits an offence and is liable to a
fine of $10,000.

(4) This section applies to-

(a) ships registered in Hong Kong; and

(b) other ships while they are within the waters of Hong Kong.





99. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations with respect
to all or any of the following matters

(a)the number, description and mode of construction of the
boats, life rafts, line-throwing appliances, life-jackets and
lifebuoys to be carried by ships, according to the classes in
which the ships are arranged;

(b)the equipment to be carried by any such boats and rafts and
the methods to be provided to get the boats and other life-
saving appliances into the water, including oil for use in
stormy weather;

(c)the provision in ships of a proper supply of lights and smoke
signals, inextinguishable in water and fitted for attachment to
lifebuoys;

(d)the quantity, quality and description of buoyant apparatus to
be carried on board ships, either in addition to or in
substitution for boats, life rafts, life-jackets and lifebuoys;

(e)the position and means of securing the boats, life rafts, life-
jackets, lifebuoys and buoyant apparatus;

the marking of the.boats, life rafts and buoyant apparatus so
as to show their dimensions and the number of persons
authorized to be carried on them;

(g)the manning of the lifeboats and the qualifications and
certificates of lifeboatmen;

(h)the provision to be made for mustering the persons on board
and for embarking them in the boats, including provision for
the lighting of, and the means of ingress to and egress from
different parts of the ship;

(i)the provision of suitable means situated outside the
engineroom whereby any discharge of water into the boats
can be prevented;

(j)the assignment of specific duties to each member of the crew
in the event of emergency;

(k)the methods to be adopted and the appliances to be carried in
ships for the prevention, detection and extinction of fire;

(1)the provision in ships of plans or other information relating to
the means of preventing, detecting, controlling and
extinguishing outbreak of fire;

(m) the practice in ships of boat-drills and fire-drills;

(n)the provision in ships of means of making effective
distresssignals by day and by night;

(o)the provision, in ships on voyages in which pilots are likely to
be embarked, of suitable mechanical hoists, pilotladders, and of
ropes, lights and other appliances designed to make the use of
such hoists and ladders safe; and





(p)the examination and maintenance at intervals to be prescribed
by the regulations of any appliances or equipment required
by the regulations to be carried.

(2) The life-saving appliances regulations and the fire-fighting
appliances regulations shall include such requirements as appear to the
Governor in Council to be necessary to implement the provisions of the
Convention and the Simla Rules 1931 or any replacement of those Rules
relating to the matters referred to in subsection (1).

(3) This section applies to-

(a) ships registered in Hong Kong; and

(b) other ships while they are within the waters of Hong Kong:

Provided that this section shall not apply to a ship by reason of its
being within the waters of Hong Kong if it would not have been in such
waters but for stress of weather or other circumstance which neither the
master nor the owner of the ship could have prevented or forestalled.

10O The Governor in Council may make regulations prescribing--

(a) what signals shall be used by ships as signals of distress;

(b)the circumstances in which, and the purpdses for which, any
such signal is to be used and the circumstances in which it is
to be revoked; and

(c)the circumstances and manner in which warnings of
navigational dangers shall be reported.



101. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations for
regulating in the interests of safety the carriage of dangerous goods in
ships.to which this section applies.

(2) If any of the regulations made under subsection (1) are not complied with -

(a) the owner or master of the ship commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $10,000; and

(b)the ship shall be deemed for the purposes of section 67 to be
unsafe by reason of improper loading.

(3) This section applies to-

(a) ships registered in Hong Kong; and

(b) other ships while they are within the waters of Hong Kong.

102. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations-

(a)for the surveying and periodic inspection of ships to which
Part IV applies;

(b)for determining freeboards to be assigned from time to time to
such ships;





(c)for ascertaining the length of a ship for the purposes of Part
IV;

(d)for determining, in relation to any such ship, the deck which is
to be taken to be the freeboard deck of the ship, and for
requiring the position of that deck to be indicated on each side
of the ship by a mark of description prescribed by the
regulations;

(e)for determining, by reference to that mark and the freeboard
for the time being assigned to any such ship, the positions in
which each side of the ship is to be marked with lines of a
description prescribed by the regulations, indicating the
various maximum depths to which the ship may be loaded in
circumstances prescribed by the regulations;

specifying such requirements in respect of the hulls,
superstructures, fittings and appliances of ships to which Part
IV applies as appear to the Governor in Council to be relevant
to the assignment of freeboards to such ships;

(g)providing that, at the time when freeboards are assigned to a
ship in accordance with these regulations, such particulars
relating to those requirements as may be determined in
accordance with the regulations are to be recorded in such
manner as may be so determined;

(h)for determining by reference to those requirements and that
record whether, at any time after freeboards have been so
assigned to a ship and while they continue to be so assigned
the ship is for the purposes of this Part to be taken to comply,
or not to comply, with the conditions of assignment;

(i)requiring such information relating to the stability of any ship
to which freeboards are assigned under the regulations, and
such information relating to the loading and ballasting of any
such ship, as may be determined in accordance with the
regulations, to be provided for the guidance of the master of
the ship in such manner as may be so determined;

(j)for securing that certificates which are issued as International
Load Line Certificates (1966) in respect of ships to which
section 57 applies, and are so issued by governments, other
than the Government of Hong Kong, shall be recognized for
the purposes of Part IV in such circumstances as may be
prescribed;

(k)for securing that exemption certificates which, in accordance
with the Convention of 1966, are issued in respect of ships to
which section 57 applies, and are so issued by governments
other than the Government of Hong Kong, shall in such
circumstances as may be prescribed by the





regulations have the like effect for the purposes of Part IV
as if they were valid Convention certificates;

(1)prescribing the period for which a certificate under section 51,
an exemption under section 62 or a certificate under section 63
shall remain in force and for extensions of such period;

(m)enabling a certificate under section 5 1, an exemption under
section 62 or a certificate under section 63 to be extended
within such limits and in such circumstances as may be
prescribed by the regulations;

(n)providing for the endorsement, termination or cancellation of
a certificate under section 51, an exemption under section 62
or a certificate under section 63.

(2) in relation to any matter authorized or required by Part IV to be
prescribed by the load line regulations, those regulations may make
different provision by reference to, or to any combination of, any of the
following--

(a) different descriptions of ships;

(b) different areas;

(c) different seasons of the year; and

(d) any other different circumstances.

103. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations with respect
to the testing of anchors and chain cables for use in ships registered in
Hong Kong, and such regulations may in particular--

(a)prescribe the manner in which tests of anchors and cables are
to be carried out, the tensile strains and breaking strains to be
employed in such tests and the requirements to be fulfilled by
equipment used for the purposes of such tests;

(b)provide for the marking of anchors and cables which have
passed such tests and for the issue of certificates in respect
of such anchors and cables;

(c)provide for the supervision of such tests and marking, and for
the inspection of such equipment,by a Government surveyor
appointed under section 5;

(d)provide for the payment of fees in respect of such
supervision and inspection and in respect of the issue of
certificates under the regulations; and

(e)provide that the regulations shall not apply to anchors or
cables of such classes or descriptions as may be specified in
the regulations or which are exempted therefrom by the
Director in accordance with any power in that behalf
contained in the regulations.





(2) In this section 'anchor' and 'chain cable' include any shackle
attached to or intended to be used in connexion with the anchor or
cable.

104. The Governor in Council may make regulations prescribing, in
relation to the loading of ships generally or of ships of any class, any
precautions which are necessary or reasonable precautions to prevent
grain from shifting.

105. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations prescribing
requirements to be complied with where cargo is carried in any
uncovered space on the deck of a ship to which Part IV applies; and
different requirements may be so prescribed in relation' to different
descriptions of ships, different descriptions of cargo, different voyages
or classes of voyage, different seasons of the year or any other different
circumstances.

(2) If the load line regulations provide, either generally or in
particular cases or classes of cases, for assigning special freeboards to
ships which are to have effect only where a cargo of timber is carried,
then, without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), the deck
cargo regulations may prescribe special requirements to be complied
with in circumstances where any such special freeboard has effect.

(3) In prescribing any such special requirements as are mentioned
in subsection (2), the Governor in Council shall have regard in particular
to Chapter IV of the Convention of 1966.

(4) If the deck cargo regulations are contravened-

(a) in the case of a ship registered in Hong Kong; or

(b)in the case of any other ship while the ship is within the
waters of Hong Kong,

the owner or master of the ship commits an offence and is liable to a fine
of $15,000.

(5) For the purpose of securing compliance with the deck cargo
regulations any person authorized in that behalf by the Director may
inspect any ship to which Part IV applies which is carrying cargo in any
uncovered space on its deck; and for the purposes of any such
inspection any such person shall have all the powers conferred by
section 115.

106. The Governor in Council may make regulations with respect to
ships provided with nuclear power plants for the purpose of enabling
effect to be given to the provisions of Chapter VIII of the Annex to the
Convention.

107. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations

(a)for securing the safety of Hong Kong ships and persons on
them and for protecting the health of persons on Hong Kong
ships; and





(b)for giving effect to any provisions of an international
agreement applicable to Hong Kong so far as the agreement
relates to the safety of other ships or persons on them or to
the protection of the health of persons on other ships.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1),
regulations made under that subsection may in particular provide for

(a)the design, construction, maintenance, repair, alteration,
inspection, surveying and marking of ships and their
machinery and equipment;

(b)the packaging, marking, loading, placing, moving, inspection,
testing and measuring of cargo and anything on a ship
which is not cargo, machinery or equipment;

(c) the carrying out of any operation involving a ship;

(d)the use of the machinery and equipment of a ship and of
anything on a ship which is not cargo, machinery or
equipment;

(e)the arrangements for ensuring communication between
persons in different parts of a ship and between persons in
the ship and other persons;

the access to, presence in and egress from a ship, and
different parts of it, of persons of any description;

(g)the ventilation, temperature and lighting of different parts of a
ship;

(h)the steps to be taken to prevent or control noise, vibration
and radiation in and from a ship and the emission in or from a
ship of smoke, gas and dust;

(i)the steps- to be taken to prevent, detect and deal with
outbreaks of fire on a ship;

(j)the steps to be taken to prevent any collision involving a ship
and in consequence of any collision involving a ship;

(k)the steps to be taken, in a case where a ship is in distress or
stranded or wrecked, for the purpose of saving the ship and
its machinery, equipment and cargo and the lives of persons
on or from the ship, including the steps to be taken by other
persons for giving assistance in such a case;

(1)the removal, by jettisoning or otherwise, of its equipment and
of other things from a ship for the purpose of avoiding,
removing or reducing danger to persons or property;

(m)the steps to be taken, in a case where danger of any. kind
occurs or is suspected on a ship, for removing or reducing the
danger and for warning persons who are not on the ship of
the danger or suspected danger;





(n)the making of records and the keeping of documents relating
to ships and the keeping and use on a ship of information to
facilitate the navigation of the ship;

(o)the keeping of registers and the issue of certificates in cases
for which registration or a certificate is required by virtue of
the regulations;

(p) the furnishing of information;

(q)the granting by the Director on such terms (if any) as he may
specify, of exemptions from specified provisions of the
regulations for classes of cases or individual cases;

(r) the alteration or cancellation of any such exemption;

(s)the detention of any ship and the application of section 68,
with such modifications (if any) as are prescribed, in relation
to the ship;

(t)the granting of approvals by the Director and the terms
thereof and the cancellation of any such approval or the
alteration of the terms thereof;

(u) fees; and

(v) generally carrying into effect this Ordinance.

(3) Regulations made under this section may-

(a)make different provision for different circumstances and, in
particular, make provision for an individual case;

(b) be made so as to apply only in such circumstances as are ...
prescribed by the regulations;

(c)provide that the contravention of any particular regulation
shall be an offence and may prescribe penalties for any such
offence not exceeding a fine of $10,000 or imprisonment for 1
year or both such fine and such imprisonment.

(4) In this section 'Hong Kong ship' means a ship registered
in Hong Kong.

108. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations specifying
such charts, directions or information as are necessary or expedient for
the safe operation of ships, and those regulations may require ships
registered in Hong Kong, or such class of ships registered in Hong
Kong as may be specified in the regulations, to carry, either at all times
or on such voyages as may be specified in the regulations, copies of the
charts, directions or information so specified.

(2) If a ship goes to sea, or attempts to go to sea without carrying
copies of the charts, directions or information which it is required to
carry by regulations under this section, the owner or master of the ship
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.





109. The Governor in Council may make regulations to provide for
carrying into effect the provisions of this Ordinance with respect to a
court of survey and appeals thereto, and in particular with respect to
the summoning of and procedure before the court, the requiring of
security for costs and damages on an appeal under section 12 or
section 68 and the amount and application of fees.

110. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations prescribing
the fees to be paid for any inspection carried out by a Government
surveyor under any power conferred by this Ordinance and in respect
of any certificate issued by the Director under this Ordinance.

(2) Any fees payable under regulations made under subsection (1)
shall be paid to the Government of Hong Kong.

(3) Subsection (2) shall not apply to any fee paid in respect of

(a)a survey or inspection which is carried out otherwise than by
a Government surveyor; or

(b)a certificate issued otherwise than by the Director under this
Ordinance.

(4) The Governor in Council may issue instructions to Government
surveyors and may make regulations

(a)specifying the manner in which surveys of ships are to be
made;

(b)specifying the notice to be given to Government surveyors
when surveys are required;

(c)prescribing the amount and payment of fees due and of any
travelling or other expenses incurred by Government
surveyors in the execution of their duties; and

(d)prescribing the persons by whom and the conditions under
which any such payments as are mentioned in paragraph (c)
shall be made.

(5) For the purposes of subsection (4) and without prejudice to the
generality of the powers contained therein the instructions to surveyors
of ships and the regulations relating to surveyor of ships issued or
made from time to time under the Merchant Shipping Acts shall, unless
varied by or repugnant to the instructions or regulations issued or made
under subsection (4), shall be deemed to be instructions or regulations
issued or made under subsection (4).

111. (1) For the purposes of this Ordinance, the rules and
regulations shown in the second column of the Schedule and made from
time to time under the Merchant Shipping Acts shall be deemed to be
the regulations made under the relevant section shown in the third
column of the Schedule unless the first-mentioned rules or regulations
are varied by or repugnant to those regulations; and any





reference in the Schedule to rules and regulations shall include a
reference to such rules and regulations as may from time to time be
amended.

(2) Where in any rules or regulations shown in the second column
of the Schedule any power is conferred on or any duty is to be
performed by a Secretary of State, such power or duty shall, in relation
to Hong Kong, be exercised or performed by the Governor or any
person authorized by him.

(3) This section shall-

(a) be without prejudice to the generality of any powers
conferred by this Ordinance to make regulations; and

(b)be in addition to and shall not derogate from section 75 of the
Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance.

(4) The Governor may by order amend the Schedule.

112. Save as otherwise provided, any regulations made under this
Ordinance may provide that a contravention of specified provisions
thereof shall be an offence and may prescribe penalties therefor not
exceeding $20,000 and 2 years imprisonment.

PART X

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

113. (1) The Governor may give to the Director and to any public
officer such directions as he thinks fit, either generally or in any
particular case, with respect to the performance or exercise of their
respective duties or powers under this Ordinance.

(2) A person to whom a direction is given by the Governor under
subsection (1) shall, in the performance or exercise of his duties or
powers under this Ordinance, comply with that direction.

114. (1) The Secretary for Economic Services may exempt any
ship or class of ships from any requirements of this Ordinance or any
regulations made under this Ordinance, either absolutely or subject
to such conditions as he thinks fit.

(2) Where any exemption is conferred under subsection (1) subject
to conditions, the exemption shall not have effect unless those
conditions are complied with.

(3) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), where a
ship not normally enaged on international voyages is required to
undertake a single international voyage, the Secretary for Economic
Services may, if he is of the opinion that the ship complies with safety
requirements that are adequate for that voyage, exempt the ship from
any of the safety requirements imposed by or under the Merchant
Shipping Acts or under this Ordinance.






(4) The Scretary for Economic Services may modify any
requirement imposed by or under this Ordinance-

(a)with regard to passenger ships plying on any international
coasting voyage, if and to the extent that he is satisfied that
the risks incurred by passenger ships plying on that voyage
are such as to make it unreasonable or unnecessary to require
ships so plying to comply with that requirement;

(b)with regard to ships for the time being engaged in any
passenger trade in which they are employed in the carriage of
large numbers of unberthed passengers, if he is satisfied that
compliance with that requirement by ships so engaged is
impracticable and to the extent that he is so satisfied that
modifications are required by the conditions of the trade.

115. (1) Any person empowered to exercise the powers contained
this section may

(a)at any reasonable time (or, in a situation which in his opinion
is or may be dangerous, at any time)

(i) enter any premises; or

(ii) board any ship which is registered in Hong Kong
wherever it may be and any other ship which is in the waters
of Hong Kong,

if he has reason to believe that it is necessary for him to enter
the premises or board the ship for the purpose of performing
his functions;

(b)on entering any premises by virtue of paragraph (a) or on
boarding a ship by virtue of that paragraph, take with him any
other person and any equipment or materials required to
assist him in performing his functions;

(c)make such examination and investigation as he considers
necessary for the purpose of performing his functions;

(d)as regards any premises or ship which he has power to enter
or board, give a direction requiring that the premises or ship
or any part of the premises or ship or any thing in the
premises or ship or such a part shall be left undisturbed
(whether generally or in particular respects) for so long as is
reasonably necessary for the purposes of any examination or
investigation under paragraph (c);

(e)take such measurements and photographs and make such
recordings as he considers necessary for the purpose of any
examination or investigation under paragraph (c);

take samples of any articles or substances found in any
premises or ship which he has power to enter or board and of
the atmosphere in or in the vicinity of any such premises or
ship;





(g)in the case of any article or substance which he finds in any
such premises or ship and which appears to him to have
caused or to be likely to cause danger to health or safety,
cause it to be dismantled or subjected to any process or test
(but not so as to damage or destroy it unless that is in the
circumstances necessary for the purpose of performing the
said functions);

(h)in the case of any such article or substance as is mentioned in
paragraph (g), take possession of it and detain it for so long
as is necessary for all or any of the following purposes

(i) to examine it and do to it anything which he has power
to do under that paragraph;

(ii) to ensure that it is not tampered with before his
examination of it is completed;

(iii) to ensure that it is available for use as evidence in any
proceedings for an offence under this Ordinance;

(i)require any person who he has reasonable cause to believe is
able to give any information relevant to any examination or
investigation under paragraph (c)--

(i) to attend at a place and time specified by him; and

(ii) to answer (in the absence of persons other than any
persons whom he may allow to be present and a person
nominated to be present by the person on whom the
requirement is imposed) such questions as he thinks fit to
ask; and

(iii) to sign a declaration of the truth of his answer;

(j)require the production of, and inspect and take copies of or of
any entry in,

(i) any books or documents which by virtue of any
provision of this Ordinance or the Merchant Shipping Acts
are required to be kept; and

(ii) any other books or documents which he considers it
necessary for him to see for the purposes of any examination
or investigation under paragraph (c);

(k)require any person to afford him such facilities and assistance
with respect to any matters or things within that person's
control or in relation to which that person has responsibilities
as the inspector considers are necessary to enable him to
exercise any of the powers conferred on him by this
subsection.

(2) It is hereby declared that nothing in subsection (1) authorizes a
person unnecessarily to prevent a ship from proceeding on a voyage.

(3) The Governor in Council may by regulations make provision as
to the procedure to be followed in connexion with the taking of samples
under subsection (1)(,f) and subsection (6) and provision





as to the way in which samples that have been so taken are to be dealt
with.

(4) Where a person proposes to exercise the power conferred by
subsection (1)(g) in the case of an article or substance found in any
premises or ship, he shall, if so requested by a person who at the time is
present in and has responsibilities in relation to the premises or ship,
cause anything which is to be done by virtue of that power to be done
in the presence of that person unless he considers that its being done in
that person's presence would be prejudicial to the safety of that person.

(5) Before exercising the power conferred by subsection (1)(g), the
person shall consult such other persons as appear to him appropriate
for the purpose of ascertaining what dangers, if any, there may be in
doing anything which he proposes to do under that power.

(6) Where under the power conferred by subsection (1)(h) a person
takes possession of any article or substance found in any premises or
ship, he shall leave there, either with a responsible person or, if that is
impracticable, fixed in a conspicuous position, a notice giving
particulars of that article or substance sufficient to identify it and
stating that he has taken possession of it under that power; and before
taking possession of any such substance under that power he shall, if it
is practicable for him to do so, take a sample of the substance and give
to a responsible person at the premises or on board the ship a portion of
the sample marked in a manner sufficient to identify it.

(7) No answer given by a person in pursuance of a requirement
imposed under subsection (1)(i) shall be admissible in evidence against
that person or the husband or wife of that person in any proceedings
except proceedings in pursuance of section 116(c) in respect of a
statement in or a declaration relating to the answer; and a person
nominated as mentioned in subsection (1)(i) shall be entitled, on the
occasion on which the questions there mentioned are asked, to make
representations to the person exercising the powers under this section
on behalf of the person who nominated him.

(8) Nothing in this section shall be taken to compel the production
by any person of a document of which he would on grounds of legal
professional privilege be entitled to withhold production on an order for
discovery in an action in the High Court.

116. A person who-

(a)wilfully obstructs any person in the exercise of any power
conferred on him by section 115; or

(b) without reasonable ... excuse, does not comply with a require-
ment imposed in pursuance of section 115 or prevents
another person from complying with such a requirement;
or





(c)without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (b), makes a
statement or signs a declaration which he knows is false, or
recklessly makes a statement or signs a declaration which is
false, in purported compliance with a requirement made in
pursuance of subsection (1)(i) of section 115,

commits an offence and shall be liable to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

117. (1) A Government surveyor may inspect any ship for the
purpose of seeing that it complies with this Ordinance or any
regulations made thereunder; and if he finds that it does not comply
with this Ordinance or regulations he shall give to the owner, agent or
master notice in writing stating in what respect it fails to comply and
what in his opinion is required to remedy the failure.

(2) Where a notice under subsection (1) has been given to the
owner, agent or master of a ship, the ship shall be detained by the
Director until a certificate by a Government surveyor is produced to the
effect that the failure has been remedied.

118. Where a ship is detained under any provision of this Ordinance
(other than Part V) which provides for the detention of a ship until an
event specified in that provision occurs, section 69 shall apply as if the
ship had been detained under section 68.

119. Where any foreign ship is detained under this Ordinance, and
where any proceedings are taken under this Ordinance against the
owner, agent or master of any such ship, notice shall forthwith be
served on the consular officer for the country to which the ship
belongs, and such notice shall specify the grounds on which the ship
has been detained or the proceedings have been taken.

120. (1) Where, for the purposes of this Ordinance, any document is
to be served on any person, that document may be served by any
public officer of the Marine Department of the rank of Marine Inspector
Class II or above or by any other person authorized in that behalf by
the Director

(a)in any case by delivering the document personally to the
person to be served, or by leaving it for him at his last place of
business or residence;

(b)if the document is to be served on the master of a ship, where
there is one, by leaving it for him on board the ship with the
person being or appearing to be in charge or command of the
ship or a member of the crew of the ship;

(c)if the document is to be served on a person belonging to a
ship. by leaving it for him on board the ship with the master of
the ship or with a person being or appearing to be in charge
or command of the ship;

(d)if the document is to be served on the master of a ship, where
there is no master and the ship is in Hong Kong





(i) by serving it on the owner of the ship or his agent
residing in Hong Kong; or

(ii) where no such owner or his agent is known or can be
found, by affixing the document to the mast or other
prominent part of the ship;

(e)if the document is to be served on the owner of a ship or his
agent

(i) by leaving the document for him on board the ship
with some person being or appearing to be in char e or
9

command of the ship or a member of the crew of the ship; or

(ii) by leaving the document for him at the office of the
owner or his agent with some person being or appearing to be
in charge of the office.

(2) Any document referred to in subsection (1) which is to be
served on the owner or master of a ship may be addressed to the owner
or master of the ship without specifying the name of the owner or
master.

(3) Any person who obstructs the service under this Ordinance of
a document on the master of a ship commits an offence and is liable to a
fine of $5,000.

(4) Any owner, agent or master of a ship who is party or privy to
an offence under subsection (3) commits an offence and is liable to a
fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.

121. There shall be paid out of general revenue to any member of a
court of survey, other than a public officer, or to any assessor, other
than a public officer, such remuneration as may be prescribed in
regulations made under this Ordinance or, if no such regulations have
been made, as the Governor may direct.

... 122. (1) In any legal proceedings for a contravention of this
Ordinance, any entry in the official log-book of a ship, deck log-book,
engine room log-book or other similar document, or any document
purporting to be a copy of any such entry and to be certified as a true
copy by any person specified in subsection (2) shall, until the contrary
is proved

(a)be admitted in evidence and be sufficient evidence of the
matters stated therein; and

(b)in the case of such a copy, be presumed that it is so certified.

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), the persons who may certify
copies of entries in an official log-book, deck log-book, engine room log-
book or other similar document are

(a)the Director or any person authorized by him in writing in that
behalf,





(b) a magistrate;

(c) a justice of the peace;

(d)a notary public, as defined in the Legal Practitioners
Ordinance; or

(e) a consular officer.

123. (1) Any certificate referred to in subsection (2) which is in force
in respect of any ship on the commencement of this Ordinance shall
continue in force and have effect as if it were a certificate issued under
this Ordinance.

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1) the certificates are-

(a)a passenger certificate issued under section 28 of the
Merchant Shipping Ordinance;

(b)the following certificates issued under the Merchant Shipping
(Safety Convention) Act 1949 as extended to Hong Kong by
the Merchant Shipping Safety Convention (Hong Kong) No. 1
Order 1953

(i) a general safety certificate;

(ii) a short voyage safety certificate;

(iii) a qualified safety certificate;

(iv) a qualified short voyage safety certificate;

(v) a safety equipment certificate;

(vi) a qualified safety equipment certificate;

(vii) a radio certificate;

(viii) a qualified radio certificate;

(ix) any exemption certificate; and

(x) any other certificate which the Governor has issued
pursuant to powers conferred on him by the Act as so
extended;

(c)the following certificates issued under the Merchant Shipping
Act 1964 as extended to Hong Kong by the Merchant
Shipping (Safety Convention) (Hong Kong) Order 1965

(i) a cargo ship safety construction certificate;

(ii) a qualified cargo ship safety construction certificate; (iii)
any exemption certificate;

(d)the following certificates issued under the Merchant Shipping
(Load Lines) Act 1967 as extended to Hong Kong by the
Merchant Shipping (Load Lines) (Hong Kong) Order 1970

(i) an International Load Line Certificate (1966);

(ii) an International Load Line Exemption Certificate; (iii) any
other certificate which the Governor has issued pursuant to
powers conferred on him by the Act as so extended.





(3) For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby declared that
notwithstanding the repeal of sections 59 and 60 and Parts VI and VII of
the Merchant Shipping Ordinance, the following regulations
(hereinafter referred to as the specified regulations)

(a) the Merchant Shipping (Court of Survey) Regulations;

(b) the Merchant Shipping (Fire Appliances) Regulations;

(c)the Merchant Shipping (Instructions to Surveyors)
(Passenger Ships) Regulations:

(d)the Merchant Shipping (Life Saving Appliances) Regulations;
and

(e)the Merchant Shipping (Minimum Passenger Space)
Regulations,



shall, save on so far as they are inconsistent with any of the provisions
of this Ordinance or any regulations made thereunder, continue in
operation until such time as they are replaced by regulations made
under this Ordinance which are expressed to be in substitution of the
specified regulations, and shall be deemed for all purposes to have been
made under the Ordinance and to be liable to amendment thereby or
thereunder.

SCHEDULE [s. 11 L]

UNITED KINGDOM REGULATIONS APPLICABLE To HONG
KONG

Section of Ordinance
Item Regulations under which deemed
to be made
1. International Regulations for Preventing 93
Collision at Sea 1972
2. Merchant Shipping (Radio Installations) 97
Regulations 1980 (S.I. 1980 No. 529)
3. Merchant Shipping (Radio Installations 97 and 107
Survey) Regulations 1981 (S.I. 1981 No.
583)
4. Merchant Shipping (Navigational Equip- 98
ment) Regulations 1980 (S.I. 1980 No. 530)
5. Merchant Shipping (Safety Convention) 107
(Transitional Provisions) Regulations 1980
(S.I. 1980 No. 53 1)
6. Merchant Shipping (Navigational Warn- 100
ings) Regulations 1980 (S.I. 1980 No. 534)
7. Merchant Shipping (Signals of Distress)
Rules 1977 (S L 197; No. 1010)
8. Merchant Shipping (Passenger Ship Con- 94
struction) Regulations 1980 (S.I. 1980 No.
535)
9. Merchant Shipping (Grain) Regulations 104
1980 (SI 1980 No. 536)
10. Merchant (Cargo Ship Con- 96
struction and Survey) Regulations 1981
(S.I. 1981 No. 572)
1981 ed cap 369 68 Originally 63 of 1981. L.N. 363/84. L.N. 363/81. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 295.) (Cap. 1.) Application. (Cap. 313.) Interpretation. Appointment of Government surveyors. Powers and duties of Government surveyors. Returns by Government surveyors. Approval of organizations to survey ships and issue certificates. Annual survey of passenger ship. Mode of survey and declaration of survey. Survey of ships other than passenger ships. Appeal to court of survey. No appeal in certain cases. Issue of passenger certificate. Issue for passenger ships of safety certificates and exemption certificates. Modification of safety certificate in respect of life-saving appliances. Issue for cargo ships of safety equipment certificates and exemption certificates. Issue for cargo ships of radio certificates and exemption certificates. Renewal of radio certificates for small cargo ships. Issue of general safety on partial compliance with regulations. Cargo ship safety construction certificates and exemption certificates. Delivery of certificate and declarations. Notice of alterations and additional surveys. Certificates to be exhibited. Prohibition on proceeding to sea without appropriate certificates. Duration of certificates. Cancellation of certificates. Delivery up of certificates . Extension of certificates. Miscellaneous provisions. Issue of certificate at request of Director. Forgery of certificates. Certificates of Convention ships not registered in Hong Kong. Further provisions as to the production of Convention certificates. Exemption of certain ships. Equipment of passenger ships. Restriction to decks on which passengers may be carried. Excess passengers. Director may refuse clearance of ship carrying excess passengers. Prohibition on increasing weight on safety valve. Signalling lamps. Anchors and cables. Duties of owners and masters as to carrying life-saving appliances and fire-fighting appliances. Penalty for breach of life-saving appliances regulations and fire-fighting appliances regulations. Entry in log-book of boat-drill. Application to foreign ships. Interpretation. (1967,c.27.) (1967,c.27.) Compliance with load line regulations. Submersion of load lines. Miscellaneous offences in relation to marks. Issue of load line certificate. Effect of load line certificate. Endorsement of load line certificates. Ship not to proceed to sea without load line certificate. Display of load line certificate and entry of particulars in official log-book. Inspection of ships. Valid Convention certificates. Compliance with load line regulations. Submersion of load lines. Production of certificate to Director. Provisions as to inspection. Power to exempt. Issue to exemption certificates. Endorsement of exemption certificates. Subdivision load lines. Miscellaneous and supplementary provisions. Offence in respect of dangerously unsafe ship. Power to detain unsafe ships, and procedure for detention. Liability for costs and damages. Power to require security for costs from complainant. General provisions in respect of detention order. Application of detention provisions to foreign ships. Owners' obligation to secure safety of ships. Appointment of courts of survey. Procedure in respect of courts of survey. Nothing to affect admiralty jurisdiction of Supreme Court. Observance of collision regulations. Assistance to be rendered in the event of collisions. Collision to be entered in official log-book. Report to Director of accidents to ships. Notice of loss of Hong Kong ship to be given to the Director. Report of dangers to navigation. (Cap. 106.) Signals of distress. Obligation to assist vessels, etc. in distress. Careful navigation near ice. Method of giving helm orders. Offences in respect of dangerous goods. Stowage of dangerous goods. Forfeiture of dangerous goods. Director may refuse clearance. Power to deal with goods suspected of being dangerous. Saving for other enactments relating to dangerous goods. Collision regulations. Passenger ship construction regulations. Regulations in respect of openings in passenger ships' hulls and watertight bulkheads. Cargo ship construction and survey regulations. Radio regulations. Navigational equipment regulations. Regulations for life-saving and fire-fighting appliances. Regulations in respect of distress signals and navigational warnings. Regulations in respect of carriage of dangerous goods. Load line regulations. Regulations for testing anchor and chain cables. Regulations relating to carriage of grain. Deck cargo regulations. Nuclear ship regulations. General safety regulations. Nautical publications. Regulations as to procedure, fees, etc. in courts of survey. Regulations as to fees and surveys. Adoption of regulations made under Merchant Shipping Acts. Schedule. (Cap. 1.) Penalties under regulations. Power of Governor to give directions. Power to exempt. Powers of inspection. Obstruction. Power to detain. Application of section 69. Notice to be given to consular officer where proceedings taken in respect of foreign ships. Service of documents. Payment of remuneration to certain persons. Use of official log-book in evidence. (Cap. 159.) Saving. (Cap. 281.) (S.I. 1953/592.) (S.I. 1965/2011.) (1967,c.27.) (S.I. 1970/285.) (Cap. 281.) (Cap. 281,sub.leg.) (Cap. 281, sub.leg.) (Cap. 281, sub.leg.) (Cap. 281, sub.leg.) (Cap. 281, sub.leg.)

Abstract

Originally 63 of 1981. L.N. 363/84. L.N. 363/81. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 295.) (Cap. 1.) Application. (Cap. 313.) Interpretation. Appointment of Government surveyors. Powers and duties of Government surveyors. Returns by Government surveyors. Approval of organizations to survey ships and issue certificates. Annual survey of passenger ship. Mode of survey and declaration of survey. Survey of ships other than passenger ships. Appeal to court of survey. No appeal in certain cases. Issue of passenger certificate. Issue for passenger ships of safety certificates and exemption certificates. Modification of safety certificate in respect of life-saving appliances. Issue for cargo ships of safety equipment certificates and exemption certificates. Issue for cargo ships of radio certificates and exemption certificates. Renewal of radio certificates for small cargo ships. Issue of general safety on partial compliance with regulations. Cargo ship safety construction certificates and exemption certificates. Delivery of certificate and declarations. Notice of alterations and additional surveys. Certificates to be exhibited. Prohibition on proceeding to sea without appropriate certificates. Duration of certificates. Cancellation of certificates. Delivery up of certificates . Extension of certificates. Miscellaneous provisions. Issue of certificate at request of Director. Forgery of certificates. Certificates of Convention ships not registered in Hong Kong. Further provisions as to the production of Convention certificates. Exemption of certain ships. Equipment of passenger ships. Restriction to decks on which passengers may be carried. Excess passengers. Director may refuse clearance of ship carrying excess passengers. Prohibition on increasing weight on safety valve. Signalling lamps. Anchors and cables. Duties of owners and masters as to carrying life-saving appliances and fire-fighting appliances. Penalty for breach of life-saving appliances regulations and fire-fighting appliances regulations. Entry in log-book of boat-drill. Application to foreign ships. Interpretation. (1967,c.27.) (1967,c.27.) Compliance with load line regulations. Submersion of load lines. Miscellaneous offences in relation to marks. Issue of load line certificate. Effect of load line certificate. Endorsement of load line certificates. Ship not to proceed to sea without load line certificate. Display of load line certificate and entry of particulars in official log-book. Inspection of ships. Valid Convention certificates. Compliance with load line regulations. Submersion of load lines. Production of certificate to Director. Provisions as to inspection. Power to exempt. Issue to exemption certificates. Endorsement of exemption certificates. Subdivision load lines. Miscellaneous and supplementary provisions. Offence in respect of dangerously unsafe ship. Power to detain unsafe ships, and procedure for detention. Liability for costs and damages. Power to require security for costs from complainant. General provisions in respect of detention order. Application of detention provisions to foreign ships. Owners' obligation to secure safety of ships. Appointment of courts of survey. Procedure in respect of courts of survey. Nothing to affect admiralty jurisdiction of Supreme Court. Observance of collision regulations. Assistance to be rendered in the event of collisions. Collision to be entered in official log-book. Report to Director of accidents to ships. Notice of loss of Hong Kong ship to be given to the Director. Report of dangers to navigation. (Cap. 106.) Signals of distress. Obligation to assist vessels, etc. in distress. Careful navigation near ice. Method of giving helm orders. Offences in respect of dangerous goods. Stowage of dangerous goods. Forfeiture of dangerous goods. Director may refuse clearance. Power to deal with goods suspected of being dangerous. Saving for other enactments relating to dangerous goods. Collision regulations. Passenger ship construction regulations. Regulations in respect of openings in passenger ships' hulls and watertight bulkheads. Cargo ship construction and survey regulations. Radio regulations. Navigational equipment regulations. Regulations for life-saving and fire-fighting appliances. Regulations in respect of distress signals and navigational warnings. Regulations in respect of carriage of dangerous goods. Load line regulations. Regulations for testing anchor and chain cables. Regulations relating to carriage of grain. Deck cargo regulations. Nuclear ship regulations. General safety regulations. Nautical publications. Regulations as to procedure, fees, etc. in courts of survey. Regulations as to fees and surveys. Adoption of regulations made under Merchant Shipping Acts. Schedule. (Cap. 1.) Penalties under regulations. Power of Governor to give directions. Power to exempt. Powers of inspection. Obstruction. Power to detain. Application of section 69. Notice to be given to consular officer where proceedings taken in respect of foreign ships. Service of documents. Payment of remuneration to certain persons. Use of official log-book in evidence. (Cap. 159.) Saving. (Cap. 281.) (S.I. 1953/592.) (S.I. 1965/2011.) (1967,c.27.) (S.I. 1970/285.) (Cap. 281.) (Cap. 281,sub.leg.) (Cap. 281, sub.leg.) (Cap. 281, sub.leg.) (Cap. 281, sub.leg.) (Cap. 281, sub.leg.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3373

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

369

Number of Pages

69
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:15 +0800
<![CDATA[ROAD TUNNELS (GOVERNMENT) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3372

Title

ROAD TUNNELS (GOVERNMENT) REGULATIONS

Description






ROAD TUNNELS (GOVERNMENT) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation .................................. Page

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Citation............................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2

2. Interpretation ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2

PART 11

TRAFFIC CONTROL

3. Prescribed signs and road markings..... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... A 3
4. Temporary maximum speed limits ........ --- ... ---. ... ... ... ... A 4
5. Advisory signs and road markings ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

6. Access for vehicles ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

7. Closure of tunnel ........................ ... .. : ... ... ... ... ... A 4

8. Traffic confined to left-hand lanes ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

9. General restrictions .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

10. General prohibitions .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

11. Prohibition against vehicles conveying dangerous goods ... ... ... ... A 6

PART 111

TOLLS, REMOVAL FEES, PERMITS AND ExEmPTIONS

12. Tolls .................................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7

13. Fee for removal of vehicles etc. causing obstruction ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7

14. Vehicles requiring permits............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7

15, Exemptions ............................... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 8

16. Saving ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 8

17. Miscellaneous offences ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 8
18. Offences and penalties ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 9

First Schedule. Signs ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 10
Second Schedule. Tolls and Fees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21





ROAD TUNNELS (GOVERNMENT) REGULATIONS
(Cap. 368, section 20)
[15 February 1982.]

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. These regulations may be cited as the Road Tunnels (Government)
Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'bicycle' means a vehicle with 2 wheels designed and constructed to be
propelled by the use of pedals;

,'bus' means a motor vehicle constructed or adapted for the carriage of more
than 14 passengers and their personal effects;

'goods vehicle' means a motor vehicle, or trailer, which is constructed or
adapted for use primarily for the carriage of goods, but does not include a
motor tricycle or a motor cycle with or without a sidecar attached thereto;

'gross vehicle weight', in relation to a vehicle, means the sum of the weights
transmitted to the road surface by all the wheels of the vehicle and
includes, in the case of a trailer, any weight of the trailer imposed on the
drawing vehicle, and the 'permitted gross vehicle weight' of a vehicle
means the maximum gross vehicle weight prescribed for a vehicle of its
class;

'invalid carriage' means a motor vehicle especially designed and constructed for
the sole use of a person suffering from physical defects or disabilities;

'light bus' means a motor vehicle having a permitted gross vehicle weight not
exceeding 4 tonnes which is constructed or adapted for use solely for the
carriage of a driver and not more than 14 passengers and their personal
effects, but does not include an invalid carriage, motor cycle, motor
tricycle, private car or taxi;

motor tricycle' means a three-wheeled motor vehicle other than a motor cycle
with a sidecar;

'private bus' means a bus used or intended for use

(a) otherwise than for hire or reward; or

(b) for the carriage of passengers who are exclusively

(i) the students, teachers and employees of an educational
institution; or

(ii) disabled persons and persons employed to assist them,

whether or not for hire or reward;





'private car' means a motor vehicle constructed or adapted for use
solely for the carriage of a driver and not more than 7 passengers
and their personal effects but does not include an invalid carriage,
motor cycle, motor tricycle or taxi;

'private light bus' meansa light bus used or intended for use

(a) otherwise than for hire or reward; or

(b) for the carriage of passengers who are exclusively-

(i) the students, teachers and employees of an educational
institution; or

(ii) disabled persons and persons employed to assist them,

whether or not for hire or reward;

'public bus' means a bus, other than a private bus, which is used or
intended for use for hire or reward;

'public light bus' means a light bus, other than any private light bus,
which is used or intended for use for hire or reward;

'road marking' means a line, word, mark or device placed on, or set
into, the surface of a road for conveying to persons using the road
any warning, information, requirement, restriction, prohibition or
direction;

'special purpose vehicle' means a motor vehicle designed, constructed
or adapted primarily for a use other than the carriage on a road of
goods, the driver or passengers;

taxi means a motor vehicle registered as a taxi under the Road Traffic
Ordinance;

'traffic sign' means any sign, object or device for conveying to
persons using a road any warning, information, direction,
requirement, restriction or prohibition;

'trailer' means a vehicle which is not mechanically propelled and is
towed or intended for towing by a motor vehicle, including any
semi-trailer or draw bar trailer;

'tricycle' means a vehicle with 3 wheels propelled by the use of pedals.

PART 11

TRAFFIC CONTROL

3. (1) The Authority for the purposes of regulating and controlling
traffic may cause or permit to be displayed at any tunnel

(a) any traffic sign of the type shown in any of the Figure
Nos. 1 to 11 inclusive prescribed in the First Schedule;

(b)any traffic sign or road marking prescribed by the Road Traffic
(Traffic Control) Regulations.





(2) The Authority may vary any figures or the direction of any
arrow on a traffic sign prescribed in the First Schedule to adapt such
traffic sign to the particular circumstances of any tunnel.

(3) Any traffic sign displayed under paragraph (1)(a) shall, until the
contrary is proved, be presumed to be lawfully so displayed.

(4) The fact that a traffic sign has been varied under paragraph (2)
or differs slightly in size, colour of type from a traffic sign prescribed in
the First Schedule shall not prevent the traffic sign from being treated
as a traffic sign prescribed in that Schedule so long as the general
appearance of the traffic sign is not thereby materially impaired.

(5) The meaning and indication of a traffic sign prescribed in the
First Schedule shall be in accordance with such traffic sign and the note
relating thereto in that Schedule.

(6) The driver of a vehicle in any tunnel shall conform to the
indication of

(a)any traffic sign of the type shown in any of the Figure Nos. 1
to 6 inclusive and 10 and 11 prescribed in the First Schedule;

(b)any traffic sign or road marking prescribed by the Road
Traffic (Traffic Control) Regulations,

displayed at a tunnel under paragraph (1).

4. (1) In addition to any traffic sign specified under regulation 3(1)
or varied under regulation 3(2) fixing a speed limit, the Authority where
it considers that a temporary risk of danger to the public or of damage
to a tunnel will or is likely to arise may, at any time and without notice,
display such traffic sign as it may think appropriate for the purpose of
fixing a temporary maximum speed limit for vehicles using that tunnel.

(2) No person shall drive a vehicle in a tunnel where a temporary
maximum speed limit is fixed and a traffic sign in respect thereof is
displayed under paragraph (1), at a speed in excess of the maximum so
fixed.

5. Without prejudice to regulation 3, the Authority may

cause or permit to be displayed at any tunnel, such signs or road
markings as it may think appropriate for the giving of advice and
information to persons using that tunnel. 1 .

6. No person or vehicle shall enter or leave any tunnel otherwise
than at such places as may be provided and indicated for that purpose
by the Authority.

7. The Authority may, at any time and without notice, close a
tunnel or any part or lane, thereof to all vehicles or to vehicles of such
class or description as he may specify.





8. The following vehicles shall, except when otherwise
directed or signalled by an authorized officer, be driven only in the
nearside of the lanes of a tunnel-

(a) a bus;

(b)a goods vehicle of a permitted gross vehicle weight ex-
ceeding 5.5 tonnes;

(c) a vehicle requiring a permit under regulation 14; and

(d) a vehicle towing another vehicle.

9. No person shall in any tunnel unless directed or signalled
by an authorized officer or unless conforming to the indication of
any traffic sign displayed under these regulations-

(a)drive any vehicle with its headlights illuminated on full
beam;

(b)drive any vehicle at a speed of less than 25 kilometres per
hour except where prevented by another vehicle or at a toll
booth and other places where a lesser speed is unavoidable;

(c) stop any vehicle or permit it to be stationary save when-
(i) lawfully required to do so;
(ii) compelled to do so by reason of accident, break-
down, emergency or the presence of other stationary
vehicles;

(d) enter therein on foot;

(e)alight from a vehicle save in the event of an emergency or
to summon assistance;

use any horn, siren, whistle or other noise making device;

(g)cause or permit a vehicle to cross any continuous double
lines marked on the surface of a road;

(h) make any U turn with or reverse a vehicle;

(i) change a tyre or wheel on, or refuel or repair a vehicle; or

propel a vehicle by pushing it, whether manually or by
other means.

10. No person shall drive or cause or permit to be driven in or
cause to remain in any tunnel any of the following vehicles-

(a)a bicycle, invalid carriage, motor tricycle, tricycle or rick-
shaw;

(b)a vehicle which is not carrying sufficient fuel in its fuel tank
to enable it to be driven through;

(c)a vehicle carrying animals or poultry not properly con-
trolled or confined, or carrying garbage, hay, straw or fine
particles or similar materials which are not sufficiently
covered;





(d)a vehicle with a load, or the cover of a load, not properly
secured so as to prevent such cover or any part of the load
from falling off or coming into contact with the road, the
tunnel structure or its fittings or fixtures;

(e)a vehicle carrying a person standing on the outside of the
vehicle or seated with any part of his person overhanging
the sides or rear of the vehicle;

a vehicle in which the driver's view to the front or sides is
or is likely to be obscured;

(g)a vehicle which will or is likely to come into contact with
the tunnel structure or its fittings or fixtures; or

(h)a vehicle which will or is likely to endanger persons or
property or render the use of the tunnel unsafe. -

11. (1) Subject to paragraph (2) no person shall drive or
cause or permit to be driven in or cause to remain in any tunnel any
of the following vehicles-

(a)a vehicle carrying any of the goods referred to in
Category 1 of the Schedule to the Dangerous Goods
(Classification) Regulations;

(b)a vehicle carrying any of the goods referred to in Cate-
gory 2 of the Schedule to the Dangerous Goods (Classifica-
tion) Regulations unless there is a quantity specified in
relation to such goods in the second column of the Table to
regulation 74 of the Dangerous Goods (General) Regula-
tions and the goods carried do not exceed that quantity;

(c)without prejudice to sub-paragraph (b) a vehicle carrying
any cylinders (as defined in regulation 61 of the Dangerous
Goods (General) Regulations) used or to be used for the
storage of compressed gas referred to in Category 2 of the
Schedule to the Dangerous Goods (Classification) Regula-
tions, whether or not such cylinders contain any quantity
of such gas;

(d)a vehicle carrying any of the goods referred to in Category
5 of the Schedule to the Dangerous Goods (Classification)
Regulations unless there is a quantity specified in relation
to such goods in the seventh or eighth column of the
Table to regulation 99 of the Dangerous Goods (General)
Regulations and the goods carried do not exceed that
quantity; or

(e)without prejudice to sub-paragraph (d) a vehicle cons-
tructed or adapted for the conveyance, or a vehicle carry-
ing a container used or to be used for the storage, of
goods referred to in Category 5 of the Schedule to the
Dangerous Goods (Classification) Regulations, whether
or not such vehicle or container contains any quantity of
such goods.





(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), nothing in this regulation shall
prohibit

(a)the conveyance in a tunnel of petroleum spirit which is being
carried in a vehicle. for the purposes only of the propulsion of
the vehicle or of petroleum spirit, up to a maximum of 20 litres
in securely closed cans, which is being carried on a vehicle
for such use; or

(b)the conveyance in a tunnel of petroleum spirit which is being
carried in a vehicle for the purposes of replenishing refuelling
facilities for vehicles employed on duty relating to a tunnel.

PART 111

TOLLS, REMOVAL FEES, PERMITS AND EXEMPTIONS

12. (1) The appropriate toll specified in the Second Schedule in
respect of the use of a tunnel therein specified by any vehicle shall be
payable by the driver of such vehicle at a toll booth provided by the
Authority for that purpose.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3), no person shall drive a vehicle past a
toll booth unless

(a)he stops and pays to the toll collector on duty at the booth
the appropriate toll for the vehicle;

(b)he stops and tenders to the toll collector on duty at the booth
such toll ticket as may be provided by the Authority
appropriate to the vehicle; or

(c)he stops and tenders to the toll collector on duty at the booth
such approval in writing as may be provided by the Authority
indicating that the vehicle is allowed passage through a
tunnel without payment of the appropriate toll.

(3) Paragraph (2) shall not apply to a vehicle of the kind specified
in regulation 14(1), but the toll payable in respect of such a vehicle may
be paid in such manner as the Authority may direct.

13. Where a vehicle or thing causing an obstruction in any tunnel
has been removed under section 15 of the Ordinance, the Authority
may require the ownerof such vehicle or thing to pay the removal fee
specified in the Second Schedule.

14. (1) No person shall in any tunnel drive a vehicle-

(a)the width (including any load and any equipment attached to
the vehicle) of which exceeds 2. 5 m;

(b)the length (including any load and any equipment attached to
the vehicle) of which exceeds 12 m;





(c) that is towing another vehicle; or

(d)that is drawing a trailer and the combined length of the vehicle
and trailer (including drawbar and any load) exceeds 16 in,

other than in accordance with the conditions of a permit issued by the
Authority for the passage of that vehicle.

(2) Any such permit shall be subject to such conditions as the
Authority may impose.

(3) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (2), the
Authority may require that a vehicle being the subject of a permit
issued under this regulation shall only pass through a tunnel when
accompanied by such escort vehicle as the Authority may provide.

(4) Except in case of emergency, application for a permit shall be
made not less than 48 hours before the intended passage and shall
contain the following particulars

(a) details of the vehicle and its load; and

(b) the time, date and direction of the proposed passage.

(5) The appropriate fee specified in the Second Schedule shall be
paid on the issue of a permit.

(6) The driver of a vehicle in respect of the passage of which a
permit has been issued shall immediately when asked for it produce the
permit for inspection by an authorized officer.

15. (1) A vehicle which carries an authorized officer who is
engaged on duty shall be exempt from regulations 3(6), 4(2), 6, 8(d) and
14(1)(c).

(2) A fire service vehicle, ambulance, police vehicle and vehicle
used for defence purposes, including civil defence purposes shall, if the
vehicle is being used in the course of urgent duty, be exempt from
regulations 1 0(e) and (f) and 11.



16. Any sign erected in the Lion Rock Tunnel under the Lion Rock
Tunnel Regulations immediately before the coming into operation of
these regulations and then complying with the Lion Rock Tunnel
Regulations shall for so long as it continues to comply therewith be
deemed to have the same effect as if the Lion Rock Tunnel Ordinance
had not been repealed.

17. No person shall in any tunnel-

(a) permit an animal to be therein otherwise than in a vehicle;

(b)paint or affix or cause to be painted or affixed any poster,
placard, bill, advertisement or other matter; or

(c)interfere with any traffic sign, lane marker, light, telephone or
other fitting or fixture.





18. (1) Any person who contravenes any of the provisions of
regulation 4(2), 6, 8, 9, 10, 11(1), 12(2), 14(1) or 14(6) or 17, commits
an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for
6 months.

(2) Any person who while driving a vehicle in any tunnel fails
to conform to the indication of any traffic sign of the type shown
in any of the Figure Nos. 1 to 6 inclusive prescribed in the First
Schedule and displayed at a tunnel under regulation 3(1) commits
an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for
6 months.

(3) Any person who while driving a vehicle in any tunnel fails
to conform to the indication of any traffic sign of the type shown in
Figure No. 10 or 11 prescribed in the First Schedule and displayed
at a tunnel under regulation 3(1) commits an offence and is liable to
a fine of $1,000.

(4) Any person who while driving a vehicle in any tunnel fails
to conform to the indication of any traffic sign or road marking
prescribed by the Road Traffic (Traffic Control) Regulations dis-
played at a tunnel under regulation 3(1) commits an ofrence and is
liable on first conviction to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment
for 3 months and on second or subsequent conviction to a fine of
$10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.





FIRST SCHEDULE [reg. 3.1

SIGNS

FIGURE No. 1

700

GREEN

DARK
BACKGROUND

LANE SIGNAL

THIS SIGN WHEN DISPLAYED CONVEYS TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC PROCEEDING IN
THE TRAFFIC LANE ABOVE AND IN RELATION TO WHICH IT 15 DISPLAYED THAT TRAFFIC MAY
PROCEED OR CONTINUE TO 00 SO IN THE SAID LANE BENEATH OR BEYOND THE SAID
ARROW AND IN THE DIRECTION OPPOSITE TO THAT IN WHICH THE ARROW FACES. IT MAY
ALSO BE USED AT A TOLL BOOTH TO INDICATE THAT VEHICLES MAY PROCEED IN THAT LANE.





FIGURE No. 2

DARK
BACKGROUND

RED

LANE SIGNAL

THIS SIGN WHEN DISPLAYED CONYEYS TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC PROCEEDING IN
THE TRAFFIC LANE ABOVE AND IN RELATION TO WHICH IT 15 DISPLAYED THE PROHIBITION
THAT SUCH TRAFFIC SHALL NOT PROCEED BENEATH OR BEYOND THE RED CROSS IN THE
SA113 TRAFFIC LANE IN THE DIRECTION OPPOSITE TO THAT IN WHICH THE RED CROSS
FACES. IT MAY ALSO BE USED AT A TOLL BOOTH TO INDICATE THAT VEHICLES MAY NOT
PROCEED IN THAT LANE.





FIGURE No. 3

700

DARK

GREEN

1 150

PROCEED RIGHT OR KEEP RIGHT

THE DIRECTION OF THE ARROW MAY BE REVERSED TO GIVE -

.PROCEED LEFT OR KEEP LEFT

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLES MUST PROCEED TO THE RIGHT-HAND

LANE, OR TO THE LEFT-HAND LANE, IF THE DIRECTION OF THE ARROW IS REVERSED.





FIGURE No. 4

RED

Y E YELLOW (AMBER)

BLACK


,2z

- d GREEN

0

LANE SIGNAL

THE SIGNAL MAY IN A TUNNEL AREA BE PLACED IN A VERTICAL OR
HORIZONTAL POSITION ABOVE OR AT THE SIDE OF A TRAFFIC LANE FOR THE
CONTROL OF THAT TRAFFIC PROCEEDING ALONG THE TRAFFIC LANE OVER OR AT
THE SIDE OF AND IN RELATION TO WHICH THE SIGNALS HAVE BEEN PLACED,
PROVIDED THAT WHEN THE SIGNAL 15 PLACED ABOVE THE TRAFFIC LANE THE
GREEN ARROW SHALL POINT DOWNWARDS.
THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE SIGNAL SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS

(i)WHEN A GREEN ARROW IS DISPLAYED VEHICULAR TRAFFIC PROCEEDING IN THE
TRAFFIC LANE ABOVE OR AT THE SIDE OF AND IN RELATION TO WHICH IT 15
DISPLAYED MAY PROCEED ALONG THAT LANE.

00WHEN A STEADY OR INTERMITTENT AMBER LIGHT 15 DISPLAYED VEHICULAR
TRAFFIC PROCEEDING IN THE TRAFFIC LANE ABOVE OR AT THE SIDE OF AND IN
RELATION TO W HICH IT 15 DISPLAYED SHALL PROCEED ALONG THAT LANE WITH
CAUTION AND BE PREPARED TO STOP, PROVIDED THAT THE AMBER LIGHT MAY BE
OMITTED FROM ANY SIGNAL INSTALLATION WHEN THE SIGNAL SHALL CONSIST OF A
LIGHT CAPABLE OF SHOWING A RED CROSS AND A LIGHT CAPABLE OF SHOWING A
GREEN ARROW.

(iii) WHEN A RED CROSS IS DISPLAYED VEHICULAR TRAFFIC PROCEEDING IN THE
TRAFFIC LANE ABOVE OR AT THE SIDE OF AND IN RELATION TO WHICH
IT IS DISPLAYED SHALL NOT PROCEED BENEATH OR BEYOND OR PAST
THE RED CROSS.
THE SIGNAL MAY BE USED AT TOLL BOOTHS.





FIGURE No. 5

BLUE BACKGROUNDWHITE BORDER, LETTERS,
CHARACTERS

'G -tP iN LANE
K E-

=M

ik- IT12

1625 (2425)

KEEP IN LANE

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLES MUST KEEP IN THEIR LANES.





FIGURE No. 6

RED BORDER & DIAGONAL

YELLOW

BLACK SYMBOL

WHITE
BACKGROUND

DANGEROUS GOODS PROHIBITED

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLES CARRYING DANGEROUS GOODS
OF PARTICULAR CATEGORIES ARE PROHIBITED FROM PASSING BEYOND THE SIGN. IT MAY
BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SIGN IN FIGURE No. 7.





FIGURE No. 7

BLACK BORDER, LETTERS,
W

WHITE BACKGROUND CHARACTERS

Categori~es 1.2.5

650 1850) (1075) (1 275)

THIS SIGN WHEN USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SIGN IN FIG. No. 6 INDICATES
THE CATEGORY OR CATEGORIES OP: DANGEROUS GOODS REFERRED TO IN THAT FIGURE.





FIGURE No. 8
BLUE BACKGROUNDWHITE BORDER,
LETTERS, AND
CHARACTERS.

TUNNEL AREA
TUNNEL REGULATIONS

APPLY

L:4 PA

FLIA M $11 Wa tx

TUNNEL AREA

THIS SIGN INDICATES THE START OF THE AREA WHERE THE
PROHIBITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY THE ROAD TUNNELS (GOVERNMENT)

ORDINANCE AND THE ROAD TUNNELS (GOVERNMENT) REGULATIONS APPLY.





FIGURE No. 9

BLUE BLACKGROUND

WHITE BORDER, LETTERS
& CHARACTERS

TUNNEL AR~A END
1101 :R t. j

----------
-

TUNNEL AREA END

THIS SIGN INDICATES THE END OF THE AREA WHERE THE PROHIBITIONS AND
RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY THE ROAD TUNNELS (GOVERNMENT) ORDINANCE AND THE ROAD
TUNNELS (GOVERNMENT) REGULATIONS APPLY.





FIGURE No. 10

BLUE T WHITE

Exact payment

$3

5#% ~:

800

NO CHANGE TOLL SIGN

WHEN THIS SIGN 15 DISPLAYED AT A 1011 BOOTH IT INDICATES THAT THE TOLL
BOOTH IS FOR USE ONLY BY DRIVERS PAYING I HE CORRECT TOLL AS INDKAIED
0% THE SIGH AND REQUIRING NO CHANGE 10 BE GIVEN. THE TOLL SHOWN ON
THE SIGN MAY BE VARIED 10 SUIT THE PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.





FIGURE No. 11

WHITE
BLUE

Exact payment

C^

$3

3 300

NO CHANGE TOLL SIGN

WHEN THIS SIGN 15 DISPLAYED OVER A TOLL BOOTH OR BOOTHS
ADJACENT TO A TRAFFIC LANE OR LANES AS INDICATED BY THE
DOWNWARD POINTING ARROWS 04 THE SIGN 11 INOICATES THAT THE
TOLL BOOTH OR BOOTHS ARE. FOR USE ONLY BY DRIVERS PAYING THE
CORRECT 1011 AS INDICATED ON THE SIGN AND REQUIRING NO
CHANGE TO BE GIVEN . THE NUMBER OF ARROWS AND THE OVERALL
DIMENSIONS OF THE SIGN AND THE TOLL SHOWN ON THE SIGN MAY BE
VARIED 10 SUIT THE PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES
1986 ED CAP 368 A21 L.N.310/81. 75 of 1982. L.N.77/84. L.N.196/84. L.N.61/85. L.N.212/86. Citation. Interpretation. L.N.196/84. L.N.196/84. L.N.196/84. L.N.196/84. L.N.196/84. 75 of 1982,s.114. (Cap. 374.) L.N.196/84. Prescribed signs and road markings. L.N.212/86. First Schedule. L.N.19684. (Cap. 374, sub. Leg) First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. L.N.212/86. First Schedule. (Cap. 374, sub. leg.) Temporary maximum speed limits. Advisory signs and road markings. Access for vehicles. Closure of tunnel. Traffic confined to left-hand lanes. L.N. 196/84. General restrictions. L.N. 196/84. General prohibitions. Prohibition against vehicles conveying dangerous goods. (Cap. 295, sub.leg.) (Cap. 295, sub.leg.) Tolls. Second Schedule. Fee for removal of vehicles etc. causing obstruction. Second Schedule. Vehicles requiring permits. L.N. 196/84. Second Schedule. Exemptions. Saving. (Cap. 140, sub.leg., 1978 Ed.) (Cap. 140, 1974 Ed.) Miscellaneous offences. Offences and penalties. L.N. 212/86. L.N.212/86. First Schedule. L.N. 212/86. First Schedule. L.N. 212/86. (Cap. 374, sub.leg.) L.N. 212/86. L.N. 212/86. L.N. 77/84. L.N. 61/85. L.N.196/84. L.N. 294/88.

Abstract

L.N.310/81. 75 of 1982. L.N.77/84. L.N.196/84. L.N.61/85. L.N.212/86. Citation. Interpretation. L.N.196/84. L.N.196/84. L.N.196/84. L.N.196/84. L.N.196/84. 75 of 1982,s.114. (Cap. 374.) L.N.196/84. Prescribed signs and road markings. L.N.212/86. First Schedule. L.N.19684. (Cap. 374, sub. Leg) First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. L.N.212/86. First Schedule. (Cap. 374, sub. leg.) Temporary maximum speed limits. Advisory signs and road markings. Access for vehicles. Closure of tunnel. Traffic confined to left-hand lanes. L.N. 196/84. General restrictions. L.N. 196/84. General prohibitions. Prohibition against vehicles conveying dangerous goods. (Cap. 295, sub.leg.) (Cap. 295, sub.leg.) Tolls. Second Schedule. Fee for removal of vehicles etc. causing obstruction. Second Schedule. Vehicles requiring permits. L.N. 196/84. Second Schedule. Exemptions. Saving. (Cap. 140, sub.leg., 1978 Ed.) (Cap. 140, 1974 Ed.) Miscellaneous offences. Offences and penalties. L.N. 212/86. L.N.212/86. First Schedule. L.N. 212/86. First Schedule. L.N. 212/86. (Cap. 374, sub.leg.) L.N. 212/86. L.N. 212/86. L.N. 77/84. L.N. 61/85. L.N.196/84. L.N. 294/88.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3372

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

368

Number of Pages

21
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:14 +0800
<![CDATA[ROAD TUNNELS (GOVERNMENT) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3371

Title

ROAD TUNNELS (GOVERNMENT) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

ROAD TUNNELS (GOVERNMENT) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 368





CHAPTER 368

ROAD TUNNELS (GOVERNMENT) ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section...................................... Page

1. Short title ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
2. Interpretation.......................... ... ... ... ... 1 . ... ... ... 2
3. Application ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... '2

4. A tunnel is a public place ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

5. Application of Road Traffic Ordinance ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

6. Tunnel boundaries and plans ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

7. Certification and deposit of plans ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

8. Proof of plans ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

9. Authority may delegate powers .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

10...........................Power of Authority to appoint authorized officers ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

11..................Powers of authorized officers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

12.................................Obligation to give information relating to the driving of vehicles ... ... ... 4

13...........False particulars ......... ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

14................Proof of identity of driver ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

15....................Vehicles etc. causing obstruction ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

16..................Disposal of abandoned vehicles ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

17....................Obstruction of authorized officers ... ... .... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

18......................Installation of pipes or cables in tunnel ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
19. Penalties for offences 7

20. Regulations 7
Schedule........................................ ... ... ... ... ... 8





CHAPTER 368

ROAD TUNNELS (GOVERNMENT)

To provide for the control and regulation ol' vehicular and pedestrian
traffic in road tunnels managed by the Government.

[ 15 February 1982.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Road Tunnels (Government)
Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'Authority' means the Commissioner for Transport;

'authorized officer' means a public officer authorized by the Authority
under section 10;

'dangerous goods' means dangerous goods as defined in section 2 of
the Dangerous Goods Ordinance;


'Director' means the Director of Lands (Amended, L.N. 76/82)

'driver' means, in relation to any vehicle, any person who is in charge
of or assisting in the control of it;

-driving licence' means a driving licence issued under the Road Traffic
Ordinance;

'owner' includes the person in whose name a vehicle is registered and
the person by whom a vehicle is kept and used and, in relation to a
vehicle which is the subject of a hiring agreement or hire purchase
agreement, means the person in possession of the vehicle under
the agreement;

'register' means registered under the Road Traffic Ordinance;

'registered' means registered as owner of a vehicle under the Road
Traffic Ordinance;

'tunnel' includes the area adjacent thereto described on a plan
deposited under section 7;

'vehicle' means any vehicle, whether or not mechanically propelled,
which is constructed or adapted for use on roads but does not
include a tram.

3. (1) This Ordinance shall apply to the tunnels named in the
Schedule.

(2) The Governor may amend the Schedule by notice in the

Gazette.

4. For the purposes of liability for a contravention of any
Ordinance, a tunnel shall be a public place.





5. Unless the contrary intention appears from this Ordinance, the
Road Traffic Ordinance shall apply to a tunnel as if a tunnel were a road
within the meaning of that Ordinance.

6. (1) The Authority shall determine the boundaries of a tunnel
and the Director shall delineate the boundaries on a plan.

(2) The Authority in consultation with the Director may vary the
boundaries of a tunnel.

(3) Where the boundaries of a tunnel are varied under subsection
(2), the Director shall prepare a plan delineating the boundaries.

7. (1) A plan prepared under section 6 shall be numbered, dated,
signed and certified by the Director as being a plan of the tunnel to
which such plan relates and shall be deposited by the Authority in the
Land Office.

(2) The Authority shall cause notification of the deposit of a plan
under subsection(1) to be published in the Gazette.

8. (1) In any proceedings before a court, a copy of a plan prepared
under section 6, certified by the Director to be a copy of the plan, shall
be conclusive proof of the area comprising that tunnel.

(2) Any plan purporting to be certified by the Director under
subsection (i) shall be admitted without further proof and shall be
presumed, until the contrary is proved, to have been certified by him.

9. The Authority may in writing delegate any other public officer to
exercise the powers and perform the duties conferred or imposed on him
by this Ordinance.

10. The Authority may in writing appoint any public officer to be
an authorized officer for the purposes of this Ordinance.

11. (1) An authorized officer may at any tunnel-

(a) for the purpose of regulating traffic;

(b)for the purpose of preventing or detecting the commission of
an offence against this Ordinance or the Road Traffic
Ordinance; or

(c) if he reasonably suspects that the driver of a vehicle-

(i) has committed an offence against this Ordinance or the
Road Traffic Ordinance; or

(ii) has been involved in an accident at a tunnel,

exercise any of the powers specified in subsection (2).

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), an authorized officer may





(a) order, direct or signal the driver of a vehicle-

(i) to stop the vehicle forthwith; or

(ii) to proceed to any place at the tunnel so ordered,
directed or signalled and to stop thereat;

(b)require any person to give his name and address and to
produce any document in his possession which is or contains
evidence of his name and address;

(e) require the driver of a vehicle-

(i) to produce his driving licence for examination;

(ii) to give the name and address of the registered owner of
the vehicle;

(d)enter, examine and search a vehicle and any thing therein or
thereon;

(e)detain, if necessary by the use of reasonable force, a driver or
a vehicle, or both, until they can be delivered into the custody
of a police officer.

(3) Any person who fails to comply with an order, direction or
signal given under subsection (2)(a), or any requirement made under
subsection (2)(c), commits an offence.

12. (1) Without prejudice to section 63 of the Road Traffic
Ordinance, where the driver of a vehicle is suspected of having
committed an offence against this Ordinance or the Road Traffic
Ordinance at any tunnel, any person (including both the registered
owner of the vehicle and the person suspected of being the driver of the
'Vehicle at the time of the alleged offence) shall, on demand made within
3 months after the date of the alleged offence, give to an authorized
officer in the manner prescribed in this section the name, address and
driving licence number of the person driving the vehicle at the time of
the alleged offence and his relationship (if any) to the driver. (Amended,
75 of 1982, s. 114)

(2) A demand under subsection (1) may be made orally or by
means of a noti~e served personally or by post on the person on whom
it is made.

(3) Where a demand under subsection (1) is made orally to any
person he shall

(a)if he was the driver of the vehicle at the time of the alleged
offence

(i) give immediately his name and address; and

(ii) give the number of his driving licence to a specified
authorized officer within 21 days after the date of the demand;
and

(b)if he was not the driver of the vehicle at the time of the alleged
offence, give the information required under subsection (1)
to a specified authorized officer either orally or in writing
within 21 days after the date of the demand.





(4) A notice under subsection (2) shall require the person to
whom it is addressed

(a)to furnish, within 21 days after the date of the notice, to an
authorized officer specified therein, a written statement, in
such form as may be specified in the notice, giving the name,
address and driving licence number of the person driving the
vehicle at the time of the alleged offence and his relationship
(if any) to the driver; and

(b) to sign the said statement.

(5) Subject to subsection (6), any person who contravenes
subsection (1) commits an offence.

(6) In proceedings for an offence under subsection (5), it shall be a
defence to show that the accused person did not know, and could not
with reasonable diligence have ascertained, the name or address or
driving licence number of the person driving the vehicle at the time of
the alleged offence.

13. Any person who knowingly makes a false statement in
supplying particulars required under section 11 or 12 or who omits any
material particular required under either of such sections commits an
offence.

14. If, in a prosecution for an offence under this Ordinance, there is
produced to the court a statement which

(a) purports to have been signed by the accused person.,

(b)was furnished in accordance with a notice served on him
under section 12(2); and

(c)states that the accused person was the driver of the vehicle at
the time of the offence,

the court shall admit the statement as priniaf~icie evidence that the
accused person was the driver of the vehicle at the time of the offence.

15. If any vehicle or thing is causing an obstruction at any tunnel
or is otherwise likely to render the use of the tunnel unsafe the
Authority may at the risk and expense of the owner of such vehicle or
thing take all reasonable steps to remove it or cause it to be removed to
any place, including any road, that the Authority may think fit and
where necessary in the opinion of the Authority, may provide for the
safe custody thereof.

16. (1) Where any vehicle has been permitted to remain stationary
at any tunnel in such a position or in such condition or in such
circumstances that there is reasonable cause to believe that the vehicle
has been abandoned an authorized officer may cause a notice to be
given, requiring the person in whose name the vehicle is registered to
remove it or cause it to be removed.





(2) A notice under subsection (1) shall be addressed to the person
in whose name the vehicle is registered and shall be given

(a)by sending it to him by; registered post at the address shown
on the register: or

(b) by affixing *rig it to the vehicle.

(3) The notice shall-

(a)require the person in whose name the vehicle is registered to
move or cause it to be moved to a place which is not on any
road

(i) if the notice is sent by registered post, within 7 days of
its service on him; or

(ii) if the notice is affixed to t he vehicle, within 7 days of
the date on which it is so affixed, and

(b) state that-

(i) unless the vehicle is removed within the time so stated.
the vehicle will be seized by the Authority and removed to a
place specified in the notice, and

(ii) if the vehicle is not claimed within a period of 14 days
from the date of seizure. it will become the property of the
Crown.

(4) If the vehicle is not removed as required by a notice given
under subsection (1) an authorized officer may seize it and may take all
reasonable steps to remove it or cause it to be removed to the place
specified in the notice.

(5) If a vehicle which is seized and removed under subsection (4) is
not claimed within the period specified in the notice given under
subsection (1). it shall become the property of the Crown and may be
sold or otherwise disposed of as the Authority thinks fit.

(6) For the purposes of this section -vehicle- includes any load
carried by a vehicle.

17. Any person who obstructs an authorized officer in the exercise
of the powers conferred on him by this Ordinance commits an offence.

18. (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of any other Ordinance, no
person shall place any pipe, conduit or cable in any tunnel without the
prior consent in writing of the Authority.

(2) The Authority shall consult the Director before giving any
consent under subsection (1).

(3) A consent given under subsection (1) shall be subject to the
payment of such charges and to such conditions, as the Authority may
impose.





19. Any person who commits an offence under section 11(3), 12(5),
13 or 17 is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

20. (1) The Governor in Council may by regulation provide for

(a)the classification, design, colour, erection, placing, operation,
maintenance, alteration and removing of permanent, temporary
and variable traffic signs and road markings at a tunnel;

(b)prohibiting, controlling and restricting vehicular and
pedestrian movements by or in relation to traffic signs or road
markings at a tunnel;

(e)prohibiting, controlling, restricting, directing or advising
traffic both vehicular and pedestrian and passengers
conveyed upon vehicular traffic at a tunnel;

(d)controlling and regulating the manner of driving and the use
of vehicles and the equipment and apparatus pertaining
thereto at a tunnel;

(e)controlling and regulating the use of a tunnel and in particular
prohibiting either absolutely or during specified hours

(i) the driving of any specified type or class of vehicle; and

(ii) the manner in which a motor vehicle of any type or class
may be used;

the imposing of maximum or minimum speed limits on the road
at a tunnel for any vehicle or class of vehicles:

(g)the towing of or drawing of vehicles by motor vehicles at a
tunnel;

(h)controlling the manner of loading vehicles and securing of
loads on vehicles at a tunnel;

(i)the maximum weight to be transmitted to the road at a tunnel
by a vehicle of any class or by any part or parts of such a
vehicle in contact with the road;

controlling the manner in which passengers may be carried in
vehicles at a tunnel and the number of passengers which may
be carried therein;

(k) the controlling and restricting of animals in a tunnel;

(1) the total or partial closure of a tunnel,

(m) the tolls payable for the use of a tunnel;

(n) the escort of vehicles through a tunnel;





(o)the control, prohibition and restriction upon the painting or affixing
of any poster. placard. bill, advertisement or other matter in a
tunnel.

(p)the exemption of vehicles or any class thereof from the operation of
any regulation whether by permit or otherwise and in the case of the
issue of a permit, the fees payable for such issue:

(q)the fees payable for the removal of a vehicle or thing under section
15, and

(r)generally carrying into effect the provisions of this Ordinance
relating to the regulation of traffic.

(2) Any regulation made under this section may provide that a
contravention thereof shall he an offence and may provide penalties for such
offence not exceeding a fine of $5,000 and imprisonment for 6 months.

SCHEDULE [s. 3.]


Aberdeen Tunnel

Airport Tunnel incl.

Lion RoCK Tunnel.
Originally 48 of 1981. L.N. 76/82. 75 of 1982. L.N. 40/82. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 295.) (Cap. 374.) Application. Schedule. A tunnel is a public place. Application of Road Traffic Ordinance. (Cap. 374.) Tunnel boundaries and plans. Certification and deposit of plans. Proof of plans. Authority may delegate powers. Power of Authority to appoint authorized officers. Powers of authorized officers. (Cap. 374.) Obligation to give information relating to the driving of vehicles. (Cap. 374.) False particulars. Proof of identity of driver. Vehicles etc. causing obstruction. Disposal of abandoned vehicles. Obstruction of authorized officers. Installation of pipes or cables in tunnel. Penalties for offences. Regulations.

Abstract

Originally 48 of 1981. L.N. 76/82. 75 of 1982. L.N. 40/82. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 295.) (Cap. 374.) Application. Schedule. A tunnel is a public place. Application of Road Traffic Ordinance. (Cap. 374.) Tunnel boundaries and plans. Certification and deposit of plans. Proof of plans. Authority may delegate powers. Power of Authority to appoint authorized officers. Powers of authorized officers. (Cap. 374.) Obligation to give information relating to the driving of vehicles. (Cap. 374.) False particulars. Proof of identity of driver. Vehicles etc. causing obstruction. Disposal of abandoned vehicles. Obstruction of authorized officers. Installation of pipes or cables in tunnel. Penalties for offences. Regulations.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3371

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

368

Number of Pages

9
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:13 +0800
<![CDATA[REGIONAL COUNCIL CONSTITUENCIES (NUMBER OF VACANCIES) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3370

Title

REGIONAL COUNCIL CONSTITUENCIES (NUMBER OF VACANCIES) ORDER

Description






REGIONAL COUNCIL CONSTITUTENCIES (NUMBER OF VACANCIES) ORDER

(Cap.367, sectin 3(1)(d))

[12 August 1988]


L.N. 222/88 -

Citation

1. This order may be cited as the Regional Council Constituencies (Number of
Vacancies) Order.

Vacancies in Regional Council constituencies

2. The number of vacancies for members in each constituency declared in the
Declaration of Constituencies (Regional Council) Order (Cap. 367, sub. leg.) and
named in the third column of the Schedule is declared to be the number specified
opposite to that constituency in the fourth column thereof.

SCHEDULE [para. 2]

REGIONAL COUNCIL CONSTITUENCIES

VACANCIES FOR MEMBERS

Number of
Item Name of District Name of Constituency Vacancies

1 . Islands Islands

2. Kwai Tsing(a) Kwai Chung East

(b) Kwai Chung West and Tsing Yi

3. North North

4. Sai Kung Sai Kung
5. Sha Tin (a) Sha Tin East
(b) Sha Tin West
6. Tai Po Tai Po
7. Tsuen Wan Tsuen Wan
8. Tuen Mun (a) Tuen Mun East
(b) Tuen Mun West

9. Yuen Long Yuen Long

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3370

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

367

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:12 +0800
<![CDATA[URBAN COUNCIL CONSTITUENCIES (NUMBER OF VACANCIES) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3369

Title

URBAN COUNCIL CONSTITUENCIES (NUMBER OF VACANCIES) ORDER

Description





URBAN COUNCIL CONSTITUENCIES (NUMBE OF VACANCIES) ORDER

(Cap. 367, section 3(1)(d))

[12 August 1988]

L.N. 221/88 -

Citation

1. This order may be cited as the Urban Council Constituencies (Number of
Vacancies) Order.

Vacancies in Urban Council constituencies

2. The number of vacancies for members in each constituency declared in the
Declaration of Constituencies (Urban Council) Order (Cap. 367, sub. leg.) and
named in the third column of the Schedule is declared to be the number specified
opposite to that constituency in the fourth column thereof.

SCHEDULE [para. 21

URBAN COUNCIL CONSTITUENCIES

VACANCIES FOR MEMBERS

Item Name of District Name of Constituency Number of Vacancies

1. Central and Western Central and Western

2. Eastern (a) North Point

(b) Shau Kei Wan

3. Kowloon City (a) Kowloon City West

(b) Kowloon City East 1

4. Kwun Tong (a) Kwun Tong West 1

(b) Kwun Tong East 1
5. Mong Kok Mong Kok 1

6. Sham Shui Po (a) Sham Shui Po East 1

(b) Sham Shui Po West 1

7. Southern Southern

8. Wan Chai Wan Chai

9. Wong Tai Sin (a) Wong Tai Sin South

(b) Wong Tai Sin North
10. Yau Tsim Yau Tsim

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3369

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

367

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:12 +0800
<![CDATA[DISTRICT BOARDS (REGIONAL COUNCIL AREA) CONSTITUENCIES (NUMBER OF VACANCIES) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3368

Title

DISTRICT BOARDS (REGIONAL COUNCIL AREA) CONSTITUENCIES (NUMBER OF VACANCIES) ORDER

Description






DISTRICT BOARDS (REGIONAL COUNCIL AREA)
CONSTITUTENCIES (NUMBER OF VACANCIES) ORDER
(Cap. 367, section 3(1)(d))

[24 December 1987]

L.N. 416/87 -R. Ed. 1987

Citation

1. This order may be cited as the District Boards (Regional Council Area)
Constituencies (Number of Vacancies) Order.

Vacancies in District Boards (Regional Council Area)
constituencies

2. For the purposes of any election held on or after 1 March 1988, the number
of vacancies for members in each constituency declared in the Declaration of
Constituencies (District Boards) Order (Cap. 367, sub. leg.) and named in the third
column of the Schedule is declared to be the number specified opposite to that
constituency in the fourth column thereof.

SCHEDULE [para. 21

DISTRICT BOARDS (REGIONAL COUNCIL AREA) CONSTITUENCIES

VACANCIES FOR MEMBERS

Nameof Nameof Number of

Item District Constituency Area Vacancies

1 Islands (a) Cheung Chau East
(b) Cheung Chau North
(c) Cheung Chau West
(d) Lamma and Po Toi
(e) Mui Wo, South Lantau and Associated Islands 1
(j) Peng Chau
(g) Tung Chung and Tai 0
(7)
2. Kwai Tsing (a) Kwai Chung Central 2
(b) Kwai Chung East 2
(c) Kwai Chung North 2
(d) Kwai Chung South 2
(e) Kwai Chung West 2
(j) Kwai Shing 2
(g) Tsing Yi North 1
(h) Tsing Yi South 1
(i) Tsing Yi Central 2
(16)
3. North (a) Border East and Mirs Bay
(b) Border Central
(c) Queen's Hill





Nameof Name of Number of
Item District Constituency Area Vacancies
(d) Beas River 1

(e) Luen Wo Hui 1
(f) Shek Wu Hui 1
(g) Choi Yuen 2
(h) Tin Ping 1
(i) Fanling South 2
(11)

4. Sai Kung(a) Sai Kung Islands

(b) Sai Kung Central
(c) Sai Kung Pak Sha Wan 1
(d) Hang Hau 1
(e) Junk Bay 1
(5)
5. Sha Tin (a) Town Centre 2
(b) Sha Kok 2
(c) Tai Wai 2
(d) Yuen Wo 2
(e) Tin Sum 2
(f) Che Kung Miu 2
(g) Tsang Tai Uk 2
(h) Shing Mun East 2
(i) Ma On Shan 2
(18)
6. Tai Po (a) Tai Po Central 2
(b) Tai Po North East 1
(c) Tai Po South 1
(d) Tai Po North 1
(e) Sai Kung North 1
(1) Tai Po East 2
(g) Tai Po South East 2
(10)
7. Tsuen Wan (a) Tsuen Wan Central (North) 1
(b) Tsuen Wan Central (South) 2
(c) Tsuen Wan Rural 1
(d) Tsuen Wan West (South) 2
(e) Tsuen Wan East (North) 2
(j) Tsuen Wan East (South) 2
(g) Tsuen Wan West (North) 2

(12)
8. Tuen Mun (a) Tuen Mun North East 2
(b) Tai Hing 2
(c) Tuen Mun South East 2
(d) Yau Oi 2
(e) Tuen Mun North West 2
(f) Tuen Mun South West 2
(g) Tuen Mun Town Centre 2
(h) Castle Peak 2
(i) Shan King 2
(18)
9. Yuen Long (a) Yuen Long Town West 2
(b) Yuen Long Town South





Nameof NameofNumber of
District Constituency Area Vacancies
(c) Yuen Long Rural West 2
(d) Yuen Long Rural South 2
(e) Yuen Long Rural East 1
(j) Yuen Long Rural North 2
(g) Yuen Long Rural Central 1
(h) Yuen Long Town East 1
(12)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3368

Edition

1964

Volume

v23

Subsequent Cap No.

367

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:34:11 +0800